The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutB17-0092_Project Manual_1491501113.pdfVAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PHYSICIST REPORT 00 3135 - 1 SECTION 00 3135 – PHYSICIST REPORT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Physicist Report at the end of this Section is provided for reference only. The Author of this report is solely responsible for its content and accuracy. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 00 3135 December 30, 2016 KC Baker, MBA, RN Director – Cath Lab & Diagnostic Imaging Vail Valley Medical Center 180 South Frontage Road PO Box 40,000 Vail, Colorado 81658 Dear Sir, Enclosed are the following regulatory compliance reports (Part 4.15) documents for the new Nuclear Medicine Suite at Vail Valley Medical Center, Vail, Colorado:  RH 4.15 Regulatory Compliance Report – Nuclear Medicine Camera (105A)  RH 4.15 Regulatory Compliance Report – Hot Lab (104B)  RH 4.15 Regulatory Compliance Report – Injection Area Based on your direction to move the existing Siemens e.cam Signature gamma camera and the existing program to the new space, no addition lead shielding is required for any of the barriers in the suite. The existing localized shielding for the hot lab will be moved to the new area. This analysis is based on information, both written and oral, provided by yourself and Ryan Collier, Senior Architect, Davis Partnership Architects. The NM suite plan sent to me on 12/09/16 is the final plan I used for the design. In this design, I followed the methods outlined by NCRP Report No. 147. The goal was to shield to 0.02 mGy per week air kerma (1 mGy/year) in uncontrolled areas and 0.1 mGy per week air kerma (5 mGy/year) in controlled areas. If you have any questions, please feel free to call. Sincerely, Joel McAllister, M.S., DABR, CHP, DABSNM Centennial Medical Physics, LLC Qualified Expert #120363 (913) 579-6747 cell LOCATION:Vail Valley Medical Center DATE:December 30, 2016 181 West Meadow Drive ROOM:Nuclear Medicine Camera (105A) Vail, Colorado 81657 Worst Case Activity:25mCi of Tc-99m License No.:CO 807-01 OCCUPANCY Exposure Rate in any Exposure Rate to DIRECTION PROTECTED AREA1 FACTOR2 DISTANCE one hour (present continuously)member of general public Corridor / Kimberly's Library (unrestricted) NM Control Area (restricted) Pt. Toilet / NM Suite Entrance (unrestricted) Janitor's Closet / Restroom (unrestricted) Clinical Area (unrestricted) Clinical Area (unrestricted) 1 This area is considered to be the nearest area where a member of the general public is found. 2 Occupancy factors are assigned per Table 4.1 in NCRP 147 ("Structural Shielding Design for Medical X-Ray Imaging Facilities") COMMENTS CALCULATIONS PERFORMED BY:__________________________________________(signed electronically) Joel McAllister, M.S., DABR, CHP 1.00 0.20 0.0969 mrem/hour 0 mrem/hour 10 feet 15 feet 15 feet 45.42 mrem/year 74.1 mrem/year 45.42 mrem/year 0.0494 mrem/hour 0.1514 mrem/hour 29.07 mrem/year 0 mrem/year 0 mrem/year RH4.15 REGULATORY COMPLIANCE REPORT East North South 0.20 0.1514 mrem/hour8 feet 14 feet 8 feet 0.20 1.00 West Ceiling Floor 0 mrem/hour1.00 The calculations below demonstrate that the new Imaging Room at Vail Valley Medical Center will meet the requirements of RH 4.14 and RH 4.15 of the State of Colorado Rules and Regulations Pertaining to Radiation Control. The most common situation was identified to be a patient containing 25 mCi or less of Tc-99m for a diagnostic study in the imaging room. For a high workload scenario, I assume a patient containing 25 mCi of Tc-99m will be present in the scanner room 45 minutes per hour, 8 hours per day. I assume that patient attenuation offers about one half-value-layer of reduction in this analysis. Scanner shielding, while significant, was not taken into account. The results above demonstrate compliance with RH 4.14 and RH 4.15. LOCATION:Vail Valley Medical Center DATE:December 30, 2016 181 West Meadow Drive ROOM:Hot Lab (104B) Vail, Colorado 81632 Worst Case Activity:25mCi of Tc-99m License No.:CO 807-01 OCCUPANCY Exposure Rate in any Exposure Rate to DIRECTION PROTECTED AREA1 FACTOR2 DISTANCE one hour (present continuously)member of general public NM Control Area (restricted) Corridor (unrestricted) Corridor (unrestricted) Injection / NM Corridor (unrestricted) Clinical Area (unrestricted) Clinical Area (unrestricted) 1 This area is considered to be the nearest area where a member of the general public is found. 2 Occupancy factors are assigned per Table 4.1 in NCRP 147 ("Structural Shielding Design for Medical X-Ray Imaging Facilities") COMMENTS CALCULATIONS PERFORMED BY:__________________________________________(signed electronically) Joel McAllister, M.S., DABR, CHP 18.92 mrem/year 6.73 mrem/year 3.78 mrem/year 6.73 mrem/year 0 mrem/year 0 mrem/year 0.20 8 feet 6 feet 8 feet West Ceiling Floor RH4.15 REGULATORY COMPLIANCE REPORT East North South 1.00 0.20 0.20 1.00 1.00 0.3027 mrem/hour 0.5382 mrem/hour 0.3027 mrem/hour 0.5382 mrem/hour 0 mrem/hour 0 mrem/hour 6 feet 15 feet 15 feet The calculations below demonstrate that the new Hot Lab at Vail Valley Medical Center will meet the requirements of RH 4.14 and RH 4.15 of the State of Colorado Rules and Regulations Pertaining to Radiation Control. The most common exposure situation was identified to be the daily drawing/mixing/assaying of Tc-99m dosages throughout the work day. For this high workload situation, I assumed a 25 mCi Tc-99m product is in air 15 minutes per 8 hour day. Localized lead shielding is used in the Hot Lab. While the L-shield, syringe shield, and lead bricks provide significant shielding for the technologist and the surrounding areas, I did not account for this in the analysis. The results above demonstrate compliance with RH 4.14 and RH 4.15. LOCATION:Vail Valley Medical Center DATE:December 30, 2016 181 West Meadow Drive ROOM:Injection Area Vail, Colorado 81657 Worst Case Activity:25mCi of Tc-99m License No.:CO 807-01 OCCUPANCY Exposure Rate in any Exposure Rate to DIRECTION PROTECTED AREA1 FACTOR2 DISTANCE one hour (present continuously)member of general public NM Suite Corridor (unrestricted) Hot Lab (unrestricted) Corridor (unrestricted) NM Suite Corridor (unrestricted) Clinical Area (unrestricted) Clinical Area (unrestricted) 1 This area is considered to be the nearest area where a member of the general public is found. 2 Occupancy factors are assigned per Table 4.1 in NCRP 147 ("Structural Shielding Design for Medical X-Ray Imaging Facilities") COMMENTS CALCULATIONS PERFORMED BY:__________________________________________(signed electronically) Joel McAllister, M.S., DABR, CHP 0 mrem/hour1.00 0.20 1.00 West Ceiling Floor RH4.15 REGULATORY COMPLIANCE REPORT East North South 0.20 0.2691 mrem/hour6 feet 6 feet 6 feet 26.91 mrem/year 26.91 mrem/year 26.91 mrem/year 0.2691 mrem/hour 0.2691 mrem/hour 26.91 mrem/year 0 mrem/year 0 mrem/year 0.20 0.20 0.2691 mrem/hour 0 mrem/hour 6 feet 15 feet 15 feet The calculations below demonstrate that the new Injection Area at Vail Valley Medical Center will meet the requirements of RH 4.14 and RH 4.15 of the State of Colorado Rules and Regulations Pertaining to Radiation Control. The most common situation was identified to be a patient being injected with 25 mCi or less of Tc-99m for a diagnostic study. For a high workload scenario, I assume a patient will be injected with 25 mCi of Tc-99m and will be present in the uptake room 15 minutes per hour, 8 hours per day. I assume that patient attenuation offers about one half-value-layer of reduction in this analysis. The results above demonstrate compliance with RH 4.14 and RH 4.15. ESR105CNUCLEARMEDICINECAMERA105ACONTROL104AHOT LAB104BDe015e01PT TOILET104CINJECTION104DSOILED HOLD105B105C105B105A105D104B104AW1CARTLADDER104C VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 COMCHECK REPORT 00 3142 - 1 SECTION 00 3142 – COMCHECK REPORT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. COMcheck Report is provided at the end of this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 00 3142 COMcheck Software Version 4.0.5.3 Interior Lighting Compliance Certificate Project Title: 2015 IECC Project Type:Alteration Construction Site: 181 West Meadow Drive Vail, CO 81657 Owner/Agent:Designer/Contractor: Davis Partnership Architects 2901 Blake Street Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 Project Information Energy Code: VVMC- CENTRAL RENOVATION Allowed Interior Lighting Power A Area Category B Floor Area (ft2) C Allowed Watts / ft2 D Allowed Watts (B X C) 1-Pharmacy (Healthcare Facility:Pharmacy)1075 1.68 1806 2-Nuclear Medicine (Healthcare Facility:Radiology/Imaging)773 1.51 1167 3-Admin (Common Space Types:Office - Enclosed)3187 1.11 3538 4-MSA (Healthcare Facility:Exam/Treatment)2169 1.66 3601 10111Total Allowed Watts = Proposed Interior Lighting Power E (C X D) D Fixture Watt. A Fixture ID : Description / Lamp / Wattage Per Lamp / Ballast B Lamps/ Fixture C # of Fixtures Pharmacy ( Healthcare Facility:Pharmacy 1075 sq.ft.) LED 1: T1: Other:1 11 50 550 LED 2: T2: Other:1 7 40 280 LED 21: UC1: Other:1 1 29 29 Nuclear Medicine ( Healthcare Facility:Radiology/Imaging 773 sq.ft.) LED 5: D1: Other:1 2 26 52 LED 4: D2: Other:1 13 26 338 LED 7: T1: Other:1 1 50 50 LED 3: T2: Other:1 7 40 280 LED 6: S1: Other:1 1 48 48 LED 8: W1: Other:1 1 20 20 Admin ( Common Space Types:Office - Enclosed 3187 sq.ft.) LED 11: D1: Other:1 12 26 312 LED 12: D2: Other:1 4 26 104 LED 13: D3: Other:1 2 22 44 LED 14: P1: Other:1 2 50 100 LED 15: T1: Other:1 6 50 300 LED 16: T2: Other:1 19 40 760 LED 17: T3: Other:1 22 47 1034 LED 18: T4: Other:1 11 36 396 Project Title: Data filename: VVMC- CENTRAL RENOVATION P:\VVMC\2015-459 Phase II\Eng\COMcheck\2016_12_22.cck 03/20/17Report date: 61 ofPage E (C X D) D Fixture Watt. A Fixture ID : Description / Lamp / Wattage Per Lamp / Ballast B Lamps/ Fixture C # of Fixtures LED 19: W1: Other:1 1 20 20 LED 23: W2: Other:1 1 40 40 MSA ( Healthcare Facility:Exam/Treatment 2169 sq.ft.) LED 22: S1: Other:1 4 48 192 LED 21: T2: Other:1 5 40 200 5149Total Proposed Watts = Interior Lighting Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed interior lighting alteration project represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed interior lighting systems have been designed to meet the 2015 IECC requirements in COMcheck Version 4.0.5.3 and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the Inspection Checklist. Chelsey Pierce - Lighting Designer Name - Title Signature Date Interior Lighting PASSES Project Title: Data filename: VVMC- CENTRAL RENOVATION P:\VVMC\2015-459 Phase II\Eng\COMcheck\2016_12_22.cck 03/20/17Report date: 62 ofPage Inspection Checklist Requirements: 56.0% were addressed directly in the COMcheck software COMcheck Software Version 4.0.5.3 Text in the "Comments/Assumptions" column is provided by the user in the COMcheck Requirements screen. For each requirement, the user certifies that a code requirement will be met and how that is documented, or that an exception is being claimed. Where compliance is itemized in a separate table, a reference to that table is provided. Energy Code: 2015 IECC Section # & Req.ID Plan Review Complies?Comments/Assumptions C103.2 [PR4]1 Plans, specifications, and/or calculations provide all information with which compliance can be determined for the interior lighting and electrical systems and equipment and document where exceptions to the standard are claimed. Information provided should include interior lighting power calculations, wattage of bulbs and ballasts, transformers and control devices. Complies Does Not Not Observable Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 High Impact (Tier 1)2 Medium Impact (Tier 2)3 Low Impact (Tier 3) Project Title: Data filename: VVMC- CENTRAL RENOVATION P:\VVMC\2015-459 Phase II\Eng\COMcheck\2016_12_22.cck 03/20/17Report date: 63 ofPage Section # & Req.ID Rough-In Electrical Inspection Complies?Comments/Assumptions C405.2.1 [EL15]1 Lighting controls installed to uniformly reduce the lighting load by at least 50%. Complies Does Not Not Observable Not Applicable C405.2.1 [EL18]1 Occupancy sensors installed in required spaces. Complies Does Not Not Observable Not Applicable C405.2.1, C405.2.2. 3 [EL23]2 Independent lighting controls installed per approved lighting plans and all manual controls readily accessible and visible to occupants. Complies Does Not Not Observable Not Applicable C405.2.2. 1 [EL22]2 Automatic controls to shut off all building lighting installed in all buildings. Complies Does Not Not Observable Not Applicable C405.2.3 [EL16]2 Daylight zones provided with individual controls that control the lights independent of general area lighting. Complies Does Not Not Observable Not Applicable C405.2.3, C405.2.3. 1, C405.2.3. 2 [EL20]1 Primary sidelighted areas are equipped with required lighting controls. Complies Does Not Not Observable Not Applicable C405.2.3, C405.2.3. 1, C405.2.3. 3 [EL21]1 Enclosed spaces with daylight area under skylights and rooftop monitors are equipped with required lighting controls. Complies Does Not Not Observable Not Applicable C405.2.4 [EL4]1 Separate lighting control devices for specific uses installed per approved lighting plans. Complies Does Not Not Observable Not Applicable C405.2.4 [EL8]1 Additional interior lighting power allowed for special functions per the approved lighting plans and is automatically controlled and separated from general lighting. Complies Does Not Not Observable Not Applicable C405.3 [EL6]1 Exit signs do not exceed 5 watts per face. Complies Does Not Not Observable Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 High Impact (Tier 1)2 Medium Impact (Tier 2)3 Low Impact (Tier 3) Project Title: Data filename: VVMC- CENTRAL RENOVATION P:\VVMC\2015-459 Phase II\Eng\COMcheck\2016_12_22.cck 03/20/17Report date: 64 ofPage Section # & Req.ID Final Inspection Complies?Comments/Assumptions C303.3, C408.2.5. 2 [FI17]3 Furnished O&M instructions for systems and equipment to the building owner or designated representative. Complies Does Not Not Observable Not Applicable C405.4.1 [FI18]1 Interior installed lamp and fixture lighting power is consistent with what is shown on the approved lighting plans, demonstrating proposed watts are less than or equal to allowed watts. Complies Does Not Not Observable Not Applicable See the Interior Lighting fixture schedule for values. C408.2.5. 1 [FI16]3 Furnished as-built drawings for electric power systems within 90 days of system acceptance. Complies Does Not Not Observable Not Applicable C408.3 [FI33]1 Lighting systems have been tested to ensure proper calibration, adjustment, programming, and operation. Complies Does Not Not Observable Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 High Impact (Tier 1)2 Medium Impact (Tier 2)3 Low Impact (Tier 3) Project Title: Data filename: VVMC- CENTRAL RENOVATION P:\VVMC\2015-459 Phase II\Eng\COMcheck\2016_12_22.cck 03/20/17Report date: 65 ofPage Project Title: Data filename: VVMC- CENTRAL RENOVATION P:\VVMC\2015-459 Phase II\Eng\COMcheck\2016_12_22.cck 03/20/17Report date: 66 ofPage VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ALLOWANCE FORM 00 4321 - 1 DOCUMENT 004321 - ALLOWANCE FORM 1.1 BID INFORMATION A. Bidder: ____________________________________________________. B. Project Name: <Insert Project name>. C. Project Location: <Insert Project location>. D. Owner: <Insert name of Owner>. E. Owner Project Number: <Insert Owner Project number>. F. Architect: <Insert name of Architect>. G. Architect Project Number: <Insert Architect Project number>. H. Construction Manager: <Insert name of Construction Manager>. 1.2 BID FORM SUPPLEMENT A. This form is required to be attached to the Bid Form. B. The undersigned Bidder certifies that Base Bid submission to which this Bid Supplement is attached includes those allowances described in the Contract Documents and scheduled in Section 01 2100 "Allowances." 1.3 SUBMISSION OF BID SUPPLEMENT A. Respectfully submitted this ____ day of ____________, 2013. B. Submitted By:_______________________________(Insert name of bidding firm or corporation). C. Authorized Signature:_______________________________________(Handwritten signature). D. Signed By:______________________________________________(Type or print name). E. Title:___________________________________(Owner/Partner/President/Vice President). END OF DOCUMENT 004321 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ALTERNATES FORM 00 4323 - 1 DOCUMENT 004323 - ALTERNATES FORM 1.1 BID INFORMATION A. Bidder: ____________________________________________________. B. Prime Contract: _____________________________________________. C. Project Name: <Insert Project name>. D. Project Location: <Insert Project location>. E. Owner: <Insert name of Owner>. F. Owner Project Number: <Insert Owner Project number>. G. Architect: <Insert name of Architect>. H. Architect Project Number: <Insert Architect Project number>. I. Construction Manager: <Insert name of Construction Manager>. 1.2 BID FORM SUPPLEMENT A. This form is required to be attached to the Bid Form. 1.3 DESCRIPTION A. The undersigned Bidder proposes the amount below be added to or deducted from the Base Bid if particular alternates are accepted by Owner. Amounts listed for each alternate include costs of related coordination, modification, or adjustment. 1. Cost-Plus-Fee Contract: Alternate price given below includes adjustment to Contractor's Fee. B. If the alternate does not affect the Contract Sum, the Bidder shall indicate "NO CHANGE." C. If the alternate does not affect the Work of this Contract, the Bidder shall indicate "NOT APPLICABLE." D. The Bidder shall be responsible for determining from the Contract Documents the affects of each alternate on the Contract Time and the Contract Sum. E. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any alternate, in any order, and to award or amend the Contract accordingly within [60] days of the Notice of Award unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ALTERNATES FORM 00 4323 - 2 F. Acceptance or non-acceptance of any alternates by the Owner shall have no affect on the Contract Time unless the "Schedule of Alternates" Article below provides a formatted space for the adjustment of the Contract Time. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. <Insert number>: <Insert title of alternate>: 1. ADD____ DEDUCT____ NO CHANGE____ NOT APPLICABLE____. 2. ________________________________________________ Dollars ($______________). 3. ADD____ DEDUCT____ calendar days to adjust the Contract Time for this alternate. 1.5 SUBMISSION OF BID SUPPLEMENT A. Respectfully submitted this ____ day of ____________, 2013. B. Submitted By:___________________________________(Insert name of bidding firm or corporation). C. Authorized Signature:____________________________________(Handwritten signature). D. Signed By:______________________________________________(Type or print name). E. Title:___________________________________(Owner/Partner/President/Vice President). END OF DOCUMENT 004323 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SUMMARY 01 1000 - 1 SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Phased construction. 4. Future work. 5. Owner-furnished products. 6. Contractor-furnished, Owner-installed products. 7. Access to site. 8. Coordination with occupants. 9. Work restrictions. 10. Specification and Drawing conventions. 11. Miscellaneous provisions. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: Vail Valley Medical Center, Central Renovation. Architect's Project Number 15924.00.. 1. Project Location: 180 S Frontage Road W, Vail, CO 81657. B. Owner: Vail Valley Medical Center. 1. Owner's Representative: Chris Knight, Project One Integrated Services; 88 Inverness Circle East, Building G, Suite 101, Englewood, CO 80112; 303-917- 7507. C. Architect: Davis Partnership Architects; 2901 Blake St, Suite 100, Denver, CO 80205; 303-861-8555. D. Architect's Consultants: Architect has retained the following design professionals who have prepared designated portions of the Contract Documents: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SUMMARY 01 1000 - 2 1. MEPT/FP Engineering: Cator Ruma & Associates, Co.; 896 Tabor St, Lakewood, CO 80401; 303-232-6200. 2. Civil/Structural Engineering: Martin/Martin, Inc.; 12499 W. Colfax Ave, Lakewood, CO 80215; 303-431-6100 3. Medical Planning: Mitchell Planning Associates; 630 Dundee Rd Suite 340, Northbrook, IL 60062. E. Contractor: GE Johnson Construction Company has been engaged as Contractor for this Project. F. Web-Based Project Software: Project software administered by Architect will be used for purposes of managing communication and documents during the construction stage. 1. See Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." for requirements for using web-based Project software. 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following: 1. Interior renovation of VVMC existing Central Wing to accommodate new Ultrasound, Administration, Nuclear Medicine, and Inpatient Pharmacy functions. B. Type of Contract: 1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. 1.5 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Owner will furnish products indicated. The Work includes receiving, unloading, handling, storing, protecting, and installing Owner-furnished products and making building services connections. B. Owner-Furnished Products: 1. Medical equipment, office equipment, cubicle curtains, shower curtains, Metro shelving, sharps disposals, glove dispensers, TVs. 1.6 ACCESS TO SITE A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of Project site for construction operations as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of this Section. B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SUMMARY 01 1000 - 3 1. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways parking garage, loading areas, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or for storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. C. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by construction operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. D. Condition of Existing Grounds: Maintain portions of existing grounds, landscaping, and hardscaping affected by construction operations throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. 1.7 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the premises during entire construction period, with the exception of areas under construction. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated. 1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations. 1.8 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. 1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existing building to normal business working hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless agreed to in advance by Owner. 1. Weekend Hours: As agreed to in advance by Owner. 2. Early Morning Hours: As agreed to in advance by Owner. 3. Hours for Utility Shutdowns: As agreed to in advance by Owner. C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SUMMARY 01 1000 - 4 1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions. D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner. 1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations. E. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor-air intakes. F. Restricted Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site is not permitted. 1.9 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products: 1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections. 2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations scheduled on Drawings. 3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 1000 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ALLOWANCES 01 2100 - 1 SECTION 01 2100 - ALLOWANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. B. Types of allowances include the following: 1. Lump-sum allowances. 2. Unit-cost allowances. 3. Quantity allowances. 4. Contingency allowances. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements" for procedures governing the use of allowances for field testing by an independent testing agency. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Allowance is a quantity of work or dollar amount established in lieu of additional requirements, used to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when direction will be provided to Contractor. If necessary, additional requirements will be issued by Change Order. 1.4 SELECTION AND PURCHASE A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final selection, or purchase and delivery, of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed by the Owner to avoid delaying the Work. B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work. C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ALLOWANCES 01 2100 - 2 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances in the form specified for Change Orders. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. B. Submit time sheets and other documentation to show labor time and cost for installation of allowance items that include installation as part of the allowance. C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the Work. 1.7 LUMP-SUM ALLOWANCES A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include taxes, freight, and delivery to Project site. B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance. 1.8 UNIT-COST ALLOWANCES A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include [taxes, ]freight[,] and delivery to Project site. B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance. C. Unused Materials: Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted. 1. If requested by Architect, retain and prepare unused material for storage by Owner. Deliver unused material to Owner's storage space as directed. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ALLOWANCES 01 2100 - 3 1.9 QUANTITY ALLOWANCES A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include [taxes, ]freight[,] and delivery to Project site. B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance. C. Unused Materials: Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted. 1. If requested by Architect, retain and prepare unused material for storage by Owner. Deliver unused material to Owner's storage space as directed. 1.10 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES A. Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance. B. Contractor's[ overhead, profit, and] related costs for products and equipment ordered by Owner under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance and are not part of the Contract Sum. These costs include delivery, installation[, taxes], insurance, equipment rental, and similar costs. C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit. D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to Owner by Change Order. 1.11 TESTING AND INSPECTING ALLOWANCES A. Testing and inspecting allowances include the cost of engaging testing agencies, actual tests and inspections, and reporting results. B. The allowance does not include incidental labor required to assist the testing agency or costs for retesting if previous tests and inspections result in failure. The cost for incidental labor to assist the testing agency shall be included in the Contract Sum. C. Costs of testing and inspection services not required by the Contract Documents are not included in the allowance. D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the testing and inspecting allowance to Owner by Change Order. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ALLOWANCES 01 2100 - 4 1.12 ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, prepare a Change Order proposal based on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of work-in-place where applicable. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins. 1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance. 2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other markups. 3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of Work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to unit-cost allowances. 4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count. B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. 1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of Work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents. 2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower-priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated. 1.13 ALLOWANCE SCHEDULE A. Disclaimer: Allowances indicated in this section are summarized from previous estimations by the General Contractor and meetings between the General Contractor, Owner's Representative, and the Owner, and are included here for reference. They are not to be considered a representation of the Architect providing estimation services and shall be re-evaluated in the final estimation. B. Allowance Summary 1. Building Permits: $240,000 2. Overtime Labor: $24,500 3. Penetration Radar at Structure: $10,000 4. Temporary Weather Protection at Roof and Storefront: $7,500 5. Slab on Grad Patching for Plumbing Modifications: $4,000 6. Patch and repair of spray fire-proofing: $7,500 7. Level 2 Smoke Partition Upgrades: $25,000 8. Slab On Grade Moisture Mitigation: $3,500 9. Zoning Modifications: $10,000 10. Fire Protection Permits and Interim Fire Protection Systems: $12,500 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ALLOWANCES 01 2100 - 5 1.14 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. END OF SECTION 01 2100 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ALTERNATES 01 2300 - 1 SECTION 01 2300 - ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the bidding requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. 1. Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated in the Agreement. 2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternates into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the alternate into Project. 1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate. B. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract. C. Schedule: A schedule of alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ALTERNATES 01 2300 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1: Not Used. B. Alternate No. 2: Pneumatic Controls at MRI and Pharmacy. 1. Base Bid: Pneumatic Controls at MRI and Pharmacy to remain as-is. 2. Alternate: Replace pneumatic controls with DDC at MRI & Pharmacy. C. Alternate No. 3: Not Used. D. Alternate No. 4: Not Used. E. Alternate No. 5: Not Used. F. Alternate No. 6: Not Used. G. Alternate No. 7: LED Lighting. 1. Base Bid: LED lighting switch out in remodeled areas as shown in electrical drawings. 2. Alternate: LED lighting switch out in remodeled areas as well as remaining Cardiopolmonary suite. H. Alternate No. 8: Nuclear Medicine Radiation Protection 1. Base Bid: No radiation protection. 2. Alternate: Provide 1/16" lead lined gypsum board on all sides of the Nuclear Medicine Camera room, as well as equivalent provisions at windows, doors, door frames, window frames, and behind all wall devices. In addition to lead shielding, provide all provisions as outlined in the attached physicist report from Joel McAllister dated February 10, 2017. All metal framing supporting lead lined walls to be sized to support lead lined walls, but not less than 18 gauge. I. Alternate 9: Grouted Frames 1. Base Bid: Grout frames only in masonry walls. 2. Alternate Bid: Grout all hollow metal frames being installed in project scope. See Section 08 1213 "HOLLOW METAL FRAMES" for more information. J. Alternates 10: Medical Gas and Portable Vacuum Unit - Level 1 1. Base Bid: Provide portable vacuum unit and cart. See medical equipment cut book "Suction Machine: Laerdal Medical Corporation LSU Series" and "Cart, Utility: Pedigo Products, Inc. CDS-140". 2. Alternate Bid: Provide hard pipe medical gases as indicated on P131.1 on level 1. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ALTERNATES 01 2300 - 3 K. Alternate 11: Medical Gas and Portable Vacuum Unit - Level 2 1. Base Bid: Provide portable vacuum unit and cart. See medical equipment cut book "Suction Machine: Laerdal Medical Corporation LSU Series" and "Cart, Utility: Pedigo Products, Inc. CDS-140". 2. Alternate Bid: Provide hard pipe medical gases as indicated on P131.1 on level 2. L. Alternate 12: Floor finish in Cardio Plumonary Corridor 1. Base Bid: Provide floor finish and extents as indicated on the drawings. 2.Alternate Bid: Extend floor finish and wall base finish throughout the north/south corridor in the cardio pulmonary suite. END OF SECTION 01 2300 February 10, 2017 Ryan Collier, AIA, EDAC, LEED AP BD+C Senior Architect Davis Partnership Architects 2901 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, Colorado 80205-2303 Dear Sir, Enclosed are the following documents for the new Nuclear Medicine Suite at Vail Valley Medical Center, Vail, Colorado:  Radiation Shielding Design Report – SPECT/CT Suite Option  Shielding Installation Notes This design is provided, per your request, for later installation of a Siemens Symbia Intevo SPECT-CT unit or equivalent. I evaluated the current models that are available (Excel, 2, 6, 16) and shielded the room for the higher slice and higher workload machine. This analysis is based on information, both written and oral, provided by yourself and KC Baker, former Radiology Director. The NM cut sheet sent to me on 02/07/17 is the final plan I used for the design. Wall sections are indicated by reference letters on the drawing and the recommended shielding for each barrier is shown in the attached tables. In this design, I followed the methods outlined by NCRP Report No. 147. The goal was to shield to 0.02 mGy per week air kerma (1 mGy/year) in uncontrolled areas and 0.1 mGy per week air kerma (5 mGy/year) in controlled areas. If you have any questions, please feel free to call. Sincerely, Joel McAllister, M.S., DABR, CHP, DABSNM Centennial Medical Physics, LLC Qualified Expert #120363 (913) 579-6747 cell LOCATION:Vail Valley Medical Center DATE:February 10, 2017 181 West Meadow Drive ROOM:SPECT-CT Vail, Colorado 81657 EQUIPMENT:2-16 slice SPECT-CT Scanner WEEKLY WORKLOAD:High estimate for future use QC and 100 CT (Body) MINIMUM SHIELDING REQUIRED WALL SEGMENT PROTECTED AREA REQUIRED ADDITIONAL SHIELDING2 COMMENTS Control Area (restricted; occupancy = 1) Waiting/Corridor (unrestricted; occupancy = 0.2) Restroom/Janitor's Closet (unrestricted; occupancy = 0.2) ESR/Soiled Holding/Pt Toilet including door and (unrestricted; occupancy = 0.2)door frame NM Entrance/Pt Injection including door and (unrestricted; occupancy = 0.5)door frame Occupiable Space (unrestricted; occupancy = 1) Occupiable Space (unrestricted; occupancy = 1) 2 designation of thickness in pounds is in units of lb/ft2 NOTES: See attached Shielding Installation Notes for guidelines on installation of lead barriers. Any changes to the type of equipment, occupancy of adjacent areas, or application of the equipment may result in a change in the shielding requirements and should be reviewed by a qualified physicist. PHYSICIST:__________________________________________ Joel McAllister, M.S. Certified, American Board of Radiology Colorado Department of Health Qualified Expert #120363 EA 1.12 mm Lead DE Floor Ceiling 1/16" (4-pound) Lead RADIATION SHIELDING DESIGN REPORT 1/16" (4-pound) Lead None None 1/16" (4-pound) Lead 1/16" (4-pound) Lead 1/16" (4-pound) Lead BC AB CD including doors, window, and frames 3.1 inches Concrete 3.1 inches Concrete 0.97 mm Lead 1.13 mm Lead 0.97 mm Lead 0.82 mm Lead NUCLEARMEDICINECAMERA105AA-401A.1A6A2A5A41/CSOILED HOLD105BBED SHIELDING INSTALLATION NOTES 1. Lead barriers shall extend to a height of 7 feet above the finished floor unless otherwise specified. 2. All joints between lead sheets should be constructed so that their surfaces are in contact and have an overlap of at least 0.5" such that no gaps exist. 3. All penetrations of the lead shielding (electrical outlets, light fixtures, switches, pipes, ducts, etc.) must be shielded by placing equivalent lead shielding behind the penetration with sufficient overlap to prevent a direct "line-of-sight" from the radiation source. No additional shielding is necessary for nail or screw holes used to secure the shielding, provided the nail or screw remains in the hole as a part of the wall. 4. All doors shall be shielded with the same lead thickness as the adjacent wall unless otherwise specified. Doors should extend as close to the floor as possible. When doors are exposed to direct radiation, special designs may be necessary to prevent excess scatter of radiation under the door. All doors that require lead should have lead lined lock sets and latches and the door frames should be lead lined to overlap the lead in the door and adjacent walls. 5. All windows in the shielded room shall be leaded glass, equivalent to the adjacent wall unless specified otherwise. All window frames shall be lead lined to overlap the adjacent wall. 6. Doors to toilets or dressing rooms opening into x-ray rooms should be provided with one-way opening latches to be opened only from the x-ray room side, unless the toilet or dressing room is accessible only from that x-ray room. 7. A permanent placard should be mounted by the contractor in the room specifying the amount and type of shielding in each of the walls. 8. Any film storage areas around the x-ray installation may require additional shielding of the storage bin to provide for extended storage of film without fogging. 9. The adequacy and proper installation of radiation barriers shall be verified by a qualified expert conducting a radiation protection survey after the x-ray machine has been installed. 10. All rooms are designed for a specific application and for a specific location of equipment and control functions. Any future modification or renovation of an existing x-ray facility, or installation of a new x-ray machine in an existing x-ray facility, shall be reviewed by a qualified expert for determination of shielding requirements. Note: use of the word “shall” indicates a requirement based on current Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment regulations. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 1 SECTION 01 2500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2100 "Allowances" for products selected under an allowance. 2. Section 01 2300 "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate. 3. Section 01 6000 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation method cannot be provided, if applicable. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 2 b. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated. m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 3 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after the Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 4 e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2500 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 1 SECTION 01 2600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after the Contract award. 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710. 1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 20 days, when not otherwise specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 2 d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS A. Allowance Adjustment: See Section 01 2100 "Allowances" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of allowances. 1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Work Change Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. 1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 3 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2600 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 1 SECTION 01 2900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2100 "Allowances" for procedural requirements governing the handling and processing of allowances. 2. Section 01 2600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract. 3. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's construction schedule. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. Cost-loaded Critical Path Method Schedule may serve to satisfy requirements for the schedule of values. 1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date, but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. 3. Subschedules for Phased Work: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased payments, provide subschedules showing values coordinated with each phase of payment. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 2 B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's Project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703. 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum. 4. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. 5. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each allowance. Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities. 6. Overhead Costs: Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each line item. 7. Schedule of Values Revisions: Revise the schedule of values when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. Include at least one separate line item for each Change Order and Construction Change Directive. 1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. C. Application for Payment Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 as form for Applications for Payment. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 3 1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment. 3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. 4. Indicate separate amounts for work being carried out under Owner-requested project acceleration. E. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. 1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to payment for stored materials. 2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on stored materials. 3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following: a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous Applications for Payment. b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment. c. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment. F. Transmittal: Submit signed and notarized electronic copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. Copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by conditional final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. 5. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms acceptable to Owner. H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 4 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Products list (preliminary if not final). 5. Sustainable design action plans, including preliminary project materials cost data. 6. Schedule of unit prices. 7. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). 8. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 9. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 10. Copies of building permits. 11. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 12. Initial progress report. 13. Report of preconstruction conference. 14. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 15. Performance and payment bonds. 16. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. J. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706. 5. AIA Document G706A. 6. AIA Document G707. 7. Evidence that claims have been settled. 8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 9. Final liquidated damages settlement statement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2900 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 1 SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. RFIs. 4. Digital project management procedures. 5. Project meetings. B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility are assigned to a specific contractor. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 3. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract. 4. Section 01 9113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for coordinating the Work with Owner's Commissioning Authority. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. BIM: Building Information Modeling. B. RFI: Request for Information. Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 2 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, in web-based Project software directory, and in prominent location in built facility. Keep list current at all times. 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 3 1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely indicated on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity. 1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. b. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. c. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. d. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. e. Indicate required installation sequences. f. Indicate dimensions shown on Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternative sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows: 1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 2. Plenum Space: Indicate subframing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within plenums to accommodate layout of light fixtures and other components indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components. 3. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment. 4. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. 5. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items. 6. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show the following: a. Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 4 b. Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. c. Fire-rated enclosures around ductwork. 7. Electrical Work: Show the following: a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches in diameter and larger. b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other fire-alarm locations. c. Panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, busway, generator, and motor-control center locations. d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. 8. Fire-Protection System: Show the following: a. Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads. 9. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that in general the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make suitable modifications and resubmit. C. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the following requirements: 1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as original Drawings. 2. File Preparation Format: DWG, Current version,operating in Microsoft Windows operating system. 3. File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files using PDF format. 4. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of Drawings for use in preparing coordination digital data files. a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Drawings. b. Digital Data Software Program: Drawings are available in Revit or AutoCAD. c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of AIA Document C106 . 1.7 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 5 1. Architect will return without response those RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Architect. 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format. D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt by Architect of additional information. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 6 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 01 2600 "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect and Construction Manager in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Include the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received. 8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1.8 DIGITAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES A. Use of Architect's Digital Data Files: Digital data files of Architect's BIM model and CAD drawings will be provided by Architect for Contractor's use during construction. 1. Digital data files may be used by Contractor in preparing coordination drawings, Shop Drawings, and Project record Drawings. 2. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Contract Drawings. 3. Digital Drawing Software Program: Contract Drawings are available in Revit or AutoCAD. 4. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of AIA Document C106 Digital Data Licensing Agreement . a. Subcontractors, and other parties granted access by Contractor to Architect's digital data files shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of AIA Document C106 . 5. . 6. The following digital data files will be furnished for each appropriate discipline: a. Floor plans. b. Reflected ceiling plans. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 7 B. Web-Based Project Software: Use Architect's web-based Project software site for purposes of hosting and managing Project communication and documentation until Final Completion. 1. Web-based Project software site includes, at a minimum, the following features: a. Compilation of Project data, including Contractor, subcontractors, Architect, architect's consultants, Owner, and other entities involved in Project. Include names of individuals and contact information. b. Access control for each entity for each workflow process, to determine entity's digital rights to create, modify, view, and print documents. c. Document workflow planning, allowing customization of workflow between project entities. d. Creation, logging, tracking, and notification for Project communications required in other Specification Sections, including, but not limited to, RFIs, submittals, Minor Changes in the Work, Construction Change Directives, and Change Orders. e. Track status of each Project communication in real time, and log time and date when responses are provided. f. Procedures for handling PDFs or similar file formats, allowing markups by each entity. Provide security features to lock markups against changes once submitted. g. Processing and tracking of payment applications. h. Processing and tracking of contract modifications. i. Creating and distributing meeting minutes. j. Document management for Drawings, Specifications, and coordination drawings, including revision control. k. Management of construction progress photographs. l. Mobile device compatibility, including smartphones and tablets. C. PDF Document Preparation: Where PDFs are required to be submitted to Architect, prepare as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item. 2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 3. Certifications: Where digitally submitted certificates and certifications are required, provide a digital signature with digital certificate on where indicated. 1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times a minimum of 10 working days prior to meeting. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 8 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting. B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments. b. Tentative construction schedule. c. Phasing. d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items. e. Designation of key personnel and their duties. f. Lines of communications. g. Use of web-based Project software. h. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. i. Procedures for RFIs. j. Procedures for testing and inspecting. k. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. l. Distribution of the Contract Documents. m. Submittal procedures. n. Sustainable design requirements. o. Preparation of Record Documents. p. Use of the premises and existing building. q. Work restrictions. r. Working hours. s. Owner's occupancy requirements. t. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. u. Procedures for moisture and mold control. v. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. w. Construction waste management and recycling. x. Parking availability. y. Office, work, and storage areas. z. Equipment deliveries and priorities. aa. First aid. bb. Security. cc. Progress cleaning. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 90 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 9 1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following: a. Preparation of Record Documents. b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance. c. Procedures for completing and archiving web-based Project software site data files. d. Submittal of written warranties. e. Requirements for completing sustainable design documentation. f. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. g. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts. h. Requirements for demonstration and training. i. Preparation of Contractor's punch list. j. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment. k. Submittal procedures. l. Coordination of separate contracts. m. Owner's partial occupancy requirements. n. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures, and equipment. o. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls. 4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authorityand Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 10 b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts. 4) Status of submittals. 5) Status of sustainable design documentation. 6) Deliveries. 7) Off-site fabrication. 8) Access. 9) Site use. 10) Temporary facilities and controls. 11) Progress cleaning. 12) Quality and work standards. 13) Status of correction of deficient items. 14) Field observations. 15) Status of RFIs. 16) Status of Proposal Requests. 17) Pending changes. 18) Status of Change Orders. 19) Pending claims and disputes. 20) Documentation of information for payment requests. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3100 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 1 SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Startup construction schedule. 2. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. Construction schedule updating reports. 4. Daily construction reports. 5. Material location reports. 6. Site condition reports. 7. Unusual event reports. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1200 "Multiple Contract Summary" for preparing a combined Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction Project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for completing an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum. C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 2 D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity. F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. 1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date. 2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity. 3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date. G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for completing an activity as scheduled. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: 1. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated. 2. PDF file. B. Startup construction schedule. 1. Submittal of cost-loaded, startup construction schedule will not constitute approval of schedule of values for cost-loaded activities. C. Startup Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities. D. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. 1. Submit a working digital copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. E. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days. 1. Activity Report: List of activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known. 2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for each activity, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then by early start date, or actual start date if known. 3. Total Float Report: List of activities sorted in ascending order of total float. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 3 4. Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from the Notice to Proceed until most recent Application for Payment. F. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment. G. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals. H. Material Location Reports: Submit at weekly intervals. I. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. J. Unusual Event Reports: Submit at time of unusual event. K. Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of Architect's request. B. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to the preliminary construction schedule and Contractor's Construction Schedule, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports. 2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule. 3. Discuss constraints, including phasing area separations interim milestones and partial Owner occupancy. 4. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products. 5. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts. 6. Review submittal requirements and procedures. 7. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals. 8. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting agencies. 9. Review time required for Project closeout and Owner startup procedures, including commissioning activities. 10. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule. 11. Review procedures for updating schedule. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 4 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of final completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. C. Activities: Treat each floor or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. 2. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with submittal schedule. 3. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing. 4. Commissioning Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for commissioning. 5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 6. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion. D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. 3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 4. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 01 1000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 5. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 01 1000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 6. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use-of-premises restrictions. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 5 f. Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control. 7. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Subcontract awards. b. Submittals. c. Purchases. d. Fabrication. e. Deliveries. f. Installation. g. Tests and inspections. h. Adjusting. i. Startup and placement into final use and operation. j. Commissioning. 8. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following: a. Structural completion. b. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning. c. Permanent space enclosure. d. Completion of mechanical installation. e. Completion of electrical installation. f. Substantial Completion. E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion F. Cost Correlation: Superimpose a cost correlation timeline, indicating planned and actual costs. On the line, show planned and actual dollar volume of the Work performed as of planned and actual dates used for preparation of payment requests. 1. See Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and payment procedures. G. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 6 H. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity. I. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished. J. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. 1.8 STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit startup, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type construction schedule within seven days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction activities for first 90 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities. 1.9 GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt- chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. 1. Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 7 1. For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar. 1.10 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Material deliveries. 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. 7. Testing and inspection. 8. Accidents. 9. Meetings and significant decisions. 10. Unusual events. 11. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 12. Meter readings and similar recordings. 13. Emergency procedures. 14. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 15. Change Orders received and implemented. 16. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 17. Services connected and disconnected. 18. Equipment or system tests and startups. 19. Partial completions and occupancies. 20. Substantial Completions authorized. B. Material Location Reports: At weekly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project site. Indicate the following categories for stored materials: 1. Material stored prior to previous report and remaining in storage. 2. Material stored prior to previous report and since removed from storage and installed. 3. Material stored following previous report and remaining in storage. C. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. D. Unusual Event Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, responses by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 8 1. Submit unusual event reports directly to Owner within one day(s) of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3200 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 1 SECTION 01 3233 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Preconstruction photographs. 2. Periodic construction photographs. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic documentation as Project Record Documents at Project closeout. 2. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel. 3. Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition" for photographic documentation before selective demolition operations commence. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. Indicate elevation or story of construction. Include same information as corresponding photographic documentation. B. Digital Photographs: Submit image files within three days of taking photographs. 1. Submit photos by uploading to web-based project software site. Include copy of key plan indicating each photograph's location and direction. 2. Identification: Provide the following information with each image description in web-based project software site: a. Name of Project. b. Name and contact information for photographer. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Date photograph was taken. f. Description of location, vantage point, and direction. g. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 2 1.4 FORMATS AND MEDIA A. Digital Photographs: Provide color images in JPG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor size of 12 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 3200 by 2400 pixels. Use flash in low light levels or backlit conditions. B. Digital Images: Submit digital media as originally recorded in the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software. C. Metadata: Record accurate date and time from camera. D. File Names: Name media files with date and sequential numbering suffix. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographer: Engage a qualified photographer to take construction photographs. B. General: Take photographs with maximum depth of field and in focus. 1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic location. C. Preconstruction Photographs: Before commencement of demolition, take photographs of Project site, including existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage points, as directed by Architect. 1. Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs. D. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take 20 photographs weekly. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken. Provide photographs of spaces that contain utilities before enclosing finishes are installed. E. Additional Photographs: Architect may request photographs in addition to periodic photographs specified. 1. Three days' notice will be given, where feasible. 2. In emergency situations, take additional photographs within 24 hours of request. 3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Special events planned at Project site. b. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or losses. c. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site. These photographs are not subject to unit prices or unit-cost allowances. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3233 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 1 SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Submittal schedule requirements. 2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the schedule of values. 2. Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting coordination drawings and subcontract list and for requirements for web-based Project software. 3. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule. 4. Section 01 3233 "Photographic Documentation" for submitting preconstruction photographs, periodic construction photographs, and final completion construction photographs. 5. Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports, and schedule of tests and inspections. 6. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals. 7. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 8. Section 01 7839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 9. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals." VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 2 B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals." 1.4 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action submittal, a list of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule. a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals. 3. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format: a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Specification Section number and title. c. Submittal Category: Action; informational. d. Name of subcontractor. e. Description of the Work covered. f. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. g. Scheduled dates for purchasing. h. Scheduled date of fabrication. i. Scheduled dates for installation. j. Activity or event number. 1.5 SUBMITTAL FORMATS A. Submittal Information: Include the following information in each submittal: 1. Project name. 2. Date. 3. Name of Architect. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. 6. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. 7. Unique submittal number, including revision identifier. Include Specification Section number with sequential alphanumeric identifier; and alphanumeric suffix for resubmittals. 8. Category and type of submittal. 9. Submittal purpose and description. 10. Number and title of Specification Section, with paragraph number and generic name for each of multiple items. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 3 11. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 12. Indication of full or partial submittal. 13. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. 14. Other necessary identification. 15. Remarks. 16. Signature of transmitter. B. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect. C. Deviations and Additional Information: On each submittal, clearly indicate deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations; include relevant additional information and revisions, other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals. Indicate by highlighting on each submittal or noting on attached separate sheet. D. Submittals for Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals as PDF files. Name PDF file with submittal number. 1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1. Email: Prepare submittals as PDF package, and transmit to Architect by sending via email. Include PDF transmittal form. Include information in email subject line as requested by Architect. a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as a digital Project Record Document file. 2. Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal. a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as a digital Project Record Document file. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. 3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals. 4. Coordinate transmittal of submittals for related parts of the Work specified in different Sections so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 4 C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal. 3. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal. D. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. E. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. F. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. 1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are unsuitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 5 a. Wiring diagrams that show factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. 5. Submit Product Data before Shop Drawings, and before or concurrent with Samples. B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. C. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other materials. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Permanently attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Project name and submittal number. b. Generic description of Sample. c. Product name and name of manufacturer. d. Sample source. e. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. f. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item. 3. Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal. 4. Paper Transmittal: Include paper transmittal including complete submittal information indicated. 5. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 6 6. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit two full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return one set with options selected. 7. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit two sets of Samples. Architect will retain one Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a project record Sample. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. D. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated. 2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable. 3. Number and name of room or space. 4. Location within room or space. E. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified. F. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information indicating compliance with indicated performance and design criteria in individual Specification Sections. Include list of assumptions and summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Number each page of submittal. G. Certificates: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 7 1. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. Provide a notarized signature where indicated. 2. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. 3. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. 4. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. 5. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. 6. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. H. Test and Research Reports: 1. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. 2. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 3. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 4. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. 5. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 6. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: a. Name of evaluation organization. b. Date of evaluation. c. Time period when report is in effect. d. Product and manufacturers' names. e. Description of product. f. Test procedures and results. g. Limitations of use. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 8 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B. Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's approval for each submittal with a uniform approval stamp. Include name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Architect will not review submittals received from Contractor that do not have Contractor's review and approval. 1.9 ARCHITECT'S REVIEW A. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it. 1. Submittals by Web-Based Project Software: Architect will indicate, on Project software website, the appropriate action. Architect will also indicate, via markup on each submittal PDF file, the appropriate action. B. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect. D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review. E. Architect will return without review submittals received from sources other than Contractor. F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will be returned by Architect without action. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3300 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 1 SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-assurance and quality-control requirements for individual work results are specified in their respective Specification Sections. Requirements in individual Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-assurance and quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and quality-control services required by Architect, Owner, Commissioning Authority, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" unless otherwise further described means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. C. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, assembly, and similar operations. 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 2 D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. E. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR 1910.7, by a testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or by a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. F. Source Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source; for example, plant, mill, factory, or shop. G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. H. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. I. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality- control services do not include contract administration activities performed by Architect. 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or requirements are specified and the standards or requirements establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for direction before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: For Reflected Ceiling Plan 1. Prior to procurement or fabrication, provide coordinated ceiling plan including all devices, finishes, and heights of all ceiling related items to architect for review. B. Quality Control Walk: Summary and Resolution Document VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 3 1. Prior to installation of wall gypsum board or finishes, but after installation of framing and device back box enclosures, the contractor shall coordinate a review walk with the owner and design team. Contractor to include this walk in the project schedule for coordination with the required attendees as to not impact the project schedule. 2. Attendees to the walk include contractor, design team, owner, and subcontractors related to devices and wall framing. 3. Walk to include all framing and wall device box locations for review of final location prior to installation. 4. From the walk, contractor to author a report summarizing all comments from the walk for owner sign off. Installation of drywall and wall finishes shall not commence without sign off by the owner. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and responsibilities. B. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. D. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified. E. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-control plan within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's Construction Schedule. B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project. 1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 4 C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review. D. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following: 1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including Subcontractor-performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor- elected tests and inspections. Distinguish source quality-control tests and inspections from field quality-control tests and inspections. 2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the Statement of Special Inspections. 3. Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents, including tests and inspections indicated to be performed by Commissioning Authority. E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups. F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Architect has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.8 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspection. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 5 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory-authorized service representative requirements. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 6 F. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspection indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. G. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. H. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. 1.10 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspection they are engaged to perform. 2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspection allowances, as authorized by Change Orders. 3. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities, whether specified or not, to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspection will be performed. 3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 4. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 7 D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect, Commissioning Authority and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect, Commissioning Authority, and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the locations from which test samples will be taken and in which in- situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform duties of Contractor. E. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." F. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. G. Associated Contractor Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 6. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspection equipment at Project site. H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality- assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspection. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 8 1.11 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: Conducted by a qualified testing agency as required by authorities having jurisdiction, as indicated in individual Specification Sections, and as follows: 1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Architect, Commissioning Authority, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality- control service to Architect and Commissioning Authority with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's, Commissioning Authority's, reference during normal working hours. 1. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspection, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 9 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 01 7300 "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION 01 4000 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 1 SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure, protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site. H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 2 B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council; www.aabc.com. 2. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association; www.aamanet.org. 3. AAPFCO - Association of American Plant Food Control Officials; www.aapfco.org. 4. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials; www.transportation.org. 5. AATCC - American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists; www.aatcc.org. 6. ABMA - American Bearing Manufacturers Association; www.americanbearings.org. 7. ABMA - American Boiler Manufacturers Association; www.abma.com. 8. ACI - American Concrete Institute; (Formerly: ACI International); www.abma.com. 9. ACPA - American Concrete Pipe Association; www.concrete-pipe.org. 10. AEIC - Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The); www.aeic.org. 11. AF&PA - American Forest & Paper Association; www.afandpa.org. 12. AGA - American Gas Association; www.aga.org. 13. AHAM - Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers; www.aham.org. 14. AHRI - Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (The); www.ahrinet.org. 15. AI - Asphalt Institute; www.asphaltinstitute.org. 16. AIA - American Institute of Architects (The); www.aia.org. 17. AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction; www.aisc.org. 18. AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute; www.steel.org. 19. AITC - American Institute of Timber Construction; www.aitc-glulam.org. 20. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; www.amca.org. 21. ANSI - American National Standards Institute; www.ansi.org. 22. AOSA - Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.; www.aosaseed.com. 23. APA - APA - The Engineered Wood Association; www.apawood.org. 24. APA - Architectural Precast Association; www.archprecast.org. 25. API - American Petroleum Institute; www.api.org. 26. ARI - Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 27. ARI - American Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 28. ARMA - Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association; www.asphaltroofing.org. 29. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers; www.asce.org. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 3 30. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute; (See ASCE). 31. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers; www.ashrae.org. 32. ASME - ASME International; (American Society of Mechanical Engineers); www.asme.org. 33. ASSE - American Society of Safety Engineers (The); www.asse.org. 34. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering; www.asse-plumbing.org. 35. ASTM - ASTM International; www.astm.org. 36. ATIS - Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions; www.atis.org. 37. AWEA - American Wind Energy Association; www.awea.org. 38. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute; www.awinet.org. 39. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; www.awmac.com. 40. AWPA - American Wood Protection Association; www.awpa.com. 41. AWS - American Welding Society; www.aws.org. 42. AWWA - American Water Works Association; www.awwa.org. 43. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; www.buildershardware.com. 44. BIA - Brick Industry Association (The); www.gobrick.com. 45. BICSI - BICSI, Inc.; www.bicsi.org. 46. BIFMA - BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association); www.bifma.org. 47. BISSC - Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee; www.bissc.org. 48. BWF - Badminton World Federation; (Formerly: International Badminton Federation); www.bissc.org. 49. CDA - Copper Development Association; www.copper.org. 50. CEA - Canadian Electricity Association; www.electricity.ca. 51. CEA - Consumer Electronics Association; www.ce.org. 52. CFFA - Chemical Fabrics and Film Association, Inc.; www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com. 53. CFSEI - Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute; www.cfsei.org. 54. CGA - Compressed Gas Association; www.cganet.com. 55. CIMA - Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.cellulose.org. 56. CISCA - Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association; www.cisca.org. 57. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute; www.cispi.org. 58. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute; www.chainlinkinfo.org. 59. CPA - Composite Panel Association; www.pbmdf.com. 60. CRI - Carpet and Rug Institute (The); www.carpet-rug.org. 61. CRRC - Cool Roof Rating Council; www.coolroofs.org. 62. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; www.crsi.org. 63. CSA - Canadian Standards Association; www.csa.ca. 64. CSA - CSA International; (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services); www.csa-international.org. 65. CSI - Construction Specifications Institute (The); www.csinet.org. 66. CSSB - Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau; www.cedarbureau.org. 67. CTI - Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute); www.cti.org. 68. CWC - Composite Wood Council; (See CPA). 69. DASMA - Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association; www.dasma.com. 70. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute; www.dhi.org. 71. ECA - Electronic Components Association; (See ECIA). VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 4 72. ECAMA - Electronic Components Assemblies & Materials Association; (See ECIA). 73. ECIA - Electronic Components Industry Association; www.eciaonline.org. 74. EIA - Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 75. EIMA - EIFS Industry Members Association; www.eima.com. 76. EJMA - Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.ejma.org. 77. ESD - ESD Association; (Electrostatic Discharge Association); www.esda.org. 78. ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association; (See PLASA). 79. EVO - Efficiency Valuation Organization; www.evo-world.org. 80. FCI - Fluid Controls Institute; www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org. 81. FIBA - Federation Internationale de Basketball; (The International Basketball Federation); www.fiba.com. 82. FIVB - Federation Internationale de Volleyball; (The International Volleyball Federation); www.fivb.org. 83. FM Approvals - FM Approvals LLC; www.fmglobal.com. 84. FM Global - FM Global; (Formerly: FMG - FM Global); www.fmglobal.com. 85. FRSA - Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors Association, Inc.; www.floridaroof.com. 86. FSA - Fluid Sealing Association; www.fluidsealing.com. 87. FSC - Forest Stewardship Council U.S.; www.fscus.org. 88. GA - Gypsum Association; www.gypsum.org. 89. GANA - Glass Association of North America; www.glasswebsite.com. 90. GS - Green Seal; www.greenseal.org. 91. HI - Hydraulic Institute; www.pumps.org. 92. HI/GAMA - Hydronics Institute/Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association; (See AHRI). 93. HMMA - Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association; (See NAAMM). 94. HPVA - Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association; www.hpva.org. 95. HPW - H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.; www.hpwhite.com. 96. IAPSC - International Association of Professional Security Consultants; www.iapsc.org. 97. IAS - International Accreditation Service; www.iasonline.org. 98. IAS - International Approval Services; (See CSA). 99. ICBO - International Conference of Building Officials; (See ICC). 100. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 101. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.; www.icea.net. 102. ICPA - International Cast Polymer Alliance; www.icpa-hq.org. 103. ICRI - International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.; www.icri.org. 104. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission; http://www.iec.ch. 105. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The); www.ieee.org. 106. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society; (Formerly: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America); www.ies.org. 107. IESNA - Illuminating Engineering Society of North America; (See IES). 108. IEST - Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology; www.iest.org. 109. IGMA - Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance; www.igmaonline.org. 110. IGSHPA - International Ground Source Heat Pump Association; www.igshpa.okstate.edu. 111. ILI - Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.; www.iliai.com. 112. Intertek - Intertek Group; (Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA); www.intertek.com. 113. ISA - International Society of Automation (The); (Formerly: Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society); www.isa.org. 114. ISAS - Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (The); (See ISA). VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 5 115. ISFA - International Surface Fabricators Association; (Formerly: International Solid Surface Fabricators Association); www.isfanow.org. 116. ISO - International Organization for Standardization; www.iso.org. 117. ISSFA - International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; (See ISFA). 118. ITU - International Telecommunication Union; www.itu.int/home. 119. KCMA - Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association; www.kcma.org. 120. LMA - Laminating Materials Association; (See CPA). 121. LPI - Lightning Protection Institute; www.lightning.org. 122. MBMA - Metal Building Manufacturers Association; www.mbma.com. 123. MCA - Metal Construction Association; www.metalconstruction.org. 124. MFMA - Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.maplefloor.org. 125. MFMA - Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.metalframingmfg.org. 126. MHIA - Material Handling Industry of America; www.mhia.org. 127. MIA - Marble Institute of America; www.marble-institute.com. 128. MMPA - Moulding & Millwork Producers Association; www.wmmpa.com. 129. MPI - Master Painters Institute; www.paintinfo.com. 130. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.; www.mss-hq.org. 131. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; www.naamm.org. 132. NACE - NACE International; (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International); www.nace.org. 133. NADCA - National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com. 134. NAIMA - North American Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.naima.org. 135. NBGQA - National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.; www.nbgqa.com. 136. NBI - New Buildings Institute; www.newbuildings.org. 137. NCAA - National Collegiate Athletic Association (The); www.ncaa.org. 138. NCMA - National Concrete Masonry Association; www.ncma.org. 139. NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau; www.nebb.org. 140. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association; www.necanet.org. 141. NeLMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association; www.nelma.org. 142. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association; www.nema.org. 143. NETA - InterNational Electrical Testing Association; www.netaworld.org. 144. NFHS - National Federation of State High School Associations; www.nfhs.org. 145. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association; www.nfpa.org. 146. NFPA - NFPA International; (See NFPA). 147. NFRC - National Fenestration Rating Council; www.nfrc.org. 148. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association; www.nhla.com. 149. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority; www.nlga.org. 150. NOFMA - National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association; (See NWFA). 151. NOMMA - National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association; www.nomma.org. 152. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association; www.nrca.net. 153. NRMCA - National Ready Mixed Concrete Association; www.nrmca.org. 154. NSF - NSF International; www.nsf.org. 155. NSPE - National Society of Professional Engineers; www.nspe.org. 156. NSSGA - National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association; www.nssga.org. 157. NTMA - National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The); www.ntma.com. 158. NWFA - National Wood Flooring Association; www.nwfa.org. 159. PCI - Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute; www.pci.org. 160. PDI - Plumbing & Drainage Institute; www.pdionline.org. 161. PLASA - PLASA; (Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association); www.plasa.org. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 6 162. RCSC - Research Council on Structural Connections; www.boltcouncil.org. 163. RFCI - Resilient Floor Covering Institute; www.rfci.com. 164. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service; www.redwoodinspection.com. 165. SAE - SAE International; www.sae.org. 166. SCTE - Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers; www.scte.org. 167. SDI - Steel Deck Institute; www.sdi.org. 168. SDI - Steel Door Institute; www.steeldoor.org. 169. SEFA - Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (The); www.sefalabs.com. 170. SEI/ASCE - Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers; (See ASCE). 171. SIA - Security Industry Association; www.siaonline.org. 172. SJI - Steel Joist Institute; www.steeljoist.org. 173. SMA - Screen Manufacturers Association; www.smainfo.org. 174. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; www.smacna.org. 175. SMPTE - Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers; www.smpte.org. 176. SPFA - Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance; www.sprayfoam.org. 177. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau; www.spib.org. 178. SPRI - Single Ply Roofing Industry; www.spri.org. 179. SRCC - Solar Rating & Certification Corporation; www.solar-rating.org. 180. SSINA - Specialty Steel Industry of North America; www.ssina.com. 181. SSPC - SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings; www.sspc.org. 182. STI - Steel Tank Institute; www.steeltank.com. 183. SWI - Steel Window Institute; www.steelwindows.com. 184. SWPA - Submersible Wastewater Pump Association; www.swpa.org. 185. TCA - Tilt-Up Concrete Association; www.tilt-up.org. 186. TCNA - Tile Council of North America, Inc.; www.tileusa.com. 187. TEMA - Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.tema.org. 188. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association (The); (Formerly: TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance); www.tiaonline.org. 189. TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 190. TMS - The Masonry Society; www.masonrysociety.org. 191. TPI - Truss Plate Institute; www.tpinst.org. 192. TPI - Turfgrass Producers International; www.turfgrasssod.org. 193. TRI - Tile Roofing Institute; www.tileroofing.org. 194. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; www.ul.com. 195. UNI - Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association; www.uni-bell.org. 196. USAV - USA Volleyball; www.usavolleyball.org. 197. USGBC - U.S. Green Building Council; www.usgbc.org. 198. USITT - United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.; www.usitt.org. 199. WASTEC - Waste Equipment Technology Association; www.wastec.org. 200. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; www.wclib.org. 201. WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association; www.wcmanet.org. 202. WDMA - Window & Door Manufacturers Association; www.wdma.com. 203. WI - Woodwork Institute; www.wicnet.org. 204. WSRCA - Western States Roofing Contractors Association; www.wsrca.com. 205. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association; www.wwpa.org. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 7 B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org. 2. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 3. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org. C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. COE - Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil. 2. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov. 3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and Technology; www.nist.gov. 4. DOD - Department of Defense; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 5. DOE - Department of Energy; www.energy.gov. 6. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov. 7. FAA - Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov. 8. FG - Federal Government Publications; www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 9. GSA - General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. 10. HUD - Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov. 11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies Division; www.eetd.lbl.gov. 12. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration; www.osha.gov. 13. SD - Department of State; www.state.gov. 14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research Program; The National Academies; www.trb.org. 15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov. 16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov. 17. USDOJ - Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov. 18. USP - U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention; www.usp.org. 19. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com. D. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office; www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 2. DOD - Department of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 3. DSCC - Defense Supply Center Columbus; (See FS). 4. FED-STD - Federal Standard; (See FS). 5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 8 a. Available from Defense Standardization Program; www.dsp.dla.mil. b. Available from General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design Guide; www.wbdg.org/ccb. 6. MILSPEC - Military Specification and Standards; (See DOD). 7. USAB - United States Access Board; www.access-board.gov. 8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board; (See USAB). PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 4200 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 1 SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer-service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction operations. C. Water Service: Pay water-service use charges for water used by all entities for construction operations. D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric-power-service use charges for electricity used by all entities for construction operations. E. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. F. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. G. Sewer, Water, and Electric Power Service: Use charges are specified in Section 01 1200 "Multiple Contract Summary." VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 2 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities, temporary utility lines and connections, staging areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for construction personnel. B. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within 15 days of date established for commencement of the Work, submit schedule indicating implementation and termination dates of each temporary utility. C. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Show fabrication and installation details, including plans, elevations, details, layouts, typestyles, graphic elements, and message content. D. Erosion- and Sedimentation-Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. E. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire- prevention program. F. Moisture- and Mold-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage and mold. G. Dust- and HVAC-Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the dust- and HVAC-control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Include the following: 1. Locations of dust-control partitions at each phase of work. 2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing. 3. Location of proposed air-filtration system discharge. 4. Waste-handling procedures. 5. Other dust-control measures. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the United States Access Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 3 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch , 0.148-inch- thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8- inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top rails . B. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch , 0.148-inch- thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1- 5/8-inch- OD top and bottom rails. Provide galvanized-steel bases for supporting posts. C. Fencing Windscreen Privacy Screen: Polyester fabric scrim with grommets for attachment to chain link fence, sized to height of fence, in color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. D. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire-resistive sheet, 10-mil minimum thickness, with flame-spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84 and passing NFPA 701 Test Method 2. E. Dust-Control Adhesive-Surface Walk-Off Mats: Provide mats minimum 36 by 60 inches . F. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading. B. Field Offices, General: Owner will provide conditioned interior space for field offices for duration of Project upon completion of demolition and enclosure. C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. 1. Store combustible materials apart from building. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 4 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return-air grille in system and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures." C. Air-Filtration Units: Primary and secondary HEPA-filter-equipped portable units with four-stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff. Configure to run continuously. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, GENERAL A. Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 01 1000 "Summary." B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 5 3.3 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. 1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction. D. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. E. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 1. Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. F. Temporary Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. 1. Provide temporary dehumidification systems when required to reduce ambient and substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application of finishes and their proper curing or drying. G. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas. 1. Prior to commencing work, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be performed. a. Disconnect supply and return ductwork in work area from HVAC systems servicing occupied areas. b. Maintain negative air pressure within work area using HEPA-equipped air- filtration units, starting with commencement of temporary partition construction, and continuing until removal of temporary partitions is complete. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 6 2. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust-producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust-containment devices. 3. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA- filter-equipped vacuum equipment. H. Electric Power Service: Connect to Owner's existing electric power service. Maintain equipment in a condition acceptable to Owner. I. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations. 1. Install electric power service unless otherwise indicated. 2. Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed by Owner. J. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. K. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. Install WiFi cell phone access equipment and one land-based telephone line(s) for each field office. 1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a. Provide one telephone line(s) for Owner's use. 2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's home office. d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number. e. Architect's office. f. Engineers' offices. g. Owner's office. h. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices. L. Electronic Communication Service: Provide a computer in the primary field office adequate for use by Architect and Owner to access Project electronic documents and maintain electronic communications. Equip computer with not less than the following: 1. Processor: Intel Core i5 minimum. 2. Memory: 4 gigabyte. 3. Disk Storage: 500 gigabyte hard-disk drive and combination DVD-RW/CD-RW drive. 4. Display: 24-inch LCD monitor with 256-Mb dedicated video RAM. 5. Full-size keyboard and mouse. 6. Network Connectivity: 10/100BaseT Ethernet. 7. Operating System: Microsoft Windows 7 Professional. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 7 8. Productivity Software: a. Microsoft Office Professional, 2010 or higher, including Word, Excel, and Outlook. b. Adobe Reader 11.0 or higher. c. WinZip 7.0 or higher. 9. Printer: "All-in-one" unit equipped with printer server, combining color printing, photocopying, scanning, and faxing, or separate units for each of these three functions. 10. Internet Service: Broadband modem, router and ISP, equipped with hardware firewall, providing minimum 1.0 Mbps upload and 15 Mbps download speeds at each computer. 11. Internet Security: Integrated software, providing software firewall, virus, spyware, phishing, and spam protection in a combined application. 12. Backup: External hard drive, minimum 2 terrabyte, with automated backup software providing daily backups. 3.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241. 2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas within construction limits indicated on Drawings. 1. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment as required to minimize dust. C. Temporary Use of Planned Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for construction operations. 1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved areas. 2. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material, regrading, proofrolling, compacting, and testing. D. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 8 E. Parking: Provide temporary parking areas for construction personnel. F. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. 2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. G. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 3. Maintain and touch up signs so they are legible at all times. H. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." I. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 01 7300 "Execution." J. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. K. Temporary Elevator Use: Use of elevators is not permitted unless as provided in writing by the owner. . L. Existing Elevator Use: Use of Owner's existing elevators will be permitted, provided elevators are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore elevators to condition existing before initial use, including replacing worn cables, guide shoes, and similar items of limited life. 1. Do not load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity. 2. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such protection, elevators become damaged, engage elevator Installer to restore damaged work so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make required repairs and refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required. M. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 9 N. Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will be permitted, provided stairs are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore stairs to condition existing before initial use. 1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect stairs and to maintain means of egress. If stairs become damaged, restore damaged areas so no evidence remains of correction work. O. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Use of new stairs for construction traffic will be permitted, provided stairs are protected and finishes restored to new condition at time of Substantial Completion. 3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. 1. Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to access property for that purpose. B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 01 1000 "Summary." C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent and. D. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. 1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant-protection zones. 2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. 3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project. 4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. E. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 10 F. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 5639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." G. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. H. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction. I. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each workday. J. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. K. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. L. Covered Walkway: Erect protective, covered walkway for passage of individuals through or adjacent to Project site. Coordinate with entrance gates, other facilities, and obstructions. Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Provide overhead decking, protective enclosure walls, handrails, barricades, warning signs, exit signs, lights, safe and well-drained walkways, and similar provisions for protection and safe passage. 2. Paint and maintain appearance of walkway for duration of the Work. M. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. N. Temporary Partitions: Provide floor-to-ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas occupied by Owner and tenants from fumes and noise. 1. Construct dustproof partitions with gypsum wallboard with joints taped on occupied side, and fire-retardant-treated plywood on construction operations side. 2. Construct dustproof partitions with two layers of 6-mil polyethylene sheet on each side. Cover floor with two layers of 6-mil polyethylene sheet, extending sheets 18 inches up the sidewalls. Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with fire-retardant-treated plywood. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 11 a. Construct vestibule and airlock at each entrance through temporary partition with not less than 48 inches between doors. Maintain water- dampened foot mats in vestibule. 3. Where fire-resistance-rated temporary partitions are indicated or are required by authorities having jurisdiction, construct partitions according to the rated assemblies. 4. Insulate partitions to control noise transmission to occupied areas. 5. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with gasketed dustproof doors and security locks where openings are required. 6. Protect air-handling equipment. 7. Provide walk-off mats at each entrance through temporary partition. O. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program. 1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. Comply with additional limits on smoking specified in other Sections. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. 3.6 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe delivery, handling, storage, installation, and protection provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage. 1. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work. 2. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials. 3. Indicate methods to be used to avoid trapping water in finished work. B. Exposed Construction Period: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows: 1. Protect porous materials from water damage. 2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water. 3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete. 4. Remove standing water from decks. 5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 12 C. Partially Enclosed Construction Period: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows: 1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic content, into partially enclosed building. 2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage. 3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter. 4. Discard or replace water-damaged material. 5. Do not install material that is wet. 6. Discard and replace stored or installed material that begins to grow mold. 7. Perform work in a sequence that allows wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing the material in gypsum board or other interior finishes. D. Controlled Construction Period: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as follows: 1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions. 2. Use temporary or permanent HVAC system to control humidity within ranges specified for installed and stored materials. 3. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and exposure to water limits. a. Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth, including wood and gypsum-based products, that become wet during the course of construction and remain wet for 48 hours are considered defective and require replacing. b. Measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to moisture during construction operations or after installation. Record readings beginning at time of exposure and continuing daily for 48 hours. Identify materials containing moisture levels higher than allowed. Report findings in writing to Architect. c. Remove and replace materials that cannot be completely restored to their manufactured moisture level within 48 hours. 3.7 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 13 D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 01 5000 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 1 SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2100 "Allowances" for products selected under an allowance. 2. Section 01 2300 "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate. 3. Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions. 4. Section 01 4200 "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved by Architect through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a single manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation. In addition to the basis-of-design product description, product attributes and characteristics may be listed to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other special features and requirements for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 2 C. Subject to Compliance with Requirements: Where the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements" introduces a product selection procedure in an individual Specification Section, provide products qualified under the specified product procedure. In the event that a named product or product by a named manufacturer does not meet the other requirements of the specifications, select another named product or product from another named manufacturer that does meet the requirements of the specifications. Submit a comparable product request, if applicable. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Comparable Product Request Submittal: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify basis-of-design product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products" Article. 2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Architect's Approval of Submittal: As specified in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. B. Identification of Products: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer or product names or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products or equipment that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior. 1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface, or, where required for observation following installation, on a visually accessible surface that is not conspicuous. 2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service-connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on a visually accessible but inconspicuous surface. Include information essential for operation, including the following: a. Name of product and manufacturer. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 3 b. Model and serial number. c. Capacity. d. Speed. e. Ratings. 3. See individual identification sections in Divisions 21, 22, 23, and 26 for additional identification requirements. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 4 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties meeting requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Sole Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole manufacturer/source may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: …" 2. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 5 a. Limited list of products may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: …" 3. Non-Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of products is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …" 4. Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: …" 5. Non-Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers whose products may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …" 6. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for substitutions for convenience. C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 6 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration of Comparable Products: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, is consistent with the Contract Documents, will produce the indicated results, and is compatible with other portions of the Work. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant product qualities include attributes such as type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other specific features and requirements. 2. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 3. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 4. Samples, if requested. B. Submittal Requirements: Approval by the Architect of Contractor's request for use of comparable product is not intended to satisfy other submittal requirements. Comply with specified submittal requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 6000 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 1 SECTION 01 7300 - EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Coordination of Owner-installed products. 6. Progress cleaning. 7. Starting and adjusting. 8. Protection of installed construction. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site. 2. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for , replacing defective work, and final cleaning. 4. Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition" for demolition and removal of selected portions of the building. 5. Section 07 8413 "Penetration Firestopping" for patching penetrations in fire-rated construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of subsequent work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of subsequent work. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 2 1. Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and patching. 2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that will perform patching work. 4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 5. Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of time permanent services and systems will be disrupted. a. Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems during interruption of permanent services and systems. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. 1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection. 2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operational elements include the following: a. Primary operational systems and equipment. b. Fire separation assemblies. c. Air or smoke barriers. d. Fire-suppression systems. e. Plumbing piping systems. f. Mechanical systems piping and ducts. g. Control systems. h. Communication systems. i. Fire-detection and -alarm systems. j. Conveying systems. k. Electrical wiring systems. l. Operating systems of special construction. 3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Other construction elements include but are not limited to the following: a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. b. Membranes and flashings. c. Exterior curtain-wall construction. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 3 d. Sprayed fire-resistive material. e. Equipment supports. f. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. g. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems. 4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. 1. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction practices and procedures, use products for patching that comply with sustainable design requirements. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services; and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 4 B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: 1. Description of the Work. 2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4. Recommended corrections. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. B. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. C. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in unoccupied spaces unless otherwise noted. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 5 B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Where possible, select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the Work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work. 1. Comply with Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and replacing defective Work. 3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 6 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching according to requirements in Section 01 1000 "Summary." F. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas. G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. H. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 7 a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure. I. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. 3.5 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel. B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel. 1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. 3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 8 4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.7 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with requirements in Section 01 9113 "General Commissioning Requirements." B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 9 D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements." 3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the Work. C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 01 7300 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7329 - 1 SECTION 01 7329 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for patching fire-rated construction. 2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. a. Requirements in this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. B. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch the following elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. 2. Membranes and flashings. 3. Equipment supports. 4. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. 5. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7329 - 2 C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 1. If possible, retain original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch exposed Work listed below. If it is impossible to engage original Installer or fabricator, engage another recognized, experienced, and specialized firm. a. Stonework and stone masonry. b. Ornamental metal. c. Preformed metal panels. d. Roofing. e. Firestopping. f. Window wall system. g. Wall covering. h. HVAC enclosures, cabinets, or covers. D. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. B. Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7329 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas D. Existing Services: Where existing services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services before cutting to avoid interruption of services to occupied areas. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. 2. For core drilling, contractor provided Hilti core drills shall be used. Hammer drills or other types of core drilling will be allowed only with prior written approval by Exempla Saint Joseph Hospital Facilities Management before commencing core drill work. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7329 - 4 2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete/Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond- core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even- plane surface of uniform appearance. 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition. END OF SECTION 01 7329 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 1 SECTION 01 7419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from partial demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. E. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 2 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For waste management coordinator. B. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA-approved certification program. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan. B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition construction waste generated by the Work. Use . Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates. C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Use . Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures. 1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work. 2. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility. 3. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location where materials separation will be performed. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. 1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work. 1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return. 2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal. C. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold. 2. Comply with Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control. 3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until installation. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 4 3.3 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. C. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 01 7419 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 1 SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 3233 "Photographic Documentation" for submitting final completion construction photographic documentation. 2. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for additional operation and maintenance manual requirements. 3. Section 01 7839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 4. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for requirements to train the Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain products, equipment, and systems. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 2 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. 1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number. a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Owner's signature for receipt of submittals. 5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training." 6. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 3 7. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 8. Complete final cleaning requirements. 9. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures." 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit final completion photographic documentation. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order. . VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 4 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. Architect will return annotated file. 1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. C. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. 1. Submit by uploading to web-based project software site or by email to Architect. D. Warranties in Paper Form: 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. E. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, even- textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision- obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 6 l. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. m. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. n. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. o. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection. 1) Clean HVAC system in compliance with NADCA ACR. Provide written report on completion of cleaning. p. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. q. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B. Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. 3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. 4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. END OF SECTION 01 7700 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 1 SECTION 01 7823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Systems and equipment operation manuals. 4. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. 5. Product maintenance manuals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Section 01 9113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for verification and compilation of data into operation and maintenance manuals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Architect and Commissioning Authority will comment on whether content of operation and maintenance submittals is acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 2 1. Submit by uploading to web-based project software site. Enable reviewer comments on draft submittals. C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least 30 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect and Commissioning Authority will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable. D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect and Commissioning Authority will return copy with comments. 1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's and Commissioning Authority's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's and Commissioning Authority's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training. E. Comply with Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. 1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. 1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2. File Names and Bookmarks: Bookmark individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file. 1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 3 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager. 7. Name and contact information for Architect. 8. Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority. 9. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 10. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY MANUAL A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. List items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. Include the following: 1. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system. 2. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. 3. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual. 1.8 EMERGENCY MANUALS A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 4 1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures. C. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: 1. Fire. 2. Flood. 3. Gas leak. 4. Water leak. 5. Power failure. 6. Water outage. 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. 8. Chemical release or spill. D. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. E. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures. 1.9 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS A. Systems and Equipment Operation Manual: Assemble a complete set of data indicating operation of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include information required for daily operation and management, operating standards, and routine and special operating procedures. 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. B. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 5 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. C. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. D. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. E. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. F. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color coding where required for identification. 1.10 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data indicating maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include manufacturers' maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency, repair procedures, wiring and systems diagrams, lists of spare parts, and warranty information. 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 6 B. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds as described below. C. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. D. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Include the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins; include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. a. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. E. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available. F. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. G. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 7 H. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. I. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. J. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original project record documents as part of maintenance manuals. 1.11 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. C. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. D. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. E. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 8 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 7823 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 1 SECTION 01 7839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 4. Miscellaneous record submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for final property survey. 2. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 3. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked-up record prints. 2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints. 2) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints. B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 2 1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual. D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record-keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. E. Reports: Submit written report [weekly ]indicating items incorporated into project record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated. 1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 3 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Architect and Construction Manager. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows: 1. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution. 4. Architect will furnish Contractor with one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information. a. See Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files. b. Architect will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate layers. C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file. 4. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor. 1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 4 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file . 1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable. C. Format: Submit record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file . 1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data. 1.7 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file . 1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals. 1.8 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store record documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION END OF SECTION 01 7839 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 1 SECTION 01 7900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1. Instruction in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Demonstration and training video recordings. B. Allowances: Furnish demonstration and training instruction time under the demonstration and training allowance as specified in Section 01 2100 "Allowances." C. Unit Price for Instruction Time: Length of instruction time will be measured by actual time spent performing demonstration and training in required location. No payment will be made for time spent assembling educational materials, setting up, or cleaning up. See requirements in Section 01 2200 "Unit Prices." 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module. 1. Indicate proposed training modules using manufacturer-produced demonstration and training video recordings for systems, equipment, and products in lieu of video recording of live instructional module. B. Qualification Data: For instructor. C. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of instruction time. D. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and documentation of performance-based test. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 2 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Demonstration and Training Video Recordings: Submit two copies within seven days of end of each training module. 1. Identification: On each copy, provide an applied label with the following information: a. Name of Project. b. Name and address of videographer. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor. f. Date of video recording. 2. Transcript: Prepared and bound in format matching operation and maintenance manuals. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include a cover sheet with same label information as the corresponding video recording. Include name of Project and date of video recording on each page. 3. Transcript: Prepared in PDF electronic format. Include a cover sheet with same label information as the corresponding video recording and a table of contents with links to corresponding training components. Include name of Project and date of video recording on each page. 4. At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for Owner's use prepared in same PDF file format required for operation and maintenance manuals specified in Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance. B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training. C. Videographer Qualifications: A professional videographer who is experienced photographing demonstration and training events similar to those required. D. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction. 2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays. 3. Review required content of instruction. 4. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 3 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel. B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content. C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data have been reviewed and approved by Architect. 1.7 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component: 1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following: a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves. 2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail: a. Emergency manuals. b. Systems and equipment operation manuals. c. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. d. Product maintenance manuals. e. Project Record Documents. f. Identification systems. g. Warranties and bonds. h. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments. 3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 4 c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures. 4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures. 5. Adjustments: Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 6. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance: Include the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning. e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools. 8. Repairs: Include the following: a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 5 1.8 PREPARATION A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. 1.9 INSTRUCTION A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location. B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. 1. Architect will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements. 2. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy. 3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants. C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed-on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. 1. Schedule training with Owner, through Construction Manager, with at least seven days' advance notice. D. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals. E. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module by use of a demonstration performance-based test. F. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and remove from Project site. Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial training use. 1.10 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEO RECORDINGS A. General: Engage a qualified commercial videographer to record demonstration and training video recordings. Record each training module separately. Include classroom instructions and demonstrations, board diagrams, and other visual aids, but not student practice. 1. At beginning of each training module, record each chart containing learning objective and lesson outline. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 6 B. Digital Video Recordings: Provide high-resolution, digital video in MPEG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor resolution of 12 megapixels and capable of recording in full HD modewith vibration reduction technology. 1. Submit video recordings on CD-ROM or thumb drive. 2. File Hierarchy: Organize folder structure and file locations according to Project Manual table of contents. Provide complete screen-based menu. 3. File Names: Utilize file names based on name of equipment generally described in video segment, as identified in Project specifications. 4. Contractor and Installer Contact File: Using appropriate software, create a file for inclusion on the equipment demonstration and training recording that describes the following for each Contractor involved on the Project, arranged according to Project Manual table of contents: a. Name of Contractor/Installer. b. Business address. c. Business phone number. d. Point of contact. e. Email address. C. Recording: Mount camera on tripod before starting recording, unless otherwise necessary to adequately cover area of demonstration and training. Display continuous running time. 1. Film training session(s) in segments not to exceed 15 minutes. a. Produce segments to present a single significant piece of equipment per segment. b. Organize segments with multiple pieces of equipment to follow order of Project Manual table of contents. c. Where a training session on a particular piece of equipment exceeds 15 minutes, stop filming and pause training session. Begin training session again upon commencement of new filming segment. D. Light Levels: Verify light levels are adequate to properly light equipment. Verify equipment markings are clearly visible prior to recording. 1. Furnish additional portable lighting as required. E. Narration: Describe scenes on video recording by audio narration by microphone while video recording is recorded. Include description of items being viewed. F. Transcript: Provide a transcript of the narration. Display images and running time captured from videotape opposite the corresponding narration segment. G. Preproduced Video Recordings: Provide video recordings used as a component of training modules in same format as recordings of live training. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 7 PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION END OF SECTION 01 7900 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 1 SECTION 01 9113 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Owner's Project Requirements and Basis-of-Design Document are included by reference for information only. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General requirements for coordinating and scheduling commissioning activities. 2. Commissioning meetings. 3. Commissioning reports. 4. Use of commissioning process test equipment, instrumentation, and tools. 5. Construction checklists, including, but not limited to, installation checks, startup, performance tests, and performance test demonstration. 6. Commissioning tests and commissioning test demonstration. 7. Adjusting, verifying, and documenting identified systems and assemblies. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for Commissioning Authority responsibilities. 2. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submittal procedure requirements for commissioning process. 3. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion submittal requirements. 4. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for preliminary operation and maintenance data submittal requirements. 1.3 ALLOWANCES A. Labor and management costs for the performance of commissioning process. B. The following are excluded from the commissioning allowance: 1. Equipment and systems installation, startup, and field quality-control testing indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Test equipment, instrumentation, and tools (including, but not limited to, proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools) required to perform tests. 3. Work to correct commissioning issues. 4. Work to repeat tests when equipment and systems fail acceptance criteria. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 2 5. <Insert requirements>. 1.4 UNIT PRICES A. Commissioning allowance may be adjusted up or down by the "List of Unit Prices" Article in Section 01 2200 "Unit Prices" when actual labor hours are computed at the end of commissioning process. See Section 01 2100 "Allowances" for commissioning allowance. B. The following are excluded from the computation for the adjustment of the commissioning allowance for technician labor hours: 1. Work to correct commissioning issues. 2. Work to repeat tests when equipment and systems fail acceptance criteria. 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. Acceptance Criteria: Threshold of acceptable work quality or performance specified for a commissioning activity, including, but not limited to, construction checklists, performance tests, performance test demonstrations, commissioning tests, and commissioning test demonstrations. B. Basis-of-Design Document: A document prepared by Architect that records concepts, calculations, decisions, and product selections used to comply with Owner's Project Requirements and to suit applicable regulatory requirements, standards, and guidelines. C. Commissioning Authority: An entity engaged by Owner, and identified in Section 01 1000 "Summary," to evaluate Commissioning-Process Work. D. Commissioning Plan: A document, prepared by Commissioning Authority, that outlines the organization, schedule, allocation of resources, and documentation of commissioning requirements. E. Commissioning: A quality-focused process for verifying and documenting that the facility and all of its systems and assemblies are planned, designed, installed, and tested to comply with Owner's Project Requirements. The requirements specified here are limited to the construction phase commissioning activities. The scope of the commissioning process is defined in Section 01 1000 "Summary." F. Construction-Phase Commissioning-Process Completion: The stage of completion and acceptance of commissioning process when resolution of deficient conditions and issues discovered during commissioning process and retesting until acceptable results are obtained has been accomplished. Owner will establish in writing the date construction-phase commissioning-process completion is achieved. See Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion submittal requirements. 1. Commissioning process is complete when the Work specified of this Section and related Sections has been completed and accepted, including, but not limited to, the following: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 3 a. Completion of tests and acceptance of test results. b. Resolution of issues, as verified by retests performed and documented with acceptance of retest results. c. Comply with requirements in Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training." d. Completion and acceptance of submittals and reports. G. Owner's Project Requirements: A document that details the functional requirements of a project and the expectations of how it will be used and operated, including Project goals, measurable performance criteria, cost considerations, benchmarks, success criteria, and supporting information. This document is prepared either by the Owner or for the Owner by the Architect or Commissioning Authority. H. Owner's Witness: Commissioning Authority, Owner's Project Manager, or Architect- designated witness authorized to authenticate test demonstration data and to sign completed test data forms. I. "Systems," "Assemblies," "Subsystems," "Equipment," and "Components": Where these terms are used together or separately, they shall mean "as-built" systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components. J. Test: Performance tests, performance test demonstrations, commissioning tests, and commissioning test demonstrations. K. Sampling Procedures and Tables for Inspection by Attributes: As defined in ASQ Z1.4. 1.6 COMPENSATION A. If Architect, Commissioning Authority, other Owner's witness, or Owner's staff perform additional services or incur additional expenses due to actions of Contractor listed below, compensate Owner for such additional services and expenses. 1. Failure to provide timely notice of commissioning activities schedule changes. 2. Failure to meet acceptance criteria for test demonstrations. B. Contractor shall compensate Owner for such additional services and expenses at the rate of that agreed to by owner and architect per labor hour, plus $1 per mile per round trip for personnel travelling more than 200 miles, plus per diem allowances for meals and lodging according to current U.S. General Services Administration (GSA) Per Diem Rates. 1.7 COMMISSIONING TEAM A. Members Appointed by Contractor(s): 1. Commissioning Coordinator: A person or entity employed by Contractor to manage, schedule, and coordinate commissioning process. 2. Project superintendent and other employees that Contractor may deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process. 3. Subcontractors, installers, suppliers, and specialists that Contractor may deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 4 4. Appointed team members shall have the authority to act on behalf of the entity they represent. B. Members Appointed by Owner: 1. Commissioning Authority, plus consultants that Commissioning Authority may deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process. 2. Owner representative(s), facility operations and maintenance personnel, plus other employees, separate contractors, and consultants that Owner may deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process. 3. Architect, plus employees and consultants that Architect may deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process. 1.8 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submittal procedure general requirements for commissioning process. B. Commissioning Plan Information: 1. List of Contractor-appointed commissioning team members to include specific personnel and subcontractors performing the various commissioning requirements. 2. Schedule of commissioning activities, integrated with the Construction Schedule. Comply with requirements in Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for the Construction Schedule general requirements for commissioning process. 3. Contractor personnel and subcontractors participating in each test. 4. List of instrumentation required for each test to include identification of parties that will provide instrumentation for each test. C. Commissioning schedule. D. Two-week look-ahead schedules. E. Commissioning Coordinator Letter of Authority: 1. Within 10 days after approval of Commissioning Coordinator qualifications, submit a letter of authority for Commissioning Coordinator, signed by a principal of Contractor's firm. Letter shall authorize Commissioning Coordinator to do the following: a. Make inspections required for commissioning process. b. Coordinate, schedule, and manage commissioning process of Contractor, subcontractors, and suppliers. c. Obtain documentation required for commissioning process from Contractor, subcontractors, and suppliers. d. Report issues, delayed resolution of issues, schedule conflicts, and lack of cooperation or expertise on the part of members of the commissioning team. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 5 F. Commissioning Coordinator Qualification Data: For entity coordinating Contractor's commissioning activities to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. 1. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. G. List test instrumentation, equipment, and monitoring devices. Include the following information: 1. Make, model, serial number, and application for each instrument, equipment, and monitoring device. 2. Brief description of intended use. 3. Calibration record showing the following: a. Calibration agency, including name and contact information. b. Last date of calibration. c. Range of values for which calibration is valid. d. Certification of accuracy. e. Certification for calibration equipment traceable to NIST. f. Due date of the next calibration. H. Test Reports: 1. Pre-Startup Report: Prior to startup of equipment or a system, submit signed, completed construction checklists. 2. Test Data Reports: At the end of each day in which tests are conducted, submit test data for tests performed. 3. Commissioning Issue Reports: Daily, at the end of each day in which tests are conducted, submit commissioning issue reports for tests for which acceptable results were not achieved. 4. Weekly Progress Report: Weekly, at the end of each week in which tests are conducted, submit a progress report. 5. Data Trend Logs: Submit data trend logs at the end of the trend log period. 6. System Alarm Logs: Daily, at the start of days following a day in which tests were performed, submit printout of log of alarms that occurred since the last log was printed. I. Construction Checklists: 1. Material checks. 2. Installation checks. 3. Startup procedures, where required. 1.9 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Commissioning Report: 1. At Construction-Phase Commissioning Completion, include the following: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 6 a. Pre-startup reports. b. Approved test procedures c. Test data forms, completed and signed. d. Progress reports. e. Commissioning issue report log. f. Commissioning issue reports showing resolution of issues. g. Correspondence or other documents related to resolution of issues. h. Other reports required by commissioning process. i. List unresolved issues and reasons they remain unresolved and should be exempted from the requirements for Construction-Phase Commissioning Completion. j. Report shall include commissioning work of Contractor. B. Request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Commissioning Coordinator Qualifications: 1. Documented experience commissioning systems of similar complexity to those contained in these documents on at least three projects of similar scope and complexity. 2. Certification of commissioning-process expertise. The following certifications are acceptable. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject certifications as evidence of qualification. a. Certified Commissioning Professional, by Building Commissioning Association. b. Commissioning-Process Management Professional, by American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers. c. Accredited Commissioning-Process Authority Professional, by University of Wisconsin. d. Accredited Commissioning-Process Manager, by University of Wisconsin. e. Accredited Green Commissioning-Process Provider, by University of Wisconsin. B. Calibration Agency Qualifications: Certified by The American Association for Laboratory Accreditation that the calibration agency complies with minimum requirements of ISO/IEC 17025. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS A. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform the commissioning process shall remain the property of Contractor unless otherwise indicated. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 7 B. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform commissioning process shall comply with the following criteria: 1. Be manufactured for the purpose of testing and measuring tests for which they are being used and have an accuracy to test and measure system performance within the tolerances required to determine acceptable performance. 2. Calibrated and certified. a. Calibration performed and documented by a qualified calibration agency according to national standards applicable to the tools and instrumentation being calibrated. Calibration shall be current according to national standards or within test equipment and instrumentation manufacturer's recommended intervals, whichever is more frequent, but not less than within six months of initial use on Project. Calibration tags shall be permanently affixed. b. Repair and recalibrate test equipment and instrumentation if dismantled, dropped, or damaged since last calibrated. 3. Maintain test equipment and instrumentation. 4. Use test equipment and instrumentation only for testing or monitoring Work for which they are designed. 2.2 PROPRIETARY TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS A. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools are those manufactured or prescribed by tested equipment manufacturer and required for work on its equipment as a condition of equipment warranty, or as otherwise required to service, repair, adjust, calibrate, or perform work on its equipment. 1. Identify proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools required in the test equipment identification list submittal. 2. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools shall become the property of Owner at Substantial Completion. 2.3 REPORT FORMAT AND ORGANIZATION A. General Format and Organization: 1. Bind report in three-ring binders. 2. Label the front cover and spine of each binder with the report title, volume number, project name, Contractor's name, and date of report. 3. Record report on compact disk. 4. Electronic Data: Portable document format (PDF); a single file with outline- organized bookmarks for major and minor tabs and tab contents itemized for specific reports. B. Commissioning Report: 1. Include a table of contents and an index to each test. 2. Include major tabs for each Specification Section. 3. Include minor tabs for each test. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 8 4. Within each minor tab, include the following: a. Test specification. b. Pre-startup reports. c. Approved test procedures. d. Test data forms, completed and signed. e. Commissioning issue reports, showing resolution of issues, and documentation related to resolution of issues pertaining to a single test. Group data forms, commissioning issue reports showing resolution of issues, and documentation related to resolution of issues for each test repetition together within the minor tab, in reverse chronological order (most recent on top). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Review preliminary construction checklists and preliminary test procedures and data forms. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS A. Construction checklists cannot modify or conflict with the Contract Documents. B. Create construction checklists based on actual systems and equipment to be included in Project. C. Material Checks: Compare specified characteristics and approved submittals with materials as received. Include factory tests and other evaluations, adjustments, and tests performed prior to shipment if applicable. 1. Service connection requirements, including configuration, size, location, and other pertinent characteristics. 2. Included optional features. 3. Delivery Receipt Check: Inspect and record physical condition of materials and equipment on delivery to Project site, including agreement with approved submittals, cleanliness, and lack of damage. 4. Installation Checks: a. Location according to Drawings and approved Shop Drawings. b. Configuration. c. Compliance with manufacturers' written installation instructions. d. Attachment to structure. e. Access clearance to allow for maintenance, service, repair, removal, and replacement without the need to disassemble or remove other equipment or building elements. Access coordinated with other building elements and equipment, including, but not limited to, ceiling and wall access panels, in a manner consistent with OSHA fall-protection regulations and safe work practices. f. Utility connections are of the correct characteristics, as applicable. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 9 g. Correct labeling and identification. h. Startup Checks: Verify readiness of equipment to be energized. Include manufacturer's standard startup procedures and forms. D. Startup: Perform and document initial operation of equipment to prove that it is installed properly and operates as intended according to manufacturer's standard startup procedures, at minimum. E. Performance Tests: 1. Static Tests: As specified elsewhere, including, but not limited to, duct and pipe leakage tests, insulation-resistance tests, and water-penetration tests. 2. Component Performance Tests: Tests evaluate the performance of an input or output of components under a full range of operating conditions. 3. Equipment and Assembly Performance Tests: Test and evaluate performance of equipment and assemblies under a full range of operating conditions and loads. 4. System Performance Tests: Test and evaluate performance of systems under a full range of operating conditions and loads. 5. Intersystem Performance Tests: Test and evaluate the interface of different systems under a full range of operating conditions and loads. F. Deferred Construction Checklists: Obtain Owner approval of proposed deferral of construction checklists, including proposed schedule of completion of each deferred construction checklist, before submitting request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion. When approved, deferred construction checklists may be completed after date of Construction-Phase Commissioning Completion. Include the following in a request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion: 1. Identify deferred construction checklists by number and title. 2. Provide a target schedule for completion of deferred construction checklists. 3. Written approval of proposed deferred construction checklists, including approved schedule of completion of each deferred construction checklist. G. Delayed Construction Checklists: Obtain Owner approval of proposed delayed construction checklists, including proposed schedule of completion of each delayed construction checklist, before submitting request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion. When approved, delayed construction checklists may be completed after date of Construction-Phase Commissioning Completion. Include the following in a request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion: 1. Identify delayed construction checklist by construction checklist number and title. 2. Provide a target schedule for completion of delayed construction checklists. 3. Written approval of proposed delayed construction checklists, including approved schedule of completion of each delayed construction checklist. 3.3 GENERAL EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS A. Schedule and coordinate commissioning process with the Construction Schedule. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 10 B. Perform activities identified in construction checklists, including tests, and document results of actions as construction proceeds. C. Perform test demonstrations for Owner's witness. Unless otherwise indicated, demonstrate tests for 100 percent of work to which the test applies. In some instances, demonstration of a random sample of other than 100 percent of the results of a test is specified. 1. Where sampling is specified, the sampling plan and procedure for the test demonstration shall be determined using ASQ Z1.4. a. General Inspection: Per owner requirements. b. Special Inspection: Per owner requirements.. c. Acceptance Quality Limit (AQL) of 1.5. 2. The "lot size" in ASQ Z1.4 is the sum of the number of items to which the test demonstration applies, as described in the scope subparagraph of each test. 3. On determination of the sample size, the samples shall be selected randomly by Owner's witness at the time of the test demonstration. 4. Include in the Commissioning Plan a detailed list of the test demonstrations with lot and sample quantities for each test. D. Report test data and commissioning issue resolutions. E. Schedule personnel to participate in and perform Commissioning-Process Work. F. Installing contractors' commissioning responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Operating the equipment and systems they install during tests. 2. In addition, installing contractors may be required to assist in tests of equipment and systems with which their work interfaces. 3.4 COMMISSIONING COORDINATOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Management and Coordination: Manage, schedule, and coordinate commissioning process, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Coordinate with subcontractors on their commissioning responsibilities and activities. 2. Obtain, assemble, and submit commissioning documentation. 3. Conduct periodic on-site commissioning meetings. Comply with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." 4. Develop and maintain the commissioning schedule. Integrate commissioning schedule into the Construction Schedule. Update Construction Schedule at specified intervals. 5. Review and comment on preliminary test procedures and data forms. 6. Report inconsistencies and issues in system operations. 7. Verify that tests have been completed and results comply with acceptance criteria, and that equipment and systems are ready before scheduling test demonstrations. 8. Direct and coordinate test demonstrations. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 11 9. Coordinate witnessing of test demonstrations by Owner's witness. 10. Coordinate and manage training. Be present during training sessions to direct video recording, present training, and direct the training presentations of others. Comply with requirements in Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training." 11. Prepare and submit specified commissioning reports. 12. Track commissioning issues until resolution and retesting is successfully completed. 13. Retain original records of Commissioning-Process Work, organized as required for the commissioning report. Provide Owner's representative access to these records on request. 14. Assemble and submit commissioning report. 3.5 COMMISSIONING TESTING A. Quality Control: Construction checklists, including tests, are quality-control tools designed to improve the functional quality of Project. Test demonstrations evaluate the effectiveness of Contractor's quality-control process. B. Owner's witness will be present to witness commissioning work requiring the signature of an owner's witness, including, but not limited to, test demonstrations. Owner's project manager will coordinate attendance by Owner's witness with Contractor's published Commissioning Schedule. Owner's witness will provide no labor or materials in the commissioning work. The only function of Owner's witness will be to observe and comment on the progress and results of commissioning process. C. Construction Checklists: 1. Complete construction checklists as Work is completed. 2. Distribute construction checklists to installing contractors before they start work. 3. Installers: a. Verify installation using approved construction checklists as Work proceeds. b. Complete and sign construction checklists daily for work performed during the preceding day. 4. Provide Commissioning Authority access to construction checklists. D. Installation Compliance Issues: Record as an installation compliance issue Work found to be incomplete, inaccessible, at variance with the Contract Documents, nonfunctional, or that does not comply with construction checklists. Record installation compliance issues on the construction checklist at the time they are identified. Record corrective action and how future Work should be modified before signing off the construction checklist. E. Pre-Startup Audit: Prior to executing startup procedures, review completed installation checks to determine readiness for startup and operation. Report conditions, which, if left uncorrected, adversely impact the ability of systems or equipment to operate satisfactorily or to comply with acceptance criteria. Prepare pre-startup report for each system. F. Test Procedures and Test Data Forms: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 12 1. Test procedures shall define the step-by-step procedures to be used to execute tests and test demonstrations. 2. Test procedures shall be specific to the make, model, and application of the equipment and systems being tested. 3. Completed test data forms are the official records of the test results. 4. Commissioning Authority will provide to Contractor preliminary test procedures and test data forms for performance tests and commissioning tests after approval of Product Data, Shop Drawings, and preliminary operation and maintenance manual. 5. Review preliminary test procedures and test data forms, and provide comments within 14 days of receipt from Commissioning Authority. Review shall address the following: a. Equipment protection and warranty issues, including, but not limited to, manufacturers' installation and startup recommendations, and operation and maintenance instructions. b. Applicability of the procedure to the specific software, equipment, and systems approved for installation. 6. After Contractor has reviewed and commented on the preliminary test procedures and test data forms, Commissioning Authority will revise and reissue the approved revised test procedures and test data forms marked "Approved for Testing." 7. Use only approved test procedures and test data forms marked "Approved for Testing" to perform and document tests and test demonstrations. G. Performance of Tests: 1. The sampling rate for tests is 100 percent. The sampling rate for test demonstrations is 100 percent unless otherwise indicated. 2. Perform and complete each step of the approved test procedures in the order listed. 3. Record data observed during performance of tests on approved data forms at the time of test performance and when the results are observed. 4. Record test results that are not within the range of acceptable results on commissioning issue report forms in addition to recording the results on approved test procedures and data forms according to the "Commissioning Compliance Issues" Paragraph in this Article. 5. On completion of a test, sign the completed test procedure and data form. Tests for which test procedures and data forms are incomplete, not signed, or which indicate performance that does not comply with acceptance criteria will be rejected. Tests for which test procedures and data forms are rejected shall be repeated and results resubmitted. H. Performance of Test Demonstration: 1. Perform test demonstrations on a sample of tests after test data submittals are approved. The sampling rate for test demonstrations shall be 100 percent unless otherwise indicated in the individual test specification. 2. Notify Owner's witness at least three days in advance of each test demonstration. 3. Perform and complete each step of the approved test procedures in the order listed. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 13 4. Record data observed during performance of test demonstrations on approved data forms at the time of demonstration and when the results are observed. 5. Provide full access to Owner's witness to directly observe the performance of all aspects of system response during the test demonstration. On completion of a test demonstration, sign the completed data form and obtain signature of Owner's witness at the time of the test to authenticate the reported results. 6. Test demonstration data forms not signed by Contractor and Owner's witness at the time of the completion of the procedure will be rejected. Test demonstrations for which data forms are rejected shall be repeated and results shall be resubmitted. a. Exception for Failure of Owner's Witness to Attend: Failure of Owner's witness to be present for agreed-on schedule of test demonstration shall not delay Contractor. If Owner's witness fails to attend a scheduled test, Contractor shall proceed with the scheduled test. On completion, Contractor shall sign the data form for Contractor and for Owner's witness, and shall note the absence of Owner's witness at the scheduled time and place. 7. False load test requirements are specified in related sections. a. Where false load testing is specified, provide temporary equipment, power, controls, wiring, piping, valves, and other necessary equipment and connections required to apply the specified load to the system. False load system shall be capable of steady-state operation and modulation at the level of load specified. Equipment and systems permanently installed in this work shall not be used to create the false load without Architect's written approval. I. Deferred Tests: 1. Deferred Test List: Identify, in the request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion, proposed deferred tests or other tests approved for deferral until specified seasonal or other conditions are available. When approved, deferred tests may be completed after the date of Construction- Phase Commissioning Completion. Identify proposed deferred tests in the request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion as follows: a. Identify deferred tests by number and title. b. Provide a target schedule for completion of deferred tests. 2. Schedule and coordinate deferred tests. Schedule deferred tests when specified conditions are available. Notify Architect and Commissioning Authority at least three working days (minimum) in advance of tests. 3. Where deferred tests are specified, coordinate participation of necessary personnel and of Architect, Commissioning Authority, and Owner's witness. Schedule deferred tests to minimize occupant and facility impact. Obtain Architect's approval of the proposed schedule. J. Delayed Tests: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 14 1. Delayed Test List: Identify, in the request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion, proposed delayed tests. Obtain Owner approval of proposed delayed tests, including proposed schedule of completion of each delayed test, before submitting request for Certificate of Construction- Phase Commissioning Process Completion. Include the following in the request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion: a. Identify delayed tests by test number and title. b. Written approval of proposed delayed tests, including approved schedule of completion of delayed tests. 2. Schedule and coordinate delayed tests. Schedule delayed tests when conditions that caused the delay have been rectified. Notify Architect and Commissioning Authority at least three working days (minimum) in advance of tests. 3. Where delayed tests are approved, coordinate participation of necessary personnel and of Architect, Commissioning Authority, and Owner's witness. Schedule delayed tests to minimize occupant and facility impact. Obtain Architect's approval of the proposed schedule. K. Commissioning Compliance Issues: 1. Test results that are not within the range of acceptable results are commissioning compliance issues. 2. Track and report commissioning compliance issues until resolution and retesting are successfully completed. 3. If a test demonstration fails, determine the cause of failure. Direct timely resolution of issue and then repeat the demonstration. If a test demonstration must be repeated due to failure caused by Contractor work or materials, reimburse Owner for billed costs for the participation in the repeated demonstration. 4. Test Results: If a test demonstration fails to meet the acceptance criteria, perform the following: a. Complete a commissioning compliance issue report form promptly on discovery of test results that do not comply with acceptance criteria. b. Submit commissioning compliance issue report form within 24 hours of the test. c. Determine the cause of the failure. d. Establish responsibility for corrective action if the failure is due to conditions found to be Contractor's responsibility. 5. Commissioning Compliance Issue Report: Provide a commissioning compliance issue report for each issue. Do not report multiple issues on the same commissioning compliance issue report. a. Exception: If an entire class of devices is determined to exhibit the identical issue, they may be reported on a single commissioning compliance issue report. (For example, if all return-air damper actuators that are specified to fail to the open position are found to fail to the closed position, they may be reported on a single commissioning issue report. If a single commissioning issue report is used for multiple commissioning compliance issues, each device shall be identified in the report, and the total number of devices at issue shall be identified. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 15 b. Complete and submit Part 1 of the commissioning compliance issue report immediately when the condition is observed. c. Record the commissioning compliance issue report number and describe the deficient condition on the data form. d. Resolve commissioning compliance issues promptly. Complete and submit Part 2 of the commissioning compliance issue report when issues are resolved. 6. Diagnose and correct failed test demonstrations as follows: a. Perform diagnostic tests and activities required to determine the fundamental cause of issues observed. b. Record each step of the diagnostic procedure prior to performing the procedure. Update written procedure as changes become necessary. c. Record the results of each step of the diagnostic procedure. d. Record the conclusion of the diagnostic procedure on the fundamental cause of the issue. e. Determine and record corrective measures. f. Include diagnosis of fundamental cause of issues in commissioning compliance issue report. 7. Retest: a. Schedule and repeat the complete test procedure for each test demonstration for which acceptable results are not achieved. Obtain signature of Owner's witness on retest data forms. Repeat test demonstration until acceptable results are achieved. Except for issues that are determined to result from design errors or omissions, or other conditions beyond Contractor's responsibility, compensate Owner for direct costs incurred as the result of repeated test demonstrations to achieve acceptable results. b. For each repeated test demonstration, submit a new test data form, marked "Retest." 8. Do not correct commissioning compliance issues during test demonstrations. a. Exceptions will be allowed if the cause of the issue is obvious and resolution can be completed in less than five minutes. If corrections are made under this exception, note the deficient conditions on the test data form and issue a commissioning compliance issue report. A new test data form, marked "Retest," shall be initiated after the resolution has been completed. 3.6 COMMISSIONING MEETINGS A. Commissioning Authority will schedule and conduct commissioning meetings. Comply with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 16 3.7 SEQUENCING A. Sequencing of Commissioning Verification Activities: For a particular material, item of equipment, assembly, or system, perform the following in the order listed unless otherwise indicated: 1. Construction Checklists: a. Material checks. b. Installation checks. c. Startup, as appropriate. Some startup may depend on component performance. Such startup may follow component performance tests on which the startup depends. d. Performance Tests: 1) Static tests, as appropriate. 2) Component performance tests. Some component performance tests may depend on completion of startup. Such component performance tests may follow startup. 3) Equipment and assembly performance tests. 4) System performance tests. 5) Intersystem performance tests. 2. Commissioning tests. B. Before performing commissioning tests, verify that materials, equipment, assemblies, and systems are delivered, installed, started, and adjusted to perform according to construction checklists. C. Verify readiness of materials, equipment, assemblies, and systems by performing tests prior to performing test demonstrations. Notify Architect if acceptable results cannot be achieved due to conditions beyond Contractor's control or responsibility. D. Commence tests as soon as installation checks for materials, equipment, assemblies, or systems are satisfactorily completed. Tests of a particular system may proceed prior to completion of other systems, provided the incomplete work does not interfere with successful execution of test. 3.8 SCHEDULING A. Commence commissioning process as early in the construction period as possible. B. Commissioning Schedule: Integrate commissioning activities into Construction Schedule. See Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation." 1. Include detailed commissioning activities in monthly updated Construction Schedule and short-interval schedule submittals. 2. Schedule the start date and duration for the following commissioning activities: a. Submittals. b. Preliminary operation and maintenance manual submittals. c. Installation checks. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 17 d. Startup, where required. e. Performance tests. f. Performance test demonstrations. g. Commissioning tests. h. Commissioning test demonstrations. 3. Schedule shall include a line item for each installation check, startup, and test activity specific to the equipment or systems involved. 4. Determine milestones and prerequisites for commissioning process. Show commissioning milestones, prerequisites, and dependencies in monthly updated critical-path-method construction schedule and short-interval schedule submittals. C. Two-Week Look-Ahead Commissioning Schedule: 1. Two weeks prior to the beginning of tests, submit a detailed two-week look- ahead schedule. Thereafter, submit updated two-week look-ahead schedules weekly for the duration of commissioning process. 2. Two-week look-ahead schedules shall identify the date, time, beginning location, Contractor personnel required, and anticipated duration for each startup or test activity. 3. Use two-week look-ahead schedules to notify and coordinate participation of Owner's witnesses. D. Owner's Witness Coordination: 1. Coordinate Owner's witness participation via Architect. 2. Notify Architect of commissioning schedule changes at least two work days in advance for activities requiring the participation of Owner's witness. 3.9 COMMISSIONING REPORTS A. Test Reports: 1. Pre-startup reports include observations of the conditions of installation, organized into the following sections: a. Equipment Model Verification: Compare contract requirements, approved submittals, and provided equipment. Note inconsistencies. b. Preinstallation Physical Condition Checks: Observe physical condition of equipment prior to installation. Note conditions including, but not limited to, physical damage, corrosion, water damage, or other contamination or dirt. c. Preinstallation Component Verification Checks: Verify components supplied with the equipment, preinstalled or field installed, are correctly installed and functional. Verify external components required for proper operation of equipment correctly installed and functional. Note missing, improperly configured, improperly installed, or nonfunctional components. d. Summary of Installation Compliance Issues and Corrective Actions: Identify installation compliance issues and the corrective actions for each. Verify that issues noted have been corrected. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 18 e. Evaluation of System Readiness for Startup: For each item of equipment for each system for which startup is anticipated, document in summary form acceptable to Owner completion of equipment model verification, preinstallation physical condition checks, preinstallation component verification checks, and completion of corrective actions for installation compliance issues. 2. Test data reports include the following: a. "As-tested" system configuration. Complete record of conditions under which the test was performed, including, but not limited to, the status of equipment, systems, and assemblies; temporary adjustments and settings; and ambient conditions. b. Data and observations, including, but not limited to, data trend logs, recorded during the tests. c. Signatures of individuals performing and witnessing tests. d. Data trend logs accumulated overnight from the previous day of testing. 3. Commissioning Compliance Issue Reports: Report as commissioning compliance issues results of tests and test demonstrations that do not comply with acceptance criteria. Report only one issue per commissioning compliance issue report. Use sequentially numbered facsimiles of commissioning compliance issue report form included in this Section, or other form approved by Owner. Distribute commissioning compliance issue reports to parties responsible for taking corrective action. Identify the following: a. Commissioning compliance issue report number. Assign unique, sequential numbers to individual commissioning compliance issue reports when they are created, to be used for tracking. b. Action distribution list. c. Report date. d. Test number and description. e. Equipment identification and location. f. Briefly describe observations about the performance associated with failure to achieve acceptable results. Identify the cause of failure if apparent. g. Diagnostic procedure or plan to determine the cause (include in initial submittal) h. Diagnosis of fundamental cause of issues as specified below (include in resubmittal). i. Fundamental cause of unacceptable performance as determined by diagnostic tests and activities. j. When issues have been resolved, update and resubmit the commissioning issue report forms by completing Part 2. Identify resolution taken and the dates and initials of the persons making the entries. k. Schedule for retesting. 4. Weekly progress reports include information for tests conducted since the preceding report and the following: a. Completed data forms. b. Equipment or system tested, including test number, system or equipment tag number and location, and notation about the apparent acceptability of results. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 19 c. Activities scheduled but not conducted per schedule. d. Commissioning compliance issue report log. e. Schedule changes for remaining Commissioning-Process Work, if any. 5. Data trend logs shall be initiated and running prior to the time scheduled for the test demonstration. a. Trend log data format shall be multiple data series graphs. Where multiple data series are trend logged concurrently, present the data on a common horizontal time axis. Individual data series may be presented on a segmented vertical axis to avoid interference of one data series with another, and to accommodate different axis scale values. Graphs shall be sufficiently clear to interpret data within the accuracy required by the acceptance criteria. b. Attach to the data form printed trend log data collected during the test or test demonstration. c. Record, print out, and attach to the data form operator activity during the time the trend log is running. During the time the trend log is running, operator intervention not directed by the test procedure invalidates the test results. 6. System Alarm Logs: Record and print out a log of alarms that occurred since the last log was printed. Evaluate alarms to determine if the previous day's work resulted in any conditions that are not considered "normal operation." a. Conditions that are not considered "normal operation" shall be reported on a commissioning issue report attached to the alarm log. Resolve as necessary. The intent of this requirement is to discover control system points or sequences left in manual or disabled conditions, equipment left disconnected, set points left with abnormal values, or similar conditions that may have resulted from failure to fully restore systems to normal, automatic control after test completion. 3.10 CERTIFICATE OF CONSTRUCTION-PHASE COMMISSIONING PROCESS COMPLETION A. When Contractor considers that construction-phase commissioning process, or a portion thereof which Owner agrees to accept separately, is complete, Contractor shall prepare and submit to Owner and Commissioning Authority through Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter Contractor's responsibility to compete commissioning process. B. On receipt of Contractor's list, Commissioning Authority will make an inspection to determine whether the construction-phase commissioning process or designated portion thereof is complete. If Commissioning Authority's inspection discloses items, whether included on Contractor's list, which is not sufficiently complete as defined in "Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion" Paragraph in the "Definitions" Article, Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Construction- Phase Commissioning Process Completion, complete or correct such items on notification by Commissioning Authority. In such case, Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by Commissioning Authority to determine construction- phase commissioning process completion. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 20 C. Contractor shall promptly correct deficient conditions and issues discovered during commissioning process. Costs of correcting such deficient conditions and issues, including additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and replacement, and compensation for Architect's and Commissioning Authority's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at Contractor's expense. D. When construction-phase commissioning process or designated portion is complete, Commissioning Authority will prepare a Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion that shall establish the date of completion of construction-phase commissioning process. Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion shall be submitted prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 01 9113 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 1 SECTION 02 4119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for restrictions on the use of the premises, Owner- occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements. 2. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for cutting and patching procedures. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner ready for reuse. B. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated. C. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 2 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure. 3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations. 5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For refrigerant recovery technician. B. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property , for environmental protection , for dust control and , for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. C. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's building manager's and other tenants' on-site operations are uninterrupted. 2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. Use of elevator and stairs. 5. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work. D. Inventory: Submit a list of items to be removed and salvaged and deliver to Owner prior to start of demolition. E. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Submit before Work begins. F. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered. G. Warranties: Documentation indicated that existing warranties are still in effect after completion of selective demolition. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 3 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification program. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. a. C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. D. Hazardous Materials: Hazardous materials are present in buildings and structures to be selectively demolished. A report on the presence of hazardous materials should be authored by a certified agency for review and use. Examine report to become aware of locations where hazardous materials are present. 1. Do not disturb hazardous materials or items suspected of containing hazardous materials except under procedures specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. 1.10 WARRANTY 1. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. Notify warrantor before proceeding. B. Notify warrantor on completion of selective demolition, and obtain documentation verifying that existing system has been inspected and warranty remains in effect. Submit documentation at Project closeout. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. B. Review record documents of existing construction provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in record documents. C. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect. E. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of measured drawings preconstruction photographs . 1. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 3233 "Photographic Documentation." 2. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. 1. Comply with requirements for existing services/systems interruptions specified in Section 01 1000 "Summary." B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 5 1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor. 2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. 3. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. b. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. c. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. d. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. e. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. C. Refrigerant: Remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment to be selectively demolished according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris- removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." 3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 6 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Reuse of Building Elements: Project has been designed to result in end-of-Project rates for reuse of building elements as follows. Do not demolish building elements beyond what is indicated on Drawings without Architect's approval. C. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. D. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 7 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 02 4119 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 1 SECTION 051200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Structural steel. 2. Prefabricated building columns. 3. Grout. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for independent testing agency procedures and administrative requirements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural-steel frame, as classified by AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. C. Shop and Erection Drawings: Show location, fabrication, and assembly of structural-steel components. 1. Location of each piece or detail within the structure. 2. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 3. Include embedment piece and setting drawings. 4. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain. 5. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip-critical high-strength bolted connections. 6. Drawings submitted in multiple packages shall contain individual submittals complete with all applicable erection drawings, details, and piece drawings. 7. Reproduction of Contract Documents is not permitted. 8. Provide schedule for submittal of shop and erection drawings. D. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPSs) and Procedure Qualification Records (PQRs): Provide according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for each welded joint whether prequalified or qualified by testing VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 2 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and fabricator. B. Welding certificates. C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. D. Mill test reports for structural steel, including chemical and physical properties. E. Product Test Reports: For the following if present on project: 1. Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 2. Shop primers. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator that participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category STD. B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector, Category CSE. C. Shop-Painting Applicators: Qualified according to AISC's Sophisticated Paint Endorsement SSPC-QP 3, "Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of Shop Painting Applicators." D. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." E. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. AISC 303 as amended below: a. Requirements for structural steel including quantities, sizes, locations, arrangement, and details shall be shown or noted in the overall Contract Drawing package. Fabricator is responsible for incorporating all such information from structural, architectural, mechanical, and electrical drawings, as well as those of other disciplines.” 2. AISC 360. 3. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. 1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 3 B. Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer's labels intact. 1. Fasteners may be repackaged provided Owner's testing and inspecting agency observes repackaging and seals containers. 2. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 3. Comply with manufacturers' written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating ASTM F 1852 fasteners and for retesting fasteners after lubrication. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than [25] [50] <Insert number> percent. B. W-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M C. Channels, Angles: ASTM A 36/A 36M D. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36/A 36M E. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade C, structural tubing. F. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade B. G. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements, 70 Series 2.2 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS A. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade C, (ASTM A 563M, Class 8S) heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M), Type 1, hardened carbon-steel washers; all with plain finish. B. Steel Headed Stud Anchors: ASTM A 108, Grades 1015 through 1020, headed-stud type, cold- finished carbon steel; AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Type B. C. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 55, weldable VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 4 D. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 55, weldable straight. E. Threaded Rods: ASTM A 36/A 36M 1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy-hex carbon steel. 2. Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. 3. Finish: Plain F. Clevises and Turnbuckles: Made from cold-finished carbon steel bars, ASTM A 108, Grade 1035. G. Eye Bolts and Nuts: Made from cold-finished carbon steel bars, ASTM A 108, Grade 1030. H. Sleeve Nuts: Made from cold-finished carbon steel bars, ASTM A 108, Grade 1018. I. Deformed Anchor Studs (DAS) / Deformed Bar Anchors (DBA): Made from ASTM A 108 low carbon steel, cold worked and deformed per ASTM A 496. Minimum yield stress = 60 ksi (415 MPa); minimum tensile strength = 80 ksi (550 MPa). J. Rebar: Rebar used for welding shall meet the requirements of ASTM A-706. Minimum bend diameters per ACI 318. K. Expansion Anchors, Screw Anchors, and Adhesive Anchors: Size and Manufacturer as indicated on Drawings. Complete assemblies with required rods, nuts, washers, and adhesive system as applicable. Installed in accordance with Manfacturer’s installation instructions. Current ICC approval and published ICC Research Report required. 2.3 PRIMER A. Primer: Where steel is to be field painted, provide fabricator's standard lead- and chromate- free, nonasphaltic, rust-inhibiting primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: MPI#18, MPI#19, or SSPC-Paint 20. 2.4 GROUT A. Metallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, metallic aggregate grout, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. Minimum compressive strength = 6000 psi (41 MPa). B. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. Minimum compressive strength = 6000 psi (41 MPa). Required where grout is exposed to view or weathering. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC 360. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 5 1. Camber structural-steel members where indicated. 2. Fabricate beams with rolling camber up. 3. Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6/A 6M and maintain markings until structural steel has been erected. 4. Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. 5. Complete structural-steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop- priming operations, if applicable. B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. 1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not enlarge bolt holes by burning. D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads. E. Steel Headed Stud Anchors and Deformed Anchor Studs / Deformed Bar AnchorsPrepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of anchors. Use automatic end welding of anchors according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions. F. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for other work to pass through steel framing members. 1. Cut, drill, thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. 2. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. G. Splices: Splicing of members to obtain required lengths is not permitted without prior approval of structural Engineer-of-Record unless indicated on the Drawings. H. Substitutions: Where exact sizes and weights indicated on Drawings are not readily available, secure approval of alternate sizes from Structural Engineer-of Record in time to prevent project delay. 2.6 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: As indicated on Drawings. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 2.7 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 6 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches. 2. Surfaces to be field welded, including top flange of beams to receive steel headed stud anchors. 3. Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections. 4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials (applied fireproofing). 5. Galvanized surfaces. 6. Surfaces not otherwise indicated to be painted that are not exposed to view or weather in the final condition. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to either of the following specifications and standards: 1. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning." 2. SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 2. Apply two coats of shop paint to surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection. 2.8 GALVANIZING A. Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel according to ASTM A 123/A 123M. 1. Fill vent and drain holes in closed sections (HSS or Pipe) that will be exposed in the finished Work unless they will function as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. 2. Galvanize lintels and shelf angles and located in exterior walls. 2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspection: As indicated on Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify, with steel Erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 7 1. Prepare a certified survey of bearing surfaces, anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated. 1. Coordinate installation of non-structural steel items that load the temporarily supported steel frame such that temporary supports are adequate to resist all imposed loads. 2. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast-in- place concrete has attained its design compressive strength. 3. Do not apply permanent loading other than the weight to supported concrete slab-on- deck assemblies to composite beams and girders until concrete has achieve 75 percent of its design strength without prior approval of structural Engineer-of-Record. 3.3 ERECTION A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC 303 and AISC 360. B. Base Bearing and Leveling Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond- reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. 1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate where indicated on Drawings. 3. Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. 4. Clean and moisten surfaces to receive grout. Immediately remove any remaining free water. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." D. Align and adjust various members that form part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 8 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature of 70° F (21° C) when structure is completed and in service. E. Splice members only where indicated. 1. Fasten splices in compression after bearing surface have been brought into contact. Close all gaps greater than 1/16” (2 mm) by driving non-tapered mild steel shims full depth of bearing surface along full length of gap. F. Do not use thermal cutting during erection unless approved by Structural Engineer-of-Record. Finish thermally cut sections within smoothness limits in AWS D1.1/D1.1M. G. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. H. Steel Headed Stud Anchors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Comply with AISC 303 and AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of temporary connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs where indicated on Drawings, back gouge, and grind steel smooth. 3. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for mill material. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspection: As indicated on Drawings. 3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting are specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" Section 099123 "Interior Painting." END OF SECTION 051200 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 1 SECTION 05 5000 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Shop Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500/A 500M. C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), black finish. D. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bars: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304. E. Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304. 2.2 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. 1. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. 2. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening stainless steel. 3. Provide bronze fasteners for fastening bronze. 2.3 GROUT A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: ASTM C 1107; recommended by manufacturer for exterior applications. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease exposed edges. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without impairing work. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 2 B. Welding: Weld corners and seams continuously. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. At exposed connections, finish welds and surfaces smooth, with contour of welded surface matching those adjacent. C. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in shop brazing. Braze behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side. Clean exposed brazed joints of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces. D. On units indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, provide welded-steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches, with a minimum 6-inch embedment and 2-inch hook, not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c. E. Fabricate loose lintels from steel angles and shapes. Size to provide bearing length at each side of openings equal to one-twelfth of clear span, but not less than 8 inches. F. Fabricate structural-steel door frames from structural shapes and bars fully welded together, with 5/8-by-1-1/2-inch steel channel stops. Plug-weld built-up members and continuously weld exposed joints. G. Fabricate pipe guards from 3/8-inch- thick by 12-inch- wide steel plate, bent to fit flat against the wall or column at ends and to fit around pipe with 2-inch clearance between pipe and pipe guard. Drill each end for two 3/4-inch anchor bolts. 2.5 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Hot-dip galvanize steel fabrications at exterior locations after fabrication. B. Prepare uncoated ferrous metal surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 3 and paint with a fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where needed to secure items to in-place construction. B. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set metal fabrication accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack. C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints or, where indicated, with uniform reveals and spaces for sealants and joint fillers. D. Install pipe guards at exposed vertical pipes where not protected by curbs or other barriers at location of cars or human contact. Install by bolting to wall or column with drilled-in expansion anchors. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 3 END OF SECTION 05 5000 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 1 SECTION 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: ICC-ES evaluation reports for wood-preservative treated wood fire- retardant treated wood and metal framing anchors. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: Provide dressed lumber, S4S, marked with grade stamp of inspection agency. B. Engineered Wood Products: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that show compliance with building code in effect for Project. 2.2 TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative-Treated Materials: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for interior construction not in contact with the ground, Use Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with the ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in contact with the ground. 1. Use treatment containing no arsenic or chromium. Do not use inorganic boron (SBX) for sill plates. 2. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. 3. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. B. Provide preservative-treated materials for items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches above the ground. 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade. C. Fire-Retardant-Treated Materials: Products with a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 2 1. Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated. 2. Use Interior Type A unless otherwise indicated. 3. For enclosed roof framing, framing in attic spaces, and where high-temperature fire-retardant treatment is indicated, provide material with design adjustment factors of not less than 0.85 for modulus of elasticity and 0.75 for extreme fiber in bending for Project's climatological zone. 4. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. 5. Identify with appropriate classification marking of a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Provide fire-retardant treated materials for all rough carpentry. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. Miscellaneous Dimension Lumber: Standard, Stud, or No. 3 grade with 15 percent maximum moisture content of any species. Provide for nailers, blocking, and similar members. B. Concealed Boards: Eastern softwoods, No. 3 Common: NELMA; Northern species, No. 3 Common: NLGA; Mixed southern pine, No. 2: SPIB; or Western woods, Standard: WCLIB; or No. 3 Common: WWPA; with 15 percent maximum moisture content. 2.4 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Equipment Backing Panels: Plywood, , fire-retardant treated, not less than 3/4-inch nominal thickness. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS A. Fasteners: Size and type indicated. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M or of Type 304 stainless steel. 1. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. 2. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. B. Metal Framing Anchors: Structural capacity, type, and size indicated. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product of one of the following: a. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co. b. KC Metals Products, Inc. c. Phoenix Metal Products, Inc. d. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc. e. USP Structural Connectors. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 3 2. Use anchors made from hot-dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 coating designation for interior locations where stainless steel is not indicated. 3. Use anchors made from stainless steel complying with ASTM A 666, Type 304 for exterior locations and where indicated. C. Flexible Flashing: Self-adhesive product consisting of a [butyl rubber] [or] [rubberized- asphalt] compound, bonded to a backing sheet to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.025 inch. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. C. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated. D. Securely attach rough carpentry to substrates, complying with the following: 1. CABO NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. 2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. 3. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in the IBC. END OF SECTION 06 1000 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SHEATHING 06 1600 - 1 SECTION 06 1600 - SHEATHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: ICC-ES evaluation reports for preservative-treated plywood fire-retardant- treated plywood . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PANEL PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Plywood: DOC PS 1. B. Oriented Strand Board: DOC PS 2. 2.2 TREATED PLYWOOD A. Preservative-Treated Plywood: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2. 1. Use treatment containing no arsenic or chromium. 2. Kiln-dry plywood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent. B. Provide preservative-treated plywood for all plywood unless otherwise indicated as well as items indicated on Drawings and plywood in contact with masonry or concrete or used with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. C. Fire-Retardant-Treated Plywood: Products with a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test. 1. Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated. 2. Use Interior Type A unless otherwise indicated. 3. For roof sheathing and where high-temperature fire-retardant treatment is indicated, span ratings for temperatures up to 170 deg F shall be not less than span ratings specified. 4. Identify with appropriate classification marking of a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Provide fire-retardant-treated plywood for all plywood . VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SHEATHING 06 1600 - 2 2.3 WALL SHEATHING A. Plywood Wall Sheathing: Exterior, Structural I Exterior sheathing. B. . C. Cementitious Backer Units: ASTM C 1325, Type A. 1. Products: One of the following: a. C-Cure; C-Cure Board 990. b. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard. c. FinPan, Inc.; Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board. d. USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board. 2.4 ROOF SHEATHING A. Plywood Roof Sheathing: Exterior, Structural I Exterior sheathing. B. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following: a. Atlas Roofing Corporation. b. Cornell Corporation. c. Dow Chemical Company (The). d. Johns Manville; Berkshire Hathaway Inc. e. Rmax, Inc. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS A. Fasteners: Size and type indicated. 1. For roof and wall sheathing, provide fastenersof Type 304 stainless steel. 2. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. B. Sheathing Joint-and-Penetration Treatment Materials: 1. Sealant for Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: Silicone emulsion sealant, recommended by tape and sheathing manufacturers for application indicated. 2. Sheathing Tape for Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: Self-adhering, glass-fiber tape recommended by sheathing and tape manufacturers for application indicated. 3. Sheathing Tape for Foam-Plastic Sheathing: Pressure-sensitive plastic tape recommended by sheathing manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in sheathing. C. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: APA AFG-01. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SHEATHING 06 1600 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Securely attach to substrates, complying with the following: 1. CABO NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in the IBC. B. Fastening Methods: 1. Wall and Roof Sheathing: a. Screw to cold-formed metal framing. C. Install cementitious backer units and treat joints according to ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's written instructions for type of application indicated. END OF SECTION 06 1600 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 FINISH CARPENTRY 06 2000 - 1 SECTION 06 2000 - FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Samples for moldings and trim. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. B. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1. C. MDF: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130, made with binder containing no urea-formaldehyde resin. D. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2, made with binder containing no urea- formaldehyde resin. E. Melamine-Faced Particleboard: Particleboard complying with ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2, finished on both faces with thermally fused, melamine-impregnated decorative paper. 2.2 INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. Interior Softwood Lumber Trim: C Select (Choice), eastern white, Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa, or sugar pine . 1. Maximum Moisture Content: 15 percent. B. Interior Hardwood Lumber Trim: Clear, kiln-dried, to match existing. C. Wood Moldings: WMMPA WM 4 made to patterns in WMMPA WM 12 from kiln-dried stock. 1. Softwood Moldings for Transparent Finish: to match existing. 2. Hardwood Moldings for Transparent Finish: to match existing. 3. Base: WM base, profile to match existing. 4. Chair Rail: Profile to match existing. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 FINISH CARPENTRY 06 2000 - 2 2.3 FIRE-RATED INTERIOR DOOR FRAMES A. Frames, complete with casings, fabricated from solid fire-retardant-treated wood. Frames shall be labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on testing per NFPA 252. 1. Species: to match existing. 2. Fire Rating: As indicated. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Glue: Aliphatic-resin, polyurethane, or resorcinol wood glue recommended by manufacturer. 1. Wood glue shall have a VOC content of 30 g/L or less. 2. Use waterproof resorcinol glue for exterior applications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Condition interior finish carpentry in installation areas for 24 hours before installing. B. Install finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Scribe and cut to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts. 1. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. Install adjoining exterior finish carpentry with 1/32-inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16-inch maximum offset for reveal installation. C. Install standing and running trim with minimum number of joints practical, using full- length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches long except where necessary. Stagger joints in adjacent and related trim. Cope at returns and inside corners and miter at outside corners. D. Nail siding at each stud. Do not allow nails to penetrate more than one thickness of siding, unless otherwise recommended by siding manufacturer. Seal joints at inside and outside corners and at trim locations. E. Select and arrange paneling for best match of adjacent units. Install with uniform tight joints. END OF SECTION 06 2000 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 4116 - 1 SECTION 06 4116 - PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Shop Drawings Samples showing the full range of colors available for each type of finish and AWI Quality Certification Program certificates . B. Fabricator Qualifications: Licensee of WI's Certified Compliance Program. C. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products. D. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is completed, and HVAC system is operating. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS A. Quality Standard: AWI, AWMAC, and WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards." B. Plastic-Laminate Cabinets: Premium grade. 1. Type of Construction: Frameless . 2. Cabinet Door and Drawer Style: Flush overlay . 3. Laminate Cladding: Horizontal surfaces other than tops, Grade HGS ; postformed surfaces, Grade HGP; vertical surfaces, Grade HGS; edges, Grade HGS; semiexposed surfaces, Grade VGS . 4. Drawer Sides and Backs: Solid hardwood . 5. Drawer Bottoms: Hardwood plywood . 2.2 MATERIALS A. Wood Moisture Content: 8 to 13 percent. B. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130, made with binder containing no urea formaldehyde. C. Veneer-Faced Panel Products (Hardwood Plywood): HPVA HP-1, made with adhesive containing no urea formaldehyde. D. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 4116 - 2 2.3 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Butt Hinges: 2-3/4-inch, five-knuckle steel hinges made from 0.095-inch- thick metal, and as follows: 1. Semiconcealed Hinges for Flush Doors: BHMA A156.9, B01361. B. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): BHMA A156.9, B01602, 135 degrees of opening, self-closing. C. Wire Pulls: Back mounted, solid metal, 5 inches long, 2-1/2 inches deep, and 5/16 inch in diameter. D. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: BHMA A156.9, B04071; with shelf rests, B04081 . E. Shelf Rests: BHMA A156.9, B04013; metal . F. Drawer Slides: BHMA A156.9, B05091. 1. Box Drawer Slides: Grade 1HD-100. 2. File Drawer Slides: Grade 1HD-200. 3. Trash Bin Slides: Grade 1HD-200. G. Drawer Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07041. H. Exposed Hardware Finishes: Comply with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA code number indicated. 1. Finish: Satin Chrome: BHMA 626 or BHMA 652 . I. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Fire-retardant-treated Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried to 15 percent moisture content. J. Adjustable Drawer Dividers 1. Plastic divider strip with laminate panel inserts a. Basis of Design: Comac Fixtures, Inc. Amarillo, TX. 806-376-4511; 1) Product ID: #3025-18x; finish to match adjacent millwork. K. Labels: Where indicated on the drawings, provide the following: 1. Self-Adhering Label Holder a. Basis of Design: Global Industries #WBB245603. Label Holder, 3/4" tall x 36" long strip with self-adhesive backing. 2. Label Insert Sheets: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 4116 - 3 a. Basis of Design: Global Industries #WBB245620. Laser Printer Compatible designed to work with specified label holder. Provide one label for every 6" of linear label holder provided. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Complete fabrication to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Before installation, condition cabinets to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas. B. Install cabinets to comply with referenced quality standard for grade specified. C. Install cabinets level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb (including tops) to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. D. Scribe and cut cabinets to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. E. Anchor cabinets to anchors or blocking built into or directly attached to substrates. Fasten with countersunk concealed fasteners and blind nailing. F. Cabinets: Install so doors and drawers are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. 1. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not more than 16 inches o.c. with No. 10 wafer-head sheet metal screws through metal backing or metal framing behind wall finish. END OF SECTION 06 4116 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 07 0150.19 - 1 SECTION 07 0150.19 - PREPARATION FOR REROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Partial tear-off of roof areas indicated. 2. Re-cover preparation of roof areas indicated. 3. Temporary roofing. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for use of the premises and phasing requirements. 2. Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary construction and environmental-protection measures for reroofing preparation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" apply to work of this Section. B. Roof Re-Cover Preparation: Existing roofing system is to remain and be prepared for new roof installed over it. C. Partial Roof Tear-Off: Removal of selected components and accessories from existing roofing system. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, sections, and details. C. Temporary Roofing Submittal: Product data and description of temporary roofing system. If temporary roof remains in place, include surface preparation requirements needed to receive permanent roof, and submit a letter from roofing manufacturer, stating acceptance of the temporary roof and that its inclusion does not adversely affect the roofing system's resistance to fire and wind or its FM Global rating. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 07 0150.19 - 2 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. 1. Include certificate that Installer is approved by warrantor of existing roofing system. 2. Include certificate that Installer is licensed to perform asbestos abatement. B. Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including exterior and interior finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as having been damaged by reroofing operations. Submit before Work begins. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Approved by warrantor of existing roofing system to work on existing roofing. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning roofing removal. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Reroofing Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner; Architect; Owner's insurer if applicable; testing and inspecting agency representative; roofing system manufacturer's representative; roofing Installer, including project manager, superintendent, and foreman; and installers whose work interfaces with or affects reroofing, including installers of roof deck, roof accessories, and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing system tear-off and replacement, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Reroofing preparation, including roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. b. Temporary protection requirements for existing roofing system components that are to remain. c. Existing roof drains and roof drainage during each stage of reroofing, and roof-drain plugging and plug removal. d. Construction schedule and availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays. e. Existing roof deck conditions requiring notification of Architect. f. Existing roof deck removal procedures and Owner notifications. g. Condition and acceptance of existing roof deck and base flashing substrate for reuse. h. Structural loading limitations of roof deck during reroofing. i. Base flashings, special roofing details, drainage, penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affect reroofing. j. HVAC shutdown and sealing of air intakes. k. Shutdown of fire-suppression, -protection, and -alarm and -detection systems. l. Asbestos removal and discovery of asbestos-containing materials. m. Governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 07 0150.19 - 3 n. Existing conditions that may require notification of Architect before proceeding. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Existing Roofing System: EPDM roofing. B. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately below reroofing area. Conduct reroofing so Owner's operations are not disrupted. Provide Owner with not less than 72 hours' notice of activities that may affect Owner's operations. 1. Coordinate work activities daily with Owner so Owner can place protective dust and water-leakage covers over sensitive equipment and furnishings, shut down HVAC and fire-alarm or -detection equipment if needed, and evacuate occupants from below work area. 2. Before working over structurally impaired areas of deck, notify Owner to evacuate occupants from below affected area. Verify that occupants below work area have been evacuated before proceeding with work over impaired deck area. C. Protect building to be reroofed, adjacent buildings, walkways, site improvements, exterior plantings, and landscaping from damage or soiling from reroofing operations. D. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. E. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding are maintained by Owner as far as practical. F. Limit construction loads on roof to 100 lbs. for rooftop equipment wheel loads and 20 psf for uniformly distributed loads. G. Weather Limitations: Proceed with reroofing preparation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit Work to proceed without water entering existing roofing system or building. 1. Remove only as much roofing in one day as can be made watertight in the same day. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during reroofing, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing roofing system warranty. Notify warrantor before proceeding. 1. Notify warrantor of existing roofing system on completion of reroofing, and obtain documentation verifying that existing roofing system has been inspected and warranty remains in effect. Submit documentation at Project closeout. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 07 0150.19 - 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TEMPORARY PROTECTION MATERIALS A. Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Insulation: ASTM C 578. B. Plywood: DOC PS1, Grade CD Exposure 1. C. OSB: DOC PS2, Exposure 1. 2.2 TEMPORARY ROOFING MATERIALS A. Design and selection of materials for temporary roofing are Contractor's responsibilities. 2.3 INFILL AND REPLACEMENT MATERIALS A. Use infill materials matching existing roofing system materials unless otherwise indicated. 1. Infill materials are specified in Section 07 5323 "Ethylene-Propylene-Diene- Monomer (EPDM) Roofing" unless otherwise indicated. B. Wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are specified in Section 06 1000 "Rough Carpentry." 2.4 RE-COVER BOARDS A. Re-Cover Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M, glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum substrate; 5/8 inch thick, factory primed. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation; . b. Georgia Pacific Corporation. c. National Gypsum Company. d. Temple-Inland, Inc. e. USG Corporation. 2.5 AUXILIARY REROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Use auxiliary reroofing preparation materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with components of existing and new roofing system. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 07 0150.19 - 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Shut off rooftop utilities and service piping before beginning the Work. B. Test existing roof drains to verify that they are not blocked or restricted. Immediately notify Architect of any blockages or restrictions. C. Protect existing roofing system that is not to be reroofed. 1. Loosely lay 1-inch- minimum thick, expanded polystyrene (EPS) insulation over existing roofing in areas indicated. Loosely lay 15/32-inch plywood or OSB panels over EPS. Extend EPS past edges of plywood or OSB panels a minimum of 1 inch. 2. Limit traffic and material storage to areas of existing roofing that have been protected. 3. Maintain temporary protection and leave in place until replacement roofing has been completed. Remove temporary protection on completion of reroofing. D. During removal operations, have sufficient and suitable materials on-site to facilitate rapid installation of temporary protection in the event of unexpected rain. E. Maintain roof drains in functioning condition to ensure roof drainage at end of each workday. Prevent debris from entering or blocking roof drains and conductors. Use roof-drain plugs specifically designed for this purpose. Remove roof-drain plugs at end of each workday, when no work is taking place, or when rain is forecast. 1. If roof drains are temporarily blocked or unserviceable due to roofing system removal or partial installation of new roofing system, provide alternative drainage method to remove water and eliminate ponding. Do not permit water to enter into or under existing roofing system components that are to remain. 3.2 ROOF TEAR-OFF A. General: Notify Owner each day of extent of roof tear-off proposed for that day and obtain authorization to proceed. B. Remove aggregate ballast from roofing. Store aggregate ballast for reuse. C. Partial Roof Tear-Off: Where indicated, remove existing roofing and immediately check for presence of moisture by visually observing substrate that is to remain. 1. With an electrical capacitance moisture-detection meter, spot check substrate that is to remain. 2. Remove wet or damp materials below existing roofing and above deck. 3. Inspect wood blocking, curbs, and nailers for deterioration and damage. If wood blocking, curbs, or nailers have deteriorated, immediately notify Architect. 4. Remove fasteners from deck. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 07 0150.19 - 6 3.3 DECK PREPARATION A. Inspect deck after tear-off of roofing system. B. If broken or loose fasteners that secure deck panels to one another or to structure are observed, or if deck appears or feels inadequately attached, immediately notify Architect. Do not proceed with installation until directed by Architect. C. If deck surface is unsuitable for receiving new roofing or if structural integrity of deck is suspect, immediately notify Architect. Do not proceed with installation until directed by Architect. D. Provide additional deck securement as indicated on Drawings. E. Replace steel deck as indicated on Drawings. F. Replace steel deck as directed by Architect. Deck replacement will be paid for by adjusting the Contract Sum according to unit prices included in the Contract Documents. G. Prepare and paint steel deck surface. Painting and preparation for painting is specified in Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting." H. Replace plywood roof sheathing as indicated on Drawings. I. Replace plywood roof sheathing as directed by Architect. Roof sheathing replacement will be paid for by adjusting the Contract Sum according to unit prices included in the Contract Documents. 3.4 INFILL MATERIALS INSTALLATION A. Immediately after roof tear-off, and inspection and repair, if needed, of deck, fill in tear- off areas to match existing roofing system construction. 1. Installation of infill materials is specified in Section 07 5323 "Ethylene- Propylene-Diene-Monomer (EPDM) Roofing." 2. Installation of wood blocking, curbs, and nailers is specified in Section 06 1000 "Rough Carpentry." B. Install new roofing patch over roof infill area. If new roofing is installed the same day tear-off is made, roofing patch is not required. 3.5 TEMPORARY ROOFING A. Install approved temporary roofing over area to be reroofed. B. Remove temporary roofing before installing new roofing. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 07 0150.19 - 7 3.6 FASTENER PULL-OUT TESTING A. Perform fastener pull-out tests according to SPRI FX-1, and submit test report to [Architect] and [roofing manufacturer] before installing new roofing system. 1. Obtain [Architect's] and [roofing manufacturer's] approval to proceed with specified fastening pattern. [Architect] and [Roofing manufacturer] may furnish revised fastening pattern commensurate with pull-out test results. 3.7 RE-COVER BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install re-cover boards over roof insulation with long joints in continuous straight lines and end joints staggered between rows. Loosely butt re-cover boards together and fasten to deck. 1. Tape joints of re-cover boards if required by roofing manufacturer. B. Fasten re-cover boards to resist wind-uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof specified in Section 07 5323 "Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer (EPDM) Roofing." 1. Install additional fasteners near board corners and edges as necessary to conform boards to substrate and to adjacent boards. 3.8 DISPOSAL A. Collect demolished materials and place in containers. Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 1. Storage or sale of demolished items or materials on-site is not permitted. B. Transport and legally dispose of demolished materials off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 07 0150.19 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 THERMAL INSULATION 07 2100 - 1 SECTION 07 2100 - THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data. B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: According to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION PRODUCTS A. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578, Type IV Type V Type VI Type VII Type X, with flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively. 1. Manufacturers:[ One of the following:] a. DiversiFoam Products. b. Dow Chemical Company (The). c. Owens Corning. d. Pactiv Corporation. e. OX Engineered Products. B. Mineral-Wool Board Insulation: ASTM C 612, unfaced; nominal density of [4 lb/cu. ft.] [6 lb/cu. ft.] [8 lb/cu. ft.], with flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 450, respectively. C. Glass-Fiber-Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I, unfaced with flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 450, respectively. 1. Manufacturers:[ One of the following:] a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Guardian Building Products, Inc. c. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. d. Knauf Insulation. e. Owens Corning. D. Mineral-Fiber-Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I, unfaced with flame-spread index of 25 or less. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 THERMAL INSULATION 07 2100 - 2 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Vapor Retarder: Fire-retardant, reinforced polyethylene, [6 mils] <Insert thickness> thick. 1. Products:[ One of the following:] a. Raven Industries Inc.; DURA-SKRIM 6WW. b. Reef Industries, Inc.; Griffolyn T-65. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install insulation in areas and in thicknesses indicated or required to produce R-values indicated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. B. Maintain 3-inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or protected from contact with insulation. C. Except for loose-fill insulation and insulation that is friction fitted in stud cavities, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. D. Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage. Locate seams at framing members, overlap, and seal with tape. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items with tape. END OF SECTION 07 2100 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 07 5323 - 1 SECTION 07 5323 - ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Adhered ethylene-propylene-diene-monomer (EPDM) roofing system. 2. Mechanically fastened ethylene-propylene-diene-monomer (EPDM) roofing system. 3. Vapor retarder. 4. Roof insulation. B. Section includes the installation of insulation strips in ribs of roof deck. Insulation strips are furnished under Section 05 3100 "Steel Decking." C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 1000 "Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. 2. Section 07 0150.19 "Preparation for Re-Roofing" for re-cover board beneath new roofing. 3. Section 07 2100 "Thermal Insulation" for insulation beneath the roof deck. 4. Section 07 6200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for metal roof flashings and counterflashings. 5. Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants, joint fillers, and joint preparation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" apply to work of this Section. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preliminary Roofing Conference: Before starting roof deck construction, conduct conference at Project site. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 07 5323 - 2 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, deck Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including flatness and fastening. 5. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 6. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affects roofing system. 7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 8. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. B. Preinstallation Roofing Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, deck Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including flatness and fastening. 5. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 6. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affects roofing system. 7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 8. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work, including: 1. Base flashings and membrane terminations. 2. Tapered insulation, including slopes. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 07 5323 - 3 3. Roof plan showing orientation of steel roof deck and orientation of roofing and fastening spacings and patterns for mechanically fastened roofing. C. Samples for Verification: For the following products: 1. Sheet roofing, of color required. 2. Aggregate surfacing material in gradation and color required. 3. Roof paver in each color and texture required. 4. Walkway pads or rolls, of color required. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer. B. Product Test Reports: For components of roofing system, tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency. C. Research/Evaluation Reports: For components of roofing system, from ICC-ES. D. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's special warranties. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is for roofing system identical to that used for this Project. B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's special warranty. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components. B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 07 5323 - 4 C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. D. Handle and store roofing materials, and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Special warranty includes membrane roofing, base flashings, roof insulation, substrate board, roofing accessories, and other components of roofing system. 2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Project Warranty: Submit roofing Installer's warranty, on warranty form at end of this Section, signed by Installer, covering Work of this Section, including all components of roofing system such as membrane roofing, base flashing, roof insulation, fasteners, cover boards, substrate boards, vapor retarders, roof pavers, and walkway products, for the following warranty period: 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain components including roof insulation for roofing system from same manufacturer as membrane roofing. B. Basis of Design: Firestone EPDM Roofing System. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Installed roofing and base flashings shall withstand specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 07 5323 - 5 1. Accelerated Weathering: Roofing system shall withstand 2000 hours of exposure when tested according to ASTM G 152, ASTM G 154, or ASTM G 155. 2. Impact Resistance: Roofing system shall resist impact damage when tested according to ASTM D 3746 or ASTM D 4272. B. Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another and adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 1. Roofing System Design: Tested by a qualified testing agency to resist the following uplift pressures: a. Corner Uplift Pressure: Per Structural drawings and calculations b. Perimeter Uplift Pressure: Per Structural drawings and calculations. C. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: ASTM E 108 or UL 790, Class A; for application and roof slopes indicated; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. D. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly designs indicated. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 2.3 EPDM ROOFING A. EPDM: ASTM D 4637, Type I, nonreinforced, Type II, scrim or fabric internally reinforced, uniform, flexible EPDM sheet. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Firestone Roofing Systems. 2. Thickness: Insert thickness, nominal. 3. Exposed Face Color: Black. B. Fabric-Backed EPDM: ASTM D 4637, Type III, nonreinforced, uniform, flexible EPDM sheet, laminated to a nonwoven polyester fabric backing except at selvages. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Firestone Roofing SystemRetain one of four options in "Composite Thickness" Subparagraph below, or revise to suit Project.Composite Thickness: Match Existing. 3. Exposed Face Color: Black. 2.4 AUXILIARY ROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 07 5323 - 6 1. Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sheet Flashing: 60-mil- thick EPDM, partially cured or cured, according to application. C. Protection Sheet: Epichlorohydrin or neoprene nonreinforced flexible sheet, 55- to 60- mil- thick, recommended by EPDM manufacturer for resistance to hydrocarbons, non- aromatic solvents, grease, and oil. D. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard. E. Modified Asphaltic Fabric-Backed Membrane Adhesive: Roofing system manufacturer's standard modified asphalt, asbestos-free, cold-applied adhesive formulated for compatibility and use with fabric-backed membrane roofing. F. Water-Based, Fabric-Backed Membrane Adhesive: Roofing system manufacturer's standard water-based, cold-applied adhesive formulated for compatibility and use with fabric-backed membrane roofing. G. Low-Rise, Urethane, Fabric-Backed Membrane Adhesive: Roof system manufacturer's standard spray-applied, low-rise, two-component urethane adhesive formulated for compatibility and use with fabric-backed membrane roofing. H. Seaming Material: Single-component, butyl splicing adhesive and splice cleaner. I. Lap Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, single-component sealant, colored to match membrane roofing. J. Water Cutoff Mastic: Manufacturer's standard butyl mastic sealant. K. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard, predrilled stainless-steel or aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch thick; with anchors. L. Metal Battens: Manufacturer's standard, aluminum-zinc-alloy-coated or zinc-coated steel sheet, approximately 1 inch wide by 0.05 inch thick, prepunched. M. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening membrane to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. N. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, molded pipe boot flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, reinforced EPDM securement strips, T-joint covers, in-seam sealants, termination reglets, cover strips, and other accessories. 1. Provide white flashing accessories for white EPDM membrane roofing. O. Liquid Coating: Product specifically formulated for coating EPDM membrane roofing, as follows: 1. Type: Acrylic emulsion complying with ASTM D 6083. 2. Type: Chlorosulfonated polyethylene complying with ASTM D 3468. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 07 5323 - 7 3. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.5 SUBSTRATE BOARDS 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation; GlasRoc Sheathing GlasRoc Sheathing Type X. b. Georgia-Pacific Corporation; Dens Deck Dens Deck DuraGuard Dens Deck Prime. c. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond eXP Extended Exposure Sheathing. d. Temple-Inland, Inc; GreenGlass Exterior Sheathing. e. USG Corporation; Securock Glass Mat Roof Board. B. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening substrate panel to roof deck. 2.6 VAPOR RETARDER A. Self-Adhering-Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 1970, polyethylene film laminated to layer of rubberized asphalt adhesive, minimum 40-mil- total thickness; maximum permeance rating of 0.1 perm; cold applied, with slip-resisting surface and release paper backing. Provide primer when recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer. B. Self-Adhering-Sheet Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene film laminated to layer of butyl rubber adhesive, minimum 30-mil- total thickness; maximum permeance rating of 0.1 perm; cold applied, with slip-resisting surface and release paper backing. Provide primer when recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer. 2.7 ROOF INSULATION A. General: Preformed roof insulation boards manufactured or approved by EPDM roofing manufacturer, selected from manufacturer's standard sizes suitable for application, of thicknesses indicated and that produce FM Global-approved roof insulation. B. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578, Type X, 1.3-lb/cu. ft. minimum density, square edged. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide products by one of the following] [available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide [product indicated on Drawings] <Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation> or comparable product by one of the following: a. DiversiFoam Products. b. Dow Chemical Company (The). VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 07 5323 - 8 c. Owens Corning. d. Pactiv Corporation. C. Tapered Insulation: Provide factory-tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches unless otherwise indicated. D. Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated. 2.8 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. General: Roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatibility with roofing. 2.9 WALKWAYS A. Flexible Walkways: Factory-formed, nonporous, heavy-duty, solid-rubber, slip-resisting, surface-textured walkway pads or rolls, approximately 3/16 inch thick and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place, curbs are set and braced, and roof-drain bodies are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. 3. Verify that surface plane flatness and fastening of steel roof deck complies with requirements in Section 05 3100 "Steel Decking." 4. Verify that minimum concrete drying period recommended by roofing system manufacturer has passed. 5. Verify that concrete substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263. 6. Verify that concrete-curing compounds that will impair adhesion of roofing components to roof deck have been removed. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 07 5323 - 9 B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. 3.3 ROOFING INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install roofing system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. C. Install roofing and auxiliary materials to tie in to existing roofing to maintain weathertightness of transition[ and to not void warranty for existing roofing system]. 3.4 SUBSTRATE BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to roof slopes with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together. 1. Fasten substrate board to top flanges of steel deck to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof according to roofing system manufacturers' written instructions. 3.5 VAPOR-RETARDER INSTALLATION A. Self-Adhering-Sheet Vapor Retarder: Prime substrate if required by manufacturer. Install self-adhering-sheet vapor retarder over area to receive vapor retarder, side and end lapping each sheet a minimum of 3-1/2 inches and 6 inches, respectively. Seal laps by rolling. B. Completely seal vapor retarder at terminations, obstructions, and penetrations to prevent air movement into roofing system. 3.6 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Coordinate installing roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. B. Comply with roofing system and insulation manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation. C. Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 07 5323 - 10 D. Install insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2.7 inches or greater, install two or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches in each direction. 1. Where installing composite and noncomposite insulation in two or more layers, install noncomposite board insulation for bottom layer and intermediate layers, if applicable, and install composite board insulation for top layer. E. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water. F. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation. 1. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections, and penetrations. 3.7 ADHERED MEMBRANE ROOFING INSTALLATION A. Adhere fabric-backed roofing over area to receive roofing according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Unroll membrane roofing and allow to relax before installing. B. Start installation of roofing in presence of roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel. C. Accurately align roofing, and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps. D. Bonding Adhesive: Apply to substrate and underside of roofing at rate required by manufacturer, and allow to partially dry before installing roofing. Do not apply to splice area of roofing. E. Hot Roofing Asphalt: Apply a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt to substrate at temperature and rate required by manufacturer, and install fabric-backed roofing. Do not apply to splice area of roofing. F. In addition to adhering, mechanically fasten roofing securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeters. G. Apply roofing with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible. H. Adhesive Seam Installation: Clean both faces of splice areas, apply splicing cement, and firmly roll side and end laps of overlapping roofing according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure a watertight seam installation. Apply lap sealant and seal exposed edges of roofing terminations. 1. Apply a continuous bead of in-seam sealant before closing splice if required by roofing system manufacturer. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 07 5323 - 11 I. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing that do not comply with requirements. J. Spread sealant or mastic bed over deck-drain flange at roof drains, and securely seal membrane roofing in place with clamping ring. K. Adhere protection sheet over membrane roofing at locations indicated. 3.8 MECHANICALLY FASTENED MEMBRANE ROOFING INSTALLATION A. Mechanically fasten roofing over area to receive roofing according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Unroll membrane roofing and allow to relax before installing. 1. For in-splice attachment, install roofing with long dimension perpendicular to steel roof deck flutes. B. Start installation of roofing in presence of roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel. C. Accurately align roofing, and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps. D. Mechanically fasten or adhere e roofing securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeter of roofing. E. Apply roofing with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible. F. Adhesive Seam Installation: Clean both faces of splice areas, apply splicing cement, and firmly roll side and end laps of overlapping roofing according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure a watertight seam installation. Apply lap sealant and seal exposed edges of roofing terminations. 1. Apply a continuous bead of in-seam sealant before closing splice if required by roofing system manufacturer. G. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing that do not comply with requirements. H. Spread sealant or mastic bed over deck-drain flange at roof drains, and securely seal roofing in place with clamping ring. I. In-Splice Attachment: Secure one edge of roofing using fastening plates or metal battens centered within splice, and mechanically fasten roofing to roof deck. Field splice seam. J. Adhere protection sheet over membrane roofing at locations indicated. 3.9 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories, and adhere to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 07 5323 - 12 B. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate, and allow to partially dry. Do not apply to seam area of flashing. C. Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with cured or uncured sheet flashing. D. Clean splice areas, apply splicing cement, and firmly roll side and end laps of overlapping sheets to ensure a watertight seam installation. Apply lap sealant and seal exposed edges of sheet flashing terminations. 3.10 COATING INSTALLATION A. Apply coatings to [roofing] [and] [base flashings] according to manufacturer's written recommendations, by spray, roller, or other suitable application method. 3.11 WALKWAY INSTALLATION A. Flexible Walkways: Install walkway products in locations indicated. Adhere walkway products to substrate with compatible adhesive according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Roof-Paver Walkways: Install walkway roof pavers according to manufacturer's written instructions in locations indicated, to form walkways. Leave 3 inches of space between adjacent roof pavers. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to inspect substrate conditions, surface preparation, membrane application, flashings, protection, and drainage components, and to furnish reports to Architect. B. Flood Testing: Flood test each roofing area for leaks, according to recommendations in ASTM D 5957, after completing roofing and flashing but before overlying construction is placed. Install temporary containment assemblies, plug or dam drains, and flood with potable water. 1. Flood to an average depth of 2-1/2 inches with a minimum depth of 1 inch and not exceeding a depth of 4 inches. Maintain 2 inches of clearance from top of base flashing. 2. Flood each area for 48 hours, or as approved by the owner. 3. After flood testing, repair leaks, repeat flood tests, and make further repairs until roofing and flashing installations are watertight. C. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion. D. Repair or remove and replace components of roofing system where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 07 5323 - 13 E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine if replaced or additional work complies with specified requirements. 3.13 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect membrane roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction does not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove membrane roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall membrane roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. 3.14 ROOFING INSTALLER'S WARRANTY A. WHEREAS _______________________________ of ___________________________, herein called the "Roofing Installer," has performed roofing and associated work ("work") on the following project: 1. Owner: <Insert name of Owner>. 2. Address: <Insert address>. 3. Building Name/Type: <Insert information>. 4. Address: <Insert address>. 5. Area of Work: <Insert information>. 6. Acceptance Date: _________________. 7. Warranty Period: <Insert time>. 8. Expiration Date: __________________. B. AND WHEREAS Roofing Installer has contracted (either directly with Owner or indirectly as a subcontractor) to warrant said work against leaks and faulty or defective materials and workmanship for designated Warranty Period, C. NOW THEREFORE Roofing Installer hereby warrants, subject to terms and conditions herein set forth, that during Warranty Period he will, at his own cost and expense, make or cause to be made such repairs to or replacements of said work as are necessary to correct faulty and defective work and as are necessary to maintain said work in a watertight condition. D. This Warranty is made subject to the following terms and conditions: 1. Specifically excluded from this Warranty are damages to work and other parts of the building, and to building contents, caused by: a. lightning; b. peak gust wind speed exceeding those indicated on ; c. fire; VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 07 5323 - 14 d. failure of roofing system substrate, including cracking, settlement, excessive deflection, deterioration, and decomposition; e. faulty construction of parapet walls, copings, chimneys, skylights, vents, equipment supports, and other edge conditions and penetrations of the work; f. vapor condensation on bottom of roofing; and g. activity on roofing by others, including construction contractors, maintenance personnel, other persons, and animals, whether authorized or unauthorized by Owner. 2. When work has been damaged by any of foregoing causes, Warranty shall be null and void until such damage has been repaired by Roofing Installer and until cost and expense thereof have been paid by Owner or by another responsible party so designated. 3. Roofing Installer is responsible for damage to work covered by this Warranty but is not liable for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting from leaks or faults or defects of work. 4. During Warranty Period, if Owner allows alteration of work by anyone other than Roofing Installer, including cutting, patching, and maintenance in connection with penetrations, attachment of other work, and positioning of anything on roof, this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said alterations, but only to the extent said alterations affect work covered by this Warranty. If Owner engages Roofing Installer to perform said alterations, Warranty shall not become null and void unless Roofing Installer, before starting said work, shall have notified Owner in writing, showing reasonable cause for claim, that said alterations would likely damage or deteriorate work, thereby reasonably justifying a limitation or termination of this Warranty. 5. During Warranty Period, if original use of roof is changed and it becomes used for, but was not originally specified for, a promenade, work deck, spray-cooled surface, flooded basin, or other use or service more severe than originally specified, this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said change, but only to the extent said change affects work covered by this Warranty. 6. Owner shall promptly notify Roofing Installer of observed, known, or suspected leaks, defects, or deterioration and shall afford reasonable opportunity for Roofing Installer to inspect work and to examine evidence of such leaks, defects, or deterioration. 7. This Warranty is recognized to be the only warranty of Roofing Installer on said work and shall not operate to restrict or cut off Owner from other remedies and resources lawfully available to Owner in cases of roofing failure. Specifically, this Warranty shall not operate to relieve Roofing Installer of responsibility for performance of original work according to requirements of the Contract Documents, regardless of whether Contract was a contract directly with Owner or a subcontract with Owner's General Contractor. E. IN WITNESS THEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed this ___________ day of ___________________, ________________. 1. Authorized Signature: _______________________________________. 2. Name: ______________________________________. 3. Title: _______________________________________. END OF SECTION 07 5323 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 1 SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manufactured reglets[ with counterflashing]. 2. Formed equipment support flashing. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 1000 "Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. 2. Section <Insert Section number> "<Insert Section title>" for [materials and ]installation of sheet metal flashing and trim integral with roofing. 3. Section <Insert Section number> "<Insert Section title>" for sheet metal flashing and trim integral with metal wall panels. 4. Section 07 7200 "Roof Accessories" for set-on-type curbs, equipment supports, roof hatches, vents, and other manufactured roof accessory units. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials. B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materials, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at [Project site] <Insert location>. 1. Review construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review special roof details, roof drainage, roof-penetration flashing, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affect sheet metal flashing and trim. 3. Review requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 4. Review sheet metal flashing observation and repair procedures after flashing installation. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 2 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each manufactured product and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Detail fabrication and installation layouts, expansion-joint locations, and keyed details. Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work. 3. Include identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project. 4. Include details for forming, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions. 5. Include details for joining, supporting, and securing, including layout and spacing of fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. Include pattern of seams. 6. Include details of termination points and assemblies. 7. Include details of expansion joints and expansion-joint covers, including showing direction of expansion and contraction from fixed points. 8. Include details of roof-penetration flashing. 9. Include details of edge conditions, including eaves, ridges, valleys, rakes, crickets, and counterflashings as applicable. 10. Include details of special conditions. 11. Include details of connections to adjoining work. 12. Detail formed flashing and trim at scale of not less than [1-1/2 inches per 12 inches ] [3 inches per 12 inches ] <Insert scale>. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal and accessory indicated with factory-applied finishes. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish. 1. Sheet Metal Flashing: 12 inches long by actual width of unit, including finished seam and in required profile. Include fasteners, cleats, clips, closures, and other attachments. 2. Trim, Metal Closures, Expansion Joints, Joint Intersections, and Miscellaneous Fabrications: 12 inches long and in required profile. Include fasteners and other exposed accessories. 3. Unit-Type Accessories and Miscellaneous Materials: Full-size Sample. 4. Anodized Aluminum Samples: Samples to show full range to be expected for each color required. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For fabricator. B. Product Certificates: For each type of coping and roof edge flashing that is [SPRI ES-1 tested] [and] [FM Approvals approved]. C. Product Test Reports: For each product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 3 D. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For sheet metal flashing and trim, and its accessories, to include in maintenance manuals. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance. 1. For copings and roof edge flashings that are [SPRI ES-1 tested] [and] [FM Approvals approved], shop shall be listed as able to fabricate required details as tested and approved. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store sheet metal flashing and trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry. B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal flashing and trim installation. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: [20] [10] <Insert number> years from date of Substantial Completion. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight. B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with [NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual"] [and] [SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"] requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Sheet Metal Standard for Copper: Comply with CDA's "Copper in Architecture Handbook." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. D. FM Approvals Listing: Manufacture and install [copings] [roof edge flashings] that are listed in FM Approvals' "RoofNav" and approved for windstorm classification, [Class 1- 60] [Class 1-75] [Class 1-90] [Class 1-105] [Class 1-120] <Insert class>. Identify materials with name of fabricator and design approved by FM Approvals. E. SPRI Wind Design Standard: Manufacture and install [copings] [roof edge flashings] tested according to SPRI ES-1 and capable of resisting the following design pressure: 1. Design Pressure: [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert design pressure>. F. Recycled Content: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than <Insert value> percent. G. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change: [120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces] <Insert temperature change>. 2.2 SHEET METALS A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping. B. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304, dead soft, fully annealed; with [smooth, flat] [embossed] surface. 1. Finish: 2D (dull, cold rolled). VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 5 C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Provide zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet according to ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; prepainted by coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. 1. Surface: Smooth, flat. 2. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: a. Three-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 3. Color: [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range] <Insert color>. 2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Synthetic Underlayment: Laminated or reinforced, woven polyethylene or polypropylene, synthetic roofing underlayment; bitumen free; slip resistant; suitable for high temperatures over 220 deg F; and complying with physical requirements of ASTM D 226/D 226M for Type I and Type II felts. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide the following] [provide one of the following] [available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: a. Atlas Roofing Corporation; Summit. b. Engineered Coated Products; Nova-Seal II. c. Kirsch Building Products, LLC; [Sharkskin Comp][Sharkskin Ultra]. d. SDP Advanced Polymer Products Inc; Palisade. B. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 mils thick, consisting of a slip- resistant polyethylene- or polypropylene-film top surface laminated to a layer of butyl- or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; specifically designed to withstand high metal temperatures beneath metal roofing. Provide primer according to written recommendations of underlayment manufacturer. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide the following] [provide one of the following] [available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: a. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Inc; CCW WIP 300HT. b. Carlisle Residential; a division of Carlisle Construction Materials; WIP 300HT. c. Grace Construction Products; W.R. Grace & Co. -- Conn.; Grace Ice and Water Shield HTGrace Vycor? Butyl Self-Adhered FlashingGrace Vycor? Plus Self-Adhered FlashingGrace Vycor? V40 Self-Adhered FlashingUltra. d. Henry Company; Blueskin PE200 HT. e. Kirsch Building Products, LLC; Sharkskin Ultra SA. f. Metal-Fab Manufacturing, LLC; MetShield. g. Owens Corning; WeatherLock Metal High Temperature UnderlaymentWeatherLock Specialty Tile and Metal Underlayment. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 6 h. Polyguard Products, Inc.; Deck Guard HT. i. Protecto Wrap Company; Protecto Jiffy Seal Ice & Water Guard HT. j. SDP Advanced Polymer Products Inc; Palisade SA-HT. 2. Thermal Stability: ASTM D 1970; stable after testing at 240 deg F or higher. 3. Low-Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970; passes after testing at minus 20 deg F or lower. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners[, solder], protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal[ or manufactured item] unless otherwise indicated. B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal[ or manufactured item]. 1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head. a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide metal-backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal. b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened. c. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching internal gutter width. 2. Fasteners for Sheet: Copper, hardware bronze or passivated Series 300 stainless steel. 3. Fasteners for Stainless-Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel. 4. Fasteners for Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329. C. Solder: 1. For : ASTM B 32, [Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50 percent lead] [with maximum lead content of 0.2 percent]. 2. For Stainless Steel: ASTM B 32, [Grade Sn60] [Grade Sn96], with acid flux of type recommended by stainless-steel sheet manufacturer. 3. For Zinc-Tin Alloy-Coated : ASTM B 32, 100 percent tin, with maximum lead content of 0.2 percent, as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. 4. For Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel: ASTM B 32, [Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50 percent lead or Grade Sn60, 60 percent tin and 40 percent lead] [with maximum lead content of 0.2 percent]. D. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 7 E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane polysulfide silicone polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. F. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited movement. G. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam-cementing compound, recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior nonmoving joints, including riveted joints. H. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion according to ASTM D 1187. I. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required for application. 2.5 MANUFACTURED SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. Reglets: Units of type, material, and profile required, formed to provide secure interlocking of separate reglet and counterflashing pieces, and compatible with flashing indicated [with factory-mitered and -welded corners and junctions] [and] [with interlocking counterflashing on exterior face, of same metal as reglet]. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide products by the following] [provide products by one of the following] [available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide [product indicated on Drawings] <Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation> or comparable product by one of the following: a. Cheney Flashing Company. b. Fry Reglet Corporation. c. Heckmann Building Products, Inc. d. Hickman Company, W. P. e. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. f. Keystone Flashing Company, Inc. g. National Sheet Metal Systems, Inc. h. Sandell Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3. Material: Stainless steel, 0.019 inch thick Galvanized steel, 0.022 inch thick. 4. Accessories: a. Flexible-Flashing Retainer: Provide resilient plastic or rubber accessory to secure flexible flashing in reglet where clearance does not permit use of standard metal counterflashing or where Drawings show reglet without metal counterflashing. b. Counterflashing Wind-Restraint Clips: Provide clips to be installed before counterflashing to prevent wind uplift of counterflashing's lower edge. 5. Finish: Mill With manufacturer's standard color coating. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 8 2.6 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details shown and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible. 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal. 2. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 3. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view. B. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing." D. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. E. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal standard. F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. G. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet metal standard[ and by FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49] for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured. H. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. I. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use.[ Rivet joints where necessary for strength.] J. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer.[ Rivet joints where necessary for strength.] K. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 9 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Equipment Support Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Stainless Steel: [0.019 inch ] <Insert dimension> thick. 2. Galvanized Steel: [0.028 inch ] <Insert dimension> thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. 3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION A. Synthetic Underlayment: Install synthetic underlayment, wrinkle free, according to manufacturers' written instructions, and using adhesive where possible to minimize use of mechanical fasteners under sheet metal. B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free. Prime substrate if recommended by underlayment manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer for installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches . Roll laps and edges with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days. C. Apply slip sheet, wrinkle free, [over underlayment] [directly on substrate] <Insert requirement> before installing sheet metal flashing and trim. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners[, solder], protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 10 2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning, and free of buckling and tool marks. 5. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. 6. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure-treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard. 1. Coat concealed side of [uncoated-aluminum] [and] [stainless-steel] sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet. C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at maximum of [10 feet] <Insert dimension> with no joints within 24 inches of corner or intersection. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate [wood blocking or sheathing not less than 1-1/4 inches for nails and not less than 3/4 inch for wood screws] [substrate not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull- out resistance] <Insert size requirement>. E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation. F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction. 1. Use sealant-filled joints unless otherwise indicated. Embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants." G. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre- tin edges of sheets with solder to width of 1-1/2 inches ; however, reduce pre-tinning where pre-tinned surface would show in completed Work. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 11 1. Do not solder [metallic-coated steel] [and] [aluminum] sheet. 2. Do not pre-tin [zinc-tin alloy-coated stainless steel] [and] [zinc-tin alloy- coated copper]. 3. Do not use torches for soldering. 4. Heat surfaces to receive solder, and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. 5. Stainless-Steel Soldering: Tin edges of uncoated sheets, using solder for stainless steel and acid flux. Promptly remove acid flux residue from metal after tinning and soldering. Comply with solder manufacturer's recommended methods for cleaning and neutralization. H. Rivets: Rivet joints in [uncoated aluminum] [zinc] where necessary for strength. 3.4 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements[, sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions,] and cited sheet metal standard. Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line, levels, and slopes. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight and weather resistant. B. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Interlock bottom edge of roof edge flashing with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at [staggered 3-inch ] <Insert spacing> centers. C. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for FM Approvals' listing for required windstorm classification. D. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close-fitting collar with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending minimum of 4 inches over base flashing. Install stainless-steel draw band and tighten. 3.5 MISCELLANEOUS FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate installation of equipment support flashing with installation of roofing and equipment. Weld or seal flashing with elastomeric sealant to equipment support member. 3.6 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. B. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing." VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 12 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder. C. Clean off excess sealants. D. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove unused materials and clean finished surfaces as recommended by sheet metal flashing and trim manufacturer. Maintain sheet metal flashing and trim in clean condition during construction. E. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 07 6200 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 1 SECTION 07 7200 - ROOF ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Roof curbs. 2. Equipment supports. 3. Pipe and duct supports. 4. Preformed flashing sleeves. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of roof accessories with [roofing membrane and base flashing and ]interfacing and adjoining construction to provide a leakproof, weathertight, secure, and noncorrosive installation. B. Coordinate dimensions with rough-in information or Shop Drawings of equipment to be supported. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOF CURBS A. Roof Curbs: Internally reinforced roof-curb units capable of supporting superimposed live and dead loads, including equipment loads and other construction indicated on Drawings, bearing continuously on roof structure, and capable of meeting performance requirements; with welded or mechanically fastened and sealed corner joints,[ straight sides,] [ integral metal cant,] [ stepped integral metal cant raised the thickness of roof insulation,] and integrally formed deck-mounting flange at perimeter bottom. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide products by the following] [provide products by one of the following] [available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide [product indicated on Drawings] <Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation> or comparable product by one of the following: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 2 a. AES Industries, Inc. b. Adaptable Air Products. c. Air Balance, Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc. d. Conn-Fab Sales, Inc. e. Curbs Plus, Inc. f. Custom Solution Roof and Metal Products. g. Greenheck Fan Corporation. h. KCC International Inc. i. Lloyd Industries. j. LM Curbs. k. Louvers & Dampers; a division of Mestek, Inc. l. Metallic Products Corp. m. Milcor; Commercial Products Group of Hart & Cooley, Inc. n. Pate Company (The). o. Plenums Incorporated. p. Roof Curb Systems Inc. q. Roof Products and Systems (RPS); a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. r. Roof Products, Inc. s. Safe Air of Illinois. t. Thybar Corporation. u. Vent Products Co., Inc. B. Size: Coordinate dimensions with roughing-in information or Shop Drawings of equipment to be supported. C. Supported Load Capacity: <Insert load requirements>. D. Material: steel sheet, [0.052 inch] [0.064 inch] [0.079 inch] <Insert dimension> thick. 1. Finish: Baked enamel or powder coat. 2. Color: [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range] <Insert color>. E. Material: Stainless-steel sheet, [0.078 inch] <Insert dimension> thick. 1. Finish: Manufacturer's standard. F. Construction: 1. Curb Profile: [Manufacturer's standard] [Profile as indicated on Drawings] compatible with roofing system. 2. On ribbed or fluted metal roofs, form deck-mounting flange at perimeter bottom to conform to roof profile. 3. Fabricate curbs to minimum height of [12 inches] <Insert dimension> above roofing surface unless otherwise indicated. 4. Top Surface: Level top of curb, with roof slope accommodated [by sloping deck- mounting flange] [or] [by use of leveler frame]. 5. Sloping Roofs: Where roof slope exceeds 1:48, fabricate curb with perimeter curb height tapered to accommodate roof slope so that top surface of perimeter curb is level. Equip unit with water diverter or cricket on side that obstructs water flow. 6. Insulation: Factory insulated with [1-1/2-inch-] <Insert dimension> thick glass- fiber board insulation. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 3 7. Liner: Same material as curb, of manufacturer's standard thickness and finish. 8. Nailer: Factory-installed wood nailer [along top flange of curb] [under top flange on side of curb], continuous around curb perimeter. 9. Platform Cap: Where portion of roof curb is not covered by equipment, provide weathertight platform cap formed from 3/4-inch thick plywood covered with metal sheet of same type, thickness, and finish as required for curb. 10. Metal Counterflashing: Manufacturer's standard, removable, fabricated of same metal and finish as curb. 11. Security Grille: [Provide for all units] [Provide where indicated]. 12. Damper Tray: Provide damper tray or shelf with opening [3 inches] <insert dimension> [less than interior curb dimensions indicated] [of size indicated]. 2.2 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Equipment Supports: [Internally reinforced perimeter] [Rail-type] metal equipment supports capable of supporting superimposed live and dead loads between structural supports, including equipment loads and other construction indicated on Drawings, spanning between structural supports; capable of meeting performance requirements; with welded[ or mechanically fastened and sealed] corner joints,[ integral metal cant,] [ stepped integral metal cant raised the thickness of roof insulation,] and integrally formed structure-mounting flange at bottom. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide products by the following] [provide products by one of the following] [available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide [product indicated on Drawings] <Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation> or comparable product by one of the following: a. AES Industries, Inc. b. Adaptable Air Products. c. Air Balance, Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc. d. Conn-Fab Sales, Inc. e. Curbs Plus, Inc. f. Custom Solution Roof and Metal Products. g. Greenheck Fan Corporation. h. KCC International Inc. i. Lloyd Industries. j. LM Curbs. k. Louvers & Dampers; a division of Mestek, Inc. l. Milcor; Commercial Products Group of Hart & Cooley, Inc. m. Pate Company (The). n. Plenums Incorporated. o. Roof Curb Systems Inc. p. Roof Products and Systems (RPS); a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. q. Roof Products, Inc. r. Thybar Corporation. s. Vent Products Co., Inc. B. Size: Coordinate dimensions with roughing-in information or Shop Drawings of equipment to be supported. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 4 C. Supported Load Capacity: <Insert load requirements>. D. Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet, [0.052 inch] [0.064 inch] [0.079 inch] <Insert dimension> thick. 1. Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer. 2. Color: [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's sample] [As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range] <Insert color>. E. Construction: 1. Curb Profile: [Manufacturer's standard] [Profile as indicated on Drawings] compatible with roofing system. 2. Insulation: Factory insulated with [1-1/2-inch-] <Insert dimension> thick glass- fiber board insulation. 3. Liner: Same material as equipment support, of manufacturer's standard thickness and finish. 4. Nailer: Factory-installed continuous wood nailers [3-1/2 inches] [5-1/2 inches] <Insert dimension> wide [on top flange of equipment supports] [under top flange on side of curb], continuous around support perimeter. 5. Platform Cap: Where portion of equipment support is not covered by equipment, provide weathertight platform cap formed from 3/4-inch thick plywood covered with metal sheet of same type, thickness, and finish as required for curb. 6. Metal Counterflashing: Manufacturer's standard, removable, fabricated of same metal and finish as equipment support. 7. On ribbed or fluted metal roofs, form deck-mounting flange at perimeter bottom to conform to roof profile. 8. Fabricate equipment supports to minimum height of [12 inches] <Insert dimension> above roofing surface unless otherwise indicated. 9. Sloping Roofs: Where roof slope exceeds 1:48, fabricate each support with height to accommodate roof slope so that tops of supports are level with each other. Equip supports with water diverters or crickets on sides that obstruct water flow. 2.3 PIPE AND DUCT SUPPORTS A. Fixed-Height Cradle-Type Pipe Supports: Polycarbonate pipe stand accommodating up to [1-1/2-inch-] <Insert dimension> diameter pipe or conduit; with provision for pipe retainer and with manufacturer's support pad or deck plate as recommended for penetration-free installation over roof membrane type; as required for quantity of pipe runs and sizes. B. Fixed-Height Roller-Bearing Pipe Supports: Polycarbonate pipe stand with [polycarbonate] [stainless-steel] roller carrying assembly accommodating up to [7- inch-] <Insert dimension> diameter pipe or conduit; with provision for pipe retainer and with manufacturer's support pad or deck plate as recommended for penetration- free installation over roof membrane type; as required for quantity of pipe runs and sizes. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 5 C. Adjustable-Height Roller-Bearing Pipe Supports: Polycarbonate pipe stand base, pipe support, and roller housing, with stainless-steel threaded rod designed for adjusting support height, accommodating up to [18 inch] <Insert dimension> diameter pipe or conduit; with provision for pipe retainer and with manufacturer's support pad or deck plate as recommended for penetration-free installation over roof membrane type; as required for quantity of pipe runs and sizes. D. Curb-Mounted Pipe Supports: Galvanized steel support with welded or mechanically fastened and sealed corner joints,[straight sides,] [ integral metal cant,] [ stepped integral metal cant raised the thickness of roof insulation,] and integrally formed deck-mounting flange at perimeter bottom; with adjustable-height roller-bearing pipe support accommodating up to [20-inch-] <Insert dimension> diameter pipe or conduit and with provision for pipe retainer; as required for quantity of pipe runs and sizes. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide products by the following] [provide products by one of the following] [available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide [product indicated on Drawings] <Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation> or comparable product by one of the following: a. Miro Industries. b. Pate Company (The). c. PHP Systems/Design. d. Thaler Metal Industries Ltd. E. Duct Supports: Extruded-aluminum, urethane-insulated supports, [2 inches] <Insert dimension> in diameter; with manufacturer's recommended hardware for mounting to structure or structural roof deck. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide products by the following] [provide products by one of the following] [available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide [product indicated on Drawings] <Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation> or comparable product by one of the following: a. Thaler Metal Industries Ltd. 3. Finish: [Manufacturer's standard] <Insert finish>. 2.4 METAL MATERIALS A. Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation[ and mill phosphatized for field painting where indicated]. 1. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: Prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 6 a. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer Finish: AAMA 621. System consisting of primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight. 2. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: After cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat to a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils. 3. Concealed Finish: Pretreat with manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester-backer finish consisting of prime coat and wash coat, with a minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil. B. Stainless-Steel Sheet and Shapes: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items required by manufacturer for a complete installation. B. Glass-Fiber Board Insulation: ASTM C 726, nominal density of 3 lb/cu. ft., thermal resistivity of 4.3 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F, thickness as indicated. C. Wood Nailers: Softwood lumber, pressure treated with waterborne preservatives for aboveground use, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,[ containing no arsenic or chromium,] and complying with AWPA C2; not less than 1-1/2 inches thick. D. Security Grilles: [3/4-inch] <Insert dimension> diameter, ASTM A 1011/A 1011M steel bars spaced [6 inches] <Insert dimension> o.c. in one direction and [12 inches] <Insert dimension> o.c. in the other; factory finished as follows: 1. Surface Preparation: Remove mill scale and rust, if any, from uncoated steel, complying with SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning," or SSPC- SP 8, "Pickling." 2. Factory Priming for Field-Painted Finish: Apply shop primer specified below immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. 3. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's or fabricator's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal primer; selected for resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, for compatibility with substrate and field-applied finish paint system indicated, and for capability to provide a sound foundation for field-applied topcoats under prolonged exposure. E. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M. F. Underlayment: 1. Polyethylene Sheet: 6-mil- thick polyethylene sheet complying with ASTM D 4397. 2. Slip Sheet: Building paper, 3 lb/100 sq. ft. minimum, rosin sized. 3. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 to 40 mils thick, consisting of slip-resisting polyethylene-film top surface laminated to layer of butyl or SBS- modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; cold applied. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 7 4. Fasteners: Roof accessory manufacturer's recommended fasteners suitable for application and metals being fastened. Match finish of exposed fasteners with finish of material being fastened. Provide nonremovable fastener heads to exterior exposed fasteners. Furnish the following unless otherwise indicated: 5. Fasteners for Zinc-Coated or Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: Series 300 stainless steel or hot-dip zinc-coated steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329. 6. Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel. 7. Fasteners for Stainless-Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel. G. Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard tubular or fingered design of neoprene, EPDM, PVC, or silicone or a flat design of foam rubber, sponge neoprene, or cork. H. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric silicone polymer sealant as recommended by roof accessory manufacturer for installation indicated; low modulus; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints and remain watertight. I. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for expansion joints with limited movement. J. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586/D 4586M, asbestos free, of consistency required for application. 2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual locations, dimensions, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. C. Verify dimensions of roof openings for roof accessories. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 8 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install roof accessories according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install roof accessories level; plumb; true to line and elevation; and without warping, jogs in alignment, buckling, or tool marks. 2. Anchor roof accessories securely in place so they are capable of resisting indicated loads. 3. Use fasteners, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete installation of roof accessories and fit them to substrates. 4. Install roof accessories to resist exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, or loosening of fasteners and seals. B. Metal Protection: Protect metals against galvanic action by separating dissimilar metals from contact with each other or with corrosive substrates by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Underlayment: Where installing roof accessories directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of underlayment and cover with manufacturer's recommended slip sheet. 2. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required by manufacturers of roof accessories for waterproof performance. C. Roof Curb Installation: Install each roof curb so top surface is level. D. Equipment Support Installation: Install equipment supports so top surfaces are level with each other. E. Pipe Support Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58 and MSS SP-89. Install supports and attachments as required to properly support piping. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Space supports for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. F. Preformed Flashing-Sleeve Installation: Secure flashing sleeve to roof membrane according to flashing-sleeve manufacturer's written instructions; flash sleeve flange to surrounding roof membrane according to roof membrane manufacturer's instructions. G. Security Grilles: Weld bar intersections and[, using tamper-resistant bolts, attach the] ends of bars to structural frame or primary curb walls. H. Seal joints with elastomeric butyl sealant as required by roof accessory manufacturer. 3.3 REPAIR AND CLEANING A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing according to ASTM A 780/A 780M. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 9 B. Touch up factory-primed surfaces with compatible primer ready for field painting according to Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting." C. Clean exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Clean off excess sealants. E. Replace roof accessories that have been damaged or that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 07 7200 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 8413 - 1 SECTION 07 8413 - PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Installer certificates signed by Installer certifying that products have been installed in compliance with requirements. 1. Provide UL Listed Schedule and Details for each condition. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING A. Manufacturers: Basis of design is limited to the following: 1. 3M Fire Protection Products. B. Provide penetration firestopping materials that are compatible with one another, substrates, and penetrating items if any. C. Penetrations in Fire-Resistance-Rated Walls and Horizontal Assemblies: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg. 1. F-Rating at Fire-Resistance-Rated Walls: Not less than that of construction penetrated. 2. F-Rating at Horizontal Assemblies: At least 1 hour, but not less than that of construction penetrated. 3. T-Rating at Horizontal Assemblies: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire- resistance rating of construction penetrated except for penetrations within the cavity of a wall. D. Penetrations in Smoke Barriers: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings determined per UL 1479. 1. L-Rating: Not exceeding 5.0 cfm/sq. ft. of penetration opening at 0.30-inch wg at both ambient and elevated temperatures. E. Exposed Penetration Firestopping: Provide products with flame-spread and smoke- developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84. PRODUCT DATA SHEET 2 - Accessories: Provide components for each penetration firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by penetration firestopping manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 8413 - 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. B. Identify penetration firestopping with preprinted metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches of firestopping edge so labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestopping. Include the following information on labels: 1. The words "Warning - Penetration Firestopping - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." 2. Designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 3. Manufacturer's name. 4. Installer's name. C. Contractor will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. 3.2 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SCHEDULE A. Basis of Design: 3M "Fire Protection Products". Other UL assemblies by 3M are also acceptable if alternate assemblies comply with UL listed performance criteria. B. Assemblies listed below are dependent on the penetrating item and substrate. If penetrating item, penetrating assembly, or substrate is not compatible with the below listed assemblies, notify the architect in writing. C. Firestopping with No Penetrating Items: UL C-AJ-0004. Firestopping for Metallic Pipes, Conduit, or Tubing 1. At Gypsum Wall: UL W-L-1001 2. At Concrete Floor: UL F-A-5013 D. Firestopping for Nonmetallic Pipe, Conduit, or Tubing. 1. At Gypsum Wall: UL W-L-2003 2. At Concrete Floor: UL W-L-2110 or UL W-L-C-AJ-2241, depending on assembly. E. Firestopping for Electrical Cables. 1. At Gypsum Wall: UL W-L-3001 2. At Concrete Floor: UL C-AJ-3005 F. Firestopping for Cable Trays with Electric Cables 1. At Gypsum Wall: UL W-L-4052 or UL W-L-4044 2. At Concrete Floor: UL C-AJ-4056 G. Firestopping for Insulated Pipes 1. At Gypsum Wall: UL W-L-5001 2. At Concrete Floor: UL C-AJ-5080 H. Firestopping for Miscellaneous Mechanical Penetrants VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 8413 - 3 1. At Gypsum Walls: UL W-L-7222 2. At Concrete Floors: UL C-AJ-7003. I. Firestopping for Groupings of Penetrants 1. At Gypsum Walls: UL W-L-8100 2. At Concrete Floors: UL C-AJ-8135, at 4 1/2" thick concrete floors; C-AJ-8060 at 2 1/2" concrete floors. END OF SECTION 07 8413 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 JOINT FIRESTOPPING 07 8443 - 1 SECTION 07 8443 - JOINT FIRESTOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Joints in or between fire-resistance-rated constructions. 2. Joints in smoke barriers. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 8413 "Penetration Firestopping" for penetrations in fire-resistance- rated walls, horizontal assemblies, and smoke barriers and for wall identification. 2. Section 09 2216 "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for firestop tracks for metal- framed partition heads. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Product Schedule: For each joint firestopping system. Include location, illustration of firestopping system, and design designation of qualified testing agency. 1. Engineering Judgments: Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing agency's illustration for a particular joint firestopping system condition, submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by joint firestopping system manufacturer's fire-protection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire-resistance-rated assembly. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Product Test Reports: For each joint firestopping system, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 JOINT FIRESTOPPING 07 8443 - 2 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Installer Certificates: From Installer indicating that joint firestopping systems have been installed in compliance with requirements and manufacturer's written instructions. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FM Global according to FM Global 4991, "Approval of Firestop Contractors," or been evaluated by UL and found to comply with UL's "Qualified Firestop Contractor Program Requirements." 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install joint firestopping systems when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by joint firestopping system manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. B. Install and cure joint firestopping systems per manufacturer's written instructions using natural means of ventilation or, where this is inadequate, forced-air circulation. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction of joints to ensure that joint firestopping systems can be installed according to specified firestopping system design. B. Coordinate sizing of joints to accommodate joint firestopping systems. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: 1. Perform joint firestopping system tests by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2.2 JOINT FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS A. Joint Firestopping Systems: Systems that resist spread of fire, passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire-resistance rating of assemblies in or between which joint firestopping systems are installed. Joint firestopping systems shall accommodate building movements without impairing their ability to resist the passage of fire and hot gases. B. Joints in or between Fire-Resistance-Rated Construction: Provide joint firestopping systems with ratings determined per ASTM E 1966 or UL 2079. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 JOINT FIRESTOPPING 07 8443 - 3 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. 3M Fire Protection Products. 2. Fire-Resistance Rating: Equal to or exceeding the fire-resistance rating of the wall, floor, or roof in or between which it is installed. C. Joints in Smoke Barriers: Provide fire-resistive joint systems with ratings determined per UL 2079 based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.30-inch wg . 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. 3M Fire Protection Products. 2. L-Rating: Not exceeding 5.0 cfm/ft. of joint at both ambient and elevated temperatures. D. Exposed Joint Firestopping Systems: Flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84. E. Accessories: Provide components of fire-resistive joint systems, including primers and forming materials, that are needed to install elastomeric fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only components specified by joint firestopping system manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing agency for conditions indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configurations, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Before installing fire-resistive joint systems, clean joints immediately to comply with fire-resistive joint system manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove from surfaces of joint substrates foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of elastomeric fill materials or compromise fire-resistive rating. 2. Clean joint substrates to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with elastomeric fill materials. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 JOINT FIRESTOPPING 07 8443 - 4 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. B. Prime substrates where recommended in writing by joint firestopping system manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire-resistive joint systems to comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. B. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support elastomeric fill materials during their application and in position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. 1. After installing elastomeric fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of fire-resistive joint system. C. Install elastomeric fill materials for fire-resistive joint systems by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Elastomeric fill voids and cavities formed by joints and forming materials as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated. 2. Apply elastomeric fill materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by joints. 3. For elastomeric fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Joint Identification: Identify joint firestopping systems with legible metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches of joint edge so labels are visible to anyone seeking to remove or joint firestopping system. Use mechanical fasteners or self-adhering-type labels with adhesives capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed. Include the following information on labels: 1. The words "Warning - Joint Firestopping - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." 2. Contractor's name, address, and phone number. 3. Designation of applicable testing agency. 4. Date of installation. 5. Manufacturer's name. 6. Installer's name. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspecting Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections according to ASTM E 2393. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 JOINT FIRESTOPPING 07 8443 - 5 B. Where deficiencies are found or joint firestopping systems are damaged or removed due to testing, repair or replace joint firestopping systems so they comply with requirements. C. Proceed with enclosing joint firestopping systems with other construction only after inspection reports are issued and installations comply with requirements. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean off excess elastomeric fill materials adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by joint firestopping system manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which joints occur. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure joint firestopping systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. If damage or deterioration occurs despite such protection, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated fire-resistive joint systems immediately and install new materials to produce fire-resistive joint systems complying with specified requirements. 3.7 JOINT FIRESTOPPING SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Where UL-classified systems are indicated, they refer to system numbers in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" under product Category XHBN. B. Basis of Design: Limited to 3M Fire Protection Products. C. Floor-to-Floor, Joint Firestopping Systems: 1. UL-Classified Systems: FF-D-0042, FF-D-1085, FF-D-0040 2. Assembly Rating: 2 hours. 3. Nominal Joint Width: As indicated. 4. Movement Capabilities: Class I - 25% . 5. L-Rating at Ambient: Less than <1 cfm/ft.>. 6. L-Rating at 400 Deg F: Less than <1 cfm/ft.>. 7. W-Rating: No leakage of water at completion of water leakage testing. D. Wall-to-Wall, Joint Firestopping Systems: 1. UL-Classified Systems: WW-D-0043, WW-D-1050, WW-S-0024 2. Assembly Rating: 2 hours. 3. Nominal Joint Width: As indicated. 4. Movement Capabilities: Class I - +/- 25%.. 5. L-Rating at Ambient: Less than <1 cfm/ft.>. 6. L-Rating at 400 Deg F: Less than <1cfm/ft.>. E. Floor-to-Wall, Joint Firestopping Systems: 1. UL-Classified Systems: a. Concrete Floor to Concrete Wall: FW-D-1069, FW-D-0036, FW-D-1058 . 2. Assembly Rating: 2 hours. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 JOINT FIRESTOPPING 07 8443 - 6 3. Nominal Joint Width: As indicated. 4. Movement Capabilities: Class I - +/- 25%.. 5. L-Rating at Ambient: Less than <1 cfm/ft.>. 6. L-Rating at 400 Deg F: Less than <1 cfm/ft.>. F. Head-of-Gypsum Wall, Fire-Resistive Joint Firestopping Systems: 1. UL-Classified Systems: HW-D-0060, HW-D-0118, HW-D-1011 . 2. Assembly Rating: 2 hours. 3. Nominal Joint Width: As indicated. 4. Movement Capabilities: Class I - 100 percent compression or extension. 5. L-Rating at Ambient: Less than <1 cfm/ft.>. 6. L-Rating at 400 Deg F: Less than <1cfm/ft.>. G. Bottom-of-Wall, Joint Firestopping Systems: 1. UL-Classified Systems: a. Concrete Floor to Gypsum Wall: BS-S-0006 (2 Hour Option Only) 2. Assembly Rating: . 3. Nominal Joint Width: As indicated. 4. Movement Capabilities: Class I. 5. L-Rating at Ambient: Less than <1 cfm/ft.>. 6. L-Rating at 400 Deg F: Less than <1cfm/ft.>. H. Perimeter Joint Firestopping Systems: 1. UL-Classified Perimeter Fire-Containment Systems: CW-D-1020. 2. Integrity Rating: 2 hours. 3. Insulation Rating: 1/4 hour. 4. Linear Opening Width: As indicated, maximum. 5. Movement Capabilities: Class I - 15 percent compression or extension. END OF SECTION 07 8443 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 1 SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and color Samples. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint- sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 JOINT SEALANTS A. Low-Emitting Materials: Sealants shall comply with the following limits for VOC content: 1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Nonmembrane Roof Sealants: 300 g/L. 3. Single-Ply Roof Membrane Sealants: 450 g/L. 4. Other Sealants: 420 g/L. 5. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 6. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. 7. Modified Bituminous Sealant Primers: 500 g/L. 8. Other Sealant Primers: 750 g/L. B. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under service and application conditions. C. Sealant for Use in Building Expansion Joints, One of the Following: 1. Single-component, neutral-curing silicone sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS; Class 100/50; for Use NT. a. Products: One of the following: 1) GE Construction Sealants; SCS2700 SilPruf LM . 2) May National Associates, Inc., a subsidiary of Sika Corporation U.S.; Bondaflex Sil 290 FPS-NB Bondaflex Sil 290 NB. 3) Pecora Corporation; 890FTS/TXTR 890 NST. 4) Sika Corporation U.S.; Sikasil WS-290 Sikasil WS-290 FPS. 5) Tremco Incorporated; Spectrem 1. D. Sealant for General Exterior Use Where Another Type Is Not Specified, One of the Following: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 2 1. Single-component, neutral-curing silicone sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; for Use NT. a. Products: One of the following: 1) Dow Corning Corporation; 758. 2) GE Construction Sealants; SCS2350. 3) Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI-631 PSI-641. 2. Single-component, nonsag urethane sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; and for Use NT. a. Products:[ One of the following:] 1) BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC, Building Systems; Sonalastic TX1. 2) Bostik, Inc.; Chem-Calk GPS1 900 915 916 2000. 3) ER Systems, an ITW Company; Pacific Polymers Elasto-Thane 230 MP. 4) Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol I-XL. 5) Polymeric Systems, Inc.; Flexiprene 1000. 6) Schnee-Morehead, Inc., an ITW company; Permathane SM7108. 7) Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Stampede-1 Stampede-TX. 8) Sika Corporation U.S.; Sikaflex Textured Sealant. 9) Tremco Incorporated; Dymonic. 3. Single-component, nonsag polysulfide sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; for Use NT. a. Products: One of the following: 1) W. R. Meadows, Inc.; Deck-O-Seal One Step. E. Sealant for Exterior Traffic-Bearing Joints, Where Slope Precludes Use of Pourable Sealant: 1. Single-component, nonsag urethane sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; for Use T. a. Products: One of the following: 1) LymTal International, Inc.; Iso-Flex 330 Iso-Flex 875R. 2) Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division; Sikaflex - 1a. 3) Tremco Incorporated; Vulkem 116. F. Sealant for Exterior Traffic-Bearing Joints, Where Slope Allows Use of Pourable Sealant: 1. Single-component, pourable urethane sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade P; Class 25; for Use T. a. Products: One of the following: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 3 1) BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC, Building Systems; Sonolastic SL 1. 2) Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Pourthane SL. 3) Pecora Corporation; NR-201. 4) Polymeric Systems, Inc.; Flexiprene 952. 5) Schnee-Morehead, Inc., an ITW company; Permathane SM7101. 6) Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Stampede 1SL. 7) Sika Corporation U.S.; Sikaflex 1c SL. 8) Tremco Incorporated; Vulkem 45. G. Sealant for Use in Interior Joints in Ceramic Tile and Other Hard Surfaces in Kitchens and Toilet Rooms and around Plumbing Fixtures: 1. Single-component, mildew-resistant silicone sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; for Use NT; formulated with fungicide. a. Products: One of the following: 1) Dow Corning Corporation; 786-M White. 2) GE Construction Sealants; SCS1700 Sanitary. 3) May National Associates, Inc., a subsidiary of Sika Corporation U.S.; Bondaflex Sil 100 WF. 4) Soudal USA; RTV GP. 5) Tremco Incorporated; Tremsil 200. H. Sealant for Interior Use at Perimeters of Door and Window Frames: 1. Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF. a. Products: One of the following: 1) BASF Construction Chemicals, LLC, Building Systems; Sonolac. 2) May National Associates, Inc., a subsidiary of Sika Corporation U.S.; Bondaflex 600 Bondaflex Sil-A 700. 3) Pecora Corporation; AC-20. 4) Sherwin-Williams Company (The); 850A 950A PowerHouse. 5) Tremco Incorporated; Tremflex 834. I. Acoustical Sealant: 1. Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that effectively reduces airborne sound transmission as demonstrated by testing according to ASTM E 90. a. Products: One of the following: 1) Accumetric LLC; BOSS 826 Acoustical Sound Sealant. 2) GE Construction Sealants; RCS20 Acoustical. 3) Grabber Construction Products; Acoustical Sealant GSC. 4) Henkel Corporation; OSI Pro-Series SC-175 Acoustical Sound Sealant. 5) Pecora Corporation; AC-20 FTR AIS-919. 6) Serious Energy Inc.; Quiet Seal Pro. 7) Tremco, Incorporated; Tremco Acoustical Sealant. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 4 8) USG Corporation; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Provide sealant backings of materials that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. D. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C 1193. B. Install sealant backings to support sealants during application and to produce cross- sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants that allow optimum sealant movement capability. C. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. D. Acoustical Sealant Installation: At sound-rated assemblies and elsewhere as indicated, seal perimeters, control joints, openings, and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions. Comply with ASTM C 919. END OF SECTION 07 9200 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 1 SECTION 08 1113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Shop Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Manufacturers:One of the following: 1. Amweld Building Products, LLC. 2. Benchmark; a division of Therma-Tru Corporation. 3. Ceco Door Products; an Assa Abloy Group company. 4. Curries Company; an Assa Abloy Group company. 5. Deansteel Manufacturing Company, Inc. 6. Firedoor Corporation. 7. Fleming Door Products Ltd.; an Assa Abloy Group company. 8. Habersham Metal Products Company. 9. Karpen Steel Custom Doors & Frames. 10. Kewanee Corporation (The). 11. Mesker Door Inc. 12. Pioneer Industries, Inc. 13. Security Metal Products Corp. 14. Steelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand company. 15. Windsor Republic Doors. B. Fire-Rated Doors and Frames: Labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C. 1. At vertical exit enclosures and exit passageways, provide doors that that have a temperature rise rating of 450 deg F. C. Smoke- and Draft-Control Door Assemblies: Listed and labeled for smoke and draft control, based on testing according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105. D. Doors: Complying with SDI A250.8 for level and model and SDI A250.4 for physical- endurance level indicated, 1-3/4 inches thick unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interior Doors: Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty), Model 2 (Seamless). 2. Exterior Doors: Level 3 and Physical Performance Level A (Extra Heavy Duty), Model 2 (Seamless), metallic-coated steel sheet faces. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 2 a. Thermal-Rated (Insulated) Doors: Where indicated, provide doors with thermal-resistance value (R-value) of not less than Insert R-value when tested according to ASTM C 1363. 1) Insulation at exterior doors to meet or exceed a u-factor of 0.37. 3. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to SDI A250.6 with reinforcement plates from same material as door face sheets. E. Frames: ANSI A250.8; conceal fastenings unless otherwise indicated. 1. Steel Sheet for Interior Frames: 0.053-inch- minimum thickness. 2. Steel Sheet for Exterior Frames: 0.067-inch- minimum thickness, metallic coated. 3. Interior Frame Construction: Full profile welded. 4. Exterior Frame Construction: Full profile welded. 5. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate according to ANSI/SDI A250.6 with reinforcement plates from same material as frames. 6. Frame Anchors: Not less than 0.042 inch thick. F. Glazing Stops: Nonremovable stops on outside of exterior doors and on secure side of interior doors; screw-applied, removable, glazing stops on inside, fabricated from same material as door face sheet in which they are installed. G. Door Silencers: Three on strike jambs of single-door frames and two on heads of double-door frames. H. Grout Guards: Provide where mortar might obstruct hardware operation. I. Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to SDI A250.6 and BHMA A156.115. J. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. K. Prime Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory-applied coat of lead- and chromate-free primer complying with SDI A250.10 acceptance criteria. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, suitable for exposed applications. B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, free of scale, pitting, or surface defects. C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 or A60. D. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 879/A 879M, 4Z coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls, sheet steel complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B. E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install hollow metal frames to comply with SDI A250.11. 1. Fire-Rated Frames: Install according to NFPA 80. B. Install doors to provide clearances between doors and frames as indicated in SDI A250.11. C. At doors in masonry walls, provide grouted frames. D. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying rust-inhibitive primer.Use galvanizing repair paint for metallic coated surfaces. END OF SECTION 08 1113 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 1213 - 1 SECTION 08 1213 - HOLLOW METAL FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes hollow-metal frames. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 08 1113 "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames" for hollow-metal door and frame assemblies. 2. Section 08 1416 "Flush Wood Doors" for wood doors installed in hollow-metal frames. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to NAAMM-HMMA 803 or SDI A250.8. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate anchorage installation for hollow-metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, fire-resistance ratings, temperature-rise ratings, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Include the following: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 1213 - 2 1. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. 2. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. 3. Details of each different wall opening condition. 4. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections. 5. Details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing. 6. Details of conduit and preparations for power, signal, and control systems. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes. D. Samples for Verification: Prepare Samples to demonstrate compliance with requirements for quality of materials and construction. Show profile, corner joint, floor and wall anchors, and silencers. Include separate section showing fixed hollow-metal panels and glazing if applicable. E. Schedule: Provide a schedule of hollow-metal work prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. Coordinate with final Door Hardware Schedule. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Test Reports: For each type of frame assembly, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. B. Oversize Construction Certification: For assemblies required to be fire rated and exceeding limitations of labeled assemblies. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver hollow-metal work palletized, packaged, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project-site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic. 1. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to factory-finished units. B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. C. Store hollow-metal work vertically under cover at Project site with head up. Place on minimum 4-inch- high wood blocking. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each unit to permit air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 1213 - 3 1. Amweld International, LLC. 2. Apex Industries, Inc. 3. Ceco Door Products; an Assa Abloy Group company. 4. Commercial Door & Hardware Inc. 5. Concept Frames, Inc. 6. Curries Company; an Assa Abloy Group company. 7. Custom Metal Products. 8. Daybar Industries, Ltd. 9. Deansteel Manufacturing Company, Inc. 10. de La Fontaine Industries. 11. DKS Steel Door & Frame Sys. Inc. 12. Door Components, Inc. 13. Fleming Door Products Ltd.; Assa Abloy Group Company. 14. Gensteel Doors Inc. 15. Greensteel Industries, Ltd. 16. HMF Express. 17. Hollow Metal Inc. 18. Hollow Metal Xpress. 19. J/R Metal Frames Manufacturing, Inc. 20. Karpen Steel Custom Doors & Frames. 21. LaForce, Inc. 22. L.I.F. Industries, Inc. 23. Megamet Industries, Inc. 24. Mesker Door Inc. 25. Michbi Doors Inc. 26. MPI Group, LLC (The). 27. National Custom Hollow Metal. 28. North American Door Corp. 29. Philipp Manufacturing Co (The). 30. Pioneer Industries, Inc. 31. Premier Products, Inc. 32. Republic Doors and Frames. 33. Rocky Mountain Metals, Inc. 34. Security Metal Products Corp. 35. Shanahans Manufacturing Ltd. 36. Steelcraft; an Ingersoll-Rand company. 37. Steward Steel Door & Frame Division. 38. Stiles Custom Metal, Inc. 39. Titan Metal Products, Inc. 40. Trillium Steel Doors Limited. 41. West Central Mfg. Inc. B. Source Limitations: Obtain hollow-metal work from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings and temperature-rise limits indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 1213 - 4 1. Smoke- and Draft-Control Assemblies: Provide an assembly with gaskets listed and labeled for smoke and draft control by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on testing according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105. B. Fire-Rated, Borrowed-Lite Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire- protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 257 or UL 9. 2.3 INTERIOR FRAMES A. Construct interior frames to comply with the standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified. B. Heavy-Duty Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 2. . 1. Physical Performance: Level B according to SDI A250.4. 2. Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch. 3. Frames: Fabricated from same thickness material as adjacent door frame. 4. Construction: Face welded . 5. Exposed Finish: Prime . C. Commercial Frames: NAAMM-HMMA 861. . 1. Physical Performance: Level A according to SDI A250.4. 2. Materials: Uncoated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch for door openings 48 inches or less, or window frames; minimum thickness of 0.067 inchfor door openings greater than 48 inches. 3. Materials: Uncoated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch. 4. Construction: Full profile welded. 5. Exposed Finish: Prime. 2.4 EXTERIOR HOLLOW-METAL FRAMES A. Construct exterior frames to comply with the standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified. B. Heavy-Duty Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 2. . 1. Physical Performance: Level B according to SDI A250.4. 2. Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch, with minimum A40 coating. 3. Construction: Full profile welded. 4. Exposed Finish: Prime . C. Commercial Frames: NAAMM-HMMA 861. . 1. Physical Performance: Level A according to SDI A250.4. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 1213 - 5 2. Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.067 inch, with minimum G60A60 coating. 3. Construction: Full profile welded. 4. Exposed Finish: Prime. 2.5 BORROWED LITES A. Hollow-metal frames of metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch. B. Construction: Full profile welded. 2.6 FRAME ANCHORS A. Jamb Anchors: 1. Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.042 inch thick. 2. Postinstalled Expansion Type for In-Place Concrete or Masonry: Minimum 3/8- inch- diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe spacer from frame to wall, with throat reinforcement plate, welded to frame at each anchor location. B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch, and as follows: 1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners. 2.7 MATERIALS A. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled. B. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. C. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B. D. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M. E. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hollow-metal frames of type indicated. F. Grout: ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches, as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 1213 - 6 G. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool with 6- to 12-lb/cu. ft. density; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. H. Glazing: Comply with requirements in Section 08 8000 "Glazing." I. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. 2.8 FABRICATION A. Fabricate hollow-metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for metal thickness. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment. B. Hollow-Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. 1. Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. 2. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 3. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be grouted. 4. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottoms of jambs with at least four spot welds per anchor; however, for slip-on drywall frames, provide anchor clips or countersunk holes at bottoms of jambs. 5. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows: a. Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows: 1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high. 4) Five anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high. b. Postinstalled Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 inches o.c. 6. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction. a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers. b. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 1213 - 7 7. Terminated Stops: Terminate stops 6 inches above finish floor with a 45 -degree angle cut, and close open end of stop with steel sheet closure. Cover opening in extension of frame with welded-steel filler plate, with welds ground smooth and flush with frame. C. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal work to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates. 1. Reinforce frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted hardware. 2. Comply with applicable requirements in SDI A250.6 and BHMA A156.115 for preparation of hollow-metal work for hardware. D. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites and louvers where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with mitered hairline joints. 1. Single Glazed Lites: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of hollow-metal work. 2. Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that each glazed lite is capable of being removed independently. 3. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior frames. 4. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow-metal work. 5. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with glazing and installation types indicated. 2.9 STEEL FINISHES A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer. 1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free primer complying with SDI A250.10; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings despite prolonged exposure. 2.10 ACCESSORIES A. Mullions and Transom Bars: Join to adjacent members by welding or rigid mechanical anchors. B. Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inch thick. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 1213 - 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing-in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations before frame installation. C. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. B. Drill and tap frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted hardware. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install hollow-metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place. Comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Hollow-Metal Frames: Install hollow-metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelites, borrowed lites, and other openings, of size and profile indicated. Comply with SDI A250.11 or NAAMM-HMMA 840 as required by standards specified. 1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. a. At fire-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80. b. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. c. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening. d. Install door silencers in frames before grouting. e. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly set and secured. f. Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08 1213 - 9 g. Field apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that will be filled with grout containing antifreezing agents. 2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. a. Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. 3. Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside frames. 4. In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. 5. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances: a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor. C. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Section 08 8000 "Glazing" and with hollow-metal manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Secure stops with countersunk flat- or oval-head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 9 inches o.c. and not more than 2 inches o.c. from each corner. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Final Adjustments: Remove and replace defective work, including hollow-metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable. B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow-metal work immediately after installation. C. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer. D. Metallic-Coated Surface Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of abraded areas of paint are specified in painting Sections. END OF SECTION 08 1213 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 1416 - 1 SECTION 08 1416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: 12" x 12" Samples for doors face finishes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FLUSH WOOD DOORS A. Manufacturers: One of the following: 1. Chappell Door Co. 2. Eggers Industries. 3. Graham Wood Doors; an Assa Abloy Group Company. 4. Mohawk Doors; a Masonite Company. 5. Oshkosh Door Company. 6. Poncraft Door Company. 7. Vancouver Door Company. 8. VT Industries, Inc. 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL A. Quality Standard: WDMA I.S.1-A. B. Low-Emitting Materials: Provide doors made with adhesives and composite wood products that do not contain urea formaldehyde. C. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: 1. Extra Heavy Duty: Public toilets Janitor's closets Exits Patient rooms, and all other areas unless noted otherwise on the drawings . D. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C. 1. Where indicated, provide doors that have a temperature rise rating of 450 deg F. 2. Provide core specified or mineral core as needed to provide fire-protection rating indicated. E. Smoke- and Draft-Control Door Assemblies: Listed and labeled for smoke and draft control, based on testing according to UL 1784. 1. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 1416 - 2 2.3 FLUSH WOOD DOORS A. Veneer-Faced Doors for Transparent Finish: 1. Interior Solid-Core Doors: Premium grade, seven-ply, structural composite lumber cores. a. Faces: Grade A . Intent is to remain to match existing condition for finish, grain pattern / direction, flitch, veneer, and stain. b. Veneer Matching: Match existing. c. Pair matching and set matching. 2.4 FABRICATION AND FINISHING A. Factory-fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated and to comply with clearances specified. B. Factory-machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. C. Cut and trim openings to comply with referenced standards. 1. Trim light openings with moldings indicated. 2. Factory-install glazing in doors indicated to be factory finished. D. Factory-finish doors indicated for transparent finish with stain and manufacturer's standard finish complying with WDMA TR-4, conversion varnish for grade specified for doors. 1. Sheen: . Match existing building standard. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and WDMA I.S.1-A, and as indicated. 1. Install fire-rated doors to comply with NFPA 80. 2. Install smoke- and draft-control doors according to NFPA 105. B. Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. C. Clearances: As follows unless otherwise indicated: 1. 1/8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. 2. 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. 3. 1/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold. 4. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 1416 - 3 END OF SECTION 08 1416 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 3113 - 1 SECTION 08 3113 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and schedule / shop drawings of type and locations. Review keying with owner prior to submission PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Rated Access Doors and Frames: Labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction based on testing per the following: 1. Vertical Access Doors: NFPA 252 or UL 10B. 2. Horizontal Access Doors and Frames: NFPA 288. 2.2 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Product indicated on Drawings Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation or a comparable product of one of the following: 1. Access Panel Solutions. 2. Acudor Products, Inc. 3. Alfab, Inc. 4. Babcock-Davis. 5. Cendrex Inc. 6. Elmdor/Stoneman Manufacturing Co.; Div. of Acorn Engineering Co. 7. Broan; a Broan-NuTone LLC brand; a Nortek company. 8. J. L. Industries, Inc.; Div. of Activar Construction Products Group. 9. Karp Associates, Inc. 10. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 11. Maxam Metal Products Limited. 12. Metropolitan Door Industries Corp. 13. MIFAB, Inc. 14. Milcor Inc. 15. Nystrom, Inc. 16. Williams Bros. Corporation of America (The). B. Flush Access Doors with Exposed Flanges: Prime-painted steel Metallic-coated steel Stainless-steel units. For use in existing conditions (painted / coated finish) or in tile walls (stainless steel). C. Flush Access Doors with Concealed Flanges: Prime-painted steel Metallic-coated steel units with gypsum board bead flange. For use in new construction. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 3113 - 2 D. Recessed Access Doors: Prime-painted steel Metallic-coated steel pan recessed 5/8 inch with gypsum board bead for concealed flange installation. For use in new construction in office environments. E. Fire-Rated, Flush Access Doors with Exposed Flanges: Prime-painted steel Metallic- coated steel , self-latching units with automatic closer. For use in existing conditions or tile walls. F. Fire-Rated, Flush Access Doors with Concealed Flanges: Prime-painted steel Metallic- coated steel , self-latching units with automatic closer. For use in new conditions at gypsum walls. G. Locks: Flush to finished surface, screwdriver or key operated; to be reviewed by owner prior to submittal for final approval 2.3 MATERIALS A. Steel Sheets: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 591/A 591M. B. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with G60 or A60 coating. C. Stainless-Steel Sheets: ASTM A 666, Type 304, with No. 4 directional satin finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install access doors and panels accurately in position. Adjust hardware and door and panels for proper operation. B. Install fire-rated access doors and panels according to NFPA 80. END OF SECTION 08 3113 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08 3323 - 1 SECTION 08 3323 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's color charts, and maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DOOR ASSEMBLY A. Manufacturers: One of the following: 1. ACME Rolling Doors. 2. Alpine Overhead Doors, Inc. 3. Alumatec Pacific Products. 4. Amarr Garage Doors. 5. ASTA Door Corporation. 6. C.H.I. Overhead Doors. 7. City-Gates. 8. Clopay Building Products; a Griffon company. 9. Cookson Company, Inc. (The). 10. Cornell Iron Works, Inc. 11. Janus International Corporation. 12. Lawrence Roll-Up Doors, Inc. 13. McKeon Door Company. 14. Metro Door. Inc. 15. Overhead Door Corporation. 16. QMI Security Solutions. 17. Raynor. 18. Southwestern Rolling Steel Doors; a division of Hollywood Overhead Door Company of Dallas, Inc. 19. Wayne-Dalton Corp. B. Description: Counter door. 1. Operation Cycles: Not less than 20,000. C. Curtain Material and Finish: with baked-enamel or powder-coated finish; color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. D. Curtain Slats: Flat-profile slats with solid surface. 1. Insulated-Slat Interior Facing: Metal. E. Hood: Match curtain material and finish. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 08 3323 - 2 F. Manual Door Operator: Push-up operation. G. Guide Tracks, Supports, and Hardware: Manufacturer's standard. H. Curtain Accessories: Equip door with push/pull handles. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install door, track, and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports. B. Accessibility: Install doors, switches, and controls along accessible routes in compliance with regulatory requirements for accessibility. C. Install fire-rated doors according to NFPA 80. END OF SECTION 08 3323 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 4113 - 1 SECTION 08 4113 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Shop Drawings 1. At storefront door locations, provide door hardware product information, schedule, and shop drawings. B. At interface with existing storefront system, provide sample condition for on-site review, including framing system, sealant, break metal flashing, scheduled glass, and film for final approval from owner and architect prior to fabrication and installation. C. Samples: Provide samples in varying colors for verification. Where specified with film, provide glass samples and clear samples and with scheduled film applied to glass for review for each option. D. Warranty: Provide manufacturer standard 10 year warranty on system. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Design, engineer, fabricate, and install aluminum-framed storefronts to withstand structural loads indicated. 1. Limit deflection of framing members normal to wall plane to 1/175 of clear span or an amount that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing lites to 3/4 inch, whichever is less. 2. Limit deflection of framing members parallel to glazing plane to L/360 of clear span or 1/8 inch, whichever is smaller. B. Structural Testing: Systems tested according to ASTM E 330 at 150 percent of inward and outward wind-load design pressures do not evidence material failures, structural distress, deflection failures, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of clear span. C. Air Infiltration: Limited to 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. of fixed framing and glass area when tested according to ASTM E 283 at a static-air-pressure difference of 6.24 lbf/sq. ft.. D. Water Penetration: Systems do not evidence water leakage when tested according to ASTM E 331 at minimum differential pressure of 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure but not less than 15 lbf/sq. ft.. E. Thermal Transmittance (U-factor): Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have U-factor of not more than 0.45 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F as determined according to NFRC 100. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 4113 - 2 1.3 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS A. Manufacturers: Per the drawings, provide system to integrate into existing exterior storefront system. Design intent is to extend existing storefront system to infill areas being demolished on the exterior of the building as indicated in the drawings. Aesthetic, glass type, frame profile size and type, to match existing condition. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated; ASTM B 209 sheet; ASTM B 221 extrusions. B. Framing Members: Manufacturer's standard extruded-aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads. 1. Construction: Thermally broken. C. Glazing: Comply with Section 08 8000 "Glazing." D. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard sealed-corner pressure-glazing system of black, resilient elastomeric glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers. E. Fasteners and Accessories: Compatible with adjacent materials, corrosion resistant, nonstaining, and nonbleeding. Use concealed fasteners except for application of door hardware. F. Fabrication: Fabricate framing in profiles indicated for flush glazing (without projecting stops). Provide subframes and reinforcing of types indicated or, if not indicated, as required for a complete system. Factory-assemble components to greatest extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. 1. Door Framing: Reinforce to support imposed loads. Factory-assemble door and frame units and factory-install hardware to greatest extent possible. Reinforce door and frame units for hardware indicated. Cut, drill, and tap for factory- installed hardware before finishing components. G. Aluminum Finish: High-performance organic; three-coat fluoropolymer system complying with AAMA 2605, with finish coats containing at least 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight. Finish to match existing frame material in color, sheen, profile, etc. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.1 INSTALLATION A. Isolate metal surfaces in contact with incompatible materials, including wood, by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or primer or by applying sealant or tape recommended by manufacturer. B. Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to exterior. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 4113 - 3 C. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants" to produce weathertight installation. D. Install framing components true in alignment with established lines and grades to the following tolerances: 1. Variation from Plane: Limit to 1/8 inch in 12 feet; 1/4 inch over total length. 2. Alignment: For surfaces abutting in line, limit offset to 1/16 inch. For surfaces meeting at corners, limit offset to 1/32 inch. 3. Diagonal Measurements: Limit difference between diagonal measurements to 1/8 inch. END OF SECTION 08 4113 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 08 5113 - 1 SECTION 08 5113 - ALUMINUM WINDOWS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data, Shop Drawings, and color Samples. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: One of the following: B. Basis-of-Design Product: Product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product of one of the following: 1. EFCO Corporation; a Pella company. 2. Graham Architectural Products Corp. 3. Kawneer North America; an Alcoa company. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Product Standard: AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440. 1. Window Certification: AMMA certified with label attached to each window. 2. Performance Class: CW. 3. Performance Grade: 30. 2.3 ALUMINUM WINDOWS A. Window Types: As indicated on Drawings. B. Finish: Class I, clear anodic finish; complying with AAMA 611. C. Trim: Provide indicated trim, matching material and finish of frame members. D. Provide prefabricated window units as indicated. E. Provide for windows. F. Glaze units with , security glazing, complying with Section 08 8853 "Security Glazing." VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 08 5113 - 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Set units level, plumb, and true to line, without warp or rack of frames and panels. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place. B. For installation procedures and requirements not addressed in manufacturer's written instructions, comply with installation requirements in ASTM E 2112. C. Set sill members in bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated, to provide weathertight construction. D. Adjust operating panels, screens, and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and weather stripping for smooth operation and weathertight closure. Lubricate hardware and moving parts. E. Clean glass and aluminum surfaces immediately after installing windows. Remove nonpermanent labels from glass surfaces. END OF SECTION 08 5113 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 1 05SECTION 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Mechanical and Electro-mechanical door hardware for the following: a. Swinging doors. 2. Cylinders for door hardware specified in other Sections. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified door hardware, indicating the following: 1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Include the following: a. System schematic. b. Point-to-point wiring diagram. c. Riser diagram. d. Elevation of each door. 2. Detail interface between electrified door hardware and security system. 3. Operation Narrative: Describe the operation of doors controlled by electrified door hardware. C. Other Action Submittals: 1. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Architectural Hardware Consultant, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as installation procedures and diagrams. Coordinate final door hardware schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. a. Format: Use same scheduling sequence and format and use same door numbers as in the Contract Documents. b. Content: Include the following information: 1) Identification number, location, hand, fire rating, size, and material of each door and frame. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 2 2) Locations of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings on floor plans and to door and frame schedule. 3) Complete designations, including name and manufacturer, type, style, function, size, quantity, function, and finish of each door hardware product. 4) Description of electrified door hardware sequences of operation and interfaces with other building control systems. 2. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Hardware Supplier, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Supplier of products and an employer of workers trained and approved by product manufacturers and an Architectural Hardware Consultant who is available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. B. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and who is currently certified by DHI as follows: 1. For door hardware, an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC). C. Source Limitations: Provide electrified door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers that perform electrical modifications and that are listed by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction are acceptable. D. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Where fire-rated door assemblies are indicated, provide door hardware rated for use in assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C, unless otherwise indicated. E. Smoke- and Draft-Control Door Assemblies: Where smoke- and draft-control door assemblies are required, provide door hardware that meet requirements of assemblies tested according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105. 1. Air Leakage Rate: Maximum air leakage of 0.3 cfm/sq. ft. at the tested pressure differential of 0.3-inch wg of water. F. Means of Egress Doors: Latches do not require more than 15 lbf to release the latch. Locks do not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. G. Accessibility Requirements: For door hardware on doors in an accessible route, comply with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines ICC/ANSI A117.1. 1. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 3 2. Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements: a. Interior, Non-Fire-Rated Hinged Doors: 5 lbf applied perpendicular to door. b. Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. Provide thresholds not more than 1/2 inch high. 4. Adjust door closer sweep periods so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. H. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver keys and permanent cores to Owner by registered mail or overnight package service. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of floor-recessed door hardware with floor construction. Cast anchoring inserts into concrete. B. Installation Templates: Distribute for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. C. Security: Coordinate installation of door hardware, keying, and access control with Owner's security consultant. D. Electrical System Roughing-In: Coordinate layout and installation of electrified door hardware with connections to power supplies and building safety and security systems. E. Existing Openings: Where hardware components are scheduled for application to existing construction or where modifications to existing door or hardware are required, field verify existing conditions and coordinate installation of door hardware to suit opening and to provide proper door operation. Provide supplemental service label of modifications to meet UL listed requirements for fire rated openings as required. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 4 a. Locksets: Five years from date of substantial Completion. b. Exit Devices: Five Years from date of substantial Completion. c. Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. Provide door hardware for each door as scheduled in Part 3 "Door Hardware Schedule" to comply with requirements in this Section. 1. Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and named manufacturers' products. Products complying with BHMA designations referenced. 2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated. B. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Schedule" Article. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows: 1. Named Manufacturers' Products: Manufacturer and product designation are listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in Part 3 "Door Hardware Schedule" Article. 2.2 HINGES A. Hinges: BHMA A156.1. Provide template-produced hinges for hinges installed on hollow-metal doors and hollow-metal frames. Provide 5 knuckle ball bearing design. Provide with additional features as scheduled. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Bommer Industries (BB5000) b. Hager Hinge Co. (BB Series) c. Ives Hinges; (5BB Series) d. McKinney Products Company; an Assa Abloy Group company (TA/TB Series) B. Hinge Options: Where indicated in door hardware sets or on Drawings: 1. Hospital Tips: Slope ends of hinge barrel. 2. Nonremovable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for outswinging corridor doors with locks. C. Corners: Square VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 5 D. Electrified Functions for Hinges: Comply with the following: 1. Power Transfer: Concealed PTFE-jacketed wires, secured at each leaf and continuous through hinge knuckle. 2.3 CONTINUOUS HINGES A. Continuous Hinges: BHMA A156.26; minimum 0.120-inch- (3.0-mm-) thick, hinge leaves with minimum overall width of 4 inches (102 mm); fabricated to full height of door and frame and to template screw locations; with components finished after milling and drilling are complete. B. Continuous, Gear-Type Hinges: Extruded-aluminum, pinless, geared hinge leaves joined by a continuous extruded-aluminum channel cap; with concealed, self-lubricating thrust bearings. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. ABH Manufacturing, Inc. b. Hager Hinge Co. c. Ives Hardware; an Allegion Company. d. McKinney Products Company; an Assa Abloy Group company. 2.4 CENTER-HUNG AND OFFSET PIVOTS A. Center-Hung and Offset Pivots: BHMA A156.4. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. ABH Manufacturing, Inc. b. Hager Hinge Co. c. Ives Hardware; an Allegion Company. 2.5 LOCKS AND LATCHES, GENERAL A. Accessibility Requirements: Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with ANSI A117.1 1. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf (22 N). B. Latches and Locks for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Latches shall not require more than 15 lbf (67 N) to release the latch. Locks shall not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. C. Lock Trim: 1. Levers: Forged or Cast. 2. Escutcheons (Roses): Wrought VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 6 D. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors, and as follows: 1. Bored Locks: Minimum 1/2-inch (13-mm) latchbolt throw. 2. Mortise Locks: Minimum 3/4-inch (19-mm) latchbolt throw. E. Backset: 2-3/4 inches (70 mm), unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike for each lock bolt or latchbolt complying with requirements indicated for applicable lock or latch and with strike box and curved lip extended to protect frame; finished to match lock or latch. 1. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Extra-Long-Lip Strikes: For locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim. B. Bored Locks: BHMA A156.2, Grade 1; Series 4000 1. Required Manufacturer: a. Schlage Lock Company; an Allegion Group Company. (ND Series) C. Mortise Locks: BHMA A156.13, Grade 1; Series 1000 1. Required Manufacturer: a. Schlage Lock Company; an Allegion Group Company. (L Series) D. Mortise Ligature Resistant Locks: Stamped steel case with steel or brass parts; BHMA A156.13, Grade 1 Series 1000. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Schlage Lock Company; an Allegion Group Company. b. 2.7 ELECTROMECHANICAL LOCKS A. General: Grade 1 for type of lock indicated; motor or solenoid driven. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Schlage Lock Company; an Allegion Group Company. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 7 2.8 LOCK CYLINDERS A. Cylinders: Manufacturer's standard tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver, and complying with the following: 1. Number of Pins: Six. 2. Mortise Type: Threaded cylinders with rings and straight- or clover-type cam. 3. Rim Type: Cylinders with back plate, flat-type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised trim ring. 4. Bored-Lock Type: Cylinders with tailpieces to suit locks. B. Construction Keying: Comply with the following: 1. Construction Master Keys: Provide cylinders with feature that permits voiding of construction keys without cylinder removal. Provide 5 construction master keys. C. Required Manufacturer: 1. Schlage Lock Company; an Allegion Group Company. 2.9 KEYING A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28, Appendix A. Incorporate decisions made in keying conference, and as follows: 1. Existing System: Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's existing Schlage keying system. For bid purposes use Primus type. B. Keys: Nickel silver. 1. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include the following notation: a. Notation: Do Not Duplicate. 2. Quantity: Provide the following: a. Cylinder Change Keys: Three. b. Master Keys: Five per suite. 2.10 EXIT DEVICES A. Exit Devices: BHMA A156.3, Grade 1, B. Exit Devices for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Exit devices shall not require more than 15 lbf (67 N) to release the latch. Locks shall not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 8 C. Panic Exit Devices: Listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305. D. Electro Mechanical Exit Devices: BHMA A156.25 and comply with all other standards listed; devices to have electric trim and/or motor drive retraction operation as indicated. Furnish auxiliary components as scheduled or required. Provide boxed power supplies listed for use with product. E. Outside Trim: Pull with cylinder, Lever with cylinder; material and finish to match locksets, unless otherwise indicated. F. Through Bolts: For exit devices and trim. G. Required Manufacturer: 1. Von Duprin; an Allegion Group Company. (98 Series) 2.11 DOOR BOLTS A. Bolt Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors, and as follows: 1. Mortise Flush Bolts: Minimum 3/4-inch (19-mm) throw. B. Dustproof Strikes: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1. C. Automatic and Self-Latching Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.3, Grade 1; designed for mortising into door edge. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Architectural Builders Hardware Manufacturing. b. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated. c. Don-Jo Manufacturing d. Ives Hardware; an Allegion Company. e. Rockwood Manufacturing Company. f. Trimco. 2.12 SURFACE CLOSERS A. Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4; Full rack-and-pinion hydraulic type with adjustable sweep and latch speeds controlled by key-operated valves and forged-steel main arm. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide non-sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. Provide delay action feature as indicated. Provide all closers with full-molded covers. 1. Available Manufacturers: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 9 a. LCN Closers; an Allegion Group Company. (1450 Series) b. Norton Door Controls: an Assa Abloy Group Company. (8500 Series) 2.13 OVERHEAD STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Overhead Stops and Holders: BHMA A156.8. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following a. Architectural Builders Hardware Manufacturing. b. Don-Jo Manufacturing. c. Glynn-Johnson; an Allegion company. d. Rixson Door Controls: An Assa Abloy Group company 2.14 OPERATING TRIM A. Standard: BHMA A156.6. B. Materials: Fabricate from stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated. b. Don-Jo Manufacturing c. Hiawatha, Inc. d. Ives Hardware; an Allegion Company. e. Rockwood Manufacturing Company. f. Trimco. 2.15 PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS A. Size: 2 inches (51 mm) less than door width on push side and 1 inch (25 mm) less than door width on pull side, by height specified in door hardware sets. B. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard self-tapping countersunk screws. C. Metal Protective Trim Units: BHMA A156.6; beveled top and 2 sides; fabricated from the following material: 1. Material: 0.050-inch- (1.3-mm-) thick stainless steel. 2. Available Manufacturers: a. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated. b. Don-Jo Manufacturing c. Hiawatha, Inc. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 10 d. Ives Hardware; an Allegion Company. e. Rockwood Manufacturing Company. f. Trimco. 2.16 STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Stops and Bumpers: BHMA A156.16 Grade 1, cast material. 1. Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are scheduled or indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall stops are not appropriate, provide overhead holders. B. Combination Overhead Stops and Holders: BHMA A156.8, Grade 1 unless Grade 2 is indicated. C. Silencers for Metal Door Frames: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1; neoprene or rubber, minimum diameter 1/2 inch (13 mm); fabricated for drilled-in application to frame. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated. b. Don-Jo Manufacturing c. Hiawatha, Inc. d. Ives Hardware; an Allegion Company. e. Rockwood Manufacturing Company. f. Trimco. 2.17 DOOR GASKETING A. Standard: BHMA A156.22. B. General: Provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated or scheduled. Provide noncorrosive fasteners as indicated. 1. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame. 2. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed. C. Air Leakage: Not to exceed 0.50 cfm per foot of crack length for gasketing other than for smoke control, as tested according to ASTM E 283. D. Fire-Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. E. Smoke-Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for smoke- control ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL 1784. 1. Provide smoke-labeled gasketing on 20-minute-rated doors and on smoke-labeled doors. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 11 2. Test Pressure: After 5 minutes into the test, neutral pressure level in furnace shall be established at 40 inches or less above the sill. F. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. G. Special Pressure Sensitive Gasketing: Gasket to be flexible four finger type, apply as instructed by manufacturer and in compliance with sound retardant transmission engineer. Furnish break- away (BA) type at psychiatric areas. H. Gasketing Materials: ASTM D 2000 and AAMA 701/702. I. Available Manufacturers: 1. DHSI Seals. 2. National Guard Products. 3. Reese Enterprises. 4. Zero International. 2.18 THRESHOLDS A. Standard: BHMA A156.21 B. Requirements: Where thresholds are indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with ANSI A117.1 1. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. Provide thresholds not more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) high. C. Thresholds for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Maximum 1/2 inch (13 mm) high. D. Available Manufacturers: 1. National Guard Products. 2. Reese Enterprises. 3. Zero International. 2.19 POWER TRANSFER DEVICE A. Manufactured to be concealed when door is closed. Housing made from cast materials with stainless steel tubular two piece spring loaded pivot parts. Furnish with pre-installed wires in quantity indicated or as needed for electric hardware. Cutout size to be approximately 1.25 inches wide x 9 inches long. Backplates are made of 14 gage steel. Provide 4 screw mounting holes countersunk with flathead screws and allow 180 degree opening of doors. Units “UL Listed” as Miscellaneous Fire Door Accessory. Coordinate position in door and frame with other hardware. 1. Available Manufacturers: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 12 a. ABH Manufacturing. b. Securitron, Inc c. SDC Security. d. Von Duprin; an Allegion Group Company. 2.20 FABRICATION A. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws that comply with commercially recognized industry standards for application intended, except aluminum fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Concealed Fasteners: For door hardware units that are exposed when door is closed, except for units already specified with concealed fasteners. Do not use through bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed unless it is the only means of securely attaching the door hardware. Where through bolts are used on hollow door and frame construction, provide sleeves for each through bolt. 2. Fire-Rated Applications: a. Wood or Machine Screws: For the following: 1) Hinges mortised to doors or frames; use threaded-to-the-head wood screws for wood doors and frames. 2) Strike plates to frames. 3) Closers to doors and frames. b. Steel Through Bolts: For the following unless door blocking is provided: 1) Surface hinges to doors. 2) Closers to doors and frames. 3) Surface-mounted exit devices. 3. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow-metal doors. 4. Fasteners for Wood Doors: Comply with requirements in DHI WDHS.2, "Recommended Fasteners for Wood Doors." 5. Gasketing Fasteners: Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. 2.21 FINISHES A. Provide finishes complying with BHMA A156.18 as indicated in door hardware schedule. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 13 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Steel Doors and Frames: For surface applied door hardware, drill and tap doors and frames according to ANSI/SDI A250.6. B. Wood Doors: Comply with DHI WDHS.5 "Recommended Hardware Reinforcement Locations for Mineral Core Wood Flush Doors." C. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at to comply with the following unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." D. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. 1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. 2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. E. Hinges: Install types and in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule but not fewer than the number recommended by manufacturer for application indicated or one hinge for every 30 inches of door height, whichever is more stringent, unless other equivalent means of support for door, such as spring hinges or pivots, are provided. F. Stops: Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are indicated in door hardware schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. G. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame. Do not cut, notch or otherwise destroy the integrity of aluminum housing mounted seals. Install before other surface mounted hardware and template accordingly. H. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed. I. Door Bottoms: Apply or install in grooved area of bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed. J. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 14 K. Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 15 3.2 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE Legend: Manufacturer Approved Substitute (IV) Ives Hinges Stanley, McKinney (SC) Schlage Locksets no substitute (LC) LCN no substitute (VO) Von Duprin no substitute (IV) Ives Trim Trimco, Rockwood (PE) Pemko National Guard, Zero (RX) Rixson LCN, Norton (GL) Glynn Johnson Rixson (LO) Locknetics/Schlage Electronics no substitution Furnish all items in US26D, Satin Chrome unless otherwise specified, Thresholds and Weatherstrip to be Mill Finish Aluminum. Closers to be Sprayed Aluminum. Trim and Flat Goods may be furnished in US32D, Satin Stainless Steel. Verify all lock functions with Owner prior to ordering. SET #01 Openings: 100, Each opening to have: 3 Hinges 5BB1HW 5 x 4 1/2 652 IV 1 Fire Exit Device 98L-F 425-SNB (QTY-2) 825-SNB US26D VO 1 Magnetic Holder 998 120VAC 12VDC 689 RX 1 Closer 4040 XP REG/PA TBWMS AL LC 1 Armor Plate 8400 36" x 40" B-CS US32D IV 1 Smoke Seal S88 D 18' PE SET #02 Set Not Used SET #03 Set Not Used SET #04 Openings: 101 Each opening to have: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 16 2 Hinges 5BB1HW 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 IV 1 Electric Hinges 5BB1 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 CON TW8 652 IV 1 Electronic Lock AD-300-CY-70-MT-RHO D- PD 626 LO 1 Cylinder 23-065 EVEREST 29 T-RESTRICTED KWY 626 SC 1 Closer 4040 XP REG/PA TBWMS AL LC 1 Kickplate 8400 10" x 34" B-CS US32D IV 1 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 1 Smoke Seal S88 D 17' PE SET #05 Openings: 102 Each opening to have: 1 Electric Hinges 5BB1HW 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 CON TW8 652 IV 5 Hinges 5BB1HW 5 x 4 1/2 NRP 652 IV 1 Set Automatic Flush Bolts 2962 US32D RO 1 Dust Proof Strike DP2 US26D IV 1 Electrified Lockset ND80PD EU RHO CON EVEREST 29-T REST. 626 SC 1 Coordinator COR60 2-MB2 FL32 US28 IV 2 Closer 4040 XP REG/PA TBWMS AL LC 2 Kickplate 8400 10" x 40" B-CS US32D IV 2 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 1 Wire Harness CON-44P SC 1 Length Adhesive Seal S771 D 7' PE 1 Smoke Seal S88 D 25' PE SET #06 Openings: 104A Each opening to have: 6 Hinges 5BB1HW 5 x 4 1/2 652 IV 1 Set Automatic Flush Bolts 2962 US32D RO 1 Dust Proof Strike DP2 US26D IV 1 Lockset ND70PD RHO EVEREST 29-T REST. 626 SC 1 Coordinator COR60 2-MB2 FL32 US28 IV 2 Closer 4040 XP REG/PA TBWMS AL LC 1 Kickplate 8400 36" x 41” B-CS US32D IV 1 Kickplate 8400 36" x 23” B-CS US32D IV 2 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 1 Length Adhesive Seal S771 D 7' PE 1 Smoke Seal S88 D 25' PE SET #07 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 17 Openings: 104B Each opening to have: 3 Hinges 5BB1HW 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 IV 1 Electric Hinges 5BB1HW 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 CON TW8 652 IV 1 Integrated Card Reader Lock AD-300-CY-70-MT-RHO D- PD 626 LO 1 Overhead Door Stop 904S US32D GL 1 Kickplate 8400 10" x 34" B-CS US32D IV 3 Door Silencer SR64 IV SET #08 Openings: 104C Each opening to have: 3 Hinges 5BB1 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 IV 1 Privacy Set ND44S RHO 626 SC 1 Closer 4040 XP REG/PA TBWMS AL LC 1 Kickplate 8400 10" x 34" B-CS US32D IV 1 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 1 Smoke Seal S88 D 17' PE SET #08A Openings: 120V Each opening to have: 1 Center Pivot EP-5J 652 MC 1 Privacy Set ND44S RHO 626 SC 1 Combination Strike & Stop CSS-9 US26D MC 1 Kickplate 8400 10" x 34" B-CS US32D IV 1 O.H. Stop 104S US32D GJ 1 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 1 Smoke Seal S88 D 17' PE SET #09 Opening: 105A Each opening to have: 6 Swing Clear Hinges 5BB1HWBSC 5 652 IV 1 Top Constant Latching Bolt FB61T US32D IV 1 Passage Set ND10S RHO 626 SC VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 18 1 Kickplate 8400 36" x 46" B-CS US32D IV 1 Kickplate 8400 36" x 22" B-CS US32D IV 2 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 1 Smoke Seal S88 D 21' PE 1 Length Adhesive Seal S771 D 7' PE 1 Armor Plate 8400 48" x 48" B-CS US32D IV 1 Armor Plate 8400 18" x 48" B-CS US32D IV SET #10 Openings: 105B Each opening to have: 6 Hinges 5BB1 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 IV 2 Dummy Trim ND170 RHO 10-025 626 SC 2 Roller Latch RL30-A US26D IV 2 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 2 Door Silencer SR64 IV 2 Armor Plate 8400 18" x 48" B-CS US32D IV SET #11 Opening: 105C Each opening to have: 3 Hinges 5BB1 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 IV 1 Lockset ND80PD RHO EVEREST 29 T-RESTRICTED 626 SC 1 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 3 Door Silencer SR64 IV 1 Armor Plate 8400 36" x 48" B-CS US32D IV SET #12 Opening: 105D Each opening to have: 3 Hinges 5BB1HW 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 IV 1 Passage Set ND10S RHO 626 SC 1 Closer 4040 XP REG/PA TBWMS AL LC 1 Kickplate 8400 10" x 34" US32D IV 1 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 1 Smoke Seal S88 D 17' PE 1 Armor Plate 8400 36" x 48" B-CS US32D IV SET #13 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 19 Opening: 108, 100A Each opening to have: 3 Hinges 5BB1HW 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 IV 1 Lockset ND80PD RHO EVEREST 29 T-RESTRICTED 626 SC 1 Kickplate 8400 10" x 34" B-CS US32D IV 1 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 3 Door Silencer SR64 IV SET #14 Openings: 111, 112, 114, 116A, 116B, XX117, XX120K, XX122, 126 Each opening to have: 3 Hinges 5BB1 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 IV 1 Entrance Lockset ND53PD RHO EVEREST D-RESTRICTED 626 SC 1 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 1 Smoke Seal S88 D 17' PE SET #15 Openings: 118A Each opening to have: 6 Hinges 5BB1 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 IV 2 Dummy Trim ND170 RHO 10-025 626 SC 2 Roller Latch RL30-A US26D IV 1 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 1 Overhead Door Stop 454S * US32D GL 2 Door Silencer SR64 IV *At door that swings into other door. SET #16 Openings: XX104 Each opening to have: 3 Hinges 5BB1 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 IV 1 Privacy Set ND40S RHO 626 SC 1 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 1 Smoke Seal S88 D 17' PE VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 20 SET #17 Opening: 128A, 128B, 128C, 120Y Each opening to have: 3 Hinges 5BB1 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 IV 1 Entrance Lockset ND53PD RHO EVEREST D-RESTRICTED 626 SC 1 Closer 4040 XP REG/PA TBWMS AL LC 1 Kickplate 8400 10" x 34" B-CS US32D IV 1 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 1 Smoke Seal S88 D 17' PE SET #17A Opening: 120A, XX119 Each opening to have: 2 Hinges 5BB1HW 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 IV 1 Electric Hinges 5BB1HW 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 CON TW8 652 IV 1 Integrated Card Reader Lock AD-300-CY-70-MT-RHO D- PD 626 LO 1 Closer 4040 XP REG/PA TBWMS AL LC 1 Kickplate 8400 10" x 34" B-CS US32D IV 1 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 1 Smoke Seal S88 D 17' PE SET #17B Opening: 120B Each opening to have: 2 Hinges 5BB1HW 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 IV 1 Electric Hinges 5BB1HW 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 CON TW8 652 IV 1 Integrated Card Reader Lock AD-300-CY-70-MT-RHO D- PD 626 LO 1 Closer 4040 XP REG/PA TBWMS AL LC 1 Kickplate 8400 10" x 34" B-CS US32D IV 1 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 1 Smoke Seal S88 D 17' PE 2 One-Way Viewer U698 US26D IV SET #18 Openings: XX118B Each opening to have: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 21 3 Hinges 5BB1HW 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 NRP 630 IV 1 Exit Device 98DT 425-SNB (QTY-2) US26D VO 1 Electric Strike 6300 FSE US32D VO 1 Closer 4040 XP CUSH TBWMS AL LC 1 Kickplate 8400 10" x 34" B-CS US32D IV 1 Weatherstrip 35041 CNB 1 x 36" 2 x 84" Black Brush TKSP8 PE 1 Door Bottom 315 CN 36" TKSP8 PE 1 Threshold 272 A 36" PE 1 Motion Detector FOR REX, BY OTHERS 1 Card Reader WALL MOUNT, BY OTHERS -Door does not have key override. SET #19 Openings: 120D Each opening to have: 3 Hinges 5BB1 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 IV 1 Passage Set ND10S RHO 10-025 626 SC 1 Closer 4040 XP REG/PA TBWMS AL LC 1 Kickplate 8400 10" x 34" B-CS US32D IV 1 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 1 Smoke Seal S88 D 17' PE SET #20 Opening: 120E, 120G Each opening to have: 3 Hinges 5BB1HW 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 IV 1 Passage Set ND10S RHO 10-025 626 SC 1 Door Operator 9542 REG HL/B36 ANCLR LC 1 Overhead Door Stop 904S J US32D GL 1 Kickplate 8400 10" x 34" B-CS US32D IV 2 Wall Actuator 8310-856T LC 1 Smoke Seal S88 D 17' PE SET #21 Opening: 104D Each opening to have: 3 Hinges 5BB1 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 IV 1 Storeroom Lockset ND80PD RHO EVEREST D-RESTRICTED 626 SC 1 Closer 4040 XP REG/PA TBWMS AL LC 1 Kickplate 8400 10" x 34" B-CS US32D IV VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 22 1 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV 1 Smoke Seal S88 D 17' PE END OF SECTION 08 7100 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GLAZING 08 8000 - 1 SECTION 08 8000 - GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Shop Drawings B. At interface with existing storefront system, provide sample condition for on-site review, including framing system, sealant, break metal flashing, scheduled glass, and film for final approval from owner and architect prior to fabrication and installation. C. Samples: Provide samples in varying colors for verification. Where specified with film, provide glass samples and clear samples and with scheduled film applied to glass for review for each option. D. Quality Assurance: Provide a letter from the glass manufacturer noting compatibility with the schedules glass film. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS, GENERAL A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below unless more stringent requirements are indicated. See these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. GANA Publications: "Laminated Glazing Reference Manual" and "Glazing Manual." 2. AAMA Publications: AAMA GDSG-1, "Glass Design for Sloped Glazing," and AAMA TIR A7, "Sloped Glazing Guidelines." 3. IGMA Publication for Sloped Glazing: IGMA TB-3001, "Guidelines for Sloped Glazing." 4. IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, "North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use." B. Safety Glazing: Where safety glazing is indicated, provide glazing that complies with 16 CFR 1201, Category II. C. Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glass complies. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GLAZING 08 8000 - 2 2.2 GLASS PRODUCTS A. Fully Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT; Type I; Quality-Q3. B. Insulating-Glass Units: Factory-assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, qualified according to ASTM E 2190. 2.3 FIRE-PROTECTION-RATED GLAZING A. Fire-Protection-Rated Glazing: Listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on positive- pressure testing according to NFPA 257 or UL 9 and complying with NFPA 80. B. Fire-Protection-Rated Glazing Labeling: Permanently mark fire-protection-rated glazing with certification label of a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name; test standard; whether glazing is permitted to be used in doors or openings; if permitted in openings, whether or not glazing has passed the hose-stream test; whether or not glazing meets 450 deg F temperature-rise limitation; and the fire-resistance rating in minutes. C. Fire-Protection-Rated Tempered Glass: 6-mm 10-mm thickness, fire-protection-rated tempered glass; complying with 16 CFR 1201, Category II. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. InterEdge Technologies by AGC Flat Glass; PyroEdge-20. b. Safti First Fire Rated Glazing Solutions; SuperLite I SuperLite I-XL. c. Technical Glass Products; Fireglass20. d. Vetrotech Saint-Gobain; SSG Pyroswiss US. D. Film-Faced Ceramic Glazing: Clear, ceramic flat glass; 5-mm thickness; faced on one surface with a clear glazing film; and complying with 16 CFR 1201, Category II. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Interedge Technologies by AGC Flat Glass; Pyran Platinum F. b. Safti First Fire Rated Glazing Solutions; Pyran Platinum F. c. Schott North America, Inc.; Pyran Platinum F. d. Technical Glass Products; FireLite NT. e. Vetrotech Saint-Gobain; SGG Keralite FR-F. E. Laminated Ceramic Glazing: Laminated glass made from two plies of clear, ceramic glass; 8-mm total thickness; and complying with 16 CFR 1201, Category II. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Interedge Technologies by AGC Flat Glass; Pyran Platinum L. b. Safti First Fire Rated Glazing Solutions; Pyran Platinum L c. Schott North America, Inc.; Pyran Platinum L. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GLAZING 08 8000 - 3 d. Technical Glass Products; FireLite Plus. e. Vetrotech Saint-Gobain; SGG Keralite FR-L. 2.4 GLAZING SEALANTS 1. Products: One of the following: a. Bostik, Inc.; Chem-Calk 1250. b. Dow Corning Corporation; 1199 899. c. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc.; SilGlaze II SCS2811 UltraGlaze SSG4000 UltraGlaze SSG4000AC. d. May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex Sil 200 GPN Bondaflex Sil 201 FC. e. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI-631. f. Schnee-Morehead, Inc., an ITW company; SM5731 Poly-Glaze Plus. g. Sika Corporation U.S.; Sikasil-N Plus US. h. Tremco Incorporated; Proglaze SSG Tremsil 600. B. Glazing Sealants for Fire-Rated Glazing Products: Products that are approved by testing agencies that listed and labeled fire-resistant glazing products with which they are used for applications and fire-protection ratings indicated. 1. Products: One of the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 795. b. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc.; SilGlaze II SCS2800. c. Tremco Incorporated; Spectrem 2. C. Low-Emitting Materials: Sealants shall have a VOC content of not more than 250 g/L. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are contained in GANA's "Glazing Manual." B. For fire-protection-rated glazing, use methods approved by testing agencies that listed and labeled products. C. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. D. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces immediately after installation. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GLAZING 08 8000 - 4 3.2 MONOLITHIC-GLASS TYPES A. Glass Type: Clear fully tempered float glass. 1. Thickness: 6 mm. 2. Safety glazing required. 3.3 INSULATING-GLASS TYPES A. Glass Type: Low-E-coated, clear insulating glass. 1. Overall Unit Thickness: match existing condition. 2. Thickness of Each Glass Lite: match existing conditions 3. Outdoor Lite: Fully tempered float glass. 4. Interspace Content: Air. 5. Indoor Lite: Fully tempered float glass. 6. U-Factor: 0.36 maximum. 7. Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient: 0.40 maximum. 8. Safety glazing required. 9. Visible Transmittance 3.4 FIRE-PROTECTION-RATED GLAZING TYPES A. Glass Type: 45-minute fire-protection-rated glazing; film-faced ceramic glazing laminated ceramic glazing. 1. Safety glazing required. B. Glass Type: 45-minute or 90-minute fire-protection-rated glazing with 450 deg F temperature-rise limitation; laminated glass with intumescent interlayers. 1. Safety glazing required. END OF SECTION 08 8000 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SECURITY GLAZING 08 8853 - 1 SECTION 08 8853 - SECURITY GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes monolithic polycarbonate laminated glass laminated polycarbonate laminated glass and polycarbonate for the following applications: 1. Windows 2. Interior borrowed lites. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Glazing Manufacturers: Firms that produce primary glass, monolithic plastic glazing, or fabricated security glazing, as defined in referenced glazing publications. B. Interspace: Space between lites of air-gap security glazing or insulating security glazing. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate glazing channel dimensions to provide necessary bite on security glazing, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at [Project site] <Insert location>. 1. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review temporary protection requirements for security glazing during and after installation. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SECURITY GLAZING 08 8853 - 2 B. Security Glazing Samples: For each type of security glazing; 12 inches square. C. Glazing Accessory Samples: For [sealants] [and] [colored spacers], in 12-inch lengths.[ Install sealant Samples between two strips of material representative in color of the adjoining framing system.] D. Security Glazing Schedule: List security glazing types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. Indicate coordinated dimensions of security glazing and construction that receives security glazing, including clearances and glazing channel dimensions. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For [installers] [manufacturers of insulating security glazing with sputter-coated, low-e coatings] [glazing testing agency] [and] [sealant testing agency]. B. Product Certificates: For each type of product indicated, from manufacturer. C. Product Test Reports: For each type of security glazing, for tests performed by [manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency] [a qualified testing agency]. D. Product Test Reports: For each type of glazing sealant, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 1. Provide test reports based on testing current sealant formulations within previous 36-month period. E. Preconstruction adhesion and compatibility test reports. F. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Retain option in "Manufacturer Qualifications for Insulating Security Glazing Units with Sputter-Coated, Low-E Coatings" Paragraph below only if products listed in Part 2 for sputter-coated, low-e-coated, insulating glazing units are those of manufacturers with a certified fabricator program. B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs glazing installers for this Project who are certified under the National Glass Association Glazier Certification Program. C. Security Glazing Testing Agency Qualifications: Subject to compliance with requirements, testing agency is one of the following: 1. H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. 2. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 3. Wiss, Janney, Elstner Associates, Inc. 4. <Insert testing agency name>. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SECURITY GLAZING 08 8853 - 3 D. Sealant Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 for testing indicated. 1.9 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Test each security glazing type, tape sealant, gasket, glazing accessory, and glazing-framing member for adhesion to and compatibility with elastomeric glazing sealants. 1. Testing will not be required if data based on previous testing of current sealant products and glazing materials match those submitted. 2. Use ASTM C 1087 to determine whether priming and other specific joint- preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of glazing sealants to security glazing, tape sealants, gaskets, and glazing channel substrates. 3. Test no fewer than [eight] <Insert number> Samples of each type of material, including joint substrates, shims, sealant backings, secondary seals, and miscellaneous materials. 4. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 5. For materials failing tests, submit sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures, including the use of specially formulated primers. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect security glazing and glazing materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent damage from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. B. Comply with insulating security glazing and with air-gap security glazing manufacturers' written recommendations for venting and sealing units to avoid hermetic seal ruptures due to altitude change. 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing material manufacturers and when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 1. Do not install glazing sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by sealant manufacturer or below 40 deg F. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SECURITY GLAZING 08 8853 - 4 1.12 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace coated glass that deteriorates within specified warranty period. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in coating. 1. Warranty Period: [10] <Insert number> years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Laminated Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace laminated glass that deteriorates within specified warranty period. Deterioration of laminated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated-glass standard. 1. Warranty Period: [Five] [10] <Insert number> years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Polycarbonate Sheet: Manufacturer agrees to replace polycarbonate sheet that deteriorates within specified warranty period. Deterioration of polycarbonate sheet is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to maintaining and cleaning polycarbonate sheet contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include yellowing and loss of light transmission. 1. Warranty Period: [10] <Insert number> years from date of Substantial Completion. D. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Laminated Polycarbonate: Manufacturer agrees to replace laminated polycarbonate that deteriorates within specified warranty period. Deterioration of laminated polycarbonate is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to maintaining and cleaning laminated polycarbonate contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glazing, blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced standard, yellowing, and loss of light transmission. 1. Warranty Period: [Five] [10] <Insert number> years from date of Substantial Completion. E. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Glass-Clad Polycarbonate: Manufacturer agrees to replace glass-clad polycarbonate that deteriorates within specified warranty period. Deterioration of glass-clad polycarbonate is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning glass-clad polycarbonate contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glazing, blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced glass-clad polycarbonate standard, yellowing, and loss of light transmission. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SECURITY GLAZING 08 8853 - 5 1. Warranty Period: [Five] [10] <Insert number> years from date of Substantial Completion. F. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Laminated Glass and Polycarbonate: Manufacturer agrees to replace laminated glass and polycarbonate that deteriorates within specified warranty period. Deterioration of laminated glass and polycarbonate is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning laminated glass and polycarbonate contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glazing, blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced glass-clad polycarbonate standard, yellowing, and loss of light transmission. 1. Warranty Period: [Five] [10] <Insert number> years from date of Substantial Completion. G. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Insulating Security Glazing: Manufacturer agrees to replace insulating security glazing that deteriorates within specified warranty period. Deterioration of insulating security glazing is defined as defects in individual lites developed from normal use or failure of hermetic seal under normal use. Deterioration does not include defects in individual lites or failure of hermetic seal that is attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning insulating security glazing contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Defects in coated-glass lites include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in coating. 2. Defects in laminated-glass lites include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated-glass standard. 3. Defects in glass-clad polycarbonate lites include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glazing, blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced glass-clad polycarbonate standard, yellowing, and loss of light transmission. 4. Evidence of hermetic seal failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glazing. 5. Warranty Period: [Five] [10] <Insert number> years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations for Security Glazing: Obtain security glazing from single source from single manufacturer using the same types of lites, plies, interlayers, and spacers for each security glazing type indicated. 1. Source Limitations for Tinted Glass: Obtain from single source from single primary glass manufacturer for each tint color indicated. B. Source Limitations for Glazing [Sealants] [and] [Gaskets]: Obtain from single source from single manufacturer for each product and installation method. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SECURITY GLAZING 08 8853 - 6 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Installed security glazing shall withstand normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, or installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing; or other defects in construction. 2. Installed security glazing shall withstand security-related loads and forces without damage to the glazing beyond that allowed by referenced standards. B. Structural Performance: Glazing shall withstand the following design loads within limits and under conditions indicated. 1. Design Procedure for Glass: ASTM E 1300 and ICC's International Building Code. 2. Design Wind Pressures: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Design Wind Pressures: Determine design wind pressures applicable to Project according to ASCE/SEI 7, based on heights above grade indicated on Drawings. a. Wind Design Data: As indicated on Drawings. b. Basic Wind Speed: [85 mph] [90 mph] [100 mph] [110 mph] <Insert value>. c. Importance Factor: <Insert factor>. d. Exposure Category: [B] [C] [D]. 4. Design Snow Loads: [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert design snow load>. 5. Probability of Breakage for Sloped Glazing: For glass surfaces sloped more than 15 degrees from vertical, design glass for a probability of breakage not greater than 0.001. C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on glazing framing members and glazing components. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. D. Safety Glazing: Where safety glazing is indicated, provide glazing that complies with 16 CFR 1201, Category II. 2.3 SECURITY GLAZING, GENERAL A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of security glazing and glazing material manufacturers and organizations below unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. GANA Publications: ["Laminated Glazing Reference Manual" and ]"Glazing Manual." 2. AAMA Publications: AAMA GDSG-1, "Glass Design for Sloped Glazing," and AAMA TIR-A7, "Sloped Glazing Guidelines." 3. IGMA Publication for Sloped Glazing: IGMA TB-3001, "Guidelines for Sloped Glazing." VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SECURITY GLAZING 08 8853 - 7 4. IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, "North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use." B. Plastic Glazing Labeling: Identify plastic sheets with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency, indicating compliance with required fire-test-response characteristics. C. Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of [the Safety Glazing Certification Council] [the Safety Glazing Certification Council or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction] [or] [manufacturer]. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glazing, glass thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glazing complies. D. Insulating Glazing Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of the Insulating Glass Certification Council. E. Thickness of Tinted Glass: Provide same thickness for each tint color indicated throughout Project. F. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics of Polycarbonate Sheets: As determined by testing polycarbonate sheets identical to those used in security glazing products by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Self-ignition temperature of 650 deg F or more when tested according to ASTM D 1929 on plastic sheets in thicknesses indicated for the Work. 2. Smoke-Developed Index of 450 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, or smoke density of 75 or less when tested according to ASTM D 2843 on plastic sheets in thicknesses indicated for the Work. 3. Burning extent of 1 inch or less when tested according to ASTM D 635 at a nominal thickness of 0.060 inch or thickness indicated for the Work. G. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide security glazing with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on construction products indicated and on procedures indicated below: 1. U-Factors: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 100 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program, expressed as Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F. 2. Solar-Heat-Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 200 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program. 3. Visible Reflectance: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 300. 2.4 GLASS PRODUCTS A. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Quality-Q3, Class I (clear) unless otherwise indicated. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SECURITY GLAZING 08 8853 - 8 2.5 LAMINATED GLASS A. Laminated Glass: ASTM C 1172. Use materials that have a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after fabrication and installation. 1. Interlayer Thickness: Provide thickness not less than that indicated and as needed to comply with requirements. 2. Interlayer Color: Clear unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 POLYCARBONATE SECURITY GLAZING A. Polycarbonate Sheet: ASTM C 1349, Appendix X1, Type II, coated, mar-resistant, UV- stabilized polycarbonate with coating on exposed surfaces and Type I, standard, UV- stabilized polycarbonate where no surfaces are exposed. B. Laminated Glass and Polycarbonate: ASTM C 1349. 2.7 GLAZING SEALANTS A. General: 1. Compatibility: Provide glazing sealants that are compatible with one another and with other materials they contact, including security glazing, seals of insulating security glazing and air-gap security glazing, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and security glazing manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation. 3. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: [As indicated by manufacturer's designations] [Match Architect's samples] [As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range]. B. Glazing Sealant: Neutral-curing silicone glazing sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide the following] [provide one of the following] [available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 790. b. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc.; SilPruf LM SCS2700. c. May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex Sil 290. d. Pecora Corporation; 890NST. e. Sika Corporation; Sikasil WS-290. f. Tremco Incorporated; Spectrem 1. 2. Applications: <Describe types of glazing applications where this sealant is required>. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SECURITY GLAZING 08 8853 - 9 C. Glazing Sealant: Neutral-curing silicone glazing sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide the following] [provide one of the following] [available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: a. Bostik, Inc.; Chem-Calk 1250. b. Dow Corning Corporation; . c. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc.; . d. May National Associates, Inc.; . e. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI-631. f. Schnee-Morehead, Inc., an ITW company; SM5731 Poly-Glaze Plus. g. Sika Corporation; Sikasil-N Plus US. h. Tremco Incorporated; . 2. Applications: <Describe types of glazing applications where this sealant is required>. D. Security Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, nonsag, tamper-resistant sealant for joints with low movement complying with ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 12.5 or 25, Use NT, and with a Shore A hardness of at least 45 when tested according to ASTM C 661. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide the following] [provide one of the following] [available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: a. BASF Construction Chemical - Building Systems; Sonolastic Ultra. b. Pecora Corporation; DynaFlex. 2.8 GLAZING TAPES A. Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl-based, 100 percent solids elastomeric tape; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and security glazing manufacturers for application indicated; and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 1. AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. 2. AAMA 807.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure. B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Closed-cell, PVC foam tapes; factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces; and complying with AAMA 800 for the following types: 1. AAMA 810.1, Type 1, for glazing applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant. 2. AAMA 810.1, Type 2, for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid sealant. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SECURITY GLAZING 08 8853 - 10 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of security glazing and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by security glazing manufacturer to maintain security glazing lites in place for installation indicated. E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit security glazing lateral movement (side walking). F. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type O (open-cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. 2.10 FABRICATION OF SECURITY GLAZING A. Fabricate security glazing in sizes required to fit openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements. B. Grind smooth and polish exposed security glazing edges and corners. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine framing for security glazing, with Installer present, for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. 2. Presence and functioning of weep system. 3. Minimum required face or edge clearances. 4. Minimum required bite. 5. Effective sealing between joints of framing members. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SECURITY GLAZING 08 8853 - 11 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving security glazing immediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. B. Examine glazing units to locate exterior and interior surfaces. Label or mark units as needed so that exterior and interior surfaces are readily identifiable. Do not use materials that will leave visible marks in the completed work. 3.3 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of security glazing, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Protect edges of security glazing from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged security glazing from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged security glazing includes units with edge or face damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken security glazing and impair performance and appearance. C. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing. D. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications unless otherwise required by glazing unit manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. E. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by security glazing manufacturers for installing lites. F. Provide spacers for security glazing lites where the length plus width is larger than 50 inches. 1. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of security glazing. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8-inch minimum bite of spacers on glazing lites and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. G. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent security glazing from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by security glazing manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. H. Set security glazing in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. I. Set coated security glazing with proper orientation so that coatings and films face exterior or interior as specified. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SECURITY GLAZING 08 8853 - 12 J. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. K. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in a manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away; seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 3.4 TAPE GLAZING A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by security glazing, their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. B. Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. C. Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then to jambs. Cover horizontal framing joints by applying tapes to jambs and then to heads and sills. D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. E. Do not remove release paper from tape until just before each glazing unit is installed. F. Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant. G. Center security glazing in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. H. Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape. 3.5 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) A. Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. B. Insert soft compression gasket securely in place between glazing unit and frame or fixed stop, so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. C. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center security glazing in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in security glazing. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SECURITY GLAZING 08 8853 - 13 D. Installation with Pressure-Glazing Stops: Center security glazing in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure-glazing stops, applying pressure uniformly to compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in security glazing. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. E. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 3.6 SEALANT GLAZING (WET) A. Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between security glazing and glazing stops to maintain face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glazing channel and blocking weep systems. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to security glazing and channel surfaces. C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial washaway from security glazing. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Immediately after installation remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. B. Protect security glazing from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations, including weld splatter. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains. 1. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with security glazing, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by security glazing manufacturer. Remove and replace security glazing that cannot be cleaned without damage. C. Wash security glazing on both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash security glazing as recommended in writing by security glazing manufacturer. 3.8 LAMINATED-GLASS SECURITY GLAZING SCHEDULE A. Security Glazing [Type SG-<#>]: Clear laminated glass. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide the following] [provide one of the following] [available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SECURITY GLAZING 08 8853 - 14 a. <Insert, in separate subparagraphs, manufacturer's name; product name or designation>. 2. Forced-Entry Resistance: [Class I] [Class II] [Class III] [Class IV] [Class V] according to ASTM F 1233. 3. Maximum Overall Unit Thickness: <Insert dimension>. 4. Interlayer Material: [Polyvinyl butyral] [ionomeric polymer] [or] [cast-in-place and cured-transparent resin]. 5. Tinted Glass Location: Outer ply. 6. Coating Color: [Gold] [Pewter] [Silver] <Insert color>. 7. Coating Location: [Second] [Third] [Fifth] surface. 8. Overall Visible Light Transmittance: <Insert single percentage or range>. 9. Outdoor Visible Reflectance: <Insert number> percent maximum. 10. Winter Nighttime U-Factor: <Insert value> maximum. 11. Summer Daytime U-Factor: <Insert value> maximum. 12. Solar-Heat-Gain Coefficient: <Insert value> maximum. 13. Provide safety glazing labeling. 3.9 MONOLITHIC POLYCARBONATE SECURITY GLAZING SCHEDULE A. Security Glazing [Type SG-<#>]: Monolithic polycarbonate with mar-resistant coating on both surfaces. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide the following] [provide one of the following] [available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: a. <Insert, in separate subparagraphs, manufacturer's name; product name or designation>. 2. Detention Security Grade: Grade 4 according to ASTM F 1915 [cold- temperature impact test] [warm-temperature impact test] [and] [torch and small blunt impactor test]. 3.10 LAMINATED-POLYCARBONATE SECURITY GLAZING SCHEDULE A. Security Glazing [Type SG-<#>]: Laminated polycarbonate. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide the following] [provide one of the following] [available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: a. <Insert, in separate subparagraphs, manufacturer's name; product name or designation>. 2. Forced-Entry Resistance: [Class I] [Class II] [Class III] [Class IV] [Class V] according to ASTM F 1233. 3. Maximum Overall Unit Thickness: <Insert dimension>. 4. Interlayer Material: Polyurethane. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SECURITY GLAZING 08 8853 - 15 3.11 LAMINATED-GLASS-AND-POLYCARBONATE SECURITY GLAZING SCHEDULE A. Security Glazing [Type SG-<#>]: Nonsymmetrical laminated glass and polycarbonate with glass plies on the attack or threat side and polycarbonate plies on the witness side. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide the following] [provide one of the following] [available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: a. <Insert, in separate subparagraphs, manufacturer's name; product name or designation>. 2. Forced-Entry Resistance: [Class I] [Class II] [Class III] [Class IV] [Class V] according to ASTM F 1233. 3. Glass Tint Color: [Blue] [Blue-green] [Bronze] [Green] [Gray] <Insert color>. 4. Tinted Glass Location: Outer glass ply. 5. Coating Color: [Gold] [Pewter] [Silver] <Insert color>. 6. Coating Location: [Second] [Third] [Fifth] surface. 7. Overall Visible Light Transmittance: <Insert single percentage or range>. 8. Outdoor Visible Reflectance: <Insert number> percent maximum. 9. Winter Nighttime U-Factor: <Insert value> maximum. 10. Summer Daytime U-Factor: <Insert value> maximum. 11. Solar-Heat-Gain Coefficient: <Insert value> maximum. 12. Provide safety glazing labeling. END OF SECTION 08 8853 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MAINTENANCE REPAINTING 09 0190.52 - 1 SECTION 09 0190.52 - MAINTENANCE REPAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes maintenance repainting as follows: 1. Removing existing paint. 2. Patching substrates. 3. Repainting, including staining and varnishing of wood. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting," Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting," Section 09 9300 "Staining and Transparent Finishing," and Section 09 9600 "High- Performance Coatings" for Paint materials and systems for new construction. 2. Wood Stains and Transparent Finishes 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. B. Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. C. Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. D. Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. E. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. F. Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. G. Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MAINTENANCE REPAINTING 09 0190.52 - 2 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Perform maintenance repainting in the following sequence, which includes work specified in this and other Sections: 1. Dismantle existing surface-mounted objects and hardware except items indicated to remain in place. Tag items with location identification and protect. 2. Verify that temporary protections have been installed. 3. Examine condition of surfaces to be painted. 4. Remove existing paint to the degree required for each substrate and surface condition of existing paint. 5. Apply paint system. 6. Reinstall dismantled surface-mounted objects and hardware unless otherwise indicated. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include recommendations for product application and use. 2. Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements. B. Samples: For each type of paint system and each pattern, color, and gloss; minimum 6 inches long in least dimension, but not less than whole pattern. 1. Include stepped Samples defining each separate coat, including fillers and primers. Resubmit until each required sheen, color, and texture is achieved. 2. For each painted color being matched to a standardized color-coding system, include the color chips from the color-coding-system company with Samples. 3. Include a list of materials for each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application. 5. Sample Size: a. Painted Surfaces: 4-by-8-inch Samples for each color and material, on hardboard. b. Stained or Natural Wood: 12-by-12-inch Samples of natural- or stained- wood finish, on representative surfaces. C. Product List: For each paint product indicated, include the following: 1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 2. Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each MPI-product category specified in paint systems, with the proposed product highlighted. 3. VOC content. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Color Matching Certificate: For computer-matched colors. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MAINTENANCE REPAINTING 09 0190.52 - 3 B. Preconstruction Test Reports: For cleaning materials, paint removers and paint coatings and systems. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Color Matching: Custom computer-match paint colors to colors to match existing adjacent surfaces. B. Mockups: Prepare mockups of maintenance repainting processes for each type of coating system and substrate indicated and each color and finish required to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution. Duplicate appearance of approved Sample submittals. 1. Locate mockups in locations that enable viewing under same conditions as the completed Work. 2. Surface-Preparation Mockups: On existing surfaces using applicable specified methods of cleaning and other surface preparation, provide mockup sample of at least 100 sq. ft.. 3. Coating Mockups: Two surfaces of at least 100 sq. ft.to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of coating system under same conditions as the completed Work. 4. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 5. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.9 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing of cleaning materials, paint removers and compatibility of paint coatings and systems for each type of painted surface. 1. Use test areas as indicated and representative of proposed materials and existing construction. 2. Propose changes to materials and methods to suit Project. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste daily. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MAINTENANCE REPAINTING 09 0190.52 - 4 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with maintenance repainting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the environmental limits set by each manufacturer's written instructions and specified requirements. B. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer for surface preparation and during paint application and drying periods. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PREPARATORY CLEANING MATERIALS A. Water: Potable. B. Hot Water: Water heated to a temperature of 140 to 160 deg F. C. Detergent Solution: Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups of tetrasodium pyrophosphate (TSPP), 1/2 cup of laundry detergent that contains no ammonia, 5 quarts of 5 percent sodium hypochlorite bleach, and 15 quarts of warm water for every 5 gal. of solution required. D. Mildewcide: Commercial proprietary mildewcide or a job-mixed solution prepared by mixing 1/3 cup of household detergent that contains no ammonia, 1 quart of 5 percent sodium hypochlorite bleach, and 3 quarts of warm water. 2.2 PAINT REMOVERS A. Low-Odor, Solvent-Type Paste Paint Remover: Manufacturer's standard low-odor, water-rinsable, solvent-type paste, gel, or foamed emulsion formulation for removing paint from masonry, stone, wood, plaster, or metal as required to suit Project; and containing no methanol or methylene chloride. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABR Products, Inc.; ABR Citrus Paint Removers Super Bio Strip Gel. b. Cathedral Stone Products, Inc.; S-301 S-303 S-305. c. Dumond Chemicals, Inc.; Peel Away 7 without paper covering Smart Strip Smart Strip Pro. d. EaCo Chem, Inc.; InStrip. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MAINTENANCE REPAINTING 09 0190.52 - 5 e. PROSOCO, Inc.; Enviro Klean SafStrip Enviro Klean SafStrip 8. 2.3 PAINT, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. Colors: Match existing adjacent finish or per finish schedule. 2.4 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. VOC Content: Products shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction and, for interior paints and coatings applied at Project site, the following VOC limits, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base: 1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 150 g/L. 3. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L. 4. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L. 5. Pretreatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L. 6. Floor Coatings: 100 g/L. 7. Clear Wood Finishes, Varnishes: VOC not more than 350 g/L. 8. Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L. 9. Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L. 10. Stains: 250 g/L. B. Low-Emitting Materials: Interior paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's (formerly, the California Department of Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." C. Transition Coat: Paint manufacturer's recommended coating for use where a residual existing coating is incompatible with the paint system. 2.5 PATCHING MATERIALS A. Cementitious Patching Compounds: Cementitious patching compounds and repair materials specifically manufactured for filling cementitious substrates and for sanding or tooling prior to repainting; formulation as recommended in writing by manufacturer for type of cementitious substrate indicated, exposure to weather and traffic, the detail of work, and site conditions. B. Gypsum-Plaster Patching Compound: Finish coat plaster and bonding compound according to ASTM C 842 and manufacturer's written instructions. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MAINTENANCE REPAINTING 09 0190.52 - 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION A. Comply with each manufacturer's written instructions for protecting building and other surfaces against damage from exposure to its products. Prevent chemical solutions from coming into contact with people, motor vehicles, landscaping, buildings, and other surfaces that could be harmed by such contact. 1. Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proven to resist chemical solutions being used unless the solutions will not damage adjacent surfaces. Use protective materials that are UV resistant and waterproof. Apply masking agents to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agent to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove masking to prevent adhesive staining. 2. Do not apply chemical solutions during winds of sufficient force to spread them to unprotected surfaces. 3. Neutralize and collect alkaline and acid wastes before disposal. 4. Dispose of runoff from operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building interiors. 3.2 MAINTENANCE REPAINTING, GENERAL A. Maintenance Repainting Appearance Standard: Completed work is to have a uniform appearance as viewed by Architect from building interior at 5 feet away from painted surface and from building exterior at 20 feet away from painted surface. B. Execution of the Work: In repainting surfaces, disturb them as minimally as possible and as follows: 1. Remove failed coatings and corrosion and repaint. 2. Verify that substrate surface conditions are suitable for repainting. 3. Allow other trades to repair items in place before repainting. C. Mechanical Abrasion: Where mechanical abrasion is needed for the work, use gentle methods, such as scraping and lightly hand sanding, that will not abrade softer substrates, reducing clarity of detail. D. Heat Processes: Do not use torches, heat guns, or heat plates. 3.3 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of painting work. Comply with paint manufacturer's written instructions for inspection. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MAINTENANCE REPAINTING 09 0190.52 - 7 B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: Do not begin application of coatings unless moisture content of exposed surface is below the maximum value recommended in writing by paint manufacturer and not greater than the following maximum values when measured with an electronic moisture meter appropriate to the substrate material: 1. Concrete: 12 percent. 2. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. 3. Gypsum Plaster: 12 percent. 4. Masonry (Clay and CMU): 12 percent. 5. Portland Cement Plaster: 12 percent. 6. Wood: 15 percent. C. Alkalinity: Do not begin application of coatings unless surface alkalinity is within range recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. Conduct alkali testing with litmus paper on exposed plaster, cementitious, and masonry surfaces. D. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. 1. If existing surfaces cannot be prepared to an acceptable condition for proper finishing by using specified surface-preparation methods, notify Architect in writing. E. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions. 3.4 PREPARATORY CLEANING A. General: Use the gentlest, appropriate method necessary to clean surfaces in preparation for painting. Clean all surfaces, corners, contours, and interstices. B. Detergent Cleaning: Wash surfaces by hand using clean rags, sponges, and bristle brushes. Scrub surface with detergent solution and bristle brush until soil is thoroughly dislodged and can be removed by rinsing. Use small brushes to remove soil from joints and crevices. Dip brush in solution often to ensure that adequate fresh detergent is used and that surface remains wet. Rinse with water applied by clean rags or sponges. C. Solvent Cleaning: Use solvent cleaning to remove oil, grease, smoke, tar, and asphalt from painted or unpainted surfaces before other preparation work. Wipe surfaces with solvent using clean rags and sponges. If necessary, spot-solvent cleaning may be employed just prior to commencement of paint application, provided enough time is allowed for complete evaporation. Use clean solvent and clean rags for the final wash to ensure that all foreign materials have been removed. Do not use solvents, including primer thinner and turpentine, that leave residue. D. Mildew: Clean off existing mildew, algae, moss, plant material, loose paint, grease, dirt, and other debris by scrubbing with bristle brush or sponge and detergent solution. Scrub mildewed areas with mildewcide. Rinse with water applied by clean rags or sponges. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MAINTENANCE REPAINTING 09 0190.52 - 8 3.5 PAINT REMOVAL A. General: Remove paint where indicated. Where cleaning methods have been attempted and further removal of the paint is required because of incompatible or unsatisfactory surfaces for repainting, remove paint to extent required by conditions. 1. Application: Apply paint removers according to paint-remover manufacturer's written instructions. Do not allow paint removers to remain on surface for periods longer than those indicated or recommended in writing by manufacturer. a. Apply materials to all surfaces, corners, contours, and interstices, to provide a uniform final appearance without streaks. b. After work is complete, remove protection no longer required. Remove tape and adhesive marks. 2. Brushes: Use brushes that are resistant to chemicals being used. 3. Spray Equipment: Use spray equipment that provides controlled application at volume and pressure indicated, measured at nozzle. Adjust pressure and volume to ensure that spray methods do not damage surfaces. a. Equip units with pressure gages. b. Unless otherwise indicated, hold spray nozzle at least 6 inches from surface and apply material in horizontal, back-and-forth sweeping motion, overlapping previous strokes to produce uniform coverage. c. For chemical spray application, use low-pressure tank or chemical pump suitable for chemical indicated, equipped with nozzle having a cone- shaped spray. d. For water-spray application, use fan-shaped spray tip that disperses water at an angle of 25 to 50 degrees. e. For heated water-spray application, use equipment capable of maintaining temperature between 140 and 160 deg F at flow rates indicated. B. Paint Removal with Hand Tools: Remove paint manually using hand-held scrapers, wire brushes, sandpaper, and metallic wool as appropriate for the substrate material. C. Paint Removal with Solvent-Type Paste Paint Remover: 1. Remove loose and peeling paint using water, scrapers, stiff brushes, or a combination of these. Let surface dry thoroughly. 2. Apply thick coating of paint remover to dry, painted surface with natural-fiber cleaning brush, deep-nap roller, or large paintbrush. Apply in one or two coats according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Allow paint remover to remain on surface for period recommended in writing by manufacturer or as determined by preconstruction testing. 4. Use mechanical methods recommended in writing by manufacturer to remove chemicals and paint residue. 5. Repeat process if necessary to remove all paint. 3.6 SUBSTRATE REPAIR A. General: Repair substrate surface defects that are inconsistent with the surface appearance of adjacent materials and finishes. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MAINTENANCE REPAINTING 09 0190.52 - 9 B. Cementitious Material Substrate: 1. General: Repair defects including dents and chips more than 1/4 inch in size and all holes and cracks by filling with cementitious patching compound and sanding smooth. Remove protruding fasteners. 2. New and Bare Plaster: Neutralize surface of plaster with mild acid solution as recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. In lieu of acid neutralization, follow manufacturer's written instruction for primer or transition coat over alkaline plaster surfaces. 3. Concrete, Cement Plaster, and Other Cementitious Products: Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. If surfaces are too alkaline to paint, correct this condition before painting. C. Gypsum-Plaster and Gypsum-Board Substrates: 1. Repair defects including dents and chips more than 1/8 inch in size and all holes and cracks by filling with gypsum-plaster patching compound and sanding smooth. Remove protruding fasteners. 2. Rout out surface cracks to remove loose, unsound material; fill with patching compound and sand smooth. 3.7 PAINT APPLICATION, GENERAL A. Comply with manufacturers' written instructions for application methods unless otherwise indicated in this Section. B. Prepare surfaces to be painted according to the Surface-Preparation Schedule and with manufacturer's written instructions for each substrate condition. C. Apply a transition coat over incompatible existing coatings. D. Blending Painted Surfaces: When painting new substrates patched into existing surfaces or touching up missing or damaged finishes, apply coating system specified for the specific substrate. Apply final finish coat over entire surface from edge to edge and corner to corner. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Paint Material Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for composition and dry film thickness. 1. Paint Composition: The following procedure may be performed at any time and as often as Owner deems necessary during the period when paints are being applied: a. Testing agency will sample paint materials being used. Samples of material delivered to Project site will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in presence of Contractor. b. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance of paint materials with product requirements. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MAINTENANCE REPAINTING 09 0190.52 - 10 c. If test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements, Contractor shall remove noncomplying-paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces painted with rejected materials. Remove rejected materials from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with complying materials, the two paints are incompatible. 2. Dry Film Thickness: a. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. b. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written instructions, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written instructions. 3.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. END OF SECTION 09 0190.52 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 09 2116.23 - 1 SECTION 09 2116.23 - GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes gypsum board shaft wall assemblies. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each component of gypsum board shaft wall assembly. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of damage. Stack panels flat and support them on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with gypsum-shaftliner-board manufacturer's written instructions. B. Do not install finish panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C. Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, and irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 09 2116.23 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies tested according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a testing and inspecting agency. 2.2 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES A. Fire-Resistance Rating: As indicated. B. STC Rating: As indicated. C. Gypsum Shaftliner Board: 1. Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; manufacturer's proprietary fire-resistive liner panels with paper faces, 1 inch thick, with double beveled long edges. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) American Gypsum; Shaft Liner Shaft Liner Panels. 2) CertainTeed Corporation; ProRoc Shaftliner. 3) Continental Building Products, LLC; Shaftliner Type X. 4) Georgia-Pacific Building Products; ToughRock Fireguard Shaftliner. 5) National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond Brand Fire-Shield Shaftliner. 6) PABCO Gypsum; Pabcore Shaftliner Type X. 7) Temple-Inland Building Products by Georgia-Pacific; Fire-Rated SilentGuard Gypsum Shaftliner System. 8) United States Gypsum Company; Sheetrock Brand Gypsum Liner Panel. 2. Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; manufacturer's proprietary fire-resistive liner panels with ASTM D 3273 mold-resistance score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274, 1 inch thick, and with double beveled long edges. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) CertainTeed Corporation; ProRoc Moisture and Mold Resistant Shaftliner. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 09 2116.23 - 3 2) Continental Building Products, LLC; Mold Defense Shaftliner Type X Weather Defense Platinum Shaftliner Type X. 3) Georgia-Pacific Building Products; Dens-Glass Ultra Shaftliner. 4) National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond Brand Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP. 5) PABCO Gypsum; Pabcore Mold Curb Shaftliner Type X. 6) Temple-Inland Building Products by Georgia-Pacific; Fire-Rated SilentGuard TS Mold-Resistant Gypsum Shaftliner System. 7) United States Gypsum Company; Sheetrock Brand Mold Tough Gypsum Liner Panel. D. Non-Load-Bearing Steel Framing, General: Complying with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated and complying with requirements for fire- resistance-rated assembly indicated. 1. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40 , hot-dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated. E. Studs: Manufacturer's standard profile for repetitive, corner, and end members as follows: 1. Depth: As indicated. 2. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As indicated. F. Runner Tracks: Manufacturer's standard J-profile track with manufacturer's standard long-leg length, but at least long and matching studs in depth. 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: Matching steel studs. G. Firestop Tracks: Top runner manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and contract with movement of the structure while maintaining continuity of fire-resistance- rated assembly indicated; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Blazeframe Industries; Shaftwall Intumescent Framing/Fire Stop System. b. Fire Trak Corp; Fire Trak System attached to studs with Fire Trak Posi Klip. c. Grace Construction Products; W.R. Grace & Co. -- Conn.; FlameSafe FlowTrak System. d. Metal-Lite; The System. e. Steel Network, Inc. (The); VertiClip SLDVertiTrack VTD. H. Finish Panels: Gypsum board as specified in Section 09 2900 "Gypsum Board.". 2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with shaft wall manufacturer's written instructions. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 09 2116.23 - 4 B. Trim Accessories: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints of material and shapes as specified in Section 09 2900 "Gypsum Board" that comply with gypsum board shaft wall assembly manufacturer's written instructions for application indicated. C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002 unless otherwise indicated. D. Track Fasteners: Power-driven fasteners of size and material required to withstand loading conditions imposed on shaft wall assemblies without exceeding allowable design stress of track, fasteners, or structural substrates in which anchors are embedded. 1. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with allowable load or strength design capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC193 and ACI 318 greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488/E 488M conducted by a qualified testing agency. 2. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with allowable load capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC70, greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified testing agency. E. Reinforcing: Galvanized-steel reinforcing strips with 0.033-inch minimum thickness of base metal (uncoated). F. Acoustical Sealant: Section 07 9219 "Acoustical Joint Sealants." G. Gypsum Board Cants: 1. Gypsum Board Panels: As specified in Section 09 2900 "Gypsum Board," Type X, 1/2- or 5/8-inch panels. 2. Adhesive: Laminating adhesive as specified in Section 09 2900 "Gypsum Board." 3. Non-Load-Bearing Steel Framing: As specified in Section 09 2216 "Non- Structural Metal Framing." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 09 2116.23 - 5 3.2 PREPARATION A. Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials: Coordinate with gypsum board shaft wall assemblies so both elements of Work remain complete and undamaged. Patch or replace sprayed fire-resistive materials removed or damaged during installation of shaft wall assemblies to comply with requirements specified in Section 07 8100 "Applied Fireproofing." B. After sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, remove only to extent necessary for installation of gypsum board shaft wall assemblies and without reducing the fire- resistive material thickness below that which is required to obtain fire-resistance rating indicated. Protect remaining fire-resistive materials from damage. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install gypsum board shaft wall assemblies to comply with requirements of fire-resistance-rated assemblies indicated and manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Do not bridge building expansion joints with shaft wall assemblies; frame both sides of expansion joints with furring and other support. C. Install supplementary framing in gypsum board shaft wall assemblies around openings and as required for blocking, bracing, and support of gravity and pullout loads of fixtures, equipment, services, heavy trim, furnishings, wall-mounted door stops, and similar items that cannot be supported directly by shaft wall assembly framing. 1. Elevator Hoistway: At elevator hoistway-entrance door frames, provide jamb struts on each side of door frame. 2. Reinforcing: Provide where items attach directly to shaft wall assembly as indicated on Drawings; accurately position and secure behind at least one layer of face panel. D. Penetrations: At penetrations in shaft wall, maintain fire-resistance rating of shaft wall assembly by installing supplementary steel framing around perimeter of penetration and fire protection behind boxes containing wiring devices, elevator call buttons and floor indicators, and similar items. E. Isolate perimeter of gypsum panels from building structure to prevent cracking of panels while maintaining continuity of fire-rated construction. F. Firestop Tracks: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated. G. Control Joints: Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations approved by Architect while maintaining fire-resistance rating of gypsum board shaft wall assemblies. H. Sound-Rated Shaft Wall Assemblies: Seal gypsum board shaft walls with acoustical sealant at perimeter of each assembly where it abuts other work and at joints and penetrations within each assembly. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 09 2116.23 - 6 I. Gypsum Board Cants: At projections into shaft exceeding 4 inches , install gypsum board cants covering tops of projections. 1. Slope cant panels at least 75 degrees from horizontal. Set base edge of panels in adhesive and secure top edges to shaft walls at 24 inches o.c. with screws fastened to shaft wall framing. 2. Where non-load-bearing steel framing is required to support gypsum board cants, install framing at 24 inches o.c. and extend studs from the projection to shaft wall framing. J. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, and irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 09 2116.23 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 1 SECTION 09 2216 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assemblies per ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assemblies per ASTM E 90 and classified per ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. 2.2 METAL FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. Steel Framing Members, General: ASTM C 754. 1. Steel Sheet Components: ASTM C 645. Thickness specified is minimum uncoated base-metal thickness. 2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40, hot-dip galvanized ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, hot-dip galvanized zinc coating. Equivalent coatings are not acceptable. B. Framing Systems: 1. Studs and Runners: In depth indicated and 0.033 inchthick unless otherwise indicated. 2. Flat Strap and Backing: 0.033 inch thick. 3. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: In depth indicated and 0.033 inch thick. 4. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2 inch deep, with single- or double-leg configuration. 5. Cold-Rolled Furring Channels: 0.053 inch thick, 3/4 inch deep. 6. Z-Furring: In depth required by insulation, 1-1/4-inch face flange, 7/8-inch wall- attachment flange, and 0.018 inch thick. C. Suspension Systems: 1. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch diameter, or double strand of 0.048-inch- diameter wire. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 2 2. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, and 0.162-inch diameter. 3. Carrying Channels: Cold-rolled steel, 0.053 inch thick, 2-1/2 inches 2 inches 1- 1/2 inches deep. 4. Furring Channels: Steel studs, 0.018 inch thick, in depth indicated Steel studs, 0.033 inch thick, in depth indicatedSteel, rigid hat-shaped channels; 7/8 inch deep, 0.033 inch thick or Resilient furring channels, 1/2 inch deep, with single- or double-leg configuration. 5. Grid Suspension System for Gypsum Board Ceilings: Interlocking, direct-hung system. a. Products:One of the following: 1) Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Drywall Grid Systems. 2) Chicago Metallic Corporation; Drywall Grid System. 3) USG Corporation; Drywall Suspension System. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. General: Comply with referenced installation standards. 1. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Asphalt felt or foam gasket. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754." 1. Gypsum Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with ASTM C 841. 2. Portland Cement Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with ASTM C 1063. 3. Gypsum Veneer Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with ASTM C 844. 4. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with ASTM C 840. B. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. C. Isolate steel framing from building structure, except at floor, to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. 1. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and wall. D. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with requirements of listed assemblies. E. Install suspension systems level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet, non-cumulative.. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 3 END OF SECTION 09 2216 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 1 SECTION 09 2900 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assemblies per ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assemblies per ASTM E 90 and classified per ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. 2.2 PANEL PRODUCTS A. Provide in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. B. Interior Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, in thickness indicated, with manufacturer's standard edges. Type as required for specific fire-resistance-rated assemblies with Sag-resistant type for ceiling surfaces. 1. Manufacturers:One of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp. b. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. c. Lafarge North America Inc. d. National Gypsum Company. e. USG Corporation. C. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, in thickness indicated. Type X where required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies and where indicated. 1. Manufacturers:One of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp. b. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. c. Lafarge North America Inc. d. USG Corporation. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 2 D. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 1178/C 1178M, of thickness indicated. Type X where required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies and where indicated. 1. Products:One of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; GlasRoc Tile Backer. b. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC; DensShield Tile Backer. E. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9, ASTM C 1288, or ASTM C 1325. 1. Products:One of the following: a. C-Cure; C-Cure Board 990. b. CertainTeed Corp.; FiberCement BackerBoard. c. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard EasyBoard. d. FinPan, Inc.; Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board EZ Backer ProTEC. e. James Hardie Building Products, Inc.; Hardiebacker Hardiebacker 500. f. National Gypsum Company, Permabase Cement Board. g. USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Trim Accessories: ASTM C 1047, formed from galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper-faced galvanized-steel sheet. For exterior trim, use accessories formed from hot-dip galvanized-steel sheet, plastic, or rolled zinc. 1. Provide cornerbead at outside corners unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide LC-bead (J-bead) at exposed panel edges. 3. Provide control joints where indicated. B. Aluminum Accessories: Extruded-aluminum accessories indicated with Class II, clear anodic finish; AA-C12C22A31 . 1. Manufacturers:One of the following: a. Fry Reglet Corp. b. Gordon, Inc. C. Joint-Treatment Materials: ASTM C 475/C 475M. 1. Joint Tape: Paper unless otherwise recommended by panel manufacturer. 2. Joint Compounds: Setting-type compounds Drying-type, ready-mixed, all- purpose compounds Setting-type taping compound and drying-type, ready- mixed, compounds for topping. 3. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use setting-type, sandable topping compound drying-type, all-purpose compound . 4. Cementitious Backer Unit Joint-Treatment Materials: Products recommended by cementitious backer unit manufacturer. D. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 3 1. Adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less. E. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. 1. Sealants shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less. 2. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." F. Sound-Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (unfaced). G. Textured Finish: Polystyrene aggregate ceiling finish where indicated. 1. Products:One of the following: a. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC; ToughRock Ceiling Textures/Polystyrene. b. National Gypsum Company; ProForm Perfect Spray. c. USG Corporation; SHEETROCK Ceiling Spray Texture, QT. H. Textured Finish: Aggregate finish where indicated. 1. Products:One of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; ProRoc Wall and Ceiling Spray Texture. b. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC; ToughRock Ceiling Textures/Vermiculite. c. USG Corporation; SHEETROCK Wall and Ceiling Spray Texture (Aggregated). I. Textured Finish: Acoustical finish where indicated. 1. Products:One of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; ProRoc Easi-Tex Spray Texture. b. National Gypsum Company; Perfect Spray EM Texture. c. USG Corporation; BEADEX FasTex Wall and Ceiling Spray Texture. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840. 1. Isolate gypsum board assemblies from abutting structural and masonry work. Provide edge trim and acoustical sealant. 2. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Fasten gypsum panels to supports with screws. 3. Multilayer Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers with screws, and face layers to base layers with adhesive and supplementary fasteners. B. Install cementitious backer units to comply with ANSI A108.11. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 4 C. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with requirements of listed assemblies. D. Finishing Gypsum Board: ASTM C 840. 1. At concealed areas, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire-resistance- rated assemblies, provide Level 1 finish: Embed tape at joints. 2. At substrates for tile, provide Level 2 finish: Embed tape and apply separate first coat of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges. 3. Unless otherwise indicated, provide Level 4 finish: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges. 4. Where indicated, provide Level 5 finish: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges. Apply skim coat to entire surface. E. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. G. Texture Finish Application: Mix and apply finish using powered spray equipment, to produce a uniform texture free of starved spots or other evidence of thin application or of application patterns. END OF SECTION 09 2900 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CERAMIC TILING 09 3013 - 1 SECTION 09 3013 - CERAMIC TILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples. B. Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from same production run for each contiguous area. C. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CERAMIC TILE A. Ceramic tile that complies with ANSI A137.1. B. Ceramic Tile Type [PFT1]: Factory-mounted unglazed ceramic mosaic tile. a. Basis-of-Design Product: Product indicated on Drawings Arizona Tile. 2. Composition: Porcelain 3. Surface: Slip resistant, with abrasive admixture. 4. Module Size: 1 by 1 inch 1 by 2 inches 2 by 2 inches 13 by 13 inches. 5. Grout Color: From manufacturer's full line of colors as selected by architect. 6. Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile and matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile: a. Base: Coved. b. c. Base Cap for Thinset Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose. d. e. Wainscot Cap for Thinset Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose. f. g. External Corners for Thinset Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose. h. Internal Corners: Cove. i. C. Tile Type[ PWT1]: Unglazed , square-edged quarry tile. a. Basis-of-Design Product: Product indicated on Drawings 2. Face Size: 13 by 13 inches. 3. Wearing Surface: Nonabrasive, smooth 4. Finish: Bright, opaque 5. Color and Pattern: As selected VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CERAMIC TILING 09 3013 - 2 6. Grout Color: As selected 7. Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile and matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile: a. D. Ceramic Tile Type [PTB1]: Unglazed pressed wallbase tile. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Product indicated on Drawings 2. | 3. Composition: porcelain . 4. Face Size: 4 by 13 inches 5. Glaze: Bright, opaque 6. Tile Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range Insert color and pattern. 7. Grout Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range 8. Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile and matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile. a. b. c. External Corners for Thinset Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose. d. Internal Corners: Cove. e. 2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9 or ASTM C 1325, 1/2 inch thick. 1. Products: One of the following: a. C-Cure; C-Cure Board 990. b. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard. c. FinPan, Inc.; ProTEC Concrete Backer Board. d. USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board. e. B. Fiber-Cement Underlayment: ASTM C 1288, 1/2 inch thick. 1. Products: One of the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation; FiberCement BackerBoard. b. James Hardie Building Products, Inc.; Hardiebacker 500. c. C. Low-Emitting Materials: Adhesives and fluid-applied waterproofing membranes shall have a VOC content of 65 g/L or less. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CERAMIC TILING 09 3013 - 3 D. Waterproofing Membranes for Thinset Installations: ANSI A118.10, fabric-faced chlorinated polyethylene, PVC, or polyethylene sheet product fabric-reinforced modified bituminous product fabric-reinforced liquid-latex or elastomeric polymer product unreinforced liquid-latex or elastomeric polymer product urethane waterproofing and adhesive. E. Setting and Grouting Materials: Comply with material standards in ANSI's "Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to materials and methods indicated. 1. 1) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with TCNA's "Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation" for TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCNA installation methods, are specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used. B. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight, aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. C. Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Align joints where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are the same size. D. Install cementitious backer units fiber-cement underlayment, and treat joints according to ANSI A108.11. E. Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A108.13. F. Do not install tile over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to determine that it is watertight. G. Install stone thresholds in same type of setting bed as adjacent floor unless otherwise indicated. At locations where mortar bed (thickset) would otherwise be exposed above adjacent floor finishes, set thresholds in latex-portland cement mortar (thinset). H. Interior Floor Tile Installation Method(s): 1. Over Concrete Subfloors: TCNA F114; cement mortar bed with cleavage membrane, epoxy grout . 2. Over Waterproof Membranes on Concrete Subfloors: [TCNA F121; cement mortar bed] [TCNA F122; thinset mortar]. 3. I. Interior Wall Tile Installation Method(s): VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CERAMIC TILING 09 3013 - 4 1. 2. 3. 4. Bathtub/Shower Wall Installations, Wood or Metal Studs or Furring: TCNA B412; water-cleanable, tile-setting epoxy on cementitious backer units or fiber-cement underlayment. 5. Shower Receptor and Wall Installations: TCNA B420; thinset mortar on glass- mat, water-resistant backer board. END OF SECTION 09 3013 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 5113 - 1 SECTION 09 5113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Standard: Acoustical panel ceiling shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. B. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assemblies per ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS (ACT1) Basis-of-Design ProductClassification: As follows, per ASTM E 1264: 1. Type and Form: Type IV, Form 2 2. Pattern: E (lightly textured) 3. LRC: Not less than 0.80 4. NRC: Not less than 0.55 5. CAC: Not less than 40t CAC. 6. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Class A B. Color: White C. Edge Detail: Square D. Thickness: 5/8 inch E. Modular Size: As indicated on the drawings. 2.3 CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM (ACT 1) A. Basis-of-Design Product: Armstrong Prelude 15/16" or a comparable product of one of the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. CertainTeed Corp. 3. Chicago Metallic Corporation. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 5113 - 2 4. USG Interiors, Inc.; Subsidiary of USG Corporation. B. Ceiling Suspension System: Narrow-face, direct-hung system; ASTM C 635, heavy- duty structural classification. 1. Face Design: Flat, flush 2. Face Finish: Painted white 2.4 ACOUSTIC PANELS (ACT 2) A. Basis-of-Design Product: Armstrong, CIRRUS or a comparable product of one of the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. CertainTeed Corp. 3. Chicago Metallic Corporation. 4. Tectum Inc. 5. USG Interiors, Inc.; Subsidiary of USG Corporation. B. Classification: As follows, per ASTM E 1264: 1. Type and Form: Type IV, Form 2 2. Pattern: E (lightly textured) 3. LRC: Not less than 0.80 4. NRC: Not less than 0.55 5. CAC: Not less than 40t CAC. 6. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Class A C. Color: White D. Edge Detail: Square E. Thickness: 5/8 inch 1. Modular Size: 24 by 48 inches (610 by 1220 mm) 2.5 CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM (ACT 2) A. Basis-of-Design Product: Armstrong, Prelude 15/16" or a comparable product of one of the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. CertainTeed Corp. B. Chicago Metallic Corporation. 1. USG Interiors, Inc.; Subsidiary of USG Corporation. 2. C. Ceiling Suspension System: Narrow-face, direct-hung system; ASTM C 635, heavy- duty structural classification. 1. Face Design: Flat, flush VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 5113 - 3 2. Face Finish: Painted white 3. D. Attachment Devices: Sized for 5 times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated. E. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Zinc-coated carbon-steel wire; ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 1. Size: Provide yield strength at least 3 times the hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung), but not less than 0.135-inch- diameter wire. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install acoustical ceilings to comply with ASTM C 636/C 636M and seismic design requirements indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." 1. Fire-Rated Assembly: Install fire-rated ceiling systems according to tested fire- rated design. B. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit. C. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical units as indicated on Drawings. END OF SECTION 09 5113 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MOISTURE MITIGATION 09 6000 - 1 SECTION 09 6000 – MOISTURE MITIGATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. One- and Two-Coat Topical Moisture Mitigation Systems for use over horizontal concrete surfaces that are to receive moisture-sensitive finishes including, but not limited to, sheet vinyl, rubber, linoleum, and rubber-backed carpet, and as required for warrantied performance of flooring adhesives. a. Two-coat, 100% solids epoxy moisture mitigation system formulated to suppress excessive moisture vapor emissions in new or existing concrete prior to installing moisture sensitive flooring finishes. b. One-coat, fast-curing, 100% solids epoxy moisture mitigation system formulated to suppress excessive moisture vapor emissions in new or existing concrete prior to installing moisture sensitive flooring finishes. c. Water-based silicate sealer system that penetrates into the concrete slab to permanently capture all slab moisture. A reaction occurs between the lime and excess Portland cement, and forms Calcium Silicate Hydrate. d. Cementitious Underlayment. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 03 3000 “Cast-In-Place Concrete” for moisture mitigating concrete admixture. 2. Division 09 Sections for flooring finishes requiring either admixture or topical moisture mitigation systems. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, moisture mitigation product installer, flooring material installers. 2. Review methods and procedures related to concrete slab preparation. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials, Installers personnel, equipment and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Examine concrete slab for compliance with requirements. 5. Verify compatibilities with specified project finish flooring systems. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MOISTURE MITIGATION 09 6000 - 2 6. If not required for all concrete substrates, verify locations where applicable as indicated on Drawings. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and product used. Include manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets. B. Shop Drawings 1. Show locations and extent of moisture mitigation system. 2. Include details for substrate joints and cracks. C. Compatibility Letters 1. Provide letters from moisture mitigation product manufacturer and flooring manufacturer indicating compatibility between the two products. 2. Provide a letter from the contractor confirming qualifications as indicated in this specification, including factory-training documentation. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Test Results: Moisture Vapor Emission Test Data. C. Manufacturer Pre-Installation Checklist. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Installation of system must be by a factory-trained applicator, using mixing equipment and tools approved by the manufacturer. Guaranteed installations shall be per manufacturer-specified methods and are free of installation defects and improper installations. B. System must be installed in accordance with the moisture mitigation manufacturer’s recommended specifications for substrate testing, use and installation so as not to void warranties. Substrate testing and the results of all testing shall also be within flooring manufacturer’s guidelines. 1. Compliance with testing of substrates shall include, but is not limited to, the following: 2. ASTM F 1869-11for rate of moisture vapor emissions. 3. ASTM F 2170 or alternatively ASTM F 2420 for relative humidity. For these relative humidity methods, the RH shall not exceed 98%. 4. ASTM F 3010-13 for concrete substrates found to have high moisture content for two-part resin-based membrane-forming moisture mitigation systems. 5. ASTM D 5084 for in situ hydraulic conductivity or ASTM D-4263 for capillary moisture in concrete for testing water-based sealer systems rendering slab moisture non-free. C. Mat bond tests for acceptability of concrete floors selected for the installation of resilient flooring shall comply with the recommendations in ASTM F710-11. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MOISTURE MITIGATION 09 6000 - 3 D. Epoxy-Based Systems: Systems based on a reactive epoxy produce a hard surface that tenaciously bonds to the substrate. The hard surface may require analysis by flooring installer for proper selection of the compatible flooring adhesive to maintain the flooring product warranty. 1.7 WARRANTY A. General: Comply with Manufacturer’s warranty specific to each product as specified in this Section. 1. If required, applicator must file a pre-installation checklist with the manufacturer and receive written confirmation of the approval to proceed in order to obtain the manufacturer’s full warranty and warranty period. B. Installer Warranty: Guarantee installations are per manufacturer-specified methods and are free of installation defects and improper installations. C. Special Product Warranty: In the event of a mitigation system failure due to product failure or failure to adhere to installation requirements, the manufacturer and/or the installation company shall be responsible for all costs and procedures to restore the end-user’s flooring to acceptable service conditions. 1. Warranty Period: Not less than ten (10) years commencing on the date of acceptance of the project by the Owner or Notice of Completion, whichever is earliest. 2. Warranty Limits: 3. Underwriter Coverage of Manufacturer's Warranty: Provide Owner with a warranty underwritten by a product liability insurance carrier, with a maximum “A” rating from Best or equivalent rating system, in the amount of $5,000,000 (five million US dollars) per occurrence, and naming Owner, Architect, and General Contractor as co-insured. 4. Shall include areas affected by the failure only. 5. Shall exclude areas of substrate structural failure or substrate conditions not meeting moisture mitigation system manufacturer’s warranty requirements. D. Concure Systems Water-Based Silicate Sealer System Lifetime Warranty: 1. Project Warranty: Refer to Conditions of the Contract for Project warranty provisions. 2. Manufacturer’s Warranty: Submit, for the owner’s acceptance, the manufacturer’s Special Davis Partnership Lifetime Warranty document executed by an authorized company official. The manufacturer’s Special Warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights the Owner may have under provisions of the contract documents. 3. Warranty Period: Lifetime commencing on the date of the original installation as issued to Davis Partnership Architects by Concure Systems Inc. 4. The Warranty Terms include, but are not limited to, the following: 5. All Concure Systems products installed according to, and in compliance with, Concure Systems recommendations and specifications for all interior slabs that are to receive moisture sensitive finishes and following ACI/RFCI guidelines. 6. Labor and materials to replace and/or repair the damaged floor covering, with the same or comparable products at manufacturer’s discretion, due to failure of system within the Warranty Period to stop moisture migration thereby causing de-bonding of floor covering from the concrete or from a ground source. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MOISTURE MITIGATION 09 6000 - 4 7. “Vapor Barrier +Plus+” warranty issued on completion of ASTM-D-5084 and/or ASTM-D-4263 test administered by Concure Systems Representative or by the flooring contractor with the results submitted to the Concure Systems Representative. E. Vapor Emission Treatment Performance and Workmanship Warranty: 1. If vapor emission treatment of floor slabs is required to comply with performance requirements of moisture mitigation systems in this Section, manufacturer of system selected shall provide, in accordance with Section 01 7700 “Closeout Procedures”, an installation workmanship and material performance warranty for a period not less than 10 (ten) years from the date of vapor emission treatment application. 2. In the event of treatment system failure by concrete moisture and alkalinity over slab surfaces, joints or cracks, manufacturer shall provide materials and installation labor for repair or replacement of damaged flooring system at no expense to the Owner. Warranty shall cover repair or replacement of the flooring system, adhesives, patching compounds, and treatment system. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in original packaging, labeled with product identification, manufacturer, batch number and shelf life. B. Store products in a dry area with temperature maintained between 50°and 85°F and protect from direct sunlight. C. Handle products in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. 1.9 SITE CONDITIONS A. System involves the use of epoxies and cementitious materials. Observe the basic rules for working with epoxy and concrete. Do not install below 50 deg F surface temperature. Install quickly if substrate and job site conditions are above 70 deg F. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain primer, sealer, underlayment and accessory products from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 TWO-COAT EPOXY MOISTURE MITIGATION SYSTEM A. Subject to compliance with requirements and in areas as indicated, provide one of the following: 1. ARDEX, MC™ Ultra Primer and Sealer. 2. ARDEX, MC™ Plus Primer and Sealer. 3. Advanced Moisture Control, Inc. "Vapor-Green FC". VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MOISTURE MITIGATION 09 6000 - 5 4. Koster American Corporation, "VAP I 2000". 5. Bostik Inc. "Durabond D-250". B. Performance Requirements: 1. Minimum permeability: ≤ 0.1 perms when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. C. Sand broadcast into the fresh sealer coat shall be fine sand that is less than 1-50 of an inch in grain size or 98.5% passing sieve size #35 or #30. D. Sand broadcast into the fresh sealer coat shall be fine sand that is less than 1-50 of an inch in grain size or 98.5% passing sieve size #35 or #30. E. The Portland cement-based underlayment shall be a hydraulic, cementitious underlayment compatible with the moisture mitigation system. Provide material thickness as required for slab surface mitigation to meet moisture mitigation system requirements. 1. Minimum density: 4100 psi. 2. Aggregate: Where required to extend the underlayment, aggregate shall be well graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch. F. Water for mixing the cementitious materials shall be clean, potable, and sufficiently cool (not warmer than 70 deg F). 2.3 TWO-COAT EPOXY MOISTURE MITIGATION SYSTEM FOR HEALTHCARE PROJECTS A. Subject to compliance with requirements and in areas as indicated, provide the following: 1. ARDEX, MC™ Ultra Primer and Sealer. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Minimum permeability: ≤ 0.1 perms when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials, Method B, Inverted. C. Sand broadcast into the fresh sealer coat shall be fine sand that is less than 1-50 of an inch in grain size or 98.5% passing sieve size #35 or #30. D. For pre-smoothing very uneven surfaces, the compound shall be a compatible, self- leveling exterior concrete topping. E. The Portland cement-based underlayment shall be a hydraulic, cementitious underlayment compatible with the moisture mitigation system. Provide material thickness as required for slab surface mitigation to meet moisture mitigation system requirements. 1. Minimum density: 4100 psi. 2. Aggregate: Where required to extend the underlayment, aggregate shall be well graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch. F. Water for mixing the cementitious materials shall be clean, potable, and sufficiently cool (not warmer than 70 deg F). VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MOISTURE MITIGATION 09 6000 - 6 2.4 ONE-COAT EPOXY MOISTURE MITIGATION SYSTEM A. Subject to compliance with requirements and in areas as indicated available products that may be incorporated into the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. ARDEX, MC™ Rapid. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Minimum permeability: ≤ 0.1 perms when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials, Method B, Inverted. C. Optional Fresh Sealer Coat: Sand broadcast shall be fine sand that is less than 1-50 of an inch in grain size or 98.5% passing sieve size #35 or #30. D. For pre-smoothing very uneven substrates, the compound shall be a compatible self- leveling exterior concrete topping. E. The Portland cement-based underlayment shall be a hydraulic, cementitious underlayment compatible with the moisture mitigation system. Provide material thickness as required for slab surface mitigation to meet moisture mitigation system requirements. 1. Minimum density: 4100 psi. 2. Aggregate: Where required to extend the underlayment, aggregate shall be well graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch. F. Water for mixing the cementitious materials shall be clean, potable, and sufficiently cool (not warmer than 70 deg F). 2.5 WATER-BASED SILICATE SEALER SYSTEM AND VAPOR BARRIER A. Subject to compliance with requirements and in areas indicated, available products that may be incorporated into the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Concure Systems, Vapor Barrier +Plus+. B. Accessory Materials: 1. Provide cementitious floor patch and self-leveling cement as required for slab surface preparation to meet moisture mitigation system requirements. 2. Provide Manufacturer’s standard crack-fill binder: Concure Systems, Inc. Crackfill Binder. C. Product Substitutions: 1. Subject to compliance with section 01 2500 “Substitution Procedures”, product shall meet all testing requirements. 2. Product must have MINIMUM 10 years zero failure experience in the flooring/concrete industry. 3. Product must become integral within the slab. 4. Product warranty MUST cover all labor and material costs for complete replacement and reinstallation of ANY flooring installed on the concrete slab over the topical vapor barrier product due to failure of the product. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MOISTURE MITIGATION 09 6000 - 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Concrete Subfloors: Prepare substrate in accordance with flooring manufacturer’s instructions. 1. All concrete substrates must be structurally sound and solid, and thoroughly clean and free of oil, wax, grease asphalt, paint, latex compounds, curing and sealing compounds, and any contaminant that could act as a bond breaker. 2. The structural concrete must have a minimum tensile strength of 200 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM C 1583. 3. Epoxy-Based Systems: 4. Mechanical preparation of the surface is required to obtain a minimum ICRI (International Concrete Repair Institute) concrete surface of stage 3 (CSP #3). This substrate preparation must be by mechanical means, such as shot blasting or grinding. Broom sweep and vacuum the prepared surface. Acid etching, solvents, sweeping compounds, adhesive removers and sanding are not acceptable means of cleaning the substrate. 5. Water-Based Silicate Sealer Systems: 6. Bead-blast using 330 shot or grind to an ICRI stage 4 (CSP #4). After shot blasting or grinding is completed, surface should be white in color with no signs of curing agents, oil, dirt, curing agents, sealers, adhesive residues, or other type of concrete finished surface. All loose material and dirt must also be removed from cracks in order to allow proper bonding. 7. Results from a Calcium Chloride Test shall be submitted to Concure Systems Representative prior to the sealer installation. 8. Prior to beginning the installation, measure the relative humidity within the concrete in compliance with ASTM F 2170 or, alternatively, the surface relative humidity can also be measured in accordance with ASTM F 2420. For these relative humidity methods, the RH shall not exceed 98%. 9. If the concrete substrate is too uneven to provide a uniform thickness of the primer and sealer (typically CSP #6 or higher), the substrate can be pre- smoothed using a compatible self-leveling topping. Refer to the appropriate manufacturing technical brochure for installation instructions and necessary cure times. B. Crack and Joint Preparation 1. Non-moving cracks and saw-cut joints: 2. To ensure that a continuous barrier to moisture emissions is created over the entire surface, use a two-part rigid polyurethane crack and joint filler to fill small, non-moving cracks and saw-cut joints in existing concrete substrates. 3. Cracks, saw cuts and control joints smaller than 1/4 inch wide must be “V- grooved” or routed to 1/4 inch or wider and 1/2” inch-plus depth. Thoroughly clean the joints after preparation. 4. Cracks greater than a hairline in width 1/32” (0.79 mm) and saw-cuts must be filled in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Once the dormant cracks and saw-cuts have been properly filled, allow these areas to cure thoroughly in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations prior to proceeding with the moisture sealer installation. 5. Moving joints: All moving joints and cracks must be honored up through the moisture control system underlayment and floor covering by installing a flexible sealing compound designed specifically for use over moving joints. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 MOISTURE MITIGATION 09 6000 - 8 6. Prime all joints using undiluted Crack Fill Binder using narrow brush to scrub material into joint. Allow the binder to partially dry until it feels tacky. DO NOT LET IT DRY COMPLETELY. Work slurry into crack leaving material slightly high. Allow material to slightly set and remove excess and trowel flush with surface while pushing material into joint to densify joint. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Examine substrates and conditions under which materials will be installed. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper sequence of construction. Protect adjacent areas from contact due to mixing and handling of materials. C. Mixing: Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions and the following. 1. Each individual unit contains separate, pre-measured quantities of hardener and resin. After opening each container, stir the individual components thoroughly before blending and mix full units completely. 2. For mix designs related to the use of underlayments, refer to the standard mixing instructions for installation over concrete as shown in the manufacturer’s instructions. D. Install moisture control system in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. E. Install cementitious underlayment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Where specified, field sampling of the products is to be done by taking an entire unopened unit or bag of the product being installed to an independent testing facility to perform the specified testing. There is no in-situ test method applicable for this system. B. Manufacturer to provide documentation to Architect of dry mils thickness for the mitigation membrane and the required CSP (concrete surface profile) number when system is applied correctly. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Prior to the installation of the underlayment of finish flooring, the surface of the system should be protected from abuse by other trades by the use of plywood, Masonite or other suitable protection course. END OF SECTION 09 6000 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09 6513 - 1 SECTION 09 6513 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples. B. Extra Materials: Deliver to Owner at least [10 linear feet] of each type and color of resilient wall base installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RESILIENT BASE A. Thermoset Rubber Base: ASTM F 1861, Type TS (rubber, vulcanized thermoset), Group I (solid, homogeneous). 1. Manufacturers: One of the following: a. Burke Mercer Flooring Products, Division of Burke Industries Inc. b. Flexco. c. Roppe Corporation, USA. d. Johnsonite. B. Style: Cove (base with toe) . C. Minimum Thickness: 0.125 inch D. Height: 4 inches E. Lengths: coils in manufacturer's standard lengths. F. Outside Corners: Job formed G. Inside Corners: Job formed 2.2 RESILIENT MOLDING ACCESSORY A. Rubber Molding Accessories. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following: a. Roppe Corporation, USA. b. VPI, LLC, Floor Products Division. c. Johnsonite. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09 6513 - 2 B. Vinyl Molding Accessories. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Burke Mercer Flooring Products, Division of Burke Industries Inc. c. Flexco. d. Johnsonite; A Tarkett Company. e. Musson Rubber Company. f. C. Description: Cap for cove carpet Cap for cove resilient flooring Carpet edge for glue- down applications Nosing for carpet Nosing for resilient flooring Reducer strip for resilient flooring Joiner for tile and carpet Transition strips 2.3 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Stair-Tread-Nose Filler: Two-part epoxy compound recommended by resilient tread manufacturer to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit floor covering and substrate conditions indicated. 1. Low-Emitting Materials: Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 60 g/L or less. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Prepare horizontal surfaces according to ASTM F 710. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. B. Adhesively install resilient wall base and accessories. C. Install wall base in maximum lengths possible. Apply to walls, columns, pilasters, casework, and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. D. Install stair-tread-nose filler to nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours. E. Install reducer strips at edges of floor coverings that would otherwise be exposed. END OF SECTION 09 6513 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09 6516 - 1 SECTION 09 6516 - RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples. B. Extra Materials: Deliver to Owner at least [10 linear feet] roll form and in full roll width, for each type and color of resilient sheet flooring installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 UNBACKED VINYL SHEET FLOORING A. Basis-of-Design Product: Shaw, naturalife Wood ll or a comparable product of one of the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. Forbo Industries, Inc. 3. Gerflor. 4. Johnsonite; a Tarkett Company. 5. Mannington Mills, Inc. 6. Polyflor, Ltd., Distributed by Gerbert Limited. B. Shaw Unbacked Sheet Vinyl Floor Covering: ASTM F 1913, 0.086 inch C. Wearing Surface: Embossed. D. Sheet Width: As standard with manufacturer 6 feet E. Seamless-Installation Method 2.2 Seamless-Installation Method: Heat welded. 2.3 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement- or blended-hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit floor covering and substrate conditions indicated. 1. Low-Emitting Materials: Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09 6516 - 2 C. Heat-Welding Bead: Solid-strand product of floor covering manufacturer. D. Integral-Flash-Cove-Base Accessories: 1-inch- radius cove strip and square metal, vinyl, or rubber cap; both provided or approved by floor covering manufacturer. E. Floor Polish: Protective liquid floor polish products as recommended by manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Prepare concrete substrates according to ASTM F 710. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. B. Unroll sheet floor coverings and allow them to stabilize before cutting and fitting. C. Maintain uniformity of resilient sheet flooring direction, and match edges for color shading at seams. D. Minimize number of seams; place seams in inconspicuous and low-traffic areas, at least 6 inches away from parallel joints in substrates. E. Seamless Installation: 1. Heat-Welded Seams: Comply with ASTM F 1516. 2. F. Integral Flash Cove Base: Cove floor coverings 4 inches up vertical surfaces. Support on cove strip and butt against cap strip. 1. END OF SECTION 09 6516 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 6519 - 1 SECTION 09 6519 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples. B. Extra Materials: Deliver to Owner [one] <Insert number> box of each type and color of resilient floor tile installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOLID VINYL TILE A. Manufacturers:[ One of the following:] B. Basis-of-Design Product: [Product indicated on Drawings, LVT1] or a comparable product of one of the following: 1. AB; American Biltrite. 2. Altro Group. 3. Amtico International Inc. 4. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 5. Burke Mercer Flooring Products, Division of Burke Industries Inc. 6. Flexco, Inc. 7. Gerflor. 8. Johnsonite; A Tarkett Company. 9. Polyflor, Ltd. 10. Roppe Corporation, USA. 11. TOLI International. 12. Shaw Hard Surfaces. C. Tile Standard: ASTM F 1700; Class I, monolithic vinyl tile [Type B, embossed surface]. D. Thickness: 0.086 inch. E. Size: 18 by 36 inches 2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement- or blended-hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 6519 - 2 B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit floor covering and substrate conditions indicated. 1. Low-Emitting Materials: Adhesives shall have a VOC content of [50] [60] g/L or less. 2. Low-Emitting Materials: Adhesives shall comply with Green Seal's GS-36 and with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." C. Floor Polish: Protective liquid floor polish products as recommended by manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Prepare concrete substrates according to ASTM F 710. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. B. Lay out tiles so tile widths at opposite edges of room are equal and are at least one-half of a tile. C. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged. Lay tiles [with grain running in one direction] [in basket-weave pattern with grain direction alternating in adjacent tiles] [in patterns indicated]. D. Floor Polish: Remove soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes from floor covering before applying liquid floor polish. 1. Apply [one] [two] [three] <Insert requirement> coat(s). END OF SECTION 09 6519 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TILE CARPETING 09 6813 - 1 SECTION 09 6813 - TILE CARPETING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples. B. Extra Materials: Deliver to Owner carpet tiles equal to 5 percent of each type and color installed, packaged with protective covering for storage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET TILE CPT1 A. Basis-of-Design Product: Shaw Contract, Unearthed, Agate Tile, color:Azurite or a comparable product of one of the following: 1. Atlas Carpet Mills, Inc. 2. Beaulieu Group LLC. 3. Bentley Prince Street. 4. InterfaceFLOR, LLC. USA. 5. J&J Invision; J&J Industries, Inc. 6. Julie Industries, Inc. 7. Mannington Mills, Inc. 8. Milliken Floor Covering; Milliden & Company. 9. Mohawk Group (The); Mohawk Carpet, LLC. 10. Patcraft; a Shaw Industries, Inc. brand. 11. PhillyQueen; a Shaw Industries, Inc. brand. 12. 13. Tandus Flooring. 14. B. Fiber Content: 100 percent nylon 6, 6 C. Face Construction: Level-loop D. Density: 6236 per cu. yd. E. Pile Thickness: <0.127 inches> for finished carpet tile per ASTM D 6859. F. Surface Pile Weight: 22 excluding weight of backings. G. H. Primary Backing: Synthetic I. Secondary Backing: Ecoworx tile VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TILE CARPETING 09 6813 - 2 J. Size: 18 by 36 inches K. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: .70 W/sq. cm per ASTM E 648. L. Emissions: Provide carpet that complies with testing and product requirements of CRI's "Green Label Plus" program. 2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Carpet Tile Adhesives: Pressure-sensitive type that complies with flammability requirements for installed carpet tile and is recommended by carpet tile manufacturer for conditions indicated for releasable installation. 1. Low-Emitting Materials: Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with CRI 104. B. Carpet Tile Installation Method: As recommended by manufacturer 1. Install borders parallel to walls. END OF SECTION 09 6813 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 1 SECTION 09 9113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: 1. Product Data: Include printout of MPI's "MPI Approved Products List" with product highlighted. 2. Samples. B. Extra Materials: Deliver to Owner 1 gal. of each color and type of finish-coat paint used on Project, in containers, properly labeled and sealed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PAINT A. Manufacturers: One of the following: 1. Behr Process Corporation. 2. Benjamin Moore & Co. 3. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Canada). 4. Bennette Paint Manufacturing Company, Inc. 5. Betonel Ltd. 6. BLP Mobile Paint Manufacturing. 7. California Paints. 8. Diamond Vogel Paints. 9. Dunn-Edwards Corporation. 10. Duron, Inc. 11. Envirocoatings Canada Inc. 12. Euclid Chemical Company. 13. ICI Paints. 14. Kelly-Moore Paints. 15. LaHabra Stucco Solutions; Parex USA. 16. Parker Paint; Comex Group. 17. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. 18. Sherwin-Williams Company (The). 19. SICO; PPG Architectural Coatings. 20. Zinsser; Rust-Oleaum Corporation. B. MPI Standards: Provide materials that comply with MPI standards indicated and listed in its "MPI Approved Products List." 1. Primer, Galvanized, Water Based: MPI #134. 2. Latex, Exterior Low Sheen (Gloss Level 3-4): MPI #15. 3. Light Industrial Coating, Exterior, Water Based (Gloss Level 3): MPI #161. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 2 C. Material Compatibility: Provide materials that are compatible with one another and with substrates. 1. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. D. Colors: On exterior of building, match existing, adjacent surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Comply with recommendations in MPI's "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Remove hardware, lighting fixtures, and similar items that are not to be painted. Mask items that cannot be removed. Reinstall items in each area after painting is complete. C. Clean and prepare surfaces in an area before beginning painting in that area. Schedule painting so cleaning operations will not damage newly painted surfaces. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Comply with recommendations in MPI's "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Paint exposed surfaces, new and existing, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not paint prefinished items, items with an integral finish, operating parts, and labels unless otherwise indicated. C. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use brushes only where the use of other applicators is not practical. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. 1. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. 3.3 EXTERIOR PAINT APPLICATION SCHEDULE 1. B. Galvanized Metal: 1. Low-Sheen Latex: Two coats over primer recommended by topcoat manufacturer for exterior use on galvanized-metal. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 3 J.END OF SECTION 09 9113 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 1 SECTION 09 9123 - INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: 1. Product Data: Include printout of MPI's "MPI Approved Products List" with product highlighted. 2. Samples. B. Mockups: Full-coat finish Sample of each type of coating, color, and substrate, applied where directed. C. Extra Materials: Deliver to Owner 1 gal. of each color and type of finish-coat paint used on Project, in containers, properly labeled and sealed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PAINT A. Manufacturers: One of the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. California Paints. 3. Coronado Paint; Insl-X Products Corporation; a Benjamin Moore company. 4. Dunn-Edwards Corporation. 5. Durant Performance Coatings. 6. Dulux (formerly ICI Paints); a brand of AkzoNobel . 7. Kelly-Moore Paints. 8. LaHabra Stucco Solutions; Parex USA. 9. Parker Paint; Comex Group. 10. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. 11. Sherwin-Williams Company (The). 12. SICO; PPG Architectural Coatings. B. MPI Standards: Provide materials that comply with MPI standards indicated and listed in its "MPI Approved Products List." 1. Block Filler, Latex: MPI #4. 2. Primer Sealer, Latex: MPI #50. 3. Primer, Alkali Resistant, Water Based: MPI #3. 4. Primer Sealer, Institutional Low Odor/VOC: MPI #149. 5. Primer, Latex, for Interior Wood: MPI #39. 6. Primer Sealer, Alkyd, Interior: MPI #45. 7. Primer, Bonding, Water Based: MPI #17. 8. Primer, Bonding, Solvent Based: MPI #69. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 2 9. Primer, Alkyd, Anticorrosive: MPI #79. 10. Primer, Galvanized, Water Based: MPI #134. 11. Primer, Quick Dry, for Aluminum: MPI #95. 12. Latex, Interior, Flat, (Gloss Level 1): MPI #53. 13. Latex, Interior, (Gloss Level 2): MPI #44. 14. Latex, Interior, (Gloss Level 4): MPI #43. 15. Latex, Interior, Semigloss, (Gloss Level 5): MPI #54. 16. Latex, Interior, Gloss, (Gloss Level 6, except Minimum Gloss of 65 Units at 60 Degrees): MPI #114. 17. Latex, Institutional Low Odor/VOC, Flat (Gloss Level 1): MPI #143. 18. Latex, Institutional Low Odor/VOC, (Gloss Level 2): MPI #144. 19. Latex, Institutional Low Odor/VOC, Semigloss (Gloss Level 5): MPI #147. 20. Latex, High-Performance Architectural, (Gloss Level 2): MPI #138. 21. Latex, High-Performance Architectural, Semigloss (Gloss Level 5): MPI #141. 22. Alkyd, Interior, Flat (Gloss Level 1): MPI #49. 23. Alkyd, Interior, Semigloss (Gloss Level 5): MPI #47. 24. Alkyd, Interior, Gloss (Gloss Level 6): MPI #48. 25. Alkyd, Quick Dry, Semigloss (Gloss Level 5): MPI #81. 26. Alkyd, Quick Dry, Gloss (Gloss Level 7): MPI #96. 27. Floor Paint, Latex, Low Gloss (Maximum Gloss Level 3): MPI #60. 28. Floor Enamel, Alkyd, Gloss (Gloss Level 6): MPI #27. C. Material Compatibility: Provide materials that are compatible with one another and with substrates. 1. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. D. Paints and coatings shall comply with the following limits for VOC content: 1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints, Coatings: 150 g/L. 3. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L. 4. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L. 5. Floor Coatings: 100 g/L. E. Colors: As scheduled. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Comply with recommendations in MPI's "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Remove hardware, lighting fixtures, and similar items that are not to be painted. Mask items that cannot be removed. Reinstall items in each area after painting is complete. C. Clean and prepare surfaces in an area before beginning painting in that area. Schedule painting so cleaning operations will not damage newly painted surfaces. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 3 3.2 APPLICATION A. Comply with recommendations in MPI's "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Paint exposed surfaces, new and existing, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. 2. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint the back side of access panels. 4. Color-code mechanical piping in accessible ceiling spaces. 5. Do not paint prefinished items, items with an integral finish, operating parts, and labels unless otherwise indicated. C. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use brushes only where the use of other applicators is not practical. 2. Use rollers for finish coat on interior walls and ceilings. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. 1. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. 3.3 INTERIOR PAINT APPLICATION SCHEDULE 1. B. Steel: 1. Semigloss, Quick-Dry Enamel: Two coats over quick-drying alkyd metal primer: MPI INT 5.1A. 2. Gloss Level 2 Latex: Two coats over alkyd anticorrosive primer: MPI INT 5.1Q. 3. Gloss Level 2 High-Performance Architectural Latex: Two coats over alkyd anticorrosive primer: MPI INT 5.1R. 4. Semigloss, Alkyd Enamel: Two coats over alkyd anticorrosive primer: MPI INT 5.1E. C. Galvanized Metal: 1. Gloss Level 2 Latex: Two coats over waterborne galvanized-metal primer: MPI INT 5.3J. 2. Gloss Level 2 Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex: Two coats over waterborne galvanized-metal primer: MPI INT 5.3N. 3. Gloss Level 2 High-Performance Architectural Latex: Two coats over waterborne galvanized-metal primer: MPI INT 5.3M. D. Aluminum: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 4 1. Gloss Level 2 Latex: Two coats over quick-drying primer for aluminum: MPI INT 5.4H. 2. Gloss Level 2 Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex: Two coats over quick-drying primer for aluminum: MPI INT 5.4G. 3. Gloss Level 2 High-Performance Architectural Latex: Two coats over quick- drying primer for aluminum: MPI INT 5.4F. 4. Semigloss, Alkyd Enamel: Two coats over quick-drying primer for aluminum: MPI INT 5.4J. E. Gypsum Board: 1. Flat Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex: Two coats over low-odor/VOC primer/sealer: MPI INT 9.2M. 2. Gloss Level 2 High-Performance Architectural Latex: Two coats over latex primer/sealer: MPI INT 9.2B. 3. Semigloss Alkyd: Two coats over latex primer/sealer: MPI INT 9.2C. F. Spray-Textured Ceilings: 1. Flat Gloss Level 2 Latex: Three coats: MPI INT 9.1E. 2. Flat Gloss Level 2 Latex: One coat over alkyd primer/sealer: MPI INT 9.1B. END OF SECTION 09 9123 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 09 9300 - 1 SECTION 09 9300 - STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: 1. Product Data: Include printout of MPI's "MPI Approved Products List" with product highlighted. 2. Samples. B. Mockups: Full-coat finish Sample of each type of coating, color, and substrate, applied where directed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STAIND AND TRANSPARENT FINISHES A. Manufacturers: One of the following: 1. Behr Process Corporation. 2. Benjamin Moore & Co. 3. Bennette Paint Mfg. Co., Inc. 4. BLP Mobile Paint Manufacturing. 5. California Paints. 6. Cloverdale Paint. 7. Color Wheel Paints & Coatings. 8. Columbia Paint & Coatings. 9. Conco Paints. 10. Coronado Paint; Insl-X Products Corporation; a Benjamin Moore company. 11. Davis Paint Company. 12. Diamond Vogel Paints. 13. Dunn-Edwards Corporation. 14. Durant Performance Coatings. 15. Duron, Inc. 16. Euclid Chemical Company. 17. Farrell-Calhoun. 18. Frazee Paint. 19. General Paint. 20. Hallman Lindsay Paints. 21. Hirshfield's, Inc. 22. Dulux (formerly ICI Paints); a brand of AkzoNobel. 23. Insl-x. 24. Kelly-Moore Paints. 25. Kwal Paint. 26. Life Paint Corp. 27. M.A.B. Paints. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 09 9300 - 2 28. McCormick Paints. 29. Miller Paint. 30. Mills Paint. 31. PARA Paints. 32. LaHabra Stucco Solutions; Parex USA. 33. Parker Paint; Comex Group. 34. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. 35. Pratt & Lambert. 36. Rodda Paint Co. 37. Sherwin-Williams Company (The). 38. Sico, Inc. 39. Target Coatings. 40. Vista Paint. 41. Zinsser; Rust-Oleum Corporation. B. MPI Standards: Provide materials that comply with MPI standards indicated and listed in its "MPI Approved Products List." 1. Wood Filler Paste: MPI #91. 2. Stain, Semitransparent, for Interior Wood: MPI #90. 3. Varnish, Water Based, Clear, Satin (Gloss Level 4): MPI #128. 4. Varnish, Water Based, Clear, Semigloss (Gloss Level 5): MPI #129. 5. Varnish, Water Based, Clear, Gloss (Gloss Level 6): MPI #130. 6. Varnish, Interior, Flat (Gloss Level 1): MPI #73. 7. Varnish, Interior, Semigloss (Gloss Level 5): MPI #74. 8. Varnish, Interior, Gloss (Gloss Level 6): MPI #75. C. Material Compatibility: Provide materials that are compatible with one another and with substrates. 1. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. D. Interior stains and clear finishes shall comply with the following limits for VOC content: 1. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L. 2. Clear Wood Finishes, Varnishes: 350 g/L. 3. Stains: 250 g/L. E. Colors: Match building standard adjacent finishes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Comply with recommendations in MPI's "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Remove hardware, lighting fixtures, and similar items that are not to be finished. Mask items that cannot be removed. Reinstall items in each area after finishing is complete. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 09 9300 - 3 C. Clean and prepare surfaces in an area before beginning finishing in that area. Schedule finishing so cleaning operations will not damage newly finished surfaces. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Comply with recommendations in MPI's "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Finish exposed surfaces, new and existing, unless otherwise indicated. C. Apply stains and transparent finishes according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Apply stains and transparent finishes to produce surface films without color irregularity, cloudiness, holidays, lap marks, brush marks, runs, ropiness, or other imperfections. Use multiple coats to produce a smooth surface film of even luster. END OF SECTION 09 9300 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS 10 1100 - 1 SECTION 10 1100 - VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rail support systems for visual display board assemblies. 2. Modular support systems for visual display board assemblies. 3. Glass markerboards. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, finishes, and accessories for visual display units. 2. Include electrical characteristics for motorized units. B. Shop Drawings: For visual display units. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachment to other work. 2. Show locations of panel joints. Show locations of field-assembled joints for factory-fabricated units too large to ship in one piece. 3. Show locations and layout of special-purpose graphics. 4. Include sections of typical trim members. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of visual display unit indicated. 1. Visual Display Panel: Not less than 8-1/2 by 11 inches, with facing, core, and backing indicated for final Work. Include one panel for each type, color, and texture required. 2. Trim: 6-inch- long sections of each trim profile. 3. Display Rail: 6-inch- long section of each type. 4. Rail Support System: 6-inch- long sections. 5. Accessories: Full-size Sample of each type of accessory. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS 10 1100 - 2 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. B. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for surface-burning characteristics of tackboards. C. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For visual display units to include in maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver factory-fabricated visual display units completely assembled in one piece. If dimensions exceed maximum manufactured unit size, or if unit size is impracticable to ship in one piece, provide two or more pieces with joints in locations indicated on approved Shop Drawings. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install visual display units until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet-work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of construction contiguous with visual display units by field measurements before fabrication. 1. Allow for trimming and fitting where taking field measurements before fabrication might delay the Work. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Porcelain-Enamel Face Sheets: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace porcelain-enamel face sheets that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS 10 1100 - 3 a. Surfaces lose original writing and erasing qualities. b. Surfaces exhibit crazing, cracking, or flaking. 2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of visual display unit from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 GLASS MARKERBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. A-1 Visual Systems. 2. Architectural School Products Ltd. 3. Best-Rite Manufacturing; A brand division of MooreCo, Inc. 4. Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc. 5. Clarus Glassboards, LLC. 6. Egan Visual Inc. 7. Ghent Manufacturing, Inc. 8. Marsh Industries Inc.; Visual Products Group. B. Glass Markerboards: 6-mm tempered glass markerboard, with smooth polished edge and eased corners; color coated on back surface. Glass marker board to have opaque film applied after color coating to prevent visual transmission of adhesive through color coating. C. Mounting: Concealed z-clip type rail. D. Color and Surface: white. E. Marker Tray: Aluminum, fully adhered or fastened. F. Size: Per Drawings. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Clear Tempered Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Class 1, Quality Q3, with exposed edges seamed before tempering. B. Adhesives for Field Application: Mildew-resistant, nonstaining adhesive for use with specific type of panels, sheets, or assemblies; and for substrate application; as recommended in writing by visual display unit manufacturer. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS 10 1100 - 4 1. Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less. 2.4 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.5 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A31, Class II, 0.010 mm or thicker. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, surface conditions of wall, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of connections before installation of motorized, sliding visual display units. C. Examine walls and partitions for proper preparation and backing for visual display units. D. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth where sliding visual display units will be installed. E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation. B. Clean substrates of substances, such as dirt, mold, and mildew, that could impair the performance of and affect the smooth, finished surfaces of visual display boards. C. Prepare surfaces to achieve a smooth, dry, clean surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, defects, projections, depressions, and substances that will impair bond between visual display units and wall surfaces. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS 10 1100 - 5 D. Prime wall surfaces indicated to receive visual display units and as recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and visual display unit manufacturer. E. Prepare recesses for sliding visual display units as required by type and size of unit. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install visual display surfaces in locations and at mounting heights indicated on Drawings, or if not indicated, at heights indicated below. Keep perimeter lines straight, level, and plumb. Provide grounds, clips, backing materials, adhesives, brackets, anchors, trim, and accessories necessary for complete installation. B. Factory-Fabricated Visual Display Board Assemblies: Adhere to wall surfaces with egg- size adhesive gobs at 16 inches o.c., horizontally and vertically. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean visual display units according to manufacturer's written instructions. Attach one removable cleaning instructions label to visual display unit in each room. B. Touch up factory-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. C. Cover and protect visual display units after installation and cleaning. END OF SECTION 10 1100 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PANEL SIGNAGE 10 1423 - 1 SECTION 10 1423 - PANEL SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Panel signs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Accessible: In accordance with the accessibility standards as indicated on the drawings, ANSI 117.1, and ADAAG, current edition. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Furnish templates for placement of sign-anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction by other installers. B. Furnish templates for placement of electrical service embedded in permanent construction by other installers. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For panel signs. 1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work. 2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by other installers, and accessories. 3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, including raised characters and Braille, and layout for each sign at least half size. 4. Show markup for locations and types of signage, include text, colors, and materials. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sign assembly, exposed component, and exposed finish. 1. Include representative Samples of available typestyles and graphic symbols. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PANEL SIGNAGE 10 1423 - 2 D. Samples for Verification: For each type of sign assembly showing all components and with the required finish(es), in manufacturer's standard size unless otherwise indicated and as follows: 1. Panel Signs: Not less than 12 inches square, including corner. 2. Variable Component Materials: 8-inch Sample of each base material, character (letter, number, and graphic element) in each exposed color and finish not included in Samples above. 3. Exposed Accessories: Half-size Sample of each accessory type. 4. Full-size Samples, if approved, will be returned to Contractor for use in Project. E. Product Schedule: For panel signs. Use same designations indicated on Drawings or specified. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer. B. Evaluation Reports: For post-installed anchors and power-actuated fasteners, from ICC-ES or other qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For signs to include in maintenance manuals. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Variable Component Materials: 12 replaceable text inserts and interchangeable characters (letters, numbers, and graphic elements) of each type. 2. Tools: One set(s) of specialty tools for assembling signs and replacing variable sign components. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify locations of anchorage devices and electrical serviceembedded in permanent construction by other installers by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PANEL SIGNAGE 10 1423 - 3 1.11 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Deterioration of finishes beyond normal weathering. b. Deterioration of embedded graphic image. c. Separation or delamination of sheet materials and components. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Accessibility Standard: Comply with applicable provisions in the USDOJ's "2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design" and ICC A117.1. 2.2 PANEL SIGNS A. Panel Sign : Sign with smooth, uniform surfaces; with message and characters having uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; and as follows: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Takeform (585.798.8888) . 1) Signage basis of design: match the building standard aesthetics, materials, attachment, details, and lettering. Takeform "Fusion 06" with custom VVMC pallette. 2. Mounting: Manufacturer's standard method for substrates 3. Text and Typeface: Where required by code, provide accessible raised characters and Braille typeface as indicated by manufacturer's designation. Finish raised characters to contrast with background color, and finish Braille to match background color. 2.3 PANEL-SIGN MATERIALS A. Aluminum Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 , alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated. B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 , alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PANEL SIGNAGE 10 1423 - 4 C. Plastic-Laminate Sheet: NEMA LD 3, general-purpose HGS grade, 0.048-inch nominal thickness. D. Paints and Coatings for Sheet Materials: Inks, dyes, and paints that are recommended by manufacturer for optimum adherence to surface and are UV and water resistant for colors and exposure indicated. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signs, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed. B. Adhesive: As recommended by sign manufacturer. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated. 1. Preassemble signs in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble signs and assemblies only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and installation; apply markings in locations concealed from view after final assembly. 2. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water penetration and retention. 3. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in welding and brazing. Provide welds and brazes behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side. Clean exposed welded and brazed connections of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces. 4. Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are inconspicuous. 5. Internally brace signs for stability, to meet structural performance loading without oil-canning or other surface deformation, and for securing fasteners. 6. Provide rabbets, lugs, and tabs necessary to assemble components and to attach to existing work. Drill and tap for required fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where possible; use exposed fasteners that match sign finish. 2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PANEL SIGNAGE 10 1423 - 5 C. Directional Finishes: Run grain with long dimension of each piece and perpendicular to long dimension of finished trim or border surface unless otherwise indicated. D. Organic, Anodic, and Chemically Produced Finishes: Apply to formed metal after fabrication but before applying contrasting polished finishes on raised features unless otherwise indicated. 2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, Class I, 0.018 mm Class II, 0.010 mm or thicker. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify that sign-support surfaces are within tolerances to accommodate signs without gaps or irregularities between backs of signs and support surfaces unless otherwise indicated. C. Verify that anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction are correctly sized and located to accommodate signs. D. Verify that electrical service is correctly sized and located to accommodate signs. E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Install signs so they do not protrude or obstruct according to the accessibility standard. 3. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would impair installation. B. Accessible Signage: Install in locations on walls as indicated on Drawings and according to the accessibility standard ANSI 117.1 and ADAAG, current edition.. C. Mounting Methods: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PANEL SIGNAGE 10 1423 - 6 1. Shim-Plate Mounting: Provide 1/8-inch- thick, concealed aluminum shim plates with predrilled and countersunk holes, at locations indicated, and where other direct mounting methods are impractical. Attach plate with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate. Attach signs to plate using method specified above. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace damaged or deformed signs and signs that do not comply with specified requirements. Replace signs with damaged or deteriorated finishes or components that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed. C. On completion of installation, clean exposed surfaces of signs according to manufacturer's written instructions, and touch up minor nicks and abrasions in finish. Maintain signs in a clean condition during construction and protect from damage until acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION 10 1423 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CUBICLE CURTAINS AND TRACK 10 2123 - 1 SECTION 10 2123 - CUBICLE CURTAINS AND TRACK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cubicle-curtain tracks and carriers. 2. Cubicle curtains. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 1000 "Rough Carpentry" for supplementary wood framing and blocking for mounting items requiring anchorage. 2. Section 09 2216 "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for supplementary metal framing and blocking for mounting items requiring anchorage. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. For each type of curtain fabric indicated, include durability, laundry temperature limits, fade resistance, applied curtain treatments, and fire-test-response characteristics. B. Shop Drawings: For curtains and tracks. 1. Show layout and types of cubicles, sizes of curtains, number of carriers, anchorage details, and conditions requiring accessories. Indicate dimensions taken from field measurements. 2. Include details of blocking for track support. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, 10 inches in size. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of curtain material indicated. E. Samples for Verification: For each type of product required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CUBICLE CURTAINS AND TRACK 10 2123 - 2 1. Curtain Fabric: Not less than 10 inches square and showing complete pattern repeat, from dye lot used for the Work, with specified treatments applied. Mark top and face of material. 2. Mesh Top: Not less than 10 inches square. 3. Curtain Track: Not less than 10 inches long. 4. Curtain Carrier: Full-size unit. F. Product Schedule: For curtains and tracks. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For curtains, tracks, and hardware to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Curtain Carriers and Track End Caps: Full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each size indicated, but no fewer than 10 units. 2. Curtains: Full-size units equal to 10 percent of amount installed for each size indicated, but no fewer than two units. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of typical cubicle as shown on Drawings. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Cubicle Curtains: Provide curtain fabrics with the following characteristics: 1. Laundering: Launderable to a water temperature of not less than 160 deg F. 2. Fabrics to be compatible for cleaning with bleach. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CUBICLE CURTAINS AND TRACK 10 2123 - 3 3. Flame Resistance: Provide fabrics identical to those that have passed NFPA 701 when tested by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. a. Identify fabrics with appropriate markings of a qualified testing agency. 2.2 CUBICLE-CURTAIN SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: Construction Specialties "On The Right Track" system: B. Extruded-Aluminum Curtain Track: Not less than 5/8 inch wide by 1/2 inch high . 1. Track Minimum Wall Thickness: Manufacturer's standard . 2. Curved Track: Factory-fabricated, 12-inch- radius bends. 3. Finish: Clear anodized Satin anodized . C. Curtain Track Accessories: Fabricate splices, end caps, connectors, end stops, coupling and joining sleeves, wall flanges, brackets, ceiling clips, and other accessories from same material and with same finish as track. 1. Suspended-Track Support: Not less than 5/8-inch- square 7/8-inch- OD tube. 2. End Stop: Removable with carrier hook. 3. Switch Unit: Shuttle and coupling device for rerouting and securing cubicle curtain, with pull chain for switching track. D. Curtain Roller Carriers: Two nylon rollers and nylon axle with chrome-plated steel hook. E. Curtain Glide Carriers: One-piece nylon glide with chrome-plated steel hook. F. Breakaway Curtain Carriers: One-piece nylon Velcro breakaway curtain carriers designed to allow curtains to detach from tracks with a pulling force of no more than 5 lbf. G. Exposed Fasteners: Stainless steel. H. Concealed Fasteners: Stainless steel. 2.3 CURTAINS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide curtain type and fabric per owner and building standards. : B. Fabric: Curtain manufacturer's standard, 100 percent polyester; inherently and permanently flame resistant, stain resistant, and antimicrobial. 1. Pattern: . Per Owner Standards. 2. Width: . As Indicated on the Drawings. C. Curtain Grommets: Two-piece, rolled-edge, rustproof, nickel-plated brass; spaced not more than 6 inches o.c.; machined into top hem. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CUBICLE CURTAINS AND TRACK 10 2123 - 4 D. Mesh Top: Not less than 20-inch- 22-inch- high mesh top. 1. Mesh: No. 50 40 42 nylon mesh. E. Beaded-Chain Curtain Drop: 9 inches long; nickel-plated steel with aluminum hook. F. Snap Attachments: Provide manufacturer's standard nickel-plated brass snap attachments for modular panels. G. Curtain Tieback: Nickel-plated brass chain; one at each curtain termination. 2.4 CURTAIN FABRICATION A. Continuous Curtain Panels: 1. Width: Equal to track length from which curtain is hung plus 10 percent of added fullness, but not less than 12 inches of added fullness. 2. Length: Equal to floor-to-ceiling height, minus depth of track and carrier at top, and minus clearance above the finished floor of 12 inches . 3. Top Hem: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 1-1/2 inches wide, triple thickness, reinforced with integral web, and double lockstitched. 4. Mesh Top: Top hem of mesh not less than 1 inch and not more than 1-1/2 inches wide, triple thickness, reinforced with integral web, and double lockstitched. Double lockstitch bottom of mesh directly to 1/2-inch triple thickness, top hem of curtain fabric. 5. Bottom Hem: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 1-1/2 inches wide, double thickness and double triple thickness, reinforced, and double lockstitched. 6. Side Hems: Not less than 1/2 inch and not more than 1-1/4 inches wide, with triple turned edges, and single lockstitched. 7. Vertical Seams: Not less than 1/2 inch wide, double turned and double stitched. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install tracks level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. For tracks of up to 20 feet in length, provide track fabricated from single, continuous length. 1. Curtain-Track Mounting: As indicated on Drawings. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 CUBICLE CURTAINS AND TRACK 10 2123 - 5 C. Surface-Track Mounting: Fasten tracks to ceilings at intervals recommended by manufacturer. Fasten tracks to structure at each splice and tangent point of each corner. Center fasteners in track to ensure unencumbered carrier operation. Attach track to ceiling as follows: 1. Mechanically fasten directly to bottom of concrete deck with post-installed anchors. 2. Mechanically fasten directly to finished ceiling with toggle bolts. 3. Mechanically fasten to furring through suspended ceiling with screw and tube spacer. 4. Mechanically fasten to suspended ceiling grid with screws. 5. Attach track to suspended ceiling grid with manufacturer's proprietary clip. D. Suspended-Track Mounting: Install track with manufacturer's standard tubular aluminum suspended supports at intervals and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer. Fasten supports to structure. Provide supports at each splice and tangent point of each corner. Secure ends of track to wall with flanged fittings or brackets. E. Track Accessories: Install splices, end caps, connectors, end stops, coupling and joining sleeves, and other accessories as required for a secure and operational installation. 1. Provide one locking switch unit for each pair of beds. 2. Provide one hinged loading unit for each bed. F. Curtain Carriers: Provide curtain carriers adequate for 6-inch spacing along full length of curtain plus an additional carrier. G. Cubicle Curtains: Hang curtains on each curtain track. Secure with curtain tieback. END OF SECTION 10 2123 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 2600 - 1 SECTION 10 2600 - WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples. B. Shop Drawings: Locations and details specific to project. C. Mock-up: Provide 48" minimum width in-field mock-up with selected product, finish, and trim over wall painted to match. Provide at each different wall paint finish condition. Accepted mock-up conditions may remain part of project. Approval of architect and owner required prior to project installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Extruded Plastic: ASTM D 1784, Class 1, textured, PVC or acrylic-modified vinyl plastic. 1. Impact Resistance: Minimum 25.4 ft-lbf/in. of notch when tested according to ASTM D 256, Test Method A. 2. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less per ASTM E 84. 3. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less per ASTM E 84. B. Stainless Steel: 18 Gauge, 304 Alloy, #4 Finish. C. Polycarbonate Plastc Sheet: ASTM D 6098, S-PC01, Class 1 or 2; with a minimum impact-resistance rating of 15 ft-lbf/in. of notch when tested according to ASTM D 256, Test Method A. D. Adhesive: Recommended by manufacturer for use with material and substrate indicated. 1. Adhesive shall have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less. 2.2 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION A. Wall Protection System : Corner guard with continuous, 0.060-inch- thick, extruded- aluminum retainer and 0.078-inch- thick, extruded-plastic cover. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product of one of the following: a. Construction Specialties, Inc. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 2600 - 2 2. Dimensions: Per Drawings. 3. Fasteners: Provide flat head flush with surface of protection material. B. Impact-Resistant Wall Covering: Extruded-plastic sheet 0.060 inch thick. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product of one of the following: a. Construction Specialties, Inc. 2. Color and Texture: As selected by architect from manufacturer's full line of offerings. 3. Adhesive: Provide heavy duty adhesive per manufacturer recommendation. 4. Trim: Provide manufacturer recommended trim at all edges. Seal at all trim conditions using manufacturer recommendation sealant, but not less than as indicated in Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants." Trim includes but is not limited to the following: a. Vertical Trim Joint b. Wainscot Trim c. Inside corner trim d. Outside Corner Trim. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install components level, plumb, and true to line without distortions. B. Apply impact-resistant wall covering with full spread of adhesive unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer. Install full height with seams vertical. END OF SECTION 10 2600 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 2800 - 1 SECTION 10 2800 - TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturers:[ One of the following:] B. Basis-of-Design Product: [Product indicated on Drawings] <Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation> or a comparable product of one of the following: 1. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. 2. Bradley Corporation. C. Toilet Tissue Dispenser (TA2): 1. Type: Double-roll dispenser. 2. Mounting: Recessed . 3. Material: Stainless steel . 4. Operation: Spindleless with tension-spring controlled delivery . 5. Capacity: Designed for 4-1/2- or 5-inch- diameter-core tissue rolls . D. Paper Towel Dispenser (TA5): 1. Mounting: Recessed . 2. Minimum Capacity: 400 C-fold or 525 multifold towels . 3. Material: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin) . 4. Lockset: Tumbler type. 5. Refill Indicators: Pierced slots at sides or front. E. Waste Receptacle: 1. Type: Open top, recessed . 2. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin). 3. Liner: Reusable vinyl liner . F. Liquid-Soap Dispenser (TA6): 1. Mounting: Surface. 2. Lockset: Tumbler type. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 2800 - 2 3. Refill Indicator: Window type. G. ADA Grab Bar Assembly (TA1): 1. Material: Stainless steel, 0.050 inch thick. 2. Mounting: Exposed. 3. Gripping Surfaces: Slip-resistant texture. 4. Outside Diameter: 1-1/2 inches for heavy-duty applications. H. Sanitary Napkin Disposal Unit (TA4): 1. Mounting: Recessed . 2. Material: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin) . 3. Door or Cover: Self-closing. 4. Receptacle: Removable. I. Seat-Cover Dispenser (TA3): Owner Furnished and Owner Installed 1. Mounting: Recessed 2. Material: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin) . 3. Lockset: Tumbler type. J. Mirror Unit (TA7): 1. Frame: Stainless-steel angle, 0.050 inch thick . K. Robe Hook (TA8): 1. Description: Single-prong unit. 2. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin) . L. Underlavatory Guard: 1. Description: Insulating pipe coverings for supply and drain piping assemblies, which prevent direct contact with and burns from piping and allow service access without removing coverings. 2. Material and Finish: Antimicrobial, molded plastic, white. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, No. 4 finish (satin), 0.031-inch minimum nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated. B. Mirrors: ASTM C 1503, mirror glazing quality, clear-glass mirrors, nominal 6.0 mm thick. C. Galvanized-Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. D. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and theft resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 2800 - 3 E. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. 1. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. B. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation, and verify that mechanisms function properly. Replace damaged or defective items. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. END OF SECTION 10 2800 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10 4400 - 1 SECTION 10 4400 - FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and schedule (cabinet and fire extinguisher types, and locations) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE-PROTECTION CABINETS A. Fire-Protection Cabinets: Enameled-steel, semirecessed cabinets for fire extinguisher . 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product of one of the following: a. Fire-End & Croker Corporation. b. GMR International Equipment Corporation. c. Guardian Fire Equipment, Inc. d. JL Industries, Inc.; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group. e. Larsens Manufacturing Company. f. Modern Metal Products, Division of Technico Inc. g. Nystrom, Inc. h. Potter Roemer LLC. i. Strike First Corporation of America. B. Cabinet Construction: Match wall cabinet in being installed within. 1. Fire-Rated Cabinets: Listed and labeled to comply with requirements in ASTM E 814 for fire-resistance rating indicated. Constructed with double walls fabricated from 0.043-inch- thick, steel sheet lined with fire-barrier material. C. Cabinet Material: Steel sheet. 1. Trim Style: Flat trim . 2. Trim Material: Steel . D. Door Material: Steel . 1. Door Style: Vertical duo . 2. Door Glazing: Tempered float glass . E. Accessories: Mounting brackets Identification lettering . F. Finishes: VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10 4400 - 2 1. Manufacturer's standard baked-enamel paint for the following: a. Exterior of cabinet , door, and trim except for those surfaces indicated to receive another finish. b. Interior of cabinet and door. 2. Steel: Baked enamel or powder coat. 2.2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND BRACKETS A. Portable Fire Extinguishers: NFPA 10, listed and labeled for the type, rating, and classification of extinguisher. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product of one of the following: a. Amerex Corporation. b. Ansul Incorporated. c. Badger Fire Protection. d. Buckeye Fire Equipment Company. e. Fire End & Croker Corporation. f. Guardian Fire Equipment, Inc. g. JL Industries, Inc.; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group. h. Kidde Residential and Commercial Division; Subsidiary of Kidde plc. i. Larsens Manufacturing Company. j. Moon American. k. Nystrom Building Products. l. Pem All Fire Extinguisher Corp. m. Potter Roemer LLC. n. Pyro-Chem; Tyco Safety Products. o. Strike First Corporation of America. 2. Stored-Pressure Water Type: UL-rated 2-A, 2.5-gal. nominal capacity, in stainless-steel container; with pressure-indicating gage. 3. Stored-Pressure Antifreeze Type: UL-rated 2-A, 2.5-gal. nominal capacity, in stainless-steel container; with pressure-indicating gage. 4. Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type: UL-rated 2-A:10-B:C, 5-lb 3-A:40-B:C, 5-lb nominal capacity, in enameled-steel container. B. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure, of sizes required for fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or baked-enamel finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install cabinets at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Per NFPA 10, mount top of extinguisher at 42" above finish floor. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10 4400 - 3 B. Identification: Apply vinyl lettering to cabinets at locations indicated. C. Install mounting brackets in locations indicated at 42 inches above finished floor to top of fire extinguisher. D. Install fire extinguishers in mounting brackets and cabinets where indicated. END OF SECTION 10 4400 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PATIENT CARE EQUIPMENT 11 7300 - 1 SECTION 11 7300 - PATIENT CARE EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Product selection and summary to be per the Medical Equipment List and Equipment Drawings included in the contract documents. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Related Requirements: 1. Section 05 5000 "Metal Fabrications" for above-ceiling supplementary framing for support and anchorage of patient-lift systems. 2. Section 09 2216 "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for supplementary metal framing and blocking for mounting items requiring anchorage. 3. Section 10 2123 "Cubicle Curtains and Tracks" for patient-room cubicles. 4. Section 10 2800 "Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories" for specimen pass- through cabinets and boxes and for bedpan and urinal cabinets and boxes. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details. 2. Include details of components. Indicate location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for service connections and power, signal, and control wiring. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, 10 inches long in size. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of exposed finish. 1. Include Samples of accessories involving color and finish selection. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PATIENT CARE EQUIPMENT 11 7300 - 2 E. Samples for Verification: For each type of product required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below: 1. Include Samples of accessories to verify color and finish selection. F. Product Schedule: For patient care equipment. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and Medical Equipment Schedule. G. Delegated-Design Submittal: For above-ceiling supplementary framing for support and anchorage of patient-lift systems, signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: For ceiling-mounted patient-lift systems, reflected ceiling plan(s), and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Suspended ceiling components. 2. Structural members to which ceiling-mounted patient-lift systems will be attached. 3. Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. c. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. e. Access panels. 4. Perimeter moldings. B. Field quality-control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For products to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of typical installation of the following as shown on Drawings: a. Ceiling-mounted patient-lift system. b. IV track, carrier, and bottle holder. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PATIENT CARE EQUIPMENT 11 7300 - 3 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CEILING-MOUNTED PATIENT-LIFT SYSTEMS A. Lift Unit: Steel frame system with separate 24-V dc lifting and horizontal-drive motors secured to chassis. 1. Electronics: a. Battery Power: 24-V rechargeable nickel-metal hydride batteries in quantity required for lifting capacity indicated. Provide with electric battery charging station that provides maximum charge time of two hours per battery. 1) Provide [wall] [ceiling]-mounted charging station at end of track.[ Provide supplemental clip-on charging station with indicator lights.] B. Accessories: 1. Four-point carry bar[ with locking clips]. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: For patient-bed service walls, perform periodic installation inspections to ensure that products are installed according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Installation Inspections: Inspect product installations when installation work is 25, 60, and 100 percent complete. 2. Installation Inspection Reports: Indicate if product installations comply with manufacturer's written instructions and corrective actions required if any. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PATIENT CARE EQUIPMENT 11 7300 - 4 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust products for proper function and operation to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage for the remainder of the construction period. B. Repair damaged products according to manufacturer's written instructions. If damaged products cannot be successfully repaired, as determined by Architect, remove and replace damaged products. END OF SECTION 11 7300 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 12 2113 - 1 SECTION 12 2113 - HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product data and Samples. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS A. Manufacturers: 1. Bali. B. Provide blinds passing flame-resistance testing according to NFPA 701. C. Fabrication: Comply with WCMA A 100.1 unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide color-coated finish on exposed metal parts unless otherwise indicated. 2. Fabricate concealed components from noncorrodible or corrosion-resistant- coated materials. 3. Provide permanently lubricated moving parts. D. Slats: Aluminum, antistatic polyester coated . E. Slat Width: 1 inche. F. Headrail: Formed steel or extruded aluminum; long edges returned or rolled; fully enclosing operating mechanisms on three sides and ends. G. Tilt Operation: Manual with cord. H. Valance: Manufacturer's standard. I. Mounting: Ceiling. J. Colors, Textures, Patterns, and Gloss: As selected from manufacturer's full range. 1. Provide reflective finish on outside-facing surface of slat to enhance reflection of solar energy. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 12 2113 - 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install blinds level, plumb, and located not closer than [1 inch] > to interior face of glass. 1. Flush Mounted: Install blinds with louver edges flush with finish face of opening when blinds are open. 2. Jamb Mounted: Install headrail flush with face of opening jamb and head. 3. Head Mounted: Install headrail on face of opening head. 4. Recessed: Install headrail concealed within blind pocket. B. Adjust window blinds to operate smoothly and easily throughout entire operational range. END OF SECTION 12 2113 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD COUNTERTOPS 12 3623.13 - 1 SECTION 12 3623.13 - PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD COUNTERTOPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Shop Drawings Samples and AWI Quality Certification Program certificates WI Certified Compliance Program certificates. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Certified participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program Licensee of WI's Certified Compliance Program. C. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products. D. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install countertops until building is enclosed, wet work is completed, and HVAC system is operating. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLASTIC-LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS A. Quality Standard: AWI, AWMAC, and WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards." B. Plastic-Laminate Countertops: Premium grade. 1. Laminate Grade: HGS for flat countertops, HGP for post-formed countertops. 2. Grain Direction: Parallel to cabinet fronts. 3. Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Wood Moisture Content: 5 to 10 8 to 13 4 to 9 percent. B. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130, made with binder containing no urea formaldehyde. C. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1. D. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3. 1. Manufacturers: As indicated on the drawings. E. Grommets for Cable Passage through Countertops: 2-inch OD, molded-plastic grommets and matching plastic caps with slot for wire passage. 1. Product: "OG SG series" by Doug Mockett & Company, Inc. or similar. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD COUNTERTOPS 12 3623.13 - 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install countertops to comply with referenced quality standard for grade specified. B. Install countertops level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. C. Scribe and cut countertops to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. D. Anchor countertops securely to base units. Seal space between backsplash and wall. END OF SECTION 12 3623.13 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 SIMULATED STONE COUNTERTOPS 12 3661 - 1 SECTION 12 3661 - SIMULATED STONE COUNTERTOPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data, Shop Drawings, and material Samples. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOLID-SURFACE-MATERIAL COUNTERTOPS A. Countertops: 1/2-inch- thick, solid surface material. 1. Edges: built up with solid surface material. 2. Front: Straight, slightly eased at top 3/4-inch bullnose. 3. Backsplash: Radius edge with 3/8-inch radius. In patient areas or areas with infection control concerns, where located adjacent to a sink, height of backsplash and side splashes to align with or exceed top of faucet. 4. Endsplash: Matching backsplash . B. Solid Surface Material: Homogeneous solid sheets of filled plastic resin complying with ANSI SS1. 1. Manufacturers: Per Schedule. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install countertops according to manufacturer's written directions. Fasten to substrates with adhesive. Align adjacent surfaces. Seal seams and perimeter with mildew- resistant silicone or acrylic latex sealant. 1. Seal edges of cutouts in particleboard subtops by saturating with varnish. B. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet. END OF SECTION 12 3661 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 RADIATION PROTECTION 13 4900 - 1 SECTION 13 4900 - RADIATION PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION SUMMARY A. This section is provided to clarify alternate pricing on radiation protection. See Section 01 2300 "ALTERNATES" for more information. 1.2 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and Shop Drawings. B. Lead Equivalence: The thickness of lead that provides the same attenuation (reduction of radiation passing through) as the material in question as measured at 100 kV. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide materials and workmanship, including joints and fasteners, that maintain continuity of radiation protection at all points and in all directions. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Lead Sheet, Strip, and Plate: ASTM B 749, Alloy UNS No. L51121 (chemical-copper lead). B. Lead-Lined Gypsum Board: Gypsum board complying with Section 09 2900 "Gypsum Board," with a single sheet of lead laminated to the back of the board. 1. Lead Sheet Lining: Full width and length of board. 2. Furnish finishing materials, accessories, and trim for lead-lined gypsum board complying with Section 09 2900 "Gypsum Board." C. Lead Glass: Lead-barium, polished glass containing not less than 60 percent heavy metal oxides, including not less than 48 percent lead oxide by weight. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following: a. Aaccurate Radiation Shielding, Inc. b. A & L Shielding Inc. c. Amerope Enterprises, Inc. d. El Dorado Metals, Inc. e. Hot Cell Services Corporation. f. Mars Metal Company. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 RADIATION PROTECTION 13 4900 - 2 g. McGrory Glass, Inc. h. NELCO, Inc. i. New Shield. j. Pitts Little Corporation. k. Radiation Protection Products, Inc. l. Ray-Bar Engineering Corp. m. Schott North America, Inc. D. Glazing Compounds, Gaskets, and Accessories: Comply with requirements in Section 08 8000 "Glazing." E. Lead-Lined, Hollow-Metal Door Frames: Steel door frames complying with NAAMM- HMMA 861, lined with lead sheet of thickness not less than that required for doors and walls where frames are used. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following: a. Aaccurate Radiation Shielding, Inc. b. A & L Shielding Inc. c. Deronde Products. d. Door Components, Inc. e. El Dorado Metals, Inc. f. Fluke Biomedical; Radiation Management Services. g. Karpen Steel Custom Doors & Frames. h. Mars Metal Company. i. Mayco Industries; a Metalico company. j. NELCO, Inc. k. New Shield. l. Pioneer Industries, Inc. m. Pitts Little Corporation. n. Radiation Protection Products, Inc. o. Republic Doors and Frames. p. Ray-Bar Engineering Corp. q. Security Metal Products Corp. F. Lead-Lined Flush Wood Doors: Solid-core wood doors complying with Section 08 1416 "Flush Wood Doors" lined with lead sheet of thickness not less than that required for partition in which door is installed. 1. Manufacturers: One of the following: a. Aaccurate Radiation Shielding, Inc. b. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. c. A & L Shielding, Inc. d. Ampco, Inc. e. Eggers Industries. f. El Dorado Metals, Inc. g. General Veneer Manufacturing Co. h. Lambton Doors. i. Marshfield DoorSystems, Inc. j. Mars Metal Company. k. Mayco Industries; a Metalico company. l. NELCO, Inc. m. New Shield. VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 RADIATION PROTECTION 13 4900 - 3 n. Oshkosh Door Company. o. Pitts Little Corporation. p. Poncraft Door Company. q. Radiation Protection Products, Inc. r. Ray-Bar Engineering Corp. s. Vancouver Door Company. t. VT Industries Inc. 2. Lead Lining: One or more continuous sheets of lead extending from top to bottom and edge to edge, constructed either in the core or between the core and faces, at manufacturer's option. G. Lead-Lined, Observation-Window Frames: Fabricate from 0.043-inch- thick, formed- steel sheet or 0.064-inch- thick aluminum extrusions. 1. Line with lead sheet of thickness not less than that required for walls where frames are used. 2. Construct so lead lining overlaps glazing material by at least 3/8 inch. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF LEAD-LINED GYPSUM BOARD A. Install with long edge parallel to supports and lead lining facing supports. Provide blocking at end joints. Install using construction adhesive and supplementary fasteners. B. Fastening to Metal Supports: Use steel drill screws spaced as recommended in writing by gypsum board manufacturer. 1. Install lead strips covering face of framing and wrap around flange to cover points of screws. Apply lead disks recessed flush with surface of board over heads of screws securing trim. 2. Install lead strips, 2 inches wide and same thickness as lead lining, to face of supports and blocking where joints occur. C. Fastening to Metal Supports: Use steel drill screws spaced as recommended in writing by gypsum board manufacturer. 1. Install lead strips, 2 inches wide and same thickness as lead lining, to face of supports and blocking where joints occur. 2. Apply lead disks recessed flush with surface of board over heads of screws securing gypsum board and trim. D. Finish lead-lined gypsum board to comply with Section 09 2900 "Gypsum Board." 3.2 INSTALLATION OF LEAD-LINED DOORS AND DOOR FRAMES A. Install lead-lined steel door frames according to Section 08 1113 "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames." VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT 03/10/17 RADIATION PROTECTION 13 4900 - 4 B. Install lead-lined wood doors according to Section 08 1416 "Flush Wood Doors." 3.3 INSTALLATION OF LEAD-LINED OBSERVATION WINDOWS A. Install observation windows according to manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Section 08 8000 "Glazing" and with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PENETRATING ITEMS A. At penetrations of lead linings, provide lead shields to maintain continuity of protection. B. Outlet Boxes and Conduit: Cover or line with lead sheet lapped over adjacent lead lining at least 1 inch. Wrap conduit with lead sheet for a distance of not less than 10 inches from box. C. Piping: Unless otherwise indicated, wrap piping with lead sheet for a distance of not less than 10 inches from point of penetration. END OF SECTION 13 4900 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 21 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Refer to Section 23 05 00. All work of Division 21 shall be in accordance with the corresponding section of Division 23, unless otherwise addressed in this Division. END OF SECTION 21 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 0500 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 21 1000 - WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. This Section specifies automatic sprinkler systems for buildings and structures. Materials and equipment specified in this Section include: Pipe, fittings, valves and specialties. 1. Sprinklers and accessories. 2. B. Products furnished but not installed include sprinkler head cabinet with spare sprinkler heads. Furnish to the Owner's maintenance personnel. C. The work of this section includes engineering by the Contractor. The Contractor shall act as Engineer of record for all fire protection work. D. The fire protection system work is an extension of the existing fire protection system. Provide all modifications to the existing system as required to complete the new work. Provide hydraulic calculations and shop drawings where required by the extent of the work or by the authority having jurisdiction. 1.2 DEFINITIONS: A. Pipe sizes used in this Specification are Nominal Pipe Size (NPS). B. Other definitions for fire protection systems are listed in NFPA Standards 13, 13R, 14, 20 and 24. C. Working plans as used in this Section means those documents (including drawings and calculations) prepared pursuant to the requirements contained in NFPA 13 and 14 for obtaining approval of the authority having jurisdiction. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: A. Provide a complete fire sprinkler system for the entire building (including, but not limited to, electrical rooms, mechanical penthouses and accessible sections of air handling units,) except designated areas as shown on the drawings which will not require fire sprinkler coverage will be specifically noted with "No A/S" B. Fire protection system is a "wet-pipe" system employing automatic sprinklers attached to a piping system containing water and connected to a water supply so that water discharges immediately from sprinklers opened by fire. C. Fire protection system is a "Class III, Standpipe and Hose" system which is an arrangement of piping, valves, hose connections and allied equipment. 1.4 PROJECT SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS: A. Fire protection systems installed or modified within the Central Wing Renovation project will not be required to meet seismic criteria. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.5 SUBMITTALS: A. Product data for each type sprinkler head, valve, piping and piping specialty, fire protection specialty, fire department connection and any equipment installed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Index per specification chapter and item number. B. Shop drawings prepared in accordance with NFPA 13 identified as "working plans," including detailed riser schematics indicating pipe sizes and lengths; and hydraulic calculations where applicable, which have been approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Do not proceed with the installation of the work until the Architect/Engineer review of shop drawings is received. C. Contractor shall stamp shop drawings indicating compliance with applicable codes and contract drawings. Contractor shall stamp drawing "Approved for Construction." D. If more than two submittals (either for shop drawings or for record drawings) are made by the contractor, the Owner reserves the right to charge the contractor for subsequent reviews by their consultants. Such extra fees shall be deducted from payments by the Owner to the contractor. E. Maintenance data for each type sprinkler head, valve, piping specialty, fire protection specialty, fire department connection and hose valve specified, for inclusion in operating and maintenance manual specified in Division 1 and Division-23 Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements." F. Welder's qualification certificate. G. Test reports and certificates including "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping" and "Contractor's Materials and Test Certificate for Underground Piping" as described in NFPA 13. H. Hydraulic calculations and drawings submitted to the Engineer shall be prepared under the direct supervision of and bear the signed stamp of a professional engineer registered in the State of Colorado and familiar with this type of installation and with previous similar experience (practicing in the Fire Protection field) certifying that the fire sprinkler system has been designed and hydraulically calculated in compliance with NFPA and governing codes. I. Fire sprinkler piping design drawings shall show all ductwork, air devices, lighting and electrical panels. J. Shop drawings and hydraulic calculations shall be stamped and signed by the local fire prevention authority prior to submitting shop drawings to the Architect/Engineer. 1.6 HYDRAULIC DESIGN: A. The Fire Sprinkler System shall be hydraulically calculated by the Contractor. Pipe schedule method is acceptable only as allowed in NFPA 13 5-2.2. B. The wet pipe fire sprinkler system for the building shall be hydraulically calculated to comply with NFPA-13 and the following criteria: WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 Light hazard occupancy for areas unless noted otherwise. 1. Ordinary hazard occupancy for the following: 2. a. Where noted or shown on drawings. b. Commercial Kitchens c. Laundries d. Parking Garages e. Library Stack Areas Hose allowance shall comply with NFPA-13. 3. C. The final fire protection system demand shall be a minimum of 10 PSI below the water supply curve. D. Velocities in pipes shall be shown on hydraulic calculations. Velocities in overhead piping shall not exceed 32 feet per second. Velocities in underground piping shall not exceed 16 feet per second. E. Allow 10 feet of loss for electric water flow switches and note on hydraulic calculations. F. The Fire Protection Contractor shall provide as many sets of hydraulic calculations as necessary, performed and submitted to prove that the most remote and demanding areas are calculated. G. Design information shall be permanently affixed to the main riser as described in NFPA Pamphlet 13. H. Coordinate with existing water pressure at site as known from the West Wing project. I. The Fire Protection Contractor shall be responsible for water flow data from the appropriate water department. A copy of the water flow test data from the water department shall accompany the hydraulic calculations before hydraulically calculating equipment fire sprinkler system. J. The pipe and valve sizes indicated on the drawings and details are minimum sizes to be used regardless of sizes allowed by hydraulic calculations. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Installer Qualifications: Installation and alterations of fire protection piping, equipment, specialties, and accessories, and repair and servicing of equipment shall be performed only by qualified installer. The term qualified means experienced in such work (experienced shall mean having a minimum of 5 previous projects similar in size and scope to this project), familiar with all precautions required, and has complied with all the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. The contractor shall be licensed for the design and installation for the specific type of system in the jurisdiction where the work is to be performed and the State of Colorado. Upon request, submit evidence of such qualifications to the Engineer. Refer to Division-1 Section: "Definitions and Standards" for definitions for "Installers." B. Qualifications for Welding Processes and Operators: Comply with the requirements of AWS D10.9, Specifications of Qualifications of Welding Procedures and Welders for Piping and Tubing, Level AR-3." WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the requirements of the following codes: NFPA 13 - Standard for the installation of Sprinkler System, including applicable 1. seismic requirements. NFPA 13R - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in residential 2. occupancies up to four stories. NFPA 14 - Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems. 3. NFPA 24 - Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and their applications. 4. NFPA 1961 - Standard for Fire Hose. 5. NFPA 1963 - Screw Threads and Gaskets for Fire Hose Connections. 6. UL and FM Compliance: All fire protection system materials and components 7. shall be Underwriter's Laboratories and Factory Mutual listed as well as labeled for the application anticipated. National Electrical Code (NEC). 8. Uniform Building Codes, including applicable seismic requirements. 9. Requirements of the local Building Department and Fire Department. 10. D. Reference and standards listed are minimum requirements. Where more stringent requirements are specified or noted on the drawings, this shall be applicable. 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: A. Schedule rough-in installations with installations of other building components. B. Minimum time frame for notice of inspections, tests and meetings is five (5) days and list the persons to be notified. 1.9 EXTRA STOCK: A. Heads: For each style and temperature range (and length for dry heads) required, furnish additional sprinkler heads per NFPA-13. Obtain receipt from Owner that extra stock has been received. 1. B. Wrenches: Furnish 2 spanner wrenches for each type and size of valve connection and fire hose coupling. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS: A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in fire protection systems. B. All equipment used on this project shall be new and UL listed unless noted or specified otherwise. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.2 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire protection system products from one of the following: Gate Valves: 1. a. Nibco b. Kennedy Valve, Div. of ITT Grinnell Valve Co., Inc. c. Mueller d. Stockham e. Grinnell f. Milwaukee Butterfly and Ball Valves: 2. a. Grinnell b. Mueller c. Victaulic d. Milwaukee e. Kennedy Grooved Mechanical Couplings: 3. a. Gruvlok b. Victaulic Company of America c. Central Sprink, Inc. Sprinkler Heads: 4. a. Automatic Sprinkler Corp. of America. b. Central Sprinkler Corp. c. ITT Grinnell d. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. e. Star Sprinkler Corp. f. Viking Corp. g. Globe Fire Protection Specialties: 5. a. Croker-Standard Div.,; Fire-End & Croker Corp. b. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc. c. Grinnell Fire Protection Systems Co., Inc. d. Grunau Sprinkler Mfgr. Co., Inc. e. Potter Roemer, Inc. 2.3 BASIC IDENTIFICATION: A. General: Provide identification complying with Division-23 "Mechanical Identification", in accordance with the following listing: Fire Protection Piping: Pipe markers. 1. Fire Protection Valves: Valve tags. 2. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 Fire Protection Signs: Provide the following signs: 3. a. At each sprinkler valve, sign indicating what portion of system valve controls. B. Attach to the riser a metal sign indicating the name, address and telephone number of the fire protection contractor. Also indicate the date of installation. 2.4 BASIC PIPING SPECIALTIES: A. General: Provide piping specialties complying with Division-23 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods section "Piping Specialties", in accordance with the following listing: Pipe escutcheons. 1. Dielectric unions. 2. Drip pans. 3. Pipe sleeves. 4. Sleeve seals. 5. Fire Barrier Penetration Seals. 6. 2.5 BASIC SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS: A. General: Provide supports and anchors complying with Division-23 "Supports and Anchors" in accordance with the following listing: Adjustable steel clevis hangers, adjustable steel band hangers, or adjustable 1.band hangers, for horizontal-piping hangers and supports. Two-bolt riser clamps for vertical piping supports. 2. Steel turnbuckles and malleable iron sockets for hanger- rod attachments. 3. Concrete inserts, top-beam C-clamps, side beam or channel clamps or center 4.beam clamps for building attachments. Concrete inserts and other type hangers penetrating into or through structural 5.members shall be submitted (by the Fire Protection Contractor) to and have the approval of the structural engineer contracted for this project. Powder driven studs shall not be allowed. 6. Hangers (which are acceptable for project) and hanger spacing shall be in 7.accordance with NFPA-13. 2.6 PIPE AND TUBING MATERIALS (INSIDE BUILDING): A. General: Refer to Part 3 Article "Pipe Applications" for identification of systems where the below specified pipe and fitting materials are used. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, A795 or A135, Schedule 40 or Schedule 10, U.S. manufacture, black steel pipe, plain ends. C. American Tube Company "Dyna-Thread-40" and "Dyna-Flow" and Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation "Super Flo" are acceptable to Schedule 40 pipe. Installation shall be per manufacturer's recommendations. D. Schedule 5 pipe shall not be allowed. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 E. The Corrosion Resistance Ratio of the pipe shall be 1.00 or greater. Documentation shall be presented with product submittal. F. Schedule 10 pipe shall only be allowed for pipe sizes 2-1/2inches and larger. G. Provide galvanized, schedule 40, piping system for preaction system and drain risers. 2.7 FITTINGS (INSIDE BUILDING): A. Cast-Iron Threaded fittings: ANSI B16.4, Class 125 standard pattern, for threaded joints. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1. B. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3, Class 300, standard pattern, for threaded joints. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1. Install steel pipe with threaded joints and fittings for 2inches and smaller and where shown on drawings. C. Steel Fittings: ASTM A234, seamless or welded, for welded joints. D. Grooved Mechanical Fittings: ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12 ductile iron; ASTM A 47 Grade 32510 malleable iron; or ASTM A53, Type F or Types E or S. E. Grooved Mechanical Couplings: Consist of ductile or malleable iron housing, a synthetic rubber gasket of a central cavity pressure-responsive design; with nuts, bolts, locking pin, locking toggle, or lugs to secure roll- grooved pipe and fittings. Grooved mechanical couplings including gaskets used on dry-pipe systems shall be listed for dry-pipe service. F. Grooved Mechanical Fittings and Couplings for the entire fire protection system shall be of the same manufacturer as submitted in shop drawing equipment review. G. Cast-Iron Threaded Flanges: ANSI B16.1, Class 250; raised ground face, bolt spot faced. H. Cast Bronze Flanges: ANSI B16.24, Class 300; raised ground face, bolt holes spot faced. I. Plain end, hooker type, or push-on fittings or couplings shall not be allowed. J. Bushings and reducing couplings shall not be allowed. K. UL listed and Factory Mutual approved segmentally welded fittings are acceptable. Friction loss and flow data shall accompany hydraulic calculations. 2.8 JOINING MATERIALS: A. Welding Materials: Comply with Section II, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials appropriate for the wall thickness and chemical analysis of the pipe being welded. B. Gasket Materials: Thickness, materials and type suitable for fluid or gas to be handled, and design temperatures and pressures. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.9 GENERAL DUTY VALVES: A. Gate Valves - 2 Inch and Smaller: Body and bonnet of cast bronze, 175 pound cold water working pressure - non-shock, threaded ends, solid wedge, outside screw and yoke, rising stem, screw-in bonnet, and malleable iron handwheel. Valves shall be capable of being repacked under pressure, with valve wide open. B. Gate Valves - 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Iron body; bronze mounted, 175 pound cold water working pressure - non-shock. Valves shall have solid taper wedge; outside screw and yoke, rising stem; flanged bonnet, with body and bonnet conforming to ASTM A 126 Class B; replaceable bronze wedge facing rings; flanged ends; and a packing assembly consisting f a cast iron gland flange, brass gland, packing, bonnet, and bronze bonnet bushing. Valves shall be capable of being repacked under pressure, with valve wide open. C. Butterfly Valves: 2-1/2inches to 12inches, grooved, ductile iron body and disc ASTM-536, disc EPDM coated, listed and approved minimum 175 psi service, actuator, self- contained supervisory switch, weatherproof approved for indoor or outdoor use. D. Ball Valves: 1-1/2inches and smaller shall be threaded, forged brass construction, with Teflon seats and blow out proof stem. Ball shall be full port with chrome plated ball. E. Ball Valves: 2inches to 3inches shall be listed to 300 p.s.i. with optional internal tamper switch. Body shall be ductile iron with corrosion resistant coating. Ball shall be 316 stainless steel, standard port design. 2.10 SPECIALTY VALVES: A. Emergency Pull Box: Metal enclosure, labeled with "Manual Emergency Station" and operating instructions, complete with union, 1/2 inch pipe nipple and bronze ball valve. The enclosure cover shall be held closed by a breakable strut, which prevents accidental opening and must be replaced after each opening. 2.11 BASIC METERS AND GAUGES: A. General: Provide meters and gauges complying with Division- 23 "Meters and Gauges", in accordance with the following listing Pressure gauges, 0-250 psi range. 1. 2.12 ALARM DEVICE AND FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES: A. General: Provide fire protection specialties, UL-listed, in accordance with the listing. Provide sizes and types which mate and match piping and equipment connections. B. Supervisory Switches: Provide products recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. SPST, normally closed contacts, designed to signal valve in other than full open position. C. Pressure Switch: Indicating low pressure trouble in sprinkler system. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.13 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS: A. Sprinkler Heads: Fusible link or frangible bulb type, and style as indicated or required by the application. Unless otherwise indicated, provide heads with nominal ½ inch discharge orifice, for "ordinary" temperature range with a minimum temperature of 155 degrees F. Provide "intermediate" temperature heads in Electrical rooms, where required as noted in NFPA 13, and as required by the Authority having jurisdiction. B. Sprinkler Head Finishes: Provide heads with the following finishes: Upright, Pendent and Sidewall Styles: Factory brass, rough bronze finish for 1. heads in unfinished spaces. Heads shall be stainless steel where installed exposed to acids, chemicals, or other corrosive fumes. Concealed Style: Rough brass, adjustable, with painted white cover plate in 2.finished spaces. (GEM Models FR946 and F946 Clean Line Sprinklers are not acceptable.) Recessed Style: Bright chrome, with bright chrome escutcheon plate. GEM 3. Models FR948 and F948 recessed sprinklers are not acceptable. See drawings for additional sprinkler type requirements. 4. C. Sprinkler Head Cabinet and Wrench: Finished steel cabinet, suitable for wall mounting, with hinged cover and space for spare sprinkler heads plus sprinkler head wrench. Provide amounts of each style per NFPA-13. Locate head cabinet on shop drawing submittal. D. Plastic fire sprinkler escutcheons are not acceptable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE APPLICATIONS: A. Install Schedule 40 steel pipe with threaded joints and fittings for 2 inches and smaller. B. Install Schedule 40 steel pipe with roll-grooved ends and grooved mechanical coupling or with threaded joints and fittings. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATIONS: A. Provide a minimum 5feet-0inches cover for all underground pipe installations. Install in accordance with AWWA C600. B. Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate the general location and arrangement of piping systems. So far as practical, install piping as indicated. Drawings are diagrammatic in character and do not necessarily indicate every required offset, valve, fitting, etc. Deviations from approved "working plans" for sprinkler piping require written 1. approval of the authority having jurisdiction. Written approval shall be on file with the Engineer prior to deviating from the approved "working plans." C. Install sprinkler piping to provide for system drainage in accordance with NFPA 13. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 D. Use approved fittings to make all changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. Welded outlet branch pipe fittings are acceptable. E. Install unions in pipe 2 inch and smaller, adjacent to each valve. Unions are not required on flanged devices or in piping installations using grooved mechanical couplings. F. Install flanges or flange adapters on valves, apparatus, and equipment having 2-1/2 inch and larger connections. G. For welded pipe, all cutouts (coupons) shall be removed prior to installation. H. Hangers and Supports: Comply with the requirements of NFPA 13. Hanger and support spacing and locations for piping joined with grooved mechanical couplings shall be in accordance with the grooved mechanical coupling manufacturer's written instructions, for rigid systems. Provide protection from damage where subject to earthquake in accordance with NFPA 13. I. Make connections between underground and above-ground piping using an approved transition piece strapped or fastened to prevent separation. J. Install mechanical sleeve seal at pipe penetrations in basement and foundation walls. Refer to Division 23 Section "Basic Piping Materials and Methods." K. All piping penetrating walls to structure shall be sleeved and sealed per specification Section 23 05 10. L. Install pressure gauge on the riser or feed main at or near each test connection. Provide gauge with a connection not less than ¼” and having a soft metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between gauge and valve. Install gauges to permit removal, and where they will not be subject to freezing. M. The fire protection contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of his installation with all other contractors. See Section 23 05 00 for prioritized components. N. Protect adjacent area where pipe cutting and threading takes place (e.g. floors, ceilings, walls, etc.). O. There shall be no fire sprinkler piping in electrical rooms (other than piping serving sprinklers directly in that room) or installed over any electrical panels. P. Install hangers straight and true and piping parallel to building lines. 3.3 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION: A. Welded Joints: AWS D10.9, Level AR-3. B. Threaded Joints: Conform to ANSI B1.20.1, tapered pipe threads for field cut threads. Join pipe, fittings, and valves as follows: Note the internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of 1.internal seat or wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint. Align threads at point of assembly. 2. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads. 3. Assemble joint to appropriate thread depth. When using a wrench on valves 4. place the wrench on the valve end into which the pipe is being threaded. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe with threads which are corroded or 5. damaged. If a weld opens during cutting or threading operations, that portion of pipe shall not be used. C. Flanged Joints: Align flange surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly to appropriate torque specified by the bolt manufacturer. D. Mechanical Grooved Joints: Roll grooves on pipe ends dimensionally compatible with the couplings. E. End Treatment: After cutting pipe lengths, remove burrs and fins from pipe ends. 3.4 VALVE INSTALLATIONS: A. General: Install fire protection specialty valves, fittings and specialties in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions, NFPA 13 and the authority having jurisdiction. 3.5 SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATIONS: A. Any sprinkler heads with any paint on them shall be replaced. The sprinkler system shall then be hydrostatically tested again at the contractor's expense. B. Sprinkler heads shall be positioned so as to comply with NFPA-13 for any obstructions. This includes, but is not limited to, soffits, surface mounted lights and indirect lighting arrangements. The Fire Protection Contractor is responsible for identifying these obstructions and designing the system accordingly. C. Run piping concealed above heated furred ceilings and in joists to minimize obstructions. Expose only heads. D. Protect exposed sprinkler heads against mechanical injury with standard guards. Provide sprinkler head guards in all mechanical, electrical or storage rooms as well as exposed pendant heads which are installed less than 8feet-0inches A.F.F. E. Provide 1 inch diameter nipple and 1 inch x 1/2 inch reducing fitting for each upright head. (Excluding mechanical equipment rooms.) F. Provide heads in "pocketed" areas caused by exposed duct, piping or beams. G. Sprinkler head deflector distance from face of finished ceiling shall not exceed 4inches. H. Sprinkler heads shall be located in the center of all 2 foot x 2 foot ceiling tiles and quarter points, along the center line lengthwise of 2 foot x 4 foot ceiling tiles. I. Use proper tools to prevent damage during installations. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 11 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 J. Install sprinkler piping in a manner such that mechanical equipment, ceiling tiles or lights can be accessed and easily removed. The sprinkler piping shall be installed to provide a minimum of 6inches above the top of a finished ceiling. K. Minimum fire sprinkler head temperature rating for sprinklers in electrical rooms shall be 212 degrees F. Keep sprinklers as far from transformers and/or panels as spacing allows. 3.6 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION STANDPIPE SYSTEMS: A. Temporary construction of standpipe risers shall be provided, along with hose, nozzles and valves as appropriate and as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The risers shall continue up thru each floor as the floors are erected. Standpipes shall be supplied through a temporary Siamese inlet at grade located and sized as directed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Access to the temporary Siamese inlet connection shall be kept clear and accessible at all times. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to insure this temporary fire protection supply be available at all times. All valves shall be properly adjusted for the maximum pressure setting allowable. B. The contractor shall be responsible for all design coordination and approval with the Authority Having Jurisdiction, construction and phasing of the temporary construction standpipe system. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF BASIC IDENTIFICATION: A. General: Install mechanical identification in accordance with Division-23 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods section "Mechanical Identification". B. Install fire protection signs on piping in accordance with NFPA 13 and NFPA 14 requirements. 3.8 INSTALLATION OF METERS AND GAUGES: A. Install meters and gauges in accordance with Division-23 "Meters and Gauges". 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Flush, test and inspect sprinkler piping systems in accordance with NFPA 13, Standard for installation of sprinkler systems, Edition 1991 - Chapter 8. B. The fire sprinkler system shall not be connected to underground piping until the fire service main is tested and approved. C. The Fire Protection Contractor shall conduct and bear the costs of all necessary tests of the fire protection work, furnish all labor, power and equipment. All piping shall be tested with water as required, the tests witnessed by the authority having jurisdiction. D. Dry and preaction systems shall be both hydrostatically and pneumatically tested. Pneumatic test shall be in accordance with NFPA-13. E. The fire protection piping shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 200 psig, for a duration of not less than 2 hours. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 12 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 F. Replace piping system components which do not pass the test procedures specified, and retest repaired portion of the system at Fire Protection Contractor's expense. G. All piping tests (pneumatic and hydrostatic) shall be conducted prior to the application of any painting materials. This will prevent hidden leaks and/or repainting of repaired/altered piping. 3.10 SYSTEM CERTIFICATION: A. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with written certification prior to final inspection, that all new equipment: Has been visually inspected and functionally tested as required by the 1.Specifications. Is installed entirely in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations 2.within the limitations of the system's UL listings and NFPA criteria. Is in proper working order. 3. 3.11 FINAL INSPECTION AND TESTING: A. The Contractor shall make arrangements with the Owner for final inspection and witnessing of the final acceptance tests. The Fire Protection Contractor, the Alarm System Contractor and the Owner will conduct the final inspection and witness the final acceptance test. B. All tests and inspections required by the referenced Codes and Standards, and the Owner shall be performed by the Contractor. C. The inspecting committee as referenced above will visit the job site to inspect the work and witness the final acceptance tests when they have been advised by the Contractor that the work is completed and ready for test. If the work is not complete or the test is unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall be responsible for the Consultant's extra time and expenses for re-inspection and witnessing the re-testing of the work. Such extra fees shall be deducted from payments by the Owner to the Contractor. D. After the system has been inspected and tested, a certificate, "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate Sprinkler System - Water Spray System," shall be provided by the contractor and shall be signed by him or his representative, the Owner's representative and by a representative of the fire department if appropriate. Sufficient copies shall be prepared to ensure the Engineer, Owner, all inspecting authorities and the contractor have a copy for their files. The Contractor shall prepare one (1) test report for each inspection performed whether successful or not. E. The signing of the certificate by the Owner's representative shall in no way prejudice any claim against the contractor for faulty material, poor workmanship, or failure to comply with inspecting authority's requirements or local ordinances. F. Contractor shall provide at least five (5) working days’ notice for all tests. G. All sprinkler supervisory initiating devices shall be functionally tested to verify proper operation. H. All supervisory functions of each initiating device shall be functionally tested. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 13 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 I. Receipt of all alarm and trouble signals, initiated during the course of the testing, shall be verified at the fire alarm control panel. 3.12 WORK BY OTHERS: A. Wiring of all water flow switches and tamper switches on valves to central alarm panel are by Division 26. 3.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL: A. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with a loose-leaf manual containing: A detailed description of the systems. 1. A detailed description of routine maintenance required or recommended or which 2.would be provided under a maintenance contract including a maintenance schedule and detailed maintenance instructions for each type of device installed. One copy of NFPA-25. 3. Manufacturers' data sheets and installation manuals/instructions for all 4.equipment installed. A list of recommended spare parts. 5. Service directory, listing the specific equipment items and where parts can be 6. obtained, with name, address and telephone number. Full size sepias of the record drawings (stamped and signed per section 1.6). 7. Hydraulic calculations (stamped and signed per section 1.6). 8. Test certificates. 9. B. Refer to Division 1 and Section 23 05 00 "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE" for additional requirements. C. Within 15 days of the completion of the work, six (6) copies of the manual shall be submitted for approval. 3.14 RECORD DRAWINGS: A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain on the site an up-to-date record set of approved shop drawing prints which shall be marked to show each and every change made to the sprinkler system from the original approved shop drawings. This shall not be construed as authorization to deviate from or make changes to the shop drawings approved by the Owner without written instruction from the Owner in each case. This set of drawings shall be used only as a record set. B. Upon completion of the work, the record set of prints shall be used to prepare complete, accurate final record drawings reflecting any and all changes and deviations made to the sprinkler system. C. The Owner, at his option and at the Contractor's expense, may require revised hydraulic calculations depending on the extent and nature of field changes. D. The Record Drawings and Hydraulic Calculations shall have the signed stamp of a professional engineer registered in the State of Colorado certifying the Record Drawings and the Hydraulic Calculations accurately represent the completed fire protection system. WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 14 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 E. Upon completion of the work, two sets of blueline record drawings shall be submitted to the Owner for review. F. Upon review of the blueline record drawings, before final approval, one (1) set of reproducible mylar record drawings and four (4) additional sets of blue line record drawings shall be delivered to the Owner. 3.15 GUARANTEE PERIOD: A. Guarantee: The Contractor shall guarantee all materials and workmanship for a period of one year beginning with the date of final acceptance by the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible during the design, installation, testing and guarantee periods for any damage caused by him (or his subcontractors) or by defects in his (or his subcontractors') work, materials, or equipment. B. Emergency Service: During the installation and warranty period, the Contractor shall provide emergency repair service for the sprinkler system within four hours of a request by the Owner for such service. This service shall be provided on a 24 hour per day, seven days per week basis. 3.16 TRAINING: A. The Contractor shall conduct two (2) training sessions of four (4) hours each to familiarize the building personnel with the features, operation and maintenance of the sprinkler systems. Training sessions shall be scheduled by the Owner at a time mutually agreeable to the Contractor and the Owner. 3.17 WATER DAMAGE: A. The Fire Protection Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to the work of others, to building and property/ materials of others caused by leaks in automatic sprinkler equipment, unplugged or disconnected pipes or fittings, and shall pay for necessary replacement or repair of work or items so damaged during the installation, testing or guarantee periods of the automatic sprinkler work. END OF SECTION 21 1000 WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 15 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 22 1110 - FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. This Section specifies the water distribution piping system, including potable cold, hot, and recirculated hot water piping, fittings, and specialties within the building to a point 5 feet outside the building. B. Products installed but not furnished under this Section include water meters which will be provided by the utility company, to the site, ready for installation. The following is the name and address of the utility company: Eagle River Water Sanitation District 846 Forest Road Vail, CO 81657 C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this section. 1. Refer to Division 23 for trenching and backfilling materials and methods for underground piping installations. 2. Refer to other Division 23 sections for piping materials; methods for sealing pipe penetrations through basement walls and fire and smoke barriers; thermometers, flow meters and pressure gauges; mechanical identification; plumbing pumps; dielectric unions, strainers and pressure regulating valves. 1.2 DEFINITIONS: A. Water Distribution Piping: A pipe within the building or on the premises which conveys water from the water service pipe or meter to the points of usage. B. Water Service Piping: The pipe from the water main or other source of potable water supply to the water distributing system of the building served. C. Pipe sizes used in this specification are Nominal Pipe Size (NPS). 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Refer to Division 1 and Basic Mechanical Requirements for administrative and procedural requirements for submittals. B. Provide data for each piping specialty and valve specified. C. Certification of Compliance with ASME and UL fabrication requirements. D. Test reports as specified in Part 3 of this section. E. Manufacturer and product data for lead free solder with material breakdown. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 1110 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 F. Maintenance data for each piping specialty and valve specified for inclusion in operation and maintenance manual specified in Division 22. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the provisions of the following: 1. 2006 International Plumbing Code. 2. NSF Standard 61: "Drinking Water System Components." 3. ASME B 31.9 "Building Services Piping" for materials, products and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label. 4. ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code", Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualification" for Qualifications for Welding Processes and Operators. 5. ASSE Compliance: Comply with applicable ASSE Standards pertaining to materials, products and installation of water distribution systems. 6. Local Utility Department requirements. 7. Local Cross Connection Control Manual. 8. Latest edition of the Engineering Standards of the Denver Board of Water Commissioners. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Store pipe in a manner to prevent sagging and bending. B. Cap ends of piping when being stored. C. Store all materials per the manufacturer’s recommendations. 1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: A. Coordinate the size and location of concrete equipment pads. Cast anchor bolt inserts into pad. Concrete, reinforcement and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3. B. Coordinate the installation of pipe sleeves for foundation wall penetrations. 1.7 EXTRA STOCK: A. Maintenance Stock: Furnish one valve key for each key operated wall hydrant, hose bibb or faucet installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Shock Arresters: a. Precision Plumbing Products b. Sioux Chief 2. Backflow Preventers: WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 1110 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 a. Febco b. Wilkins c. Watts Regulator Co. d. Apollo 3. Water Tempering Valves: a. Powers b. Leonard c. Watts d. Zurn e. Bradley 4. Thermostatic Mixing Valves: a. Leonard 2.2 PIPE AND TUBE MATERIALS: A. General: Provide pipe material and pipe fittings complying with Division 23. 2.3 BASIC SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS: A. General: Provide supports and anchors complying with Division 23. 2.4 GENERAL DUTY VALVES: A. General: Provide valves complying with Division 23. 2.5 SPECIAL DUTY VALVES: A. Calibrated Balance Valve: Provide valve complying with Division 23. 2.6 PIPING SPECIALTIES: A. Shock Arresters - Piston Type: 60 psi precharge, sealed from system water with free sliding piston and EPDM O-rings. Suitable for up to 150 psi and 180 degrees F, threaded connection. Shock arresters shall be ASSE 1010 certified. B. Backflow Preventers: 1. BFP-1 (Vacuum breaker, atmospheric type): Atmospheric type, all brass, angle pattern with disc float that closes the atmospheric vent for temperatures up to 210 degrees F.; full size orifice for maximum flow; female thread inlet and outlet; rough brass [chrome plated] exterior finish; unit to be approved by National Sanitary Foundation. a. Watts No. 288 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 1110 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. Verify that all water distribution piping may be installed in accordance with pertinent codes & regulations, the original design and the applicable referenced standards. B. Examine rough-in requirements for plumbing fixtures and other equipment having water connections to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation. C. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION: A. Refer to Division 23 for materials and methods for installation of piping. B. Install backflow preventers on plumbing lines where contamination of domestic water may occur to include but not be limited to: Boiler make-up lines, hose bibbs and flush valves. C. Install pressure reducing valves to limit maximum static pressure at plumbing fixtures to 65 psig. D. Install shock arresters in hot and cold domestic water piping systems on each set of flush valves, quick closing type valves and other locations where hydrostatic shock pressures could occur. 3.3 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. Refer to Division 23 for installation of supports and anchors. 3.4 PIPE AND TUBE JOINT CONSTRUCTION: A. Refer to Division 23 for materials and methods for pipe joints. 3.5 VALVE APPLICATIONS: A. General Duty Valve Applications: The drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated the following requirements apply: 1. Shut-off duty: Use gate, ball and butterfly valves. 2. Throttling duty: Use globe, ball and butterfly valves. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF VALVES: A. Sectional Valves: Install sectional valves on each branch and riser, close to main, where branch or riser serves 2 or more plumbing fixtures or equipment connections, and elsewhere as indicated. For sectional valves 2” and smaller, use gate or ball valves; for sectional valves 2-½” and larger, use gate or butterfly valves. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 1110 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Shutoff Valves: Install shutoff valves on inlet of each plumbing equipment item, on inlet of each plumbing fixture and elsewhere as indicated. For shutoff valves 2” and smaller, use ball valves; for shutoff valves 2-½” and larger, use gate or butterfly valves. C. Drain Valves: Install drain valves on each plumbing equipment item, located to completely drain equipment for service or repair. Install drain valves at the base of each riser, at low points of horizontal runs, and elsewhere as required to completely drain distribution piping system. For drain valves 2” and smaller, use ball valves; for drain valves 2-1/2” and larger, use gate or butterfly valves. D. Check Valves: Install non-slam spring loaded check valves on discharge side of each pump and elsewhere as indicated. See Division 23 for valve application. E. Balance Cocks: Install in each hot water recirculating loop, discharge side of each pump, and elsewhere as indicated. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES: A. Install backflow preventers at each connection to mechanical equipment and systems, and in compliance with the plumbing code and authority having jurisdiction. Locate in same room as equipment being connected. Pipe relief outlet through air gap and without valves, to nearest floor drain or floor sink. Provide access and required clearances to backflow preventer as required. B. Install pressure regulating valves with inlet and outlet shutoff valves, and balance cock bypass. Install pressure gauge on valve outlet. C. Install shock arresters in locations shown on drawings and at all water connections to equipment with flush valves, quick closing valves, including, but not limited to: water closets, urinals, clinical service sinks, dishwashers, disposals, clothes washers, ice makers, auto claves, pre-rinse spray hose, etc. Provide with an isolation valve. Install in accessible location. Provide access doors in accordance with architectural recommendations. 1. Units shall be sized in accordance with the following schedule. Drawing Designation Fixture Unit Rating P.D.I. Size SA-1 1-11 A SA-2 12-32 B SA-3 33-60 C SA-4 61-113 D SA-5 114-154 E SA-6 155-330 F WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 1110 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.8 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: A. Piping Runouts to Fixtures: Provide hot and cold water piping runouts to fixtures of sizes indicated, but in no case smaller than required by Plumbing Code. For fixtures with hot water service, extend hot water recirculation line out to fixtures greater than 20’ away from main or loop hot water line down to the fixture. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Inspections: Inspect water distribution piping as follows: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into operation water distribution piping system until it has been inspected and approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 2. During the progress of the installation, notify the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction, at least 48 hours prior to the time such inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in the presence of the plumbing official. a. Rough-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of the piping system after the system is roughed-in but before concealing or closing in piping and prior to setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange for a final inspection by the plumbing official to observe the tests specified below and to ensure compliance with the requirements of the plumbing code. 3. Reinspections: Whenever the plumbing official finds that the piping system will not pass the test or inspection, make the required corrections and arrange for reinspection by the plumbing official. 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports, signed by the plumbing official. B. Test water distribution piping as follows: 1. Refer to Division 22 for materials and methods for performing pipe tests. 3.10 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Clean and disinfect water distribution piping as follows: 1. Purge all new water distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems, which have been altered, extended or repaired prior to use. 2. Use the purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by the authority having jurisdiction, or in case a method is not prescribed by that authority, the procedure described in either AWWA C651, AWWA C652 or as described below: a. Flush the piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at the points of outlet. b. Fill the system or part thereof, with a water/chlorine solution containing at least 50 parts per million of chlorine. Isolate (valve off) the system, or part thereof, and allow to stand for 24 hours. c. Drain the system, or part thereof, of the previous solution, and refill with a water/chlorine solution containing at least 200 parts per million of chlorine and isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 1110 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 d. Following the allowed standing time, flush the system with clean potable water until chlorine does not remain in the water coming from the system. e. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to the authority having jurisdiction. Repeat the procedure if the biological examination made by the authority shows evidence of contamination. B. Prepare reports for all purging and disinfecting activities. 3.11 COMMISSIONING: A. Fill the system. B. Check compression tanks to determine that they are not air bound and that the system is completely full of water. C. Before operating the system perform these steps: 1. Open valves to full open position. Close drains, valves, hydrants and sill cocks. 2. Remove and clean strainers. END OF SECTION 22 1110 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 1110 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 22 1319 - SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. This Section specifies building sanitary drainage, storm drainage, drainage specialties and vent piping systems. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Refer to Division 2/23 sections for trenching and backfilling materials and methods for underground piping installations; not work of this section. 2. Refer to Division 2/23 Section for storm water drainage piping beginning from 5’- 0” the building; sanitary drainage piping beginning from 5’-0” outside the building; foundation drain piping; not work of this section. 3. Refer to other Division 23 sections for piping materials & methods, sealing pipe penetrations through basement & foundation walls, fire & smoke barriers and mechanical identification. 1.2 DEFINITIONS: A. Building Drain: That part of the lowest piping of a drainage system which receives the discharge from soil, waste and other drainage pipes inside the walls of the building and conveys it to the building sewer to a point 5’-0” outside the building wall. B. Building Sewer: That part of the horizontal piping of a drainage system which extends from the end of the building drain and conveys its discharge to a public sewer, private sewer, individual sewage disposal system or other point of disposal. C. Drainage System: Includes all the piping within a public or private premises which conveys sewage, rain water or other liquid wastes to a point of disposal. It does not include the mains of public sewer systems, private or public sewage treatment or disposal plant. D. Vent System: A pipe or pipes installed to provide a flow of air to or from a drainage system, or to provide a circulation of air within such system to protect trap seals from siphonage and back pressure. E. See legend on drawings for additional information. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for all plumbing items including the model clearly indicated, operating weights, furnished specialties & accessories and installation instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly type shop drawings indicating dimensions, required clearances and methods of assembly of components. SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 1319 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products; in accordance with requirements of Division 23. D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for each type of drain and accessory, including "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide. Include this data, product data and shop drawings in maintenance manual and in accordance with requirements of Division 23. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the provisions of the following: 1. Plumbing Code Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of Local Plumbing Code. 2. ANSI Compliance: Comply with applicable ANSI standards pertaining to materials, products and installation of soil and waste systems. 3. ASSE Compliance: Comply with applicable ASSE Standards pertaining to materials, products and installation of soil and waste systems. 4. PDI Compliance: Comply with applicable PDI standards pertaining to products and installation of soil and waste systems. 5. PVC, CPVC and PVDF Pipe: Only Contractor's personnel which have received training in the installation of this material and meet the manufacturer's qualifications shall do the assembly of such material. 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: A. Coordinate the installation of roof drains, flashing and roof penetrations. B. Coordinate flashing materials installation of roofing, waterproofing and adjoining substrate work. C. Coordinate the installation of drains in poured-in-place concrete slabs, to include proper drain elevations, installation of flashing and slope of slab to drains. D. Coordinate with installation of sanitary and storm sewer systems as necessary to interface building drains with drainage piping systems. E. Coordinate all penetrations with Structural Engineer. F. Coordinate all installations with work of other trades. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide drainage and vent systems from one of the following: 1. Drainage Piping Specialties, including drains and cleanouts: a. Josam Manufacturing Co. b. Jay R. Smith c. Tyler Pipe d. Zurn Industries SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 1319 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 e. Wade f. Woodford g. Precision Plumbing Products h. Mifab 2.2 SANITARY AND STORM DRAINAGE, VENT AND SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE PIPE AND FITTINGS: A. General: Provide piping and pipe fittings complying with Division 23. B. PVC/DWV is acceptable for Vent and Storm 2.3 BASIC SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS: A. General: Provide supports and anchors complying with Division 23. 2.4 CLEANOUTS: A. Cleanout Plugs: Cast brass, threads complying with ANSI B2.1 and local plumbing code. B. Floor Cleanout: Round, cast iron body with recessed bronze closure plug; scoriated polished bronze frame and cover plate. C. Wall Cleanout: Cleanout tee with raised head brass plug tapped for 1/4-20 thread; flat style chrome plated wall cover plate with holes for ¼-inch bolt; 1/4-20 threaded bolt with chrome plated flat head. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: A. General: Install piping in accordance with local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), except where more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Inspect piping before installation to detect apparent defects. Mark defective materials and promptly remove from site. C. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. Verify that all drainage, vent piping and specialties may be installed in accordance with pertinent codes and regulations, the original design and referenced standards. D. Verify all existing grades, inverts, utilities, obstacles and topographical conditions prior to installations. E. Examine rough-in requirements for plumbing fixtures and other equipment having drain connections to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation. F. Examine walls, floors, roof and plumbing chases for suitable conditions where piping and specialties are to be installed. G. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 1319 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.2 FOUNDATION PREPARATION FOR UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAINS: A. Refer to Division 2/23 for trenching and backfill requirements. 3.3 INSTALLATION: A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics and diagrams) indicate the general location and arrangement of the piping systems. Location and arrangement of piping layout take into account many design considerations. So far as practical, install piping as indicated. B. Provide flashing membrane for all floor drains in structure above slab on grade level; see flashing detail on mechanical drawings. C. Lubricate cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Prior to building turnover remove cleanout plugs, relubricate and reinstall using only enough force to ensure permanent leakproof joint. 3.4 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. General: Refer to Division 23 for supports and anchors. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES: A. Above Ground Cleanouts: Install in above ground piping and building drain piping as indicated, and extend cleanouts to floor or wall above. Line cleanouts are not acceptable unless otherwise noted on the drawings. 1. As required by plumbing code; 2. At each change in direction of piping greater than 135 degrees below slab; 3. At minimum intervals of 100 feet; 4. At base of each vertical soil or waste stack; 5. At sinks on grade; 6. At each toilet group. B. Cleanouts Covers: Install floor and wall cleanout covers, types as indicated, and in accessible locations. C. Flashing Flanges: Install flashing flange and clamping device with each stack and cleanout passing through waterproof membranes. 3.6 PIPE AND TUBE JOINT CONSTRUCTION: A. Install pipes and pipe joints in accordance with Division 23. 3.7 CONNECTIONS: A. Piping Runouts to Fixtures: Provide drainage and vent piping runouts to plumbing fixtures and drains, with approved trap, of sizes indicated; but in no case smaller than required by the plumbing code. B. Locate piping runouts as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures or drains. SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 1319 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Piping System Test: Test drainage and vent system in accordance with the procedures of the local Authority Having Jurisdiction, or in the absence of a published procedure, as described in Division 15. B. Inspections: 1. Do not enclose, cover or put into operation drainage and vent piping system until it has been pressure tested, inspected and approved by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction. 2. During the progress of the installation, notify the plumbing official having jurisdiction, at least 48 hours prior to the time such inspection must be made. Perform tests specified in Division 15 in the presence of the plumbing official. a. Rough-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of the piping system before concealing or closing in after system is roughed-in, and prior to setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange for a final inspection to observe the tests specified and to ensure compliance with the requirements of the plumbing code. 3. Re-inspections: Whenever the piping system fails to pass the test or inspection, make the required corrections and arrange for re-inspection. 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports, signed by the plumbing official. 3.9 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Clean drain strainers, domes, and traps. Remove dirt and debris. 3.10 PROTECTION: A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris, and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day or whenever work stops. Piping shall not be left open ended during construction. C. Exposed PVC, CPVC and PVDF Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with 2 coats of water based latex paint. Color selection shall be by Architect. END OF SECTION 22 1319 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 1319 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 22 4000 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of plumbing fixtures work required by this section is indicated on drawings, schedules and by specified requirements of this section. B. See Plumbing Fixture Schedule on drawings for types of fixtures specified. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Codes and Standards: 1. 2006 International Plumbing Code. 2. NSF Standard 61: "Drinking Water System Components." 3. ASHRAE Standard 18: "Methods of Testing for Rating Drinking-Water Coolers with Self-Contained Mechanical Refrigeration." 4. ARI Standard 1010: "Self Contained, Mechanically Refrigerated Drinking Water Coolers." 5. UL Standard 399: "Drinking Water Coolers." 6. Colorado Drinking Water Act – Current Addition. 7. Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment Regulations. 8. Colorado Cross-Connection Control Manual: “Fifth Edition.” 9. ANSI Standard A117.1: "Standard on Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities." 10. Public Law 101-336: "The Americans with Disabilities Act." 11. Public Law 102-486: “Energy Policy Act.” 12. Energy Conservation Act - 2001: "Energy Conservation Standards." B. Where fixtures are indicated on the architectural drawings and intended to be ADA compliant, it shall be the sole responsibility for all manufacturers and/or suppliers to provide plumbing fixtures and related trim which meets the ADA requirements. Such indication may be shown by note on floor plans or schedules, by clearance dimensions or areas on the plans or other graphics or notes on elevations. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit product data and installation instructions for each fixture, faucet, specialty, accessory and trim specified or shown on plumbing fixture schedule; clearly indicate rated capacities of selected models. B. Shop Drawings: Submit rough-in drawings with brand names on each sheet and item. Detail dimensions, rough-in requirements, required clearances and methods of assembly of components and anchorages. Coordinate requirements with architectural casework shop drawings specified in Division 6 for fixtures installed in countertops and cabinets. Furnish templates for use in casework shop drawings. C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements and wiring diagrams for power supply to units. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 factory installed and field installed. Coordinate and provide matrix of mechanical and electrical requirements as specified in Division 22. D. Color Charts: Coordinate fixture color with Architect and submit manufacturer's standard color charts for cabinet finishes and fixture colors. E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and spare parts lists for each type of manufactured plumbing fixture, valve and trim. In addition to providing in the submittals, include this data, product data and shop drawings with operations and maintenance manuals. F. Submit certification of compliance with specified performance verification requirements and IPC, NSF, ANSI, UL and ASHRAE Standards. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Store fixtures where environmental conditions are uniformly maintained within the manufacturer’s recommended temperatures to prevent damage. B. Store fixtures and trim in the manufacturer's original shipping containers. Do not stack containers or store in such a manner that may cause damage to the fixture or trim. Keep covered and protected at all times. 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: A. Schedule rough-in installations with the installation of other building components. Provide access as required or as shown in the manufacturer’s guidelines. 1.6 MAINTENANCE: A. Extra Stock: 1. Furnish special wrenches and other devices necessary for servicing plumbing fixtures and trim to Owner with receipt in a quantity of one device for each 10 fixtures, minimum of one wrench and one device. 2. For each type of faucet, furnish faucet repair kits complete with all necessary washers, springs, pins, retainers, packings, O-rings, sleeves, cartridges and seats in a quantity of 1 kit for each 20 faucets, minimum one repair kit per faucet type. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following specified manufacturers: 1. Water Closets: a. American Standard b. Toto c. Zurn PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2. Lavatories: a. American Standard b. Kohler c. Toto d. Zurn 3. Stainless Steel Sinks: a. Elkay b. Just 4. Enameled Cast Iron Sinks: a. American Standard b. Kohler c. Zurn 5. Fixture Carriers and Supports: a. Josam b. J.R. Smith c. Zurn d. Wade 6. Faucets: a. T & S Brass b. Chicago Faucets 7. Flush Valves: a. Sloan b. Zurn 8. Shower Valves: a. Symmons b. Powers 9. Water Closet Seats (Must be carefully coordinated with Toilet Shape in Submittal to Match): a. Bemis b. American Standard 10. Mop Service Basins: a. Fiat b. Florestone c. Manstone PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 11. Emergency Fixtures: a. Bradley b. Haws c. Speakman d. Guardian 12. Fixture Supplies, Stops & Traps: a. McGuire b. Brasscraft 13. Under Lavatory/Sink Protective Pipe Covers: a. McGuire b. True Bro 2.2 FIXTURES: A. Water Closets 1. Fixture Color: White, unless specified otherwise. Coordinate with architectural. 2. Action: Siphon jet. 3. Rim: Elongated round front. 4. Trim: All trim shall be chrome plated, cast brass or copper tube. Plastics or metal alloy base type material will not be acceptable. Provide tip-down bed pan washers where water closets are dedicated to a patient room. 5. All ADA installations for operating handles shall meet ANSI 117.1–1998 requirements. 6. Cast iron or red brass threaded nipples for wall hung fixture connections to carrier. 7. Provide fully glazed trapways. Partial glazing is not acceptable. B. Lavatories 1. Material: Plastic formed or enameled steel lavatories are not acceptable. 2. Fixture Color: White, unless specified otherwise. Coordinate with architectural. 3. Mounting: Lavatories specified or scheduled as wall hung shall be supported from floor mounted top & bottom bearing plate or concealed arm carrier. Wall mounted wood or metal blocking hangers will not be permitted. Counter mounting, self-rimming or composite countertop with integral bowl as specified or scheduled. 4. Faucet hole drilling: Drilling shall be provided by the fixture manufacturer to match the required fixture mounting and accessories specified by this and other sections of the plans and specifications. Faucet hole covers will not be acceptable. Contractor to coordinate prior to ordering lavatories. 5. Size and style of listed acceptable units shall match the specified or scheduled unit including appearance, shrouds, enclosures, soap depressions, front or rear overflows, flat slab rim, splash back, shelf back side shields, etc. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. Stainless Steel Sinks 1. Material: Type 304, 18-gauge stainless steel. 2. Fixture Color: No. 4 satin finish for stainless steel. White, for enameled cast iron, unless specifically specified otherwise. Composites only as specified. 3. Mounting: Wall mounted and carrier mounted sinks shall be installed per manufacturer recommendations and instructions. 4. Faucet hole drillings shall match the faucet configuration and accessories specified in the mechanical and architectural documents, i.e. dishwasher air gaps, liquid dispensers, remote drain operators, eye washes, etc. when mounted in the sink back ledge. Note: Faucet hole covers will not be acceptable. Contractor to coordinate prior to ordering sinks. 5. Stainless steel sinks to be sound deadened with undercoating. D. Enameled Cast Iron Sinks 1. Material: Cast iron. 2. Fixture Color: White, unless specifically specified otherwise. Composites only as specified. 3. Mounting: Wall mounted and carrier mounted sinks shall be installed per manufacturer recommendations and instructions. 4. Faucet hole drillings shall match the faucet configuration and accessories specified in the mechanical and architectural documents, i.e. dishwasher air gaps, liquid dispensers, remote drain operators, eye washes, etc. when mounted in the sink back ledge. Note: Faucet hole covers will not be acceptable. Contractor to coordinate prior to ordering sinks. 2.3 FIXTURE SUPPORTS AND CARRIERS: A. Water Closet Supports: Commercial grade adjustable, factory painted, cast iron face plate, support base and appropriate type waste fitting having face plate gasket; zinc plated steel fixture studs and fasteners; coated and threaded adjustable wall coupling with neoprene closet outlet gasket; and chrome plated fixture cap nuts and fiber fixture washers. Units shall have elevated mounting heights of wheelchair fixtures, siphon jet or blow-out action water closet and type of sanitary piping system to which it is connected. Provide minimum 500 lb. load rated carrier for all wall hung water closets. Structural carriers shall not be used. B. Lavatory Supports: Commercial grade cast iron supports, having tubular steel uprights with concealed arms and sleeves, mounted on adjustable headers and complete with heavy cast iron short feet bolted to floor, alignment trusses and mounting fasteners. 2.4 FAUCETS: A. Lavatory Trim 1. All lavatory faucets shall be provided with ¼-turn handles, laminar flow controls in lieu of aerators. 2. All lavatory faucets shall be provided with ceramic disc cartridges. 3. Faucets shall be chrome plated brass complying with restrictions for lead content for the requirements of the jurisdiction or district. 4. Infrared faucets must be provided with integral stops. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Sink Trim 1. All sink faucets shall be provided with ¼-turn handles, laminar flow controls in lieu of aerators. 2. All sink faucets shall be provided with ceramic disc cartridges. 3. Alternate faucet controls, i.e. self-closing, knee operated, foot operated, etc. shall be provided complete with all necessary anchoring and mounting devices recommended and supplied by the device manufacturer. 4. All sink faucets shall be chrome plated brass complying with restrictions for lead content for the requirements of the jurisdiction or district. Types include hand, foot, knee, infra-red or heat sensing type operations. 5. Infrared faucets must be provided with integral stops. C. Mop Service Basin Trim 1. All mop service basin faucets shall be wall mounted, all brass supply faucet, 10” spout with wall brace, ¾” male hose thread outlet and vacuum breaker, lever handles, wall flanges and ½” female thread inlets and rough chrome plated finish. 2. Faucets must be provided with integral stops. 2.5 FLUSH VALVES: A. Description: Exposed type, quiet action, all brass, chrome plated, oscillating non hold open handle, 1" screwdriver angle stop with vandal resistant cap, vacuum breaker, 1- 1/2" flushing connection with tailpiece, spud coupling for 1-1/2" top spud, wall and spud flanges, sweat solder adaptor, flow rate as specified, handle shall conform to ADA requirements. B. Coating: Provide certified coated flush valve with permanent anti-bacterial coating by the manufacturer for all medical facilities and medical use areas. C. Provide tip-down bed pan washers where water closets are dedicated to a patient room. 2.6 WATER CLOSET SEATS: A. Material: Solid plastic, high impact commercial weight. Provide with permanent anti-bacterial treatment by the manufacturer. B. Color: Color shall match fixture. Coordinate with architectural C. Provide elongated open front, less cover, stainless steel hinge posts and self-sustaining with check hinges. 2.7 MOP SERVICE BASINS: A. Mop Service Basins 1. Provide stainless steel guards on all sides. 2. Provide stainless steel drain with removable stainless steel strainer. 3. Provide stainless steel splash panels to protect walls above rim. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.8 EMERGENCY FIXTURES: A. Emergency Eyewashes 1. Description: Two aerated spray outlets with flip-top dust caps. 2. Valve: ½” brass stay-open valve with chrome finish and stainless steel push handle. 3. Performance: Capable of 3.6 gpm @ 30 psi 4. Emergency eyewash shall be served by a thermostatic mixing valve that meets ANSI Z358.1 requirements. 2.9 FITTINGS, TRIM, AND ACCESSORIES: A. Stops and Supplies for Water Closets: Polished, chrome-plated, brass ball and stem, loose key, ¼-turn angle stop having ½” inlet and 3/8” O.D. x 12" long chrome plated copper supply riser or braided stainless steel flexible tubing; outlet with collar, wall flange and escutcheon. Quantity to match trim specified. Deliver all handles to Owner. B. Stops and Supplies for Lavatories and Sinks: Polished, chrome-plated, brass ball and stem, loose key, ¼-turn angle stop having ½” inlet and 3/8" O.D. x 12" long chrome plated copper supply riser or braided stainless steel flexible tubing; outlet with collar, wall flange and escutcheon. Quantity to match trim specified. Deliver all handles to Owner. C. Hot water supply shall always be located on the left side of fixture and the cold supply shall always be located on the right side of fixture. D. Sink Strainers: All sink strainers shall be “Spin-N-Grin” type models unless specifically specified otherwise. E. Traps for Lavatories, Electric Water Coolers and Drinking Fountains: 17-gauge, 1-1/4” chrome-plated tubular brass, 1-1/4" adjustable "P" trap and waste to wall with escutcheon. F. Traps for Sinks: 17-gauge, chrome-plated tubular brass, 1-1/2" or 2” adjustable "P" trap and waste to wall with escutcheon. G. Escutcheons: Chrome-plated cast brass, one piece with set screw. H. All ADA accessible lavatories and sinks shall have the supply and waste piping insulated with under lavatory/sink ADA covers. 2.10 UNDER LAVATORY/SINK PROTECTIVE PIPE COVERS: A. ADA Accessible Lavatories and Sinks: Provide white, molded antimicrobial vinyl cover for stops, supplies, trap and tailpiece. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: A. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. Verify that all plumbing fixtures may be installed in accordance with codes & regulations, the intended design and the referenced standards. B. Examine rough-in for potable water and waste piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installing fixtures. C. Examine walls, floors and cabinets for suitable conditions where fixtures are to be installed. D. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Install plumbing fixtures level and plumb in accordance with fixture manufacturer's written instructions, rough-in drawings, codes & regulations, the intended design and the referenced standards. B. All wall hung fixtures shall be supported from the building structure with floor mounted carriers. Do not support from walls. C. Securely fasten the fixture carrier or support to the building structure using ½” all-thread rods and bolts. Fasten plumbing fixtures securely to supports or building structure as specified. Secure supplies within wall and cabinet construction to provide rigid installation. D. Provide wax or neoprene waste outlet sealing ring for floor set and wall hung fixtures. E. Flush valves shall be anchored behind walls to eliminate and push-pull, horizontal or vertical movement. F. All flush valves shall have a properly sized water hammer arrestor. Refer to Division 22 for water hammer arrestors. G. Set prefabricated showers, shower receptors and mop basins in a level bed of cement grout; material shall be as recommended by manufacturer or as specified by Architect. H. Install fixture water stop valves in accessible locations. Hot water supply shall always be located on the left side of fixture and the cold supply shall always be located on the right side of the fixture. I. Provide cleanouts as shown on drawings or per the applicable Plumbing Code. J. Install escutcheons at each wall, floor and ceiling penetration in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Seal pipe penetration prior to installing. Use correct size of escutcheon to cover entire opening. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 K. Seal fixtures to walls and floors using non-hardening silicone sealant with coved finish as specified in Division 7. Match sealant color to fixture color, except for stainless steel sinks. L. Chrome plated cap nuts for wall hung fixtures shall be installed with strap wrench to prevent marring. M. Fixtures shall be product of one manufacturer and must be manufactured in the USA per Division 22. N. Install hose end faucets and hose connection with field backflow preventers to meet Colorado Cross Connection Control Manual regulations and current jurisdictional codes. O. Solidly attach floor mounted water closets to floor flanges. 3.3 ADA ACCESSIBILITY: A. Review Mechanical and Architectural drawings to determine fixtures requiring ADA accessibility. Notify Architect/Engineer of any physical conflicts preventing full dimensional compliance prior to beginning work. B. Comply with the installation requirements of ANSI A117.1-1998 and Public Law 90-480-1968 with respect to plumbing fixtures for the physically handicapped. Arrange flush valve/flush tank handles with proper orientation to meet ADA requirements. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Test fixtures to demonstrate proper operation upon completion of installation and after units are water pressurized. Replace malfunctioning units, then retest. B. Inspect each installed unit for damage. Replace damaged fixtures. 3.5 ADJUSTING: A. Adjust water pressure at drinking fountains, faucets and shower valves to provide proper flow and stream. Contractor shall adjust flush valve to proper flow rate for appropriate wash and flush water volume to match the intended flush action for the installed units. B. Replace leaking or dripping faucets and stops. 3.6 CLEANING: A. Clean fixtures, trim and strainers using manufacturer's recommended cleaning methods and materials prior to final turnover to Owner. 3.7 PROTECTION: A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and trim as required by this section. B. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities unless expressly approved in writing by the Owner. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.8 FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHT SCHEDULE: A. Fixture mounting height and rough-in dimensions shall be per ADA requirements or as indicated on the architectural drawings and specifications. 3.9 WATER CONSERVATION A. All plumbing fixtures shall be of water conservation design per the Water Conservation Act of 2004. As a minimum, provide devices to restrict water flow as follows unless scheduled otherwise: 1. Lavatory 2.2 gpm maximum 2. Sink 2.2 gpm maximum 3. Water Closets (siphon jet) 1.6 gpf maximum END OF SECTION 22 4000 PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 4000 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 22 6000 - GAS AND VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of medical gas systems equipment and products, of types, materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Installer Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects with medical gas systems work similar to that required for project. Individual installers shall be qualified in accordance with ASME Boiler and 1. Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX as modified by NFPA 99. On site supervisors shall have completed a 32 hour training course on the 2. installation of medical gas systems in accordance with ANSI requirements. C. Codes and Standards: NFPA Compliance: Install and test medical gas systems in accordance with the 1.latest version of NFPA 99. ASME Compliance: Provide medical gas pressure vessels and relief valves in 2.accordance with ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code"; provide ASME Code Symbol Stamp. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and install medical gas systems in accordance 3. with ASME B31.9 "Building Service Piping". UL Compliance: Provide electrical components which are UL-listed and have UL 4. label affixed. All equipment supplied under this section shall be compatible with existing 5. secondary equipment, if any. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for medical gas systems materials and products. B. Shop Drawings: Submit scaled layout drawings of medical gas systems pipe and fittings including, but not necessarily limited to, pipe and tube sizes, locations, elevations and slopes of horizontal runs, wall and floor penetrations, equipment connections, and gas outlets. Indicate interface and spatial relationship between piping and proximate equipment. C. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products; in accordance with requirements of Division 23. D. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring to units. Submit manufacturer's ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory-installed and portions to be field-installed. GAS AND VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES 22 6000 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for medical gas systems materials and products. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, record drawings, and wiring diagrams in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 23. F. Installer Qualifications: Submit installer qualifications, including brazing certifications and medical gas training documentation. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver medical gas equipment, including air compressors, vacuum pumps, and gas storage units with factory-installed shipping skids; accessories packaged in factory-fabricated fiberboard containers; and pipe/tube with plastic end-cap protectors to prevent pipe-end damage and to eliminate dirt and moisture from entering interior of pipe/tube. B. Handle medical gas piping and equipment carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures and finishes. Do not install damaged equipment; replace and return damaged units to equipment manufacturer. C. Store medical gas piping and equipment indoors and protect from weather and construction traffic. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide medical gas systems products by one of the following: Medical Gas Equipment and Accessories: 1. a. Chemetron Medical Div.; Allied Healthcare Products, Inc. b. Hill Rom/Medeas c. Beacon 2.2 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS: A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. 2.3 BASIC IDENTIFICATION: A. General: Provide identification complying with Division 23 05 53 section "Mechanical Identification", and NFPA 99. 2.4 BASIC PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS: A. Medical Gas Piping: All above and below grade pipe for oxygen, nitrous oxide, nitrogen, vacuum and medical compressed air shall be minimum ½” (¾” for vacuum) Type K or L copper tubing (ASTM B819), hard drawn, seamless copper tubing, except that "pigtails" of not less than 3/8” OD for positive pressure gasses, ½” OD for vacuum, soft annealed tubing, not exceeding 8inches, may be used at outlets. Pipe shall be GAS AND VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES 22 6000 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 factory prewashed, oxygen clean grade, capped and labeled by pipe supplier and delivered sealed to the job site. B. All fittings used for connecting copper tubing shall be wrought copper brazing fittings complying with MSS SP-73, suitable for brazed connections and especially prepared by the manufacturer for oxygen service. C. All joints in the piping shall be made with copper-phosphorus-silver brazing alloy with 15percent silver content, BcuP-5, without flux, melting range 1190-1480deg F. 2.5 BASIC PIPING SPECIALTIES: A. General: Provide piping specialties complying with Division 23 Section 23 05 18 "Piping Specialties." 2.6 BASIC SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS: A. General: Provide supports and anchors, complying with Division 23, Section 230529 "Supports and Anchors", in accordance with the following listing: Extension split pipe clamp, copper plated, hinged or 2- bolt for pipe support from 1. any substrate. 2.7 IN-LINE SHUTOFF VALVES: A. Shutoff Valves: Provide medical gas (3 piece) shutoff valves, bronze-body, double seal, full flow, union ball type, with seat seals and stem seals. Design so quarter turn of lever-type valves handle is maximum travel between open and closed positions. Design for working pressure of 300 psi minimum. Provide valves with color-coded gas identification labels. B. In line shutoff valves intended for use to isolate existing systems for piping maintenance or to extend to new piping systems are permitted. These valves shall be located in a secure area and locked open and labeled in accordance with NFPA 99 as follows: Caution - (name of medical gas) Valve 1. Do Not Close Except in Emergency 2. This Valve Controls Supply to (area served) 3. Where valve is for future, downstream piping shall be closed with brazed cap. 4. 2.8 MEDICAL GAS EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES: A. General: Provide factory-fabricated medical gas accessories of sizes, types, ratings and capacities indicated. Where type is not indicated, provide components and equipment complying with NFPA 99, and as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. B. Zone Valves and Valve Boxes: All valves shall be specifically designed for oxygen, vacuum, nitrogen, oil free air, 1.or nitrous oxide service and shall conform in all particulars to NFPA 99. All valves shall be 3 piece ball type, with double O-ring stem seal, rated at not less than 300 psig, actuated from full "ON" to full "OFF" by 90 degree turn of valve GAS AND VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES 22 6000 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 handle. Provide valves with color-coded gas service identification on each valve handle. Ball valves shall be Chemetron Catalog No. 77-03, 77-01 or 77-04 Series or approved equivalent. Zone valve boxes shall be constructed of 18 gauge sheet steel with air dried 2. lacquer finish. The cover frame shall be made of anodized aluminum and attached to the box by concealed 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) screws. The frame assembly shall be capable of adjusting for variances in wall thickness up to one inch. The frame assembly shall contain an easily removed cover window with pull ring. The window shall conceal exposed piping and valves within the box and shall be labeled - "Caution - Medical Gas Shut-Off Valves - Close Only in Emergency". Clear viewing space shall be provided in the window to display the gas service, the area controlled by the valve, and pressure gauges on units so equipped. Multiple gas valving shall be accomplished by stacking zone valve boxes 3.vertically. Placement of the valve within the zone valve box shall be such that the 4. removable window cannot be replaced when any valve is closed. Factory installed type K copper pipe extensions shall extend three inches outside the valve box. Design of the valve box shall be such that valves may be removed prior to brazing, without disassembly of the box, to permit field rearrangement of valves if necessary. Valves shall be 3 piece ball type, cleaned for oxygen service, supplied with capped ends. Zone valve assemblies shall include 1-1/2inch pressure gauges reading 0-100 5.psig for oxygen, nitrous oxide, air and other 60 psi working pressure gases; 0-300 psi for nitrogen, and 0-30inch Hg for vacuum or evacuation vacuum. The gauge port shall be equipped with removable plug for pressure testing prior to final assembly of gauge. All zone valve box assemblies shall read pressure downstream and vacuum 6. upstream of the valve per NFPA 99. Valves shall be piped left to right. Zone valve boxes shall be Chemetron 77-80 Series, 0- 300 psig or approved 7.equivalent. C. Station Outlets Wall Outlet Stations: Medical gas outlet stations shall be Chemetron, 500 Series, 1.modular, Quick-Connect type or approved equivalent. Modular outlet stations shall be field assembled with sequences and services indicated on the plans. Centerline spacing of multiple outlets shall be 5 inches minimum. a. Outlet station for medical gases shall have a stainless steel face plate mounted on a chrome-plated, zinc, die- cast cover plate. The cover plate assembly shall contain the quick-connect latch release mechanism, indexing pins for safety keying the gas-specific cover plate to the appropriate rough-in box, and color-coded gas service identification. The safety-keying index pins shall be permanently captured between the cover plate and latch assembly. Designs with index pins molded in plastic will not be acceptable. b. The latch mechanism shall be designed for one-handed, single thrust mounting and one-handed fingertip release of secondary equipment. The outlet stations shall be capable of supporting common secondary equipment, including suction regulator and half-gallon collection bottle, without the use of slide brackets. GAS AND VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES 22 6000 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 c. The cover plate shall attach to the primary valve assembly. The primary valve shall be threaded into the rough-in box separately from the cover plate to facilitate leak-testing around the valve. Designs which prevent this test will not be acceptable. The primary valve body shall be made of brass and shall be adjustable to compensate for variation in plaster thickness. Provide an O-ring within the valve to seal mating adaptor plugs. Future replacement of this O-ring shall not require disassembly of the cover plate. The primary valve poppet shall be self-sealing in service, requiring no dust cap or cover. d. The rough-in box shall be made of corrosion resistant, zinc plated, sheet steel with provisions for field- ganging, by the installer. Provide two, factory- started, slotted, hex-head screws and fasteners with each rough-in box. Installer may gang rough-in boxes using holes provided for 1/8inch diameter pop rivets. e. Each rough-in box shall contain a base and tube assembly consisting of a Type K copper pigtail, flared to accept ¼” ID, 3/8inch OD supply line for pressure gases, 2/8 inch ID, ½“ OD for vacuum, brass block and base housing a secondary check valve per NFPA 99 (not required in vacuum), primary valve O-ring seal, check valve deflator spring (except vacuum), pressure testing cap plug, and plaster shield. The copper inlet tube shall be capable of rotating 360 degrees to adjust for field piping conditions. f. The secondary check valve shall be fully automatic and self-sealing upon removal of the primary valve. The primary valve seal shall be field replaceable WITHOUT shutting off gas supply to the outlet station. Designs that preclude servicing the primary valve seal in this manner will not be accepted. g. Medical gas outlets shall be cleaned for oxygen service in accordance with CGA Pamphlet G-4.1. The assembly shall be capped and internal parts poly-bagged for shipment. The outlet assembly shall bear the label of listing under Re-examination Service of Underwriter's Laboratory. h. Before installation, refer to Installation Instructions and familiarize all personnel with proper installation techniques and safe-guards per NFPA 99. i. Outlets shall be located as indicated on plans, 60 inches from finished floor unless otherwise indicated on the architectural drawings. j. Provide matching slide bracket where shown on architectural drawings. 2.9 ALARM SYSTEMS: A. The Mechanical Contractor shall install an alarm system for the special piping systems specified herein and for the locations as indicated on drawings. B. Area Alarm Panels: (AAP) Area alarm panels shall be designed to meet the requirements of NFPA Standard 1. 99. Area alarms shall be UL listed as an assembly and shall include all necessary gauges, factory wiring, transformers and circuitry requiring only 115 or 230 volt primary power. Internal voltage shall be stepped down to 12 volt closed, control circuit power. Area alarm panels shall be modular in design and shall include a LED (Light 2.Emitting Diodes) for normal/abnormal conditions and a LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) to continuously display actual pressure numerically for each gas. GAS AND VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES 22 6000 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 The control module shall incorporate a test switch, an alarm silence switch and a 3.LED to indicate the status of the unit. Each module shall have a quick-disconnect locking type electrical terminal for 4.servicing without shutting down the system. Transducers for each gas or vacuum shall be remotely mounted directly on the 5.medical gas line by means of a quick connect fitting. Each transducer gauge shall be serial numbered to its matching alarm module. Each module shall be factory calibrated with its transducer gauge before shipping to job site. The master circuit board shall have a four fused secondary to insure against total 6.alarm failure if one fuse is blown. It shall also contain dual transformers and selector switch to field select either 230 or 115 volt primary service. A detachable fuse clip on the primary side shall be included to insure that power is disrupted when the transformer cover is removed. The alarm audio tone shall consist of 4 timing signals that amplify and frequency 7.modulate the audible sound. The audio signal may be canceled only by the alarm silence button or fault correction. Digital area alarm panels shall be: 8. a. Chemetron Catalog No. 74-14-2000 Series or approved equivalent for the specific gases shown on drawings. C. The Division 26 Contractor shall provide necessary 115V, 24V, AC wiring for the operation of "Operating" and "Emergency" alarms. All signals shall be flush-mounted, as indicated, with facility for job site 1. identification, and shall incorporate: a. Visual indicator of circuit energization. b. Audible buzzer recording of all signal impulses. c. Visual illuminated identity of all signal impulses. d. Silencing of audible buzzer but not allowing cancellation of visual identity until situation has been corrected. e. Ability to receive and properly record by audible buzzer of any combination of sequential signal. f. The signal panel shall be equipped with a "TEST" button which shall actuate for test, all visual and audible alarms. g. The panel shall be of modular construction, facilitating service and maintenance. D. Similar signal wiring shall be supplied, to the maximum extent possible combined under same cover, for nitrous oxide (changeover/abnormal), compressed air (abnormal and dew point alarm), nitrogen (changeover/abnormal), and vacuum (abnormal) with signal locations as shown on the plans. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which medical gas systems and equipment are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. GAS AND VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES 22 6000 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.2 INSTALLATION OF BASIC IDENTIFICATION: A. Install medical gas piping signs on piping in accordance with NFPA 99 requirements. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF MEDICAL GAS PIPING: A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to install a complete distribution system for oxygen, nitrous oxide, nitrogen, medical compressed air and vacuum and to perform all required "progresses" and final tests. B. The entire medical gas system, or major sections of large systems, shall be completely installed and pressure tested prior to concealing within walls, ceiling or chases. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and installing all material and equipment listed in this specification and shown on the construction drawings, including piping, pipe fittings, pipe connectors and all related accessories. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for final testing of all special piping systems as required by this specification and those required to comply with all local and state health and hospital codes and ordinances. E. Medical gas materials and tools shall be kept separate from all other materials and tools. F. Piping shall not be cleaned in the field, except where pipe ends have become contaminated. If required, wash in hot solution of sodium carbonate or trisodium phosphate mixed in proportion of 1-lb. to 3 gal. of water. G. Scrubbing shall be employed where necessary to ensure complete cleaning. After washing, the material shall be rinsed thoroughly in clean hot water. After cleaning, particular care shall be exercised in the storage and handling of all pipe and fittings. Pipe and fittings shall be temporarily capped or plugged to prevent recontamination before final assembly. Tools used in cutting or reaming shall be kept free from oil and grease. Where such contamination has occurred, the items affected shall be rewashed and rinsed. Do not use steel wool to mechanically clean fittings or tubing. Wipe joints with a clean white cloth prior to joining piping. During brazing of medical gas systems the piping shall be continuously purged with dry nitrogen to avoid oxidation of the inside of the tubing. Braze piping within one hour of being mechanically cleaned. H. Braze piping joints and connections unless otherwise indicated. Do not use flux. I. After installation of piping, but prior to installation of outlet valves, blow lines clear with Grade "D" oil-free dry air or nitrogen. J. Oxygen pipelines installed in combustible partitions shall be protected against physical damage by installation within pipe or conduit. Openings for pipelines installed in concealed spaces shall be fire-stopped with construction having a fire resistance equal to or greater than the original construction. THE USE OF ORGANIC SOLVENTS, FOR EXAMPLE, CARBON TETRACHLORIDE, IS PROHIBITED GAS AND VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES 22 6000 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 K. Oxygen supply line may be run in chases with other service piping, but the oxygen lines must be so located as to avoid contact with steam or hot water lines. L. Medical gas piping systems shall not be used as a grounding electrode. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS: A. Install supports and anchors, in accordance with Division 23, Section 23 05 29, "Supports and Anchors". 3.5 INSTALLATION OF VALVES: A. Shutoff Valves: Provide shutoff valves where indicated, and in accordance with NFPA 99. B. Valve Boxes: Where indicated, provide valve boxes with frangible or removable windows, large enough to permit manual operation of valves, and labeled in accordance with NFPA 99. C. Main Shutoff Valves: Where indicated, provide shutoff valve down stream of source valve on each main supply line, locate to be accessible in emergency. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES: A. Install medical gas equipment and accessories where indicated, in accordance with applicable NFPA standards, with equipment manufacturer's written instructions, and with recognized industry practices, to ensure that medical gas equipment and accessories comply with requirements and serve intended purposes. B. Coordinate with other work including plumbing, as necessary to interface installation of medical gas piping and equipment with other work. C. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's 1.submittal and installation requirements of Division-16 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer. D. Valve Boxes shall be installed with bottom of lowest unit at 60 inches above floor. Do not exceed 6'-6" to highest valve handle. 3.7 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: A. General: Connect medical gas systems to mechanical equipment as indicated, and comply with equipment manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. GAS AND VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES 22 6000 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Test medical gas piping, including pressure, cross connection, and final testing in accordance with NFPA 99. Indicate in writing to Owner that required tests have been successfully conducted and permanent records of tests maintained. B. Test medical gas alarms for proper operation at high pressure, low pressure, and gas supply status. 3.9 TESTS FOR MEDICAL GAS PIPING: A. Pressure test in strict accordance with NFPA 99 will be required. Specific attention is directed to absolute prohibition of the use of oil pumped compressed air or oil pumped nitrogen and the prohibition of the use of hydrostatic test. Testing medium shall be WATER PUMPED COMPRESSED AIR or VAPOR PUMPED NITROGEN. Cylinder shall be so labeled. B. A 24-hour standing pressure test with oil free (water pumped) nitrogen or air at one and one-half times maximum working pressure, but in no case less than 150 psi., shall be made prior to "trimming" medical gas outlet station valves to check the completeness of previous joint tests. After trimming out the medical gas outlet stations, the system shall be tested for 24 hours at 20 percent above working pressure. After completion of the final standing pressure test, the system shall be thoroughly flushed with the gas to be used in the system to assure the removal of all nitrogen or air. C. After completion of final testing and flushing of the piping system, the medical gas system shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 99 by the medical gas equipment supplier, in the presence of an authorized representative of the Owner. The medical gas equipment supplier shall furnish written certification to the Owner that the system has been so tested and is free of crossed-connections. Cost of gases required for testing shall be borne by the Mechanical Contractor. Further, the cost of subsequent tests required to re-check initial errors shall be the responsibility of this contractor. D. When all medical gas piping systems have been tested as specified above, the source of test gas shall be disconnected and the proper gas source of supply connect as speci- fied above, the source of test gas shall be disconnected and the proper gas source of supply connected to each respective system. Following this connection and pressuri- zation, all outlets shall be opened in a progressive order, starting nearest the source and completing the process of purge flushing at the outlet farthest from the source. Gas shall be permitted to flow from each outlet until each system is purged of test gas used during previous tests. 3.10 MEDICAL GAS SYSTEMS VERIFICATION & CERTIFICATION: A. General: Evaluate and certify medical gas systems, including source equipment, valving, alarms, and station outlets, for mechanical and therapeutic function. Provide certification by Agency independent of facility, system Installer, 1.Contractor, and Suppliers. Mechanical and Therapeutic Function: As defined in NFPA 99 and CGA P2.1. 2. GAS AND VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES 22 6000 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Provide full documentation of the following: That medical gas systems as constructed, follow guidelines of NFPA 99, 1. regarding placement and applicability of valves, alarms, and source equipment. That no cross connections exist in pipeline as constructed. 2. Include in documentation, examination of outflow of each station outlet, following 3.mechanical cross connection procedure as specified by NFPA 99, Additionally, examine each system outflow with appropriate analyzer and document concentrations. Include Medical Gas and Vacuum systems in mechanical examination. Where laboratory systems are treated as separate systems, perform cross 4. connection tests to document their separation from medical systems as required by NFPA 99. That station outlets are delivering gas at pressure and flow consistent with needs 5.indicated, but in no case to be below CGA or NFPA guidelines. That pipeline is free of debris, including liquid. 6. That station outlets are functional. 7. That delivered gas is as pure as required by applicable CGA specifications for 8.breathing gas. Take samples from such station outlets as agreed by facility and agency. In no case shall number of samplings be fewer than two, one from source and one from such station outlets as will provide gas has traversed greatest length of pipeline. Evaluate samples against CGA requirements for human use and compare to one another. That reserve source equipment and its control equipment is in place and is 9.operational. That valves are functional. Document control zones without regard to plans. 10. Compare this documentation to as-built plans, and report discrepancies between actual installation and plans to facility. That alarms are functioning and are set in accordance with NFPA 99. Document 11. and compare surveillance areas of each to record drawings, and report discrepancies between actual installation and drawings to Architect/Engineer. That medical air is dry. Examination shall consist of dewpoint taken at source 12. and most distant station outlet of each lateral branch. Document temperatures and pressures affecting dryness. END OF SECTION 22 6000 GAS AND VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES 22 6000 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. All drawings associated with the entire project, including general provisions of the Contract, including The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Conditions specification sections shall apply to the Division 23 specifications and drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for reviewing and becoming familiar with the aforementioned and all other Contract Documents associated with the project. B. Related Sections: Refer to all sections in Division 23. Refer to Division 26 specification sections and Division 26 drawings. C. Where contradictions occur between this section and Division 1, the more stringent requirement shall apply. D. Contractor shall be defined as any and all entities involved with the construction of the project. 1.2 SUMMARY: A. This Section specifies the basic requirements for mechanical installations and includes requirements common to more than one section of Division 23. It expands and supplements the requirements specified in Division 1. 1.3 MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS: A. The Contract Documents are diagrammatic, showing certain physical relationships which must be established within the mechanical work and its interface with all other work. Such establishment is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Drawings shall not be scaled for the purpose of establishing material quantities. B. Drawings and specifications are complementary. Whatever is called for in either is binding as though called for in both. Report any discrepancies to the Engineer and obtain written instructions before proceeding. Where any contradictions occur between the specifications and the drawings the more stringent requirement shall apply. The contractor shall include pricing for the more stringent and expensive requirements. C. Drawings shall not be scaled for rough-in measurements or used as shop drawings. Where drawings are required for these purposes or have to be made from field measurement, Contractor shall take the necessary measurements and prepare the drawings. D. The exact location for some items in this specification may not be shown on the drawings. The location of such items may be established by the Engineer during the progress of the work. E. The contract documents indicate required size and points of terminations of pipes, and suggest proper routes to conform to structure, avoid obstructions and preserve clearances. It is not intended that drawings indicate necessary offsets. The contractor COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 shall make the installation in such a manner as to conform to the structure, avoid obstructions, preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear, without further instructions or costs to the Owner. All equipment shall be installed so access is maintained for serviceability. F. Before any work is installed, determine that equipment will properly fit the space; that required piping grades can be maintained and that ductwork can be run as intended without interferences between systems, structural elements or work of other trades. G. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. H. Coordinate installation in chases, slots and openings with all other building components to allow for proper mechanical installations. I. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing-in the building. J. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install mechanical services and overhead equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. K. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate maintenance and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. L. Make allowance for expansion and contraction for all building components and piping systems that are subject to such. M. The ceiling space shall not be “layered”. It is the contractor’s responsibility to offset and system as required to allow installation within the identified ceiling cavity. The contractor shall include labor and material in the base bid to accommodate such offsets. N. In general, all “static” piping systems shall be routed as high as possible, i.e. fire protection systems. Keep all equipment in accessible areas such as corridors and coordinate with systems and equipment from other sections. O. The Contractor shall provide all labor and material necessary but not limited to the starting/stopping of all mechanical equipment, opening/closing of all valves, draining/refilling all mechanical systems and operating/verifying the operation of all mechanical systems controls as required to accomplish all work necessary to meet construction document requirements. Contractor shall submit records of such activities to engineer and include in the O & M manuals. 1.4 COORDINATION: A. Work out all installation conditions in advance of installation. The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing coordination drawings, showing all work, in all areas. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all labor and material, including but not limited to all fittings, isolation valves, offsets, hangers, control devices, etc., necessary to overcome congested conditions at no increase in contact sum. The Contractors base bid shall include any and all time and manpower necessary to develop such coordination efforts and drawings. Increases to contract sum or schedule shall not be considered for such effort. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Provide proper documentation of equipment, product data and shop drawings to all entities involved in the project. Coordination shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Fire Protection and Fire Alarm Contractor shall provide shop drawings to all other Division 23 Contractors. 2. Automatic Temperature Controls, Building Management and Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Contractors shall be provided with equipment product data and shop drawings from other Division 23 and Division 26 Contractors and shall furnish the same information involving control devices to the appropriate Division 23 Contractor. C. Coordination Drawings: 1. Coordination drawings shall be prepared by the Contractor for his utilization and are his responsibility to assure systems will be installed in a manner to allow all systems to function properly. 2. Submit drawings for all areas, pay special attention to those places where clearances are limited, where space problems exist, for places where several elements of work (or combinations of mechanical and other work) must be located with precision in order to fit into available space, where sequencing is of importance to the efficient flow of work and as specified, and required. 3. Coordination drawings are informational submittals. Submit coordination drawings to Engineer for information only to document proper coordination of all portions of work and that coordination issues have been identified and resolved prior to submitting to the Engineer and prior to commencing construction in each affected area. The review of the coordination drawings by the Engineer does not constitute a relief of responsibility of the Contractor or a change to the contract documents. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility in developing a fully coordinated and integrated ceiling cavity. 4. The Contractor shall take the lead in coordinating and drawing Division 26 and other Division 23 components such as fire protection, plumbing, piping, sheet metal, etc. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall include medical gas, conduit, cable trays, pneumatic tube and any other system which may occupy the ceiling cavity. 5. Clearly indicate solutions to space problems. Identification of space problems without solutions is not acceptable. Only areas clearly identified will be reviewed. 6. All coordination drawings shall be 3D, with provision for collision check. The contractor is responsible for obtaining the architectural and structural files in 3D, if not available, the contractor shall develop them from the 2D architectural and structural drawings. All 3D drawing development, collision check, coordination, etc. shall be included as part of the Contractors base bid. 7. Prepare 3D Coordination Drawings (Shop Drawings) at a suitable scale, showing the required dimensions. In addition to the mentioned areas above, also submit the following: a. All mechanical equipment rooms such as fan rooms, boiler rooms, fire protection system rooms, etc. (1/4”=1’-0” scale). b. All building floor plans (1/8”=1’-0” scale). Include all shafts with clearances. c. Air handling unit, etc. main duct connections and transitions in ceiling space and to shafts or horizontal ducts. (1/4”=1’-0”). d. Required access for all equipment requiring code or maintenance access. e. All sections and elevations necessary for clarification. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 f. Indicate all seismic restraint and support systems to be used for all mechanical equipment throughout the project. g. Indicate duct and pipe elevations. Indicate clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. h. Servicing and maintaining equipment, valve stem movement, and similar requirements. i. Indicate movement and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. Indicate pipe and duct size. Indicate equipment tags. 8. CADD Drawings: Electronic mechanical AutoCAD drawings are available for purchase by the Contractor from the Engineer. Contact Engineer for further information in acquiring CADD drawings. The Engineers Construction documents cannot be used directly for coordination drawings. They are for information and initial coordination only. D. Existing Conditions: 1. Carefully survey existing conditions prior to bidding work. In addition, Contractor shall complete a thorough ceiling cavity survey prior to developing 3D drawing. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for showing all existing conditions on the 3D coordination drawings. 3. Provide proper coordination of mechanical work with existing conditions. 4. Report any issues or conflicts immediately to Engineer before commencing with work and prior to purchasing equipment and materials. 1.5 COORDINATION WITH OTHER DIVISIONS: A. General: 1. Coordinate all work to conform to the progress of the work of other trades. 2. Complete the entire installation as soon as the condition of the building will permit. No extras will be allowed for corrections of ill-timed work, when such corrections are required for proper installation of other work. B. Coordinate ceiling cavity space carefully with all trades. In the event of conflict, install mechanical and electrical systems within the cavity space allocation in the following order of priority: 1. Equipment and required clearances 2. Plumbing waste, cooling coil drain piping and roof drain mains and leaders. 3. Pneumatic tube systems. 4. Ductwork mains 5. Plumbing vent piping 6. Medgas/lab gas systems 7. Low pressure ductwork and air devices. 8. Electrical and communication conduits, raceways and cabletray. 9. Domestic hot and cold water 10. Hydronic piping 11. Fire sprinkler mains, branch piping and drops (locate as tight to structure as possible). 12. DDC control wiring and other low voltage systems. 13. Fire alarm systems. C. Chases, Inserts and Openings: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Provide measurements, drawings and layouts so that openings, inserts and chases in new construction can be built in as construction progresses. 2. Check sizes and locations of openings provided. Including the access panels for equipment in hard lid ceilings and wall cavities. 3. Any cutting and patching made necessary by failure to provide measurements, drawings and layouts at the proper time shall be done at no additional cost in contract sum. D. Support Dimensions: Provide dimensions and drawings so that concrete basis and other equipment supports to be provided under other sections of the specifications can be built at the proper time. E. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured in place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. F. Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to accommodate the installation of mechanical equipment and materials. Refer to Division 1 and Division 23. G. Modifications required as result of failure to resolve interferences, provide correct coordination drawings or call attentions to changes required in other work as result of modifications shall be paid for by responsible Contractor/Subcontractor. H. Coordination with Electrical Work: Refer to Division 1 and 26. 1.6 DESIGN WORK REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR: A. The construction of this project requires the Contractor to include the detailing and design of several systems and/or subsystems. All such design work associated with the development of the coordination drawings shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor. B. The Contractor shall take the full responsibility to develop and complete routing strategies which will allow fully coordinated system to be installed in a fully functional manner. The Engineers contract drawings shall be for system design intent and general configurations. C. Systems or subsystems which require design responsibility by the contractor include but are not limited to: 1. Final coordinated distribution of duct, hydronic, plumbing and other systems within the ceiling cavity. 2. Any system not fully detailed 3. Fire protection systems 4. Equipment supports, hangers, anchors and seismic systems not fully detailed nor specified in these documents, or catalogued by the manufacturer. 5. Temperature controls systems D. Design Limitations: 1. The Contractor shall not modify the Engineers design intent in any way. 2. The Contractor shall not change any pipe size or equipment size without prior written approval from the Engineer. 3. The Contractor shall conform to the SMACNA Duct Construction Standards when modifying the ductwork layout to avoid collisions. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 4. Back to back 90° fittings on duct system shall not be installed under any circumstance. 5. Bull nosed tees on piping systems shall not be installed under any circumstance. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. The Contractor shall be required to attend a mandatory pre-bid walk-thru and shall make themselves familiar with the existing conditions. No additional costs to the Owner shall be accepted for additional work for existing conditions. B. Field verify all conditions prior to submitting bids. C. Report any damaged equipment or systems to the Owner prior to any work. D. Protect all mechanical and electrical work against theft, injury or damage from all causes until it has been tested and accepted. E. Be responsible for all damage to the property of the Owner or to the work of other contractors during the construction and guarantee period. Repair or replace any part of the work which may show defect during one year from the final acceptance of all work, provided such defect is, in the opinion of the Architect, due to imperfect material or workmanship and not due to the Owner's carelessness or improper use. F. The Contractor shall coordinate and co-operate with Owner at all times for all new to existing connections, system shutdowns and start-ups, flushing and filling both new and existing systems. G. Provide temporary ductwork and piping services, where required, to maintain existing areas operable. H. Coordinate all services shut-down with the Owner; provide temporary services. Coordinate any required disruptions with Owner, one week in advance. I. Minimize disruptions to operation of mechanical systems in occupied areas. 1.8 SAFETY: A. Refer to Division 1. 1.9 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS: A. Refer to Division 1 and conform with the Owners requirements. 1.10 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES: A. Refer to Division 1. B. Execute and inspect all work in accordance with all Underwriters, local and state codes, rules and regulations applicable to the trade affected as a minimum, but if the plans and/or specifications call for requirements that exceed these rules and regulations, the greater requirement shall be followed. Follow recommendations of NFPA, SMACNA, EPA, OSHA and ASHRAE. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. Comply with standards in effect at the date of these Contract Documents, except where a standard or specific date or edition is indicated. D. The handling, removal and disposal of regulated refrigerants shall be in accordance with U.S. EPA, state and local regulations. E. The handling, removal and disposal of lead based paint and other lead containing materials shall comply with EPA, OSHA, and any other Federal, State, or local regulations. F. After entering into contract, Contractor will be held to complete all work necessary to meet these requirements without additional expense to the Owner. 1.11 REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES: A. Comply with rules and regulations of local utility companies. Include in bid the cost of all valves, valve boxes, meter boxes, meters and such accessory equipment which will be required but not provided by Local Utility Company for the project. 1.12 PERMITS AND FEES: A. Refer to Division 1. B. The Contractor shall pay all tap, development, meter, etc., fees required for connection to municipal and public utility facilities, unless directed otherwise by the General Contractor/Owner – IN WRITING. C. Contractor shall arrange for and pay for all inspections, licenses and certificates required in connection with the work. 1.13 PROJECT SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS: A. All systems shall be installed to meet NFPA requirements. Seismic protections are not required for the Central Wing Project. 1. Where any conflicts arise the more stringent requirements shall be applicable. 2. The design of the seismic requirements shall be the full responsibility of the Contractor. 1.14 TEMPORARY FACILITIES: A. Light, Heat, Power, Etc.: Responsibility for providing temporary electricity, heat and other facilities shall be as specified in Division 1. B. Use of Permanent Building Equipment for Temporary Heating or Cooling: Permanent building equipment shall not be used without written permission from the Owner. If this equipment is used for temporary heating or cooling, it shall be adequately maintained per manufacturer's instructions and protected with filters, strainers, controls, reliefs, etc. Steam and hydronic systems shall be flushed and chemically treated. Ductwork and air moving equipment shall be cleaned to an “AS New” condition. All filters required for the construction period shall be equivalent to the filters required for the final installation. All filters shall be replaced at the time of substantial completion. The guarantee period of all equipment used shall not start until the equipment is turned over to the Owner for his COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 use. A written record of maintenance, operation and servicing shall be turned over to the owner prior to final acceptance. 1.15 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS: A. Refer to the Instructions to Bidders and Division 1. B. Materials and equipment of equivalent quality may be submitted for substituted prior to bidding. This may be done by submitting to the Architect at least ten (10) working days prior to the bid date a letter in triplicate requesting prior review. This submittal shall include all data necessary for complete evaluation of the product. 1. Substitutions shall be allowed only upon the written approval of the Architect/Engineer NO EXCEPTIONS. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for removal, replacement and remedy of any system or equipment which has been installed which does not meet the specifications or which does not have prior approval. 1.16 MECHANICAL SUBMITTALS: A. General 1. Refer to the Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary), Division 1. 2. The submittals shall be submitted as one package identified by the specification section. Submittals that are not complete with the required information will be sent back to be corrected. 3. The Contractor shall identify any "long lead time" items which may impact the overall project schedule. If these submittal requirements affect the schedule, the Contractor shall identify the impacts and confer with the Engineer within two weeks of entering into the contract. 4. At least one copy of the first submittal package shall be provided in expandable, 3 post, hard back binders, sized to fit all future submittals for this job. The cover shall be identified with the job name, Owner's project number, date, Prime Contractor's name, etc. 5. Submittals may be provided electronically. All electronic submittals need to be complete with all design information and stamped for conformity by the contractor. Any submittal not stamped or complete will be sent back. Submittals that are submitted electronically will be reviewed, marked appropriately and returned by the same means received. 6. An index shall be provided which includes: a. Product b. Plan Code (if applicable) c. Specification Section d. Manufacturer and Model Number 7. Fire protection and coordination drawings do not apply to the above. These drawings may be submitted in a separate submittal. B. The manufacturer's material or equipment listed in the schedule or identified by name on the drawings are the types to be provided for the establishment of size, capacity, grade and quality. If alternates are used in lieu of the scheduled names, the cost of any changes in construction required by their use shall be borne by Contractor. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. All equipment shall conform to the State and/or local Energy Conservation Standards. D. Submittal of shop drawings, product data and samples will be accepted only when submitted by and stamped by the General Contractor. Data submitted from Subcontractors and material suppliers directly to the Engineer will not be processed unless prior written approval is obtained by the General Contractor. E. Before starting work, prepare and submit to the Architect six (6) sets of all shop drawings and descriptive equipment data required for the project. Unless each item is identified with specification section and sufficient data to identify its compliance with the specifications and drawings, the item will be returned "Revise and Resubmit". Where an entire submittal package is returned for action by the Contractor, the Engineer will summarize comments in letter format and return the entire set. Continue to submit six (6) sets of any individual shop drawings, product data or samples which were returned without a "make corrections noted" or "no exceptions taken" action, until they are so marked. When a "Make Corrections Noted" is received, make the required corrections for inclusion in the operation and maintenance manual. Submittals marked "Make Corrections Noted" shall not be resubmitted during the submittal process. F. The Design Professional’s review and appropriate action on all submittals and shop drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the design concept and the information expressed in the contract documents. This review shall not include: 1. Accuracy or completeness of details, such as quantities, dimensions, weights or gauges, fabrication processes 2. Construction means or methods 3. Coordination of the work with other trades 4. Construction safety precautions G. The Design Professional’s review shall be conducted with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Design Professional’s judgment to permit adequate review. Review of a specific item shall not indicate that the Design Professional has reviewed the entire assembly of which the item is a component. H. The Design Professional shall not be responsible for any deviations from the contract documents not brought specifically to the attention of the Design Professional in writing by the Contractor. This shall clearly identify the design and the specific element which vary from the Design. The Contractor shall be responsible for all remedy for lack of strict conformance associated with this criteria. I. The Design Professional shall not be required to review partial submissions or those for which submissions of correlated items have not been received. 1.17 SPECIFIC CATEGORY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Product Data: 1. Where pre-printed data covers more than one distinct product, size, type, material, trim, accessory group or other variation, mark submitted copy with black pen to indicate which of the variations is to be provided. 2. Delete or mark-out portions of pre-printed data which are not applicable. 3. Where operating ranges are shown, mark data to show portion of range required for project application. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 4. For each product, include the following: a. Sizes. b. Weights. c. Speeds. d. Capacities. e. Piping and electrical connection sizes and locations. f. Statements of compliance with the required standards and regulations. g. Performance data. h. Manufacturer's specifications. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Shop Drawings are defined as mechanical system layout drawings prepared specifically for this project, or fabrication and assembly type drawings of system components to show more detail than typical pre-printed materials. 2. Prepare Mechanical Shop Drawings, except diagrams, to accurate scale, min 1/8”-1'-0", unless otherwise noted. a. Show clearance dimensions at critical locations. b. Show dimensions of spaces required for operation and maintenance. c. Show interfaces with other work, including structural support. C. Test Reports: 1. Submit test reports which have been signed and dated by the accredited firm or testing agency performing the test. 2. Prepare test reports in the manner specified in the standard or regulation governing the test procedure (if any) as indicated. 3. Submit test reports as required for O & M manuals. D. Product Listing: 1. Prepare listing of major mechanical equipment and materials for the project, within (2) two weeks of signing the Contract Documents and transmit to the Architect. A sample schedule is included at the end of this section to complete this requirement. a. Provide all information requested. b. Submit this listing as a part of the submittal requirement specified in Division 1, "PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTION." 2. Unless otherwise specified, all materials and equipment shall be of domestic (USA) manufacture and shall be of the best quality used for the purpose in commercial practice. 3. When two or more items of same material or equipment are required (plumbing fixtures, pumps, valves, air conditioning units, etc.) they shall be of the same manufacturer. Product manufacturer uniformity does not apply to raw materials, bulk materials, pipe, tube, fittings (except flanged and grooved types), sheet metal, wire, steel bar stock, welding rods, solder, fasteners, motors for dissimilar equipment units and similar items used in work, except as otherwise indicated. a. Provide products which are compatible within systems and other connected items. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 E. Schedule of Values 1. Provide preliminary schedule of values with product data submittal, within three (3) weeks from award of contract to successful bidder. Provide according to the following descriptions: a. Site Utilities b. Plumbing c. Fire Protection d. HVAC 1) Equipment 2) Sheet Metal 3) Piping 4) Insulation 5) Test and Balancing 6) Specialty Systems 7) Temperature Controls e. Demolition f. Miscellaneous 2. Provide a final Schedule of Values at close-out of project including updated values based on actual installation. F. Coordination Drawings: See section 1.4 of this specification section. G. Required Submittals: Provide submittals for each item of equipment specified or scheduled in the contract documents. See table at the end of this section. H. If more than two submittals (either for product data, shop drawings, record drawings, or test and balance reports) are made by the Contractor, the Owner reserves the right to charge the Contractor for subsequent reviews by their consultants. Such extra fees shall be deducted from payments by the Owner to the Contractor. 1.18 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Refer to Division 1. B. Deliver products to project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels and similar information needed for distinct identifications; adequately packaged and protected to prevent damage or contamination during shipment, storage, and handling. C. Check delivered equipment against contract documents and submittals. D. Store equipment and materials at the site, unless off-site storage is authorized in writing. Protect stored equipment and materials from damage, dirt, dust, freezing, heat and moisture. E. Coordinate deliveries of mechanical materials and equipment to minimize construction site congestion. Limit each shipment of materials and equipment to the items and quantities needed for the smooth and efficient flow of installations. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 11 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 F. Provide factory-applied plastic end-caps on each length of pipe and tube, except for concrete, corrugated metal, hub-and-spigot, clay pipe. Maintain end-caps through shipping, storage and handling to prevent pipe-end damage and prevent entrance of dirt, debris and moisture. G. Protect stored ductwork, pipes and tubes. Elevate above grade and enclose with durable, waterproof wrapping. When stored inside, do not exceed structural capacity of the floor. H. Protect flanges, fittings and specialties from moisture and dirt by inside storage and enclosure, or be packaging with durable, waterproof wrapping. I. Protect sheet metal ductwork and fittings. Elevate and store above grade and cover ends with waterproof wrapping. 1.19 DEMOLITION: A. Refer to Division 1. The following paragraphs supplement the requirements of Division 1. B. During the demolition phase of this contract it is the responsibility of this Contractor to carefully remove existing equipment, piping or ductwork and related items either as shown on the demolition drawings as being removed, or as required for the work. These items shall be tagged, protected from damage and stored as directed by the Architect. A list of all items stored shall be turned over to the Architect. At the completion of the remodeling work or when directed by the Architect, all stored items not reused or wanted by the Owner shall be removed from the premises. Disposition of items not reused is by the direction of the Architect. 1. Return existing thermostats and humidistats to the owner. 2. Return all demolished control valves and devices to the Owner. 3. Return existing plumbing fixtures to the Owner, at the Owners request. C. The location of existing equipment, pipes, ductwork, etc., shown on the drawings has been taken from existing drawings and is, therefore, only as accurate as that information. All existing conditions shall be verified from field measurements with necessary adjustment being made to the drawing information. D. If asbestos material, in any form, is discovered by this Contractor in the process of his work, he shall report such occurrence to the Architect immediately. The Architect will determine the action to be taken for the asbestos removal, which is not a part of the work to be done under this Division. 1.20 CUTTING AND PATCHING: A. This Article specifies the cutting and patching of mechanical equipment, components and materials to include removal and legal disposal of selected materials, components and equipment. B. Refer to Division 1. C. Do not endanger or damage installed work through procedures and processes of cutting and patching. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 12 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 D. Arrange for repairs required to restore other work, because of damage caused as a result of mechanical installations. E. No additional compensation will be authorized for cutting and patching work that is necessitated by ill-timed, defective or non-conforming installations. F. Perform cutting, fitting and patching of mechanical equipment and materials required to: 1. Uncover work to provide for installation of ill-timed work; 2. Remove and replace defective work; 3. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents; 4. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing; 5. Install equipment and materials in existing structures; 6. Upon written instructions from the Architect, uncover and restore work to provide for Architect observation of concealed work. G. Cut, remove and legally dispose of selected mechanical equipment, components, and materials as indicated, including, but not limited to removal of mechanical piping, heating units, plumbing fixtures and trim and other mechanical items made obsolete by the new work. H. Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. I. Provide and maintain an approved type of temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. Temporary partitions must not impede access to building egress. 1. Temporary partitions required for more than 2 days shall be smoke-tight and built of non-combustible materials. 2. ICRA procedures must be maintained during construction. J. Locate identify, and protect mechanical and electrical services passing through remodeling or demolition area and serving other areas required to be maintained operational. When services must be interrupted, provide temporary services for the affected areas and notify the Owner prior to changeover. Cover openings in ductwork to remain. Protect equipment and systems to remain. 1.21 ROUGH-IN: A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected. B. Refer to equipment shop drawings and manufacturer's requirements for actual provided equipment for rough-in requirements. C. Work through all coordination before rough-in begins. 1.22 ACCESSIBILITY: A. Install equipment and materials to provide required access for servicing and maintenance. Coordinate the final location of concealed equipment and devices COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 13 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 requiring access with final location of required access panels and doors. Allow ample space for removal of all parts that require replacement or servicing. B. Extend all grease fittings to an accessible location. C. Furnish hinged steel access doors with concealed latch, whether shown on drawings or not, in all walls and ceilings for access to all concealed valves, shock absorbers, air vents, motors, fans, balancing cocks, and other operating devices requiring adjustment or servicing. Refer to Division 1 for access door specification and Division 23 for duct access door requirements. D. The minimum size of any access door shall not be less than the size of the equipment to be removed or 12 inches x 12 inches if used for service only. E. Furnish doors to trades performing work in which they are to be built, in ample time for building-in as the work progresses. Whenever possible, group valves, cocks, etc., to permit use of minimum number of access doors within a given room or space. F. Factory manufactured doors shall be of a type compatible with the finish in which they are to be installed. In lieu of these doors, approved shop fabricated access doors with DuroDyne hinges may be used. G. Access doors in fire-rated walls and ceilings shall have equivalent U.L. label and fire rating. 1.23 BELTS, SHEAVES, IMPELLERS: A. The Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate with the Test and Balance Contractor and supply correctly-sized drive belts, sheaves, and trimmed impellers. 1.24 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING: A. General: 1. Provide all necessary excavation and backfill for installation of mechanical work in accordance with Division 2. 2. In general, follow all regulations of OSHA as specified in Part 1926, Subpart P, "Excavations, Trenching and Shoring." Follow specifications of Division 23 as they refer specifically to the mechanical work. B. Contact Owners of all underground utilities to have them located and marked, at least 2 business days before excavation is to begin. Also, prior to starting excavation brief employees on marking and color codes and train employees on excavation and safety procedures for natural gas lines. When excavation approaches gas lines, expose lines by carefully probing and hand digging. C. Provide all necessary pumping, cribbing and shoring. D. Walls of all trenches shall be a minimum of 6 inches clearance from the side of the nearest mechanical work. Install pipes with a minimum of 6 inches clearance between them when located in same trench. E. Pipe Trenching: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 14 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Dig trenches to depth, width, configuration, and grade appropriate to the piping being installed. Dig trenches to 6inches below the level of the bottom of the pipe to be installed. Install 6inches bed of pea gravel or squeegee, mechanically tamp to provide a firm bed for piping, true to line and grade without irregularity. Provide depressions only at hubs, couplings, flanges, or other normal pipe protrusions. F. Backfilling shall not be started until all work has been inspected, tested and accepted. All backfill material shall be reviewed by the soils engineer. In no case shall lumber, metal or other debris be buried in with backfill. 1. Provide warning tape for marking and locating underground utilities. Tape shall be specifically manufactured for this purpose and shall be polyethylene film, 6inches wide, 0.004 inches thick and have a minimum strength of 1750 psi. Tape shall carry continuous inscription naming the specific utility. a. Tape shall have magnetic strip and be used for exterior underground system only. G. Trench Backfill: 1. Backfill to 12 inches above top of piping with pea gravel or squeegee, the same as used for piping bed, compact properly. 2. Continue backfill to finish grade, using friable material free of rock and other debris. Install in 6 inch layers, each properly moistened and mechanically compacted prior to installation of ensuing layer. Compaction by hydraulic jetting is not permissible. H. After backfilling and compacting, any settling shall be refilled, tamped, and refinished at this contractor's expense. I. This contractor shall repair and pay for any damage to finished surfaces. J. Complete the backfilling near manholes using pea gravel or squeegee, installing it in 6 inch lifts and mechanically tamping to achieve 95 percent compaction. K. Use suitable excavated material to complete the backfill, installed in 6 inch lifts and mechanically compacted to seal against water infiltration. Compact to 95 percent for the upper, 30 inches below paving and slabs and 90 percent elsewhere. 1.25 NAMEPLATE DATA: A. Provide permanent operational data nameplate, refer to the section on Mechanical Identification, on each item of mechanical equipment, indicating manufacturer, product name, model number, serial number, capacity, operating and power characteristics, labels of tested compliances, and similar essential data. Locate nameplates in an accessible location. Coordinate with Owner for specific requirements. 1.26 LUBRICATION OF EQUIPMENT: A. Refer to Division 1. The following paragraphs supplement the requirements of Division 1. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 15 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Contractor shall properly lubricate all mechanical pieces of equipment which he provided before turning the building over to the Owner. He shall attach a linen tag or heavy duty shipping tag on the piece of equipment showing the date of lubrication and the type and brand of lubricant used. C. Furnish the Engineer with a typewritten list included in the O and M manuals of each item lubricated and type of lubricant used, no later than two (2) weeks before completion of the project, or at time of acceptance by the Owner of a portion of the building and the mechanical systems involved. 1.27 CLEANING: A. Refer to Division 1. B. Refer to Division 23, "TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING" for requirements for cleaning filters, strainers, and mechanical systems prior to final acceptance. 1.28 RECORD DOCUMENTS: A. Refer to Division 1. The following paragraphs supplement the requirements of Division 1. B. Keep a complete set of record document prints in custody during entire period of construction at the construction site. Documents shall be updated on a weekly basis. C. Mark Drawing Prints to indicate revisions to piping and ductwork, size and location both exterior and interior; including locations of coils, dampers and other control devices, filters, boxes, and similar units requiring periodic maintenance or repair; actual equipment locations, dimensioned from column lines; actual inverts and locations of underground piping; concealed equipment, dimensioned to column lines; mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered, concealed unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located (i.e., traps, strainers, expansion compensators, tanks, etc.); Change Orders; concealed control system devices. Changes to be noted on the drawings shall include final location of any piping or ductwork relocated more than 1foot-0inches from where shown on the drawings. D. Mark shop drawings to indicate approved substitutions; Change Orders; actual equipment and materials used. E. Mark equipment and fixture schedules on drawings to indicate manufacturer and model numbers of installed equipment and fixtures. F. Revisions to the Contract Documents shall be legible and shall be prepared using the following color scheme: 1. Red shall indicate new items, deviations and routing. 2. Green shall indicate items removed or deleted. 3. Blue shall be used for relevant notes and descriptions. G. At the completion of the project, obtain from the Architect a complete set of the Mechanical Contract Documents in a read-only electronic format (.pdf unless otherwise noted). This set will include all revisions officially documented through the Architect/Engineer. Plot these drawings and using the above color scheme, transfer COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 16 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 any undocumented revisions from the construction site record drawings to this complete set. Submit original hardcopies of both sets of marked up documents to the Architect/Engineer. This contract will not be considered completed until these record documents have been received and reviewed by the Architect/Engineer. 1.29 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: A. Refer to Division 1. B. The testing and balancing report shall be submitted and received by the Engineer at least fifteen calendar days prior to the contractor's request for final observation time frame requirements. Include in the O & M Manual after review with "No Exceptions Taken" has been accomplished. C. In addition to the information required by Division 1 for Maintenance Data, include the following information: 1. Description of mechanical equipment, function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of all replaceable parts. 2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. Provide any test reports and start-up documents. 3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 4. Servicing instructions, lubrication charts and schedules, including Contractor lubrication reports. 5. Manufacturer's service manuals for all mechanical equipment provide under this contract. 6. Include the valve tag list. 7. Name, Address and Telephone number of party to be contacted for 24-hour service for each item of equipment. 8. Starting, stopping, lubrication, equipment identification numbers and adjustment clearly indicated for each piece of equipment. 9. Complete parts list. Provide to Owner, recommended spare parts list. 10. Mechanical warranties. 11. Final schedule of values with all mechanical change order costs included and identified. D. Healthcare Compliance Documentation to be compiled under a single section by Division 21, 22 & 23 contractor. 1. Authority Having Jurisdiction sign off documentation 2. Fire Alarm (provided to Division 23 by Division 26) a. 100% test reports b. Monthly test criteria for temporary systems 3. Sprinkler a. Above ground piping system certification b. Tamper and flow certification COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 17 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 c. Fire pump flow tests 4. Electrical System Documentation (provided to Division 23 by Division 26) a. Outlet testing; tension, continuity, voltage drop testing documentation b. Isolation panel testing certification c. Low voltage switchboards d. Low voltage insulated case breakers e. Low voltage ground fault f. Grounding system 5. HVAC System Documentation a. O.R. testing certification b. Isolation room testing certification c. Testing and certification of damper inspection and test d. Testing and certification of HEPA filters e. Testing and certification of smoke control and life safety systems 6. Backflow Devices a. Certification report 7. NFPA 101 Documentation (provided by Division 1 & 26 to Division 23) a. Authority Having Jurisdiction compliant drawings 8. Documentation for ILSM, ICRA, MOPS and Hot Work. (provided by Division 1 & 26 to Division 23) E. This contract will not be considered completed nor will final payment be made until all specified material, including testing and balancing report and final schedule of values with all mechanical change order costs included and identified, is received in this operating and maintenance report and the manual is reviewed by the Architect. 1.30 PROJECT CLOSEOUT: A. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, complete the requirements listed below. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the following Mechanical Checklist either by performing and/or coordinating such items prior to applying for certification of substantial completion. Refer to individual specification sections for additional requirements. C. Mechanical Checklist 1.31 WARRANTIES: A. Refer to the Division 1 for procedures and submittal requirements for warranties. Refer to individual equipment specifications for warranty requirements. In any case the entire mechanical system shall be warranted no less than one year from the time of acceptance by the Owner. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 18 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Compile and assemble the warranties specified in Division 23, into a separated set of vinyl covered, three ring binders, tabulated and indexed for easy reference. C. Provide complete warranty information for each item to include product or equipment to include date or beginning of warranty or bond; duration of warranty or bond; and names, addresses, and telephone numbers and procedures for filing a claim and obtaining warranty services. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 19 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SPEC SECTION ITEM REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS SUPPLEMENTAL FACTORY REP SUPER-VISION AT SITE TRAINING REQ’D AT SITE EXTRA MATERIAL Shop drawings Product Data Include in O & M TEST REPORT 210500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION X X X X X X X 211000 WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION X X X X X X X 220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 221110 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING X X X X X 221319 DRAINAGE & VENT SYSTEMS X X X X 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES X X X 226000 MEDICAL GAS SYSTEMS X X X X 230500 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE OF VALUES X FINAL SCHEDULE OF VALUES X X EQUIPMENT WARRANTIES X O&M MANUALS COORDINATION DRAWINGS X RECORD DRAWINGS X X X 230507 MOTORS, DRIVES, MOTOR CONTROLLERS AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT X X X X4 X X X 230509 MECHANICAL FIRE STOPPING X X X X 230510 BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS X X X X 230518 PIPING SPECIALTIES X X 230519 METERS AND GAUGES X X X2 X 230523 VALVES X X 230529 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS X X X 230548 VIBRATION CONTROL X X X X X 230553 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION X X X 230593 TESTING ,ADJUSTING AND BALANCING X X 230700 MECHANICAL INSULATION X X 230900 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS X X X X X X 230993 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION X 232213 STEAM PIPING X X X X 232216 STEAM SPECIALTIES X X 232500 WATER TREATMENT X X X X X X X 232550 GLYCOL SYSTEMS X X X X X X 233113 METAL DUCTWORK X X X X X 233300 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES X X X X 233400 HVAC FANS X X X X COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 20 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SPEC SECTION ITEM REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS SUPPLEMENTAL FACTORY REP SUPER-VISION AT SITE TRAINING REQ’D AT SITE EXTRA MATERIAL Shop drawings Product Data Include in O & M TEST REPORT 233600 AIR TERMINALS X X 233713 AIR OUTLETS & INLETS X X X 234000 AIR CLEANING X X X X 238000 PACKAGED HVAC UNITS X X X 238413 HUMIDIFIERS X X X 1 For Soft Starters and Variable Frequency Drives 2 Requires Review & Approval from T & B Contractor 3Warranty Report/Warranty 4 Kitchen Exhaust Hood 5 See Specific Specification Section for Test & Certification Requirements END OF SECTION 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 21 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 0509 - MECHANICAL FIRE STOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of firestopping required by this section is indicated on the drawings and by the requirements of this section. B. Types of firestopping systems specified in this section include: 1. Bare metal pipe 2. Insulated metal pipe 3. Plastic piping 4. Metal conduit 5. Metal duct 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacturing of firestopping systems for mechanical/electrical penetrations, whose products have been in satisfactory use for not less than 5 years, with published application data for all types of penetrations to be encountered on this job, and with local representation capable of providing training and technical assistance at the job site. B. Installer's Qualifications: Personnel installing firestopping systems shall have been specifically trained by the manufacturer in the application of the materials to comply with the listing of the tested assembly. C. Mock-Up: Build a mock-up of each type of fire rated wall floor and ceiling system, and install each type of penetrating item with the properly installed firestopping system. Leave on site throughout the construction period for use as a quality control reference. D. On-Site Training: The local manufacturer's representative shall conduct an on-site hands-on training seminar for all personnel involved in the installation of firestopping. The Engineer shall be invited to attend this training. E. Codes and Standards: Comply with the applicable codes pertaining to firestopping. Firestopping systems shall be tested and listed in accordance with the following: 1. Underwriter's Laboratory: a. UL 1479 test method for fire tests of through-penetration firestops. b. UL Fire Resistance Directory 2. American Society for Testing and Materials: ASTM E814-88 standard test method for fire tests of through-penetration firestops. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data including the following: 1. Detailed specification of construction and fabrication. MECHANICAL FIRE STOPPING 23 0509 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2. Manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, description of materials and finishes, general construction, specific modifications, component connections, anchorage methods, hardware and installation procedures, plus the following specific requirements: 1. Details of each proposed assembly, for all types of fire rated construction and penetrating items encountered, identifying intended products and applicable UL System Number, or UL classified devices. 2. Manufacture or manufacturer's representative shall provide qualified engineering judgments and drawings relating to non-standard applications as needed. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Packing and Shipping: 1. Deliver products in original, unopened packaging with legible manufacturer's identification. 2. Coordinate delivery with scheduled installation date, allow minimum storage at site. B. Storage and Protection: Store materials in a clean, dry ventilated location. Protect from soiling, abuse, moisture and freezing when required. Follow manufacturer's instructions. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Existing Conditions: 1. Verify existing conditions and substrates before starting work. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding. 2. Proceed with installation only after penetrations of the substrate and supporting brackets have been installed. B. Environmental Requirements: 1. Furnish adequate ventilation if using solvent. 2. Furnish forced air ventilation during installation if required by manufacturer. 3. Keep flammable materials away from sparks or flame. 4. Provide masking and drop cloths to prevent contamination of adjacent surfaces by firestopping materials. 5. Comply with manufacturing recommendations for temperature and humidity conditions before, during and after installation of firestopping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Subject to compliance with the requirements of this specification, provide products by one of the following: 1. 3M, Fire Protection Products MECHANICAL FIRE STOPPING 23 0509 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2. Nelson Firestop Products 3. TREMCO Construction Products 4. Metalines 5. Hilti Corporation 6. Specified technologies, Inc. (STI) 2.2 GENERAL: A. Provide fire stop systems listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Provide systems with fire resistance "F" ratings equal to the fire resistance rating of the wall or floor assembly for all penetrations. In addition, provide systems with a "T" rating equal to the fire resistance rating of the wall or floor assembly in the following applications. 1. All floor penetrations not within the cavity of a wall. 2.3 ACCESSORIES: A. Provide forming and damming materials and sleeves as required by the firestopping system installation instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL: A. Review all project drawings, Owner’s records and existing conditions to determine location, rating, and construction of all fire resistive construction. B. Coordinate location of penetrations to allow for the maximum and minimum annular space around the penetrating item. Allow a minimum of 1" undisturbed building material between penetrations, or provide a firestopping system listed for multiple penetrations. Penetrating items shall be centered in hole as much as practical, unless firestopping system is listed for point contact between the wall/floor assembly and the penetrating item. C. Neatly form, saw cut, hole saw or core drill openings. Size openings to conform with the maximum and minimum annular space requirements of the firestopping system. 3.2 APPLICATION: A. The Contractor shall determine the most appropriate firestopping system which complies with these specifications. B. All insulation shall be continued through the penetration. Provide intumescent caulk or collar firestopping systems. Where the insulation thickness specified in Section 23 07 00 exceeds the allowable insulation thickness for the firestopping system, reduce the insulation thickness 6 inches on either side of the penetration. Do not reduce insulation to less than 50 percent of the specified thickness. C. Provide collar type firestopping systems where shown on drawings, and for hot piping systems at penetrations where significant thermal movement can be expected, such as near expansion compensation loops or joints. MECHANICAL FIRE STOPPING 23 0509 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 D. Provide a firestopping system for ducts penetrating fire resistive construction without fire or fire/smoke dampers. 1. Do not provide firestopping between fire or fire/smoke damper sleeves and the opening. E. Anchor wiring not within conduit on each side of a penetration to prevent it from being pulled out of the firestopping system. F. See Section 23 05 18 for sleeves. The use of sleeves may affect the "T" rating of the firestopping system. Coordinate use of sleeves with firestopping. END OF SECTION 23 0509 MECHANICAL FIRE STOPPING 23 0509 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 0510 - BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTALS: A. Refer to Division 1 and 23 05 00Common Work Results for Mechanical for administrative and procedural requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit industry standards and manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions, and dimensioned drawings for each type of pipe and pipe fitting. Submit piping schedule showing pipe or tube weight, fitting type, and joint type for each piping system. C. Welding Certifications: Submit reports as required for piping work. D. Brazing Certifications: Submit reports as required for piping work. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of pipes and pipe fittings of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Welder's Qualifications: All welders shall be qualified in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications. C. Welding procedures and testing shall comply with the latest revisions of the applicable sections for B31, of the ANSI/ASME standard codes for pressure piping, noted as follows: B31.1 - Pressure Piping Code / B31.2 - Fuel Gas Piping Code / B31.5 - Refrigeration Piping / B31.9 - Building Service Piping Code. D. Before any welding is performed, the contractor shall submit to the Architect/Engineer, or his authorized, a copy of the Manufacturer's Record of Welder or Welding Operator Qualification Tests and his Welding Procedure Specification together with the Procedure Qualification Record as required by ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. E. Each manufacturer or contractor shall be responsible for the quality of welding done by his organization and shall repair or replace any work not in accordance with these specifications. F. Soldering and Brazing procedures shall conform to ANSI Standard Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. G. Installers of Mechanical Grooved Couplings shall be trained and certified by the coupling manufacturer. 1. Certification shall consist of training of field personnel. Crews installing Mechanical Grooved Couplings shall be supervised on the job site by a person trained to the specific grooved coupling manufacturer’s standards. 2. Training certificates shall be submitted thru the formal submittal process for all field personal who will be working with grooved mechanical couplings. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0510 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.3 30 YEAR SPECIAL WARRANTY – MECHANICAL GROOVED COUPLINGS A. The Contractor shall fully support and administer the special warranty. B. The Manufacturer of Grooved Mechanical Coupling products shall warrant to the Owner that the couplings have been installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and the certified training program and shall perform in accordance with the applicable published specifications. C. The Warranty shall cover any and all installation errors including pipe preparation and installation. 1. Permissible exclusions are for defective pipe or corrosion. D. The Warranty program shall include inspection services by the Grooved Mechanical Coupling manufacturer, the extent of which is sufficient in the view of the manufacturer to be able to assure compliance with the manufacturer’s standards. E. The warranty shall be assignable to future owners for the full 30 year period. F. The warranty period shall extend from the standard project warranty to cover a period of 30 years from Substantial Completions and shall: 1. Pay replacement costs for parts and labor to repair or replace any coupling which fails to meet this warranty. 2. Pay reasonable costs for cutting and patching building construction to repair or replace damaged piping products. 3. Pay reasonable costs to repair property damage to the building and to repair or replace damaged personal property. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL: A. Piping Materials: Provide pipe and tube of type, pressure and temperature ratings, capacities, joint type, grade, size and weight (wall thickness or Class) indicated for each service. Where type, grade or class is not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer for installation requirements, and comply with governing regulations and industry standards. B. Pipe/Tube Fittings: Provide factory-fabricated fittings of type, materials, grade, class and pressure rating indicated for each service and pipe size. Provide sizes and types matching pipe, tube, valve or equipment connection in each case. Where not otherwise indicated, comply with governing regulations and industry standards for selections, and with pipe manufacturer's recommendations where applicable. 2.2 STEEL PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS: A. Black Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Grade B, type E, electric resistance welded. B. Galvanized Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Grade B. C. Seamless Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Grade B, type S or A106 high temperature. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0510 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 D. Stainless Steel Pipe: ASTM A 312; Grade TP 304 (high temperature and corrosive service, 1/8 inch thru 30 inches). E. Stainless Steel Sanitary Tubing: ASTM A 270; Finish No. 80, (dairy and food industry, 1 inch thru 4 inches). F. Steel Water Pipe: AWWA C200 for pipe 6 inches and larger. G. Coal Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipe: AWWA C203 for enamel and tape, hot applied. H. Chlorinated Rubber-Alkyd Paint System for Steel Water Pipe: AWWA C204 (exterior above- ground steel water pipe). I. Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Pipe: AWWA C205. J. Cast-Iron Flanged Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.1, including bolting (Class 125 and 250). K. Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.4 (Class 125 and 250). L. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.3; plain or galvanized as indicated (Class 125 and 300). M. Malleable-Iron Threaded Unions: ANSI B16.39, Class 150, 250 or 300; selected by Installer for proper piping fabrication and service requirements, including style, end connections, and metal- to-metal seats (iron, bronze or brass); plain or galvanized as indicated (Class 150, 250 and 300). N. Threaded Pipe Plugs: ANSI/ASME B16.14. O. Steel Flanges/Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.5, ASTM A234 (Fire Protection) including bolting and gasketing of the following material group, end connection and facing, except as otherwise indicated. Material Group: Group 1.1. End Connections: Buttwelding. Facings: Raised-face. P. Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service: AWWA C207 (water service piping only). Q. Corrosion-Resistant Cast Flanges/Fittings: MSS SP-51, including bolting and gasketing (threaded where pressure is not critical). R. Forged-Steel Socket-Welding and Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.11, except MSS SP-79 for threaded reducer inserts; rated to match schedule of connected pipe (up to 4 inch pipe size). S. Wrought-Steel Buttwelding Fittings: ANSI B16.9, except ANSI B16.28 for short-radius elbows and returns; rated to match connected pipe. T. Stainless-Steel Buttwelding Fittings: MSS SP-43. U. Cast-Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings: ANSI B16.12. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0510 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 V. Forged Branch-Connection Fittings: Except as otherwise indicated, provide type as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. W. Pipe Nipples: Fabricated from same pipe as used for connected pipe; except do not use less than Schedule 80 pipe where length remaining unthreaded is less than 1-1/2 inches, and where pipe size is less than 1-1/2 inches, and do not thread nipples full length (no close-nipples). 2.3 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS: A. Copper Tube: ASTM B 88; Type K or L as indicated for each service; hard-drawn temper, except as otherwise indicated. B. DWV Copper Tube: ASTM B 306. C. ACR Copper Tube: ASTM B 280. D. Cast-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ANSI B16.18. E. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ANSI B16.22. F. Cast-Copper Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings: ANSI B16.23 (drainage and vent with DWV or tube). G. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings: ANSI B16.29. H. Cast-Copper Flared Tube Fittings: ANSI B16.26. I. Bronze Pipe Flanges/Fittings: ANSI B16.24 (Class 150 and 300). J. Copper-Tube Unions: Provide standard products recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. 2.4 BRASS PIPE AND FITTINGS: A. Red Brass Pipe: ASTM B 43 (boiler feed pipe, 1/8 inch thru 12 inches, regular or extra strong weight). B. Cast-Bronze Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.15, Class 125 or 250. C. Cast-Bronze Threadless Fittings: ASTM B 61 or B 62, brazed joints. 2.5 CAST-IRON PRESSURE PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS: A. Ductile-Iron Pipe: Class 52, ANSI A21.51; AWWA C151; 350 psi pressure rating. B. Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron and Pipe and Fittings for Water: ANSI A21.4; AWWA C104. C. Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Cast-Iron Piping: ANSI A21.5; AWWA C105. D. Cast-Iron Fittings: ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. E. Ductile-Iron Fittings: ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0510 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 F. Rubber-Gasket Joints: ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. 2.6 CAST-IRON SOIL PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS: A. Hubless Cast-Iron Soil Pipe: FS WW-P-401 and CISPI Standards 301 and 310. Pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the cast iron soil pipe institute or receive prior approval of the engineer. B. Cast-Iron Hub-and-Spigot Soil Pipe: ASTM A 74. Pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the cast iron soil pipe institute or receive prior approval of the engineer. C. Hubless Cast-Iron Soil Pipe Couplings: Neoprene gasket complying with ASTM C564, CISPI Standard 310 and stainless steel clamp holding band. D. Heavy Duty Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe Couplings: Neoprene gasket coupling with ASTM C564. 304 stainless steel shield, minimum 0.15 inches thick, minimum 3 inches wide with 4 sealing bands up to 4 inch pipe, minimum 9 inches wide with 6 sealing bands up to 10 inch pipe. 1. Basis of Design: Husky SD 4000. E. Cast-Iron Hub-and-Spigot Soil Pipe Fittings: Match soil pipe units; complying with ASTM A 74. F. Neoprene Compression Gaskets: ASTM C 564. 2.7 PLASTIC PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS: A. Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Sewer Pipe (ABS): ASTM D-1527, 3 inch thru 12 inch; SDR 23.5, 4 and 6 inch; SDR 35, 3 inch, 4 inch, and 6 inch; SDR 42, 8 inches, 10 inch and 12 inch. B. ABS Pipe Fittings: 1. Schedule 40 Socket: ASTM D 2468. 2. Schedule 80 Socket: ASTM D 2469. 3. Schedule 80 Threaded: ASTM D 2465. 4. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2235. 5. Solvent Cement (To Join ABS to PVC): ASTM D 3138. C. Polyvinylchloride Sewer Pipe (PVC): ASTM D-2729, 2 inch thru 6 inch; ASTM D2665, 1-1/2 inches thru 8 inches. 2.8 COPPER PRESS FITTINGS: A. Copper and copper alloy press fittings shall conform to material requirements of ASME B16.18 or ASME B16.22 and performance criteria of IAPMO PS 117. Sealing elements for press fittings shall be EPDM. Sealing elements shall be factory installed. Press end shall have a design feature that assures leakage of liquids and/or gases from inside the system past the sealing element of an unpressed connection. The function of this feature is to provide the installer quick and easy identification of connections which have not been pressed prior to putting the system into operation. 1. Viega Pro Press. No Substitutions BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0510 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.9 GROOVED PIPING PRODUCTS FOR CARBON STEEL PIPING: A. General: All mechanical grooved pipe couplings and fittings shall be rated by the manufacturer for applications of at least 250 °F (110 °C), and 300 psi. B. Mechanical Couplings, 2 inch (DN50) through 12 inch (DN300): Manufactured in two segments of cast ductile iron, conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12. Gaskets shall be pressure-responsive synthetic rubber, grade to suit the intended service, conforming to ASTM D-2000. Gaskets used for potable water applications shall be further UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF-61 for potable water service. Mechanical Coupling bolts shall be zinc plated (ASTM B-633) heat treated carbon steel track head conforming to ASTM A-449 and ASTM A-183, minimum tensile strength 110,000 psi (758450 kPa). Grooved couplings shall meet the requirements of ASTM F-1476. 1. Rigid Type: Coupling housings with offsetting, angle-pattern bolt pads shall be used to provide system rigidity and support and hanging in accordance with ANSI B31.1, B31.9, and NFPA 13. Angled mating pads shall grip the pipe rigidly and force the pipe ends to their maximum separation. Full engagement shall be indicated by metal to metal contact at both pads. a. 2” (DN50) through 8” (DN200): Victaulic Style 107H (Quick-Vic™). Installation ready rigid coupling for direct stab installation without field disassembly. Gasket shall be Grade “EHP” EPDM compound with red color code designed for operating temperatures from -30 deg F (-34 deg C) to +250 deg F (+120 deg C). b. 10” (DN250) through 12” (DN300): Victaulic Style 07 (Zero-Flex®). Standard rigid coupling. Gasket shall be Grade “E” EPDM compound with green color code designed for operating temperatures from -30 deg F (-34 deg C) to +230 deg F (+110 deg C). 2. Flexible Type a. 2” (DN50) through 8” (DN0200): Victaulic Style 177 (Quick-Vic™). Installation ready flexible coupling for direct stab installation without field disassembly. Gasket shall be Grade “EHP” EPDM compound with red color code designed for operating temperatures from -30 deg F (-34 deg C) to +250 deg F (+120 deg C). b. 10” (DN250) through 12” (DN300): Victaulic Style 75 or 77 standard flexible couplings. Gasket shall be Grade “E” EPDM compound with green color code designed for operating temperatures from -30 deg F (-34 deg C) to +230 deg F (+110 deg C). 3. Reference shall always be made to the manufacturer’s latest published Selection Guide for Gaskets for proper gasket selection for the intended service. C. Grooved End Fittings: 1. Standard fittings shall be cast of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12, forged steel conforming to ASTM A-234, Grade WPB 0.375" wall (9,53 mm wall), or fabricated from Std. Wt. Carbon Steel pipe conforming to ASTM A-53, Type F, E or S, Grade B. Fittings provided with an alkyd enamel finish or hot dip galvanized to ASTM A- 153. Zinc electroplated fittings and couplings conform to ASTM B633. 2. Branch Outlets: a. Bolted Branch Outlet: For branch outlets on 2"(DN50) through 8"(DN200) main piping. The branch outlet hole is cut oversize to receive a “holefinder” locating BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0510 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 collar which secures the outlet in position permanently. Bolted branch outlets shall be manufactured from ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12, with synthetic rubber gasket, and heat treated carbon steel zinc plated bolts and nuts conforming to physical properties of ASTM A-183. A pressure responsive gasket seals on the pipe O.D. Victaulic Style 920 / 920N. b. Strapless Branch Outlets are prohibited. D. Pipe/Grooves: Carbon Steel, A-53B/A-106B - Roll or cut grooved-ends as appropriate to pipe material, wall thickness, pressures, size and method of joining. Pipe ends to be grooved in accordance with current listed standards conforming to ANSI/AWWA C-606. E. All other pipe products shall conform to the requirements of the Division 23 sections. Acceptance of grooved pipe systems does not imply acceptance of the coupling manufacture’s valves, flow measuring stations, strainers, or other specialties. F. Manufacturer: 1. Victaulic Co. of America – no substitutions NO EXCEPTIONS will be considered. 2.10 COUPLINGS FOR COPPER GROOVED TUBE A. Mechanical Couplings: 2"-8" (DN50-DN200) for copper tubing consisting of ductile iron cast housings, complete with a synthetic rubber gasket of a pressure-responsive design, with plated nuts and bolts to secure unit together. Couplings shall be manufactured to connect copper tubing sized tube and fittings. Flaring of tube and fitting ends to IPS dimensions is not allowed. 1. Coupling Housings: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12, coated with copper colored alkyd enamel. Housings cast with offsetting, angle-pattern bolt pads to provide rigidity. 2. Coupling Gaskets: Gasket shall be Grade “EHP” EPDM compound with red color code designed for operating temperatures from -30 deg F to +250 deg F. a. Reference shall always be made to the manufacturer’s latest published Selection Guide for Gaskets for proper gasket selection for the intended service. 3. Victaulic Style 607 (Quick-Vic™). Installation ready rigid coupling for direct stab installation without field disassembly. B. Branch outlet for Copper Tubing: 2-1/2”–4” (DN65-DN100) Branch outlet shall consist of a cast bronze (C83600 85-5-5-5) upper housing with female NPT threaded outlet and locating collar, ductile iron (ASTM A536) lower housing coated with copper-colored enamel and a pressure responsive gasket which seals on the pipe O.D. Grade “E” EPDM, temperature range –30°F to +230°F (–34°C to +110°C). UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 heat-treated plated carbon steel track-head bolts and nuts, meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. 1. Victaulic Style 622. C. Grooved-End Copper Fittings: Fittings shall be manufactured to copper tubing sizes, with grooves designed to accept grooved end couplings of the same manufacturer. Fittings shall be wrought copper, conforming to ASTM B-75 alloy C12200 or ASTM B-152 alloy C11000 and ANSI B16.22, or bronze sand casting ANSI B16.18 and UNS-C89836. Victaulic Copper Connection Fittings. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0510 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 D. Grooved Copper Tube: ASTM B-88 (Type K, L, M, or DWV) Roll grooved only in accordance to manufacturer’s current listed standards and copper tube dimensions. E. Manufacturer: 1. Victaulic Co. of America – no substitutions. 2.11 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING MATERIALS/PRODUCTS: A. Welding Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide welding materials as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. 1. Comply with Section II, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials. B. Soldering Materials: All soldering materials shall be lead free. 1. 95-5 Tin-Antimony: ASTM B 32, Grade 95TA. Melting Range 450-470 degrees F. 2. Silver-Tin Alloy: Fed. Spec. QQ-S-571E, NSFC2. Melting Range 430 to 530 degrees F. 3. Flux: All flux shall be lead free, water soluble, and compatible with the solder and the materials being joined. ASTM B813-93. C. Brazing Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide brazing materials to comply with installation requirements. 1. Comply with AWSA 5.8, Section II, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for brazing filler metal materials. a. Copper phosphorus -Bcup-5, 15 percent solver content, melting range 1190 to 1480 degrees F. b. Silver - BAg-36, 45 percent silver, cadmium-free. Melting range 1195 to 1265 degrees F. D. Gaskets for Flanged Joints: ANSI B16.21; full-faced for cast-iron flanges; raised-face for steel flanges, unless otherwise indicated. E. Piping Connectors for Dissimilar Non-Pressure Pipe: Elastomeric annular ring insert, or elastomeric flexible coupling secured at each end with stainless steel clamps, sized for exact fit to pipe ends and subject to approval by plumbing code. 1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide piping connectors of the following: a. Husky Technologies (Husky SD 4000): F. Pipe Thread Sealant Material: Except as otherwise indicated, provide all pipe threads with the sealant material as recommended by the manufacturer for the service. 1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide piping thread sealant material of the following: a. The Rectorseal Corporation BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0510 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: A. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. Verify that all water distribution piping may be installed in accordance with pertinent codes and regulations, and original design, and the referenced standards. B. Examine rough-in requirements for plumbing fixtures and other equipment having water connections to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation. C. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION: A. General: Install pipes and pipe fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve permanently-leakproof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated service without piping failure. Install each run with minimum joints and couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions for disassembly and maintenance/replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes (where indicated) by use of reducing fittings. Align piping accurately at connections, within 1/16 inch misalignment tolerance. 1. Comply with ANSI B31 Code for Pressure Piping. 2. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not run piping through transformer vaults and other electrical or electronic equipment spaces and enclosures. Only piping serving this type of equipment space shall be allowed. 3. Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate the general location and arrangement of piping systems. Locations and arrangements of piping take into consideration pipe sizing and friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. So far as practical, install piping as indicated. 4. Use fittings for all changes in direction and all branch connections. 5. Install piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not permitted, unless expressly indicated. 6. Conceal all pipe installations in walls, pipe chases, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or floors, unless indicated to be exposed to view. 7. Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other permanent elements of the building. Provide space to permit insulation applications, with 1 inch clearance outside the insulation. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for panel removal. 8. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. 9. Install drains in pressure pipe systems at all low points in mains, risers, and branch lines consisting of a tee fitting, ¾ inch ball valve, and short ¾ inch threaded end nipple and cap with chain. 10. Install piping free of sags or bends and with ample space between piping to permit proper insulation applications. 11. Fire and Smoke Wall Penetrations: Where pipes pass through fire and smoke rated walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors, maintain the fire and smoke rated integrity. Refer to Division 23, Sections 23 05 18 and 23 05 07 for materials. 12. Exterior Wall Penetrations: Seal pipe penetrations through exterior walls using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals (See Section 23 05 18). Pipe sleeves smaller than 6 inch shall be steel; pipe sleeves 6 inches and larger shall be sheet metal. 13. Anchor piping to ensure proper direction of expansion and contraction. 14. Coordinate foundation and all other structural penetrations with structural engineer. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0510 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Hydronic Piping: 1. Make reductions in hydronic pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with the level side up. 2. Install hydronic piping branch connections to mains using Tee fittings in main with take-off out the bottom of the main, except for up-feed risers which shall have take-off out the top of the main line. Install all hydronic piping level with manual air vent at all high points in direction of flow. 3. Install hydronic piping level except for gravity flow systems such as condenser water and condensate drain piping. C. Sanitary Waste and Vent; Roof Drain and Storm Drain Piping: 1. Install plumbing drainage piping with ¼ inch per foot (2 percent) downward slope in direction of drain for piping 3 inches and smaller, and 1/8 inch per foot (1 percent) for piping 4 inch and larger. Install cast iron pipe in accordance with the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Handbook. 2. Install 1 inch thick extruded polystyrene over underground drainage piping that is above frost line and not under building. Provide width to extend minimum of 12 inches beyond each side of pipe. Install directly over pipe, centered on pipe center line. 3. Make changes in direction for drainage and vent piping using appropriate 45 degree wyes, half-wyes, or long sweep quarter, sixth, eighth, or sixteenth bends. SANITARY CROSSES OR SHORT QUARTER BENDS SHALL NOT BE USED IN DRAIN PIPING. 4. Provide thrust restraints (bracing to structure or rodded joints) at branches and changes in direction for cast iron pipe 5 inches and larger suspended within the building. 5. Where cast iron piping is suspended in excess of 18 inches on single rod hangers, sway bracing shall be provided to prevent shear at the joints. 6. Install underground drain piping to conform with the plumbing code, and in accordance with the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Engineering Manual. 7. Lay piping beginning at low point of system, true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. 8. Place bell ends or groove ends of piping facing upstream. 9. Install gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use of lubricants, cements, and other special installation requirements. 10. Install sub-surface drain piping according to requirements of the soils engineers requirements when required and connect to storm sewer / sump pump. 11. Grade trench bottoms to provide a smooth, firm, and stable foundation, free from rock, throughout the length of the pipe. 12. Remove unstable, soft, and unsuitable materials at the surface upon which pipes shall be laid, and backfill with clean sand or pea gravel to indicated invert elevation. 13. Shape bottom of trench to fit the bottom 1/4 of the circumference of pipe. Fill unevenness with tamped sand. At each pipe joint dig bell holes to relieve the bell of the pipe of all loads, and to ensure continuous bearing of the pipe barrel on the foundation. D. Plastic Pipe: 1. All plastic piping installed below grade shall meet ASTM D2321-89 requirements. 3.3 PIPING SYSTEM JOINTS: A. General: Provide joints of type indicated in each piping system. B. Thread pipe in accordance with ANSI B2.1; cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter. Apply pipe joint compound, or BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0510 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 pipe joint tape (Teflon) where recommended by pipe/fitting manufacturer, on male threads at each joint and tighten joint to leave not more than 3 threads exposed. C. Braze copper tube-and-fitting joints in accordance with ASME B31. D. Solder copper tube-and-fitting joints with silver solder or 95-5 tin-antimony. Cut tube ends squarely, ream to full inside diameter, and clean outside of tube ends and inside of fittings. Apply solder flux to joint areas of both tubes and fittings. Insert tube full depth into fitting, and solder in manner which will draw solder full depth and circumference of joint. Wipe excess solder from joint before it hardens. E. Weld pipe joints in accordance with ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31. Provide weld-o-let fittings for two pipe sizes less than main pipe size. F. Weld pipe joints in accordance with recognized industry practice and as follows: 1. Weld pipe joints only when ambient temperature is above 0 degrees F (-18 degrees C) where possible. 2. Bevel pipe ends at a 37.5 degrees angle where possible, smooth rough cuts, and clean to remove slag, metal particles and dirt. 3. Use pipe clamps or tack-weld joints with 1 inch long welds; 4 welds for pipe sizes to 10 inches, 8 welds for pipe sizes 12 inch to 20 inch. 4. Build up welds with stringer-bead pass, followed by hot pass, followed by cover or filler pass. Eliminate valleys at center and edges of each weld. Weld by procedures which will ensure elimination of unsound or unfused metal, cracks, oxidation, blow-holes and non- metallic inclusions. 5. Do not weld-out piping system imperfections by tack- welding procedures; refabricate to comply with requirements. G. Weld pipe joints of steel water pipe in accordance with AWWA C206. H. Flanged Joints: Match flanges within piping system, and at connections with valves and equipment. Clean flange faces and install gaskets. Tighten bolts to provide uniform compression of gaskets. I. Hubless Cast-Iron Joints: Comply with coupling manufacturer's installation instructions. Use pre-set torque wrench set to 80 in-lbs on heavy duty couplings. 3.4 GROOVED MECHANICAL COUPLING APPLICATION: A. At contractor’s option, grooved mechanical couplings may be used in lieu of soldered, threaded, or flanged joints on hydronic and domestic water systems operating between 40°F and 180°F as follows: 1. Dedicated Mechanical Rooms: Rigid couplings only, except that where specifically identified on the Contract Documents or specifically engineered by the coupling manufacturer and reviewed by the engineer, flexible couplings may be used for vibration isolation or expansion compensation. 2. Outside of Mechanical Rooms: Rigid couplings only, as substitution for flanges, and to connect sections of pre-fabricated piping. a. Grooved mechanical joints shall not account for more that 25% of all pipe joints outside of the mechanical room. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0510 - 11 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3. Where specifically shown on the Drawings. 4. Shafts, chases, above inaccessible ceilings, and within partitions: No grooved joints allowed. 5. Grooved mechanical joints shall not be located above the following types of rooms: a. Electrical Rooms 6. Maximum 12” pipe connections. B. All changes in direction shall be made with radius type elbows. 1. Use long radius (R=1.5D) fittings wherever possible. 2. Angles less than 22-1/2° may be made with pre-manufactured mitered fittings. 3. Use of the angular deflection capabilities of grooved pipe couplings for intentional changes of direction shall not be allowed. C. All changes in pipe size shall be made with reducing fittings, not bushings or reducing couplings. D. Pipe shall be installed and adequately laterally supported to maintain all lines straight, true and plumb. Piping with rigid couplings may be supported as per welded/soldered/screwed piping. Where flexible connections are used, provide a minimum of one hanger per pipe section. No pipe section shall be left unsupported between any two couplings. E. Where flanges are required, provide a standard welded slip-on or weld neck with a spool piece to a grooved end joint. "Flange adapters" are not allowed. F. Grooved pipe systems shall not be considered to be electrically conductive. 1. Provide wire jumpers across all couplings where the piping system is required to be electrically conductive. G. Installation: 1. Pipe ends shall be clean and free from indentations, projections and roll marks in the area from pipe end to groove for proper gasket sealing. 2. The gasket style and elastomeric material (grade) shall be verified as suitable for the intended service as specified. 3. Coupling installation shall be complete when visual metal-to-metal contact is reached. 4. Comply with the latest copy of the coupling manufacturer’s field assembly and installation instructions. H. Training and inspection: 1. An IACET accredited representative of the manufacturer shall provide fabrication facility and on-site training for contractor’s fabrication and field personnel in the use of grooving tools, pipe preparation, application of groove, product installation, and installation inspection. 2. An IACET accredited representative of the manufacturer shall periodically visit the job site and inspect 10% of the installation. If any improperly installed products are located in the first 10%, an additional 10% of the installation must be inspected. If any improperly installed products are located in the additional 10% of the installation, 100% of the installation must be inspected. Contractor shall correct any improperly installed products. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0510 - 12 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.5 PIPING APPLICATION: A. Domestic Hot and Cold Water - Inside Building: 1. Above Grade Inside Building: a. 6 inches and Smaller: Type L / K, hard drawn copper tube with wrought copper or bronze fittings, 95-5 tin-antimony / silver tin alloy soldered joints. 2. Below Grade Inside and Outside Building: a. 2-1/2 inches and Smaller: Type K, soft copper or Type K annealed copper tube with wrought copper fittings, silver tin alloy solder joints. b. Larger than 2-1/2 inches: Ductile iron, tar coated outside, cement mortar lined inside. Full lengths of pipe shall be utilized to the greatest extent possible. Fittings for ductile iron pipe shall be 350 psi pressure, tar coated outside and cement lined inside. Rubber gasket joints. B. Sanitary Drainage and Vents - Inside Building: 1. Above Grade Sanitary Drainage: PVC or Service weight cast iron, no-hub type with neoprene gaskets; service weight cast iron, hub and spigot type with neoprene gaskets; or DWV copper with wrought copper of cast brass fittings. a. Provide husky series 4000 couplings for waste pipe above critical spaces including: 1) Food Service 2) Operating Rooms 3) Central Sterile Supply 4) Electrical Rooms 5) Communication Rooms 6) Imaging Rooms 2. Above Grade Sanitary Vents: PVC or DWV Copper with wrought copper of cast brass fittings. 3. Below Grade: PVC or service weight cast iron, hub and spigot type only with neoprene compression gaskets. C. Heating Water, Chilled Water and Condenser Water Piping: 1. 2 Inches and Smaller: a. Type L / K copper, hard drawn copper wrought copper or bronze fittings, silver - tin alloy solder joints. 2. 2-1/2 Inches and Larger: a. Schedule 40, seamless or ERW (std. weight 12 inches and over) black steel with flanged or welded joints. b. Fittings: Standard weight / Extra strong, seamless steel, butt weld type. c. Flanges: 150 lb. 300 lb. forged steel slip-on or welding neck type. d. Bolting: Regular square head machine bolts with heavy hexagonal nuts. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0510 - 13 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 e. Gaskets: Thickness, material and type suitable for fluid to be handled, and design temperature and pressures. D. Equipment Drains and Overflows: 1. Type "M" or "DWV" copper. 3.6 EXPOSED PIPING IN FINISHED AREAS: A. Plumbing piping and fittings which are exposed (and uninsulated) in finished areas generally occupied by people including, but not limited to, kitchens, animal cagewash/equipment washing rooms, hospital autoclave or sterilizing rooms shall be installed with a smooth, high polish, durable chrome plated finish. 3.7 PIPING TESTS: A. General: Provide temporary equipment for testing, including pump and gauges. Test piping system before insulation is installed wherever feasible, and remove control devices before testing. Test each section of each piping system independently but do not use piping system valves to isolate sections where test pressure exceeds valve pressure rating. Fill each section with water and pressurize for indicated pressure and time. B. Test all piping systems as specified. Correct leaks by remaking joints. Remove equipment not able to withstand test procedure during test. C. Work to be installed shall remain uncovered until the required tests have been completed. D. Piping which is to be concealed shall be tested before being permanently enclosed. E. As soon as work has been completed, conduct preliminary tests to ascertain compliance with specified requirements. Make repairs or replacements as required. F. Give a minimum of twenty-four hours notice to Engineer of dates when acceptance test will be conducted. Conduct tests as specified for each system in presence of representative of owner, agency having jurisdiction or his representative. Submit three (3) copies of successful tests to the Engineer for his review. Report shall state system tested and date of successful test. G. Contractor shall obtain certificates of approval, acceptance and compliance with regulations of agencies having jurisdiction. Work shall not be considered complete until such certificates have been delivered by the Engineer to the Owner. H. All costs involved in these tests shall be borne by Contractor. I. System Tests 1. Hydrostatic Test: The test shall be accomplished by hand pumping the system to the specified water pressure, and maintaining that pressure until the entire system has been inspected for leaks, but in no case for a time period of less than four hours. a. Domestic water systems: 100 psig or 150 percent of system pressure, whichever is greater. b. Heating water: 100 psig or 150 percent of operating pressure, whichever is greater. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0510 - 14 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 c. Chilled water: 100 psig or 150 percent of system pressure, whichever is greater. d. Condenser water: 100 psig or 150 percent of system pressure, whichever is greater. 2. Compressed Air or Nitrogen Test: Compressed air tests may be substituted for hydrostatic tests only when ambient conditions or existing building conditions prohibit safe use of hydrostatic testing and must be reviewed by the Engineer prior to any testing. For tests of this type, the piping system shall be subjected to the gas pressure indicated for that specific system. The piping capped or plugged and water-pumped with oil free air, or a nitrogen bottle shall be introduced into the entire system to the pressure specified. The system shall maintain that pressure for the duration of a soapy water test of each joint. 3. Waste, Drain and Vent Piping: All waste and vent piping, including building drain, roof drain and building sewer, shall be subjected to a water test. All openings in the piping system shall be tightly closed, except the highest opening, and the system filled with water to the point of overflow. The water shall be kept in the system, or in the portion under test, for at least 15 minutes before inspection starts; the system shall then be tight to all points. No section shall be tested with less than a ten foot head of water. Roof drain shall be closed at the lowest point and filled with water to the point of overflow. 4. Sump Pump Discharge: With water in sump and pump running at full capacity, check for leaks until satisfied that system is tight. 5. Test all refrigerant piping systems with nitrogen at 300 psig pressure on high side of system, and at 150 psig pressure on low side of system. Maintain pressure without loss for a time period of not less than 4 hours. After test has been completed, the piping shall be evacuated by means of a vacuum pump for a period of not less than 24 hours or until system has been completely evacuated. 6. Repair piping systems sections which fail required piping test, by disassembly and re-installation, using new materials to extent required to overcome leakage. Do not use chemicals, stop-leak compounds, mastics, or other temporary repair methods. 7. Drain test water from piping systems after testing and repair work has been completed. 3.8 UNDERGROUND PIPE INSTALLATION: A. Clean fittings, nipples and other field joints thoroughly before coating. B. Protect gray and ductile cast iron pipe installed below grade with polyethylene encasement applied in strict accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5. C. Install ductile iron pipe below grade as prescribed by AWWA C600. 3.9 DJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. General: Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials, and prepare for application of specified coatings (if any). Flush out piping systems with clean water before proceeding with required tests. Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports and accessory items. 1. Inspect pressure piping in accordance with procedures of ASME B31. B. Disinfect all potable water mains and water service piping in accordance with local and health department requirements. Submit test results report. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0510 - 15 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. Clean and flush hydronic piping systems. Remove, clean, and replace strainer screens. After cleaning and flushing hydronic piping system, but before balancing, remove disposable fine mesh strainers in pump suction diffusers. D. Chemical Treatment: Provide hydronic systems with a water analysis prepared by the chemical treatment supplier to determine the type and level of chemicals required for prevention of scale and corrosion. Perform initial treatment after completion of system testing. 3.10 COMMISSIONING: A. Fill system and perform initial chemical treatment. B. Before operating the system perform these steps: 1. Open valves to full open position. Close coil bypass valves. 2. Remove and clean strainers. 3. Check air vents at high points of systems and determine if all are installed and operating freely (automatic type) or to bleed air completely (manual type). END OF SECTION 23 0510 BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0510 - 16 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 0518 - PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of piping specialties work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules and by requirements of this section. B. Piping specialties furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment, are specified as part of equipment assembly in other Division-23 sections. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of piping specialties of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Codes and Standards: 1. FCI Compliance: Test and rate "Y" type strainers in accordance with FCI 73-1 "Pressure Rating Standard for "Y" Type Strainers". Test and rate other type strainers in accordance with FCI 78-1 "Pressure Rating Standard for Pipeline Strainers Other than "Y" Type". 2. ASME B 31.9 "Building Services Piping" for materials, products, and installation. 3. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label. 4. Fabricate and stamp air separators and compression tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1. 5. ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code", Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualification" for qualifications for welding processes and operators. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation instructions, and dimensioned drawings for each type of manufactured piping specialty. Include pressure drop curve or chart for each type and size of pipeline strainer. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's figure number, size, location, and features for each required piping specialty. B. Shop Drawings: Submit for fabricated specialties, indicating details of fabrication, materials, and method of support. C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and spare parts lists for each type of manufactured piping specialty. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 23. PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 0518 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Combination Pressure and Temperature Relief Valves: a. Amtrol, Inc. b. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div. c. Spirax Sarco. d. Watts Regulator Co. 2. Pressure Reducing Valves: a. Amtrol, Inc. b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. c. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div. d. Taco, Inc. e. Keckley 3. Air Vents: a. Armstrong Machine Works. b. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div. c. Hoffman Specialty ITT; Fluid Handling Div. d. Spirax Sarco. e. Amtrol, Inc. 4. Air Eliminator a. Spirotherm, Inc. 5. Air Eliminator and Dirt Separator a. Spirotherm, Inc. 6. Automatic Flow Control Valves: a. Griswold 7. Hydronic System Safety Relief Valves: a. Kunkle Valve Co., Inc. b. Lunkenheimer Co. c. Watts Regulator Co. d. Lonergan e. Keckley f. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div. g. Conbraco PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 0518 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 8. Pressure Regulating Valves: a. A.W. Cash Valve Mfgr. Corp. b. Armstrong Machine Works, A-Y Division c. Fisher Controls International, Inc. d. Hoffman Specialty ITT; Fluid Handling Div. e. Leslie Co. f. Spirax Sarco g. Spence Engineering Co., Inc. h. Wilkins Regulator/Div Zurn Industries Inc. i. Watts Regulator Co. 9. Pipe Escutcheons: a. Chicago Specialty Mfg. Co. b. Producers Specialty & Mfg. Corp. c. Sanitary-Dash Mfg. Co. 10. Low Pressure Strainers: a. Armstrong Machine Works. b. Hoffman Specialty ITT; Fluid Handling Div. c. Metraflex Co. d. R-P&C Valve; Div. White Consolidated Industries, Inc. e. Spirax Sarco. f. Trane Co. g. Victaulic Co. of America. h. Watts Regulator Co. 11. Basket Strainers: a. R-P&C Valve b. Keckley 12. Dielectric Waterways a. Victaulic Co. b. Perfection Corp. c. Flow Design Inc. d. Precision Plumbing Products e. Rockford-Eclipse Div. 2.2 HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES: A. General: Provide factory-fabricated piping specialties recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. Provide piping specialties of types and pressure ratings indicated for each service, or if not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes as indicated, and connections, which properly mate with pipe, tube, and equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Installer's option. PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 0518 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Hydronic System Safety Relief Valves: Diaphragm operated, cast-iron or brass body valve, with low inlet pressure check valve, inlet strainer removable without system shut-down, and noncorrosive valve seat and stem. Select valve size, capacity, and operating pressure to suit system. Valve shall be factory-set at operating pressure to suit system and have the capability for field adjustment. Safety relief valve shall be designed, manufactured, tested and labeled in accordance with the requirements of Section IV of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Valve body shall be cast- iron, with all wetted internal working parts made of brass and rubber; 125 psig working pressure and 250 degrees F maximum operating temperature. Select valve to suit actual system pressure and BTU capacity. Set valve to relieve at 10 psi above operating pressure. C. Pressure Reducing Valves: Diaphragm operated, bronze or brass body valve, with low inlet pressure check valve, stainless steel inlet strainer removable without system shut- down, and stainless steel valve seat and stem. Select valve size, capacity, and operating pressure to suit system. Valve shall be factory-set at operating pressure and have the capability for field adjustment. D. Coin Operated Manual Air Vent: Bronze body and nonferrous internal parts; 150 psig working pressure, 212 degrees F operating temperature; manually coin operated and having discharge outlet connection and 1/8 inch NPT male connection. E. Manual Air Vent: Provide ball valves as specified in Part 3. F. Automatic Air Vent: 100 psi working pressure, 240 degrees working temperature, stamped brass body and non-metallic float, with threaded outlet connector for "safe waste" discharge pipe. 1. Amtrol 703 or approved equivalent. G. High Capacity Automatic Air Vent: 150 psig working pressure, 250 degrees working temperature, cast iron body, bronze pilot mechanism. Snap acting operation, preventing opening under negative pressure conditions. Capable of 18 scfm elimination at 30 psig. 1. Amtrol 720 or approved equivalent. H. Automatic Flow Control Valves: Class 150, cast iron housing, stainless steel operating parts; threaded connections for 2 inch and smaller, flanged connections for 2-1/2 inch and larger. Factory set to automatically control flow rates within plus or minus 5 percent design, while compensating for system operating pressure differential. Provide quick disconnect valves for flow measuring equipment. Provide a metal identification tag with chain for each valve, factory marked with the zone identification, valve model number, and rate flow in GPM. 2.3 PIPE ESCUTCHEONS: A. General: Provide pipe escutcheons as specified herein with inside diameter closely fitting pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is insulated. Select outside diameter of escutcheon to completely cover pipe penetration hole in floors, walls, or ceilings; and pipe sleeve extension, if any. Furnish pipe escutcheons with nickel or chrome finish for occupied areas, prime paint finish for unoccupied areas. PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 0518 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Pipe Escutcheons for Moist Areas: For waterproof floors, and areas where water and condensation can be expected to accumulate, provide cast brass or sheet brass escutcheons, solid or split hinged. C. Pipe Escutcheons for Dry Areas: Provide sheet steel escutcheons, solid or split hinged. 2.4 LOW PRESSURE PIPELINE STRAINERS: A. General: Provide strainers full line size of connecting piping, with ends matching piping system materials. Select strainers for 125 psi working pressure, with Type 304 stainless steel screen. Two inches and smaller steam and liquid strainers shall have 20 mesh screens. Provide 3/64 inch perforations for 2-1/2 inch and 3 inch steam and liquid strainers. Provide 1/8 inch mesh perforations for 4 inches and larger liquid strainers. Provide 1/16 inch mesh perforations for 4 inches and larger steam strainers. B. Threaded Ends, 2 inch and Smaller: Bronze or Cast-iron body, screwed screen retainer with centered blowdown fitted with pipe plug. 2.5 BASKET STRAINERS: A. For 125 psig systems or less (thru 12 inch): High-Tensile ASTM A126, Class B cast iron, angle design, bolted cover, flanged ends, stainless steel screen assembly, suitable gasket material, bottom threaded drain outlet. Steam screen size shall be .045 inch perforations for through 6 inch diameter piping; .062 inch for 8 inch and larger. Liquid screen size shall be .045" perforations for through 3 inch diameter piping; .125 inch for 4 inch and larger. 1. R-P&C 528-V12, Class 125 2.6 DIELECTRIC WATERWAY: A. General: Zinc electroplated nipple with non-metallic lining for use in service indicated, which effectively isolate ferrous from non-ferrous piping (electrical conductance), prevent galvanic action, and stop corrosion. Union style not acceptable. 2.7 FABRICATED PIPING SPECIALTIES: A. Drip Pans: Provide drip pans fabricated from corrosion- resistant sheet metal with watertight joints, and with edges turned up 2-1/2 inches. Reinforce top, either by structural angles or by rolling top over ¼ inch steel rod. Provide hole, gasket, and flange at low point for watertight joint and 1 inch drain line connection. B. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves of one of the following: 1. Sheet-Metal: Fabricate from galvanized sheet metal; round tube closed with snaplock joint, welded spiral seams, or welded longitudinal joint. Fabricate from the following gauges: 3 inches and smaller, 20 gauge; 4 inches to 6 inches 16 gauge; over 6 inch, 14 gauge. 2. Steel-Pipe: Fabricate from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe; remove burrs. Provide fully welded waterstop/anchor ring fabricated from minimum 1/8 plate, extending minimum 1 inch from O.D. of sleeve, where noted in Part 3. 3. Iron-Pipe: Fabricate from cast-iron or ductile-iron pipe; remove burrs. PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 0518 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 4. Sleeves for use with firestopping shall be fabricated in accordance with the installation instructions of the firestopping system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES: A. Pipe Escutcheons: Install pipe escutcheons on each pipe penetration thru floors, walls, partitions, and ceilings where penetration is exposed to view; and on exterior of building. Secure escutcheon to pipe or insulation so escutcheon covers penetration hole, and is flush with adjoining surface. B. Strainers: Install strainers full size of pipeline, in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install pipe nipple and shutoff full port ball valve with ¾ inch hose end and cap in strainer blow down connection. Where indicated, provide drain line from shutoff valve to plumbing drain, full size of blow down connection. 1. Provide strainers in supply line ahead of the following equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. a. Pressure reducing valves b. Temperature or pressure regulating valves c. Control valves C. Dielectric Waterway: Install at each piping joint between ferrous and non-ferrous piping. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Not required in closed hydronic systems treated with corrosion inhibitors, where there is a bronze valve body between the two materials. 3.2 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION: A. Manual Air Vent: Provide manual air vents at all high points and drops in the direction of flow, of all mains and risers of the hydronic systems, at heat transfer coils, radiation and elsewhere shown and as required for system air venting. 1. Provide enlarged air collection standpipe where large air quantities can accumulate. 2. Use a 1/2 inch ball valve with a soft copper tubing discharge pipe directed to a convenient collection point except as noted below. 3. Use a coin operated air vent inside terminal unit and baseboard radiation enclosures. B. Provide automatic air vents where shown on drawings. Provide high capacity automatic air vents at all air separators, provide an isolation valve to allow removal of all automatic air vents, provide minimum 1/4 inch soft copper tubing to a convenient drain location, and to avoid water damage. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED PIPING SPECIALTIES: A. Drip Pans: Locate drip pans under piping as indicated. Hang from structure with rods and building attachments, weld rods to sides of drip pan. Brace to prevent sagging or PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 0518 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 swaying. Connect 1" drain line to drain connection, and run to nearest plumbing drain or elsewhere as indicated. B. Pipe Sleeves: In fire resistive construction, coordinate the use of sleeves with the firestopping system requirements. See Section 23 05 09. Do not install sleeves through structural members of work, except as detailed on drawings, or as reviewed by Architect/Engineer. Install sleeves accurately centered on pipe runs. Size sleeves so that piping and insulation will have free movement in sleeve, including allowance for thermal expansion; but not less than 2 pipe sizes larger than piping run. Install length of sleeve equal to thickness of construction penetrated, and finish flush to surface; except floor sleeves where noted below. Provide temporary support of sleeves during placement of concrete and other work around sleeves, and provide temporary closure to prevent concrete and other materials from entering sleeves. 1. Interior gypsum board, plaster, and masonry partitions: Install sheet metal sleeves. 2. Interior cast in place concrete walls: Install steel pipe sleeves. 3. Interior cast in place floors: Install steel pipe sleeves with water stop/anchor ring. a. Extend floor sleeves in rooms above the surgery suite ½ inch above level floor finish, in rooms above the surgery suite ¾ inch above floor finish sloped to drain and 2 inches above finished floor in all mechanical equipment rooms and pipe chases. 4. Below ground and exterior cast-in-place concrete or masonry: Install steel pipe sleeves with waterstop/anchor ring. 5. For core drilled solid concrete or precast concrete with blockouts, no sleeve is required, except provide sheet metal "collar" fastened and caulked to floors required to have extended sleeves. C. See Section 23 05 48 for acoustical sleeve requirements. END OF SECTION 23 0518 PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 0518 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 0519 - METERS AND GAUGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of meters and gauges required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or specified in other Division-23 sections. B. Types of meters and gauges specified in this section include the following: 1. Temperature Gauges and Fittings: a. Glass Thermometers. b. Remote Reading Dial Thermometers. c. Dial Type Insertion Thermometers. d. Photo Voltaic Digital Thermometers e. Thermometer Wells. f. Temperature Gauge Connector Plugs. 2. Pressure Gauges and Fittings: a. Pressure Gauges. b. Pressure Gauge Cocks. c. Pressure Gauge Connector Plugs. 3. Flow Measuring Meters: a. Venturi Tube Flow Measuring Elements. b. Calibrated Balance Valves. c. Portable Flow Meter Read-out Kits. C. Meters and gauges furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment, are specified as part of equipment assembly in other Division-23 sections. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of meters and gauges, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Codes and Standards: 1. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable UL standards pertaining to meters and gauges. 2. ANSI and ISA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of ANSI and Instrument Society of America (ISA) standards pertaining to construction and installation of meters and gauges. C. Certification: Provide meters and gauges whose accuracies, under specified operating conditions, are certified by manufacturer. METERS AND GAUGES FOR MECH PIPING 23 0519 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation instructions for each type of meter and gauge. Include scale range, ratings, and calibrated performance curves, certified where indicated. Submit meter and gauge schedule showing manufacturer's figure number, scale range, location, and accessories for each meter and gauge. B. All flow measuring devices to be provided shall be reviewed and approved by the test & balance contractor and the temperature control contractor for proper scale, rangeability and function prior to submitting shop drawings. The test & balance contractor and temperature control contractor shall provide a typed letter stating this review has been completed and included with shop drawing submittals. C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and spare parts lists for each type of meter and gauge. Include this data and product data in Maintenance Manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 23. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Temperature Gauge Connector Plugs: a. Fairfax Company b. Peterson Equipment Co. c. Universal Lancaster d. Sisco e. MG Piping Products Co. 2. Pressure Gauge Connector Plugs: a. Fairfax Company b. Peterson Equipment Co. c. Universal Lancaster d. Sisco e. MG Piping Products Co. 3. Venturi Tube Flow Measuring Elements: a. Gerand b. Barco/Aeroquip Corp. c. Presso d. Flow Design Inc. 4. Calibrated Balancing Valves (Variable Orifice Type): a. Armstrong+ b. Tour and Anderson, Inc. c. Bell and Gossett (To Match Existing Only) METERS AND GAUGES FOR MECH PIPING 23 0519 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 5. Calibrated Balancing Valves (Valve and Venturi Type): a. Flow Design Inc. b. Presso c. Gerand “Balvalve Indicator” d. Nexus Valve e. Griswold 2.2 THERMOMETER WELLS: A. General: Provide thermometer wells constructed of brass or stainless steel, pressure rated to match piping system design pressure. Provide 2 inch extension for insulated piping. Provide cap nut with chain fastened permanently to thermometer well. 2.3 TEMPERATURE GAUGE CONNECTOR PLUGS: A. General: Provide temperature gauge connector plugs pressure rated for 500 psi and 200 degrees F (93 degrees C). Construct of brass and finish in nickel-plate, equip with ½ inch NPS fitting, with self-sealing valve core type neoprene gasketed orifice suitable for inserting 1/8 inch O.D. probe assembly from dial type insertion thermometer. Equip orifice with gasketed screw cap and chain. Provide extension, length equal to insulation thickness, for insulated piping. 2.4 VENTURI TUBE FLOW MEASURING ELEMENTS: A. Primary flow measuring elements shall consist of venturi tubes. Arrange piping in accordance with manufacturer's published literature. In horizontal pipes, place connections slightly above horizontal centerline of pipe. B. Provide each primary element with integral tab, or metal tag on stainless steel wire, extending outside pipe covering on which is stamped or clearly printed in plainly visible position the following information: 1. Manufacturer's name and address. 2. Serial number of meter to which element is to be connected. 3. Name, number, or location of equipment served. 4. Specified rate of flow. 5. Multiplier (including unity, where applicable) to be applied to meter reading. C. Provide taps with Schraeder or Hanson type fittings. Provide tap extensions to accommodate insulation. D. Manufacturer shall certify venturi tubes for actual piping configuration. Any necessary piping changes required for certification shall be provided without cost to Owner. Insert type tubes may be furnished, provided they meet specification requirements in other respects. E. Provide venturi with throat diameter such that specified rate of flow will register scale reading of between 20 percent and 80 percent of full scale value. F. Venturi sizes and beta ratios shall be selected so that design flow rates shall read between 20 percent and the full scale range on a linear meter (e.g. between 10inches and 50 inches on a 0-50 inches meter), with permanent pressure loss of not more than 25 percent of indicated flow rate differential pressure. METERS AND GAUGES FOR MECH PIPING 23 0519 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 G. Provide venturi tubes of solid brass or bronze. Tubes larger than 2 inches shall have flanges or butt weld connections and may be cast iron or steel. Steel tubes may be fabricated or cast with cadmium or zinc-plating. Line throats of cast iron tubes with bronze and plate cast iron portion with cadmium. H. Tubes shall be calibrated and tested by independent testing laboratory and performance data furnished with shop drawings. I. Connections for attachment to portable flow meter hoses shall be readily accessible. 2.5 CALIBRATED BALANCE VALVES: A. General: Provide as indicated, calibrated balance valves equipped with readout valves to facilitate connecting of differential pressure meter to balance valves. Equip each readout port with a quick connect valve designed to minimize system fluid loss during monitoring process. Provide balance valves with preformed insulation suitable for use on heating and cooling systems, and to protect balance valves during shipment. B. Design, variable orifice type: 1. Globe-type valve. 2. Multiple turns of handwheel from full closed to full open. 3. Bubble-tight shut-off. 4. Schraeder type taps upstream and downstream. 5. Memory stop device to allow valve to be returned to balanced position after being closed. (Note: this does not take the place of isolation valves shown on drawings) 6. Provide slide rule type flow calculator, include in Operation and Maintenance Manual. C. Design, valve and venturi type: 1. Ball or butterfly type valve. 2. Bubble-tight shut-off. 3. Fixed venturi, upstream of valve. 4. Schraeder type taps on venturi, upstream and downstream. 5. Memory stop device to allow valve to be returned to balanced position after being closed. (Note: this does not take the place of isolation valves shown on drawings) 6. Provide metal tag with flow curve for each valve. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which meters and gauges are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF THERMOMETERS: A. Thermometer Wells: Install in piping tee where indicated, in vertical upright position. Fill well with oil or graphite, secure cap. METERS AND GAUGES FOR MECH PIPING 23 0519 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Temperature Gauge Connector Plugs: Install in piping tee where indicated, located on pipe at most readable position. Secure cap. Provide portable temperature gauge for each plug connection. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF PRESSURE GAUGES: A. Pressure Gauge Cocks: Install in piping tee with snubber. Install syphon for steam pressure gauges. B. Pressure Gauge Connector Plugs: Install in piping tee where indicated, located on pipe at most readable position. Secure cap. Provide portable pressure gauge for each plug connection. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF FLOW MEASURING METERS: A. General: Install flow measuring meters on piping systems located in accessible locations at most readable position. B. Locations: Install in the following locations, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. At inlet of each hydronic coil. C. Calibrated Balance Valves: Install on piping with readout valves in vertical upright position. Maintain minimum length of straight unrestricted piping equivalent to 3 pipe diameters upstream of valve. 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Adjusting: Adjust faces of meters and gauges to proper angle for best visibility. B. Cleaning: Clean windows of meters and gauges and factory- finished surfaces. Replace cracked or broken windows, repair any scratched or marred surfaces with manufacturer's touch-up paint. END OF SECTION 23 0519 METERS AND GAUGES FOR MECH PIPING 23 0519 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 0523 - GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. This Section includes general duty valves common to most mechanical piping systems. B. Valves tags and charts are specified in Division 23 Section "Mechanical Identification." 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: including body material, valve design, pressure and temperature classification, end connection details, seating materials, trim material and arrangement, dimensions and required clearances, and installation instructions. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Single Source Responsibility: Comply with the requirements specified in Division-23 Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements," under "Product Options." B. MSS Standard Practices: Comply with the following standards for valves: 1. MSS SP-45: Bypass and Drain Connection Standard 2. MSS SP-67: Butterfly Valves 3. MSS SP-70: Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends 4. MSS SP-71: Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends 5. MSS SP-72: Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for General Service 6. MSS SP-78: Cast Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends 7. MSS SP-80: Bronze Gate, Globe Angle and Check Valves 8. MSS SP-84: Steel Valves - Socket Welding and Threaded Ends 9. MSS SP-85: Cast Iron Globe and Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends 10. MSS SP-92: MSS Valve User Guide C. Solenoid valves shall be UL listed, FM, ANSI and CSA approved. D. NSF Standard 61: Drinking Water System Components. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Ensure valves are dry and internally protected against rusting and galvanic corrosion. 2. Protect valve ends against mechanical damage to threads, flange faces and weld end preps. 3. Set valves in best position for handling. Globe and gate valves shall be closed to prevent rattling; ball and plug valves shall be open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces; butterfly valves shall be shipped closed or slightly open; and swing check valves shall be blocked in either closed or open position. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0523 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Storage: Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Valves shall be stored and protected against all dirt, debris and foreign material at all times. 2. Do not remove valve end protectors unless necessary for inspection; then reinstall for storage. 3. Protect valves against weather. Where practical store valves indoors. Maintain valve temperature higher than the ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, support valves off the ground or pavement and protect in watertight enclosures. C. Handling: Valves whose size requires handling by crane or lift shall be slung or rigged to avoid damage to exposed valve parts. Handwheels and stems, in particular, shall not be used as lifting or rigging points. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers listed. 1. Gate Valves: a. Stockham b. Grinnell Corp. c. Hammond d. Nibco e. Milwaukee 2. Ball Valves: a. Apollo b. Milwaukee c. Nibco d. Watts 3. Eccentric Plug Valves: a. Keystone/Tyco b. DeZurik c. Milliken d. Homestead 4. Globe Valves: a. Anvil b. Hammond c. Nibco d. Milwaukee 5. Butterfly Valves: a. Keystone/Tyco GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0523 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 b. DeZurik c. Nibco d. Bray e. ABZ f. Milwaukee 6. Swing Check Valves a. Apollo b. Anvil c. Nibco d. Watts (screwed) 7. Non-Slam Check Valves: a. Keystone b. Metraflex c. Nibco d. Val-Matic e. Milwaukee 8. Lift Check Valves: a. Apollo b. Metraflex c. Milwaukee d. Nibco 9. Solenoid Valves: a. Asco b. General Controls c. Skinner 2.2 VALVE FEATURES: A. General: Comply with MSS-92 1980 "Valve User’s Manual". B. Valve Design: Valves shall have rising stem, or rising stem outside screw and yoke design; except, non-rising stem valves may be used where headroom prevents full operation of rising stem valves. C. Sizes: Unless otherwise indicated, provide valves of same size as upstream pipe size. (Control valves shall be sized for required flow.) D. Operators: Provide the following special operator features: 1. Handwheels, fastened to valve stem for valves other than quarter turn. 2. Lever handle on quarter turn valves 6 inch and smaller, except plug valves. Provide a wrench for every plug valve. 3. Chainwheel operators for valves 2-1/2 inch and larger that are installed 96 inches or higher above finished floor elevation. Provide chains to an elevation of 6'-0" above finished floor elevation. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0523 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 4. Worm gear operators of an enclosed weather-proof design shall be provided on all quarter turn valves 8 inches and larger. E. Extended Stems: Where insulation is indicated or specified, provide extended stems to allow full operation of the valve without interference by the insulation. F. Bypass and Drain Connections: Comply with MSS SP-45. G. End Connections: As specified in the individual valves specifications. 1. Threads: Comply with ANSI B2.1. 2. Flanges: Comply with ANSI B16.1 for cast iron, ANSI B16.5 for steel, and ANSI B16.24 for bronze. 3. Solder-Joint: Comply with ANSI B16.18. a. Caution: Where soldered end connections are used, use solder having a melting point below 840 degrees F for gate, globe, and check valves and below 421 degrees F for ball valves. 2.3 GATE VALVES: A. Gate Valves – 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP-80, Class 150, body and bonnet of cast bronze ASTM B62, threaded ends, solid wedge disc, union bonnet, rising stem, bronze gland, TFE impregnated packing, malleable iron handwheel. 1. Stockham Fig. B-120/B-124 B. Gate Valves - 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP-70, Class 125, iron body conforming to ASTM A126 C1 B, Bronze trim, O S & Y design, Flanged ends, TFE impregnated packing. 1. Stockham Fig. G-623 2.4 BALL VALVES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS: A. Ball Valves – 1 inch and Smaller: 150 WSP, 600 WOG, rated for 150 PSI at 350 degrees F, two piece end entry body style, bronze body conforming to ASTM B584, full port chrome plated brass ball, 15% glass reinforced PTFE seats, PTFE packing, adjustable packing nut blow-out proof stem, vinyl covered steel handle. Provide solder ends or threaded ends to match piping system. Valves shall have a Cv value of a full port ball valve. Comply with NSF-61. Apollo 77C-100/200 B. Ball Valves 1-1/4 inch through 2 inches and for all silver soldered or brazed lines: ANSI B16.34, 150 WSP, 600 WOG, rated for 150 PSI at 350 degrees F. Two piece body style, Three piece body style for brazed lines, bronze body conforming to ASTM B584, full port, chrome plated brass ball and stem of ASTM A276 type 316, 15% glass reinforced RTFE seats, RTFE packing and blow out proof stem, vinyl coated steel handle. Provide solder ends or threaded ends to match piping material system. Valves shall have a Cv value of a full port ball valve. Apollo 82-100/200. C. Ball valves for steam service: 250 WSP, 600 WOG rated for 250 psig saturated steam. Two piece and entry body style, bronze body conforming to ASTM B594, standard port 316 stainless steel ball and stem. Carbon and graphite reinforced PTFE blowout proof stem, vinyl covered steel handle. Threaded ends. Apollo 70-140-64. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0523 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 D. Ball valve options/accessories: Provide the following as required or as specifically indicated: 1. Tee handle for tight fit applications (within enclosures, etc.). 2. Locking handle. 3. Drain. 4. Stem extension. 5. Mounting pads. 2.5 BALL VALVES FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS: A. Lead Free Ball Valves – 1 inch and Smaller: 150 WSP, 600 WOG, rated for 150 PSI at 350 degrees F, two piece end entry body style, bronze body conforming to ASTM B584, full port chrome plated brass ball, 15% glass reinforced PTFE seats, PTFE packing, adjustable packing nut blow-out proof stem, vinyl covered steel handle. Provide solder ends or threaded ends to match piping system. Valves shall have a Cv value of a full port ball valve. Comply with NSF-61. Apollo 77CLF-140/240 B. Ball Valves 1-1/4 inch through 2 inches and for all silver soldered or brazed lines: ANSI B16.34, 150 WSP, 600 WOG, rated for 150 PSI at 350 degrees F. Two piece body style, bronze body conforming to ASTM B584, full port, chrome plated brass ball and stem of ASTM A276 type 316, 15% glass reinforced RTFE seats, RTFE packing and blow out proof stem, vinyl coated steel handle. Provide solder ends or threaded ends to match piping material system. Valves shall have a Cv value of a full port ball valve. Apollo 77CLF-140/240. C. Ball valve options/accessories: Provide the following as required or as specifically indicated: 1. Tee handle for tight fit applications (within enclosures, etc.). 2. Locking handle. 3. Drain. 4. Stem extension. 5. Mounting pads. 2.6 ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES: A. 2 inches and Smaller: 125 psi, cast iron body, straightway pattern, EPDM or C11R Encapsulated Eccentric plug, tight shut-off seals, square head, threaded ends. Provide memory stop feature. 1. Dezurik PEC B. 2-1/2 inches and Larger Sizes: 125 psi, cast iron body, straightway pattern, EPDM or C11R Encapsulated Eccentric plug, lever actuators, except handwheels where indicated, and flanged ends. Provide memory stop feature. 1. Dezurik PEC 2.7 GLOBE VALVES: A. Plumbing Systems (2-1/2 inches and smaller): MSS SP-80 Class 150, body, bonnet and bonnet ring, cast bronze ASTM B-62, Teflon disc, copper-silicon bronze stem, non- asbestos teflon impregnated stem packing, union bonnet and malleable iron handle. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0523 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Stockham Fig. B-22/B-24 B. Steam Systems (2 inches and Smaller): MSS SP-80, Class 150/300 body, bonnet, bonnet ring cast bronze ASTM B-62 Type 420, stainless steel disc and seat ring, union bonnet, non-asbestos teflon impregnated stem packing, copper-silicon bronze stem, brass packing gland and malleable iron handle. 1. Stockham Fig. B-29/B-74 C. Steam Systems (2-1/2 inches and larger): MSS SP-85, Class 125/250, cast iron body ASTM A-126, Class B, bolted bonnet bronze mounted, rising stem bronze disc and seat, OS&Y, non-asbestos teflon impregnated stem packing and cast iron or malleable iron hand wheel. 1. Stockham Fig. G-512 2.8 BUTTERFLY VALVES: A. Hydronic Service Butterfly Valves - 2-1/2 inches to 12 inches: MSS SP-67, cast iron body conforming to ASTM A126 class B, aluminum bronze ASTM B148 disc, single piece or two piece 416 stainless steel stem, EPDM seat, upper and lower bronze bearing, non-metallic bushing and stem seal, ANSI class 125 flange, rated for 200 psi pressure differential, 200 psi drop-tight shut off dead end service, with downstream flange removed. Provide extended neck for 2 inches thick insulation. All valves shall be factory tested to 110% of pressure rating. All butterfly valves shall be full lugged body, drilled and tapped. 1. Keystone Fig.222 2.9 CHECK VALVES: A. Swing Check Valves - 2-1/2 Inch and Smaller: MSS SP-80; Class 125/150 WSP 200/300, cast bronze body and cap conforming to ASTM B 62, ASTM B61 for 200/300 bronze, horizontal swing design, Y-pattern, with a Teflon disc, stainless steel pin and having threaded or solder ends. Class 150 valves meeting the above specifications may be used where pressure requires or Class 125 are not available. B. Swing Check Valves - 2-1/2 to 3 Inch: MSS SP-71; Class 125 /250 (Class 175 FM approved for fire protection piping systems), cast iron body and bolted cap conforming to ASTM A 126, Class B; horizontal swing, with a bronze disc or cast iron disc with bronze disc ring, and flanged ends. Valve shall be capable of being refitted while the valve remains in the line. For sewage ejector and sump pump discharge swing check valves 2-1/2 inches and larger, provide outside lever with weight or spring to assist disc to close rapidly. C. Non-Slam Check Valves - 2 Inch and smaller: Bronze body, 200 psi @ 250 degrees F., threaded ends, resilient seats, center guided spring loaded disk. D. Non-Slam Check Valves - 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Class 125/ 250 cast iron or stainless steel body, replaceable lapped bronze seat and balanced twin bronze flappers or bronze center guided disc and stainless steel trim. Valve shall be designed to open and close at approximately one foot differential pressure. Twin flappers or center guided disc shall be loaded with a stainless steel spring to assure even non-slam checking action. Seals shall be EPDM. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0523 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 E. Lift Check Valves 2 Inch and Smaller: Class 125 , cast bronze body and cap conforming to ASTM B 62, horizontal or angle pattern, lift type valve, with stainless steel spring, bronze disc holder with renewable "Teflon" disc, and threaded ends. Valve shall be capable of being refitted and ground while the valve remains in the line. 2.10 DRAIN VALVES: A. For Hydronic and Plumbing Systems: Provide ball valve with threaded hose end and cap with chain. 1. Apollo Fig. 78-165-01 2.11 SOLENOID VALVES: A. Solenoid valves shall consist of a solenoid (electro-magnet) with its core and a valve body containing one or more orifices. The solenoid shall be mounted directly on the valve body. B. Response time from fully open or closed to fully closed or open shall be slow acting. C. Solenoid valves shall be 2 / 3 / 4 way type valves. D. Solenoid valves shall be normally open or normally closed operation as required for proper operation of the system for protection against freeze, fire and safety. E. Solenoid enclosures shall meet the ICS-6 ANSI/NEMA standard and UL standard 429, 508 and/or 1002 as follows: 1. Type 1: General Purpose. 2. Type 2: Drip proof. 3. Type 3 and 3S: Raintight, Dust tight and sleet (ice) resistant. 4. Type 3R: Rainproof, sleet (ice) resistant 5. Type 4: Watertight and dust tight. 6. Type 4X: Watertight, Dust tight and Corrosion resistant. 7. Type 6:Submersible. 8. Type 6P: Submersible, prolonged submersion at a limited depth. 9. Type 7: Explosion proof, Class I, Division 1, Group A (acetylene); B (hydrogen); C (ethyl-ether vapors, ethylene or cyclopropane); D (gasoline, hexane, naphtha, benzene, butane, propane, alcohol, acetone, benzol, lacquer, solvent vapors or natural gas). 10. Type 9: Dust-ignition proof, Class II, Group E (metal dust); F (carbon black coal or coke dust); G (flour starch or grain dust). 11. Operating temperatures shall range from 185 degrees F to 842 degrees F for T1 through T6 code numbers. F. Minimum ambient temperature limitation of 32 degrees F (0 degrees C) for any valve which contains water or water vapor and 0 degrees F (-18 degrees C) where freezing water is not a factor. (Special construction for ambient temperature down to -40 degrees F (-40 degrees C). Maximum ambient temperature limitation of 180 degrees F (82 degrees C). G. Parts in contact with fluid shall be brass, bronze, or stainless steel; core tube, 305 stainless steel; core and plug nut, 430 F stainless steel; Seal-BUNA "N"; shading coil-copper; disc-BUNA "N" and Nylon; Spring, 302 stainless steel. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0523 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 H. Manual reset safety shut-off valve shall open manually and close upon interruption of current. I. Electric current shall be of AC voltage shown on Division 26 drawings. 2.12 MOTORIZED VALVE ACTUATORS: A. Electric Valve Actuators 1. The valve actuator shall consist of a 120 volt, single phase, permanent split capacitor, reversible type electric motor which drives a compound epicyclic gear. A manual override handwheel shall be integral to the unit. The electric actuator shall have visual mechanical position indication, readable from a distance of 25 feet, showing output shaft and valve position. Unit shall be capable of mounting directly to butterfly valve without brackets and adapters. 2. The actuator shall have an integral terminal strip, for wiring to power supplies. Cable entry shall be by means of two (2) 1 inch NPT threaded connections. Cable entries shall have UL recommended gland stops within the NPT hole to prevent glands from being screwed in too far and damaging cable. 3. The actuator shall be constructed to withstand high shock and vibrations without operations failure. The actuator cover shall have captive bolts to eliminate loss of bolts when removing the cover from the base. One copy of the wiring diagram shall be provided with the actuator. 4. Actuators with 600 in/lbs or more output torque shall be two adjustable factory calibrated mechanical torque limit switches of the single pole, double-throw type. Motor rotor shaft shall run in ball bearings at each end of the motor. 5. The actuator housing shall be manufactured to NEMA IV Standards and UL recognized. 6. The environmental temperature range of the actuator shall be -20 to 140 oF (-30 to 60 oC). 7. For two position service, the actuator shall be rated at a 20 percent duty cycle (i.e. 12 minutes extended duty in every hour, or alternatively; one complete cycle every two minutes). For frequent cycling and modulating service, the actuator shall be rated for continuous duty, capable of operating 100 percent of the time at an ambient temperature of 104 degrees F (40 degrees C). 8. The actuator shall have a permanently lubricated, self-locking gear train. Motor brakes shall not be required to maintain desired valve position. Levers or latches shall not be required to engage or disengage the manual override. Mechanical travel stops, adjustable to 15 degrees in each direction of 90 degrees rotation, shall be standard, as well as two adjustable travel limit switches with electrically isolated contacts. Additional adjustable switches shall be provided where required to meet the sequence of operation. 9. The motor shall have Class B insulation capable of withstanding locked rotor for 25 seconds without overheating. Wiring shall also be Class B insulation. An auto-reset thermal cut-out protector shall be embedded in the motor windings. The motor shall be UL recognized and CSA approved. Disassembly of gears shall not be required to remove the motor. 10. Materials a. The electric actuator shall have a pressure die-cast, hard anodized aluminum base and cover. The compound gear shall be made of die-cast, hard anodized aluminum or steel. An alloy steel worm gear shall be provided for manual override and torque limiting. Bearings for gears shall GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0523 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 be of the ball and needle type; bronze bearings shall be used on the shafting parts. 11. Electric Valve Actuator Accessories a. Provide thermostatically controlled heaters for all exterior valves. b. Provide potentiometer or 4-20 MA-transmitter for providing continuous feedback of actuator position where required to meet the sequence of operations. c. Provide an electronic servo amplifier and speed control module capable of accepting a 0-5K ohm, 4-20mA DC or other input signal for all modulating control valves. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: A. Install valves in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. B. Examine valve interior through the end ports, for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks used which prevents disc movement during shipping and handling. C. Actuate valve through an open-close and close-open cycle. Examine functionally significant features, such as guides and seats made accessible by such actuation. Following examination, return the valve closure member to the position in which it was shipped. D. Examine threads on both the valve and the mating pipe for form (out-of-round or local indentation) and cleanliness. E. Examine mating flange faces for conditions which might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Check gasket material for proper size and material, and for freedom from defects and damage. F. Prior to valve installation, examine the piping for cleanliness, freedom from foreign materials, and proper alignment. 3.2 VALVE SELECTION: A. Selection of Valve Ends (Pipe Connections): Except as otherwise indicated, select valves with the following ends or types of pipe/tube connections: 1. Copper Tube Size 2 Inch and Smaller: Solder ends, except in heating hot water and low pressure steam service which shall have threaded ends. 2. Steel Pipe Sizes 2 Inch and Smaller: Threaded or grooved-end. 3. Steel Pipe Sizes 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Flanged or grooved end. 4. At all piping hot taps provide a ball valve with the hot tap and a ball valve or butterfly valve for shut-off service. Hot taps shall be provided only where approved by the Engineer. 3.3 VALVE INSTALLATIONS: Valve Application Table GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0523 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 (Where sizes overlap, contractor has choice of either type) SERVICE VALVE TYPE Plumbing Water Services; 3" or smaller Ball Valve Plumbing Water Services; 2-1/2" and larger Butterfly Valves Plumbing Pressure Reducing Bypass; all sizes Globe Valve Plumbing Balancing Service; 2" and smaller Calibrated Balancing Valve See Section 23 05 19 Plumbing Balancing Service; 2-1/2" and larger Eccentric Plug Valve HVAC Hydronic Piping; 3" and smaller Ball Valve HVAC Hydronic Piping; 2-1/2" and larger Butterfly Valve HVAC Hydronic Pressure Reducing Valve Bypass; all sizes Globe Valve HVAC Hydronic Balancing valve; 2" and smaller Calibrated Balancing Valve See Section 23 05 19 HVAC Hydronic Balancing Valve; 2-1/2" and larger Eccentric Plug Valve. HVAC & Plumbing Check Valves; 2" and smaller Swing Check A. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. B. Install valves and unions for each fixture and item of equipment in a manner to allow equipment removal without system shut-down. Unions are not required on flanged devices. C. Install 3-valve bypass around each pressure reducing valve using throttling type valves. D. Gate and globe valves shall be installed with the stem in the upright position. In overhead horizontal piping, ball valves shall be installed with the handle in the side or bottom of the piping. Butterfly valves shall be installed with the stem within 45 degrees of the horizontal position. The handle of quarter turn valves shall open in the direction of flow. Quarter turn valves with hand wheels or chain wheels shall be located so that the position indicator is visible from the floor without the use of a ladder or climbing on equipment or piping. E. Installation of Check Valves: Install for proper direction of flow as follows: 1. Swing Check Valves: Install in horizontal position with hinge pin level. 2. Wafer Check Valves: Install between 2 flanges in horizontal or vertical upward flow position. 3. Lift Check Valve: Install in piping line with stem upright and plumb. 3.4 SOLDER CONNECTIONS: A. Cut tube square and to exact lengths. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0523 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Clean end of tube to depth of valve socket, using steel wool, sand cloth, or a steel wire brush to a bright finish. Clean valve socket in same manner. C. Apply proper soldering flux in an even coat to inside of valve socket and outside of tube. D. Open gate and globe valves to fully open position. E. Remove the cap and disc holder of swing check valves with composition discs. F. Insert tube into valve socket making sure the end rests against the shoulder inside valve. Rotate tube or valve slightly to insure even distribution of the flux. G. Apply heat evenly to outside of valve around joint until solder will melt upon contact. Feed solder until it completely fills the joint around tube. Avoid hot spots or overheating the valve. Once the solder starts cooling, remove excess amounts around the joint with a cloth or brush. 3.5 BRAZED CONNECTIONS: A. Protect valves from temperatures which exceed the valve material temperature limitations as recommended by the valve manufacturer. B. Disassemble 3 piece ball valves prior to brazing. 3.6 THREADED CONNECTIONS: A. Note the internal length of threads in valve ends, and proximity of valve internal seat or wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into valve. B. Align threads at point of assembly. C. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads (except where dry seal threading is specified). D. Assemble joint wrench tight. Wrench on valve shall be on the valve end into which the pipe is being threaded. 3.7 FLANGED CONNECTIONS: A. Align flanges surfaces parallel. B. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly using a torque wrench. 3.8 GROOVED CONNECTIONS: A. Grooved connections shall be provided only where specified or approved by the Engineer. B. Assembly valves with grooved end in accordance with manufacturers published instructions. GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0523 - 11 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. Clean pipe ends from indentations, projections, burrs and roll marks from pipe to groove. D. Provide gasket, flanges, fittings, bolts, nuts, lubrication applied per manufacturer’s instructions for intended service. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Testing: After piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before final adjusting and balancing, inspect each valve for leaks. Adjust or replace packing to stop leaks; replace valve if leak persists. 3.10 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Cleaning: Clean mill scale, grease, and protective coatings from exterior of valves and prepare to receive finish painting or insulation. END OF SECTION 23 0523 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 23 0523 - 12 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 0529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of supports and anchors, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable plumbing codes pertaining to product materials and installation of supports and anchors. 2. NFPA Compliance: Hangers and supports shall comply with NFPA standard No. 13 when used as a component of a fire protection system. 3. UL and FM Compliance: Hangers, supports, and components shall be listed and labeled by UL and FM where used for fire protection piping systems. 4. Duct Hangers: SMACNA Duct Manuals 5. MSS Standard Compliance: a. Provide pipe hangers and supports of which materials, design, and manufacture comply with MSS SP-69. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation instructions for each type of support and anchor. Submit pipe hanger and support schedule showing Manufacturer's figure number, size, location, and features for each required pipe hanger and support. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings for each type of support and anchor, indicating dimensions, weights, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components. C. Product certificates signed by the manufacturer of hangers and supports certifying that their products meet the specified requirements. D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each type of support and anchor. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 23. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Pipe Hangers and Supports: a. B-Line Systems Inc. b. ANVIL International c. PHD Manufacturing, Inc. d. Unistrut Metal Framing Systems e. Hubbard Enterprises (Supports for domestic water piping) HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0529 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 f. Specialty Products Co. (Supports for domestic water piping. g. Erico h. Grinnell 2. Saddles, Shield and Thermal Shield Inserts: a. ANVIL International b. Pipe Shields, Inc. c. B-Line d. Snapp Itz e. Erico f. Value Engineered Products, Inc. g. Grinnell 3. Roof Equipment Supports: a. Custom Curb, Inc. b. Pate Co. c. Thycurb Div.; Thybar Corp. d. Vent Products, Inc. 4. Concrete Inserts and Anchors: a. Unistrut Metal Framing Systems b. Power-Strut c. ITW Ramset/Red Head d. Hilti e. B-Line f. Erico g. Grinnell 2.2 PIPE HANGERS & SUPPORTS: A. Hangers and support components shall be factory fabricated of materials, design, and manufacturer complying with MSS SP-69. 1. Components shall have galvanized coatings where installed for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. 2. Pipe attachments shall have nonmetallic coating for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. B. Adjustable Clevis Hanger: MSS Type. 1. Steel Pipe, size 3/8" thru 30", Type 1. 2. Non-insulated Copper Pipe, size 1/2" thru 4", Type 1. (PVC Coated) 3. Cast Iron Pipe, size 4" thru 24", Type 1. C. Adjustable Swivel Ring for Non-insulated Pipe: MSS Type . 1. Steel Pipe, size 1/2" thru 8", Type 7. 2. Copper Pipe, size 1/2" thru 4", Type 7 (PVC Coated) D. Pipe Clamps: MSS Type . 1. Steel Pipe, size 3/4" thru 24", Type 8. 2. Copper Pipe, size 1/2" thru 4", Type 8 (PVC Coated). E. U Bolts: MSS Type . 1. Steel Pipe, size 1/2" thru 30" Type 24 2. Copper Pipe, size 1/2" thru 8", Type 24 (PVC Coated). F. Straps: MSS Type 26. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0529 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 G. Pipe Stanchion Saddle: MSS Type 37. H. Yoke & Roller Hanger: MSS Type 43 I. Hanger Rods: Continuous threaded steel, sizes as specified. J. Hangers: 1. Cold Pipes: a. 1/2" through 1-1/2": Adjustable wrought steel ring. b. 2" and Over: Adjustable wrought steel clevis. 2. Multiple or Trapeze: Structural steel channel (with web vertical and engineered for the specific applications), with welded spacers and hanger rods. Provide cast iron roll and base plate for hot pipe sizes six inches and over. Provide hanger rods one size larger than for largest pipe in trapeze. If the deflection at center of trapeze exceeds 1/360 of the distance between the end hangers, install an additional hanger at mid-span or use a larger channel. K. Wall Supports for Horizontal Steel Pipe: 1. ½ inch through 4inches: Offset or straight j-hook. 2. 4 inches and Over: Welded steel bracket Type 31, 32 or 33 and wrought steel clamp. Provide adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll Type 44 for hot pipe 200 degrees F and over and for sizes six inches and over. L. Supports for Vertical Pipe: Steel riser clamp. Type 8. M. Upper Attachments: 1. For attaching hanger rods to structural steel I-beams: a. Provide adjustable beam clamp, MSS-Type 21. Attach to bottom flange of beam. 2. For attaching hanger rods to bar joists: a. When bottom chord is constructed of structural steel angles, provide square washer. Place hanger rod between backs of the two angles and support with the washer and dual locking nuts on top of the angles. Spot weld washer to angles. b. When bottom chord is constructed of round bars, provide Elcen No. 137 bar joint washer or equal. 2.3 CONCRETE INSERTS AND ANCHORS: A. Inserts: Case shall be of galvanized carbon steel with square threaded concrete insert nut for hanger rod connection; top lugs for reinforcing rods, nail holes for attaching to forms. This type of upper attachment is to be used for all areas having poured in place concrete construction. 1. Size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. B. Provide fasteners attached to concrete ceilings that are vibration and shock resistant. Provide hangers for piping attached to concrete construction with one of the following types. 1. Concrete insert per MSS SP 69, Type 18. 2. Powder driven fasteners subject to approval of Architect and Structural Engineer. Each fastener shall be capable of holding a test load of 1000 pounds whereas the actual load shall not exceed 50 pounds. 3. Self-drilling expansion shields. The load applied shall not exceed one-fourth the proof test load required. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0529 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 4. Machine bolt expansion anchor. The load applied shall not exceed one-fourth the proof test load required. C. Anchors: Carbon steel, zinc plated and coated with a clear chromate finish. Installation shall be in holes drilled with carbide-tipped drill bits or by use of self-drilling anchors. 1. Provide anchors suitable for the location of installation and designed to withstand all forces and movements acting in the anchor. Manufacture pipe anchors in accordance with MSS SP 69. Provide a safety factor of four for the anchor installation. 2.4 SADDLES AND THERMAL SHIELD INSERTS: A. Protection Saddles: MSS Type 39; fill interior voids with segments of insulation matching adjoining insulation. B. Protection Shields: MSS Type 40; 180 degrees arc, galvanized steel, minimum 12 inches long, to prevent crushing of insulation. C. Thermal Shield Inserts: Provide 100-psi minimum compressive strength, waterproof, asbestos free calcium silicate, encased with a sheet metal enclosure. Insert and shield shall cover the entire circumference or the bottom half circumference of the pipe as required by Part 3 of this Specification, and shall be of length recommended by the manufacturer for pipe size and thickness of insulation. For cold piping, calcium silicate shall extend beyond the sheet metal shield to allow overlap of the vapor barrier. Where piping 4 inches and larger is supported on trapeze or pipe rollers, provide double thickness shields. For piping 12 inches and over, provide 600 psi calcium silicate structural insert. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36. B. Cement Grout: Portland cement (ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III) and clean uniformly graded, natural sand (ASTM C 404, Size No. 2). Mix ratio shall be 1.0 part cement to 3.0 parts sand, by volume, with minimum amount of water required for placement and hydration. C. Heavy-Duty Steel Trapezes: Fabricate from steel shapes selected for loads required; weld steel in accordance with AWS standards. 2.6 ROOF EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS: A. Match existing installations as installed for the West Wing project. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which supports and anchors are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0529 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.2 PREPARATION: A. Proceed with installation of hangers, supports and anchors only after required building structural work has been completed in areas where the work is to be installed. Correct inadequacies including (but not limited to) proper placement of inserts, anchors and other building structural attachments. Review Structural Drawings to obtain structural support limitations. B. Prior to installation of hangers, supports, anchors and associated work, Installer shall meet at project site with Contractor, installer of each component of associated work, inspection and testing agency representatives (if any), installers of other work requiring coordination with work of this section and Architect/Engineer for purpose of reviewing material selections and procedures to be followed in performing the work in compliance with requirements specified. Provide Shop Drawing showing method and support locations from structure. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING ATTACHMENTS: A. Install building attachments within concrete or on structural steel. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten insert to forms. Where concrete with compressive strength less than 2500 psi is indicated, install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. B. Existing Construction: 1. In existing concrete construction, drill into concrete slab and insert and tighten expansion anchor bolt. Connect anchor bolt to hanger rod. Care must be taken in existing concrete construction not to sever reinforcement rods or tension wires. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly from building structure; comply with MSS SP-69. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on field fabricated, heavy-duty trapeze hangers where possible. Install supports with maximum spacings complying with MSS SP-69. Where piping of various sizes is supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe. Do not use wire or perforated metal to support piping, and do not support piping from other piping. B. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers and other accessories. C. Support fire-water piping independently from other piping systems. D. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends and similar units and within 1'-0" of each horizontal elbow. E. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. F. Install horizontal hydronic and steam piping with the following minimum rod sizes and maximum spacing: HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0529 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SIZE (NPS) MAX. SPAN IN FEET MIN. ROD SIZE-INCHES Steel Copper 1 7 6 3/8 1-1/2 9 8 3/8 2 10 8 3/8 3 12 10 1/2 4 14 12 5/8 5 16 13 5/8 6 17 14 3/4 G. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes, and so that maximum pipe deflections allowed by ANSI B31.9 Building Services Piping Code is not exceeded. H. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements. 1. Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ANSI B31. 2. Saddles: Install Protection saddles where supported by pipe rollers. Fill interior voids with segments of insulation that match adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Shields: Install galvanized steel protection shields, on all insulated piping 2 inches and less, except where required to be clamped. Where necessary to prevent dislocation, strap shield to pipe with wire ties or "Zip Strips". 4. Thermal Inserts: Provide thermal shield inserts at all supports for all insulated piping over 2 inches and for all piping required to be clamped. Provide 180 percent inserts at clevis and roller hangers. Provide 360 percent inserts for all trapeze and clamped supports. I. Install medical gas piping hangers with the following maximum spacing. 1. 1/2" Pipe Size: 6' O.C. 2. 3/4" Pipe Size: 7' O.C., 1" pipe size: 8' 3. 1-1/4" or Larger Pipe Size: 9' O.C. 4. 1-1/2" and larger: 10' 5. Vertical Piping: Every floor level. J. Support horizontal cast iron pipe as follows: 1. Hub & Spigot: All sizes. a. 10 ft. max spacing: min of one (1) hanger per pipe section close to joint on the barrel. Also at change of direction and branch connections. b. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each story height and at its base. Secure vertical hub and spigot pipe immediately below the hub. c. Use hanger rods same size as for steel pipe. 2. No-Hub: All sizes a. With Clamp-All and Anaheim Series 4000 stainless steel couplings and MG cast iron couplings: one hanger to each joint. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0529 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 b. With all other stainless steel band type couplings: one hanger to each side of joint. c. Support all horizontal cast iron pipe within 18 inches of each joint and with 5 feet maximum spacing between hangers, except that pipe exceeding 5 feet in length shall be supported at intervals no greater than 10 feet. d. Use hanger rods same size as for steel pipe. e. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each story height and at its base. Support vertical no-hub pipe so that the weight is carried from the pipe to the support and not from the joint to the support. K. Place a hanger within one foot of each horizontal elbow. L. Use hangers which are vertically adjustable 1-1/2 inch minimum after piping is erected. M. Support vertical steel and copper piping at every story height but at not more than 15 foot intervals for steel and 10 feet for copper. N. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide trapeze hangers. O. Where practical, support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. P. Each pipe drop to equipment shall be adequately supported. All supporting lugs or guides shall be securely anchored to the building structure. Q. Securely anchor and support plumbing domestic water piping in chases or walls. Use factory manufactured clamps and brackets connected to fixture s, waste/vent piping or brackets connected to studs. Wires or straps will not be permitted. 1. When copper supplies are connected to flush valves, support the tubing by the studs or by a fixture, not by clamping to waste/vent piping. 2. Prevent copper tubes from making contact with steel brackets using fire retardant polyethylene inserts or other dielectric insulating material. Duct tape shall not be used. R. Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and the following: 1. In the event a self-drilling expansion shield or machine bolt expansion shield is considered to have been installed improperly, the Contractor shall make an acceptable replacement or demonstrate the stability of the anchor by performing an on-site test under which the anchor will be subjected to a load equal to twice the actual load. 2. Powder-driven fasteners may be used only where they will be concealed after the construction is complete. Where an occasional fastener appears to be improperly installed, additional fastener(s) shall be driven nearby (not closer than 6 inches) in undisturbed concrete. Where it is considered that many fasteners are improperly installed, the Contractor shall test load any 50 successively driven fasteners. If 10 percent or more of these fasteners fail, the Contractor shall utilize other fastening means as approved and at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Hangers for piping and ducts shall be attached to cellular steel floor decks with steel plates and bolted rod conforming to the steel deck manufacturer's requirements. Where the individual hanger load exceeds the capacity of a single floor deck attachment, steel angles, beams or channels shall be provided to span the number of floor deck attachments required. 4. Welding may be used for securing hangers to steel structural members. Welded attachments shall be designed so that the fiber stress at any point of the weld or attachment will not exceed the fiber stress in the hanger rod. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0529 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.5 INSTALLATION OF ANCHORS: A. Install anchors at proper locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ANSI B31.9, and to prevent transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment. B. Fabricate and install anchor by welding steel shapes, plates and bars to piping and to structure. Comply with ANSI B31.9 and with AWS Standards D1.1. C. Where expansion compensators are indicated, install anchors in accordance with expansion unit manufacturer's written instructions, to control movement to compensators. D. Anchor Spacings: Where not otherwise indicated, install anchors at ends of principal pipe-runs, at intermediate points in pipe-runs between expansion loops and bends. Make provisions for preset of anchors as required to accommodate both expansion and contraction of piping. Provide shop drawing for review by Engineer. 3.6 SHEET METAL DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. Provide in accordance with SMACNA HVAC duct construction standards. B. Additional Hanger Requirements: 1. 2" to 24" from flexible connections of fans. 2. 2" to 24" from the outlets or flexible connections of VAV control units or mixing boxes. 3. 12" to 36" from the main duct to the first hanger of long branch ducts. 4. 2" to 12" from the ends of all branch ducts and linear diffuser plenums. 5. 2" to 24" from fire damper break-away joints. 6. Hangers at throat and heal of round or square elbows 48" or greater in width. 3.7 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS: A. Fabricate structural steel stands to suspend equipment from structure above or support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for piping and equipment. C. Concrete bases for the mechanical equipment indoors or outdoors will be provided by the General Contractor only if shown on the architectural or structural drawings. Otherwise, all bases shall be provided by this Contractor. D. This Contractor shall be responsible for the proper size and location of all bases and shall furnish all required anchor bolts and sleeves. If bases are provided by the General Contractor, furnish him with templates showing the bolt locations. E. Equipment shall be secured to the bases with anchor bolts of ample size. Bolts shall have bottom plates and pipe sleeves and shall be securely imbedded in the concrete. All machinery shall be grouted under the entire bearing surface. After grout has set, all wedges, shims and jack bolts shall be removed and the space filled with non-shrinking grout. This Contractor shall provide lead washers at all equipment anchor bolts. F. Construct equipment supports above floor of structural steel members or steel pipe and fittings. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. G. Provide rigid anchors for ducts and pipes immediately after vibration connections to equipment. See also Section 23 05 48. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0529 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.8 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS: A. Equipment Bases: 1. Equipment base shall be solid top combination equipment base with integral duct curb and stepped cant to match roof insulation. Base shall pitch to match roof pitch and provide level unit installation. 2. Base shall be constructed of reinforced 18 gauge galvanized steel with all welded components, full mitered corners, factory installed 1-1/2 inches thick rigid fiberglass insulation, wood nailer, and galvanized steel counter- flashing. Base shall be shipped as one piece. B. Equipment Rails: 1. Equipment rail shall be constructed of 18 gauge galvanized steel shell, base plate, and counterflashing with factory installed wood nailer, fully mitered end sections, stepped cant to match roof insulation. Rails shall pitch to match roof pitch and provide level installation. C. All supports shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.9 METAL FABRICATION: A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for pipe anchors and equipment supports. Install and align fabricated anchors in indicated locations. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, methods used in correcting welding work, and the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours at welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.10 ADJUSTING: A. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. Cut off the bottom of threaded rods so they are no more than one rod diameter below the bottom nut. B. Touch-Up Painting: Immediately after erection of anchors and supports, clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA-1 requirements for touch-up of field-painted surfaces. C. For galvanized surfaces clean welds bolted connections and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 23 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0529 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 0548 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING & EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of vibration control work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules, and/or specified in other Division-23 sections. 1. All mechanical equipment, piping and ductwork as noted or in the specification shall be mounted on vibration isolators to prevent the transmission of vibration and mechanically transmitted sound to the building structure. Vibration isolators shall be selected in accordance with the weight distribution so as to produce reasonably uniform deflections. 2. All such systems must be installed in strict accordance with codes, component manufacturer's and building construction standards. Whenever a conflict occurs between the manufacturers or construction standards, the most stringent shall apply. 3. Any variance or non-compliance with these specification requirements shall be corrected by the contractor in an approved manner. 4. Seismic restraints and bracing are not required within the scope area of the central wing. B. The work in this section includes, but is not limited to the following: 1. Vibration isolation for piping, ductwork and equipment. 2. Equipment isolation bases. 3. Flexible piping connections. 4. Restraints for isolated equipment. 5. All mechanical and electrical systems (installed by Division 23, e.g., Temperature Controls). Equipment buried underground is excluded but entry of services through the foundation wall is included. Equipment referred to below is typical. (Equipment not listed is still included in this specification). Air Distrib.Boxes Ductwork Control Panels Fans (All types) Cable Trays Conduit Piping Var. Freq. Drives (including isolation transformers) 6. Fire protection systems are excluded from this section; see under separate fire protection sections. C. Vibration control products furnished as integral part of factory-fabricated equipment shall comply with the requirements of this section. D. For additional and supplemental requirements, refer to other Division 23 sections for equipment foundations; hangers; sealants; gaskets; requirements of electrical connections to equipment isolated on vibration control products; requirements of duct connections to air handling equipment isolated on vibration control products. E. Definitions VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0548 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Life Safety Systems: a. All systems involved with fire protection including sprinkler piping, fire pumps, jockey pumps, fire pump control panels, service water supply piping, water tanks, fire dampers and smoke exhaust systems. See separate section(s) for fire protection requirements. b. All systems involved with and/or connected to emergency power supply including all generators, transfer switches, transformers and all flowpaths to fire protection and/or emergency lighting systems. c. All medical and life support systems. d. Fresh air relief systems on emergency control sequence including air handlers, conduit, duct, dampers, etc. e. All life safety equipment has an asterisk on the equipment schedule. 2. Positive Attachment: a. A positive attachment is defined as a cast-in anchor, a drill-in wedge anchor, a double sided beam clamp loaded perpendicular to a beam, or a welded or bolted connection to structure. Single sided "C" type beam clamps for support rods of overhead piping, ductwork, fire protection, electrical conduit, bus duct, or cable trays, or any other equipment are not acceptable on this project as seismic anchor points. 3. Transverse Bracing: a. Restraint(s) applied to limit motion perpendicular to the center line of the pipe, duct or conduit. 4. Longitudinal Bracing: a. Restraint(s) applied to limit motion parallel to the centerline of the pipe, duct or conduit. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of vibration and seismic control products, of type, size, and capacity required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. 1. Except as otherwise indicated, vibration and seismic control products shall be obtained from single manufacturer and shall be certified by the manufacturer. 2. Engage manufacturer to provide technical supervision of installation of support isolation and seismic units produced, and of associated inertia bases (if any). 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for each type of vibration and seismic control product. Submit schedule showing size, type, deflection, and location for each product furnished. 1. Include data for each type and size of unit, showing specific restraints, isolation efficiency, stiffness, natural frequency and transmissibility at lowest operating speed of equipment detailing compliance with the specification. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0548 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2. For spring units, show wire size, spring diameter, free height, solid-compression height, operating height, fatigue characteristics, ratio of horizontal to vertical stiffness and bases of spring-rated selection for range of loading weights. 3. Detailed schedules of flexible and rigidly mounted equipment, showing vibration isolators by referencing numbered descriptive drawings. 4. Include performance certifications from manufacturers. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weights, required clearances, and method of assembly of components. Detail bases, and show location of equipment anchoring points and seismic restraints coordinated with equipment manufacturer's shop drawings. 1. Shop drawings showing structural design and details of inertia bases, steel beam bases and other custom-fabricated work not covered by manufacturer's submitted data. a. Furnish templates, anchor bolts and sleeve for equipment bases, foundations and other support systems for coordination of vibration isolation control units with other work. b. Provide all details of suspension and support for ceiling hung equipment. c. Where walls, floors, slabs or supplementary steel work are used for restraint locations, details of acceptable attachment methods for ducts, conduit and pipe must be included and approved before the condition is accepted for installation. Submittals shall include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on the building structure, spring deflection changes and loads. Submittal data shall include certification that the riser system has been examined for excessive stresses and that none will exist in the proposed design. d. Provide specific details of restraints and anchors; include number, size and locations for each piece of equipment. 2. Submit shop drawings indicating scope of vibration isolation work and locations of units and flexible connections. Include support isolation points for piping and ductwork including risers and inertia bases. a. Include schedule of units, showing size or manufacturer's part number, and weight supported and resulting deflection of each unit. C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data for each type of vibration control product. Include this data, product data and shop drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Divisions 23. 1.4 CODE AND STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: A. Applicable Codes and Standards 1. The International Building Code (IBC) as published by the International Code Committee. 2. All State and Local Codes. 3. ASHRAE HVAC Applications Handbook Sound and Vibration Control. 4. SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0548 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.5 MANUFACTURER'S RESPONSIBILITY: A. Manufacturer of vibration isolation control equipment shall have the following responsibilities: 1. Determine vibration isolation sizes and locations. 2. Provide vibration isolation as scheduled or specified. 3. Provide calculations and materials if required for restraint of un-isolated equipment. 4. Provide installation instructions, drawings and trained field supervision to insure proper installation and performance. 1.6 RELATED WORK: A. Supplementary Support Steel 1. Contractor shall supply supplementary support steel for al equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. including roof mounted equipment, as required or specified. B. Attachments 1. Contractor shall supply restraint attachment plates cast into housekeeping pads, concrete inserts, double sided beam clamps, etc. in accordance with the requirements of the vibration vendor's calculations. 1.7 SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA: A. Seismic Design Category for this project is Category C. B. Seismic restraints and bracing are not required within the scope area of the central wing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by: 1. Vibration Control Products: a. Mason Industries, Inc. b. Amber/Booth Company c. Vibration Eliminator Company B. Alternate Manufacturer: All vibration isolators described in this section shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Mason Industry's products are the basis of these specifications; products of other manufacturers are acceptable provided their systems strictly comply with the specification and have been reviewed by the Engineer. Submittals and certification sheets shall be in accordance with Section 1.3. C. For the purposes of this project, failure is defined as the discontinuance of any attachment point between equipment or structure, vertical permanent deformation greater than 1/8 inch and/or horizontal permanent deformation greater than 1/4 inch. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0548 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS: A. Vibration Isolators - The following product descriptions are listed by a number which is used as the identifier for the vibration isolation and seismic control schedule. 1. Two layers of ¾ inch thick neoprene pad consisting of 2 inches square waffle modules separated horizontally by a 16 gauge galvanized shim. Load distribution plates shall be used as required. Pads shall be equal to Type Super "W" as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 2. Bridge-bearing neoprene mountings shall have a minimum static deflection of 0.2 inches and all directional seismic capability. The mount shall consist of a ductile iron casting containing two separated and opposing molded neoprene elements. The elements shall prevent the central threaded sleeve and attachment bolt from contacting the casting during normal operation. The shock absorbing neoprene materials shall be compounded to bridge-bearing specifications. Mountings shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R: Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Mountings shall be equal to Type BR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 3. Sheet metal panels shall be bolted to the walls or supporting structure by assemblies consisting of a neoprene bushing cushioned between 2 steel sleeves. The outer sleeve prevents the sheet metal from cutting into the neoprene. Enlarge panel holes as required. Neoprene elements pass over the bushing to cushion the back panel horizontally. A steel disc covers the inside neoprene element and the inner steel sleeve is elongated to act as a stop so tightening the anchor bolts does not interfere with panel isolation in 3 planes. Bushing assemblies can be applied to the ends of steel cross members where applicable. All neoprene shall be bridge bearing quality. Bushing assemblies shall be equal to type PB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 4. A one piece molded bridge bearing neoprene washer/bushing. The bushing shall surround the anchor bolt and have a flat washer face to avoid metal to metal contact. Neoprene bushings shall be equal to type HG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 5. Spring isolators shall be free standing and laterally stable without any housing and complete with a molded neoprene cup or ¼ inch neoprene acoustical friction pad between the baseplate and the support. All mountings shall have leveling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment. Spring diameters shall be no less than 0.8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of the rated deflection. Submittals shall include spring diameters, deflection, compressed spring height and solid spring height. Mountings shall be equal to Type SLF as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 6. Restrained spring mountings shall have an SLF mounting as described in Specification 5, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment. Installed and operating heights are equal. A minimum clearance of ½ inch shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the spring so as not to interfere with the spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Since housings will be bolted or welded in position there must be an internal isolation pad. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces. Mountings shall have Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California certifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Mountings shall be equal to SLR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0548 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 7. Not Used 8. Not Used 9. Not Used 10. Hangers shall consist of rigid steel frames containing minimum 1-1/4 inches thick neoprene elements at the top and a steel spring with general characteristics as in Specification 5 seated in a steel washer reinforced neoprene cup on the bottom. The neoprene element and the cup shall have neoprene bushings projecting through the steel box. To maintain stability the boxes shall not be articulated as clevis hangers nor the neoprene element stacked on top of the spring. Spring diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30 degrees capability. Hangers shall be equal to Type 30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 11. Hangers shall be as described in 10, but they shall be pre-compressed and locked at the rated deflection by means of a resilient seismic up-stop to keep the piping or equipment at a fixed elevation during installation. The hangers shall be designed with a release mechanism to free the spring after the installation is complete and the hanger is subjected to its full load. Deflection shall be clearly indicated by means of a scale. Submittals shall include a drawing of the hanger showing the 30 degrees capability. Hangers shall be equal to Type PC30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 12. Steel angles, sized to prevent buckling, shall be clamped to pipe or equipment rods utilizing a minimum of three ductile iron clamps at each restraint location when required. Welding of support rods is not acceptable. Rod clamp assemblies shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California. Rod clamp assemblies shall be equal to Type SRC as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 13. Pipe clevis cross bolt braces are required in all restraint locations. They shall be special purpose preformed channels deep enough to be held in place by bolts passing over the cross bolt. Clevis cross braces shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California. Clevis cross brace shall be equal to Type CCB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 14. All-directional snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by a one-piece molded neoprene bushing of bridge bearing neoprene. Bushing shall be replaceable and a minimum of ¼ inch thick. Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi. A minimum air gap of 1/8 inch shall be incorporated in the snubber design in all directions before contact is made between the rigid and resilient surfaces. Snubber end caps shall be removable to allow inspection of internal clearances. Neoprene bushings shall be rotated to insure no short circuits exist before systems are activated. Snubbers shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Snubber shall be equal to Type Z-1225 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 15. All directional snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by shock absorbent rubber materials compounded to bridge bearing specification. Elastomeric materials shall be replaceable and a minimum of ¾ inch thick. Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi. Snubbers shall be manufactured with an air gap between hard and resilient material of not less than 1/8 inch nor more than ¼ inch. Snubbers shall be installed with factory set clearances. The capacity of the snubber at 3/8 inch deflection shall be equal or greater than the load assigned to the mounting grouping controlled by the snubber multiplied by the applicable "G" force. Submittals shall include the load deflection curves up to ½ inch deflection in the x, y and z planes. Snubbers shall have an anchorage preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California verifying the VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0548 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Snubbers shall be equal to series Z-1011 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 16. Stud wedge anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, not from undersized wire that is "rolled up" to create the thread. The stud anchor shall also have a safety shoulder which fully supports the wedge ring under load. The stud anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the I.C.B.O. Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying its allowable loads. Drill-in stud wedge anchors shall be equal to Type SAS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 17. Female wedge anchors are preferred in floor locations so isolators or equipment can be slid into place after the anchors are installed. Anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, and shall have a safety shoulder to fully support the wedge ring under load. Female wedge anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the I.C.B.O. Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying to its allowable loads. Drill-in female wedge anchors shall be equal to type SAB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 18. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish integral structural steel bases. Rectangular bases are preferred for all equipment. Centrifugal refrigeration machines and pump bases may be T or L shaped where space is a problem. Pump bases for split case pump shall include supports for suction and discharge elbows. All perimeter members shall be steel beams with a minimum depth equal to 1/10 of the longest dimension of the base. Base depth need not exceed 14 inches provided that the deflection and misalignment is kept within acceptable limits as determined by the manufacturer. Height saving brackets shall be employed in all mounting locations to provide a base clearance of 1 inch. Bases shall be equal to Type WF as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 19. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish rectangular steel concrete pouring forms for floating and inertia foundations. Bases for split case pumps shall be large enough to provide for suction and discharge elbow. Bases shall be a minimum of 1/12 of the longest dimension of the base but not less than 6 inches. The base depth need not exceed 12 inches unless specifically recommended by the base manufacturer for mass or rigidity. Forms shall include minimum concrete reinforcing consisting of ½ inch bars welded in place on 6 inches centers running both ways in a layer 1-1/2 inch above the bottom. Forms shall be furnished with steel templates to hold the anchor bolts sleeves and anchors while concrete is being poured. Height saving brackets shall be employed in all mounting locations to maintain a 1 inch clearance below the base. Wooden formed bases leaving a concrete rather than a steel finish are not acceptable. Base shall be equal to Type BMK or K as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 20. Curb mounted rooftop equipment shall be mounted on spring isolation curbs. The lower member shall consist of a sheet metal Z section containing adjustable and removable steel springs that support the upper floating section. The upper frame must provide continuous support for the equipment and must be captive so as to resiliently resist wind. All directional neoprene snubber bushing shall be a minimum of ¼ inch thick. Steel springs shall be laterally stable and rest on ¼ inch thick neoprene acoustical pads. Hardware must be plated and the springs provided with a rust resistant finish. The curbs waterproofing shall consist of a continuous galvanized flexible counter flashing nailed over the lower curbs waterproofing and joined at the corners by EPDM bellows. All spring locations shall have access ports with removable waterproof covers. Lower curbs shall have provision for 2 inches of insulation. The roof curbs shall be built to contain the rooftop unit. The unit must be solidly fastened to the top floating rail, and the lower Z section anchored to the roof structure. Curb shall have anchorage preapproval "R" from OSHPD in the state of California attesting to the maximum VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0548 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 certified horizontal and vertical load rating. Curb shall be equal to Type RSC as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 21. Flexible spherical expansion joints shall employ peroxide cured U.V. resistant EPDM in the covers, liners and Dacron tire cord frictioning. Solid steel rings shall be used within the raised face rubber ends to prevent pullout. Flexible cable bead wire is not acceptable. Sizes 2 inches and larger shall have two spheres reinforced with a ring between spheres to maintain shape and complete with split ductile iron or steel flanges with hooked or similar interlocks. Sizes 16inches to 24inches may be single sphere. Sizes ¾ inch to 1-1/2 inches may have threaded bolted flange assemblies, one sphere and cable retention. 14inches and smaller connectors shall be rated at 250 psi up to 190 degrees F with a uniform drop in allowable pressure to 190 psi at 250 degrees F. 16 inches and larger connectors are rated 180 psi at 190 degrees F and 135 psi at 250 degrees F. Safety factors to burst and flange pullout shall be a minimum of 3/1. All joints must have permanent markings verifying a 5 minute factory test at twice the rated pressure. Concentric reducers to the above specifications may be substituted for equal ended expansion joints. 22. Expansion joints shall be installed in piping gaps equal to the length of the expansion joints under pressure. Control rods shall be used in unanchored piping locations where the manufacturer determines the installation exceeds the pressure requirement without control rods. If control rods are used, they must have ½ inch thick neoprene washer bushings large enough in area to take the thrust at 1000 psi maximum on the washer area. Expansion joints shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves. 23. Submittals shall include two test reports by independent consultants showing minimum reductions of 20 DB in vibration accelerations and 10 DB in sound pressure levels at typical blade passage frequencies on this or a similar product by the same manufacturer. All expansion joints shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves. Expansion joints shall be equal to SAFEFLEX SFDEJ, SFEJ, SFDCR or SFU and Control Rods CR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 24. Flexible stainless steel hose shall have stainless steel braid and carbon steel fittings. Sizes 3 inch and larger shall be flanged. Smaller sizes shall have male nipples. Minimum lengths shall be as tabulated: Flanged Male Nipples 3 x 14 10 x 26 1/2 x 9 1-1/2 x 13 4 x 15 12 x 28 3/4 x 10 2 x 14 5 x 19 14 x 30 1 x 11 2-1/2 x 18 6 x 20 16 x 32 1-1/4 x 12 8 x 22 25. Hoses shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut-off valves horizontally and parallel to the equipment shafts wherever possible. Hoses shall be equal to Type BSS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 26. All-directional acoustical pipe anchor, consisting of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum ½ inch thick 60 durometer neoprene. Vertical restraint shall be provided by similar material arranged to prevent vertical travel in either direction. Allowable loads on the isolation material should not exceed 500 psi and the design shall be balanced for equal resistance in any direction. All- VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0548 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 directional anchors shall be equal to Type ADA as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 27. Pipe guides shall consist of a telescopic arrangement of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum ½ inch thickness of 60 durometer neoprene. The height of the guides shall be preset with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe expansion or contraction. Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of ± 1-5/8 inch motion, or to meet location requirements. Pipe guides shall be equal to Type VSG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 28. Split Wall Seals consist of two bolted pipe halves with minimum ¾ inch thick neoprene sponge bonded to the inner faces. The seal shall be tightened around the pipe to eliminate clearance between the inner sponge face and the piping. Concrete may be packed around the seal to make it integral with the floor, wall or ceiling if the seal is not already in place around the pipe prior to the construction of the building member. Seals shall project a minimum of 1 inch past either face of the wall. Where temperatures exceed 240 degrees F, 10# density fiberglass may be used in lieu of the sponge. Seals shall be equal to Type SWS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 29. The horizontal thrust restraint shall consist of a spring element in series with a neoprene molded cup as described in Specification 5 with the same deflection as specified for the mountings or hangers. The spring element shall be designed so it can be preset for thrust at the factory and adjusted in the field to allow for a maximum of ¼ inch movement at start and stop. The assembly shall be furnished with 1 rod and angle brackets for attachment to both the equipment and the duct work or the equipment and the structure. Horizontal restraints shall be attached at the centerline of thrust and symmetrical on either side of the unit. Horizontal thrust restraints shall be equal to Type WBI/WBD as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which vibration control units are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PERFORMANCE OF ISOLATORS: A. General: Comply with minimum static deflections recommended by ASHRAE, for selection and application of vibration isolation materials and units as indicated. B. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's recommendations for selection and application of vibration isolation materials and units to achieve minimum static deflection and displacement requirements. 3.3 APPLICATIONS: A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, select vibration control products in accordance with ASHRAE Handbook, 1995 HVAC Applications Volume, Chapter 43 "Sound and Vibration Control", Table 42 Chapter 40 for Seismic Restraint Design. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0548 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.4 GENERAL: A. Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation and load application to vibration isolation materials and units. Adjust to ensure that units do not exceed rated operating deflections or bottom out under loading, and are not short-circuited by other contacts or bearing points. Remove space blocks and similar devices (if any) intended for temporary protection against overloading during installation. B. All vibration isolators and seismic restraint systems must be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and all certified submittal data. C. Installation of vibration isolators and seismic restraints must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping or duct work resulting in stresses or misalignment. D. No rigid connections between equipment and the building structure shall be made that degrades the noise and vibration control system herein specified. E. The contractor shall not install any equipment, piping, duct or conduit which makes rigid connections with the building unless isolation is not specified. "Building" includes, but is not limited to, slabs, beams, columns, studs and walls. F. Coordinate work with other trades to avoid rigid contact with the building. G. Any conflicts with other trades which will result in rigid contact with equipment or piping due to inadequate space or other unforeseen conditions should be brought to the architect's/engineer's attention prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by conflicts after installation shall be at the responsible contractor's expense. H. Bring to the architect's/engineer's attention any discrepancies between the specifications and the field conditions or changes required due to specific equipment selection, prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by discrepancies after installation shall be at the responsible contractor's expense. I. Correct, at no additional cost, all installations which are deemed defective in workmanship and materials at the contractor's expense. J. Overstressing of the building structure must not occur because of overhead support of equipment. Contractor must submit loads to the structural engineer of record for approval. Generally bracing may occur from: 1. Flanges of structural beams. 2. Upper truss cords in bar joist construction. 3. Cast in place inserts or wedge type drill-in concrete anchors. K. Specification 12 cable restraints shall be installed slightly slack to avoid short-circuiting the isolated suspended equipment, piping or conduit. L. Specification 12 cable assemblies are installed taut on non-isolated systems. Specification 13 seismic solid braces may be used in place of cables on rigidly attached systems only. M. At locations where Specification 12 or 13 restraints are located, the support rods must be braced when necessary to accept compressive loads with Specification 14 braces. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0548 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 N. At all locations where Specification 12 or 13 restraints are attached to pipe clevis's, the clevis cross bolt must be reinforces with specification type 15 braces. O. Drill-in concrete anchors for ceiling and wall installation shall be Specification Type 18, and Specification Type 19 female wedge type for floor mounted equipment. P. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish integral structural steel bases as required. Independent steel rails are not permitted on this project. Q. Install units between substrate and equipment as required for secure operation and to prevent displacement by normal forces. R. Hand built elastomeric expansion joints maybe used when pipe sizes exceed 24 inches or specified movements exceed Specification 23 capabilities. S. Where piping passes through walls, floors or ceilings the vibration isolation manufacturer shall provide Specification 27 wall seals. T. Air handling equipment and centrifugal fans shall be protected against excessive displacement which results from high air thrust in relation to the equipment weight. Horizontal thrust restraint shall be Specification Type 28. U. Locate isolation hangers as near to the overhead support structure as possible. V. Adjust leveling devices as required to distribute loading uniformly onto isolators. Shim units as required where substrate is not level. W. Install inertia base frames on isolator units so that minimum of 1inch clearance below base will result when frame is filled with concrete and supported equipment has been installed and loaded for operation. X. For air handling equipment, install thrust restraints as indicated, and also wherever thrust exceeds 10 percent of equipment weight. Y. Weld riser isolator units in place as required to prevent displacement from loading and operations. Z. Flexible Pipe Connectors: Install on equipment side of shutoff valves, horizontally and parallel to equipment shafts wherever possible. 3.5 EXAMINATION OF RELATED WORK: A. Installer of vibration isolation work shall observe installation of other work related to vibration isolation work, including work connected to vibration isolation work; and, after completion of other related work (but before equipment startup), shall furnish written report to Engineer listing observed inadequacies for proper operation and performance of vibration isolation work. Report shall cover, but not necessarily be limited to the following: 1. Equipment installations (performed as work of other sections) on vibration isolators. 2. Piping connections including flexible connections. 3. Ductwork connections including provisions for flexible connections. 4. Passage of piping and ductwork which is to be isolated through walls and floors. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0548 - 11 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Do not start-up equipment until inadequacies have been corrected. 3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Clean each vibration control unit, and verify that each is working freely, and that there is no dirt or debris in immediate vicinity of unit that could possibly short- circuit unit isolation. 3.7 DEFLECTION MEASUREMENTS: A. Upon completion of vibration isolation work, prepare report showing measured equipment deflections theoretical floor deflection and isolation efficiency for each major item of equipment. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0548 - 12 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 PART 4 - SCHEDULES 4.1 EQUIPMENT ISOLATOR SCHEDULE: VIBRATION ISOLATION AND/OR SEISMIC RESTRAINT EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SPECIFICATION STATIC DEFLECTION END OF SECTION 23 0548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0548 - 13 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of identification devices of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for each identification material and device required. B. Schedules: Submit valve schedule for each piping system, typewritten and reproduced on 8-1/2" x 11" bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), size of valve, and variations for identification (if any). Only tag valves which are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, such as valve to isolate individual system risers, individual floor branches or building system shut off valves. In addition to mounted copies, furnish extra copies for Maintenance Manuals as specified in Division 23. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: B. Mechanical Identification: 1. Allen Systems, Inc. 2. Brady (W.H.) Co.; Signmark Div. 3. Brimar Industries, Inc. 4. Industrial Safety Supply Co., Inc. 5. Seton Name Plate Corp. 6. PVC Specialties 7. Marking Systems, Inc. (MSI) 2.2 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS: A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application as referenced in other Division 23 sections. Where more than single type is specified for application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each product category. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0553 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.3 PAINTED IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS: A. Stencils: Standard fiberboard stencils, prepared for required applications with letter sizes generally complying with recommendations of ANSI A13.1 for piping or to match existing size in existing building, but not less than 1-1/4" high letters for ductwork and not less than 3/4" high letters for access door signs and similar operational instructions. B. Stencil Paint: Standard exterior type stenciling enamel; black, except as otherwise indicated; either brushing grade or pressurized spray-can form and grade. C. Identification Paint: Standard identification enamel of colors indicated or, if not otherwise indicated comply with ANSI A13.1 for colors or to match existing building standard identification. 2.4 PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS: A. Snap-On Type: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, semi-rigid snap-on, color-coded pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1. B. Insulation: Furnish 1 inch thick molded fiberglass insulation with jacket for each plastic pipe marker to be installed on uninsulated pipes subjected to fluid temperatures of 125 degrees F. (52 degrees C.) or greater. Cut length to extend 2inches beyond each end of plastic pipe marker. C. Small Pipes: For external diameters less than 6 inches (including insulation if any), provide full-band pipe markers, extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location, fastened by one of the following methods: 1. Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker. 2. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 3/4inch wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1/2inch. D. Large Pipes: For external diameters of 6inches and larger (including insulation if any), provide either full-band or strip-type pipe markers, but not narrower than 3 times letter height (and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods: 1. Steel spring or non-metallic fasteners. 2. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 1-1/2inches wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 3inches. 3. Strapped-to-pipe (or insulation) application of semi- rigid type, with manufacturer's standard stainless steel bands. E. Lettering: Comply with piping system nomenclature as specified, scheduled, shown, or to match existing building lettering nomenclature system and abbreviate only as necessary for each application length. F. Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as separate unit of plastic. 2.5 PLASTIC DUCT MARKERS: A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard laminated plastic, duct markers. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0553 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. For hazardous exhausts, use colors and designs recommended by ANSI A13.1. C. Nomenclature: Include the following: 1. Direction of air flow. 2. Duct service (supply, return, exhaust, etc.) 2.6 PLASTIC TAPE: A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard color-coded pressure-sensitive (self-adhesive) vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick. B. Width: Provide 1-1/2inches wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters (including insulation, if any) of less than 6inches, 2-1/2inches wide tape for larger pipes. C. Color: Comply with ANSI A13.1, except where another color selection is indicated. 2.7 VALVE TAGS: A. Brass Valve Tags: Provide 19-gage polished brass valve tags with stamp-engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4inch high letters and sequenced valve numbers 1/2inch high, and with 5/32inch hole for fastener. 1. Provide 1-1/2inch diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Fill tag engraving with black enamel. OR B. Valve Tag Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), and solid brass S- hooks of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. C. Access Panel Markers: Provide manufacturer's standard 1/16 inch thick engraved plastic laminate access panel markers, with abbreviations and numbers corresponding to concealed valve. Include 1/8 inch center hole to allow attachment. 2.8 VALVE SCHEDULE FRAMES: A. General: For each page of valve schedule, provide glazed display frame, with screws for removable mounting on masonry walls. Provide frames of finished hardwood or extruded aluminum, with non-glare type sheet glass. 2.9 ENGRAVED PLASTIC-LAMINATE SIGNS: A. General: Provide engraving stock melamine plastic laminate, complying with FS L-P-387, in the sizes and thicknesses indicated, engraved with engraver's standard letter style of the sizes and wording indicated, black with white core (letter color) except as otherwise indicated, punched for mechanical fastening except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. B. Thickness: 1/16 inch, except as otherwise indicated. C. Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless steel screws, except contact-type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate the substrate. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0553 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.10 PLASTICIZED TAGS: A. General: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed or partially pre-printed accident-prevention tags, of plasticized card stock with matt finish suitable for writing, approximately 3-1/4inch x 5-5/8 inch, with brass grommets and wire fasteners, and with appropriate pre-printed wording including large- size primary wording (as examples; DANGER, CAUTION, DO NOT OPERATE). 2.11 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS: A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in mechanical identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specified, scheduled and approved by the Owner/Engineer. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated and approved by the Owner/Engineer for proper identification and operation/ maintenance of mechanical systems and equipment. B. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name are shown and specified, provide identification which indicates individual system number as designated on the drawings or schedule as well as service. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: A. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting or other covering or finish including valve tags in finished mechanical spaces, install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar removable concealment. 3.2 DUCTWORK IDENTIFICATION: A. General: Identify air supply, return, exhaust, intake and relief ductwork and duct access doors with duct markers; or provide stenciled signs and arrows, showing ductwork service and direction of flow, in black or white (whichever provides most contrast with ductwork color). Existing building identification shall match the existing method which exists in the building. B. Location: In each space where ductwork is exposed, or concealed only by removable ceiling system, locate signs near points where ductwork originates or continues into concealed enclosures (shaft, underground or similar concealment), and at 50 foot spacing along exposed runs. C. Access Doors: Provide duct markers or stenciled signs on each access door in ductwork and housings, indicating purpose of access (to what equipment), other maintenance and operating instructions, and appropriate safety and procedural information. D. Concealed Doors: Where access doors are concealed above acoustical ceilings or similar concealment, plasticized tags may be installed for identification in lieu of specified signs, at Installer's option. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0553 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.3 PIPING SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION: A. General: Install pipe markers of the following type on each system indicated to receive identification, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow. Existing building identification shall match the existing method which exists in the building. B. Plastic pipe markers, with application system as indicated under "Materials" in this section. Install on pipe insulation segment where required for hot non-insulated pipes. C. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and exterior non-concealed locations. D. Near each valve and control device. E. Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units; mark each pipe at branch, where there could be question of flow pattern. F. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter non-accessible enclosures. G. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping. H. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. I. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 25 feet along each piping run, except reduce spacing to 15' in congested areas of piping and equipment. J. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. 3.4 VALVE IDENTIFICATION: A. General: Provide valve tag on valves in each piping system. List each tagged valve in valve schedule for each piping system. 1. Building services main shut-off valves. 2. Each individual system main shut-off valves. 3. Each individual system riser shut-off valves. 4. Each individual system floor shut-off valves. 5. Each individual system major branch shut-off valves. B. Mount valve schedule frames and schedules in mechanical equipment rooms where directed by Architect/Owner/Engineer. C. Where more than one major mechanical equipment room is shown for project, install mounted valve schedule in each major mechanical equipment room, and repeat only main valves which are to be operated in conjunction with operations of more than single mechanical equipment room. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0553 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.5 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION: A. General: Install minimum 2 inch x 4 inch engraved plastic laminate equipment marker on each individual items of mechanical equipment. Provide marker for the following general categories of equipment. 1. Main building systems control and operating valves, including safety devices and hazardous units such as gas outlets. 2. Room thermostats, except gun tag labels are acceptable for room thermostats. 3. Fuel-burning units including boilers, furnaces, heaters, stills and absorption chillers. 4. Pumps, compressors, chillers, condensers and similar motor-driven units. 5. Heat exchangers, cooling towers, heat recovery units and similar equipment. 6. Fans and blowers. 7. Air terminal units. 8. Tanks and pressure vessels. 9. Water treatment systems and similar equipment. B. Lettering Size: Minimum 1/4 inch high lettering for name of unit. C. Text of Signs: In addition to the identified unit, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations. 3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Adjusting: Relocate any mechanical identification device which has become visually blocked by work of this division or other divisions. B. Cleaning: Clean face of identification devices, and glass frames of valve charts. END OF SECTION 23 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0553 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 0593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. This section covers testing and balancing of environmental systems described herein and specified under Division 23. The testing and balancing of all environmental systems shall be the responsibility of one Testing, Balancing and Adjusting firm. 1. Test, adjust and balance the following mechanical systems and the mechanical equipment associated with these systems: a. General Systems and Equipment Procedures. b. Air Side Systems and Equipment 1) Supply/Return Air Systems 2) General Exhaust/Supply Fans 3) Air Handling Units 4) General Exhaust Systems 5) Service Hood Exhaust Systems c. Hydronic Systems and Equipment 1) Heating water systems 2) Hydronic coils 3) Radiators d. Plumbing 1) General e. Steam Systems and Equipment 1) General 2) Humidification systems and equipment f. Electrical Components 1) Manual and magnetic starters 2) Variable frequency drives g. Control Systems and Equipment 1) General h. Life Safety Systems and Equipment 1) Smoke exhaust 2) Fire/smoke dampers and detection systems TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0593 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS OF CONTRACTOR: A. The Mechanical Contractor shall procure the services of an independent testing and balancing agency specializing in the testing, adjusting and balancing of environmental systems to perform the above mentioned work. An independent contractor is defined as an organization that is not engaged in engineering design or is not a division of a mechanical contractor entity, which installs mechanical systems. B. The actual fieldwork shall be performed by qualified technicians who are currently certified by the Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Bureau (TABB), the National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB), or the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) certification agencies. C. The Testing & Balancing Contractor shall have a minimum of three years experience in testing and balancing mechanical systems. D. The Test & Balance Contractor shall have previous experience in testing and balancing variable air volume laboratory fume hood systems in the last two years. Qualification submission must include a detailed resume describing past project experience in laboratory variable air volume systems, a list of projects, including peoples’ names, phone numbers and addresses of references. 1.3 APPROVAL OF CONTRACTOR: A. The following firms are preferred contractors to complete the work. Any Testing and Balancing firm desiring to offer their services for this work and who are not listed below, shall submit their qualifications to the Architect, not less than seven (7) working days before the bid date. Approval or disapproval will be given on each request and this action will be given in writing prior to bidding the work. 1. Complete Mechanical Balancing 2. JPG Engineering 3. Griffith Engineering 4. Lawrence H. Finn & Assoc. 5. TAB Services, Inc. 6. Blackstone Test & Balance (Southern Colorado) 7. Superior Balancing and Commissioning 8. JEDI Balancing B. Firms who are not listed, or who have not received prior approval shall not be approved to complete work on this project. 1.4 CODES AND STANDARDS: A. ASHRAE: ASHRAE Handbook, Applications Volume, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Chapter. B. NEBB: “Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems.” C. SMACNA: “HVAC Systems-Testing, Adjusting & Balancing.” TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0593 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.5 PRELIMINARY SUBMITTALS: A. Within ten (10) days of award of the contract the Mechanical Contractor shall submit the name of the Test and Balance Contractor who will be performing the work. The submittal shall include a complete list of all technicians who will be performing the field work and include a photocopy of their current certification by either NEBB, AABC, or TABB certification agencies. Only those technicians included in the submittal shall perform the work. Any personnel or staff used to perform the work without prior approval of the Engineer, who are not included in the submittal, shall be grounds for rejecting the test and balance report and the project in whole. B. Meet all requirements of Section 230500 as applicable. C. Submit a list of all instrumentation to be used on an individual project and include calibration dates. Submit calibration curves. If more than one instrument of a similar type is used, a comparison of individual readings should be made. The variation between instrument readings should not exceed plus or minus 5%. 1.6 FINAL REPORTS: A. Refer to Division 1 for supplemental requirements. B. The Testing and Balancing Contractor shall submit six (6) bound copies of the final testing and balancing report at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to substantial completion, unless noted otherwise in Division 1. Report contents shall be per Part 3 of this Section. C. Meet all requirements of Section 23 05 00 as applicable. D. If more than two reports are made by the contractor, the Owner reserves the right to charge the contractor for subsequent reviews by their consultants. Such extra fees shall be deducted from payments by the Owner to the contractor. 1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: A. Notify Contractor/Engineer/Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the test and balance work. Provide the Contractor/Architect/Engineer with a copy of the notification. B. Prepare a project schedule. Schedule shall indicate critical path of the balancing process and shall incorporate both requirements of other contractors necessary to meet test and balance commitments and process flow of test and balance work. Coordinate with general and mechanical contractors and insert critical steps into project master schedule. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BELTS, SHEAVES, IMPELLERS: A. Refer to specific equipment sections and Section 23 05 00 for additional requirements. B. The Testing & Balancing Contractor shall coordinate with the Mechanical Contractor to supply correctly sized drive belts and sheeves. Impellers shall be trimmed or replaced by the mechanical contractor and shall be correctly re-sized and coordinated by the TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0593 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 Test and Balancing Contractor per the hydronic systems and equipment portion of this section. C. The Test & Balance Contractor shall determine the fan belt and sheeve replacement necessary for final balance condition for specified air quantity when the VFD is operating in the by-pass mode for final field conditions, without placing the motor over its nameplate amp rating. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES: A. Testing and balancing shall not begin until the system has been completed and is in full working order and the following project conditions have been determined suitable for start of work. 1. Preliminary Testing & Balancing Contractor requirements shall be ascertained prior to the commencement of work through a review of the project plans and specifications. In addition, visual observations at the site during construction shall be made to determine the location of required balancing devices, that they are being installed properly, and in an accessible location for the need. Report in writing any deficiencies to the Contractor/Engineer/Architect immediately. 2. Before any air balance work is done, the system shall be checked for duct leakage (obtain pressure test results), assure filters are installed, verify filters are changed if they are dirty, check for correct fan rotation, equipment vibration, and check automatic dampers for proper operation. All volume control dampers and outlets shall be wide open at this time. 3. Before any Hydronic, domestic water or applicable system balancing work is done, the systems shall be checked for plugged strainers, proper pump rotation, proper control valve installation and operation, air locks, proper system static pressure to assure a full system, proper flow meter and check valve installation. All throttling devices and control valves shall be open at this time. 4. Verify systems do not exhibit excessive sound and/or vibration levels. Report in writing any deficiencies to the Contractor/Engineer/Architect immediately. 3.2 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES – REMODEL WORK: A. In remodel area, a complete preliminary test and balance report shall be accomplished prior to any work. Any obvious deficiencies shall be identified at that time. A complete report of all readings, recommendations, etc. shall be submitted to the Engineer. 3.3 GENERAL SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PROCEDURES: A. Balance all air and water flows at terminals within +10% to -5% of design flow quantities. Notify Contractor/Engineer/Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the test and balance work. Provide the Contractor/Architect/Engineer with a copy of the notification. B. Pressure relationships indicated on drawings shall take priority over air quantities. C. Mark equipment settings with paint, including damper control positions, balancing cocks, circuit setters, valve indicators, fan speed control settings and similar controls and devices, to show final settings at completion of test-adjust-balance work. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0593 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 D. Patch holes in insulation, ductwork and housings, which have been cut or drilled for test purposes, in a manner recommend by the original installer. E. Measure, adjust and report equipment running motor amps and power factor, KW, rated motor amperage, listed motor power factor, voltage, and all nameplate data. Perform these measurements for all equipment operational modes. F. Check and adjust equipment belt tensioning. G. Check keyway and setscrew tightness. Report any loose screws and notify Mechanical Contractor prior to equipment balancing. H. Record and include in report all equipment nameplate data. I. Verify that all equipment safety and operating controls are in place, tested, adjusted and set prior to balancing. J. Verify that manufacturer start-up has occurred per specification prior to balancing. 3.4 AIR SIDE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT PROCEDURES: A. In addition to the procedures identified under each specific heading below, provide general data required by 3.3 above. B. Filters shall be restricted to increase pressure drop to 50% of span between initial pressure drop and final recommended pressure drop for setting final airflows for fans. Check fan motor amps with clean filters and simulated loaded filters, and report for each piece of equipment. Equipment shall be supplied with clean filters upon completion of balance. Balance and report air quantities. C. Supply/Return Air Systems: 1. Balance and report supply and return diffuser/grille quantities. Air diffusion patterns shall be set as noted on drawings and to minimize objectionable drafts and noise. 2. Provide full pitot traverses in duct mains downstream of supply fans, upstream of return fans, and in each zone duct downstream of a multizone unit. For VAV systems perform these at the system diversity condition (if any). Balance and report air quantities. 3. Provide full pitot traverses at each air terminal or duct coil. For VAV systems, perform these at zone maximum air condition. Balance and report air quantities. 4. Report design air device inlet or outlet size, actual inlet or outlet size, design and actual velocity through the orifice, for each terminal in the system. 5. Balance and report the above measurements in all system operational/modes. a. Minimum outside air and 100% outside air economizer mode. b. VAV maximum zone air condition and system diversity condition. c. Unoccupied mode. d. Two-speed fan, both speeds. e. VFD bypass mode and full system demand. f. General Exhaust/Supply Fans: D. Adjust CFM to system requirements. For belt drive include sheave and belt exchange to deliver airflow within limits of installed motor horsepower and mechanical stress limits TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0593 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 of the fan. Determine the limiting fan tip speed before increasing RPM. Final fan speed setting shall allow for filter loading (as applicable) and shall establish proper duct pressures for operation of zone CFM regulators. For direct drive with speed taps: Set fan speed on tap which most closely approaches design CFM by adjusting the speed control After adjustment, check fans ability to re-start after powering down. Increase setting if required for proper starting. 1. Measure and report static pressures upstream and downstream of all fans. 2. Measure and report fan RPM. 3. Report design fan inlet or outlet size, actual inlet or outlet size, design and actual velocity through the orifice. E. Air Handling Units: 1. On outdoor units, verify that positively or negatively pressurized curbs are free of leaks. Report. 2. For units with integral outside air intake and relief dampers, measure, adjust, set and report outside air, return air and relief air quantities. Perform this as specified under supply air systems. 3. Balance and report supply and return fan CFM, upstream static pressure and downstream static pressure. 4. Measure and report static pressure upstream and downstream of all AHU components such as coils, filters (clean and simulated dirty), dampers, etc. 5. After system and fan balance is complete, perform pitot traverses on all coils in 100% heating and cooling modes. 6. Units with economizers shall have all measurements performed and reported at minimum outside air, 100% outside air, and a 50/50% mixed air condition. 7. Units with operation modes for smoke evacuation and/or pressurization shall have all measurements performed and reported for all modes. 8. Balance variable air volume AHU fans for system design diversity. Supply and return fan static pressures shall be optimized for VAV system terminal device pressure requirements. Report fan, motor and VFD information as previously indicated. Verify that an overload condition does not exist when all system VAV boxes are 100% open. 9. Balance all air handling unit coils and report per hydronic, gas fired, steam or refrigeration equipment portions of this section. 10. Report design fan inlet or outlet size, actual inlet or outlet size, design and actual velocity through the orifice. 11. Balance and report all temperatures of airside and hydronics during normal operating modes. 12. Measure, adjust, set, balance and report outside air, return air and exhaust/relief air quantities for all air handling systems. a. Air quantities shall be determined by pitot traverse/direct airflow measuring procedures where ever possible, where duct/inlet conditions do not allow for accurate direct measurement of outside air the following method shall be used: Outside Air CFM = Supply Fan Total CFM - Return Fan Total CFM b. In addition to the direct measuring of airflow quantities, measure and record outside air, return air and mixed air temperatures, determine thermal/mass energy balance and provide calculations to verify measured TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0593 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 airflow quantities. Adjusting and setting the outside air quantity as a percentage of damper position will not be acceptable. F. General Exhaust Systems: 1. Balance and report exhaust grille quantities. Report objectionable noise. 2. Provide full pitot traverses at each individual exhaust riser and at each exhaust fan. Balance and report. 3. Report design air device inlet or outlet size, actual inlet or outlet size, design and actual velocity through the orifice, for each terminal in the system. G. Laboratory and Research Facility System Requirements: 1. General requirements: a. Balance all rooms to required pressure relationships as noted on the drawings. Document in the test and balance report that all pressure relationships have been set as specified. b. Performance testing of the Room Pressurization Control System and the fume Hood Exhaust System shall be performed after the entire mechanical system for the building is complete. All systems shall have been calibrated, tested and balanced before performance testing begins. c. Performance testing shall be done by the balancing contractor in the presence of the Owner, user groups, and a representative from the Department of Environmental Health and Safety. d. The performance testing must be successfully completed before the Owner will accept control of the building’s mechanical system. 2. Fume Hood Exhaust Systems: a. Measure and set flows for all fume hoods, flammable storage cabinets, etc. b. Perform full Pitot traverses upstream of exhaust fans and balance and report air quantities. Perform this in fully open and closed hood sash positions. 3. Fume Hood Exhaust System Performance Evaluation: a. The Balancing Contractor shall demonstrate that the exhaust system and pressure relationships are performing properly under the conditions listed below. b. Verify that the exhaust fans on the roof are operating properly. The discharge dampers should be performing as specified and the fans should be operating smoothly without surging or vibrating excessively. c. During each step in the testing procedure, note any rooms, which exhibit excessive noise. d. Testing Conditions: 1) With all fume hood sashes closed: a) Check the relative pressure relationships with smoke in several rooms on each floor. 2) With all fume hood sashes open: TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0593 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 a) Check the face velocity of the hood closest to and farthest from each exhaust riser. Do this on every floor. 3) Close all the fume hood sashes served by one exhaust riser and open all the ones served by the other riser. a) Check the hoods with open sashes as for a.1) above 4) Repeat condition b. for the second riser. 5) Move all the fume hood sashes to a half open position. a) Check the hoods as above. 6) Final balance shall be based upon diversity provided by the Engineer. Note diversity on balance reports. The hood face velocities, relative pressure relationships and stable fan operation must be recorded for all five-test conditions. This applies to all hoods and all rooms in the wing being tested, even if the test procedure does not specifically state that particular hood or room be tested. Design conditions with the appropriate diversity shall be maintained. 7) The face velocity of a hood shall be considered acceptable if it is within (+) 10 feet per minute of its designed face velocity. Standard procedures for testing face velocity as published by SEFA (Scientific Equipment & Furniture Association) 1-1992 Laboratory Fume Hoods Recommended Practices, shall be followed. 4. Room Pressurization Control System Performance Evaluation: a. The Balancing Contractor shall demonstrate with smoke that the correct relative pressure relationship is being maintained in each area. Every room for which a relative pressure value was assigned on the mechanical plans shall be tested. b. The testing shall be performed in each room under the following conditions: 1) Door closed 2) Door open 3) In labs with fume hoods or bio-safety cabinets: a) Hood sash complete open b) Hood sash closed c) Hood sash partially open 4) Thermostat set to its minimum set point 5) Thermostat set to its maximum set point 6) If the correct pressure relationships cannot be demonstrated for a particular room, the room shall be retested after the problem has been corrected. 3.5 HYDRONIC SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT: A. Heating water systems: TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0593 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Hydronic Systems with Meters: The system shall be balanced proportionally using the flow meters. On completion of the balance, the following information shall be recorded in the report: Flow meter size and brand, required flow rate and pressure drop, valve settings on meters with a readable scale, flow rate in both full coil flow and full bypass modes. Contractor shall verify the meters are installed per the manufacturer's recommendations and shall notify the Mechanical Contractor of any deficiencies before utilizing meter. 2. Hydronic Systems without Meters (thermal or terminal rated pressure drop balance): The system shall be balanced proportionally to the terminal ratings. On completion of the balance the following information shall be recorded in the report: Design entering and leaving water temperature/pressure, final balanced entering and leaving water temperature/pressure drop. 3. For 3-way valve terminals/heat exchangers, set bypass flow to equal coil flow. 4. For primary/secondary systems, set crossover/bridle to have constant flow at all conditions. 5. Sample chilled and heating water and report on freeze and burst temperatures of the glycol water solution. Report glycol percentage. 6. Perform similar operations for Hydronic heat reclaim systems. B. Hydronic Coils: 1. Balance, measure and report inlet and outlet air temperatures for cooling and/or heating design air quantities. 2. Balance, measure and report coil water flow, inlet and outlet water pressure and temperature. 3. Evaporative cooling coils: Measure and report inlet and outlet wet bulb and dry bulb temperature. Measure and report inlet and outlet pressure. 4. Calculate and report face velocities across chilled water and evaporative cooling coils. C. Radiators: 1. Balance, measure and report GPM, inlet temperature and outlet temperature/pressure at full heating. 3.6 PLUMBING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT: A. General: 1. Check, adjust and set temperature control devices to 110°F domestic hot water temperature and as indicated on drawings. 2. Adjust pressure-reducing stations, report downstream system static pressure. 3. Verify proper location and operation of ASME pressure and temperature relief valves. 4. Measure and report residual pressure at full flow at most remote plumbing fixture; requiring highest operating pressure (usually flush valve water closets). 5. Verify that most remote fixture has hot water available semi-instantaneously with recirculation system operating. Report. 6. Refer to plumbing drawings for location of all balancing valves serving the Domestic Hot Water Circulation (HWC) System and Domestic Hot Water Circulation Pumps. Adjust balancing valves to indicate flow rate. Report flow rate for all balance valves. Measure, adjust and report flow rate for each pump. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0593 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.7 STEAM SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT: A. General: 1. Check steam traps for correct operation with a pyrometer. 2. Check and report all steam pressures downstream of pressure reducing stations. 3. Remove, inspect and clean all system strainers. 4. Record steam pressures upstream and downstream of all major equipment such as boilers, steam coils and heat exchangers. B. Humidification Systems and Equipment: 1. Measure and report steady state relative humidity for spaces. 2. Measure and report humidifier outlet relative humidities. 3. Steam Dispersion Grids: a. Measure and report entering and leaving air temperature, and leaving relative humidity. b. See steam portion of the section. 3.8 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ASSOCIATED WITH MECHANICAL SYSTEMS: A. Manual and Magnetic Starters: 1. Check all new and existing thermal overloads. Identify improperly protected equipment in report. Furnish and exchange thermals as required for proper motor protection. 2. Motor Control Center Magnetic Starters: Check for correct sizing. Notify Electrical Contractor of discrepancies. 3. Two-speed Starters: In addition to the above, set time delay between changes of speeds for proper operation. a. Verify windings of motor and starter is compatible prior to starting any equipment. B. Variable frequency drives. 1. Coordinate balance process with equipment manufacturer start-up representative. 2. Record nameplate data. 3. Record motor overload setting. 4. Record full load amps. 3.9 CONTROL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT: A. General: 1. Operate all temperature control systems with the temperature control contractor’s representative for proper sequence of operation. Be responsible for calibration of flow measurement devices used as input to the temperature control system. All air system flow measurement stations including VAV terminals shall be calibrated against a Pitot tube traverse or air diffuser capture hood. Balancing Contractor shall assure accuracy of all flow measurement devices or shall report their failure to be accurate. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0593 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2. Work with the Controls Contractor to set minimum outside air damper positions. 3. Work with the Controls Contractor to optimize VAV duct static pressure, VFD pump hydronic system pressure differential and building pressure. B. Temperature Control Compressed Air Systems and Equipment: 1. Verify and report air pressure at all system equipment quick connects and terminations. a. Remove, inspect and clean all system filters/strainers. 2. Verify system can maintain overrating pressure for 8 hours with air compressor disconnected. Report any noticeable losses in system pressure. 3. Measure, set and report storage tank air pressure. 4. Verify that pressure relief valves are in place and operating correctly. 3.10 LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT: A. Smoke Pressurization/Exhaust/Evacuation Mode: 1. Balance and report measurements of Section 3.3 in this operational mode. 2. Perform smoke pressurization/evacuation tests in all zones. Doors shall be positioned to simulate normal conditions. 3. Coordinate with the Fire Department/Authority Having Jurisdiction, Owner and Engineer for smoke test witnessing. 4. Coordinate with the Fire Department/Authority Having Jurisdiction for additional testing requirements. Complete and submit any documentation for Fire Department/Authority Having Jurisdiction final acceptance. B. Fire/Smoke Dampers and Detection Systems: 1. Verify that each fire/smoke damper closes when the associated duct or space detector is tripped. Verify that air handlers shut down and outside air dampers close as dictated by the control sequence. 2. Verify that air supply units shut down when smoke is detected by the associated duct detector. Verify that outside air dampers and system fire/smoke dampers close as dictated by the control sequence. 3. Report any detectors or dampers that are malfunctioning. Report any discrepancies from the control sequence. 3.11 SOUND AND VIBRATION: A. Sound Inspection and Testing: 1. Prior to sound testing, all equipment that can potentially impact sound testing shall be put into operation. Examples include humidifiers and equipment in adjacent mechanical spaces. VFD systems shall be placed at 80% of full speed. 2. Prior to sound testing the mechanical test and balance of all systems shall be completed. 3. Report audible tonal characteristics such as whine, whistle, hum or rumble. Also report time varying sound levels or beats induced from aerodynamic instability, perform this for all rooms. 4. Perform sound testing on all rooms within the project area. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0593 - 11 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Vibration Inspection and Testing: 1. Prior to vibration testing, all equipment shall be put into operation. On variable speed equipment, testing shall occur at low, medium and high speeds. 2. Prior to vibration testing, the mechanical test and balance of all systems shall be completed. 3. Report excessive vibrations from any equipment. Inspect upstream and downstream duct and piping systems and report excessive vibrations. 4. DESIGN NOTE: See Table 40, Chapter 43, ASHRAE Applications, (1995) for list of surfaces. 3.12 REPORT OF WORK: A. The Testing and Balancing Contractor shall submit six (6) bound copies of the final testing and balancing report at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Mechanical Contractor’s request for final inspection. B. A complete reduced set of mechanical contract drawings (showing each system) shall be included in the report with all equipment, flow measuring devices, terminals (outlets, inlets, coils, fan coil units, schedules, etc.) clearly marked and all equipment designated. The test and balance contractor can obtain drawing files from Cator, Ruma, & Associates for development of these drawings. C. Data shall be reported per Part 3 of this Section on standard NEBB forms. Generate custom forms that contain the information in this Section when a standard NEBB form does not exist for a piece of equipment. All NEBB forms shall be fully filled out for this report. When additional information is required by this Section, it shall be provided D. The report shall include a list of all equipment used in the testing and balancing work. E. Report systems for excessive sound and vibration per the sound and vibration inspection and testing portions of this specification. F. Substantial completion of this project will not take place until a satisfactory report is received. The Testing & Balancing Contractor shall respond and correct all deficiencies within seven (7) days of receiving the Engineer’s written review of the balancing report. Failure to comply will result in holding retainage of the final payment until all items have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. G. The report shall be signed by the supervising registered professional engineer and affixed with their registration stamp, signed and dated in accordance with state law. 3.13 GUARANTEE OF WORK: A. The Testing & Balancing Contractor shall guarantee the accuracy of the tests and balance for a period of 90 days from date of final acceptance of the test and balance report. During this period, the Testing & Balancing Contractor shall make personnel available at no cost to the Owner to correct deficiencies that may become apparent in the system balance. END OF SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0593 - 12 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 0700 - HVAC INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of mechanical insulation products and systems, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years. B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years successful installation experience on projects with mechanical insulations similar to that required for this project. C. Flame/Smoke Ratings: Provide composite mechanical insulation (insulation, jackets, coverings, sealers, mastics and adhesives) with flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less, as tested by ASTM E 84 (NFPA 255) method. In addition, the products, when tested, shall not drip flame particles, and flame shall not be progressive. Provide Underwriters Laboratories Inc. label or listing, or satisfactory certified test report from an approved testing laboratory to prove that fire hazard ratings for materials proposed for use do not exceed those specified. D. Codes and Standards: 1. International Energy Conservation Code 2015 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for each type of mechanical insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, k-value, thickness, density, and furnished accessories for each mechanical system requiring insulation. Submit detail product information and installation information for all jacketing systems specified in this section. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard indexes of products. B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged or wet insulation; remove from project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following: 1. Mechanical Insulation: a. Johns Manville Corp. b. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. c. Knauf Fiber Glass HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 d. Manson e. CertainTeed f. Einsulation g. Armacel h. Pittsburgh Corning Corp. i. PABCO, Inc. j. Rubatex Corp. k. Thermal Ceramics l. Thermal Structures 2. Jacketing & Covering Products: a. Childers b. Ceel-Co c. Zeston d. Alpha Associates, Inc. e. Venture Clad 3. Sound Lagging/Insulation a. Soundseal b. Vibro-Acoustics c. Schuller d. Owens-Corning e. Certainteed 2.2 PIPING INSULATION MATERIALS: A. Fiberglass Piping Insulation: ASTM C 547, Class 1 unless otherwise indicated. "K" factor shall be maximum 0.24 at 75 degrees F. mean temperature, jacket with tensile strength of 35 lbs/in, mullen burst 70 psi, beach puncture 50 oz. in/in, permeability .02 perm factory applied vapor barrier jacket and adhesive self-sealing lap joint. B. Cellular Glass Piping Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 2. "K" factor shall be maximum 0.29 at 75 degrees F mean temperature. C. Calcium Silicate Piping Insulation: ASTM C 533, Type I. "K" factor shall be maximum 0.45 at 500 degrees F. mean temperature, compression strength 200 psi for 5 percent compression, transverse strength 200 psi for 5 percent compression, flexural strength 60 psi. D. Flexible Closed Cell Piping Insulation: ASTM C 534, Type I. "K" factor shall be maximum 0.27 at 75 degrees F. mean temperature, with a water vapor permeability of 0.10 perm inches or less. Insulation shall be pre-installed on piping, or un-slit to be slipped over piping as a single piece. E. Flexible Thermal Ceramic Insulation: "K" factor shall be a maximum of 1.5 at 1500 degrees F mean temperature, 2000 degrees F temperature limit. Provide presized glass cloth jacketing material, not less than 7.8 ounces per square yard, or metal jacket at Installer's option, unless otherwise indicated. F. Rigid Thermal Ceramic Insulating System: "K" factor shall be a maximum of 1.5 at 1500 degrees F mean temperature, 2000 degrees F temperature limit. HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 G. Jackets for Piping Insulation: ASTM C 921, Type I for piping with temperatures below ambient, Type II for piping with temperatures above ambient. Type I may be used for all piping at Installers option. 1. Fitting Covers: UV resistant PVC, pre-molded fitting covers, flame spread 25, smoke developed 50. PVC tape for cold systems, serrated tacks or PVC tape for hot systems. 2. Aluminum Jacketing: Manufactured from T3003 (or T/5005) H14 to H19 aluminum alloy with 3/16" corrugations and shall have a factory attached 1 mil thick polyethylene moisture barrier continuously laminated across the full width of the jacketing. Jacketing shall be .016" thick minimum. Provide matching factory fabricated covers for 90 degrees and 45 degrees elbows, tee fittings, flange fittings valve bodies, blind ends, reducers and other fittings necessary to make the covering system complete, waterproof and weatherproof. All jacketing shall be color coated baked on polyester finish, color selected by Architect. 3. PVC Jacketing: UV resistant PVC, 30 mil thick, flame spread 25, smoke developed 50, factory cut and curled to fit O.D. of insulated pipe. Solvent weld adhesive for sealing joints and seams. 4. Rubber/Tedlar Jacketing: ASTM-D-1424-63, ASTM-D-774, and ASTM-E-84, manufactured from a combination of heavy fiberglass fabric coated with Hypalon Rubber, fully cured and laminated to a Tedlar facing. Jacketing will also be required to be vapor barrier and shall be laminated to a corrosion resistant aluminized mylar. Jacketing shall be .010" thick minimum, UL Class I rated, acid and alkali resistant, and be both washable and paintable. Provide factory fabricated aluminum fitting covers with mil-polyethylene vapor barrier for all elbows, tees, flanges, valves, and other fittings. Alpha Associates Style TGH-1000 or equal. 5. Cloth Jacketing Material: Not less than 8 oz. per square yard with adhesives, cement and sealer as recommended by insulation manufacturer for the intended application. PVC premolded fitting covers shall not be provided. H. Staples, Bands, Wires, and Cement: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. I. Adhesives, Sealers, and Protective Finishes: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated and additional finishes as specified. 2.3 DUCTWORK INSULATION MATERIALS: A. Rigid Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: ASTM C 612, Class 1, 450 degrees F temperature limit, density of 3 pcf. "K" value shall be maximum 0.23 at 75 degrees F. mean temperature, facing of 7 mil, foil reinforced with glass mesh and laminated to 40 lb kraft. B. Round Surface Semi-Rigid Fiberglass Blanket Insulation: ATSM C 612, Class 1, 450 degrees F temperature limit, 2.5 PCF density “K” value of .25 max at 75 degrees F mean temp, foil-skrim-kraft facing. Orientation of fibers shall be perpendicular to facing to facilitate application on round surfaces. C. Flexible Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: ASTM C 553, Type I, 3/4 lbs per cu. ft. density. "K" value shall be maximum 0.25 at 75 degrees F. mean temperature, 250 degrees F temperature limit, vapor transmission rating shall not exceed 0.02 perms, facing of .7 mil foil reinforced with glass mesh and laminated to 40 lb Kraft. HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 D. Flexible closed cell elastomeric insulation: ASTM C534, Type I, "K" value shall be a maximum 0.27 at 75 degrees F mean temp, 220 degrees F Temperature limit, water vapor permeability rating of 0.10 perm inches or less. E. Self-Jacketed, closed cell elastomeric insulation: ASTM C534, Type I, “K” value shall be a maximum 0.27 at 75 degrees F mean temp, 220 degrees F temperature limit, water vapor permeability rating of 0.10 perm inches or less, laminated with a white 13-ply laminate (6 layers of aluminum foil, 4 layers of polyester film around a scrim reinforced core) membrane. Provide manufacture recommended accessories such as primers, adhesives and tapes to provide a complete weather and UV protection system. Provide a 10 year limited warranty against breakdown of the membrane due to ultraviolet radiation. F. Jackets for Ductwork Insulation: ASTM C 921, Type I for ductwork with temperatures below ambient; Type II for ductwork with temperatures above ambient. 1. Aluminum Jacketing: The jacketing shall be manufactured from T3003 (or T/5005) H14 to H19 aluminum alloy with 3/16 inch corrugations and shall have a factory attached 1 mil thick polyethylene moisture barrier continuously laminated across the full width of the jacketing. Jacketing shall be .016 inches thick minimum. Where available, provide matching factory fabricated covers for 90 degrees and 45 degrees elbows, tee fittings, branch fittings, reducers and other fittings necessary to make the covering system complete, waterproof and weatherproof. All jacketing shall be color coated baked on polyester finish, color selected by Architect. G. Ductwork Insulation Accessories: Provide staples, bands, wires, tape, anchors, corner angles and similar accessories as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. H. Ductwork Insulation Compounds: Provide cements, adhesives, coatings, sealers, protective finishes and similar compounds as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. 2.4 SOUND LAGGING/INSULATION: A. Flexible Fiberglass & Vinyl Sound Insulation: 1.0 PSF, .090 inch thick mylar feed vinyl loaded barrier, tested to 400psi tensile strength. Absorber material, foil covered fiberglass laminated on vinyl barrier, .40 PSF, 2 inch nominal thickness insulating value of R-8.0. Assembly flame/smoke index of 12.5/19.5 tested per Class A ASTME-84. Assembly sound tested per ASTME-90 for a 5Tlof 30 or greater. Rated for temperature between -20 degrees F & 350 degrees F. Provide soundseal B-10LAG/AFA-9 or approved equal. B. Sound lagging foil tape: 4” x 200’ rolls of matching foil tape by Soundseal. C. Insulation for application over duct, piping & equipment. SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS (dB) FREQUENCY (Hz) PRODUCT 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 B-10 LAG 1 QFA-9 19 20 23 33 44 53 HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which mechanical insulation is to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. B. Workmanship shall be first class and of the highest quality, poor installation or bad appearance as determined by the engineer shall be due cause to reject the entire project in whole and retainage will be withheld until corrective action is completed to the engineer's satisfaction. 3.2 PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION: A. Insulation Omitted: Omit insulation on chrome-plated exposed piping (except for handicapped fixtures), air chambers, unions, balance cocks, flow regulators, drain lines from water coolers, drainage piping located in crawl spaces or tunnels, fire protection piping, and pre-insulated equipment. B. Cold Piping: 1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following cold plumbing piping systems: a. Potable and non-potable cold water piping. b. Potable chilled water piping. c. Interior above-ground horizontal storm water piping including elbow up & down. d. Roof drain bowls and roof drain leader to horizontal piping. e. Overflow roof drain bowls and first 10 feet of overflow piping. 2. Insulate each piping system specified above with the following types and thicknesses of insulation: a. Above Ground Inside Building Fiberglass; ½ inch thickness. C. Hot Piping: 1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following hot plumbing piping systems: a. Potable hot water and tempered piping. b. Potable hot water and tempered recirculating piping. 2. Insulate each piping system specified above with the following types and thicknesses of insulation: a. Fiberglass: 1 inch thick for all pipe sizes. b. Below Ground Runouts to Individual Fixtures - Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thickness for pipe sizes up to 2 inches. c. Sound Insulation: Insulate as shown on drawings. Provide 2 inch flexible fiberglass/vinyl sound insulation. Install with foil tape at all seams. Provide plastic wire ties every 18 inches around piping to fully fasten HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 insulation to piping. Obtain a copy of manufacturer’s installation requirements, keep copy on site, and follow all instructions. 3.3 HVAC PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION: A. Insulation Omitted: Omit insulation on steam condensate piping between steam trap and union; and on hot piping unions, flexible connections, and expansion joints. Insulation may be omitted inside of cabinet unit heaters, convectors and fan coils for hot piping. Cold piping insulation inside fan coil unit cabinet may be omitted provided piping is located over drain pan. Hot and cold piping routed inside air handler units shall be insulated. Omit insulation on strainers in heating water strainers operating below 200 degrees F. B. Sub-Freezing Piping (0 to 39 deg. F (-18 to 4 degrees C)): 1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following sub- freezing HVAC piping systems: a. Refrigerant suction lines between evaporators and compressors. 2. Insulate each piping system specified above with the following types and thicknesses of insulation: a. Fiberglass: ½ inch for pipe sizes below 1 inch, 1 inch thick for pipe sizes 1” to 6”, 1-1/2” thick for pipe sizes 8 inch and over. b. Above Ground Exterior - Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes up to and including 2 inch, 2 inch thick for pipe sizes over 2 inch. c. Pre-Insulated Soft Copper Refrigerant Line Sets - Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thickness for pipe sizes up to and including 2 inches. C. Cold Piping (40 degrees F (4.4 degrees C) to ambient): 1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following cold HVAC piping systems: a. Chilled water supply and return piping. b. Cold condensate drain piping. 2. Insulate each piping system specified above with the following types and thicknesses of insulation: a. Fiberglass: ½ inch thick for pipe sizes up to and including 1-1/4 inch, 1 inch thick for pipe sizes 1-1/2 inch and up. b. Exterior, Above Ground - Cellular Glass: 1 inch thick for pipe sizes up to and including 1-1/2 inch, 1-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes over 1-1/2 inch. D. Heating System Piping (to 200 degrees F (90 degrees C)): 1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following heating piping systems: a. Hot water supply and return piping. b. Hot gas refrigerant piping (interior, exposed, less than 7feet-6inches above floor). HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 c. Hot gas bypass refrigerant piping (interior, exposed, less than 7feet-6inches above floor). d. Low pressure steam vent & relief piping. e. Heat reclaim coil header. f. Boiler feedwater piping. g. Blowdown piping. 2. Insulate each piping system specified above with the following type and thicknesses of insulation: a. Fiberglass: 1-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes up to and including 1-1/4”, 2 inch thick for pipe 1-1/2 inches and up. b. Above Ground Exterior - Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes up to and including 1-1/4”, 2 inch thick for pipe 1-1/2 inches and up. E. High Temperature, Low Pressure Piping (201 to 250 degrees F (90 to 120 degrees C)): 1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following hot low pressure HVAC piping. a. Low pressure steam (up to 15 psig). b. Steam condensate piping (all pressures). 2. Insulate each piping system specified above with the following type and thicknesses of insulation: a. Fiberglass: 2-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes less than 4 inch, 3 inch thick for pipe sizes 4 inches and above. b. Above Ground, Exterior - Cellular Glass: 2-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes less than 4 inch, 3 inch thick for pipe sizes 4 inches and above. 3.4 DUCTWORK SYSTEM INSULATION: A. Insulation Omitted: Do not insulate fibrous glass ductwork. B. Application Requirements: Insulate the following ductwork: 1. Mixed air ductwork and plenums between air entrance and fan inlet or HVAC unit inlet. 2. HVAC supply ductwork between fan discharge, or HVAC unit discharge, and room terminal outlet unless ductwork is specified to be wrapped. 3. HVAC return ductwork in unconditioned spaces or exterior; except omit insulation when ductwork is specified to be wrapped. 4. HVAC plenums and unit housings not pre-insulated at factory or wrapped. 5. Rigid oval or round supply air ductwork. C. Insulate each ductwork system specified above with the following types and thicknesses of insulation: APPLICATION TYPE, THICKNESS RIGID/ FIBERGLASS (see notes 1&2) FLEXIBLE FIBERGLASS FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC** HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 Interior; concealed; cold, hot or dual temperature supply duct 1-1/2" min. up to 2” as required to cover joints & reinforcements 1-1/2" 1-3/4" Interior; exposed within conditioned finished spaces; cold, hot, or dual temperature supply duct None 1" min. up to 2" as required to cover joints & reinforcements None Not Allowed except for budget considerations None 1" min. up to 2" as required to cover joints & reinforcements. Provide white finish coat. Interior; exposed within mechanical, electrical, storage, or other service areas; cold, hot, or dual temperature duct 1" min. up to 2" as required to cover joints and reinforcements Not Allowed except for budget considerations 1" min. up to 2" as required to cover joints and reinforcements with white finish. Provide white finish coat. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF PIPING INSULATION: A. General: Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves its intended purpose. B. Install insulation on pipe systems subsequent to installation of heat tracing, testing, and acceptance of tests. C. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. Insulate each continuous run of piping with full-length units of insulation, with single cut piece to complete run. Do not use cut pieces or scraps abutting each other. D. Clean and dry pipe surfaces prior to insulating. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered. E. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier jackets on cold pipe insulation, and protect to prevent puncture or other damage. 1. Do not use staples or tacks on vapor barrier jackets. 2. Seal vapor barrier penetrations with vapor barrier finish recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Seal fitting covers with PVC tape. 4. Cover all unions, check valves, and other in-line devices. Mark outer covering with indelible marker to identify item covered. F. Neatly bevel and seal insulation at all exposed edges. G. Cover valves, fittings and similar items in each piping system with equivalent thickness and composition of insulation as applied to adjoining pipe run. Install factory molded, precut or job fabricated units (at Installer's option) except where specific form or type is indicated. HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 H. Extend piping insulation without interruption through walls, floors and similar piping penetrations, except where otherwise indicated. I. See equipment insulation for removable insulation on accessible piping components. J. See Section 23 05 29 for insulation inserts and shields. Butt pipe insulation against pipe hanger insulation inserts. For all piping apply wet coat of vapor barrier lap cement on butt joints and seal all joints and seams with 3 inch wide vapor barrier tape or band. K. Flexible Elastomeric Piping Insulation: 1. Install unslit, by slipping over piping prior to joining, or install pre-insulated soft copper tubing. 2. Seal butt ends with adhesive. L. Cellular Glass Insulation: 1. Apply in a single layer. Secure to pipe with ½ inch wide aluminum bands. 2. For indoor applications, apply all-purpose Kraft paper/aluminum foil/vinyl coating jacket. Seal all lap and butt joints with self-seal vapor barrier tape. 3. For outdoor applications, apply aluminum rubber/Tedlar jacketing as described below. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK INSULATION: A. General: Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves its intended purpose. B. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. C. Clean and dry ductwork prior to insulating. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered. D. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier on ductwork insulation, and protect it to prevent puncture and other damage. 1. Avoid the use of staples on vapor barrier jackets. 2. Seal vapor barrier penetrations with vapor barrier tape recommended by the manufacturer. E. Extend ductwork insulation without interruption through walls, floors and similar ductwork penetrations, except where otherwise indicated. F. Flexible Fiberglass Insulation: Cut back insulation to provide a 2 inch facing overlap at all seams. Seams shall be stapled approximately 6 inches on center with outward clinching staples, then sealed with pressure-sensitive tape matching the facing and designed for use with duct insulation. The underside of ductwork 24 inches or greater shall be secured with mechanical fasteners and speed clips spaced approximately 18inches on center. The protruding ends of the fasteners should be cut off flush after the speed clips are installed, and then sealed with the same tape as specified above. HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 G. Corner Angles: Except for oven and hood exhaust duct insulation, install corner angles on all external corners of insulation on ductwork in exposed finished spaces before covering with jacketing. H. Adhere flexible elastomeric sheets to clean oil-free metal surface by compression fit method and full coverage of adhesive. Seal butt joints with same adhesive. For exterior ductwork, notch insulation at reinforcements and joint flanges to provide a smooth surface, unless the reinforcements or joints would penetrate the insulation. Provide a minimum ½ inch cap over any penetrating item. Stagger all joints and seams on multi- layer insulation. 3.7 EXISTING INSULATION REPAIR: A. Repair damaged sections of existing mechanical insulation, both previously damaged or damaged during this construction period. Use insulation, install new jacket lapping and sealed over existing. 3.8 PROTECTION AND REPLACEMENT: A. Replace damaged insulation which cannot be repaired satisfactorily, including units with vapor barrier damage and moisture saturated units. B. Protection: Insulation Installer shall advise Contractor of required protection for insulation work during remainder of construction period, to avoid damage and deterioration. END OF SECTION 23 0700 HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 0900 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. The Contractor shall become aware of the Method of Procedure requirements outlined in Division 1. Change orders will not be considered for time associated with Method of Procedure requirements. B. General: The Control System Contractor shall provide a complete new modified control system using new control devices to replace existing devices to operate as specified. The contractor shall inspect the existing conditions prior to submitting a proposal. The existing temperature control system control devices, dampers, operators, wiring, conduit, air piping, valves, etc. not being modified and which are no longer utilized, shall be removed, and not abandoned in place. 1. All temperature control devices to be removed shall be returned to the Owner in good condition. C. The Control Contractor will be responsible for all installation, programming, commissioning, testing and performance verification. D. The Controls Contractor will be responsible for providing all devices required for a complete operating control system. E. It shall be a digital, distributed microprocessor-based system with a pneumatic and electronic interface, where required. The Control System for this project will be referred to as a Building Automation System (BAS). F. Total quantity and type of control points shall consist of specifications, drawings and as required to complete the sequence of operation as specified. Additional points shall be provided as required to meet all sequence of operation functions, safeties and data base. The drawings and Specifications are not intended to show all details necessary to make the system complete and operable. G. The Control Contractor shall be responsible for all phases of software design, all equipment, installation and warranty for the BAS. The Control Contractor shall be responsible for supplying and installing all necessary control devices for completing the BAS. H. The system shall include all control device, valves, interlocks, field devices, hardware, software, automatic dampers, piping, fittings, wire, conduit, etc., as specified and required and connected so as to perform all functions and operate according to the specified sequences. I. The Contractor shall leave operable existing controls in operation until the BAS is tested and proven operative. At that point, and with concurrence from the Owner and the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for removing existing controls that are no longer necessary. Start-up of the BAS system, and any installation work that requires the interruption of the normal operation of any piece of equipment, shall be scheduled with the Owner. If the interruption of the normal operation of any piece of equipment INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 during normal working hours is unacceptable to the Owner, then it shall be scheduled during after-hours (nights or weekends). J. This installation shall not be used as a test site for any new products unless explicitly approved by the Owner or Architect/Engineer in writing. Unless approved otherwise, all products (including firmware revisions) used in this installation shall have been used in at least twelve (12) projects prior to this installation. The previous sites may be located anywhere in the U.S.A. This requirement is not intended to restrict the Contractor to the use of any outdated equipment. Therefore, all products used in this installation shall also be currently under manufacture and have available, for at least ten years after completion of the contract, a complete line of spare parts. If the above requirements are mutually exclusive, the Contractor shall include a specific statement to this effect in the Bid. K. Refer to other Division 23 sections for installation of instrument wells, valve bodies and dampers in mechanical systems. L. Provide electrical work as required, complying with requirements of Division 26 sections including, but not limited to raceways, wires, cables, electrical identification, supporting devices and electrical connections for equipment. Work includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Interlock and control wiring between field-installed controls, indicating devices and unit control panels. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for all additional electrical and other costs involved to accommodate the temperature control system panel, motors and electrical devices requiring power which differs from the power requirements shown on the electrical drawings. 3. Refer to Division 26 for mechanical/electrical coordination. M. Control Contractor shall furnish & identify location requirements for all necessary control devices which may be installed by others including the following, but not limited to: 1. Automatic control valves. 2. Flow switches. 3. Modulating dampers. 4. Required wells for insertion thermostats and/or temperature sensing wells. 5. Pressure Sensors. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Contractors Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in installation and commissioning and servicing of digital control equipment, of types and sizes required, whose firm has been in business in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. All work of this Section shall be fully “Year 2000 Compliant”. (See Section 23 05 00). All date related data shall use four digit dates. “Windowing” of dates is specifically prohibited. C. Only those manufacturers specified are allowed to bid temperature controls. All bidders shall make available, upon the Owner's request, open book unit pricing of all materials and labor. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 D. The system shall be installed by competent mechanics, regularly employed by the Temperature Control Contractor. E. All bidders must have installed and completed at least two (2) direct digital temperature control jobs of similar design, size and scope using the same equipment as specified. F. All bidders must have a local office in the area of the project site. G. All bidders must have capabilities of doing component level repairs on all systems, including electronic systems. H. No Field Devices shall be multiplexed to a single I/O point unless specified. Each control or sensing point shall be terminated at a unique location on the BAS panel, Slave or Dedicated Controller and be associated with a unique software point on the BAS. I. Codes and Standards: 1. All equipment and the installation shall comply with the requirements of all applicable local and national codes including but not limited to the currently enforced edition of the Uniform Building Code, Uniform Fire Code, Uniform Electrical Code, and all applicable codes of the National Fire Protection Association including the National Electrical Code. 2. Electrical Standards: Provide electrical products, which have been tested, listed and labeled by UL and comply with NEMA standards. 3. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA standards pertaining to components and devices for electric control systems. 4. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems" where applicable to controls and control sequences. J. All bidders must have a minimum of one person dedicated to software generation. This person shall be located in an office local to the project site. K. The equipment and software proposed by the supplier shall be currently in manufacture. No custom products shall be allowed unless required by the Specification. All products shall be supported by the manufacturer for a minimum of 5 years including spare parts, board repairs and software revisions. L. The Temperature Control Contractor shall cooperate with other contractors performing work on this project necessary to achieve a complete and neat installation. To that end, each contractor shall consult the drawings and specifications for all trades to determine the nature and extent of others work. M. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to work in cooperation with the Owner and with all other contractors and employees rendering such assistance and so arrange his work such that the entire project will be delivered complete in the best possible condition and in the shortest time. 1.3 PROPRIETARY INFORMATION: A. Project Documentation: All custom software, programs, code, databases, graphic files and drawings (whether hard copy or CADD based files) prepared for this system shall INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 be the exclusive property of the Owner and shall not be reproduced or distributed without prior written permission from the Owner. B. The use or reference to the Owner or any of its subsidiaries or any of the facility automation projects shall not be used by the Manufacturer or Contractor in any promotional media, including advertisements, sale brochures, annual reports and client references or endorsements, without prior written permission from the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to restrict or refuse access to any or all of its facilities. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit in accordance with Division 1 and 23 submittal requirements. B. In addition to the requirements set forth in paragraph A above, the following shall be included in the shop drawing submittals including, but not limited to: 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data sheets for each control device furnished, each data sheet shall be labeled indicating its control drawing descriptor and include the following: a. indicating dimensions; b. capacities; c. performance characteristics; d. electrical characteristics; e. finishes of materials; f. commissioning, installation instructions and start-up instructions. 2. Valve, damper and well and tap schedule showing size, configuration, capacity and location of all equipment. 3. Control system drawings containing pertinent data to provide a functional operating system and a sequence of operation. 4. Detailed wiring diagrams. 5. A floor plan of each area with a detailed new conduit/wiring layout shall be included. The plan shall indicate all conduit locations within ±2' of actual installed location. All walls, doors and temperature control devices shall be accurately shown. 6. Schematic flow diagram of system showing fans, pumps, coils, dampers, valves, and all control devices. Identify all control points with labeling. 7. Label each control device with setpoint or adjustable range of control. Provide a bill of materials with manufacturer's part number. 8. Indicate all required point to point electrical wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are existing and portions to be field-installed. 9. Provide details of faces of control panels, including controls, instruments, and labeling. 10. Include verbal description of sequence of operation and reference each device described by schematic symbol used. 11. Provide a detailed listing of all software program code written for each system. 12. Provide a point list with database input information to include a point name, address, base and span, action and other required information. 13. Provide a detailed test plan and procedure for each HVAC system and for each type of terminal unit control including valves. The test plans shall fully define reporting methods, procedure, equipment utilized, milestones for the tests, identifying the simulation programs, and personnel. The test procedures shall be developed from the test plans and shall consist of instructions for test execution INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 and evaluation. A test report form shall be developed for each point and sequence of operation. Commissioning procedures shall be provided for each HVAC system and for each type of terminal unit control system. The procedure shall include setpoint, prop. band, integral, derivative, mode constraints input, output settings, tuning procedures., etc. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. D. Submittal data and shop drawings shall be prepared and submitted in the following formats: 1. All drawings prepared for the project shall be developed using the Autocad CADD program, most current version, (or a CADD package capable of producing AutoCadd "DXF" compatible format files). 2. All submittals data shall be the same size for any group of information and shall be in a three screw and post binder. (NO EXCEPTIONS). All the information shall be indexed and tabbed with reference to the specific section of these specifications. 3. The format for different groups of submittal information are as follows: a. Control drawings, building plans (including complete floor plans), schematics and system configurations shall be CADD prepared drawing, bound and indexed. Drawings that cannot represent the total information on an individual ANSI size B (11" x 17") drawing, i.e. a building plan, shall be noted with appropriate match lines, cross references and key plans. b. Technical data, sequence of operations, material list, point lists, program listings, I/O schedules, operator's and programmer's manuals, etc. shall be type written, original product data sheets or CADD prepared drawings, ANSI size A or ANSI size B. 4. Upon completion of the project and acceptance of systems the contractor shall provide to the Owner one set of hard copy as-built shop drawings and diskettes. E. Shop drawings shall include riser diagram depicting locations of all controllers and workstations, with associated network wiring. Also included shall be individual schematics of each mechanical system showing all connected points with reference to their associated controller. Typicals will be allowed where appropriate. F. When the Architect/Engineer requires, the Contractor will resubmit with the corrected or additional submittal data. This procedure shall be repeated until all corrections are made to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the submittals are fully reviewed. G. Contractor agrees that shop drawing submittals processed by the Architect/Engineer are not change orders, that the purpose of shop drawing submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate to the Architect/Engineer that the Contractor understands the design concept, that he demonstrates his understanding by indicating which equipment and material he intends to furnish and install, and by detailing the fabrication and installation methods he intends to use. The Contractor shall be responsible for space requirements, configuration, performance, changes in bases, supports, structural members and openings in structure, and other apparatus that may be affected by their use. H. Contractor further agrees that if deviations, discrepancies, or conflicts between shop drawing submittals and the contract documents in the form of design drawings and INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 specifications are discovered either prior to or after shop drawing submittals are processed by the Architect/Engineer, the design drawings and specifications shall control and shall be followed. If alternates do not meet these requirements, it shall be this Contractor's responsibility to remove them and install material originally specified, at no cost to the Owner. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Provide factory shipping cartons for each piece of equipment, and control device. Maintain cartons through shipping, storage and handling as required to prevent any equipment damage, and to eliminate all dirt and moisture from equipment. Store all equipment and materials inside and protected from weather. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS AND CONTRACTORS: A. Subject to compliance with requirements, install the following systems: 1. Johnson Controls 2.2 GENERAL PRODUCTS DESCRIPTION: A. The Building Automation System (BAS) shall be capable of integrating multiple building function including equipment supervision and control, alarm management, energy management, and historical data collection and archiving. All products and materials installed shall be suitable for the intended application requirements including but not limited to: 1. Accuracy 2. Rangeability 3. Temperature and pressure ranges 4. Shut-off pressures 5. Differential pressures 6. Repeatability 7. Materials of construction suitable with the environment and/or media in which they are in contact with 8. Code compliance 9. Velocities B. The BAS shall consist of the following: 1. Standalone DDC panels 2. Standalone application specific controllers (ASCs) 3. Portable Operator's Terminals 4. Personal Computer Operator Workstations (existing) 5. High Speed Communication Network (LAN) C. The system shall be modular in nature, and shall permit expansion of both capacity and functionality through the addition of sensors, actuators, standalone DDC panels, and operator devices. D. System architectural design shall eliminate dependence upon any single device for alarm reporting and control execution. Each DDC panel shall operate independently by INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 performing its own specified control, alarm management, operator I/O, and historical data collection. The failure of any single component or network connection shall not interrupt the execution of control strategies at other operational devices. E. Standalone DDC panels shall be able to access any data from, or send control commands and alarm reports directly to, any other DDC panel or combination of panels on the network without dependence upon a central processing device. Standalone DDC panels shall also be able to send alarm reports to multiple operator workstations without dependence upon a central processing device. F. Shared points will not be allowed. G. BAS shall allow third party software to operate on personal computer workstation without any degradation to the controls operating normally. 2.3 NETWORKING/COMMUNICATIONS: A. The design of the BAS shall network operator workstations and Standalone DDC panels as shown on the attached system configuration drawing. Inherent in the system's design shall be the ability to expand or modify the network either via the local area network, or auto-dial telephone line modem connections, or via a combination on the two networking schemes. B. Local Area Network 1. Workstation/DDC Panel Support: Operator workstations and DDC panels shall directly reside on a local area network such that communications may be executed between controllers, directly between workstations, and between controllers and workstations on a peer-to-peer basis. 2. Dynamic Data Access: All operator devices, either network resident or connected via dial-up modems, shall have the ability to access all point status and application report data, or execute control functions for any and all other devices via the local area network. Access to data shall be based upon logical identification of building equipment. a. Access to system data shall not be restricted by the hardware configuration of the BAS. The hardware configuration of the BAS network shall be totally transparent to the user when accessing data or developing control programs. 3. General Network Design: Network design shall include the following provisions: a. High speed data transfer rates for alarm reporting, quick report generation from multiple controllers and upload/download efficiency between network devices. The minimum baud rate shall be 1 Megabaud. b. Support of any combination of controllers and operator workstations directly connected to the local area network. A minimum of 50 devices shall be supported on a single local area network. c. Detection and accommodation of single or multiple failures of either workstations, DDC panels, or the network media. The network shall include provisions for automatically reconfiguring itself to allow all operational equipment to perform their designated functions as effectively as possible in the event of single or multiple failures. d. Message and alarm buffering to prevent information from being lost. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 e. Error detection, correction, and retransmission to guarantee data integrity. f. Default device definition to prevent loss of alarms or data, and ensure alarms are reported as quickly as possible in the event an operator device does not respond. g. Commonly available, multiple sourced, networking components and protocols shall be used to allow the BAS to coexist with other networking applications such as office automation. MAP, ETHERNET, IBM Token Ring and ARCNET are acceptable technologies. h. Use of industry standard IEEE 802.x protocol. Communications must be of a deterministic nature to assure calculable performance under worst- case network loading. i. Synchronization of the realtime clocks in all DDC panels shall be provided. 2.4 STANDALONE DDC PANELS: A. General: Standalone DDC panels shall be microprocessor based, multi-tasking, multi- user, real-time digital control processors. Each standalone DDC panel shall consist of modular hardware with plug-in enclosed processors, communication controllers, power supplies, and input/output modules. A sufficient number of controllers shall be supplied to fully meet the requirements of this specification and the attached point list. B. Memory: Each DDC panel shall have sufficient memory to support its own operating system and databases including: 1. Control Processes 2. Energy Management Applications 3. Alarm Management 4. Historical/Trend Data for all points 5. Maintenance Support Applications 6. Custom Processes 7. Operator I/O 8. Dial-Up Communications 9. Manual Override Monitoring C. Point Types: Each DDC panel shall support the following types of point inputs and outputs: 1. Digital Inputs for status/alarm contacts 2. Digital Outputs for on/off equipment control 3. Analog Inputs for temperature, pressure, humidity, flow and position measurements 4. Analog Outputs for valve and damper position control, and capacity control of primary equipment 5. Pulse inputs for pulsed contact monitoring D. Expandability: The system shall be modular in nature, and shall permit easy expansion through the addition of software applications, workstation hardware, field controllers, sensors and actuators. E. The system architecture shall support a minimum capacity of [ %] for all types of DDC panels, and all point types included in the initial installation. F. Serial Communication Ports: Standalone DDC panels shall provide at least two RS- 232C serial data communication ports for simultaneous operation of multiple operator INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 I/O devices such as industry standard printers, laptop workstations, PC workstations, and panel mounted or portable DDC panel Operator's Terminals. Standalone DC panels shall allow temporary use of portable devices without interrupting the normal operation of permanently connected modems, printers, or network terminals. G. Hardware Override Switches: The operator shall have the ability to manually override automatic or centrally executed commands at the DDC panel via local, point discrete, onboard hand/off/auto operator override switches for analog control type points. These override switches shall be operable whether the panel is powered or not. H. Hardware Override Monitoring: DDC panels shall monitor the status or position of all overrides, and include this information in logs and summaries to inform the operator that automatic control has been inhibited. DDC panels shall also collect override activity information for daily and monthly reports. I. Local Status Indicator Lamps: The DDC panel shall provide local status indication for each binary input and output for constant, up-to-date verification of all point conditions without the need for an operator I/O device. J. Integrated On-Line Diagnostics: Each DDC panel shall continuously perform self- diagnostics, communication diagnosis, and diagnosis of all subsidiary equipment. The DDC panel shall provide both local and remote annunciation of any detected component failures, or repeated failure to establish communication. Indication of the diagnostic results shall be provided at each DDC panel, and shall not require the connection of an operator I/O device. K. Surge and Transient Protection: Isolation shall be provided at all network terminations, as well as all field point terminations to suppress induced voltage transients consistent with the latest IEEE Standard 587. 1. Provide ISLATROL active tracking filters or equal, which provides both high and low voltage transients, non-linear characteristics, capable of instantaneously responding to spikes or transients without degradation to the filter or its performance. Power protection device shall be UL listed and have reliability in excess of 100,000 hours of mean time between failures. 2. Signal wiring shall not be installed in same conduit as high voltage wiring. L. Powerfail Restart: In the event of the loss of normal power, there shall be an orderly shutdown of all standalone DDC panels to prevent the loss of database or operating system software. Non-volatile memory shall be incorporated for all critical controller configuration data, and battery back-up shall be provided to support the real-time clock and all volatile memory for a minimum of 72 hours. 1. Upon restoration of normal power, the DDC panel shall automatically resume full operation without manual intervention. 2. Should DDC panel memory be lost for any reason, the user shall have the capability of reloading the DDC panel via the local area network, via the local RS-232C port, or via telephone line dial-in. 2.5 SYSTEM SOFTWARE FEATURES: A. General INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. All necessary software to form a complete operating system as described in this specification shall be provided. 2. The software programs specified in this section shall be provided as an integral part of the DDC panel and shall not be dependent upon any higher level computer for execution. B. Control Software Description 1. Pre-Tested Control Algorithms: The DDC panels shall have the ability to perform the following pre-tested control algorithms. a. Two Position Control b. Proportional Control c. Proportional plus Integral Control d. Proportional, Integral, plus Derivative Control e. Automatic Control Loop Tuning 2. Equipment Cycling Protection; Control software shall include a provision for limiting the number of times each piece of equipment may be cycled within any one-hour period. 3. Heavy Equipment Delays: The system shall provide protection against excessive demand situations during start-up periods by automatically introducing time delays between successive start commands to heavy electrical loads. 4. Powerfail Motor Restart: Upon the resumption of normal power, the DDC panel shall analyze the status of all controlled equipment, compare it with normal occupancy scheduling, and turn equipment on or off as necessary to resume normal operation. C. Energy Management Applications: DDC panels shall have the ability to perform any or all of the following energy management routines. 1. Time of Day Scheduling 2. Calendar Based Scheduling 3. Holiday Scheduling 4. Temporary Schedule Overrides 5. Optimal Start 6. Optimal Stop 7. Night Setback Control 8. Enthalpy Switchover (Economizer) 9. Peak Demand Limiting 10. Temperature Compensated Load Rolling 11. Fan Speed/CFM Control 12. Heating/Cooling Interlock 13. Cold Deck Reset 14. Hot Deck Reset 15. Hot Water Reset 16. Chilled Water Reset 17. Condenser Water Reset 18. Chiller Sequencing D. All programs shall be executed automatically without the need for operator intervention, and shall be flexible enough to allow user customization. Programs shall be applied to building equipment as described in the Execution portion of this specification. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 E. Custom Process Programming Capability: DDC panels shall be able to execute custom, job-specific processes defined by the user, to automatically perform calculations and special control routines. 1. Process Inputs and Variables: It shall be possible to use any of the following in a custom process: a. Any system-measured point data or status b. Any calculated data c. Any results from other processes d. User-Defined Constants e. Arithmetic functions (+, -, *, /, square root, exp, etc.) f. Boolean logic operators (and, or, exclusive or, etc.) g. On-delay/Off-delay/One-shot timers. 2. Process Triggers: Custom processes may be triggered based on any combination of the following: a. Time interval b. Time of day c. Date other processes d. Time programming e. Events (e.g., point alarms) 3. Dynamic Data Access: A single process shall be able to incorporate measured or calculated data from any and all other DDC panels on the local area network. 4. In addition, a single process shall be able to issue commands to points in any and all other DDC panels on the local area network. 5. Advisory/Message Generation: Processes shall be able to generate operator messages and advisories to operator I/O devices. A process shall be able to directly send a message to a specified device, buffer the information in a follow-up file, or cause the execution of a dial-up connection to a remote device such as a printer or pager. 6. Custom Process Documentation: The custom control programming feature shall be self-documenting. All interrelationships defined by this feature shall be documented via graphical flowcharts and English language descriptors. F. Alarm Management: Alarm management shall be provided to monitor, buffer, and direct alarm reports to operator devices and memory files. Each DDC panel shall perform distributed, independent alarm analysis and filtering to minimize operator interruptions due to non-critical alarms, minimize network traffic, and prevent alarms from being lost. At no time shall the DDC panel's ability to report alarms be affected by either operator activity at a PC Workstation or local I/O device, or communications with other panels on the network. 1. Point Change Report Description: All alarm or point change reports shall include the point's English language description and the time and date of occurrence. 2. Prioritization: The user shall be able to define the specific system reaction for each point. Alarms shall be prioritized to minimize nuisance reporting and to speed operator response to critical alarms. A minimum of three priority levels shall be provided. Each DDC panel shall automatically inhibit the reporting of selected alarms during system shutdown and start-up. Users shall have the ability to manually inhibit alarm reporting for each point. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 11 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3. The user shall also be able to define under which conditions point changes need to be acknowledged by an operator, and/or sent to follow-up files for retrieval and analysis at a later date. 4. Report Routing: Alarm reports, messages, and files will be directed to a user- defined list of operator devices, or PCs used for archiving alarm information. Alarms shall also be automatically directed to a default device in the event a primary device is found to be off-line. 5. Alarm Messages: In addition to the point's descriptor and the time and date, the user shall be able to print, display or store a 65-character alarm message to more fully describe the alarm condition or direct operator response. 6. Each standalone DDC panel shall be capable of storing a library of a least 250 Alarm Messages. Each message may be assignable to any number of points in the panel. 7. Auto-Dial Alarm Management: In Dial-up applications, only critical alarms shall initiate a call to a remote operator device. In all other cases, call activity shall be minimized by time-stamping and saving reports until an operator scheduled time, a manual request, or until the buffer space is full. The alarm buffer must store a minimum of 50 alarms. G. Historical Data and Trend Analysis: A variety of Historical Data collection utilities shall be provided to automatically sample, store, and display system data in all of the following ways. 1. Continuous Point Histories: Standalone DDC panels shall store Point History Files for all analog and binary inputs and outputs. 2. The Point History routine shall continuously and automatically sample the value of all analog inputs at half hour intervals. Samples for all points shall be store for the past 24 hours to allow the user to immediately analyze equipment performance and all problem related events for the past day. Point History files for binary input or output points and analog output points shall include a continuous record of the last ten status changes or commands for each point. 3. Control Loop Performance Trends: Standalone DDC panels shall also provide high resolution sampling capability with an operator-adjustable resolution of 10- 300 seconds in one second increments for verification of control loop performance. 4. Extended Sample Period Trends: Measured and calculated analog and binary data shall also be assignable to user-definable trends for the purpose of collecting operator-specified performance data over extended periods of time. Sample intervals of one minute to two hours, in one-minute intervals, shall be provided. Each standalone DDC panel shall have a dedicated buffer for trend data, and shall be capable of storing a minimum of 500 data samples. 5. Data Storage and Archiving: Trend data shall be stored at the Standalone DDC panels, and uploaded to hard disk storage when archival is desired. Uploads shall occur based upon either user-defined interval, manual command, or when the trend buffers become full. All trend data shall be available in disk file form for use in 3rd Party person computer applications. H. Runtime Totalization: Standalone DDC panels shall automatically accumulate and store runtime hours for binary input and output points as specified in the Execution portion of this specification. 1. The Totalization routine shall have a sampling resolution of one minute or less. 2. The user shall have the ability to define a warning limit for Runtime Totalization. Unique, user-specified messages shall be generated when the limit is reached. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 12 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 I. Analog/Pulse Totalization: Standalone DDC panels shall automatically sample, calculate, and store consumption totals on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis for user- selected analog and binary pulse input-type points. 1. Totalization shall provide calculation and storage of accumulations of up to 99,999.9 units (e.g. KWH, gallons, KBTU, tons, etc.). 2. The Totalization routine shall have a sampling resolution of one minute or less. 3. The user shall have the ability to define a warning limit. Unique, user-specified messages shall be generated when the limit is reached. J. Event Totalization: Standalone DDC panels shall have the ability to count events such as the number of times a pump or fan system is cycled on and off. Event totalization shall be performed on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis. 1. The Event Totalization feature shall be able to store the records associated with a minimum of 9,999,999 events before reset. 2. The user shall have the ability to define a warning limit. Unique, user-specified messages shall be generated when the limit is reached. 2.6 APPLICATION OF SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS - HVAC APPLICATIONS: A. Each Standalone DDC Controller shall be able to extend its performance and capacity through the use of remote Application Specific Controllers (ASCs). B. Each ASC shall operate as a Standalone controller capable of performing its specified control responsibilities independently of other controllers in the network. Each ASC shall be a microprocessor-based, multi-tasking, real-time digital control processor. Points shall not be shared between controllers. C. Each ASC shall have sufficient memory to support its own operating system and data base including: 1. Control Processes 2. Energy Management Applications 3. Operator I/O (Portable Service Terminal) D. The operator interface to any ASC point data or programs shall be through any network-resident PC workstation, or any PC or portable operator's terminal connected to any DDC panel in the network. E. Application Specific Controllers shall directly support the temporary use of a portable service terminal. The capabilities of the portable service terminal shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Display temperatures 2. Display status 3. Display setpoints 4. Display control parameters 5. Override binary output control 6. Override analog setpoints 7. Modification of gain and offset constants INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 13 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 F. Powerfail Protection: All system setpoints, proportional bands, control algorithms, and any other programmable parameters shall be stored such that a power failure of any duration does not necessitate reprogramming the controller. 2.7 AHU CONTROLLERS: A. AHU Controllers shall support, but not be limited to, the following configurations of systems to address current requirements as described in the Execution portion of this specification, and for future expansion. B. AHU Controllers shall support all the necessary point inputs and outputs to perform the specified control sequences in a totally standalone fashion. C. AHU Controllers shall have a library of control routines and program logic to perform the sequence operation as specified in the Execution portion of this specification. D. Occupancy-Based Standby/Comfort Mode Control: Each AHU Controller shall have a provision for occupancy sensing overrides. Based upon the contract status of either a manual wall switch or an occupancy sensing device, the AHU Controller shall automatically select either Standby or Comfort mode to minimize the heating and cooling requirements while satisfying comfort conditions. E. Continuous Zone Temperature Histories: Each AHU Controller shall automatically and continuously maintain a history of the associated zone temperature to allow users to quickly analyze space comfort and equipment performance for the past 24 hours. A minimum of two samples per hour shall be stored. F. Alarm Management: Each AHU Controller shall perform its own limit and status monitoring and analysis to maximize network performance by reducing unnecessary communications. 2.8 OPERATOR INTERFACE: A. Basic Interface Description: 1. Command Entry/Menu Selection Process: Operator Workstation interface software shall minimize operator training through the use of English language prompting, English language point identification, and industry standard PC application software. 2. The operator interface shall minimize the use of a typewriter style keyboard through the use of a mouse or similar pointing device, and "point and click" approach to menu selection. Users shall be able to start and stop equipment or change setpoints from graphical displays through the use of a mouse or similar pointing device. 3. Graphical and Text-Based Displays: At the option of the user, Operator Workstations shall provide consistent graphical or text-based displays of all system point and applications data described in this specification. Point identification, engineering units, status indication, and application naming conventions shall be the same at all workstations. 4. Multiple, Concurrent Displays: The Operator Interface shall provide the ability to simultaneously view several different types of system displays in overlapping windows to speed building analysis. For example, the interface shall provide the ability to simultaneously display a graphic depicting an air handling unit, while displaying the trend graph of several associated space temperatures to allow the INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 14 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 user to analyze the system performance. If the interface is unable to display several different types of displays at the same time, the BAS Contractor shall provide at least two operator stations. 5. Password Protection: Multiple-level password access protection shall be provided to allow the user/manager to limit workstation control, display, and data base manipulation capabilities as deemed appropriate for each user, based upon an assigned password. a. Passwords shall be exactly the same for all operator devices, including portable or panel-mounted network terminals. Any additions or changes made to password definition shall automatically cause passwords at all DDC panels on a network to be updated and downloaded to minimize the task of maintaining system security. Users shall not be required to update passwords for DDC panels individually. b. A minimum of five levels of access shall be supported: 1) Level 1 = Data Access and Display 2) Level 2 = Level 1 + Operator Overrides 3) Level 3 = level 2 + Database Modification 4) Level 4 = Level 3 + Database Generation 5) Level 5 = Level 4 + Password Add/Modification c. A minimum of 50 passwords shall be supported at each DDC panel. d. Operators will be able to perform only those commands available for their respective passwords. Menu selections displayed at any operator device, including portable or panel mounted devices, and shall be limited to only those items defined for the access level of the password used to log-on. e. User-definable, automatic log-off timers from 1 to 60 minutes shall be provided to prevent operators from inadvertently leaving devices on-line. 6. Operator Commands: The operator interface shall allow the operator to perform commands including, but not limited to, the following: a. Start-up or shutdown selected equipment b. Adjust setpoints c. Add/Modify/Delete time programming d. Enable/Disable process execution e. Lock/Unlock alarm reporting for each point f. Enable/Disable Totalization for each point g. Enable/Disable Trending for each point h. Override PID loop setpoints i. Enter temporary override schedules j. Define Holiday Schedules k. Change time/date l. Enter/Modify analog alarm limits m. Enter/Modify analog warning limits n. View limits o. Enable/Disable demand limiting for each meter p. Enable/Disable duty cycle for each load. 7. Logs and Summaries: Reports shall be generated automatically or manually, and directed to either CRT displays, printers, or disk files. As a minimum, the system shall allow the user to easily obtain the following types of reports: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 15 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 a. A general listing of all points in the network b. List of all points currently in alarm c. List of all off-line points d. List all points currently in override status e. List of all disabled points f. List all points currently locked out g. List of all items defined in "Follow-Up" file h. List all weekly Schedules i. List all Holiday Programming j. List of limits and deadbands B. Summaries shall be provided for specific points, for a logical point group, for a user-selected group of groups, or for the entire facility without restriction due to the hardware configuration of the facility management system. Under no conditions shall the operator need to specify the address of hardware controller to obtain system information. C. Dynamic Color Graphic Displays: Color graphic floor plan displays, and system schematics for each piece of mechanical equipment, including air handling units, chilled water systems, and hot water boiler systems, shall be provided as specified in the Execution portion of this specification to optimize system performance analysis and speed alarm recognition. 1. System Selection/Penetration: The operator interface shall allow users to access the various system schematics and floor plans via a graphical penetration scheme, menu selection, or text-based commands. 2. Dynamic Data Displays: Dynamic temperature values, humidity values, flow values, and status indication shall be shown in their actual respective locations, and shall automatically update to represent current conditions without operator intervention. 3. Windowing: The windowing environment of the PC Operator Workstation shall allow the user to simultaneously view several graphics at the same time to analyze total building operation, or to allow the display of a graphic associated with an alarm to be viewed without interrupting work in progress. 4. Graphics Definition Package: Graphic generation software shall be provided to allow the user to add, modify, or delete system graphic displays. a. The BAS Contractor shall provide libraries of pre-engineered screens and symbols depicting standard air handling unit components (i.e. fans, cooling coils, filters, dampers, etc.), complete mechanical systems (i.e. constant volume-terminal reheat, VAV, etc.) and electrical symbols. b. The graphic development package shall use a mouse or similar pointing device in conjunction with a drawings program to allow the user to perform the following: 1) Define symbols 2) Position and size symbols 3) Define background screens 4) Define connecting lines and curves 5) Locate, orient, and size descriptive text 6) Define and display colors for all elements 7) Establish correlation between symbols or text and associated system points or other displays. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 16 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 c. Graphical displays can be created to represent any logical grouping of system points or calculated data based upon building function, mechanical system, building layout, or any other logical grouping of points which aid the operator in the analysis of the facility. D. To accomplish this, the user shall be able to build graphic displays that include point data from multiple DDC panels, including application specific controllers used for DDC unitary or VAV terminal unit control. E. System Configuration and Definition: All temperature and equipment control strategies and energy management routines shall be definable by the Operator. System definition and modification procedures shall not interface with normal system operation and control. 1. The system shall be provided complete with all equipment and documentation necessary to allow an operator to independently perform the following functions: a. Add/Delete/Modify Standalone DDC Panels b. Add/Delete/Modify Operator Workstations c. Add/Delete/Modify Application Specific Controllers d. Add/Delete/Modify points of any type, and all associated point parameters, and tuning constants e. Add/Delete/Modify alarm reporting definition for each point. f. Add/Delete/Modify control loops g. Add/Delete/Modify energy management applications h. Add/Delete/Modify time and calendar-based programming i. Add/Delete/Modify Totalization for every point j. Add/Delete/Modify Historical Data Trending for every point k. Add/Delete/Modify custom control processes l. Add/Delete/Modify any and all graphic displays, symbols, and cross-references to point data m. Add/Delete/Modify dial-up telecommunication definition n. Add/Delete/Modify all operator passwords o. Add/Delete/Modify Alarm Messages 2. Programming Description: Definition of operator device characteristics, DDC panels, individual points, applications and control sequences shall be performed through fill-in-the-blank templates and graphical programming approach. F. Graphical programming shall allow the user to define the software configuration of DDC control logic for HVAC system control sequences, fan interlocks, pump interlocks, PID control loops, and other control relationships through the creation of graphical logic flow diagrams. a. Graphical Programming: Control sequences are created by using a mouse input device to draw interconnecting (comparisons and mathematical calculations), and outputs of a control sequence. As a minimum, graphic symbols shall be used to represent: 1) Process Inputs, such as temperature, humidity, or pressure values, status, time, date, or any other measured or calculated system data. 2) Mathematical Process Operators, such as addition, subtraction, multiplication, or greater than, equal to, less than, etc. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 17 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3) Logical Process Operators such as AND, OR, Exclusive OR, NOT, etc. 4) Time Delays 5) Process Control Outputs such as start/stop control points, analog adjust points, etc. 6) Process Calculation Outputs 7) Text file Outputs and Advisories b. Network-Wide Strategy Development: Inputs and outputs for any process shall not be restricted to a single DDC panel, but shall be able to allow the development of all other DDC panels to allow the development of network- wide control strategies. Processes shall also allow the operator to use the results of one process as the input to any number of other processes (cascading). c. Sequencing, Testing, and Simulation: A software tool shall be provided, which allows a user to simulate control sequence execution to test strategies before they are actually applied to mechanical systems. Users shall be able to enter hypothetical input data, and verify desired control response and calculation results via graphical displays and hardcopy printouts. 2. System Definition/Control Sequence Documentation: All portions of system definition shall be self-documenting to provide hardcopy printouts of all configuration and application data. Control process and DDC control loop documentation shall be provided in logical, graphical flow diagram format to allow control sequences to be easily interpreted and modified at any time in the future. 3. Database Save/Restore/Back-Up: Back-up copies of all standalone DDC panel databases shall be stored in at least one personal computer operator workstation. 4. Continuous supervision of the integrity of all DDC panel databases shall be provided. In the event that any DDC panel on the network experiences a loss of its data base for any reason, the system shall automatically download a new copy of the respective database to restore proper operation. Database back- up/Download shall occur over the local area network without operator intervention. Users shall also have the ability to manually execute downloads of any or all portions of a DDC panel's database. G. Standalone DDC panel Local or Portable Operator's Terminals: Each DDC panel shall be capable of supporting an operator's terminal for local command entry, instantaneous and historical data display, and program additions and modifications. 1. There shall be a provision for both permanently mounting the standalone DDC panel Operator Terminal, or using it as a portable handheld unit. 2. The DDC panel Operator Terminal shall simultaneously display a minimum of 6 points with full English identification to allow an operator to view single c\screen dynamic displays depicting entire mechanical systems. 3. The operator functions provided by the DDC panel Operator Terminal shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a. Start and stop Points b. Modify Setpoints c. Modify PID Loop Setpoints d. Override PID Control e. Change Time/Date INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 18 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 f. Add/Modify Start/Stop Weekly Scheduling g. Add/Modify Setpoint Weekly Scheduling h. Enter Temporary Override Schedules i. Define Holiday Schedules j. View Analog Limits k. Enter/ Modify Analog Warning Limits l. Enter/ Modify Analog Alarm Limits m. Enter/ Modify Analog Differentials n. View Point History Files 4. The DDC panel Operator Terminal shall provide access to all real or calculated points in the controller to which it is connected, or any other controller in the network. This capability shall not be restricted to a subset of predefined "global points", but shall provide totally open exchange of data between the operator terminal and any DDC panel in the network. 5. Operator access at all DDC panel operator Terminals shall be identical to each other, as well as identical to the PC or Laptop Operator Workstations. Any password changes shall automatically be downloaded to all controllers on the network. 6. The DDC panel operator terminal shall provide English language prompting to eliminate the need for the user to remember command formats or point names. Prompting shall be provided consistent with a user's password clearance and the types of points being displayed, to eliminate the possibility of operator error. 7. A multi-function touchpad shall be provided for point and command selection, as well as parameter entry. To minimize the possibility of operator error, the DDC panel Operator Terminal shall change and limit touchpad functions based upon an operator's password clearance, the function being performed, and types of points being displayed. Screen displays shall clearly indicate only valid touchpad functions. 8. Context-Sensitive Help: On-line, interactive user's "Help" manuals and tutorials shall be provided. Based upon operator request, the "help" function shall provide general system operating instructions, and specific descriptions of commands available in the currently displayed menus. 9. Identification for all real or calculated points shall be consistent for all network devices. The same English language names used at PC workstations shall be used to access points at the DDC panel Operator's Terminal to eliminate cross- reference or look-up tables. 10. In addition to instantaneous summaries, the DDC panel Operator's Terminal shall allow a user to view a Point History file for system points. Point History files shall provide a record of value of analog points over the last 24 hours, at 30-minute intervals, or a record of the last ten status changes for binary type points. 2.9 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: A. General: The Contractor shall provide control products in the sizes and capacities indicated. The existing control system shall remain and be reused as is. Additional controllers, sensors, and devices which are required to make a complete control system shall be the responsibility of the controls contractor. B. Dampers shall be constructed of a minimum of 13 gauge galvanized steel frame, 1/16" extruded aluminum air foil blades, zinc plated steel concealed in frame linkage, zinc plated steel blade pin, oil impregnated bronze bearings, self-compensating stainless steel side seals, neoprene blade seals. Leakage rates shall not exceed 7 cfm/ft2 at 4" w.c. static pressure differential for a 24" x 24" damper. Provide extended shaft for INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 19 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 proper and adequate actuator connection and operation. Damper blades shall not exceed 6" in height. C. Damper blade operation shall be as follows: APPLICATION OPERATION Modulating Air Volume Control Opposed Blade Isolation/Shut-off Service Parallel Blade D. Automatic Control Valves: 1. Control valves shall have equal percentage plugs. 2. Control Valve Construction: a. Small Valves 1/2" through 1": Valves shall be constructed with a cast brass body and screwed ends. Trim shall consist of a removable cage providing valve plug guiding throughout the entire travel range. A stainless steel stem shall be provided. Bonnet, cage and the stem and plug assembly shall be removable for servicing. Body rating shall be 400 psi at 150 deg. F. b. Valves - 1/2" through 2": Valves shall be constructed with a cast brass body and screwed ends. For special duty, valves may be selected by the control manufacturer to have either bronze or cast iron bodies with screwed or flanged ends. c. Valves - 2 - 1/2" and above: Valves shall be constructed with a cast iron body and have flanged connections. d. For motorized plug, butterfly and ball valves, the operator shall be provided with the valve by the valve manufacturer. See Section 23 05 23. e. Steam control valves shall be suitable for superheat conditions where superheat may occur in operating system conditions. 3. Control Valve Operators/Actuators: a. All automatic control valves shall be fully proportioning with modulating plugs for equal percentage of linear flow characteristics and shall be provided with actuators of sufficient power for the duty intended. Valve body and actuator selection shall be sufficient to handle system pressure which will be encountered on the project. b. Where required by the sequence of operation, valves shall be capable of being sequenced either with other valves or other pneumatically actuate devices. Where such sequencing is required the actual spring range, when adjusted for spring shift, shall be such that no overlapping occurs. In the event that spring shift can cause an overlap, a pilot positioning operator shall be furnished. c. Actuator housings shall be cast aluminum, with synthetic rubber diaphragm, spring return type. 4. Temperature control contractor and manufacturer shall size control valves for proper control characteristics for each application. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 20 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 5. Water control valves shall be sized for a pressure drop between 4 to 6 psig at full flow condition. 6. Steam control valves shall be sized as follows: a. For line pressures 15 psig and less: The pressure drop across the valve shall be 80% of the inlet gauge pressure at full flow condition. b. For line pressures greater than 15 psig: The pressure drop across the valve shall be equal to the critical pressure drop which is 45% of the absolute inlet pressure. 7. Select valves to fail in normally open or closed position as follows: a. Terminal Heating Devices: 1) Offices, Patient Care, Hospital, Public Areas and schools N.O. 2) Research labs, computer equipment rooms, telephone equipment rooms, animal holding rooms, etc. N.C. b. All humidifier Valves: N.C. c. Or as dictated by life safety, freeze protection, humidity, fire or temperature protection. 2.10 INPUTS: A. All input accuracies required by this section shall be end-to-end (from sensing point to BAS display). End-to-end accuracy includes all errors due to the sensor, transmitter, wiring and BAS signal measurement and A/D conversion. B. Thermistors or solid state sensors shall be provided for temperature sensing applications except where accuracies or ranges required cannot be met by these devices, RTD's shall be used. The sensors shall be powered by the BAS panel or Dedicated Controller. The solid state sensors shall be accurate to within ±0.5deg F. over the following ranges and meet the following requirements: 1. Room Type Instruments: 50deg F to 100deg F. For room space applications: Sensor shall be [surface] [recessed] mounted in a [plastic] [aluminum] [stainless] cover with an insulated baseplate & vandalproof screws. Each thermostat shall have the following features: a. [Exposed] [Concealed] setpoint adjustment dial with temperature graduation indication. b. Exposed graduated temperature indicating thermometer. c. All/Public area thermostats shall be provided with a plastic/stainless steel vented, lockable security cover. 2. Duct & Plenum Applications: -30deg F. to 240deg F. Supply, return, exhaust or mixed air averaging type, which shall have an extended element of sufficient length to cover the entire duct cross-section with a minimum of three passes. If a single averaging thermistor of sufficient length to meet the preceding are not INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 21 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 available then two or more sensors and AIs shall be used and averaged in software. 3. Water Temperature Applications: 30deg F to 230deg F. C. Where RTD's are required, they shall be 1000 ohm platinum type and be supplied with a 4-20 mA DC transmitter. The sensor and transmitter shall be a single unit. They shall be accurate to within ±1.0deg F. over the range of 32deg F. to 600deg F. D. Where thermocouples are required, they shall be type J and be supplied with a 4-20 mA DC transmitter. They shall be accurate to within ±2.0deg F over the range of 32 deg F to 1300 deg F. E. Provide matched temperature sensors for applications which require both inlet and outlet temperatures of any device. F. Thermowells shall be monel, brass or copper for use in copper water lines; and 300 series stainless steel for all other applications. G. Humidity Transmitter: 1. Duct humidity transmitters shall be Vaisala Model HMD60U. Transmitters shall measure relative humidity from 0-100% RH with repeatable accuracy of ±2% RH. Long range RH stability shall be better than 1% RH/year. Duct mounting enclosure shall be cast aluminum, NEMA 4. Instruments shall be temperature compensated over entire range of operation. Sensor shall utilize the registered HUMICAP H-sensor. Sensor filter shall be membrane type, 18.5 mm. Provide 4- 20 mA output signal to building automation control system. 2. Wall Mounted Humidity Transmitter: Wall mounted humidity transmitter shall be Vaisala Model HMW60U. Transmitter shall measure relative humidity from 0 to 100% RH, ±2% accuracy, wall mounted ABS plastic box, with a long range RH stability better than 1% RH/year and temperature compensated over the entire range. Sensor shall utilize the registered HUMICAP H-sensor. Sensor filter shall be membrane type 18.5 mm and a 4-20 mA output signal. a. Provide 1 spare set of filters for each transmitter Viasala No. 17039. H. Humidity and temperature calibrator kit: 1. Provide Viasala HMK41 Kit for single point calibration of air temperature and humidity transmitters. Kit shall include: a. HMI41 Sensor. b. HMP46 Probe. c. N.I.S.T. Certificate. d. 1911622 Calibration Cable. e. Carrying Case. I. Pressure Sensors, Transmitters and Differential Switches: 1. Pump/Liquid (wet) differential pressure switches shall be as manufactured by BARKSDALE with neoprene diaphragm, stainless steel internal parts, NEMA 4 housing. 2. Air Differential Pressure Transmitters shall be Modus model T30 or T40 (as required) with an accuracy of ±1% of range (including nonlinearity and INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 22 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 hysteresis), solid state circuitry, no moving parts, capacitance principle capable of sensing positive, negative and differential pressures. Transmitter shall have 4- 20 mA output signal and be powered by the control system or dedicated controller and capable of withstanding momentary overpressure of 8 times the pressure range. 3. Differential air pressure switches for filter or proof of airflow status shall be Dwyer Series 1910, with automatic reset, SPDT. 4. Hi-static pressure safety switches shall be Dwyer series 1900 MR, with manual reset, snap switch, SPDT, with repetitive accuracy within 3%. 5. Water/Liquid/Steam/Refrigerant Pressure Transmitter: Kele & Associates Model SA, stainless pressure transmitter with 4-20 mA output signal, watertight enclosure with stainless steel bulkhead fitting, accuracy of ±1% full scale, temperature compensated, 300 series stainless steel wetted parts. a. Provide Model 47S pressure snubber for applications where the transmitter is subjected to fluid hammer, pressure surge or pulsation. b. Provide Model PT steam syphon pigtail steam applications and where the fluid temperature is higher than the maximum operating temperature rating of the transmitter. 6. Air and Vacuum Pressure Transmitter: Kele & Associates Model P100GTE, solid state, 4-20 mA signal with a full scale accuracy of 1%. J. Output Devices: 1. Control Relays: Control relay contacts shall be rated for the application, with a minimum of 2 sets of Form C contacts enclosed in a dustproof enclosure. Relays shall be rated for a minimum life of one million operations. Operating time shall be 20 milliseconds or less, with release time of 10 milliseconds or less. Relays shall be equipped with coil transient suppression devices to limit transients to 150% of rated coil voltage. Provide with LED to indicate status. 2. Analog output transducers shall be of positioning type with position feedback and control internal to the transducer. As an option, position feedback may also be input to the BAS. 3. Analog output transducers shall meet the following requirements: a. 4-20 mA DC output. b. Two-pipe electromechanical design or microprocessor-based design. c. 3-15 psi output range adjustable to a 0-20 psi range minimum. d. Linearity, repeatability and hysteresis no greater than 2% of full scale. e. Air capacity of 1000 SCIM minimum. f. Air consumption of no more than 100 SCIM. g. Pressure gauges shall be installed on the branch and supply lines. h. Acceptable transducers are the Bellofram T1000, Fairchild T5700, Johnson N6810, Mamac EP-310 or an equivalent. 4. Electronic analog output transducers shall output a signal to match the controlled device. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the required signals for all controlled devices. Transducers shall be completely solid-state with no mechanical parts. 5. Time Delay Relays: Time delay relay contacts shall be rated for the application with a minimum of 2 sets of Form C contacts enclosed is a dustproof enclosure. Relays shall be rated for a minimum life of one million operations. Relays shall be equipped with coil transient suppression, devices to limit transients to 150% of INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 23 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 rated coil voltage. Delayed contact openings or closing shall be adjustable from 1 to 60 seconds with a minimum accuracy of ±2% of setting. 6. Latching Relays: Latching Relay contacts shall be rated for the application with a minimum of 2 sets of Form C contacts enclosed in a dustproof enclosure. Relays shall be rated for a minimum life of one million operations. Operating time shall be 20 milliseconds or less, with release time of 10 milliseconds or less. Relays shall be equipped with coil transient suppression devices to limit transients to 150% of rated coil voltage. 2.11 GAUGES: A. General: Provide air pressure gauges for indication of supply and control air pressure at each branch for all control valve sizes 1" and larger, as well as all control dampers, all controllers, relays and EP and PE switches. B. Air pressure gauges shall be a minimum of 1-1/2" diameter, resistant to effects of shock, pulsation and vibration, with a full scale accuracy of ±2.5%. C. Round receiver gauges for continuous indication of analog values shall be 4" dial face instruments. Gauges shall be calibrated in appropriate units for the variable being measured and shall operate through their full range on a change in air pressure from 3 to 15 psi. Accuracy shall be plus or minus 1/2% of full scale. 2.12 POSITIONERS: A. Positive positioning relays shall be provided on valve actuators and damper operators when required to provide sufficient power, sequencing and repeatability. B. Provide for smooth gradual operation over operating span adjustment of 0 to 15 psi and start point adjustment of 3 to 10 psi. 2.13 CUMULATORS, SWITCHES AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS: A. Provide all cumulators, switches and other miscellaneous items as may be required for the successful operation of the temperature regulation systems specified herein and/or shown on Drawings. B. Cumulators shall be of the positive and gradual acting type. C. Provide suitable indicating plates with all switches. D. Pressure/Electric switches shall be micro switch type. E. Range shall be 0 - 20 psi with electrical rating of 10 amperes minimum for 115V/1/60. 2.14 GAS DETECTION SENSORS: A. Carbon Dioxide Sensor: SELECT WALL OR DUCT MOUNT. Viasala GMD20 (Duct) GMW20 (Wall); , designed to monitor CO2 levels, in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 62,4-20 mA output, accuracy at 20deg C <(20ppm +1.5% of reading), 0-2000 PPM range, adjustable to 20000 ppm. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 24 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Oxygen Monitor Sensor: Davis Instruments Teledyne Model 335, with a range of 0-25% O2, 0.5% sensitivity of full scale, ±2% accuracy at constant temperature, solid state electronics, two adjustable alarm setpoints and form C relay contacts, built-in audible and visual indication, AC powered, NiCad battery back-up and battery test switch. Provide calibration equipment and span gas. 2.15 TEMPERATURE CONTROL CABINETS: A. General: All controllers and field interface devices shall be installed in control panel cabinet/enclosure as described below. B. Cabinets shall be UL listed, 14 gauge furniture grade steel, finished with baked enamel painted finish inside and out, cabinet doors shall have piano hinge and standard key cylinder locking latch. C. Cabinets shall include Lexan windows to view controls without opening the door. D. Control panels located outdoors shall be NEMA 4X. E. All devices installed in or on the control cabinet shall be labeled with a fixed mounted, color contrasted, engraved laminated plastic tags, including describing the function of the device, similar to the following example: ΔP TRANSMITTER DEVICE Label DSP-1, AHU-1 SUPPLY DUCT STATIC PRESSURE TRANSMITTER F. All pneumatic devices within the panel shall be factory prepiped. A "pneumatic terminal" numbering system shall be applied to pneumatic lines within a panel with aforementioned numbers matching pneumatic terminals shown on control diagrams. This feature is required to assist system checkout and service. G. All electrical devices within the panel shall be prewired to terminal strips with all inter-device wiring within the panel completed prior to installation of the system. H. Mount control panels adjacent to associated equipment on vibration free walls or free standing steel angle supports or "Unistrut" support stand. 2.16 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES: A. Variable frequency drives shall be arranged so that it can be operated in an open circuit mode, disconnected from the motors, for start-up adjustments and trouble shooting. B. Automatic operation shall be from a 4-20 milliamp signal follower, which shall follow a transducer signal. The signal follower shall contain the following design features. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 25 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Shall accept a transducer output signal and condition it to produce a speed reference signal for the invertor. 2. Minimum speed adjustment (Zero to Maximum RPM). C. Wire all safeties to operate both in hand and auto positions as well as drive and by-pass sections. D. Provide communication cabling and interface necessary to forward VFD computer communication information to and from the BAS/VFD. See Section 23 05 07. 2.17 HIGH & LOW TEMPERATURE LIMIT CONTROL DEVICES: A. Provide PENN A70 series or equal, DPST, manual reset, two isolated sets of contacts. Control responds to temperature along any one foot of entire element. B. Vapor charged sensing element shall be calibrated for altitude of project site. C. Provide multiple limit control devices as required to provide complete and full coverage of the entire coil face area and/or duct cross section area. 2.18 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS: A. All wiring shall be installed in conduit. See Division 26 for conduit installation requirements. Where wiring is exposed in plenum locations (i.e. open cable tray, wiring shall be plenum rated. B. Conduit and Conductors: Types as indicated in Division 26 sized per Division 26 except for low-voltage twisted pair or single jacketed cable (1/2" minimum). All low voltage conductors shall be stranded 22 gauge copper minimum; twisted pair. C. Fittings per Division 26: Bushings or nylon insulated throats are not required for jacketed cables. D. All J-boxes shall be identified and labeled per Division 26. E. All conductors and cables shall be labeled per Division 26. F. Conduit and box supports shall be per Division 26. G. Junction boxes shall be of types and sizes as indicated in Division 26. H. Conduits shall not exceed 40% maximum fill for single conductor and jacketed cables. I. Fiber Optic Cable: 1. Acceptable fiber optic cable shall include the following sizes; 50/125, 62.5/125 or 100/140. Only glass fiber is acceptable, no plastic. 2. Fiber optic cable shall only be installed and terminated by an experienced contractor. The BAS contractor shall submit to the Engineer the name of the intended contractor of the fiber optic cable with his submittal documents. J. Coaxial Cable: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 26 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Coaxial cable shall conform to RG62 or RG59 rating. 2. Provide plenum rated coaxial cable when running in return air plenums. K. All temperature control panels & controllers shall be provided with fuse protection on both incoming power load supply (primary side) and on low voltage side of control transformer (secondary side). L. Provide lightning arresters Kele & Associates Model 392-SVSR2 or equal, at all points where communication cables exit or enter the building. M. All communication cabling shall be shielded type. 2.19 END SWITCHES: A. All end switches shall be NEMA rated contacts and NEMA 4X enclosure, either SPDT, DPDT DPST as required to meet the sequence of operation, complete the points list and necessary interlocks or safeties control wiring. End switches shall be as manufactured by Cutler-Hammer or Allen-Bradley. B. All end switches shall be designed and configured to provide positive indication of a control device (i.e. damper or valve) position for the service intended. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. The Contractor shall install all equipment, control air piping/tubing, conduit and wiring parallel to building lines. B. All automatic control valves and control dampers furnished by the Temperature Control Contractor shall be installed under his supervision by the Mechanical Contractor. C. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: 1. Spare conductor capacity, equal to a minimum of (2) additional sensors shall be provided to each underfloor sensor and pendant type sensors. 2. Wiring shall be installed in conduit throughout. 3. Horizontal runs of conduit, trays, tubing or wiring shall be hung from structural members using new supports, or where feasible, utilizing existing temperature control conduit and piping. The Contractor shall verify adequacy of existing systems and warrant these systems as if they were new. Single runs of conduit, tubing or wire shall be by clevis ring and all thread rod. Multiple runs shall be by "Trapeze" or "Unistrut" supports. "Plumber's Strap" shall not be allowed. Maximum distance between supports shall be per the NEC. Existing supports shall only be used upon written concurrence by the Architect, Engineer or Owner. 4. All vertical runs of conduit or tubing shall be through new core drills. Existing core drills may be used if approved by the Owner. The installation shall be supported above each floor penetration using clamps to "Unistrut". 5. All wire that enters or leaves a building structure shall be installed with lightning protection per NEC. 6. All wire terminations shall be with compression type round hole spade lugs under a pan head screw landing; Stay-Kon or equivalent. All wire splices shall be with compression type insulated splice connectors or properly sized "wire-nut" INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 27 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 connectors. Hand twisted, soldered and/or taped terminations or splices are not acceptable. 7. Where tubing, wiring or conduit penetrates floors or walls, sleeves with bushings shall be provided for tubing and wires. The conduit or sleeve opening shall be sealed with fire proof packing so the smoke and fire rating of the wall or floor is maintained. 8. All the material installed under this contract must be mounted on, or supported from the building structure or supports furnished by this Contractor. 9. Provide an isolation valve on air line connections to each air controlled device which will be added. D. Control Wiring: 1. Run wiring in metallic conduit, tubing or raceways. Exceptions are as follows: a. NEC Class 2 low voltage wiring where not exposed to view such as above suspended ceilings, in shafts, etc., may be run in cable (when approved by code authority). b. Wiring enclosed in temperature control panels. 2. Where conduit is used, provide steel fittings. 3. Low Voltage Conductors: 18 gauge minimum, except 19 gauge may be used for home runs to central panels and 22 gauge minimum for resistance or thermistor sensing element connections. 4. Wire control interlocks and control panels, except one 120V power circuit to each temperature control panel shown on drawings and schedules shall be provided under Division 1. 5. All wiring shall comply with the requirements of local and national electrical codes. 6. Do not interlock alarms with starter switching to bypass alarm when equipment is manually disconnected. 7. Variable frequency drives shall be arranged so that it can be operated in an open circuit mode, disconnected from the motors, for start-up adjustments and trouble shooting. 8. All costs of controls, wiring conduit and associated labor shall be included in the temperature control bid. The control wiring shall be installed under the supervision of this Contractor. 3.2 ENCLOSURES: A. The tubing and wiring within all enclosures shall be run in plastic trays. Tubing and wiring within BAS panels may be run using adhesive-backed tie wraps. B. All plastic tubing shall be connected to enclosures through conduit. All copper tubing shall be connected to enclosures through bulkhead fittings. C. Mount all enclosures, including those which house BAS Panels, Slaves and Field Device Panels, so that the top of the enclosure does not exceed six feet, six inches (6'- 6"); and the center of any keypad/LCD combination does not exceed five foot, six inches (5'-6") from the floor or is less than four feet zero inches (4'-0") from the floor. D. Field Device Panels contain related Field Devices such as relays, control power (24V) transformers, output transducers, etc., that are outboard of the BAS Panels or Dedicated Controllers. Each Field Device Panel shall be mounted within an enclosure. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 28 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 The enclosures shall be provided with lockable latches that will accept a single key common to all Field Device Panels, BAS Panels and Slaves. 3.3 EXISTING CONTROLS: A. Remove all existing controls, controllers, receiver/controllers, thermostats, sensors, Field Devices, gauges, etc.; and all associated wiring, piping and mounting hardware whose functions are being replaced by the BAS. 1. When existing equipment is removed, coordinate with a detailed Method of Procedure (MOP). Do not remove until Owner reviews. 2. Refer to General Conditions. 3.4 INSTALLATION PRACTICES: A. The Contractor shall install and calibrate all Field Devices, sensors and transducers necessary for the complete operation of the I/O points described herein. B. Sensors shall be removable without shutting down the system in which they are in-stalled. C. All immersion sensors shall be installed in new, welded thermowells supplied by the Contractor. Existing thermowells may be reused with concurrence from the Owner. Coordinate any required shutdown with Owner. D. Thermistor wire leads shall be permanently terminated at panels or controllers with wire clamps. E. Where none exist, furnish and install pressure/temperature gauges adjacent to each immersion type sensor. F. Sensors shall be installed with the use of a wet or hot tap without draining the system if required. 3.5 CLEANING AND FLUSHING: A. All control air tubing shall be thoroughly cleaned before placing in operation to rid the system of dirt, piping compound, mill scale, oil, and any other material foreign to the air being circulated. 1. Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials. Flush out piping systems with clean water before proceeding with required tests. Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports and accessory items. 2. After installation of piping, but prior to installation of outlet valves, blow lines clear with Grade "D" oil-free dry air or nitrogen. 3. Control air piping which is required to be brazed shall be provided with a nitrogen purge during the brazing process. 3.6 IDENTIFICATION: A. All control air piping/tubing, J-boxes, conduit and wiring shall be labeled. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 29 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Electrical devices, wiring, conduit and J-boxes shall be labeled and identified as required by Division 26. 1. As a minimum regardless of Division 26 requirements, all temperature control J-box covers shall be painted blue [ ] in color on both sides of cover. C. Main supply control air piping and tubing shall be labeled with Brady or equivalent markers or pre-printed identification sleeves at each end and junction point, and protected. Identification scheme shall be consistent with the drawings. D. Identification shall be provided for all enclosures, panels, junction boxes, controllers or Field Devices. Laminated, bakelite nameplates shall be used. The nameplates shall be 1/16-inch thick and a minimum of 1 inch by 2 inches. The lettering shall be white on a blue [ ] background with minimum 1/4-inch high engraved letters. The nameplates shall be installed with pop rivets. 1. All new devices will be tagged. Color code to differentiate between new devices. E. Thoroughly clean the surface to which the label shall be applied with a solvent before applying the identification. Use an epoxy to affix the identification in addition to any adhesive backing on the identification. F. The plan code designation shown on all shop drawing identification shall be consistent with the contract documents. G. All I/O Field Devices that are not mounted within Field Device Panel enclosures shall be identified with engraved plastic laminated nameplates installed so that they are visible from ground level. H. The identification shall show the designation used on the record documents and identify the function such as "mixed air temperature sensor" and "fan status DP switch". I. Calibration settings shall be marked with paint or indelible ink. 3.7 LOCATIONS: A. All sensing devices and locations shall be located by the Contractor as shown on the submittal shop drawings with final review by the Engineer. B. Wall mount space sensors shall be mounted five (5) feet above finished floor. Pendant mount space sensors shall be mounted eight (8) feet above finished floor. C. Enclosures housing Field Devices shall be located immediately adjacent horizontally to the BAS panels or Slaves which are being interfaced to. 3.8 VALVES, WELLS, FLOW SWITCHES AND AUTOMATIC CONTROL DAMPERS: A. The Controls Contractor shall have his control equipment on the project site when required and give the Owner 24 hour written notice when systems must be shut down for installation. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 30 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.9 TEMPERATURE SENSORS: A. Temperature controls trades shall verify all wall mounted temperature sensors locations with the Architect/ Engineer/Owner in order to avoid interference with wall mounted and space furnishings. 1. Where interferences require moving the temperature sensor more than two feet, consult with the Architect/Engineer for relocation. B. Temperature sensors shall be mounted on suitable insulated base and secured to the wall in such a way as to be easily removed from wall without damage to the sensor. C. Check and verify location of thermostats and other exposed control sensors with plans and room details before installation. Locate thermostats 48" (1524 mm) above floor. 3.10 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND COORDINATION: A. Where existing walls are penetrated with conduit or piping, provide a fire stop assembly which meets or exceeds the original rating of the assembly. Refer to Division 23. B. Extreme care must be exercised while working in existing facilities and around operating equipment, particularly sensitive telephone switching and computer equipment. Close coordination with the Owner is required for the protection of this operating equipment from dust, dirt and construction material while maintaining the operational environment for the equipment. Under no circumstances shall the power or environmental requirements of the operating equipment be interrupted during the installation and check-out without submitting to the Architect, Owner and Engineer for approval. C. A detailed Method of Procedure (MOP) stating the steps to be taken, time schedule and impacted systems for the service interruption shall be submitted to the Architect for approval prior to beginning work. Refer to Division 1 and Division 23 for requirements. 3.11 CLEANUP: A. At the completion of the work, all equipment pertinent to this contract shall be checked and thoroughly cleaned and all other areas shall be cleaned around equipment provided under this contract. Clean the exposed surfaces of tubing, hangers, and other exposed metal of all grease, plaster, dust, or other foreign materials. B. Upon final completion of work in an area, vacuum and/or damp wipe all finished room surfaces and furnishings. Use extreme care in cleaning around telephone switching and computer equipment and under no circumstances shall water or solvents be used around this equipment. C. At the completion of the work and at the end of each work day, remove from the building, the premises, and surrounding streets, etc., all rubbish and debris resulting from the operations and leave all equipment spaces absolutely clean and ready for use. 3.12 SOFTWARE, DATABASE AND GRAPHICS: A. Software Installation: The Contractor shall provide all labor necessary to install, initialize, start-up and debug all system software as described in this section. This INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 31 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 includes any operating system software or other third party software necessary for successful operation of the system. B. Database Configuration: The Contractor will provide all labor to configure those portions of the database that are required by the points list and sequence of operation. C. Color Graphics: Unless otherwise directed by the Owner, the Contractor will provide color graphic displays for all systems which are specified with a sequence of operation, depicted in the mechanical drawings for each system and floor plan. For each system or floor plan, the display shall contain the associated points identified in the point list and allow for setpoint changes as required by the Owner. 3.13 TEMPERATURE CONTROL DRAWINGS: A. Upon completion of project and after record drawings of the temperature controls have been prepared and reviewed, the Contractor shall provide one (1) complete set of temperature controls drawings at each temperature control panel. Each set of drawings shall be laminated in a plastic coating. The drawings shall consist of only those control functions associated with the specific control panel and any relevant or pertinent network interface information. B. The laminated drawings shall have a grommet connection attached to a metal cable or chain which is mechanically fastened to the temperature control cabinet. 3.14 START UP AND TESTING: A. Prior to Beneficial Use of the BAS, the Contractor shall supply to Architect/Engineer two (2) debugged printouts of all software entered into the BAS. Also supply all users programming and engineering manuals required to interpret the software. Included in the printouts, though not limited to, shall be the following: 1. Point data base. 2. All custom control programs written in the BAS control language. 3. All parameters required for proper operation of BAS control and utility firmware such as start-stop routines, etc. 4. Printouts or plotted detailed copies of the complete interactive system graphics. B. The software printout shall be fully documented for ease of interpretation by the Architect/Engineer and Owner, without assistance from the Contractor. English language descriptions shall be either integrated with or attached to the BAS printout. Specifically, the following shall be documented: 1. All point (I/O and virtual) names. 2. All BAS Programming Language commands, functions, syntax, operators, and reserved variables. 3. Use of all BAS firmware. 4. The intended actions, decisions, and calculations of each line or logical group of lines in the custom control program(s). Sequences of operation are not acceptable for use in this documentation requirement. 5. Complete descriptions of and theories explaining all software and firmware algorithms. The algorithms to be described include, but are not limited to, PID, optimum start/stop, demand limiting, etc. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 32 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. Documentation that was supplied as part of the submittals need not be submitted at this time. D. Upon review of software, a point-to-point test of the BAS installation shall commence. The Contractor shall provide two men equipped with two-way communication and shall test actual field operation of each control and sensing point. This procedure shall occur during off hour periods. The purpose is to test the calibration, response, and action of every point. Any test equipment required to prove the proper operation of the BAS shall be provided by and operated by the Contractor. The Engineer and/Owner will be present to oversee, observe, and review the test. Demonstrate compliance that system functions per the Sequence of Operation. 1. Upon review of the point-to-point demonstration, the Contractor shall start up the BAS by putting all controlled equipment in automatic and enabling software. Contractor shall commence final software and overall BAS hardware/software debugging. 2. The point-to-point demonstration shall include any existing BAS equipment if it affects the operation of the equipment included under this contract. 3. As a minimum, existing conditions shall be maintained during system changeover. E. Final acceptance of the BAS is contingent upon a hardware/software system test. All groups of points that yield a system of control shall be tested for compliance with the sequences of operation. Included in the test, but not limited to, shall be: 1. BAS loop response. The Contractor shall supply a trend data output in graphical form showing the step response of each BAS loop. The test shall show the loop's response to a change in set point which represents a change in the actuator position of at least 25% of its full range. The sampling rate of the trend shall be from one to three minutes depending on the speed of the loop. The trend data shall show for each sample the set point, actuator position, and controlled variable values. Any loop that does not yield temperature control of + 0.2deg F or humidity control of + 3% RH shall require further tuning by the Contractor. 2. Interlocks and other sequences. 3. BAS control under HVAC equipment failure. 4. HVAC operation under BAS equipment failure. 5. Battery backup. 6. BAS control under power failure/restart. 7. Reset schedules. 8. BAS alarm reporting capability. F. A detailed test report as defined under Submittals shall be provided indicating its completion and proper system operation. G. The BAS will not be accepted as meeting the requirements of Beneficial Use until all tests described in this section have been performed to the satisfaction of both the Architect/Engineer and Owner. Any tests that cannot be performed due to circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor shall be exempt from the Beneficial Use requirements if requested in writing by the Contractor and concurred by the Owner and Architect/Engineer. Such tests shall be performed as part of the BAS warranty. 1. A typed written document stating that the system has been fully checked out on a point by point basis shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer. All documentation associated with the checkout shall be included. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 33 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.15 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: A. The Contractor shall be responsible for updating all existing Project Record Documents associated with the Scope of Work outlined in the Drawings and Specifications. B. Prior to final completion of the installation, prepare a complete set of record drawings on a clear and legible set of ANSI size 'B' (11" x 17") Mylar reproducible prints. The content, format and procedure of the submittal shall be as described by the General Conditions. C. Provide one laminated and framed set of control drawings for each new BAS control panel and one for the Facility Control Room, locate as directed by the Engineer. D. Prior to final completion of the installation, prepare three (3) operation and maintenance manuals. The information is to be inserted in the existing operation and maintenance manuals or provided in a tabbed and indexed, 3 screw and post binder. The information shall include: 1. Operator's manual with step-by-step procedures for logging on/off, interrogating the system, producing reports, acknowledging alarms, overriding computer control, and changing firmware parameters. 2. Programmer's manual with complete description of the custom control language and associated editor, including sample written programs. Provide complete sets of all programming forms, applications memorandums, and addenda to the programmer's manual. All software or firmware algorithms shall be completely described and documented. 3. Maintenance, Installation, and Engineering manual(s) that clearly explains how to debug hardware problems, how to repair or replace hardware, preventive maintenance guidelines and schedules, calibration procedures, and how to engineer and install new points, panels, and Operator Interfaces. 4. Documentation of all software. List separately all software parameters that will need updating by the Owner such as, though not limited to, holiday, seasonal and start/stop schedules, comfort and duty cycling schedules. 5. All programs, code, databases, graphic files, CADD drawings and symbol libraries generated for operation of the system shall be included as a part of the system documentation. This information shall be submitted both in hard copy bound format and magnetic media format. 6. Input/output schedules, data sheets, and all other items required under Submittals. Describe all regular maintenance that will need to be performed on the BAS hardware. List replacement parts with part numbers. 7. Complete original issue documentation and software diskettes for all third party software furnished and installed as a part of the system or required for the operation of the system including text editors, control language program and compiler, database managers, graphics and CADD packages, operating systems and communications software. 8. Complete original issue documentation, installation and operational manuals and supporting software for all third party hardware furnished and installed as a part of the system or required for the operation of the system including remote terminals, user's computer workstation, monitors, graphics and memory boards, printers and modems. 9. During the warranty period, all copies of the drawings and manuals shall be updated to include all hardware and software changes. A final update at 1 year shall be provided to the Owner. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 34 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 E. All of the above documentation shall record both the equipment installed under this contract and the exact termination to all other existing control or BAS equipment. F. The record drawings shall document the complete existing control system. This includes all mechanical equipment in work area which has automatic control. 3.16 WARRANTY: A. The Warranty period shall begin on the date of beneficial use completion as authorized by the Architect/Engineer and Owner in writing. Beneficial use shall not occur before the Contractor has performed the tests required. With these requirements met, beneficial use shall not occur until, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, the BAS is sufficiently complete to be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. 1. The warranty start date shall not begin until all phases of the Project are complete, i.e., the Project shall have a single warranty start date. B. The BAS system shall be guaranteed to be free from defects in material and workmanship and in software design and operation for a period of the warranty after completion of the contract. The Contractor shall provide the necessary skills, labor, and parts to assure the proper operation of, and to provide all required current and preventive maintenance. This warranty shall become effective starting the date of Beneficial Use completion. 1. The hardware warranty shall include all equipment which has been purchased by the Contractor. The existing hardware is not subject to the warranty requirements. 2. All software work completed by the Contractor, associated with existing hardware, is subject to the warranty requirements outlined herein. 3. The Contractor shall respond to all calls during the warranty period for all problems or questions experienced in the operation of the installed equipment and shall take steps to correct any deficiencies that may exist. 4. The response time to any problems shall be four (4) hours maximum 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. Corrective action, temporary or permanent shall be made within one business day. C. The Contractor shall perform a monthly on-site or via telephone MODEM inspection of the operation of the system. They shall report to the Owner in writing after each inspection, define any problems with the system and its operation, and define the procedure which will be taken to correct the problem. Contractor shall comment on the possible resolution of any problems that are out of the scope of their Contract. 1. Any problems shall be corrected as required by the warranty requirements. D. The system shall be polled via the telephone modem for any alarm signals or "abnormal off" messages. Upon receiving such a message the Contractor shall take indicated corrective action. E. The Contractor shall maintain a backup of all BAS software installed in the system. The backup shall be updated monthly or whenever a change to the software is made. A reload of backup software into the system shall be performed by the Contractor immediately upon notification by the Owner. The reload shall be free of charge unless it is due to a power failure of a duration longer than the battery backup. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 35 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 F. The Contractor shall optimize all control software to assure acceptable operating and space conditions, and peak energy efficiency. G. At the end of the warranty period, the Contractor shall supply updated copies of the latest versions of all Project Record Documentation. This includes final updated drawings, software documentation and magnetic media backups that include all changes that have been made to the system during the warranty period. 3.17 TRAINING: A. The Contractor shall provide 8 hours of training for the building operators. The training sessions shall be broken into 2 4-hour sessions. The training session shall be made available to the Owner prior to the end of the warranty period but after final completion of the contract. The session shall be given at the Owner's facility. Scheduling shall be approved by the Owner. The training shall focus on general design, operation, and maintenance procedures of the products installed, though not necessarily the specific system designed, and shall cover: 1. Hardware configuration including PC boards, switches, communication and point wiring, and location and installation of all sensors and control devices. 2. Hardware maintenance, calibration, troubleshooting, diagnostics, and repair instructions. 3. Operation of man-machine interface including logging on/off, interrogating the system, producing reports, acknowledging alarms, overriding computer control, and changing firmware/software parameters. 4. Programming the BAS using the editor and the design of custom control software. 5. Recovery procedures from both BAS and HVAC failures. B. The Instructor for the above session shall be an employee of the Contractor, who is qualified to provide customer training and applications support. END OF SECTION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 23 0900 - 36 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 0993 - SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Sequence of operation is hereby defined as the manner and method by which controls function. Requirements for each type of control system operation are specified in this section. B. Operating equipment, devices, and system components required for control systems are specified in other Division 23 Controls' sections of these specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: A. Provide control systems consisting of thermostats, control valves, dampers, operators, indicating devices, interface equipment, and other apparatus required to operate mechanical system and to perform functions specified. B. Provide necessary materials and field work necessary to connect control components factory supplied as part of equipment controlled, unless specified otherwise. Generally, self-contained valves, filter gauges, liquid level controllers and similar instruments, are not to be installed under this section. C. Unless specified otherwise, provide fully proportional components. D. Provide all necessary relays and signal boosters to make the system a full and operable system as required by the sequence of operation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TERMINAL UNITS' CONTROL SEQUENCES: A. Hot Water Heating Finned Tube/Baseboard: Provide wall mounted thermostat to automatically modulate a normally open two-way control valve to maintain the thermostat setting. In rooms, which also have a terminal-heating coil, thermostat shall sequence the FTR valve with the heating coil valve to maintain stat set temperature. B. Hot Water Cabinet Unit Heaters: Provide wall/unit-mounted thermostat to automatically modulate a normally open two way control valve to maintain the thermostat setting. 3.2 TERMINAL BOX CONTROL SEQUENCES: A. Constant Air Volume Without Reheat: The constant volume, pressure independent terminal box shall supply the scheduled air quantity independent of supply duct static pressure and temperature. B. Constant Air Volume With Reheat: The constant volume, pressure independent terminal box shall supply the scheduled air quantity independent of supply duct static SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR HVAC CONTROLS 23 0993 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 pressure. On a drop in temperature below set point, the thermostat shall modulate the reheat coil normally closed two-way control valve to meet set point. C. Variable Air Volume Without Reheat: The thermostat shall control the damper operator on the variable volume, pressure independent terminal box. On a drop or rise in temperature below or above set point, the thermostat shall modulate the airflow between minimum and maximum scheduled air quantities to satisfy the thermostat set point. D. Variable Air Volume with Reheat: The thermostat shall control the damper operator on the variable volume, pressure independent terminal box. On a drop in room temperature below thermostat set point, the thermostat shall modulate the airflow minimum scheduled air quantity to satisfy thermostat cooling set point. On further drop in room temperature below thermostat heating set point, the thermostat shall modulate the reheat coil normally closed two-way control valve and increase the air flow to satisfy thermostat set point. On rise in temperature above the thermostat set point, the thermostat shall close the normally closed two-way control valve and modulate the airflow to maximum scheduled air quantity. E. Variable Air Volume with Reheat Interlocked with Finned Tube Radiation, Baseboard Radiation, or Radiant Panels: The thermostat shall control the damper operator on the variable volume, 1. pressure independent terminal box. On a drop in temperature below cooling set point, the thermostat shall modulate 2. the airflow to minimum scheduled air quantity to satisfy cooling set point. On further drop in temperature below heating set point, the thermostat shall 3.modulate the radiant heat normally closed control valve to satisfy the heating set point. If thermostat has not been satisfied within a 15 minute period (adjustable) or on 4.further drop below heating set point with radiant heat at 100% open, modulate VAV box reheat normally closed two-way heating control valve to satisfy heating set point. If both reheat and radiant heat panels have been opened to 100% and the 5.thermostat has not been satisfied within a 15 minute period (adjustable), modulate the airflow to maximum scheduled air quantity. On satisfaction of thermostat, reverse this sequence. 6. 3.3 EXHAUST FANS: A. General Exhaust Fans: Exhaust air fan(s) shall run continuously with manual ON/OFF control through the Building Management System. 3.4 HUMIDIFIERS: A. All Humidifiers: On call for humidity from a system humidistat, the two-way, modulating, normally 1. closed steam control valve shall modulate open to satisfy set point. On high humidity, as sensed by a duct humidistat, the two-way modulating 2. control valve shall close and an alarm sent to the Engineer's Office. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR HVAC CONTROLS 23 0993 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.5 PACKAGE TERMINAL UNITS CONTROL SEQUENCE: A. Provide wall mounted thermostat to provide automatically change over continuous fan operation during the occupied setting/cycling of the fan motor, cycling of the refrigeration system for cooling, cycling of the heat pump heating cycle for heating and night setback controls. END OF SECTION 23 0993 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR HVAC CONTROLS 23 0993 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 1116 - STEAM SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of steam and condensate specialties of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 10 years. B. Steam and Condensate Specialty Types: Provide steam and condensate specialties of same type by same manufacturer. C. Steam and condensate specialties furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment shall meet or exceed requirements of this section. D. Codes and Standards: ASME Compliance: Manufacture and install steam and condensate specialties in 1. accordance with ASME B31.9 "Building Services Piping." 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for each type of steam and condensate specialty. Submit schedule indicating manufacturer's figure number, size, location, rated capacities, and features for each required steam and condensate specialty. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturers' assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weights, required clearances, and method of assembly of components. C. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products in accordance with requirements of Divisions 1 and 23. D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and spare parts lists for each type of steam and condensate specialty. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Divisions 1 and 23 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Steam Traps: 1. a. Armstrong Machine Works b. Hoffman Specialty ITT c. Spirax - Sarco d. Watson - McDaniel STEAM SPECIALTIES 23 1116 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 e. Mepco f. Nicholson Steam Steam Vents: 2. a. Armstrong Machine Works b. Hoffman Specialty ITT; Fluid Handling Div. c. Spirax - Sarco d. Watson - McDaniel e. Mepco f. Nicholson Steam Steam Vacuum Breakers: 3. a. Johnson Corp. b. Spriax - Sarco Steam Safety Valves: 4. a. Kunkle Valve Co., Inc. b. Lonergan c. Watts Regulator Co. d. North American Safety Valve Industries, Inc. e. Spirax-Sarco f. Armstrong Machine Works 2.2 STEAM AND CONDENSATE SPECIALTIES: A. General: Provide factory-fabricated steam and condensate specialties recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. Provide steam and condensate specialties of types, capacities, and pressure ratings indicated for each service, or if not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by the manufacturer to make the system complete and operating properly. Provide sizes as indicated, and connections, which properly mate with pipe, tube, and equipment connections. All traps on the project shall be supplied by one manufacturer, multiple manufacturers of different trap types will not be accepted. 2.3 TRAP SIZING: A. For constant steam pressure applications using either inverted buckets or float and thermostatic traps as indicated on the drawings, use a 2:1 safety factor at the operating pressure differential between the supply pressure and the return line pressure the trap discharges into. B. For modulating steam pressure using either inverted buckets or float and thermostatic traps as indicated on the drawings use the following sizing criteria: For 0-15 psig supply steam service, size traps at .5 psi pressure differential using 1.a 2:1 safety factor. C. Sizing of steam traps is to be based on condensate discharge at saturated steam temperatures. Water discharge capacities are not acceptable. STEAM SPECIALTIES 23 1116 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.4 THERMOSTATIC TRAPS: A. General: Provide thermostatic traps as indicated, with body constructed of cast brass, with integral ball joint union, and screw-in top. Provide thermostatic element of diaphragm or bellows type, with stainless steel valve cone and renewable stainless steel valve seats. Design trap for discharging condensate, air, and other non- condensable gases without loss of steam at steam operating pressures. 2.5 FLOAT AND THERMOSTATIC TRAPS: A. General: Provide float and thermostatic traps as indicated, with body and cover constructed or cast iron or semi-steel, pressure rated to 175 psig, designed so all internal parts are accessible without disturbing piping. Provide thermostatic air vent shall be austenitic stainless steel and brass cage with a phosphor-bronze balanced pressure bellow. Provide austenitic stainless steel float with positive snap-action valve mechanism, stainless steel valve and renewable seat. Design trap for discharging condensate, air,and other non-condensable gases without loss of steam at system operating pressures. B. F & T traps shall have the following features: Integral vacuum breaker 1. 2.6 INVERTED BUCKET TRAPS: A. General: Provide inverted bucket traps with body and cover constructed of cast iron pressure rated for 250 psi, designed so internal parts are accessible without disturbing piping. Construct bucket of austenitic stainless steel, and lever mechanism of heat treat stainless steel, operating on knife edges for friction-free performance. Construct removable seats and plungers of heat treated stainless steel. Trap shall continuously vent non-condensable gases. B. Inverted bucket traps shall have the following features: Scrub wire bucket with a vent scrub wire. 1. Bucket with a thermostatically controlled air vent. 2. Integral stainless steel check valve. 3. Pop drain condensate drain for low pressure/freezing applications. 4. LV bucket with increased air-venting capacity. 5. 2.7 THERMODYNAMIC TRAPS: A. General: Provide thermodynamic traps as indicated, with body and cover constructed of stainless steel, pressure rated for 600 psi, designed so internal parts are accessible without disturbing piping. Construct disc of heat treated stainless steel. Strainer: Provide integral inlet strainer built into trap body. 1. Blow Down Valve: Provide blow down valve fitted on strainer blow down 2.connection. Insulated Cap: Provide insulated cap sized to fit over trap cover. 3. STEAM SPECIALTIES 23 1116 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.8 STEAM VENTS: A. General: Provide steam vents for venting of air and non-condensable gases from steam piping system. Quick Vents: Cast-brass body and bottom, with thermostatic bellows, and 1.removable vent port with vacuum check. Float Vents: Cast-iron body, cast-brass bottom, seamless-brass float, 2.thermostatic bellows, removable stainless steel seat, monel metal plunger, and vacuum check disks. 2.9 STEAM VACUUM BREAKER: A. Ball-check design, providing positive closure under pressure, and opening under less than 1inch mercury vacuum. Minimum 250 psig working pressure. 2.10 STEAM SAFETY VALVES: A. General: Provide steam safety valves as indicated, of size and capacity as selected by Installer for proper relieving capacity, in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Bronze Safety Valves: Construct housing of cast bronze, disc and nozzle of 1.forged copper alloy, lap seats to optical flatness. Set valve to relieve at 10 psi above operating pressure. Cast-Iron Safety Valves: Construct of cast iron, with all stainless steel trim, fully 2. enclosed spring. Set valve to relieve at 10 psi above operating pressure. Drip Pan Elbows: Provide drip pan elbows on steam safety valves required to 3. discharge to outdoors. Construct of cast iron, with bottom drain and pan drain connections. 2.11 STRAINERS: A. See Section 23 05 18 - “Piping Specialties”. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which steam and condensate specialties are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF STEAM AND CONDENSATE SPECIALTIES: A. General: Install steam and condensate specialties as indicated, and in accessible locations to permit service. When located behind heating enclosures, center steam and condensate specialties on access door. Install in neat and workmanlike manner. Use only wrenches having square flat jaws, or non-metallic strap wrenches on brass specialties; wrench marks will not be permitted. B. Each trap shall have a check valve on its downstream side or exiting pipe. STEAM SPECIALTIES 23 1116 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. Thermostatic Traps: Install on outlet of each steam heating terminal unit, and elsewhere as indicated. D. Float and Thermostatic Traps: Install where indicated. Install strainer ahead of trap, union and shut-off valve on inlet and outlet. E. Inverted Bucket Traps: Install on high pressure steam piping and where indicated. Install strainer ahead of trap, union and shut-off valve on inlet and outlet. F. Thermodynamic Traps: Install on high pressure steam piping as indicated. Install strainer ahead of trap, union and shut-off valve on inlet and outlet. G. Steam Terminal Inlet Valves: Install on inlet to each steam heating room terminal which is not automatically controlled, and elsewhere as indicated. Install with stem in vertical upright position and in accessible position. Install stem extension in top of radiation cover where indicated. H. Provide inverted bucket trap for steam drip for all low points in the piping system and all other locations where condensate may collect whether shown on the drawings or not. Provide all piping accessories per piping details shown on drawings. I. Steam Vents: Install where indicated. Install shutoff valve between float vents and steam piping, pipe outlet to suitable plumbing drain, or as indicated. J. Pressure Reducing Valves: Install as indicated, in accessible location to permit service. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. K. Strainers: Install upstream of control valves, pressure reducing valves, and temperature/pressure regulating valves and as shown on drawings. Install in horizontal position to prevent strainer from trapping liquid. END OF SECTION 23 1116 STEAM SPECIALTIES 23 1116 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 2213 - STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. This section includes low and high pressure steam and condensate piping for system. Materials and equipment specified in this Section include: Pipes and fittings 1. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: Refer to other Division 23 sections for materials and methods for sealing pipe 1. penetrations through basement walls and fire/smoke barriers, gauges, thermometers, flow meters, mechanical identification, mechanical insulation, condensate pumps and receiver sets, and temperature control valves and sensors. 1.2 SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION: A. The steam and condensate piping systems for this project is a two-pipe, mechanical flow. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop drawings, detailing dimensions, methods of assembly of components, and location and size of each field connection for flash tanks. B. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products in accordance with requirements of Division 23. C. Maintenance data, including data for steam and condensate specialties and special duty valves. Refer to Division 23. D. Welders' certificates certifying that welders meet the quality requirements specified in Quality Assurance below. E. Certification of compliance with specified ASTM, ASME, and ANSI manufacturing requirements for pipe, fittings, and specialties. F. Test reports specified in Part 3 of this section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of steam and condensate piping products, of types, materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Installer's Qualifications: Personnel with at least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects with steam and condensate piping work similar to that required for the project. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 2213 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the provisions of the following: ASME B 31.9 "Building Services Piping: for materials, products, and installation. 1. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label. ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code," Section IX, "Welding and Brazing 2. Qualification" for qualifications for welding processes and operators. Local Mechanical Code. 3. UMC Compliance: Fabricate and install steam and condensate piping in 4.accordance with IAPMO "Uniform Mechanical Code." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS: A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials and products complying with ASME B31.9 Code for Building Services Piping where applicable. Base pressure rating on steam and condensate piping systems maximum design pressures. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings and materials which match pipe materials used in steam and condensate piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option. 2.2 PIPE AND TUBE MATERIALS: A. Steam and Condensate Piping: Low (15 psig and under) and Medium (15 psi to 100 psig) Pressure Steam 1. Supply: a. Piping, 2 Inches and Under: 1) Pipe: Schedule 40, black steel, threaded and coupled. 2) Joint: Screwed, above ground; welded, below ground. 3) Fittings: Screwed, black cast-iron, 125 lb.; welded, forged steel socket weld type, 300 lb. (WOG). b. Piping, 2-1/2 Inches and Over: 1) Pipe: Schedule 40, black steel, beveled ends. 2) Fittings: Schedule 40 steel, butt weld type. 3) Flanges: 150 lb. forged steel, welding neck type. Low (15 psig and under) and Medium (15 psi to 100 psig) Pressure Steam 2.Condensate: a. Piping, 2 Inches and Under: 1) Pipe: Schedule 80, black steel threaded and coupled. 2) Joints: Screwed above ground, welded below ground. 3) Fittings: Black cast iron, 125 lb. b. Piping, 2-1/2 Inches and Over: STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 2213 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1) Schedule 80, black steel, beveled ends. 2) Fittings: Schedule 80, steel, butt weld type. 3) Flanges: 150 lb. forged steel, welding neck type with bore to match pipe. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which steam and condensate piping materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATIONS: A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate the general location and arrangement of the piping systems. Location and arrangement of piping layout take into consideration pipe sizing and friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. So far as practical, install piping as indicated. Refer to individual system specifications for requirements for coordination drawing submittals. B. Use fittings for all changes in direction and all branch connections. C. Conceal all pipe installations in walls, pipe chases, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or floors, unless indicated to be exposed to view. D. Install piping at right angles and parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not permitted, unless expressly indicated. E. Install piping free of sags or bends and with ample space between piping to permit proper insulation applications. F. Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other permanent elements of the building. Provide space to permit insulation applications, with 1 inch clearance outside the insulation. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for panel removal. G. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. Install drains at low points in mains, risers, and branch lines consisting of a tee fitting, ¾” ball valve, and short ¾” threaded nipple and cap. H. Wall Penetrations: Where pipes pass through fire rated walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors, maintain the fire rated integrity. Refer to Division 23 for sealers and materials. I. Install steam supply piping at a uniform grade of 1 inch in forty feet downward in the direction of flow. J. Install branch connections to supply mains using 45 degree fittings in main with take-off out the top of the main. Use of 90 degree "tee" fittings is permissible, where use of 45 degree fittings are not practical. Where the length of a branch takeoff is less than 10 feet, pitch branch line down toward mains, 1 inch per twenty feet. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 2213 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 K. Make reductions in pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with the level side down. L. Install unions in pipes 2 inches and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connections each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required on flanged devices. M. Install flexible connectors at inlet and discharge connections to pumps and other vibration producing equipment. N. Pitch steam condensate return lines towards flash tank. If more than one condensate line discharges into flash tank, install a swing check valve in each line. Install a thermostatic air vent at the top of the tank. Install an inverted bucket or float and thermostatic trap at the low pressure condensate outlet, sized for triple the condensate load. Install a safety relief valve at the tank top. Install a pressure gauge, gate valve, and swing check valve on the low pressure (flash) steam outlet. O. Anchor piping to ensure proper direction of expansion and contraction. Install expansion loops and joints as indicated on the Drawings and specified in Division 23 Section "Anchors and Supports." P. Install drip legs at low points and natural drainage points in the system, such as at the ends on mains, bottom of risers, and ahead of pressure regulators, control valves, isolation valves, pipe bends, and expansion joints. On straight runs with no natural drainage points, install drip legs at intervals not 1. exceeding 200 feet where pipe is pitched down in the direction of the steam flow and a maximum of 150 feet where the pipe is pitched up so that condensate flow is opposite of steam flow. Extend drip legs at vertical risers beyond the rise. 2. Provide an 18 inch long drip leg. For steam mains smaller than 6 inches, provide 3.line size drip leg. In steam mains 6 inches and larger, provide drip legs sized 2 pipe sizes smaller than the main, but not less than 4 inches. Strainer blowdowns shall be equipped with ball valves with hose end and cap to 4. allow removal of dirt and scale. Install steam traps close to drip legs. 5. 3.3 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. General: Hanger, supports, and anchors devices are specified in Division 23 Section "Supports and Anchors." B. Install the following pipe attachments: Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20 feet in 1.length. Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal runs 20 feet 2.or longer. Pipe roller complete - MSS Type 44 for multiple horizontal runs, 20 feet or longer, 3.supported on a trapeze. Spring hangers to support vertical runs. 4. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 2213 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.4 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION: A. Welded Joints: Comply with the requirements in ASME Code B31.9 - "Building Services Piping." B. Threaded Joints: Conform to ANSI B1.20.1, tapered pipe threads for field cut threads. Join pipe, fittings, and valves as follows: Note the internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of 1. internal seat or wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint. Align threads at point of assembly. 2. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads (except 3.where dry seal threading is specified). Assemble joint to appropriate thread depth. When using a wrench on valves 4.place the wrench on the valve end into which the pipe is being threaded. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe with threads which are corroded or 5.damaged. If a weld opens during cutting or threading operations, that portion of pipe shall not be used. C. Flanged Joints: Align flanges surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly to appropriate torque specified by the bolt manufacturer. 3.5 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: A. Piping size for supply and return shall be same size as the equipment connections. B. Install traps and control valves in accessible locations as close as possible to the equipment. C. Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. Where multiple, parallel control valves are installed, only one bypass is required. D. Install vacuum breaker downstream from the control valve and bypass, and as close as possible to the coil inlet connection. E. Install pressure gauges at coil inlet connections. F. Provide an appropriate trap, sized at 3 times the condensate load of the equipment, at ½ psig differential at outlet of coils and at drip leg. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Preparation for testing: Prepare steam and condensate piping in accordance with ASME B 31.9 and as follows: Leave joints including welds uninsulated and exposed for examination during the 1. test. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints which cannot sustain the 2. reactions due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are not practical, isolate expansion joints from testing. Flush system with clean water. Clean strainers. 3. STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 2213 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 Isolate equipment that is not to be subjected to the test pressure from the piping. 4.If a valve is used to isolate the equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing against the test pressure without damage to the valve. Flanged joints at which blinds are inserted to isolate equipment need not be tested. Install relief valve set at a pressure not more than 1/3 higher than the test 5.pressure, to protect against damage by expansion of liquid or other source of overpressure during the test. B. Testing: Test steam and condensate piping as follows: Use ambient temperature water as the testing medium, except where there is a 1.risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid may be used if it is safe for workmen and compatible with the piping system components. Use traps installed at high points in the system to release trapped air while filling 2. the system. Use drip legs installed at low points for complete removal of the liquid. Examine system to see that equipment and parts that cannot withstand test 3.pressures are properly isolated. Examine test equipment to ensure that it is tight and that low pressure filling lines are disconnected. Subject piping system to a hydrostatic test pressure which at every point in the 4. system is not less than 1.5 times the design pressure. The test pressure shall not exceed the maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in the system under test. Make a check to verify that the stress due to pressure at the bottom of vertical runs does not exceed either 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength, or 1.7 times the "SE" value in Appendix A of ASME B31.9. Hydrostatic Test: The test shall be accomplished by hand pumping the system to 5. the specified water pressure, and maintaining that pressure until the entire system has been inspected for leaks, but in no case for a time period of less than four hours. a. Steam and Condensate Systems: 100 psig or 150 percent of system pressure, whichever is greater. After the hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 4 hours, examine 6. piping joints and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components as appropriate, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks. 3.7 CLEANING: A. After testing a hydronic system for proper operation of all automatic devices and controls, operate the entire system for one week, then drain and wash out with caustic soda. Immediately rinse system with water. Clean the strainer baskets and refill the system with system media and leave in proper working order. After the system has been in operation for one month, thoroughly check all automatic control valves for water or steam leakage and where necessary, clean and repair same. END OF SECTION 23 2213 STEAM AND CONDENSATE HEATING PIPING 23 2213 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 2216 - STEAM SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of steam and condensate specialties of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 10 years. B. Steam and Condensate Specialty Types: Provide steam and condensate specialties of same type by same manufacturer. C. Steam and condensate specialties furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment shall meet or exceed requirements of this section. D. Codes and Standards: ASME Compliance: Manufacture and install steam and condensate specialties in 1.accordance with ASME B31.9 "Building Services Piping." 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for each type of steam and condensate specialty. Submit schedule indicating manufacturer's figure number, size, location, rated capacities, and features for each required steam and condensate specialty. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturers' assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weights, required clearances, and method of assembly of components. C. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products in accordance with requirements of Divisions 1 and 23. D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and spare parts lists for each type of steam and condensate specialty. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Divisions 1 and 23 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Steam Traps: 1. a. Armstrong Machine Works b. Hoffman Specialty ITT c. Spirax - Sarco d. Watson - McDaniel e. Mepco f. Nicholson Steam Steam Vents: 2. a. Armstrong Machine Works b. Hoffman Specialty ITT; Fluid Handling Div. c. Spirax - Sarco d. Watson - McDaniel e. Mepco f. Nicholson Steam Steam Vacuum Breakers: 3. a. Johnson Corp. STEAM SPECIALTIES 23 2216 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 b. Spriax - Sarco 2.2 STEAM AND CONDENSATE SPECIALTIES: A. General: Provide factory-fabricated steam and condensate specialties recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. Provide steam and condensate specialties of types, capacities, and pressure ratings indicated for each service, or if not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by the manufacturer to make the system complete and operating properly. Provide sizes as indicated, and connections, which properly mate with pipe, tube, and equipment connections. All traps on the project shall be supplied by one manufacturer, multiple manufacturers of different trap types will not be accepted. 2.3 TRAP SIZING: A. For constant steam pressure applications using either inverted buckets or float and thermostatic traps as indicated on the drawings, use a 2:1 safety factor at the operating pressure differential between the supply pressure and the return line pressure the trap discharges into. B. For modulating steam pressure using either inverted buckets or float and thermostatic traps as indicated on the drawings use the following sizing criteria: For 0-15 psig supply steam service, size traps at .5 psi pressure differential using 1.a 2:1 safety factor. For 16-30 psig supply steam service, size traps at 2 psi pressure differential 2. using a 2:1 safety factor. For 31 psig at greater supply steam service, size traps at 1/2 of the maximum 3. pressure differential across the trap using a 3:1 safety factor. C. Sizing of steam traps is to be based on condensate discharge at saturated steam temperatures. Water discharge capacities are not acceptable. 2.4 THERMOSTATIC TRAPS: A. General: Provide thermostatic traps as indicated, with body constructed of cast brass, with integral ball joint union, and screw-in top. Provide thermostatic element of diaphragm or bellows type, with stainless steel valve cone and renewable stainless steel valve seats. Design trap for discharging condensate, air, and other non- condensable gases without loss of steam at steam operating pressures. 2.5 FLOAT AND THERMOSTATIC TRAPS: A. General: Provide float and thermostatic traps as indicated, with body and cover constructed or cast iron or semi-steel, pressure rated to 175 psig, designed so all internal parts are accessible without disturbing piping. Provide thermostatic air vent shall be austenitic stainless steel and brass cage with a phosphor-bronze balanced pressure bellow. Provide austenitic stainless steel float with positive snap-action valve mechanism, stainless steel valve and renewable seat. Design trap for discharging condensate, air,and other non-condensable gases without loss of steam at system operating pressures. B. F & T traps shall have the following features: Integral vacuum breaker 1. 2.6 INVERTED BUCKET TRAPS: A. General: Provide inverted bucket traps with body and cover constructed of cast iron pressure rated for 250 psi, designed so internal parts are accessible without disturbing piping. Construct bucket of austenitic stainless steel, and lever mechanism of heat treat stainless steel, operating on knife edges for friction-free performance. Construct removable seats and plungers of heat treated stainless steel. Trap shall continuously vent non-condensable gases. STEAM SPECIALTIES 23 2216 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Inverted bucket traps shall have the following features: Scrub wire bucket with a vent scrub wire. 1. Bucket with a thermostatically controlled air vent. 2. Integral stainless steel check valve. 3. Pop drain condensate drain for low pressure/freezing applications. 4. LV bucket with increased air-venting capacity. 5. 2.7 THERMODYNAMIC TRAPS: A. General: Provide thermodynamic traps as indicated, with body and cover constructed of stainless steel, pressure rated for 600 psi, designed so internal parts are accessible without disturbing piping. Construct disc of heat treated stainless steel. Strainer: Provide integral inlet strainer built into trap body. 1. Blow Down Valve: Provide blow down valve fitted on strainer blow down 2. connection. Insulated Cap: Provide insulated cap sized to fit over trap cover. 3. 2.8 STEAM VENTS: A. General: Provide steam vents for venting of air and non-condensable gases from steam piping system. Quick Vents: Cast-brass body and bottom, with thermostatic bellows, and 1.removable vent port with vacuum check. Float Vents: Cast-iron body, cast-brass bottom, seamless-brass float, 2. thermostatic bellows, removable stainless steel seat, monel metal plunger, and vacuum check disks. 2.9 STEAM VACUUM BREAKER: A. Ball-check design, providing positive closure under pressure, and opening under less than 1inch mercury vacuum. Minimum 250 psig working pressure. 2.10 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES: A. General: Provide pressure reducing valves where indicated, of size, capacity and pressure rating as scheduled. Provide pilot-actuated, diaphragm type. Construct valve body of cast iron with hardened stainless steel trim. Provide replaceable valve head and seat. Provide cover over pilot diaphragm for protection against dirt accumulation. B. The pressure reducing valve(s) shall function quietly and provide shut-tight on a dead end shut-off. There shall be no springs in the path of the steam and no stuffing boxes. All parts must be easily accessible without removal of the valve from the line. The pilot valve shall be separate from the main valve and connected to it by unions. A pilot strainer shall be built in the pilot inlet. 2.11 STEAM SAFETY VALVES: A. General: Provide steam safety valves as indicated, of size and capacity as selected by Installer for proper relieving capacity, in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Bronze Safety Valves: Construct housing of cast bronze, disc and nozzle of 1.forged copper alloy, lap seats to optical flatness. Set valve to relieve at 10 psi above operating pressure. Cast-Iron Safety Valves: Construct of cast iron, with all stainless steel trim, fully 2.enclosed spring. Set valve to relieve at 10 psi above operating pressure. Drip Pan Elbows: Provide drip pan elbows on steam safety valves required to 3.discharge to outdoors. Construct of cast iron, with bottom drain and pan drain connections. STEAM SPECIALTIES 23 2216 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.12 STRAINERS: A. See Section 23 05 18 - “Piping Specialties”. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which steam and condensate specialties are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF STEAM AND CONDENSATE SPECIALTIES: A. General: Install steam and condensate specialties as indicated, and in accessible locations to permit service. When located behind heating enclosures, center steam and condensate specialties on access door. Install in neat and workmanlike manner. Use only wrenches having square flat jaws, or non-metallic strap wrenches on brass specialties; wrench marks will not be permitted. B. Each trap shall have a check valve on its downstream side or exiting pipe. C. Thermostatic Traps: Install on outlet of each steam heating terminal unit, and elsewhere as indicated. D. Float and Thermostatic Traps: Install where indicated. Install strainer ahead of trap, union and shut-off valve on inlet and outlet. E. Inverted Bucket Traps: Install on high pressure steam piping and where indicated. Install strainer ahead of trap, union and shut-off valve on inlet and outlet. F. Thermodynamic Traps: Install on high pressure steam piping as indicated. Install strainer ahead of trap, union and shut-off valve on inlet and outlet. G. Steam Terminal Inlet Valves: Install on inlet to each steam heating room terminal which is not automatically controlled, and elsewhere as indicated. Install with stem in vertical upright position and in accessible position. Install stem extension in top of radiation cover where indicated. H. Provide inverted bucket trap for steam drip for all low points in the piping system and all other locations where condensate may collect whether shown on the drawings or not. Provide all piping accessories per piping details shown on drawings. I. Steam Vents: Install where indicated. Install shutoff valve between float vents and steam piping, pipe outlet to suitable plumbing drain, or as indicated. J. Pressure Reducing Valves: Install as indicated, in accessible location to permit service. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. K. Strainers: Install upstream of control valves, pressure reducing valves, and temperature/pressure regulating valves and as shown on drawings. Install in horizontal position to prevent strainer from trapping liquid. END OF SECTION 23 2216 STEAM SPECIALTIES 23 2216 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 2500 - HVAC WATER TREATMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of water treatment system work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules and by requirements of this section, and includes necessary equipment, chemicals, and service for the following systems: 1. Closed Hot Water Systems 2. Closed Chilled Water Systems 3. Steam Systems 4. Water Conditioners 5. Cleaning of Piping Systems 6. Sterilization of Domestic Water System B. Provide chemicals and service program for a period of one year from start-up date of equipment, including the following: 1. Initial water analysis and recommendations. 2. Systems start-up assistance. 3. Training of operating personnel. 4. Periodic field service and consultation. 5. Customer report charts and log sheets. 6. Laboratory technical assistance. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's and Representative Qualifications. Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of water treatment equipment, chemical and service shall have been active in the field of industrial water treatment and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years, and shall have full-time service personnel located within the trading area of job site. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ASME Compliance: Construct softener tanks in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, provide stamp and certification. 2. UL Labels: Provide water conditioners ancillary electrical components, which have been listed and labeled by UL. 3. NEMA Standards: Provide electrical controls and enclosures conforming to applicable standards of NEMA for environment where water conditioners are indicated. 4. NSE Compliance: Construct and install water conditioners in accordance with NSF Standard 44 "Cation Exchange Water Softeners Relating to Supplementary Treatment of Potable Water." 5. Chemical Standards: Provide only chemical products, which are acceptable under state and local public health and pollution control regulations. HVAC WATER TREATMENT 23 2500 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product including rated capacities of selected equipment clearly indicating water pressure drops, weights, installation and start-up instructions, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components. C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring to water treatment equipment. Submit manufacturer's ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory-installed and portions to be field-installed. D. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products in accordance with requirements of Divisions 1 and 23. E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each item of equipment, control, and accessory; including "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and wiring diagrams in maintenance manual, in accordance with requirements of Division 23. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Handle water treatment materials and components carefully to prevent damage, breaking, denting and scoring to materials and equipment. Deliver packaged units in original crates. Do not install damaged water treatment materials and components; remove from site and replace with new. B. Store water treatment materials and components in an environment satisfactory to prevent their damage by the elements. 1.5 EXTENDED MAINTENANCE SERVICES: A. Agreement to Maintain: Prior to time of final acceptance, submit four copies of "Agreement for continued Service and Maintenance" for water treatment system, for Owner's possible acceptance. Offer terms and conditions for furnishing chemicals and providing continued testing and servicing, and including replacement of materials and equipment, for one-year period with option for renewal of Agreement by Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPLIERS: A. Suppliers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Water Treatment System: a. Summitt Labs b. Mogul Div. HVAC WATER TREATMENT 23 2500 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 c. International Chemtex 2. Water Conditioners and Filtering Equipment: a. Columbia Water Conditioning Co. b. Permuitt c. Culligan d. US Filter 2.2 CLOSED SYSTEMS: A. Provide a closed system chemical feed and control system sized and equipped to treat the raw makeup water available at the project site. B. Except as otherwise indicated, provide closed water treatment system of manufacturer's standard materials and components as indicated by published product information, and as recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CLEANING OF PIPE LINE: A. The water treatment contractor shall be responsible for furnishing the cleaning material and supervising the chemical cleaning of the chilled and/or heating piping. B. The system to be cleaned shall be filled with a solution of 10% by weight of a heavy duty alkaline liquid cleaner. The cleaner shall be capable for wetting and penetrating heavy soil deposits of oil or grease, and keeping these products in suspension, for removal through a Filter Feeder. C. The cleaning solution shall be circulated for a minimum of 8 hours, with the Filter Feeder being back-washed as required to remove solids which have been cleaned from the system. D. At the end of the cleaning period, the alkalinity in the system shall be reduced to the pH of the incoming raw water. The system shall then be chemically treated as specified. In no case shall the system being cleaned be left in an untreated condition for more than 8 hours. E. At the conclusion of the cleaning operation, the Water Treatment Contractor shall certify in writing that the system was cleaned as specified. F. The system to be cleaned shall be filled with a solution of 10 percent by weight of a heavy duty alkaline liquid cleaner. The cleaner shall be capable of wetting and penetrating heavy soil deposits of oil or grease, and keeping these products in suspension, for removal through flushing the system to drain. G. The cleaning solution shall be circulated for a minimum of 8 hours. At the end of the eight hours, the system shall be flushed to drain, and then refilled with fresh water, taking care to remove any entrapped air from the system. HVAC WATER TREATMENT 23 2500 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 H. At the end of the cleaning period, the system shall be chemically treated as specified. In no case shall the system being cleaned be left in an untreated condition for more than 8 hours. I. At the conclusion of the cleaning operation, the Water Treatment Contractor shall certify in writing that the system was cleaned as specified. 3.2 CLEANING OF OLD RUSTY SCALED HYDRONIC SYSTEMS: A. The Water Treatment Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing the cleaning material and supervising the chemical cleaning of the chilled and/or heating piping. B. A Filter Feeder shall be installed across the suction and pressure side of the circulated water system to be cleaned. C. The system to be cleaned shall be filled with a solution of 1000 ppm HEDP (phosphonate), and the pH adjusted between 7 to 8.5 to break up existing corrosion, which will be removed through the Filter Feeder, as outlined in B. above. This material should be continuously circulated throughout the system over a period of two weeks, and the Filter Feeder flushed as required, with the understanding that the chemical will also remove some new metal from the existing pipes. D. At the end of two weeks, the chemicals should be removed from the system, and the system flushed out with fresh city water and chemically treated with an inhibitor as specified. IN no case shall the system be left in an untreated condition for more than 8 hours. E. At the conclusion of the cleaning operation, the Water Treatment Contractor shall certify in writing that the system was cleaned as specified. 3.3 CHLORINATION: A. Acceptable products are: Liquid Chlorine [Fed. Spec. BB-C120B] Hypochlorite [Fed. Spec 0-C-114, Type 11, Grade B] [Fed. Spec. 0-S-60D, Grade A or B] B. After all pressure tests have been performed and piping has been flushed clean, the chemical treatment contractor shall be responsible for sterilizing the domestic water lines and fire protection lines. C. Chlorination procedures shall comply with local code and health department regulations. 1. The Mechanical Contractor shall inform the General Contractor that the water system is to be chlorinated 48 hours in advance, so that arrangements can be made for other trades not to use the water. 2. Before commencing the chlorination process, the Water Treatment Contractor shall post signs at each water fountain, and on each restroom door, stating that the water is not fit for drinking, and that the water is being chlorinated. HVAC WATER TREATMENT 23 2500 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3. Introduce sufficient chlorine into the domestic water system to provide a dosage of not less than 50 parts per million at each faucet and valve. The chlorine solution shall then be allowed to stand for a minimum of 24 hours in the system. 4. At the end of 24 hours test shall be made for residual chlorine at the extreme end of the system from the point where chlorine was introduced. If chlorine residual is less than 10 ppm, the chlorination procedure shall be repeated. 5. Flush the system with a clean supply of water until the chlorine residual in the system is reduced to less than 1 ppm, or to the chlorine residual of the supply water. During the flushing, each faucet and valve in the system shall be opened and closed a minimum of 4 times. 6. After 24 hours, the water treatment representative will have samples taken and tested by an independent laboratory. The system must be free of bacteriological contamination. If the system is contaminated, it shall be re-chlorinated until a satisfactory test is made. 7. The Water Treatment Contractor shall write a letter, informing the Mechanical Contractor that the building has been successfully chlorinated, and that the water is fit for human consumption. 3.4 TESTING A. Closed Systems: 1. Provide a Nitrite "Drop Test" kit for determining the level of Nitrite or Molybdate in the closed system. 3.5 INSTALLATION: A. Coordination where installation of Water Treatment equipment in piping systems is required with the other work (plumbing and heating piping) as necessary to interface components of water treatment equipment. Provide installation instructions to those firms providing installation. 3.6 INSPECTION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which water treatment systems are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Sample water softener effluent at one-week intervals after start-up for period of 3 weeks and prepare test report on the conditions of the water. 3.8 TESTING AND CLEANING: A. Sample all treated water systems at one-week intervals after start-up for period of 4 weeks and prepare certified test report for each system being treated. B. Start-up test, and adjust water conditioners in presence of manufacturer's authorized representative. Operate units including regeneration, back washing, rinsing and flushing. Adjust unit to maintain required steady state effluent water quality. HVAC WATER TREATMENT 23 2500 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch-up paint. 3.9 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES: A. Provide services of manufacturer's technical representative for one 8 hour day to instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of water treatment systems. 1. Schedule training with Owner, provide at least 7 day notice to Contractor and Engineer of training date. END OF SECTION 23 2500 HVAC WATER TREATMENT 23 2500 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 2550 - GLYCOL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of glycol system required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or specified in other Division 23 sections. B. Types of glycol system specialties specified in this section include the following: 1. Propylene glycol C. Glycol systems specialties furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment shall meet or exceed requirements of this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of glycol systems of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 10 years. B. Glycol System Types: Provide glycol system specialties of same type by same manufacturer. C. Codes and Standards: Provide glycol system components and materials to meet all local and national codes and standards. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation instructions and dimensioned drawings for each type of manufactured equipment and material. Include pressure drop information. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's model or figure number, size, location and features for all equipment and material. B. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and spare parts lists for each type of manufactured equipment. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 23. C. Submit glycol solution strength test results. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Inhibited Propylene Glycol Solution: a. Dow Chemical Dowfrost b. Interstate Chemical Intercool NFP. GLYCOL SYSTEMS 23 2550 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.2 REFER TO DIVISION 23, SECTION 23 05 10 FOR TYPE OF PIPE AND FITTINGS TO BE USED. 2.3 GLYCOL SOLUTION: A. Provide 40 percent glycol solution for freeze protection to a temperature of -20°F. B. Provide one extra 45 gallon drum of propylene glycol. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Refer to drawing and provide necessary piping to complete installation. B. Thoroughly clean and flush system before adding propylene glycol solution. C. Feed pre-mixed propylene glycol solution to system. Water used for dilution shall have a total hardness of less than 50 ppm, and a total chloride and sulfate of less than 25 ppm. Contractor shall assume that building potable water is suitable, unless tested to prove otherwise. D. Perform tests determining strength of propylene glycol solution before system is turned over to the Owner. Provide test prior to end of the first year of operation and replenish as required. E. At time of substantial completion, glycol feeder shall be filled with a full tank of the proper solution. END OF SECTION 23 2550 GLYCOL SYSTEMS 23 2550 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 3113 - METAL DUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of metal ductwork is indicated on drawings and in schedules, and by requirements of this section. DUCT SERVICE TYPE/CONSTRUCTION Supply air between fan and terminal boxes (medium and high). Galvanized steel, spiral, round or oval or rectangular. Rectangular supply air from discharge of terminal box/fan to air devices (low pressure). Galvanized sheet metal /spiral round and oval or rectangular Return air ductwork. Galvanized steel; factory or shop fabricated. General building exhaust. Galvanized sheet metal; factory or shop fabricated. Bio-hazard room air and Bio-safety cabinets exhaust air, Chemo exhaust cabinets. 304 stainless steel all welded construction; factory or shop fabricated. Exterior uninsulated ductwork. Aluminum or 304 SS or painted galvanized Shower, locker room exhaust. Aluminum with silicone sealant. B. Exterior insulation of metal ductwork is specified in other Division-23 sections, and is included as work of this section. C. Refer to other Division-23 sections for ductwork accessories. D. Refer to other Division-23 sections for fans and air handling units. E. Refer to other Division-23 sections for testing, adjusting, and balancing of metal ductwork systems. 1.2 DEFINITIONS: A. Low Pressure Duct: Duct required by the drawings, specifications, or referenced standards to be constructed to 2" or less, positive or negative pressure class. B. Medium or High Pressure Duct: Duct required by the drawings, specifications, or referenced standards to be constructed to greater than 2" positive or negative pressure class. METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of metal ductwork products of types, materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects with metal ductwork systems similar to that required for project. C. References to SMACNA, ASHRAE and NFPA are minimum requirements, the Contractor shall fabricate, construct, install, seal and leak test all ductwork as described in this specification and as shown on the drawings, in addition to these minimum standard references. D. Codes and Standards: 1. SMACNA Standards: Comply with the current SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible" for fabrication and installation of metal ductwork. Comply with SMACNA "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual" for testing of duct systems. 2. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems" and NFPA 90B "Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems". E. SMACNA Industrial Construction Standards. F. Field Reference Manual: Have available for reference at project field office, copy of the current SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible", and the current SMACNA "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual". 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for ductwork materials and products. Provide product data for manufactured joining systems. Include sound attenuation by octave band for sound rated flexible duct. B. Shop Drawings: Submit ¼” scaled fabrication and layout drawings of metal ductwork and fittings including, but not limited to, duct sizes, locations, elevations, and slopes of horizontal runs, wall and floor penetrations, and connections. Show interface and spatial relationship between ductwork and proximate equipment. Show modifications of indicated requirements, made to conform to local shop practice, and how those modifications ensure that free area, materials, and rigidity are not reduced. C. Clean Duct Protocol Procedures: Submit written procedures confirming compliance with the clean duct protocol. D. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems, in accordance with requirements of Divisions 1 and 23. E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for metal ductwork materials and products. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and record METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Divisions 1 and 23. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Protection: Protect ductwork, accessories and purchased products from damage during shipping, storage and handling. Prevent end damage and prevent dirt and moisture from entering ducts and fittings. B. Storage: Store ductwork inside elevated from floor on pallets and protected from weather, dirt, dust and debris. C. Clean Duct Protocol: Contractor shall take every precaution to prevent contamination of all/supply duct. Develop procedures similar or more substantial than the following: 1. In the shop: The inside of ductwork shall be wiped down after fabrication with an oil cutting solvent to remove fabrication oils. All ductwork 96” and less in any single dimension shall be assembled in the shop, with plastic film placed over the open ends. 2. In transport: Ductwork shall be shipped in closed trucks or trailers on pallets. End covers shall be maintained at all times. 3. At the site: Minimize ductwork in storage – “just in time” delivery is encouraged. Ductwork shall be stored on pallets in weather-tight enclosures. Ductwork may be stored on pallets in the building if the building is weather-tight, in a dedicated location separated from the rest of the construction area by dust tight partitions. End covers shall be maintained at all times. 4. During installation: Duct sections shall be staged at the installation location only as needed for installation within 4 hours. Any field assembly of ducts over 96” shall be made only in dedicated dust-free areas, or where other construction activities in the vicinity have ceased to produce dust, dirt or debris. End caps shall be maintained on all openings except one being actively joined. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Flexible Ducts: a. Flexmaster b. Thermaflex 2. Duct Take Off Fittings a. Hercules Industries b. Flexmaster c. Thermaflex d. Ominair METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.2 DUCTWORK MATERIALS: A. Exposed Ductwork Materials: Where ductwork is exposed to view in occupied spaces, provide materials which are free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, dents, discolorations, and other imperfections, including those which would impair painting. B. Sheet Metal: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate ductwork from galvanized sheet steel complying with ASTM A 527, lockforming quality; with G 90 zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A 525; and mill phosphatized for exposed locations. Provide flat seam construction where standing seams are a hazard to the Owner's operation personnel. C. Stainless Steel Sheet: Where indicated, provide stainless steel complying with ASTM A 167; Type 304 or 316; with No. 4 finish where exposed to view in occupied spaces, No. 1 finish elsewhere. Protect finished surfaces with mill-applied adhesive protective paper, maintained through fabrication and installation. D. Aluminum Sheet: Where indicated, provide aluminum sheet complying with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, Temper H14. E. Uncoated carbon steel shall comply with ASTM A569, hot rolled steel sheet. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS: A. General: Provide miscellaneous materials and products of types and sizes indicated and, where not otherwise indicated, provide type and size required to comply with ductwork system requirements including proper connection of ductwork and equipment. B. Fittings: Provide radius type fittings fabricated of multiple sections with maximum 15 deg. change of direction per section. Unless specifically detailed otherwise, use 45 deg. laterals and 45 deg. elbows for branch takeoff connections. Where 90 deg. branches are indicated, provide conical type tees. C. Duct Sealant: Non-hardening, non-migrating mastic or liquid elastic sealant, type applicable for fabrication/ installation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for sealing joints and seams in ductwork. For outdoor ductwork, sealant shall also be U.V. resistant and weather resistant. D. Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot-dipped galvanized steel fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim and angles for support of ductwork. 1. For exposed stainless steel ductwork, provide matching stainless steel support materials. 2. For aluminum ductwork, provide aluminum support materials except where materials are electrolytically separated from ductwork. E. Flexible Ducts: Flexible air ducts shall be listed under UL-181 standards as Class I Air Duct Material and shall comply with NFPA Standards 90A and 90B. Minimum operating pressure rating shall be 10" W.C. positive, 1” negative for sizes up to 12” through a temperature range of -20°F to 150°F; minimum working velocity rating shall be 4000 METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 fpm. Contractor shall assume responsibility for supplying material approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 1. All flexible duct shall be rated for sound attenuation. Inner core shall be black CPE supported by a galvanized steel helix, with minimum R-5 insulation and metalized reinforced outer jacket. a. Flexmaster Type 1M 2. Sound attenuation shall be as scheduled below: INSERTION LOSS dB (6-foot Section, Flexmaster 1M-R6, 500 FPM Air Velocity) Octave Band 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 8" Diameter 5.6 10.6 23.9 34.0 22.5 17.0 11.9 12" Diameter 6.6 27.8 22.8 29.0 18.7 10.9 8.2 3. Non-insulated flexible ducts shall be the same as insulated less the insulation and other jacket. F. Duct Take Off Fittings to Individual Air Inlets & Outlets: Provide conical spin-in fittings at flexible or round sheet metal duct takeoffs. Where specifically shown on drawings, where the duct dimension does not allow for a conical spin-in, or at Contractor's option, provide 45° inlet rectangular to round duct take off fittings, with factory applied gasket. Fittings shall include butterfly type manual volume damper with regulator, and dual locking device. Dual locking device shall consist of two shaft mounted wing nuts, one on each side of the damper. Wing nuts shall tighten on shafts to lock butterfly in place. Shafts shall be solid metal, rolled metal shafts are not acceptable. G. Duct take off fittings to air terminals: same as for individual air inlets and outlets, less the damper. H. All fasteners and hardware for stainless steel ductwork shall be made of stainless steel. 2.4 FABRICATION: A. Fabricate ductwork in 4, 8, 10 or 12-ft lengths, unless otherwise indicated or required to complete runs. Preassemble work in shop to greatest extent possible, so as to minimize field assembly of systems. Disassemble systems only to extent necessary for shipping and handling. Match (-) mark sections for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Fabricate ductwork of gauges and reinforcement complying with the latest SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards". Minimum 26 GA where ducts are within corridors. C. Where the standard allows the choice of external reinforcing or internal tie rods, only the external reinforcing options shall be used. METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 D. If manufacturer flange joining systems are used as part of the reinforcing, the EI rating and rigidity class shall be equivalent to the reinforcing requirements of the standard. Submit manufacturer's product data. E. Aluminum duct shall be fabricated using the aluminum thickness equivalence table in the standard. Simply increasing the thickness by two gauges is not acceptable. F. Fabricate duct fittings to match adjoining ducts, and to comply with duct requirements as applicable to fittings. Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate elbows and offsets with center-line radius equal to 1.5 times the associated duct width; and fabricate to include turning vanes in elbows where shorter radius is necessary. 90° mitered elbows with turning vanes may be used where specifically shown on drawings. Mitered elbows or offsets of other than 90° shall not be used. Two 90° mitered elbows shall be separated by a minimum of 2 equivalent duct diameters. Use radiused “Ogee” for offsets less than 90°. Limit angular tapers to 30 deg. for contracting tapers and 20 deg. for expanding tapers. Divided flow fittings shall be 45° inlet branches, stationary splitters and elbows, or as shown on drawings. G. Fabricate ductwork with accessories installed during fabrication to the greatest extent possible. Refer to Division-23 section "Ductwork Accessories" for accessory requirements. All stainless steel ductwork shall have stainless steel accessories (including dampers, turning vanes, access doors, etc.) construction. 2.5 ROUND AND FLAT OVAL DUCTWORK: A. Material: Galvanized sheet steel complying with ASTM A 527, lockforming quality, with ASTM A 525, G90 zinc coating, mill phosphatized. Spiral lockseam construction. Individual runouts to air devices may be longitudinal seam. B. Gauge: In accordance with the SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standards”, minimum 26 gauge. C. Elbows: One piece construction for 90 deg. and 45 deg. elbows 14" and smaller. Provide multiple gore construction for larger diameters with standing seam circumferential joint. Radius to centerline shall be 1.5 times duct diameter. Spot welded and bonded construction. Elbows on runouts to individual air devices may be pleated or adjustable. D. Divided Flow Fittings: 90 deg. tees, constructed with branch spot welded and bonded to duct fitting body, with minimum 2" flange shaped to fit main duct. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which metal ductwork is to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF METAL DUCTWORK: A. Duct Sealing: 1. Seal all low pressure ducts to SMACNA Seal Class "B". METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2. Seal all medium and high pressure ducts to SMACNA Seal Class "A". B. General: Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve air-tight and noiseless (no objectionable noise) systems, capable of performing each indicated service. Install each run with minimum number of joints. Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 1/8" misalignment tolerance and with internal surfaces smooth. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors of type which will hold ducts true-to-shape and to prevent buckling, popping or compressing. Support vertical ducts at every floor. C. Construct ductwork to schedule of operating pressures as shown on drawings. D. Inserts: Install concrete inserts for support of ductwork in coordination with formwork, as required to avoid delays in work. E. Field Fabrication: Complete fabrication of work at project as necessary to match shop-fabricated work and accommodate installation requirements. F. Routing: Locate ductwork runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Locate runs as indicated by diagrams, details and notations or, if not otherwise indicated, run ductwork in shortest route which does not obstruct useable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. Limit clearance to 1/2" where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated ductwork for 1" clearance outside of insulation. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal ductwork from view, by locating in mechanical shafts, hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as specifically shown. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finished work. G. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not route ductwork through transformer vaults and their electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. H. Slope shower, locker room, and high moisture ductwork down to air device. I. Penetrations: Where ducts pass through fire rated walls and do not contain fire or smoke dampers, protect with fire stop material installed in accordance with its listing. Where ducts pass through interior partitions or exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same gauge as duct. Overlap opening on all four sides by at least 1-1/2". Fasten to duct only. Where ducts penetrate non-fire rated, mechanical, electrical or acoustically sensitive walls, provide ½” to ¾” annular space between duct and wall, pack annular space with mineral wood insulation, and caulk both sides with non-hardening acoustical sealant. J. Coordination: Coordinate duct installations with installation of accessories, dampers, coil frames, equipment, controls and other associated work of ductwork system. K. Installation: Install metal ductwork in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards and Industrial Construction Standards. METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 L. Temporary Closure: At ends of ducts which are not connected to equipment or air distribution devices at time of ductwork installation, provide temporary closure of polyethylene film or other covering which will prevent entrance of dust and debris until time connections are to be completed. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF DUCT TAKE-OFF FITTINGS: A. Fully seal all joints. B. Sheet metal screw regulator arm to duct after balance is complete. Mark and date position of regulator arm. C. Insulation over regulator arm is not required. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE DUCTS: A. Maximum Length: For any duct run using flexible ductwork, do not exceed 6' - 0". B. Installation: Install in accordance with SMACNA's, "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible". C. Full inside diameter of flexible duct shall be maintained. Support to prevent kinking. D. Flexible duct shall not be installed above an inaccessible ceiling unless the air device is set in a frame allowing access to both ends of the flexible duct. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Leakage Tests: Conduct duct leakage test in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. Repair leaks and repeat tests until total leakage is less than the maximum permissible leakage as specified below. B. General: 1. Ductwork pressure tests shall be observed by Architect/Engineer prior to installation of insulation. 2. Ductwork systems in ±3" W.G. pressure class and higher shall be tested in their entirety for leaks. Arbitrary sections of ductwork in ±2" W.G. and lower pressure class shall be tested as required by Architect/Engineer. 3. Test Failures: Duct systems shall be repaired if test pressure and leakage requirements are not met or if air noise condition is encountered. Repairs and sealing shall be done with sheet metal, tape, sealant or a combination thereof. C. Test Equipment: 1. Portable rotary type blower or tank type vacuum cleaner with control damper. Equipment shall have sufficient capacity to properly test reasonably large duct system section. Equipment shall have been calibrated within 2 years of the testing. 2. Orifice assembly consisting of straightening vanes and calibrated orifice plate mounted in a straight tube with properly located pressure taps. METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3. Two (2) U-tube manometers, one to measure drop across calibrated orifice and one to measure S.P. in duct being tested. Provide low differential pressure Dwyer magnehelic gauges for low leak testing in lieu of U-tube manometers. 4. Provide Dwyer magnehelic gauge with 0-.25" W.C. range for testing 0% leakage ductwork. D. Testing Pressures and Permissible Leakage: 1. Test pressure shall be equal to the construction class. Negative pressure duct shall be tested at the equivalent positive pressure. 2. Allowable leakage shall be determined from the following equation (or figure 4-1 in the above referenced Standard): F = CL (P).65 Where: F = Allowable leakage factor CFM/100 Sq. Ft. CL = Leakage Class P = Test pressure inches W.C. 3. Leakage class shall be as follows: a. Seal class A, Round or oval duct, CL = 3. b. Seal class A, Rectangular duct, CL = 6. c. Seal class B, Round or oval duct, CL = 6. d. Seal class B, Rectangular duct, CL = 12. e. Seal class C, Round or oval duct, CL = 12. f. Seal class C, Rectangular duct, CL = 24. 4. Record all tests using the procedure and forms in the above referenced standard. 5. All plenums and casings shall be tested by pressuring to the pressure class indicated and visually observing leakage and panel deflection. a. No noticeable leakage shall be allowed. b. Deflection shall be less than 1/8" per foot. 3.6 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: A. General: Connect metal ductwork to equipment as indicated. Provide flexible connection for each ductwork connection to equipment mounted on vibration isolators, and/or equipment containing rotating machinery. Provide access doors where required for service, maintenance and inspection of ductwork accessories. See section 23 33 00. 3.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Extent of duct cleaning will be defined by owner. B. Existing supply and return ductwork and all components of the existing air handling units shall be internally cleaned by a National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA) member contractor, with all work directly supervised by a NADCA certified Air Systems Cleaning Specialist. All work shall be in compliance with National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA): “Assessment, Cleaning & Restoration of HVAC Systems (ACR METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2006)”. The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal of visible surface contaminants and deposits from within the HVAC. 1. The HVAC system includes any interior surface of the air distribution system for conditioned spaces and/or occupied zones. This includes the entire heating, air- conditioning and ventilation system from the points where the air enters the system to the points where the air is discharged from the system. The return air grilles, return air ducts to the air handling unit (AHU), the interior surfaces of the AHU, mixing box, coil surfaces, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers, supply air ducts, fans, fan housing, fan blades, turning vanes, filters, filter housings, reheat coils, and supply diffusers are all considered part of the HVAC system. C. Clean ductwork internally, unit by unit as it is installed, of dust and debris. Clean external surfaces of foreign substances. Where ductwork is to be painted clean and prepare surface for painting. D. Protection: 1. Store duct a minimum of 4" above ground or floor to avoid damage from weather or spills. 2. Cover all stored ducts to protect from moisture, dust or debris. 3. Maintain a cover on all ends of installed ductwork at all times, except when actually connecting additional sections of duct. E. Ductwork contaminated or damaged above "shop" or "mill" conditions shall be cleaned, repaired or replaced to the Engineer's satisfaction. F. Strip protective paper from stainless ductwork surfaces, and repair finish wherever it has been damaged. G. Balancing: Refer to Division-23 section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for air distribution balancing of metal ductwork; not work of this section. Seal any leaks in ductwork that become apparent in balancing process. 3.8 INSPECTION: A. After completion of the ductwork installation, and after the Test and Balancing work, a minimum of 10% of the installed length of the supply duct system shall be inspected by an independent company specializing in such work. Inspection shall be performed using fiber optic video equipment and other appropriate techniques. 1. Sections to be inspected shall be determined by the Engineer. B. A report, including a recording on DVD of the video shall be submitted to the engineer. The report shall document the findings of the inspection, listing any areas of concern, including evidence of water, dust, dirt and construction debris. C. The report will be used to determine if the ductwork cleanliness is acceptable. The Verification of HVAC System Cleanliness provisions of National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA): “Assessment, Cleaning & Restoration of HVAC Systems (ACR 2006) shall be used. A synopsis is given below: METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. The report will be used as a visual inspection. The system will be considered clean if the interior surfaces are free from non-adhered substances and debris. 2. If the visual inspection in inconclusive, then a surface comparison test will be performed. A section will be cleaned by a brush and vacuum method in accordance with NADCA ACR 2006. The system will be considered clean if there is no significant visual difference in the surface characteristics between the recently cleaned section and the adjacent sections. 3. If the surface comparison test is inconclusive, then the NADCA Vacuum Test will be performed to make a final cleanliness determination. END OF SECTION 23 3113 METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 3300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of ductwork accessories, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Industry Standards: Comply with ASHRAE recommendations pertaining to construction of ductwork accessories, except as otherwise indicated. C. UL Compliance: Construct, test, and label fire dampers in accordance with UL Standard 555 "Fire Dampers and Ceiling Dampers" and U.L. Standard 555S "Motor-Driven Fire/Smoke Dampers." D. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of NFPA 90A "Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems", pertaining to installation of ductwork accessories. E. SMACNA Compliance: All exhaust ducts comply with "Fire Damper and Heat Stop Guide". F. All fire dampers, smoke dampers, fire/smoke dampers and radiation dampers shall meet the latest local building code requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each type of ductwork accessory, including dimensions, capacities, and materials of construction; and installation instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings for each type of ductwork accessory showing interfacing requirements with ductwork, method of fastening or support, and methods of assembly of components. Include details of construction equipment and accessories being provided. C. Submittals for all damper types specified in this section shall include a schedule for each damper indicating net free area, actual face velocity and pressure drop (at sea level) based on net free area & the maximum air quantity which will be passing through the damper. Submittals without this information will be rejected. D. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products, in accordance with requirements of Division 23. E. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's maintenance data including parts lists for each type of duct accessory. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 23. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Dampers: a. Greenheck b. AWV c. Air Balance, Inc. d. Anemostat e. Arrow Louver and Damper; Div. of Arrow United Industries, Inc. f. Louvers & Dampers, Inc. g. Penn Ventilator Co. h. Pottoroff i. Ruskin 2. Fire Dampers and Smoke Dampers: a. Greenheck b. Air Balance, Inc. c. Phillips Industries, Inc. Conaire Division d. Ruskin e. Pottoroff 3. Turning Vanes: a. Aero Dyne Co. b. Airsan Corp. c. Barb-Aire d. Duro Dyne Corp. e. Environmental Elements Corp.; Subs. Koppers Co., Inc. f. Hart & Cooley Mfg. Co. 4. Duct Hardware: a. Ventfabrics, Inc. b. Young Regulator Co. c. Duro-Dyne Corp. 5. Duct Access Doors: a. Kess b. Greenheck c. Flexmaster d. Cesco-Advanced Air e. Duro Dyne Corp. f. Ventfabrics, Inc. 6. Flexible Connections: a. Duro Dyne Corp. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 b. Ventfabrics, Inc. c. General Rubber Corp. (Process & Exhaust Only) 2.2 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS: A. Low Pressure Rectangular Dampers (less than 2000 FPM and under 2" W.C. S.P. Differential): 1. For 12" in height or larger, use multiple opposed blade type and close fitted to ducts. The frame and blades shall be constructed of 16 ga. galvanized steel with plated steel shaft mounted with synthetic bearings. Linkage shall be in-jamb fixed type located outside the airstream made of plated steel tie bar and crank plates, with stainless steel pivots. Damper panels shall not exceed 48" wide. Provide jack shafting when duct size required is greater than 48" wide. Provide notched shaft end indicating damper position, locking quadrant to fix damper position and handle. Provide standoff bracket for insulated ducts. For flat oval and round ductwork, provide type C housing. 2. For ducts less than 12" in height, frame shall be 18 ga. blade galvanized steel, steel axle with synthetic bearings locking quadrant handle and notched shaft end indicating damper position. Provide standoff bracket for insulated ducts. B. Low Pressure Round Dampers (less than 1800 FPM and under 1" W.C. S.P. differential): 1. For low pressure spin-in fitting dampers serving individual returns/diffusers, see 15891. 2. Dampers 4" diameter through 18" diameter shall be 20 ga. galvanized steel frame and blade, utilize multi-blade square dampers with transitions for ducts over 18" diameter. 3. Axle shaft shall be plated steel with retainers mounted on synthetic bearings with notched end shaft indicating damper position, locking quadrant and handle. Provide standoff brackets for insulated ducts. a. Greenheck M8DR-50 or approved equivalent. C. Medium/High Pressure Rectangular Dampers (less than 4000 FPM and under 6" W.C. (48" wide or less) S.P. or 8" W.C. S.P. (36" wide or less)): 1. Dampers shall be opposed blade for volume control and parallel blade for isolation/shut-off service. 2. Frame shall be 16 ga. galvanized steel with welded corners or 1/8" thick 6063-T5 alloy aluminum frame. Blades shall be double skin galvanized steel with single- lock seam, or .081" thick 6060-T5 extruded aluminum, airfoil shape. Blade edge seals shall be vinyl, silicone, or other approved synthetic and metallic compression seals at the jambs. Axles shall be hexagonal or square plated steel mounted on bronze oilite or synthetic (ACETAL) bearings. Linkage shall be in- jamb type located outside the airstream. Maximum damper size shall be 48" wide and 60" high. For isolation or shut-off duty, damper leakage shall not exceed 9.5 CFM/Ft2 at 4" W.C. S.P. differential. Provide extended shaft with notched end indicating damper position, locking quadrant and handle. Provide standoff brackets for insulated ducts. D. Medium/High Pressure Round and Flat Oval Dampers (less than 3000 FPM and under 4" W.C. S.P. differential): AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Damper frame construction shall be galvanized steel as follows: ROUND Under 6" dia...................................................................................................... 12 Gauge 6" to 18" dia ...................................................................................................... 14 Gauge FLAT OVAL 6" to 12" wide ......................................................................... 2 x 1/2 x 14 gauge channel 13" to 48" wide ................................................................................. 2 x 1/2 x 1/8 channel 2. Damper blades shall be galvanized steel as follows: ROUND 4" to 18" diameter ............................................................................................... 12 Gauge FLAT OVAL 4" to 18" Wide ..................................................................................................... 12 Gauge 3. Axles shall be 1/2" diameter plated steel up to 18" diameter and 18" wide flat oval, and 3/4" diameter plated steel over 18". Stainless sleeve bearings pressed in to the frame. 4. Provide notched end shaft to indicate damper position, locking quadrant and lever handle. Provide standoff bracket for insulated duct. 5. For isolation or shut-off service dampers shall be provided with edge seals with a leakage rate not to exceed 7 CFM/ft2 at 1" W.C. S.P. differential (based on 18" diameter). E. Dampers in stainless steel duct shall be of equivalent construction to the above dampers, with all components made of stainless steel. Type 304 or 316, as specified for the ductwork. F. Dampers in aluminum duct shall be of equivalent construction to the above dampers, with all components made of either aluminum or stainless steel. 2.3 CONTROL DAMPERS: A. Dampers shall be opposed blade for volume control and parallel blade for isolation/shut-off service. Frame shall be 12 ga. galvanized steel with welded corners. Blades shall be double skin galvanized steel with single-lock seam, airfoil shape with a strength greater than 14 ga. 1. AWV Model VC-422 B. Blade edge seals shall be double durometer vinyl and metallic compression seals at the jambs. Leakage shall not exceed 11.5 CFM/ft2 at 4" W.C. S.P. C. Axles shall be solid carbon steel mounted on bronze oilite bearings. Linkage shall be in-jamb type located outside the airstream. D. Maximum damper size shall be 48" wide and 72" high. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.4 COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS: A. Rectangular Fire/Smoke Dampers: 16 gauge galvanized steel frame, type 304 stainless steel side seals, combination silicone/galvanized steel edge seals, bronze oilite or stainless steel sleeve bearings, airfoil shaped galvanized steel parallel acting blades, square or horizontal plated steel axles, out of airstream in-jamb linkage with stainless steel pivots, factory sleeve, caulked and attached to damper in accordance with UL fire damper requirements. 1. Ruskin FSD-60 or approved equivalent. 2. Ruskin FSD-60V or approved equivalent where axles must be vertical. B. Round Fire/Smoke Dampers 18" Diameter and Smaller: 20 gauge galvanized steel frame/integral sleeve, 2 layer galvanized steel butterfly blade equivalent to 14 gauge, silicone rubber seal sandwiched between blade layers, stainless steel sleeve bearings pressed into frame, retaining plates in accordance with the UL listing. 1. Ruskin FSDR-25 or approved equivalent. 2. Use rectangular damper with smooth square/round transitions for dampers over 18". C. Paint sleeve with red enamel finish. D. Electric Damper Actuators: 1. Actuator shall have microprocessor based motor controller providing: a. Electronic cut off at full open so that no noise can be generated while holding open. Holding noise level shall be inaudible. b. Shall be incapable of burning out if stalled before full rotation is reached. 2. Housing shall be steel and gears shall be permanently lubricated. 3. The actuators shall be direct coupled and employ a steel toothed clamp for connecting to damper shafts. Aluminum clamps or set-screw attachment are not acceptable. 4. Actuator shall have UL555S Listing by the damper manufacturer for a temperature equal to the damper. 5. Actuators shall draw no more than .23A at 120V or 24V running, or .1A holding at 120V or 24V (27 VA and 10 VA respectively for 24V power) for 70 in-# of torque. 6. Actuator shall carry a manufacturer’s 5-year warranty and be manufactured under ISO 9001 quality control. 7. Damper actuators shall be Belimo Aircontrols FSLF (30 in-#) or FSNF (70 in-#). E. Where indicated on the drawings or indicated in the sequence of control, provide factory mounted blade position switches to indicate fully open and fully closed. F. Damper actuator shall fail close upon loss of power/control air. G. 1 1/2 hour or 3 hour rating as required by construction type. H. UL 555, 555S, Class II, 250°F. I. Suitable for vertical or horizontal mounting. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 J. Leakage not greater than 10 CFM per square foot at 1" W.C. pressure differential. 2.5 TURNING VANES: A. Fabricated Turning Vanes: Provide fabricated 22 gauge, single blade or 24 gauge double bladed 4-1/2" radius, 3-1/4" spacing turning vanes and type 2, 4-1/2" wide runners, constructed in accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards" Fig 2.3. B. Do not use trailing edge turning vanes. 2.6 DUCT HARDWARE: A. General: Provide duct hardware, manufactured by one manufacturer for all items on project, for the following: B. Test Holes: Provide in ductwork at fan inlet and outlet, and elsewhere as indicated, duct test holes, consisting of slot and cover, for instrument tests. C. Quadrant Locks: Provide for each manual volume damper, quadrant lock device on one end of shaft; and end bearing plate on other end for damper lengths over 12". Provide extended quadrant locks and end extended bearing plates for externally insulated ductwork. 2.7 DUCT ACCESS DOORS: A. Access Doors for Low Pressure Rectangular Duct: Construct of same or greater gauge as ductwork served, provide double wall insulated doors for insulated ductwork. Exposed insulation adhered to door is not acceptable. Provide flush frames for uninsulated ductwork, extended frames for externally insulated duct. All access doors shall have gasket and will be air tight. Provide one side hinged, other side with one handle-type latch for doors 12" high and smaller, 2 handle-type latches for larger doors. Where a hinged door cannot be fully opened a removable door may be used. B. Access Doors for Medium and High Pressure Rectangular Duct: Insulated double wall round door and frame arranged for "Spin-In" installation, with continuous gasket in frame for door. Leakage of less than .5 cfm at 6" W.G. C. Flexmaster "Inspector Series Spin Door" or equivalent. D. Access Doors for Round Duct 20" and Less: Sandwich type door, constructed of an insulated double wall outer door connected to gasketed inner plate carriage bolts with hand knobs, and formed to fit the radius of the duct. 1. Ductmate "Sandwich" or equivalent. E. Access Door for Round Duct Greater Than 20": 18" round insulated double wall access door in gasketed frame, attached to duct section similar to tee fitting. F. Access Doors for Flat Oval Duct: Use door specified for medium and high pressure rectangular duct in flat portion, use door specified for round duct in curved portion. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.8 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS: A. General: Provide flexible duct connections wherever ductwork connects to vibration isolated equipment. Construct flexible connections of neoprene-coated flameproof fabric crimped into duct flanges for attachment to duct and equipment. Make airtight joint. Provide adequate joint flexibility to allow for thermal, axial, transverse, and torsional movement, and also capable of absorbing vibrations of connected equipment. Shelf life shall be verified to not exceed six (6) months. Any sign of cracking on interior or exterior shall be cause for replacement immediately. B. Use the following product types for each application accordingly: 1. Indoor Equipment Non-Corrosive Air Systems: Heavy glass fabric, double- coated with DuPont's NEOPRENE, non-combustible fabric, fire retardant coating with good resistance to abrasion and flexing. Fabric shall be 30 oz per square yard, capable of operating at -10oF to 200oF, waterproof, air tight, 6 inches wide, complies with NFPA 90 and UL Standard #214. "Ventglas" Model as manufactured by VentFabric, Inc. 2. Outdoor Equipment Non-Corrosive Air Systems (exposed to weather and sun): Heavy glass fabric, double-coated with DuPont's HYPALON, non-combustible fabric, fire retardant coating with superb resistance to sunlight, ozone and weather which has documented 20-year-old exposure tests. Fabric shall be 26 oz per square yard, capable of operating at -10oF to 250oF, waterproof, air tight, 6 inches wide, complies with NFPA 90 and UL Standard #214. "Ventlon" Model as manufactured by VentFabrics, Inc. 3. High Temperature Non-Corrosive Air Systems: Heavy glass fabric coated with silicone rubber, non-combustible fabric, fire retardant coating, capable of operating and maintaining flexibility between temperatures of -25oF to 500oF. Fabric shall be 16 oz. per square yard, waterproof, air tight, 6 inches wide, complies with NFPA 90, UL Standard #214. "Ventsil" Model as manufactured by VentFabrics, Inc. 4. Indoor Corrosive Air System: Heavy glass fabric coated with DuPont's Teflon fluorocarbon resins, capable of operating between temperatures of - 20oF and 500oF. Fabric shall be 14 oz per square yard, watertight, air tight, chemically resistant to most chemicals including but not limited to sulfuric acid, acetic acid, chlorine, dimethyl ether, xylene, hexane, ozone, nitric acid, butyl acetate, ammonia gas and liquid, acetone, mercury, cyclohexane, methanol, 6 inches wide "Ventel" model as manufactured by VentFabrics, Inc. 5. For larger than 60" round diameter provide slip over type General Rubber Corporation style 1087 with stainless steel screw clamp. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which ductwork accessories will be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to the Engineer. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES: A. Install ductwork accessories in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, with applicable portions of details of construction as shown in SMACNA standards, and AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve intended function. B. Install turning vanes in square or rectangular 90 deg. elbows in supply, return and exhaust air systems, and elsewhere as indicated. C. Install access doors to open against system air pressure, with latches operable from either side, except outside only where duct is too small for person to enter. D. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork, as necessary to interface installation of ductwork accessories properly with other work. E. Provide duct access doors whether shown or not for inspection and cleaning upstream of all coils, fans, automatic dampers, fire dampers (minimum 16" x 24" in ducts larger than 18"), fire/smoke dampers, duct smoke detectors and elsewhere as indicated. Review locations prior to fabrication. Provide multiple access doors for large ductwork to provide adequate reach to equipment. F. Install fire dampers and smoke dampers in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. G. Provide fire dampers and smoke dampers at locations shown, where ducts and outlets pass through fire rated components, and where required by authorities having jurisdiction. H. Provide balancing dampers at points on low pressure supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts and as required for air balancing. I. Provide balancing dampers on high pressure systems where indicated. Use splitter dampers only where indicated on Drawings. J. Provide flexible connections immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and equipment subject to forced vibration. Provide matching flanged backing frame with flexible connector where flanged fan connections are provided. 3.3 COORDINATION: A. Coordinate with installers of other work to ensure that operators, reset devices, and fusible links are accessible at all fire, smoke, and fire/smoke dampers. B. Show access space on coordination drawings. Locate over lay-in ceilings and above corridors wherever practical. C. Order right/left/top/bottom arrangement as required to minimize field modifications. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Operate installed ductwork accessories after installation to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Test for air leakage while system is operating. Repair or replace faulty accessories, as required to obtain proper operation and leakproof performance. B. After installation, test every fire and fire/smoke damper for proper operation, provide letter to the Architect/Engineer certifying this work is complete and all dampers are functioning properly. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Adjusting: Adjust ductwork accessories for proper settings, install fusible links in fire dampers and adjust for proper action. B. Label access doors in accordance with Division-23 section "Mechanical Identification". C. Final positioning of manual dampers is specified in Division-23 section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing". D. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch-up paint. 3.6 EXTRA STOCK: A. Furnish extra fusible links to Owner, one link for every 10 installed of each temperature range; obtain receipt. END OF SECTION 23 3300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 3400 - HVAC FANS PART 1 - GENERAL: 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of air handling equipment work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. B. Refer to other Division 23 sections for vibration control; control system; sequence of operation; testing, adjusting and balancing. C. Refer to Division 26 for the following work; not work of this section. 1. Power supply wiring from power source to power connections at air handling units. D. Refer to Section 23 05 05 Paragraph 2.6 for requirements of sheaves and belts for critical areas. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of air handling equipment of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Fans Performance Ratings: Establish flow rate, pressure, power air density, speed of rotation, and efficiency by factory tests and ratings in accordance with AMCA Standard 210/ASHRAE Standard 51 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating. 2. UL Compliance: Provide air handling equipment which are listed by UL and have UL label affixed. 3. UL Compliance: Provide air handling equipment which are designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with UL 805 "Power Ventilators". 4. NEMA Compliance: Provide motors and electrical accessories complying with NEMA standards. 5. Sound Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA Standard 301 "Method for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from laboratory Test Data." Test fans in accordance with AMCA Standard 300 "Test Code for Sound Rating." 6. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory and NEMA Compliance (NRTL): Fans and components shall be NRTL listed and labeled. The term "NRTL" shall be defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 7. Electrical Component Standards: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code." 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for air handling equipment including specifications, capacity ratings, dimensions, weights, materials, operating & service/access clearance accessories furnished, and installation instructions. HVAC FANS 23 3400 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Shop Drawings: Submit assembly-type shop drawings showing unit dimensions, construction details, methods of assembly of components, and field connection details. C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring to air-handling units. Submit manufacturer's ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are manufacturer-installed and portions to be field-installed. D. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products; in accordance with requirements of Division 23. E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each type of power and gravity ventilator, accessory, and control. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and wiring diagrams in maintenance manuals in accordance with requirements of Division 23. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Lift and support units with the manufacturer's designated lifting or supporting points. B. Disassemble and reassemble units as required for movement into the final location following manufacturer's written instructions. C. Deliver fan units as a factory-assembled unit to the extent allowable by shipping limitations, with protective crating and covering. 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: A. Coordinate the size and location of concrete equipment pads. Cast anchor bolt inserts into pad. B. Coordinate the installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. C. Coordinate the size and location of structural steel support members. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS: A. Furnish one additional complete set of belts for each belt-driven fan. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Centrifugal Fans: a. Aladdin Heating Corp. b. Buffalo Forge Co. c. ILG Industries, Inc. d. Loren Cook Co. HVAC FANS 23 3400 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 e. New York Blower Co. f. Trane Co. g. Twin City Fan and Blower Co. h. Greenheck i. York; Division of York International j. Carnes 2. Utility Sets: a. Acme Engineering And Mfg. Corp. b. Aladdin Heating Corp. c. Buffalo d. Brundage (The) Co. e. Loren Cook Co. f. ILG Industries, Inc. g. New York Blower Co. h. Penn Ventilator Co., Inc. i. Trane Co. j. Twin City Fan and Blower Co. k. Greenheck 3. Prefabricated Roof Curbs a. Custon Curb, Inc. b. Pate Co. c. S & L Manufacturing Co. d. ThyCurb Div.; Thybar Corp. 2.2 FANS, GENERAL: A. General: Provide fans that are factory fabricated and assembled, factory tested, and factory finished, with indicated capacities and characteristics. B. Fans and Shafts: Statically and dynamically balanced and designed for continuous operation at the maximum rated fan speed and motor horsepower. 1. Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel designed to operate at no more than 70 percent of the first critical speed at the top of the speed range of the fan's class. C. Belt Drives: Factory mounted, with final alignment and belt adjustment made after installation. 1. Service Factor: 1.4. D. Belts: Oil-resistant, nonsparking, and nonstatic. E. Motors and Fan Wheel Pulleys: Adjustable pitch for use with motors through 15 HP; fixed pitch for use with motors larger than 15 HP. Select pulley so that pitch adjustment is at the middle of the adjustment range at fan design conditions. Provide energy efficient motor. HVAC FANS 23 3400 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Belt Guards: Provide steel belt guards for motors mounted on the outside of the fan cabinet. F. Shaft Bearings: Provide type indicated, having a median life "Rating Life" AFBMA L10 of 100,000 to 200,000 hours calculated in accordance with AFBMA Standard 9 for ball bearings and AFBMA Standard 11 for roller bearings. G. Factory Finish: The following finishes are required: 1. Sheet Metal Parts: Prime coating prior to final assembly. 2. Exterior Surfaces: Baked-enamel finish coat after assembly. H. Vibration: Provide vibration isolators as specified in Section 23 05 48 and as indicated. 2.3 CENTRIFUGAL FANS: A. General Description: Belt-driven centrifugal fans consisting of housing, wheel, fan shaft, bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, and support structure. B. Housings: Fabricated from formed and reinforced galvanized steel panels to form curved scroll housings with continuously welded or deep-locked seams and access doors or panels to allow access to internal parts and components. 1. Inlet Cones: Spun metal. 2. Duct Connections: Flanged. 3. Panel Bracing: Steel angle- or channel-iron member supports for mounting and supporting fan scroll, wheel, motor, and accessories. C. Fan Wheels: Single-width, single-inlet, welded to cast-iron or cast-steel hub and spun steel inlet cone, with hub keyed to the shaft. D. Fan Wheels: Double-width, double-inlet, welded to cast-iron or cast-steel hub and spun steel inlet cone, with hub keyed to the shaft. 1. Blade Materials: Steel. 2. Blade Type: Backward-curved, flat-plate type. 3. Blade Type: Backward-curved, airfoil type. 4. Blade Type: Forward-curved, airfoil type. E. Shaft Bearings: Grease-lubricated, self-aligning, pillow-block type; tapered roller bearings with double-locking collars and two- piece, cast-iron housing. F. Accessories: The following accessories are required. 1. Scroll Bypass Dampers: Aluminum, opposed, airfoil blades with extruded vinyl seals on blades, low-friction bearings, and positive control linkage for manual or automatic operation. 2. Scroll Housing Access Doors: Latch-type handles; flush-mounted for uninsulated housings and raised-mounted for insulated housings. 3. Inlet Vanes: Radial vanes with linkage for manual or automatic operation. 4. Double-Width Fans Inlet Vanes: Connected for single operator. 5. Inlet Screens: Heavy wire mesh screens, mounted inside of shaft bearings. HVAC FANS 23 3400 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 6. Discharge Dampers: Heavy-gauge steel, opposed blade design, with linkage for manual or automatic operation. 7. Drain Connections: Threaded, ¾” NPS, capped nipple installed at lowest point of housing. 8. Shaft Cooler: Metal disc between bearings and fan wheel, designed to dissipate heat from shaft. 9. Spark-Resistant Construction: AMCA construction option A, B, or C as indicated. 10. Shaft Seals: Air-tight seals installed around shaft on drive side of single-width fans. 11. Special Coatings: Provide protective coatings on fans as indicated. 12. Extended Grease Lines: Extend grease lines from bearings to a convenient, visible location and terminate with grease fitting. 2.4 UTILITY SET FANS: A. General Description: Belt-driven, centrifugal fans consisting of housing, wheel, fan shaft, bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, and accessories. B. Housings: Fabricated from heavy-gauge steel with side sheets fastened to scroll sheets by means of welding or deep lock seam. 1. Inlet: Round duct collar. 2. Discharge: Slip-joint duct connection. 3. Housings Discharge Arrangement: Adjustable to 8 standard positions. C. Fan Wheels: Single-width, single-inlet, welded to cast-iron or cast-steel hub and spun steel inlet cone, with hub keyed to the shaft. 1. Blade Materials: Steel. 2. Blade Type: Backward-curved, die-formed. 3. Blade Type: Forward-curved, die-formed. D. Shaft Bearings: Prelubricated and sealed, self-aligning, pillow- block-type ball bearings. E. Accessories: The following accessories are required where indicated: 1. Backdraft Dampers: Gravity-actuated with counterweight and interlocking aluminum blades and felt edges in steel frame installed on fan discharge. 2. Access Doors: Gasketed doors with latch-type handles. 3. Scroll Dampers: Single-blade damper installed at fan scroll top with adjustable linkage. 4. Spark-Resistant Construction: AMCA construction option A, B, or C as indicated. 5. Inlet Screens: Removable, heavy wire mesh. 6. Drain Connections: ¾”, threaded coupling drain connection installed at lowest point of housing. 7. Weather Hoods: Weather-resistant with stamped vents over motor and drive compartment. 8. Special Coatings: Provide protective coatings on fans as indicated. HVAC FANS 23 3400 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.5 PREFABRICATED ROOF CURBS: A. Furnish and install roof curbs as scheduled for duct openings through the roof and for exhaust fan support. The curbs shall be galvanized steel [self-flashing type] [with integral cant], for flashing in the field. If the curbs are to have sound attenuation qualities, they shall be not less than those catalogued for the equipment specified. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, housekeeping pads, and other conditions affecting performance of fans. B. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL: A. Install fans level and plumb, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Support units using vibration control devices as indicated. Vibration control devices are specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration Controls." 1. Support floor-mounted units on concrete equipment bases using neoprene pads. Secure units to anchor bolts installed in concrete equipment base. 2. Secure roof-mounted fans to roof curbs with cadmium-plated hardware. a. Installation of roof curbs is specified in Division 7. 3. Suspended Units: Suspend units from structural steel support frame using threaded steel rods and vibration isolation springs. B. Arrange installation of units to provide access space around air-handling units for service and maintenance. 3.3 CONNECTIONS: A. Duct installations and connections are specified in other Division 23 sections. Make final duct connections on inlet and outlet duct connections with flexible connections. B. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. 1. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division-26 sections. Ensure that rotation is in direction indicated and intended for proper performance. Do not proceed with centrifugal fan start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to centrifugal fan Installer. 2. Temperature control wiring and interlock wiring are specified in Division 23. 3. Grounding: Connect unit components to ground in accordance with the National Electrical Code. HVAC FANS 23 3400 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Upon completion of installation of air handling equipment, and after motor has been energized with normal power source, test equipment to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Where possible, field correct malfunctioning equipment, then retest to demonstrate compliance. Replace equipment which cannot be satisfactorily corrected. B. Manufacturer's Field Inspection: Arrange and pay for a factory- authorized service representative to perform the following: 1. Inspect the field assembly of components and installation of fans including ductwork and electrical connections. 2. Prepare a written report on findings and recommended corrective actions. 3.5 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTING: A. Startup, test and adjust air handling equipment in presence of manufacturer's authorized representative. B. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. C. Clean unit cabinet interiors to remove foreign material and construction dirt and dust. Vacuum clean fan wheel and cabinet. 3.6 SPARE PARTS: A. General: Furnish to Owner with receipt one spare set of belts for each belt driven air handling equipment. 3.7 COMMISSIONING: A. Final Checks Before Start-Up: Perform the following operations and checks before start-up: 1. Remove shipping blocking and bracing. 2. Verify unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections for piping, ductwork, and electrical are complete. Verify proper thermal overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnects. 3. Perform cleaning and adjusting specified in this Section. 4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearings operations. Reconnect fan drive system, align belts, and install belt guards. 5. Lubricate bearings, pulleys, belts, and other moving parts with factory-recommended lubricants. 6. Verify manual and automatic volume control and that fire and smoke dampers in connected ductwork systems are in the full-open position. 7. Disable automatic temperature control operators. B. Starting procedures for fans: 1. Energize motor; verify proper operation of motor, drive system, and fan wheel. Adjust fan to indicated RPM. HVAC FANS 23 3400 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design conditions. 3. Measure and record motor electrical values for voltage and amperage. C. Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature control operators. D. Refer to Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for procedures for air-handling-system testing, adjusting, and balancing. 3.8 DEMONSTRATION: A. Demonstration Services: Arrange and pay for a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel on the following: 1. Procedures and schedules related to start-up and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, preventative maintenance, and how to obtain replacement parts. 2. Familiarization with contents of Operating and Maintenance Manuals specified in Division 1 Section "Project Closeout" and Division 23 Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements." B. Schedule training with at least 7 days' advance notice. END OF SECTION 23 3400 HVAC FANS 23 3400 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 3600 - AIR TERMINAL UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of air terminals work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. B. Types of air terminals specified in this section include the following: 1. Central Air Terminals a. Shutoff Single Duct b. Reheat C. Refer to other Division 23 sections for related work in addition to the requirements of this section. D. Refer to Division-26 sections for the following work; not work of this section. 1. Power supply wiring from power source to power connection on air terminals. Include disconnects, and required electrical devices, except where specified as furnished, or factory-installed, by manufacturer. E. Provide the following electrical work as work of this section, complying with requirements of Division-26 sections: 1. Control wiring between field-installed controls and air terminals. a. Control wiring specified as work of Division-23 for Automatic Temperature Controls is work of that section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of air terminals with characteristics, sizes, and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ADC Compliance: Provide air terminals, which have been tested and rated in accordance with ADC standards, and bear ADC Seal. 2. ARI Compliance: Provide air terminals, which have been tested and rated in accordance with ARI 880 "Industry Standard for Air Terminals" and bear ARI certification seal. Hot water coils shall be tested and rated in accordance with ARI Standard 410. 3. NFPA Compliance: Construct air terminals using acoustical and thermal insulations complying with NFPA 90A "Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems". AIR TERMINALS UNITS 23 3600 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including performance data for each size and type of air terminal furnished; schedule showing drawing designation, room location, number furnished, model number, size, and accessories furnished; and installation and start-up instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components. C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit ladder-type wiring diagrams for electric power and control components, clearly indicating required field electrical connections. D. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products, in accordance with requirements of Division 23. E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each type of air terminal; including "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and maintenance data in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 23. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver air terminals wrapped in factory-fabricated fiberboard type containers. Identify on outside of container type of air terminal and location to be installed. Avoid crushing or bending and prevent dirt and debris from entering and settling in boxes. B. Store air terminals in original cartons and protect from weather and construction work traffic. Where possible, store indoors; when necessary to store outdoors, store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Air Terminals: a. Titus Products Div.; Philips Industries, Inc. b. Anemostat Products Div.; Dynamics Corp. of America. c. Price d. Carrier Corp.; Sub. of United Technologies Corp. e. Trane (The) Co. f. Metal-Aire g. Krueger 2.2 AIR TERMINALS: A. General: Provide factory-fabricated and tested air terminals as indicated, selected with performance characteristics which match or exceed those indicated on schedule. AIR TERMINALS UNITS 23 3600 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Air terminal units shall be low pressure drop, single duct throttling type pressure independent and suitable for use in medium pressure variable volume air distribution systems. C. Casing shall be minimum 22 gauge galvanized steel construction with internal acoustical coated ½” thick, 1-1/2 lb. density fiberglass insulation and inlet and outlet duct connections. Provide gasketed and insulated access doors for air terminals with internally mounted serviceable components, including actuators and fan motors. 1. Casing shall be insulated with ½”, 1-1/2 lb. reinforced foil faced insulation. All edges shall be folded and tucked or protected by sheet metal nosing to isolate all glass fibers from the air stream. D. Internal damper blade shall be extruded aluminum or 18 gauge steel with keyed fit shaft and nylon bushing. Damper shall seal against gasketed stops maximum 2% leakage at 3.0" S.P. All mechanical parts shall be galvanized or non-ferrous. Alternate damper design as produced by the Trane Company as acceptable. E. Hot water heating coils shall be designed for 200 psig maximum working pressure and 200 degrees F maximum operating temperature. Coil shall be serpentine-type, constructed of 1/2" O.D. copper tubes mechanically bonded to aluminum fins; galvanized steel casing. F. Provide between terminal casing and reheat coil, factory-installed framed duct access door complete with quarter-turn quick release fasteners. G. Provide label on each air terminal unit, indicating plan designation, unit size, cfm range and settings and calibration curve. H. Provide a pressure independent pneumatic cross or ring-shaped flow sensor with velocity pressure pickup points for measuring inlet airflow. The sensor shall maintain control accuracy with the same size inlet duct in any configuration. Single point hot wire anemometer or straight line pneumatic sensors are not acceptable. Provide gauge ports in flow sensor tubing. 2.3 CONTROLS: A. Air terminal unit manufacturer shall mount DDC controller and electric actuator provided by temperature control manufacturer. See Section 23 09 23/23 09 43. B. Control devices shall be factory set and calibrated for operation with [direct acting] [reverse acting] room thermostat. C. The terminal control damper shall be factory set to fail to an [open] [closed] position in case of a loss of control air pressure. D. Coordinate spring range P/E settings and control action with devices provided under section 23 09 43 and Sequence of Control specified in section 23 09 93. AIR TERMINALS UNITS 23 3600 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which air terminals are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 COORDINATION: A. The contractor is responsible for determining the position of controls, actuators, and access. Coordinate each air terminal's position with building elements, piping, conduit, ductwork and other items, order left/right hand units as required and inform all other trades as required. Relocate interfering items or terminal as required to provide proper access if not coordinated beforehand. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF AIR TERMINALS: A. General: Install air terminals as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Location: Install each unit level and accurately in position indicated in relation to other work; and maintain sufficient clearance for normal service and maintenance, but in no case less than that recommended by manufacturer. C. Duct Connections: Connect ductwork to air terminals in accordance with Division-23 ductwork sections. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Upon completion of installation and prior to initial operation, test and demonstrate that air terminals, and duct connections to air terminals, are leak-tight. B. Repair or replace air terminals and duct connections as required to eliminate leaks, and retest to demonstrate compliance. 3.5 CLEANING: A. Clean exposed factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturers touch-up paint. 3.6 BALANCING: A. See Section 23 05 93. Balancing contractor shall set all air quantity limits, and shall not rely on any factory calibration. Report air quantity as measured by the air terminals velocity pressure pick up, in addition to pitot traverses and outlet readings. END OF SECTION 23 3600 AIR TERMINALS UNITS 23 3600 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 3713 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS & GRILLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of air outlets and inlets work is indicated by drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. B. Types of air outlets and inlets required for project include the following: 1. Ceiling air diffusers. 2. Wall registers and grilles. C. Refer to other Division 23 sections for ductwork, duct accessories; testing and balancing; not work of this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of air outlets and inlets of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Codes and Standards: 1. ARI Compliance: Test and rate air outlets and inlets in accordance with ARI 650 "Standard for Air Outlets and Inlets". 2. ASHRAE Compliance: Test and rate air outlets and inlets in accordance with ASHRAE 70 "Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and Inlets". 3. ADC Compliance: Test and rate air outlets and inlets in certified laboratories under requirements of ADC 1062 "Certification, Rating and Test Manual". 4. ADC Seal: Provide air outlets and inlets bearing ADC Certified Rating Seal. 5. NFPA Compliance: Install air outlets and inlets in accordance with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems". 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for air outlets and inlets including the following: 1. Schedule of air outlets and inlets indicating drawing designation, room location, number, furnished, model number, size, and accessories furnished. 2. Data sheet for each type of air outlet and inlet, and accessory furnished; indicating construction, finish, and mounting details. 3. Performance data for each type of air outlet and inlet furnished, including aspiration ability, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings. Indicate selections on data. B. Samples: Submit 3 samples of each type of finish furnished. C. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawing for each type of air outlet and inlet, indicating materials and methods of assembly of components. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 23 3713 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 D. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products, in accordance with requirements of Division 23. E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data, including cleaning instructions for finishes, and spare parts lists. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manuals; in accordance with requirements of Division 23. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver air outlets and inlets wrapped in factory- fabricated fiber-board type containers. Identify on outside of container type of outlet or inlet and location to be installed. Avoid crushing or bending and prevent dirt and debris from entering and settling in devices. B. Store air outlets and inlets in original cartons and protect from weather and construction work traffic. Where possible, store indoors; when necessary to store outdoors, store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Diffusers, Registers and Grilles: a. Price b. Krueger; Div. of Philips Industries, Inc. c. Titus Products Div.; Philips Industries, Inc. d. Metal-Aire e. Nailor 2.2 CEILING AIR DIFFUSERS: A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard ceiling air diffusers where shown; of size, shape, capacity and type indicated; constructed of materials and components as indicated, and as required for complete installation. B. Performance: Provide ceiling air diffusers that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device as listed in manufacturer's current data. C. Ceiling Compatibility: Provide diffusers with border styles that are compatible with adjacent ceiling systems, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into ceiling module with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to general construction drawings and specifications for types of ceiling systems, which will contain each type of ceiling air diffuser. D. Types: Provide ceiling diffusers of type, capacity, and with accessories and finishes as listed on air device schedule. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 23 3713 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.3 REGISTERS AND GRILLES: A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard registers and grilles where shown; of size, shape, capacity and type indicated; constructed of materials and components as indicated, and as required for complete installation. B. Performance: Provide registers and grilles that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device as listed in manufacturer's current data. C. Wall Compatibility: Provide registers and grilles with border styles that are compatible with adjacent wall systems, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into wall construction with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to general construction drawings and specifications for types of wall construction, which will contain each type of wall register and grille. D. Types: Provide registers and grilles of type, capacity, and with accessories and finishes as listed on air device schedule. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which air outlets and inlets are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. General: Install air outlets and inlets in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in accordance with recognized industry practices to insure that products serve intended functions. B. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork and duct accessories, as necessary to interface installation of air outlets and inlets with other work. C. Locate ceiling air diffusers, registers, and grilles, as indicated on general construction "Reflected Ceiling Plans". Unless otherwise indicated, locate units in center of acoustical ceiling modules. 3.3 SPARE PARTS: A. Furnish to Owner, with receipt, 3 operating keys for each type of air outlet and inlet that require them. END OF SECTION 23 3713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 23 3713 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 4000 - HVAC AIR CLEANING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of air cleaning work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. B. Types of air cleaning equipment specified in this section include the following: 1. Air Filters. 2. Filter Holding Systems. 3. Filter Gauges. C. Refer to other Division 23 air handling units section for filter boxes and filters associated with air handling units; duct accessories section for duct access door work required in conjunction with air filters; not work of this section. D. Refer to Division 26 sections for the following work; not work of this section. 1. Power supply wiring from power source to power connection on air filter units. Include disconnects and required electrical devices, except where specified as furnished, or factory-installed, by manufacturer. E. Provide the following electrical work as work of this section, complying with requirements of Division-26 sections: 1. Control wiring between field-installed controls, indicating devices, and air filter unit control panels. a. Control wiring specified as work of Division 23 for Automatic Temperature Controls is work of that section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of air cleaning equipment of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Codes and Standards: 1. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of NFPA 90A and 90B, and NEC pertaining to installation of air filters and associated electric wiring and equipment. 2. UL Compliance: Comply with UL Standards pertaining to safety and performance of air filter units. 3. ASHRAE Compliance: Comply with provisions of ASHRAE Standard 52 for method of testing, and for recording and calculating air flow rates. 4. ARI Compliance: Comply with provisions of ARI Standard 850 pertaining to test and performance of air filter units. HVAC AIR CLEANING DEVICES 23 4000 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit product data, shop drawings, and wiring diagrams as specified in Section 23 05 00. B. Samples: Submit one sample filter cartridge for each type of filter required; in accordance with requirements of Division-1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Air Filters and Housings: a. Continental Filter Corp. b. Farr Corp. c. Flanders Filters, Inc. d. Viledon e. Tri-Dim Corp. f. Eco Air g. American Air Filter h. Charcoal Services, Co. 2.2 AIR FILTERS: A. Pleated Media Filters: Provide factory-fabricated, flat panel, dry, pleated, surface filters with holding frames; where shown, in sizes indicated with UL Class 1, self- extinguishing, high loft, non-woven, cotton/synthetic, media material formed into 4" deep radial pleats, supported by an expanded metal or wire mesh, in a die cut moisture resistant fiber board frame. Provide filters with rated face velocity of 500 fpm, initial resistance of 0.30" w.g. with an average of 25-30% efficiency, base on ASHRAE Test Standard 52 with 90-95% dustspot efficiency, final rated resistance of 1.00" w.g., and average arrestance of 94-96%. B. Medium-Efficiency Cartridge-Type Filters: Medium efficiency, extended surface, supported pleat type mounted in a 16 gauge galvanized steel holding frame. Media shall be pleated continuous fiberglass with aluminum separators. Media shall be [60-65] [80-85] [90-95] efficiency (ASHRAE Dust Spot 52-76) at rated capacity. Provide filters with rated face velocity of 500 fpm, initial resistance of [0.45] [0.60] [0.65] w.g. and final rates resistance of 1.0" to 1.5" w.g. C. High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA-) Filters: Provide factory-fabricated, cartridge-type high efficiency particulate air filters with holding casing; where shown, in sizes indicated. Provide glass fiber media, rated UL Class 1 and with efficiency of not less than 99.97%, when tested with 0.3 micron particles in accordance with MIL-F-51068, and with static pressure drop of not greater than 1.0" w.g., when clean and operating at rated capacity. Equip filters with gaskets and construct media of continuous sheets with closely spaced pleats separated by corrugated aluminum inserts. Construct holding casing of 18-ga galvanized steel, complete with gaskets and holding latches and HVAC AIR CLEANING DEVICES 23 4000 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 capable of being bolted together, or held with retainers, to form filter bank with airtight joints. Construct downstream corners of holding device with cushion pads to protect media. Provide filters 11-½” deep with rated face velocity of 250 fpm, initial operating resistance of 1.0" w.g., and recommended final resistance of 3.0" w.g. 2.3 FILTER GAUGES: A. Provide diaphragm-type filter gauge for each filter bank, with dial and pointer, graduated to read from 0 to 2" [ ] w.g. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which air filters and filter housings will be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. General: Comply with installation requirements as specified elsewhere in these specifications pertaining to air filters housing/casings, and associated supporting devices. B. Install air filters and holding frame devices of types indicated, and where shown; in accordance with air filter manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices; to ensure that filters comply with requirements and serve intended purposes. C. Locate each filter unit accurately in position indicated, in relation to other work. Position unit with sufficient clearance for normal service and maintenance. D. Anchor filter holding frames securely to substrate. Provide intermediate steel support bars between every other column of frames on filters high, or as recommended by manufacturer. E. Coordinate with other work including ductwork and air handling unit work, as necessary to interface installation of filters properly with other work. F. Install filters in proper position to prevent passage of unfiltered air. Seal between each filter frame and filter frame and plenum housing airtight. G. Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. 1. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division-26 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment Installer. HVAC AIR CLEANING DEVICES 23 4000 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 H. Install air filter gauge pressure tips upstream and downstream of filters to indicate air pressure drop through air filter. Mount filter gauges on outside of filter housing or filter plenum, in accessible position. Adjust and level inclined gauges if any, for proper readings. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Operate installed air filters to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Test for air leakage of unfiltered air while system is operating. Correct malfunctioning units at site, then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise remove and replace with new units, and proceed with retesting. 3.4 EXTRA STOCK: A. Provide one complete extra set of filters for each air handling system. If system is designed to include pre- filters and after-filters, provide both types of filters. Install new filters at completion of air handling system work, and prior to testing, adjusting, and balancing work. Obtain receipt from Owner that new filters have been installed. END OF SECTION 23 4000 HVAC AIR CLEANING DEVICES 23 4000 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 8000 - DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of terminal unit work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. B. Types of terminal units required for project include the following: 1. Coils. 2. Radiant-acoustical ceiling panels (hot water). C. Refer to other Division 23 sections for piping; ductwork; testing, adjusting and balancing of terminal units; not work of this section. D. Refer to Division 26 section for the following work; not work of this section. 1. Power supply wiring from power source to power connection on terminal units. 2. Provide the following electrical work as work of this section, complying with requirements of Division-26 sections: a. Control wiring between field-installed controls, indicating devices, and terminal unit control panels. 1) Control wiring specified as work of Division 23 for Automatic Temperature Controls is work of that section. E. Refer to other Division 23 sections for automatic temperature controls not factory installed, required in conjunction with terminal units; not work of this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of terminal units, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Codes and Standards: 1. I=B=R Compliance: Test and rate baseboard and finned tube radiation in accordance with I=B=R, provide published ratings bearing emblem of I=B=R. 2. ARI Compliance: Provide coil ratings in accordance with ARI Standard 410 "Forced-Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils". 3. ASHRAE Compliance: Test coils in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 33 "Methods of Testing Forced Circulation Air Cooling and Heating Coils". 4. ARI Compliance: Test and rate fan-coil units in accordance with ARI Standard 440 "Room Fan-Coil Air Conditioners". 5. UL Compliance: Construct and install fan-coil units in compliance with UL 883 "Safety Standards for Fan Coil Units and Room Fan Heater Units". 6. UL Compliance: Provide electrical components for terminal units, which have been listed and labeled by UL. DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 8000 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 7. ARI Compliance Test and rate unit ventilators in accordance with ARI Standard 330 "Unit Ventilators". 8. AGA Compliance: All gas fired heating equipment shall be AGA Design Certified. 9. Electric Heating Equipment: All equipment with a heating coil capacity exceeding a 48 amp rating shall have the heating elements subdivided and protected by an overcurrent protection device rated at not more than 60 amps. Equipment not exceeding 48 amps shall also have overcurrent protection. Overcurrent protection devices shall be factory wired and installed in accordance with the National Electric Code. All equipment shall be factory assembled and wired in accordance with the National Fire Protection Association and shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, for terminal units showing dimensions, capacities, ratings, performance characteristics, gauges and finishes of materials, and installation-startup instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings indicating terminal unit dimensions, weight loading, required clearances, construction details, field connection details and methods of assembly of components. C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring to terminal units. Submit manufacturer's ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory-installed and portions to be field-installed. D. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products in accordance with requirements of Division 23. E. Samples: Submit 3 samples of each type of cabinet finish furnished. F. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance instructions, including lubrication instructions, filter replacement, motor and drive replacement, control, accessories, "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide, and spare parts lists. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manuals; in accordance with requirements of Division 23. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Handle terminal units and components carefully to prevent damage, breaking, denting and scoring. Do not install damaged terminal units or components; replace with new. B. Store terminal units and components in clean dry place. Protect from weather, dirt, fumes, water, construction debris, and physical damage. C. Comply with Manufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for unloading terminal units, and moving them to final location. DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 8000 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Coils: a. Aerofin Corp. b. Corp. c. Dunham-Bush, Inc. d. McQuay Inc. e. Trane (The) Co. f. York; Div. of York International g. Precision Coils 2. Radiant-Acoustical Ceiling Panels (Hot Water) a. Airtex b. Aero Tech Mfgr Co. c. Airtite d. Rittling 2.2 COILS: A. General: Provide coils of size and in location indicated, and of capacities and having performance data as scheduled. Certify coil capacities, pressure drops, and selection procedures in accordance with ARI 410. B. Heating Coils: 1. Fins: Construct of continuous aluminum or copper configurated plate-fin type with full fin collars for accurate spacing and maximum fin-tube contact. 2. Tubes: Construct of copper tubing, expanded into fin collars for permanent fin-tube bond and expanded into header for permanent leaktight joint. 3. Headers: Construct of gray cast iron for coils 33" high and smaller. Hydrostatically test to 400 psi before assembly. Construct of round seamless copper tube for coils over 33" high. 4. Casings: Construct of 16-ga continuous coated galvanized steel with fins recessed into channels to minimize air bypass. 5. Testing: Proof test coils at 300 psi, leak test at 200 psi under water. 6. Coil Types: Provide the following coil types as indicated, and as scheduled. a. Hot Water to 200 psi, 220 deg. F (104 deg. C): Provide 2-row, 5/8" tubes, same-end connection coil. Provide rolled tube-to-header joints for coil heights 33" and smaller. Provide brazed tube-to-header joints for coil heights over 33". b. Hot Water to 225 psi, 325 deg. F (163 deg. C): Provide 2-row, 5/8" tubes, same-end connection, dual-tube-feed coil. Reinforce tube-to-header joints with brass bushings and provide expanded joints. DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 8000 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 c. Hot Water to 225 psi, 325 deg. F (163 deg. C) and Steam to 200 psi, 400 deg. F (204 deg. C): Provide 2-rows, 5/8" tubes, single tube continuous circuit, same-end connection coil. Roll connection tube. 2.3 RADIANT-ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS: A. The radiant acoustical panels shall be placed into a standard grid system to be provided by the General Contractor in accordance with the Architect's reflected ceiling plans. B. Provide ½” O.D., Type "L" copper loops for interconnection of panels. C. Radiant panels shall have certified performance data provided by a recognized testing laboratory. D. Panels shall be finished with standard white paint. E. Provide supervision by distributor of panels. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which terminal units are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF COILS: A. General: Install coils as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Mount coils on steel supports to form banks or stacks as indicated, brace, secure to air intake chamber. Place in location to permit installation of bypass damper if required, provide steel baffles where required to prevent bypassing of air. C. Pitch coil casings for drainage, not less than 1/8” toward return connections, except where drainage feature is included in coil design. D. Provide for each bank of cooling coils, drain pan(s) under each coil supported off of floor of sufficient height to allow installation of condensate drain pipe trap to allow drainage of condensate from pan when installed on suction side of fan. Provide condensate drain piping from drain pan connection to nearest adequate floor drain. Plug any unused drain connection. E. Provide for each steam coil unit, steam supply connection with strainer, gate valve, automatic temperature regulating valve, condensate return connection with vacuum breaker, f & t trap, and gate valve, as indicated. F. Provide for each hot or chilled water coil unit, water supply, return connection, strainer, gate valves, automatic temperature regulating valve, balancing cocks, as indicated. G. Provide electric wiring for each electric duct heater in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and Division 26. DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 8000 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.3 INSTALLATION OF RADIANT CEILING PANELS: A. General: Install electric/hot water radiant ceiling panels as indicated and in accordance with manufacturers’ installation instructions. B. Inspect for damage and verify that nameplate data correspondence with panel designation. 3.4 ELECTRICAL WIRING: A. General: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. B. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division-26 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer. 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. General: After construction is completed, including painting, clean unit exposed surfaces, vacuum clean terminal coils and inside of cabinets. B. Retouch any marred or scratched surfaces of factory- finished cabinets, using finish materials furnished by manufacturer. C. Install new filter units for terminals requiring same. 3.6 START-UP: A. Start-up, test, and adjust terminal units in accordance with manufacturer's published start-up instructions. Adjust for proper airflow where applicable. END OF SECTION 23 8000 DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 8000 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 23 8413 - HUMIDIFIERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of humidifiers work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. B. Humidifiers furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment, are specified as part of equipment assembly in other Division 23 sections. C. Refer to Division 3 for concrete pads. D. Refer to other Division 23 sections for concrete pads, piping, ductwork, specialties, temperature control, and insulation, required external to humidifiers for installation; not work of this section. E. Refer to Division 26 sections for the following work; not work of this section. 1. Power supply wiring from power source to power connection on humidifier. Include starters, disconnects, and required electrical devices, except where specified as furnished, or factory-installed, by manufacturer. 2. Interlock wiring between electrically-operated humidifiers; and between humidifiers and field-installed control devices. 3. Interlock wiring specified as factory-installed is work of this section. F. Provide the following electrical work as work of this section, complying with requirements of Division 26 sections: 1. Control wiring between field-installed controls, indicating devices, and humidifier control panels. 2. Control wiring specified as work of Division 23 for Automatic Temperature Controls is work of that section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of humidifiers, of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Codes and Standards: 1. AHRI Compliance: Test and rate humidifiers in accordance with AHRI 610 "Standard for Central System Humidifiers". 2. AHRI Compliance: Test and rate humidifiers in accordance with AHRI 620 "Standard for Self-Contained Humidifiers". 3. AHRI Compliance: Install humidifiers in accordance with AHRI 630 "Standard for Selection, Installation, and Servicing of Humidifiers". 4. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide electrical components required as part of humidifiers, which are listed and labeled by UL and comply with NEMA Standards. 5. NEC Compliance: Comply with National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) as applicable to installation and electrical connections of ancillary electrical components of humidifiers. HUMIDIFIERS 23 8413 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including rated capacities of selected model clearly indicated, weights, installation and start-up instructions, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components. C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring to humidifiers. Submit manufacturer's ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory-installed and portions to be field-installed. D. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products, in accordance with requirements of Division 23. E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for each humidifier, control, and accessory; including "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide. Install this data, product data, shop drawings, and wiring diagrams in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 23. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Jacketed Steam Humidifiers: a. Armstrong International. b. Dri-Steem Co. c. Pure Humidifier 2. Electric Replaceable Electrode Type Steam Humidifiers: a. Dri-Steam b. Carnes Co. c. Nortec Industries, Inc. d. Armstrong International 3. Multi-Tube Steam Distribution Panels a. Dri-Steem Co. b. Armstrong International. c. Nortec 2.2 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS: A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide packaged humidifiers and ancillary equipment with manufacturer's standard materials and components as indicated and published product HUMIDIFIERS 23 8413 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 information, designed and constructed by manufacturer, and as required for complete installation. //EDIT NOTE: THE MULTI-TUBE STEAM DISTRIBUTION PANEL IS PREFERRED. 2.3 JACKETED DRY STEAM AND HUMIDIFIERS: A. General: Provide jacketed dry steam humidifiers as indicated, of size and capacity as scheduled. B. Separator: Provide cast-iron separator to receive steam at operating pressure, and to ensure dry steam entering metering valve. Provide mounting flange for distribution manifold. C. Metering Valve: Provide stainless steel construction, steam jacketed metering valve, with linear flow characteristics over full stroke. Valve actuator shall be compatible with the Building Automation System. D. Distribution Manifold: Provide stainless steel manifold with provision to return any condensate to steam trap. Construct with steam nozzles designed to provide even steam distribution over entire length, from 0 to 100% capacity. Provide stainless steel mounting plate for duct attachment and mounting flange for separator attachment. E. Trap: Provide float-and-thermostatic or inverted bucket steam trap, sized for maximum condensate flow, and separate inlet strainer. 2.4 REPLACEABLE ELECTRODE TYPE HUMIDIFIERS: A. Enclosure shall be 20-gauge stainless steel cabinet with powder painted doors suitable for finished spaces. The enclosure shall have two separate compartments: one for the steam cylinder and one for electrical components. B. Steam shall be generated in a plastic disposable steam cylinder with integral electrode. Cylinder shall have welded seams to ensure water tightness. Cylinder shall provide full output for entire cylinder life. Integral high water sensor probe to prevent overfilling. C. An electric drain valve shall be cabinet-mounted to allow cylinder to automatically drain periodically and at the end of a humidification season. The cylinder shall automatically and completely drain if it doesn’t receive a humidity demand signal for 72 hours, provide automatic tempering of drain to prevent temperature of water going to drain from exceeding 140 deg F. Humidifier shall be compatible with potable unsoftened or softened water. Humidifier shall have an integral 1” air gap. D. Distribution: Provide stainless steel in-duct distribution tubes with steam hose and drain tube and rigid p-trap. //OR (PREFERRED) E. Distribution: Provide short absorption, multi-tube distribution panel consisting of a horizontal header/separator and multiple vertical dispersion tubes necessary to achieve the required steam capacity and absorption distance. 1. The humidifier shall provide absorption characteristics that preclude water accumulation on any in-duct surface within 26” of the humidifier tube panel while maintaining conditions of 75% maximum relative humidity at a minimum of 53° F in the duct airstream. HUMIDIFIERS 23 8413 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2. Air pressure loss across the humidifier panel shall not exceed .15” water column at a duct air velocity of 825 fpm. //OR F. Distribution: Provide multi-tube distribution panel as specified below. G. Controls: Humidifier shall be capable of 20%-100% modulating control. Microprocessor shall control all functions, with user input for project specific setpoints and adjustments. Alphanumeric display shall indicate system functions including setpoints, system output and system alarms. Provide relays for remote signaling of alarms: 1. Coordinate demand signal with Building Automation System (BAS). BAS shall provide sensors – see 23 09 23. //OR 2. Humidity Transmitter Room: Humidity transmitter shall be a room-mounted device that measures from 0% to 100% of RH range and provides a linear output (10% RH to 90% RH). Accuracy ±2% RH. Supply voltage 21 VDC. Operating temperature range: -4° F to 140° F. 3. Airflow Proving Switch, Sail Type: Airflow proving switch shall be a sail operated electric switch for field installation. Switch makes @ 250 fpm, breaks @75 fpm. Maximum operating temperature for sail: 170° F. Maximum operating temperature for switch: 125° F. 4. Duct High Humidity Limit: Provide sensor to trim humidifier output if duct humidity rises above setpoint (90%). Humidifier shall continue to operate to meet the room humidity transmitter signal with a reduced output to avoid exceeding the high limit sensor. 2.5 MULTI-TUBE STEAM DISTRIBUTION PANEL: A. General: Humidifier shall consist of a steam supply headers/separator, a vertical condensate collection header and a bank of closely-spaced steam dispersion tubes spanning the distance between the two headers. Each tube shall be fitted with steam discharge orifices inserted into the tube wall. Each steam orifice shall be sized for its required steam capacity, and be designed to draw steam from the center of the tube, avoiding condensate collecting on the tube wall. Each tube shall be provided with a PVDF insulating jacket to limit tube heat transfer to 200 btu/hr per liner foot of tube at 2000 fpm air velocity. The humidifier shall provide absorption characteristics that preclude water accumulation on any in-duct surfaces under the conditions scheduled on the drawings. B. Duct Mounting: The tubes and headers shall be enclosed in a stainless steel mounting frame to allow duct connections via flanged connections. Tubes shall be horizontal between vertical headers, with condensate outlet at or above the bottom of the duct. Headers shall be outside the airstream. C. Air Handler Mounting: Tubes shall be either horizontal or vertical. Header(s) shall be insulated. Provide supports as required to mount inside the air handler. Provide a drain pan under humidifier if not integral to the air handler. D. Materials: All tubes and headers shall be of 304 stainless steel and joints shall be heli-arc welded. E. Accessories: The humidifier shall be furnished with an electric steam valve, compatible with the Building Automation System and steam traps, all shipped loose for installation on the job. HUMIDIFIERS 23 8413 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which humidifiers are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF HUMIDIFIERS: A. General: Install humidifiers where indicated, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions, and with recognized industry practices, to ensure that humidifiers comply with requirements and serve intended purposes. B. Access: Provide access space around humidifiers for service as indicated, but in no case less than that recommended by manufacturer. C. Support: Provide supports from substrate for humidifiers as indicated and in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. D. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. 1. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division 26 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment Installer. E. Ductwork Installation: Refer to Division 23 section "Metal Ductwork". Provide air-tight seal at each penetration of humidifiers into ductwork. Provide duct access door for service. F. Steam Piping Connections: Refer to Division 23 section "Steam Piping and Condensate Heating Piping". Provide separate valved branch to supply humidifier from top of dripped steam runout. G. Make-Up Water and Drain Connections: Refer to Division 23 section "Basic Piping Materials and Methods". Provide separate valved branch to supply humidifier. Provide backflow prevention device as required by Plumbing Code having jurisdiction. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Upon completion of installation and prior to initial operation, test and demonstrate that air humidification equipment is leak-tight. B. Repair or replace air humidification equipment as required to eliminate leaks, and retest as specified to demonstrate compliance. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Start-Up: Start-up humidifiers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Adjust controls for project conditions. 2. Adjust high limit controls to prevent excessive humidity output. 3. Adjust drain cycles for unoccupied times where possible. HUMIDIFIERS 23 8413 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Refer to Division 23 section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for humidifier balancing; not work of this section. C. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch-up paint. END OF SECTION 23 8413 HUMIDIFIERS 23 8413 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 26 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL: 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. All drawings associated with the entire project, including general provisions of the Contract, including The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Conditions specification sections shall apply to the Division 26 specifications and drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for reviewing and becoming familiar with the aforementioned and all other Contract Documents associated with the project. B. Related Sections: Refer to all sections in Division 23. Refer to Division 26 specification sections and Division 26 drawings. C. Where contradictions occur between this section and Division 1, the more stringent requirement shall apply. D. Contractor shall be defined as any and all entities involved with the construction of the project. 1.2 SUMMARY: A. This Section specifies the basic requirements for electrical installations and includes requirements common to more than one section of Division 26. It expands and supplements the requirements specified in sections of Division 1 through 23. 1.3 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS: A. Drawings are diagrammatic in character and do not necessarily indicate every required conduit, box, fitting, etc. B. Drawings and specifications are complementary. Whatever is called for in either is binding as though called for in both. Report any discrepancies to the Engineer and obtain written instructions before proceeding. Where any contradictions occur between the specifications and the drawings the more stringent requirement shall apply. The contractor shall include pricing for the more stringent and expensive requirements. C. Drawings shall not be scaled for rough-in measurements or used as shop drawings. Where drawings are required for these purposes or have to be made from field measurement, take the necessary measurements and prepare the drawings. D. The exact location for some items in this specification may not be shown on the drawings. The location of such items may be established by the Engineer during the progress of the work. E. The contractor shall make the installation in such a manner as to conform to the structure, avoid obstructions, preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear, without further instructions or costs to the Owner. All equipment shall be installed so access is maintained for serviceability. F. Before any work is begun, determine that equipment will properly fit the space and that conduit can be run as contemplated without interferences between systems, with structural elements or with the work of other trades. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 G. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. H. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components to accommodate electrical installations. I. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring an access path for positioning prior to closing-in the building or space. J. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install electrical conduits, boxes, and overhead equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. In general, keep installations tight to structure. K. Install electrical equipment to facilitate maintenance and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting and removal with minimum of interference with other installations. L. Make allowance for expansion and contraction for all building electrical components and conduit systems that are subject to such. M. The ceiling space shall not be “layered”. It is the contractor’s responsibility to offset and coordinate any systems as required to allow installation within the identified ceiling cavity. The contractor shall include labor and material in the base bid to accommodate such offsets. N. In general, all conduit systems shall be routed as high as possible. Keep all equipment in accessible areas such as corridors and coordinate with systems and equipment from other sections. O. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. P. Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to accommodate the installation of electrical equipment and materials. Q. Installation shall comply with the local seismic requirements for the area of installation. Provide restraints, bracing, anchors, vibration isolation, seismic snubbers, and all other components required for the installation. R. Coordinate the installation of electrical materials and equipment above and below ceilings with suspension system, luminaires and other building components. Ductwork and piping shall not be installed above electrical panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers, and transformers. 1.4 COORDINATION: A. Work out all installation conditions in advance of installation. The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing coordination drawings, showing all work, in all areas. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all labor and material, including but not limited to all fittings, hangers, control devices, lighting, low voltage equipment, cable tray, conduit, transformers, disconnects, etc., necessary to overcome congested conditions at no increase in contact sum. The Contractors base bid shall include any and all time and manpower necessary to develop such coordination efforts and drawings. Increased to contract sum or schedule shall not be considered for such effort. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Provide proper documentation of equipment, product data and shop drawings to all entities involved in the project. Coordination shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Fire Alarm Contractor shall provide shop drawings to other Contractors as required. 2. Automatic Temperature Controls, Building Management and Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Contractors shall be provided with equipment product data and shop drawings from other Division 23 and Division 26 Contractors and shall furnish the same information involving control devices to the appropriate Contractor. 1.5 COORDINATION DRAWINGS: 1. Coordination drawings shall be prepared by the Contractor for his utilization and are his responsibility to assure systems will be installed in a manner to allow all systems to function properly. 2. Prepare and submit a set of coordination drawings showing major elements, components, and systems of electrical equipment and materials in relationship with other building components. Prepare 11”x17” or 24”x36” / 30”x42” drawings to an accurate scale of 1/4"=1'-0" or larger. Indicate the locations of all equipment and materials, including clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment. Indicate movement and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. 3. Coordination drawings are informational submittals. Submit coordination drawings to Engineer for information only to document proper coordination of all portions of work and that coordination issues have been identified and resolved prior to submitting to the Engineer and prior to commencing construction in each affected area. The review of the coordination drawings by the Engineer does not constitute a relief of responsibility of the Contractor or a change to the contract documents. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility in developing a fully coordinated and integrated ceiling cavity. 4. Prepare floor plans, reflected ceiling plans, elevations, sections, and details to conclusively coordinate and integrate all installations. Indicate locations where space is limited, and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: a. Electrical equipment room layouts b. Mechanical equipment room layouts 5. Prepare coordination drawings for specific equipment installations, including, but not limited to the following: a. Generators and automatic transfer switches b. Pad mounted and/or dry type transformers c. Switchboards and panelboards d. Equipment connections e. Control panels f. Circuit and motor disconnects g. Feeder conduits h. Bus Duct 6. Wiring Diagrams: Provide wiring diagrams indicating field installed electrical power and control wiring and cabling layouts, overcurrent protective devices, equipment, and equipment connections. 7. All coordination drawings shall be 3D, with provision for collision check. The contractor is responsible for obtaining the architectural and structural files in 3D, if not available, the contractor shall develop them from the 2D architectural and structural drawings. All 3D COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 drawing development, collision check, coordination, etc. shall be included as part of the Contractors base bid. 8. CADD Drawings: Electronic AutoCAD drawings are available for purchase by the Contractor from the Engineer. Contact Engineer for further information in acquiring CADD drawings. The Engineers Construction documents cannot be used directly for coordination drawings. They are for information and initial coordination only. 1.6 EXISTING CONDITIONS: 1. Carefully survey existing conditions prior to bidding work. In addition, Contractor shall complete a thorough ceiling cavity survey prior to developing 3D drawing. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for showing all existing conditions on the 3D coordination drawings. 3. Provide proper coordination of electrical work with existing conditions. 4. Report any issues or conflicts immediately to Engineer before commencing with work and prior to purchasing equipment and materials. 1.7 UTILITY CONNECTIONS: 1. Coordinate connection of electrical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 2. The contract documents indicate the available information on existing utilities and services and on new services (if any) to be provided to the project by utility companies and agencies. Notify Engineer immediately if discrepancies are found. 3. Coordinate electrical utility interruptions one week in advance with the Owner and the Utility Company. Plan work so that duration of the interruption is kept to a minimum. 1.8 COORDINATION WITH OTHER DIVISIONS: A. GENERAL: 1. Coordinate all work to conform with the progress of the work of other trades. 2. Complete the entire installation as soon as the condition of the building will permit. No extras will be allowed for corrections of ill-timed work, when such corrections are required for proper installation of other work. B. Coordinate ceiling cavity space carefully with all trades. In the event of conflict, install mechanical and electrical systems within the cavity space allocation in the following order of priority: 1. Equipment and required clearances 2. Plumbing waste, cooling coil drain piping and roof drain mains and leaders. 3. Pneumatic tube systems. 4. Ductwork mains. 5. Plumbing vent piping. 6. Medical gas/lab gas systems. 7. Low pressure ductwork and air devices. 8. Electrical and communication conduits, raceways and cable tray. 9. Domestic hot and cold water. 10. Hydronic piping. 11. Fire sprinkler mains, branch piping and drops (locate as tight to structure as possible). 12. DDC control wiring and other low voltage systems. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 13. Fire alarm systems. C. Chases, Inserts, and Openings: 1. Provide measurements, drawings and layouts so that openings, inserts and chases in new construction can be built in as construction progresses. 2. Check sizes and locations of openings provided. Including the access panels for equipment in hard lid ceilings and wall cavities. 3. Any cutting and patching made necessary by failure to provide measurements, drawings and layouts at the proper time shall be done at no additional cost in contract sum. D. Support Dimesions: Provide dimensions and drawings so that concrete basis and other equipment supports to be provided under other sections of the specifications can be built at the proper time. E. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured in place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. F. Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to accommodate the installation of electrical equipment and materials. G. Modifications required as result of failure to resolve interferences, provide correct coordination drawings or call attentions to changes required in other work as result of modifications shall be paid for by responsible Contractor/Subcontractor. 1.9 DESIGN WORK REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR: A. The construction of this project requires the Contractor to include the detailing and design of several systems and/or subsystems. All such design work associated with the development of the coordination drawings shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor. B. The Contractor shall take the full responsibility to develop and complete routing strategies which will allow fully coordinated system to be installed in a fully functional manner. The Engineers contract drawings shall be for system design intent and general configurations. C. Systems or subsystems which require design responsibility by the contractor include but are not limited to: 1. Final coordinated distribution systems within the ceiling cavity. 2. Any system not fully detailed. 3. Fire alarm shop drawings. 4. Equipment supports, hangers, anchors and seismic systems not fully detailed nor specified in these documents, or catalogued by the manufacturer. 5. Seismic restraint systems. 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. The contractor shall be required to attend a pre-bid walk-thru if required and shall make themselves familiar with the existing conditions. No additional costs to the Owner shall be accepted for additional work for existing conditions. B. Field verify all conditions prior to submitting bids. C. Report any damaged equipment or systems to the Owner prior to any work. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 D. Protect all work against theft, injury or damage from all causes until it has been tested and accepted. E. Be responsible for all damage to the property of the Owner or to the work of other contractors during the construction and guarantee period. Repair or replace any part of the work which may show defect during one year from the final acceptance of all work, provided such defect is, in the opinion of the Architect, due to imperfect material or workmanship and not due to the Owner's carelessness or improper use. F. The Contractor shall coordinate and co-operate with Owner at all times for all new to existing connections. G. Coordinate all services shut-down with the Owner; provide temporary services. Coordinate any required disruptions with Owner, one week in advance. 1.11 EQUIPMENT HOUSEKEEPING PADS: A. Provide 4" concrete housekeeping pad for all floor mounted equipment including, but not limited to: switchgear, switchboards, motor control centers, floor mounted distribution panelboards, floor mounted branch panelboards, and floor mounted dry type transformers. Fabricate pads as follows: 1. Coordinate size of equipment bases with actual unit sizes provided. Fabricate base 4" larger in both directions than the overall dimensions of the supported unit. 2. Form concrete pads with framing lumber with form release compounds. Chamfer top edge and corners of pad. 3. Place concrete and allow to cure before installation of units. Use Portland cement that conforms to ASTM C 150, 54000-psi compressive strength, and normal weight aggregate. 4. Anchor housekeeping pads to slab using #3 rebar bent in “L” or “Z” shape 12 inch on center on each side of slab. 1.12 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES: A. Execute and inspect all work in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories (UL), and all local and state codes, rules and regulations applicable to the trade affected as a minimum, but if the plans and/or specifications call for requirements that exceed these rules and regulations, the more stringent requirement shall be followed. Follow application sections and requirements and testing procedures of NFPA, IEEE, NEMA, CBM, ANSI, NECA, ICEA and IETA. B. Comply with standards in effect at the date of these Contract Documents, except where a standard or specific date or edition is indicated. C. All material used on this project shall be UL listed and labeled and be acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the use intended. D. After entering into contract, Contractor will be held to complete all work necessary to meet these requirements without additional expense to the Owner. 1.13 REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES: A. Coordinate connection of electrical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.14 PERMITS AND FEES: A. Owner or Contractor shall pay all fees required for connection to municipal and public utility facilities. B. Contractor shall arrange for and pay for all inspections, licenses and certificates required in connection with the work. 1.15 PROJECT SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS: A. All electrical and fire alarm systems shall be installed to meet NFPA and IBC Seismic requirements. 1. Where any conflicts arise the more stringent requirements shall be applicable. 2. The design of the seismic requirements shall be the responsibility of the contractor. 1.16 TEMPORARY FACILITIES: A. Light, Heat, Power, Etc. 1. Responsibility for providing temporary electricity, heat and other facilities shall be as identified in these specifications, as shown on the drawings and as specified in Division 1. B. Building distribution equipment and devices (existing or new) shall not be used without written permission of the Owner. If used for temporary power, the equipment shall be properly maintained and any damage resulting from use shall be repaired by the Contractor. The guarantee period for new equipment shall not begin until the equipment is turned over to the Owner. C. If AC power systems or their backup systems serving telecommunications, computer equipment, or their associated HVAC equipment and controls are taken out of service, for any reason, the Contractor shall be responsible for providing temporary systems during the period when the AC power systems or their backup systems are out of service. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing temporary power to all loads being interrupted. 1.17 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS: A. The burden of proof that proposed equipment is equal in size, capacity, performance, and other pertinent criteria for this specific installation, or superior to that specified is up to the Contractor. Substituted equipment will only be allowed where specifically listed in a written addendum. If substitutions are not granted, the specified materials and equipment must be installed. Where substituted equipment is allowed, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify all related trades of the accepted substitution and to assume full responsibility for all costs caused as a result of the substitution. B. Product Data: 1. Where pre-printed data covers more than one distinct product, size, type, material, trim, accessory group or other variation, mark submitted copy with black pen to indicate which of the variations is to be provided. C. Product Listing: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Prepare a list of major electrical equipment and materials for the project. A sample schedule is included at the end of this Section to complete this requirement. 2. Provide a product listing within one (1) week from award of contract to successful bidder. 3. Submit this listing as a part of the submittal requirement specified in the Division 1 Section on Products and Substitutions. 4. When two or more items of same material or equipment are required they shall be of the same manufacturer. Product manufacturer uniformity does not apply to raw materials, bulk materials, sheet metal, steel bar stock, welding rods, solder, fasteners and similar items used in Work, except as otherwise indicated. 5. For conduit, wire and fittings, the Contractor shall select a prime and alternate manufacturer from the list of acceptable manufacturers provided in the appropriate sections of this Division. The prime and alternate manufacturers shall be identified in the product listing. The contractor shall make every effort to use the prime manufacturer for the entire project. If products from this manufacturer are unavailable, the Contractor shall use the listed alternate with the following provisions. a. Wire: All wire placed in a single conduit or installed in multiple conduits making up parallel feeders shall be of the same manufacturer. b. Conduit and Fittings: All conduits and fittings installed exposed within the same room or immediate area shall be of the same manufacturer. 6. Provide products which are compatible within systems and other connected items. 1.18 ELECTRICAL SUBMITTALS: A. General 1. Refer to the Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary), Division 1. 2. The submittals shall be submitted as a fully complete package identified by the specification section. The cover shall be identified with the job name, Owner's project number, date, Prime Contractor's name, etc. Submittals that are not complete with the required information will be sent back to be corrected. 3. An index shall be provided which includes: 4. Product 5. Plan Reference (if applicable) 6. Specification Section 7. Manufacturer and Model Number 8. Provide electronic submittals unless it is determined that hard copies are required. 9. Provide two full size (2) hard copy sets of fire alarm shop drawings, coordination drawings, O&M manuals, as-built documents and samples required for the project. 10. If it is determined that hard copy submittals are required, at least two copies of the first submittal package shall be provided in expandable, 3 post, hard back binders, sized to fit all future submittals for this job. Each submittal shall be tabbed by the electrical specification section it is specified in. 11. The Contractor shall identify any "long lead time" items which may impact the overall project schedule. If these submittal requirements affect the schedule, the Contractor shall identify the impacts and confer with the Engineer within two weeks of entering into the contract. 12. Submittals shall be provided for review within four (4) working weeks from award of contract to successful bidder. 13. Provide a listing of submittals and a schedule of submittal dates within one week after award of contract. Submittal listing will be similar to the “Product Listing” sample indicated at the end of this section. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Refer to the Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary) and Division 1 Section covering shop drawings, product data, and samples for submittal definitions, requirements, and procedures. C. The manufacturer's material or equipment listed first in the specifications or on the drawings are the types to be provided for the establishment of size, capacity, grade and quality. If alternates are used in lieu of the first names, the cost of any changes in construction required by their use shall be borne by this Contractor. D. All equipment shall conform to the State and/or local Energy Conservation Standards. E. Submittal of shop drawings, product data, and samples will be accepted only when submitted by the Contractor. Each submittal shall be reviewed for general conformance with contract requirements and stamped by the respective contractor prior to submittal to the Architect/Engineer. Data submitted from subcontractors and material suppliers directly to the Architect/Engineer will not be processed unless written prior approval is obtained by the Contractor. F. Schedule of Values: 1. Provide Preliminary Schedule of Values to Engineer with product data submittal within four (4) weeks from award of contract to successful bidder. Provide according to the following descriptions: a. General Construction (total) b. Demolition c. Service/Distribution d. Lighting - Interior e. Lighting – Exterior f. Lighting Controls g. Basic Materials/Devices/Equipment Connections (Mechanical) h. Emergency Generator i. Fire Alarm (Material/Installation) 1) Building F.A. System j. Security k. P.A./Sound/Intercom l. Miscellaneous G. Before starting work, prepare and submit to the Architect/Engineer shop drawings and descriptive product data. Continue to submit in the stated format after each Architect/Engineer's action until a "No Exception Taken" or "Make Correction Noted" action is received. Submittals shall include the following specified materials and, in addition, any materials not listed below but which are specified in the individual sections of Division 16 which follow. H. Before starting work, prepare and submit to the Architect/Engineer shop drawings and descriptive product data. Continue to submit in the stated format after each Architect/Engineer's action until a "No Exception Taken" or "Make Correction Noted" action is received with the exception of fire alarm submittals which must be submitted until a "NO EXCEPTION TAKEN" action is received. The Engineer will complete an initial review and, if required, a single subsequent review of the resubmittal. If the submittal requires a third review or additional reviews, the Owner may withhold amount(s) necessary from Contractor's final COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 request for Payment to reimburse the Engineer at their standard hourly rates. Submittals shall include the following specified materials and, in addition, any materials not listed below but which are specified in the individual sections of Division 26 which follow. 1. Raceways including surface raceways and wireways. 2. Cable trays or bridle ring assemblies. 3. Underfloor ducts or cellular floors. 4. Optical fiber cable system. 5. Cabinets, boxes, fittings, etc. 6. Wiring devices, including tele/data/power poles. 7. Electrical equipment signs and labels. 8. Switchboards 9. Grounding 10. Transformers 11. Panelboards 12. Disconnect Switches 13. Circuit breakers and fused switches for installation in existing panelboards or distribution centers. 14. Motor control including motor control centers and individual manual and magnetic starters provided under this Division. 15. Automatic and manual transfer switches including all ancillary equipment. 16. Poles and Standards. 17. Lighting 18. Emergency power supplies including unit type equipment. 19. Engine generator including transfer switches and all ancillary equipment. 20. Fire alarm and detection system. 21. Nurse call system. 22. Paging and background music system. 23. Intercom system. 24. Television distribution system. 25. Lighting control system including individual wall dimmers. I. The Design Professional’s review and appropriate action on all submittals and shop drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the design concept and the information expressed in the contract documents. This review shall not include: 1. Accuracy or completeness of details, such as quantities, dimensions, weights or gauges, fabrication processes 2. Construction means or methods 3. Coordination of the work with other trades 4. Construction safety precautions J. The Design Professional’s review shall be conducted with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Design Professional’s judgment to permit adequate review. Review of a specific item shall not indicate that the Design Professional has reviewed the entire assembly of which the item is a component. K. The Design Professional shall not be responsible for any deviations from the contract documents not brought specifically to the attention of the Design Professional in writing by the Contractor. This shall clearly identify the design and the specific element which vary from the Design. The Contractor shall be responsible for all remedy for lack of strict conformance associated with this criteria. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 L. The Design Professional shall not be required to review partial submissions or those for which submissions of correlated items have not been received. M. Submit letters certifying compliance with ANSI standards for medium or high voltage gear. These letters shall be signed by a corporate officer and shall list applicable standards. Letters signed by local representatives will not be acceptable. N. Submit proposed changes to electrical room or other equipment room layouts when revised from contract documents prior to installation. O. Mark submittals with designations as shown on the drawings and identify as required by Specification Sections. Identification shall contain the information as required in details and each label shall be submitted in list form with disconnects, MCC's, panelboards, switchboards, overcurrent protection devices and utilization equipment. P. The contractor shall cloud all changes made on submittals that are marked “Revise and Resubmit.” 1.19 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Refer to the Division 1, Sections on Transportation and Handling and Storage and Protection. B. Deliver products to project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and similar information needed for distinct identifications; adequately packaged and protected to prevent damage during shipment, storage, and handling. C. Store equipment and materials at the site, unless off-site storage is authorized in writing. Protect stored equipment and materials from damage and weather. D. Coordinate deliveries of electrical materials and equipment to minimize construction site congestion. Limit each shipment of materials and equipment to the items and quantities needed for the smooth and efficient flow of installations. 1.20 DEMOLITION/REMODEL WORK: A. Refer to Division 1 Section on Summary of work for requirements on working in Owner-occupied areas of the existing building and Division 2 section on selective demolition. The following are additions and modifications. B. The project involves renovation and remodel of the existing building. On the drawings, work may be denoted by showing items as bold or light line weight and certain renovation symbols are used. These indications and symbols are amplified as follows: 1. Bold Print (when used): Work included in this contract is denoted in bold print or line weight. 2. Light Print (when used): Work shown lightly indicates existing conditions to remain. C. Existing equipment that is removed and not scheduled to be reused shall remain the property of the Owner and be delivered for disposition unless specifically indicated otherwise and shall be stored in a location designated by the Owner. Items which are removed and not wanted by the Owner shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 11 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 D. Existing equipment that is removed and is to be reused shall be cleaned, serviced and operable before being reinstalled. E. Revise panelboard schedules to reflect removal or relocation of equipment. Circuit integrity of equipment in adjacent areas shall be left intact. F. Where remodeling interferes with existing circuits and equipment which are not to be removed, such circuits and equipment shall be reworked and relocated as required to complete the project. G. The Contractor shall remove all distribution equipment, conductors, etc., which are indicated to be removed or which must be removed to accommodate demolition. Equipment to be removed may require reworking conduit and wiring in order to maintain service to other equipment. H. Where remodeling interferes with circuits serving areas outside of the project or phase limits or which are remodeled in later phases of the project, circuits shall be reworked or temporary circuits provided as required. I. Existing equipment and circuiting shown are based on field surveys and/or Owner furnished drawings. The Contractor shall verify conditions as they exist with necessary adjustments being made to the drawing information. J. Coordinate the routing of all conduits with the existing mechanical and plumbing systems in order to avoid conflicts with ducts, pipes, etc. Where existing electrical boxes, conduit, or equipment interfere with installation of new ducts, plumbing, walls, soffits, luminaires, outlets, etc., the Contractor shall resolve the conflict with the appropriate trade. K. Reuse of existing luminaires, devices, conduits, boxes, or equipment will be permitted only where specifically indicated on the drawings or allowed under the appropriate section of the specifications. L. Electrical Outages: Electrical outages must be held to a minimum. The Contractor shall submit a Method of Procedure (MOP) for each outage to the Owner, detailing the reasons for the outage, areas affected, sequence of procedures to accomplish work, estimated maximum length of time along with the date and time of day outage will occur. The Contractor shall meet with the Owner to set a schedule and date for the outage based on the MOP. Due to the critical implications of power outages, the Owner may direct the Contractor as to the time of day or night and date an outage may take place. 1. The Contractor will be responsible for providing temporary power required for the duration of the outages. The required outages to connect and disconnect the temporary power will require a MOP as described above. M. PCB type ballasts may be present in existing luminaires. If PCB ballasts are discovered by the Contractor, report such occurrence to the Owner immediately. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of PCB type ballasts at an E.P.A. (Environmental Protection Agency) approved site in the prescribed manner acceptable to the EPA. The Contractor shall pay all fees associated with this work. N. If other suspected hazardous material, in any form, is discovered by this Contractor in the process of his work, he shall report such occurrence to the Owner immediately. The Owner will determine the action to be taken. Hazardous material removed is not a part of the work to be done under this Division. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 12 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 O. When called for in the specifications or on the drawings, the Contractor shall meter the points indicated prior to the start of construction using a true RMS three phase digital meter. The meter shall be set up to record the maximum demand (measure of average power demand over a 15 minute period), volt-amps, volts, amperes, kw, and power factor on each phase for thirty consecutive days per the NEC. The Contractor shall compile a summary report listing maximum readings and submit the report in PDF or Excel format to the Electrical Engineer. The analyzer shall have been calibrated within the previous 60 days and supporting documentation of the calibration shall be included in the summary report. P. Contractor is responsible for sending removed lamps to be recycled. The Contractor should ensure the recycling agency meets RCRA and CERCLA regulations. Provide certificate of compliance in O&M Manuals. 1.21 CUTTING AND PATCHING: A. This Article specifies the cutting and patching of electrical equipment, components, and materials to include removal and legal disposal of selected materials, components, and equipment. B. Refer to the Division 1 Section covering cutting and patching for general requirements. C. Do not endanger or damage installed Work through procedures and processes of cutting and patching. D. Arrange for repairs required to restore other work, because of damage caused as a result of electrical installations. E. No additional compensation will be authorized for cutting and patching Work that is necessitated by ill-timed, defective, or non-conforming installations. F. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of electrical equipment and materials required to: 1. Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work; 2. Remove and replace defective Work; 3. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents; 4. Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing; 5. Install equipment and materials in existing structures; 6. Upon written instructions from the Architect/Engineer, uncover and restore Work to provide for Architect/Engineer observation of concealed Work. G. Cut, remove and legally dispose of selected electrical equipment, components, and materials as indicated, including, but not limited to removal of conductors, conduit, luminaires, boxes, devices and other electrical items made obsolete by the new Work. H. Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. I. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. J. Locate, identify, and protect electrical services passing through remodel or demolition area and serving other areas required to be maintained operational. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 13 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.22 ROUGH-IN: A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected. B. Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions 2 through 23 for rough-in requirements. 1.23 ACCESSIBILITY: A. Install equipment and materials to provide required code clearances and access for servicing and maintenance. Coordinate the final location with piping, ducts, and equipment of other trades to insure proper access for all trades. Coordinate locations of concealed equipment, disconnects, and boxes with access panels and doors. Allow ample space for removal of parts, fuses, lamps, etc. that require replacement or servicing. B. Extend all conduits so that junction and pull boxes are in accessible locations. C. Provide access panel or doors where equipment or boxes are concealed behind finished surfaces. 1.24 TESTING: A. Submit test reports as outlined in Division 1 Sections on Quality Control Services and each Division 26 Section. B. Testing as required by these specifications shall pertain to all equipment, wiring, devices, etc. installed under this contract and being reused. C. General Scope: 1. Perform all tests and operational checks to assure that all electrical equipment, both Contractor and Owner-supplied, is operational within industry and manufacturer's tolerances and is installed in accordance with design specifications. 2. The tests and operational checks shall determine the suitability for energization. 3. Schedule tests and give a minimum of two weeks advance notice to the Architect. Reschedule testing for Owner convenience if required. D. Test Report: Submit three copies of the completed report to the Architect no later than fifteen (15) days after completion of test unless directed otherwise. The test report shall be bound and its contents certified. E. The test report shall include the following: 1. Project information including: Building, name, address, date, and other pertinent information. 2. List of equipment tested. 3. Description of test. 4. List of test equipment used and calibration date. 5. Baseline, acceptable, or published target value for test with code or standard reference indicating where value was derived. 6. Test results that summarize all measured values with baseline values. 7. Conclusions and recommendations. 8. Appendix, including appropriate test forms that show all measured values. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 14 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 F. Failure to Meet Test: 1. Any system material or workmanship which is found defective on the basis of performance tests shall be reported directly to the Architect. 2. All failed tests shall be sent immediately by email to Engineer with proposed corrective action and proposed re-test date and time. 3. Contractor shall replace the defective material or equipment as necessary, and have test repeated until test proves satisfactory without additional cost to the Owner. 4. The Contractor or testing agency shall have a calibration program which maintains all applicable test instrumentation within rated accuracy. The accuracy shall be traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) in an unbroken chain. Instruments shall be calibrated in accordance with the following frequency schedule: a. Field Instruments: 6 months b. Laboratory Instruments: 12 months c. Leased specialty equipment: 12 months. (Where accuracy is guaranteed by lessor, i.e., Doble). 5. Dated calibration labels shall be visible on all test equipment. 1.25 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING: A. General: 1. Provide all necessary excavation and backfill for installation of electrical work in accordance with Division 2. 2. In general, follow all regulations of OSHA as specified in Part 1926, Subpart P, "Excavations, Trenching and Shoring." Follow specifications of Division 26 as they refer specifically to the electrical work. B. Contact Owners of all underground utilities to have them located and marked, at least 2 business days before excavation is to begin. Prior to starting excavation, brief employees on marking and color codes and train employees on excavation and safety procedures for natural gas lines. When excavation approaches gas lines, expose lines by carefully probing and hand digging. C. Backfilling shall not be started until all work has been inspected, tested and accepted. All backfill material shall be accepted by the soils engineer. In no case shall lumber, metal or other debris be buried in with backfill. D. Trench Backfill 1. Backfill to 4 inches above top of conduits with sand, the same as used for conduit bed, compact properly. 2. Continue backfill to finish grade, using friable material free of rock and other debris. Install in 6 inch layers, each properly moistened and mechanically compacted prior to installation of ensuing layer. Compaction by hydraulic jetting is not permissible. E. After backfilling and compacting, any settling shall be refilled, tamped, and refinished at contractor's expense. F. This contractor shall repair and pay for any damage to finished surfaces. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 15 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 G. Backfill near manholes or hand holes using sand, installing it in 6 inch layers to 4 inches above the shallowest conduit. Use suitable excavated material to complete the backfill, installed in 6 inch layers and mechanically compacted to seal against water infiltration. Compact to 95% below paving and slabs and 90% elsewhere. 1. Existing Building: Match existing phase rotation, which is clockwise/counterclockwise. 1.26 METHODS OF PROCEDURE (MOP): A. Definition: Method of Procedure (MOP) is a written plan which describes the activities and procedures to safeguard the building's occupants and contents and to interface with the building's management, operations and security. Building occupants shall be defined as employees, patients, and visitors. B. Requirements: 1. A MOP is required when a construction activity affects the safety of the occupants, equipment or valuable contents, or any supporting system; or essentially affects the building's management, operations or security. 2. A MOP is required for any shutdown or interruption of any system which affects the building occupants, including, but not limited to, infrastructure, life safety, electrical, and building management systems. 3. A MOP is required when requested or deemed necessary by the Owner or Engineer. C. Development: 1. The Prime Contractor shall develop, submit, track and process the MOP. Any assistance required by the Subcontractors shall be provided. All MOPs shall be reviewed by the Prime Contractor prior to submitting the MOP to the Engineer. 2. All MOPs Shall Be Typed. 3. Contractor shall develop the MOP in a timely fashion prior to review and approval by all required parties. 4. Contractor shall develop the MOP with input from the subcontractor, where necessary. D. Form: Each MOP shall be a written document in narrative, descriptive or outline form supplemented with drawings, diagrams and schedules as necessary. The detailed format included in the appendix shall be utilized. E. Review and Approval: Contractor shall submit each MOP to the Engineer for review and approval. All MOPs require Owner's approval. F. Implementation: Contractor shall implement the MOP when approved by the Engineer and Owner in writing. No construction activity which requires a MOP shall proceed until the MOP is approved. G. Compliance: Contractor shall comply with the approved MOP. The Owner and Engineer reserve the right to stop the work for non-compliance with the MOP. Any cost or time delay resulting from the work stoppage shall be borne by the Contractor. H. Posting: Work shall not proceed on any facet of the work involving any MOP if an approved and signed MOP is not posted in the work area. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 16 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.27 CLEANING: A. Refer to the Division 1 Section on project closeout or final cleaning for general requirements for final cleaning. B. Clean all luminaires, lamps and lenses per manufacturer’s recommendations prior to final acceptance. Replace all inoperative lamps. 1.28 RECORD DOCUMENTS: A. Refer to the Division 1 Section on Project Closeout or Project Record Documents for requirements. The following paragraphs supplement the requirements of Division 1. B. Mark Drawings to indicate revisions to conduit size and location both exterior and interior; actual equipment locations, dimensioned from column lines; concealed equipment, dimensioned to column lines; distribution and branch electrical circuitry; fuse and circuit breaker size and arrangements; support and hanger details; Change Orders; concealed control system devices, and any other relevant deviations from the Contract Documents. C. Mark shop drawings to indicate approved substitutions; Change Orders; actual equipment and materials used. D. Mark luminaire schedule on drawings to indicate manufacturer and complete catalog numbers of installed equipment. E. Mark schedules including panelboard, switchboard, motor control center, mechanical, kitchen and similar equipment schedules on drawings to indicate installed equipment and materials used, and any deviations or revisions to electrical load data and calculations. F. During construction, the contractor shall maintain at the job site a set of updated construction documents for the singular purpose of recording the above information. All record drawings shall be completed in erasable pencil. These changes shall be updated weekly. G. Revisions to the Contract Documents shall be legible and shall be prepared using the following color scheme. 1. Red shall indicate new items, deviations and routing. 2. Green shall indicate items removed or deleted. 3. Blue shall be used for relevant notes and descriptions. H. At the completion of the project, submit these documents to the Architect/Engineer. This contract will not be considered completed until these record documents have been received and reviewed by the Architect/Engineer. 1.29 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: A. Refer to the Division 1 Section on project closeout or operation and maintenance data for procedures and requirements for preparation and submittal of maintenance manuals. B. In addition to the information required by Division 1 for Maintenance Data, include the following information: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 17 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, fuse curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of all replaceable parts. 2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. 3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 4. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 5. Complete list of parts and wiring diagrams. 6. Names, addresses and telephone numbers of the Contractor, Sub-contractors and local company responsible for maintenance of each system or piece of equipment. 7. All information shall be permanently bound in a 3-ring binder. The job name and address and contractor's name and address shall be placed on the cover and spine of each binder in a permanent manner. Dymo-tape is not acceptable. 8. Copies of all test reports shall be included in the manuals. 9. Provide manuals with dividers for major sections and special equipment. Mark neatly in ink the individual equipment when more than one model or make is listed on a page. Provide detailed table of contents. 10. Final Schedule of Values with all Electrical (and Information Technology) change order costs included and identified. C. This contract will not be considered completed nor will final payment be made until all specified material, including test reports, and final Schedule of Values with all Electrical and Information Technology change order costs included and identified is provided and the manual is reviewed by the Architect/Engineer. D. Healthcare Compliance Documentation to be compiled under a single section by Division 15 contractor. 1. Authority Having Jurisdiction sign off documentation 2. Fire Alarm (provided to Division 23 by Division 26) a. 100% test reports b. Monthly test criteria for temporary systems 1.30 PROJECT CLOSEOUT LIST: A. The contractor shall be responsible for providing the items listed on the checklist prior to final observation. Required test reports shall be included in the O & M manuals. (Checklist is located at the end of this section.) 1.31 WARRANTIES: A. Refer to the Division 1 Section on Warranties and Bonds for procedures and submittal requirements for warranties. Refer to individual equipment specifications for warranty requirements. In no case shall the warranty for the total electrical system be less than one year from date of acceptance by the Owner. B. Compile and assemble the warranties specified in Division 26, into a separated set of vinyl covered, three ring binders, tabulated and indexed for easy reference. C. Provide complete warranty information for each item. Information to include product or equipment description, date of beginning of warranty or bond; duration of warranty or bond; and COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 18 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 names, addresses, and telephone numbers and procedures for filing a claim and obtaining warranty services. 1.32 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: A. The contractor shall maintain and have available at the jobsite current information on the following at all times: 1. Up to date record drawings. 2. Submittals 3. Site observation reports with current status of all action items. 4. Test results; including recorded values, procedures, and other findings. 5. Outage information. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 19 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 Division 26 SPEC Section TITLE Requirements Report Data Test Factory Test Report Factory Rep Supervision at Site Training Req’d at Site Extra Material O&M Shop Drawings Listing Product Data 260500 Common Work Results For Electrical Preliminary Schedule Of Values X Final Schedule Of Values X X Electrical Coordination Drawings X Contractor/Equipment Warranties X O&M Manuals X X X X 260519 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors And Cables X X X X 260523 Control Voltage Electrical Power Cables X X X X 260526 Grounding And Bonding For Electrical Systems X X X X X 260529 Hangers And Supports For Electrical Systems X X X 260533 Raceway And Boxes For Electrical Systems X Electrical Metallic Tubing X Flexible Metal Conduit X Intermediate Metal Conduit X Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit X Non-Metallic Conduit PVC X COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 20 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SPEC Section TITLE Requirements Report Data Test Factory Test Report Factory Rep Supervision at Site Training Req’d at Site Extra Material O&M Shop Drawings Listing Product Data Rigid Metal Conduit X Surface Metal Raceway X X X Wireways X X X 260534 Cabinets, Boxes & Fittings X X X 260553 Identification For Electrical Systems X X 260583 Wiring Connections X X 260923 Lighting Control Devices X X X X X X 262416 Panelboards X X X X X X 262726 Wiring Devices X X X 262800 Overcurrent Protective Devices X X X X X X X 265000 Lighting X X X X X Ballasts X X X X 265200 Emergency Lighting X X X X 283100 Fire Alarm Systems X X X X X X X COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 21 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT LISTING Page_____of_____ Project Name_____________________________________________________ Date_____________________________________________________________ Contractor_______________________________________________________ The following is a listing of equipment and materials which will be used on the above-referenced project. This product listing does not remove the requirement for submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples as may be called for elsewhere in these specifications. Provide this list to Architect/Engineer within 2 weeks of contract award. SPEC SECTION ITEM MANUFACTURER PROPOSED LEAD TIME (WKS) END SECTION 26 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 22 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 26 0519 - LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 1.1 SUMMARY: A. This section includes wires, cables, and connectors for power, lighting, signal, control, and related systems rated 600 volts and less. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical wire and cable products of types, sizes, and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 years of successful installation experience with projects utilizing electrical wiring and cabling work similar to that required for this project. C. Conform to applicable code regulations regarding toxicity of combustion products of insulating materials. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical wires, cables and connectors. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver wire and cable properly packaged in factory- fabricated type containers, or wound on NEMA-specified type wire and cable reels. B. Store wire and cable in clean dry space in original containers. Protect products from weather, damaging fumes, construction debris and traffic. C. Handle wire and cable carefully to avoid abrading, puncturing and tearing wire and cable insulation and sheathing. Ensure that dielectric resistance integrity of wires/cables is maintained. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following (for each type of wire, cable, and connector): 1. Wire and Cable: a. American Insulated Wire b. Belden c. Cerrowire d. Encore Wire e. General Cable Corporation. f. Southwire Company LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0519 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 g. Okonite h. Superior Essex: 1) Triangle 2) Excel 3) Royal 2. Connectors: a. O-Z/Gedney Co. b. AMP, Inc. c. Burndy Corporation. d. Ideal Industries, Inc. e. 3M Company f. Thomas and Betts Corp. 2.2 WIRES AND CABLES: A. General: Provide wire and cable suitable for the temperature, conditions, and location where installed. B. Conductors: Provide stranded conductors for all power, control, and lighting circuits. C. Conductor Material: Use the following material for sizes indicated. 1. No. 1 AWG and Smaller: copper 2. No 1/0 AWG and Larger: Stabiloy aluminum, except where another specific material is indicated. 3. Conductor sizes indicated are based on copper. Modify conductor sizes as required to provide equivalent ampacity to indicate copper conductors. (A minus tolerance of 2 percent is permissible.) Fully adapt and adjust the electrical system to size aluminum in lieu of copper. This includes, but is not limited to, the following actions: a. Where connecting to equipment whose manufacturer requires copper conductors connection, provide copper conductors and all necessary splices, splice boxes and other devices required to satisfy manufacturer requirements. Do not otherwise intermix copper and aluminum conductors. b. Increase conduit size and increase sizes of pull boxes, and junction boxes, and gutter space as required to accommodate larger aluminum conductors. Make structural, mechanical and other construction adjustments necessitated by these changes. c. Assure the pulling tension rating of the aluminum conductors is adequate for wiring runs indicated. d. Assure that equipment at which aluminum conductors terminate is UL listed and manufacturer approved for use with aluminum and so labeled. e. Submit to the Architect a record of actions taken in accordance with the above including marked-up project drawings, copies of manufacturer literature and communications and written conductor re-sizing calculations. LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0519 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 f. Do not reduce raceway or enclosure sizes as part of the above adjustments. 4. Metal Clad Cable - Type MC: Sizes 12 AWG and 10 AWG, copper conductors with 600 volt thermoplastic insulation rated 90 degrees C, galvanized steel or aluminum interlocked metal type covering. 5. Armored-Type HCF Cable: Sizes 12 AWG and 10 AWG, copper conductors with 600 volt thermoplastic insulation rated 90 degrees C, galvanized steel or aluminum interlocked metal type armor and bond wire that is clearly identified as an acceptable return grounding path. A green insulated equipment grounding conductor shall be included in the assembly. Color coated green. 6. Portable Cord: a. Type SO: Sizes 12 AWG through 2 AWG, copper conductors with 600 volt thermoset insulation 0.1 resistant insulation. b. Type G-GC: Sizes 1 AWG through 500 KCMIL, copper conductors with 600/2000 volt, 90 degrees C, ethylene-propylene insulation. 7. Cables: Provide the following types of cables in NEC approved locations and applications where permitted by the contract documents. Cables shall be U.L. listed and approved by the local building authority. All cables shall contain a green insulated equipment ground conductor of the same size as the neutral conductor. 2.3 CONNECTORS: A. Description: Provide UL-type factory-fabricated, solderless metal connectors of sizes, ampacity ratings, materials, types and classes for applications and for services indicated. Use connectors with temperatures equal to or greater than those of the wires upon which used. B. Provide connectors that are designed to accept stranded conductors where stranded conductors are used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE: A. Building Wire: Install all building wire in raceway regardless of location. B. Metal Clad Cable/HCF: 1. Maximum of 6 feet unsupported length for connecting luminaires in accessible ceilings to the local junction box. 2. Maximum of 6 feet unsupported length for connecting luminaires in non-accessible ceilings to the local junction box. 3. In stud walls and casework for horizontal branch circuit runs between devices. 4. For vertical branch circuit drops from a local junction box in each room above an accessible ceiling to the direct or single device in a stud wall, casework, undercounter lighting. 5. May not be used for branch circuit home runs, feeders, motor feeder circuits or in the following locations: LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0519 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 a. Hazardous locations b. Emergency Systems C. Portable Cord: Use for flexible pendant leads to luminaires, outlets, and equipment where indicated and in compliance with codes. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF WIRES AND CABLES: A. General: Install electrical cables, wires and connectors in compliance with applicable requirements of NEC, NEMA, UL, and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices. B. Coordinate wire/cable installation work, including electrical raceway and equipment connection work, with other work. C. Pull conductors simultaneously where more than one is being installed in same raceway. Use pulling compound or lubricant, where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. D. Use pulling means including, fish tape, cable, rope and basket weave wire/cable grips which will not damage cables or raceway. Do not use rope hitches for pulling attachment to wire or cable. E. Keep conductor splices to minimum. Splice only in accessible junction boxes. No splices are allowed in feeder, control or fire alarm wiring without written approval. Connect unspliced wire to numbered terminal strips at each end. F. Install splices and taps which possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than conductors being spliced. G. Use splice and tap connectors which are compatible with conductor material. H. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Std 486A for copper and 486B for aluminum. I. Support cables above accessible ceilings. Independent from the ceiling suspension system to support cables from structure, do not rest on ceiling tiles. J. Provide adequate length of conductors within electrical enclosures and train the conductors to terminal points with no excess. Bundle multiple conductors, with conductors larger than No. 10 AWG cabled to individual circuits. Make terminations so there is no bare conductor at the terminal. K. Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper wire splices and taps, 8 AWG and larger. For 10 AWG and smaller, use insulated screw on type spring wire connectors with plastic caps, push on type are not acceptable. L. Use copper compression connectors for copper wire splices and taps, 1/0 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of the insulation value of the conductor. LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0519 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 M. Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without perceptible temperature rise. N. Thoroughly tape the ends of spare conductors in boxes and cabinets. O. Install exposed cable, parallel and perpendicular to surfaces, or exposed structural members, and follow surface contours, where possible. P. Make all ground, neutral and line connections to receptacle and wiring device terminals as recommended by manufacturer. Provide ground jumper from outlet box to individual ground terminal of devices. Q. Branch circuits whose length from panel to first outlet exceeds 100 feet for 120 volt circuits or 175 feet for 277 volt circuit shall be #10 or larger. R. Parallel conductors shall be cut to the same length. S. All splices in control panels, terminal junction boxes, low voltage control circuits, fire alarm, etc., conductors shall be on numbered terminal strip. T. Where conduit is not required, plenum rated cable shall be provided in ceiling, floor or other air plenum spaces. U. Provide wire training, lacing, labeling, and terminal blocks as required in panelboards and all control cabinets including, but not limited to, lighting, transfer switch, fire alarm, and security cabinets. All wiring shall be installed neat and be labeled to match wiring diagrams, control devices, etc. 1. Make temporary connections to panelboard devices with sufficient slack conductor to facilitate reconnections required for balancing loads between phases. V. Color coding of switchlegs, travellers, etc. shall be phase taped different and distinct from phase and neutral conductors. Where systems utilize two (2) different voltages, the color coding of switchlegs, travelers, etc. shall be different and distinct for each voltage system. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Test installed wires and cables with 1000 VDC megohm meter to determine insulation resistance levels to ensure requirements are fulfilled. Test shall be made on all feeders regardless of size and on all branch circuits with No. 4 AWG and larger conductors. The megger values obtained shall be compared to the minimum values listed in NETA. All phase conductors and cables shall be meggered after installation, and prior to termination. Submit test report. B. Prior to energization, test wires and cables for electrical continuity and for short-circuits. C. Subsequent to wire and cable hook-ups, energize circuitry and demonstrate functioning in accordance with requirements. Where necessary, correct malfunctioning units, and then retest to demonstrate compliance. LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0519 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.4 COLOR CODING SCHEDULE: A. Color code secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors as follows: 120/208 Volts Phase 277/480 Volts Black A Brown Red B Orange Blue C Yellow White Neutral Gray Green Ground Green B. Conductors shall be solid color for entire length. C. If solid color conductor insulation is not available and specific acceptance is given by the engineer for use of black conductor insulation, provide the following: 1. Conductors 6 AWG and smaller shall be solid color for the entire length. 2. Conductors 4 AWG and larger shall have either solid color insulation as specified above for the entire length or be black with color coding at each termination and in each box or enclosure. For a distance of 6 inches use half-lapped ¾ inch plastic tape in the above specified color. Do not cover cable identification markings. Adjust tape locations to prevent covering of markings. END OF SECTION 26 0519 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0519 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 26 0526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1.1 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes solid grounding of electrical systems and equipment. It includes basic requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and systems. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other sections of these Specifications. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Product data for connectors and connection materials, and grounding fittings. B. Wiring Diagrams: Submit wiring diagrams for electrical grounding and bonding work which indicates layout of ground rings, location of system grounding electrode connection, routing of grounding electrode conductors, also include diagrams for circuits and equipment grounding connections. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. The terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be defined as they are in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of grounding and bonding products, of types, and ratings required, and ancillary grounding materials, including stranded cable, copper braid and bus, grounding electrodes and plate electrodes, and bonding jumpers whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. C. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects with electrical grounding work similar to that required for project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Burndy Corporation 2. Cadweld Div.; Erico Products Inc. 3. Ideal Industries 4. OZ Gedney Div. 5. Thermoweld 6. Thomas and Betts Corp. 2.2 GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS: A. Products: Of types indicated and of sizes and ratings to comply with NEC. Where types, sizes, ratings, and quantities indicated are in excess of NEC requirements, the more stringent requirements and the greater size, rating, and quantity indications govern. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0526 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Conductor Materials: Copper. 2.3 WIRE AND CABLE CONDUCTORS: A. General: Comply with Division 26 Section on Wires and Cables. Conform to NEC, except as otherwise indicated, for conductor properties, including stranding. B. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Green insulated. C. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Stranded cable. D. Bare Copper Conductors: Conform to the following: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B-3 2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B-8 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B-33 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS CONDUCTORS: A. Ground Bus: Bare annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section. B. Braided Bonding Jumpers: Copper tape, braided No. 30 gage bare copper wire, terminated with copper ferrules. C. Bonding Strap Conductor/Connectors: Soft copper, 0.05 inch thick and 2 inches wide, except as indicated. 2.5 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS: A. General: Listed and labeled as grounding connectors for the materials used. B. Pressure Connectors: High-conductivity-plated units. C. Bolted Clamps: Heavy-duty units listed for the application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION: A. Equipment Grounding Conductor Application: Comply with NEC for sizes and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, except where larger sizes or more conductors are indicated. 1. Install separate insulated equipment grounding conductors with circuit conductors for the following in addition to those locations where required by Code: a. Feeders and branch circuits. b. Provide individual grounding and neutral conductors for each isolated ground receptacle. When individual or groups of isolated ground receptacles are on dedicated circuits, individual ground and neutral conductors for each circuit is acceptable. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0526 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2. Laboratory Panel Circuits: Install separate insulated equipment ground wire in branch circuits from laboratory area power panels. 3. Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an insulated equipment ground conductor in nonmetallic raceways unless they are designated for telephone or data cables. 4. Air Duct Equipment Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct-mounted electrical devices operating at 120-V and above including air cleaners and heaters. Bond the conductor to each such unit. 5. Water Heater, Heat Tracing, and Anti-Frost Heater Circuits: Install separate insulated equipment ground conductor to each electric water heater, heat tracing, and surface anti-frost heating cable. Bond this conductor to heater units, piping, and connected equipment and components. B. Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded copper except as otherwise indicated. C. Signal and Communications: For telephone, alarm, and communication systems, provide a #6 AWG minimum green insulated copper conductor in raceway from the grounding electrode system to each terminal cabinet or central equipment location. D. All systems shall be grounded in accordance with the NEC. 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. General: Ground electrical systems and equipment in accordance with NEC requirements except where the Drawings or Specifications exceed NEC requirements. Connect together system neutral, service equipment enclosures, exposed noncurrent carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways and cables, receptacle ground connectors, and plumbing systems. B. Electrical Room Ground Bus: Size, location, and arrangement as indicated. Space 1 inch from wall and support from wall 6 inches above finished floor, except as otherwise indicated. C. Braided-Type Bonding Jumpers: Install to connect ground clamps on water meter piping to bypass water meters electrically. Use elsewhere for flexible bonding and grounding connections. D. Route grounding conductors along the shortest and straightest paths possible without obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage, except as indicated. E. Labeling: Provide a phenolic tag for all grounding electrode conductors as described in section on Electrical Identification. 3.3 CONNECTIONS: A. General: Make connections in such a manner as to minimize possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. 1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to assure high conductivity and make contact points closer in order of galvanic series. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0526 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2. Make connections with clean bare metal at points of contact. 3. Coat and seal connections involving dissimilar metals with inert material such as red lead paint to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. B. Exothermic Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for underground connections except those at test wells. Install at connections to ground rods and plate electrodes. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations. Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable. C. Terminate insulated equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch circuits with pressure-type grounding lugs. Where metallic raceways terminate at metallic housings without mechanical and electrical connection to the housing, terminate each conduit with a grounding bushing. Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to the ground bus in the housing. Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at both entrances and exits with grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors. Terminate each conductor on an individual ground lug terminal. D. Tighten grounding and bonding connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque tightening values for connectors and bolts. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connections to comply with torque tightening values specified in UL 486A. E. Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide the correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by the manufacturer of the connectors. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on the ground conductor. F. Moisture Protection: Where insulated ground conductors are connected to ground rods or ground buses, insulate the entire area of the connection and seal against moisture penetration of the insulation and cable. 3.4 UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM GROUNDING: A. Pad Mounted Gear: Install a ¾ inch by 10 feet. Driven ground rod inside the cable access blockout of the pad and set the rod depth such that 4 inches will extend above the finished pad. Where necessary, install ground rod before the equipment is placed. Protect ground rods passing through concrete with a double wrapping of pressure-sensitive tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches above to 6 inches below the concrete. B. Grounding System: Ground non-current-carrying metallic items associated with pad-mounted equipment by connecting them to grounding electrodes arranged as indicated. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Upon completion of installation of electrical grounding and bonding systems, test ground resistance with ground resistance tester. Where tests show resistance-to- ground is over 5 ohms, take appropriate action to reduce resistance to 5 ohms, or less, by driving additional ground rods; then retest to demonstrate compliance. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0526 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Tests for patient-care areas: In addition to the test listed above, perform additional field tests and inspections for patient care areas. 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. Perform the following tests: a. Impedance: Measurement shall be made between the referenced point and the grounding contact of all receptacles in the patient care room. The maximum limit allowed is 0.1 ohms. b. Voltage: Measurement shall be made under no-fault conditions between a reference point and all exposed fixed electrical equipment with conductive surfaces in the patient care vicinity, including but not limited to; overbed wall-mounted fixtures, ceiling mounted exam lights, sensor faucets, etc. The maximum limit allowed is 20mV. 2. Prepare certified test reports in compliance with NFPA 99 and submit reports in conjunction with field quality control reports required in Division 26 “Wiring Devices”. C. Correct Deficiencies, Retest and Report: 1. Correct unsatisfactory conditions and retest to demonstrate compliance; replace conductors, units and rods as required to bring system into compliance. 2. Prepare a written report and show temperature, humidity and condition of soil at time of tests. Report shall be certified by testing agency that identifies components checked and describes results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations and test results after remedial action. 3.6 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING: A. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and reestablish original grades except as otherwise indicated. Where sod has been removed, replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is completed. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other Work to their original condition. Include necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, or mulching. Restore vegetation and disturbed paving to original condition. END OF SECTION 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0526 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 26 0529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1.1 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes secure support from the building structure for electrical items by means of hangers, supports, anchors, sleeves, inserts, seals, and associated fastenings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Product data for each type of product specified. 1. Hanger and support schedule showing manufacturer's figure number, size, spacing, features, and application for each required type of hanger, support, sleeve, seal, and fastener to be used. B. Shop drawings indicating details of fabricated products and materials. C. Engineered Design consisting of details and engineering analysis for supports for the following items: 1. Suspended transformers 2. Cable trays 3. Trapeze hangers for multiple conduit runs. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Slotted Metal Angle and U-Channel Systems: a. Allied Tube & Conduit b. B-Line Systems, Inc. c. Unistrut Diversified Products 2. Conduit Sealing Bushings: a. O-Z/Gedney b. Cooper Industries, Inc. c. Killark Electric Mfg. Co. d. Madison Equipment Co. e. Raco, Inc. f. Spring City Electrical Mgf. Co. g. Thomas & Betts Corp. 2.2 COATINGS: A. Coating: Supports, support hardware, and fasteners shall be protected with zinc coating or with treatment of equivalent corrosion resistance using approved alternative HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0529 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 treatment, finish, or inherent material characteristic. Products for use outdoors shall be hot-dip galvanized. 2.3 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES: A. Raceway Supports: Clevis hangers, riser clamps, conduit straps, threaded C-clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring steel clamps. B. Fasteners: Types, materials, and construction features as follows: 1. Expansion Anchors: Carbon steel wedge or sleeve type. 2. Toggle Bolts: All steel springhead type. 3. Powder-Driven Threaded Studs: Heat-treated steel, designed specifically for the intended service. C. Conduit Sealing Bushings: Factory-fabricated watertight conduit sealing bushing assemblies suitable for sealing around conduit, or tubing passing through concrete floors and walls. Construct seals with steel sleeve, malleable iron body, neoprene sealing grommets or rings, metal pressure rings, pressure clamps, and cap screws. D. Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug for nonarmored electrical cables in riser conduits. Provide plugs with number and size of conductor gripping holes as required to suit individual risers. Construct body of malleable-iron casting with hot-dip galvanized finish. E. U-Channel Systems: 12-gage steel channels, with 9/16 inch-diameter holes, at a minimum of 8 inches on center, in top surface. Provide fittings and accessories that mate and match with U-channel and are of the same manufacture. F. Supports: Provide supporting devices of types, sizes and materials indicated; and having the following construction features: 1. One-Hole Conduit Straps: For supporting 1 inch and smaller rigid metal conduit; galvanized steel. 2. Two-Hole Conduit Straps: For supporting 1 inch and larger rigid metal conduit, galvanized steel; ¾ inch strap width; and 2-1/8 inch between center of screw holes. 2.4 FABRICATED SUPPORTING DEVICES: A. General: Shop- or field-fabricated supports or manufactured supports assembled from U-channel components. B. Steel Brackets: Fabricated of angles, channels, and other standard structural shapes. Connect with welds and machine bolts to form rigid supports. C. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves of one of the following: 1. Steel Pipe: Fabricate from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe. 2. EMT, IMC, or Rigid Conduit. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0529 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.5 FIRE SEALS: A. Material: Firestopping material shall be asbestos free, 100 percent intumescent, have code approval under BOCA, ICBO, SSBC, NFPA 101, NFPA 70, and be capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flame and gases in compliance with the following requirements. B. Flame Spread: 25 or less, ASTM E84 C. Fire Resistance and Hose Stream Tests: Firestopping materials shall be rated "F" and "T" in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479. Rating periods shall conform to the following: (F) 3 (T) 3 Time-rated floor or wall assemblies. (F) 3 (T) 3 Openings between floor slabs and curtain wall. D. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire seals of the following: 1. 3M Company 2. Tremco 3. Hilti PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Install supporting devices to fasten electrical components securely and permanently in accordance with NEC requirements. B. Coordinate with the building structural system and with other electrical installation. C. Junction Box Supports: Comply with the NEC and the following requirement: 1. Use ¼” all-thread rod from structure to support junction boxes. D. Raceway Supports: Comply with the NEC and the following requirements: 1. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for selection and installation of supports. 2. Strength of each support shall be adequate to carry present and future load multiplied by a safety factor of at least four. Where this determination results in a safety allowance of less than 200 lbs, provide additional strength until there is a minimum of 200 lbs safety allowance in the strength of each support. 3. Install individual and multiple (trapeze) raceway hangers and riser clamps as necessary to support raceways. Provide U-bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assembly and for securing hanger rods and conduits. 4. Use #9 ceiling wire to support individual conduits up to 3/4inch with spring steel fasteners. Use of ceiling support wires is unacceptable. 5. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze-type hangers. Use 3/8 inch diameter or larger threaded steel rods for support. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0529 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 6. Support individual horizontal raceways by separate pipe hangers. Spring steel fasteners may be used in lieu of hangers only for 1-1/2 inch and smaller raceways serving lighting and receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings only. For hanger rods with spring steel fasteners, use ¼ inch-diameter or larger threaded steel. Use spring steel fasteners that are specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing. For hanger rods supporting 1-1/2 inch or larger conduits provide 3/8 inch minimum threaded steel rods with pipe hangers. 7. Space supports for raceways in accordance with NEC. 8. In all runs, arrange support so the load produced by the weight of the raceway and the enclosed conductors is carried entirely by the conduit supports with no weight load on raceway terminals. 9. Threaded rod supports to have bottoms cut off at a maximum length equal to rod diameter below bottom nut. E. Conductor or Cable Supports: Comply with the NEC and the following requirements: 1. Support individual conductors or cables by separate clamps with rubber or plastic grommet, fasten using a non-metallic bolt and nut, and secure clamps to unistrut supports anchored to structure (multiple clamps may be secured to a single unistrut support). Individual conductors or cables may be served utilizing a vinyl or fiberglass clamp which shall be anchored to the structure. 2. Space supports as follows: a. Horizontal conductors not more than 3 feet o.c. b. Vertical conductors not more than 5 feet o.c. 3. Install simultaneously with installation of conductors. 4. HCF and MC Cable shall be supported by UL listed clip or clamp. Cable tie support is not acceptable. F. Miscellaneous Supports: Support miscellaneous electrical components separately and as required to produce the same structural safety factors as specified for raceway supports. Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnects, control enclosures, pull boxes, junction boxes, transformers, and other devices. G. In overhead spaces, support metal boxes directly from the building structure via 1/4" minimum all-thread or by bar hangers. Where bar hangers are used, attach the bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the raceway with an approved type of fastener not more than 24 inches from the box. Supporting metal boxes utilizing ceiling type wire is not acceptable. H. Sleeves: Install in concrete slabs and walls and all other fire-rated floors and walls for cable installations as required. Where sleeves through floors are installed, extend above finish floor. For sleeves through fire rated-wall or floor construction, apply UL-listed firestopping sealant in gaps between sleeves and cables in accordance with "Fire Resistant Joint Sealers" requirement of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers." See Architectural plans for location and extent of fire rated assemblies. I. Conduit Seals: Install seals for conduit penetrations of exterior walls below grade. Tighten sleeve seal screws until sealing grommets have expanded to form watertight seal. J. Fastening: Unless otherwise indicated, fasten electrical items and their supporting hardware securely to the building structure, including but not limited to conduits, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0529 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 raceways, cables, cable trays, busways, cabinets, panelboards, transformers, boxes, disconnect switches, and control components in accordance with the following: 1. Fasten by means of wood screws or screw-type nails on wood, toggle bolts on hollow masonry units, concrete inserts or expansion bolts on concrete or solid masonry, and machine screws, welded threaded studs, or spring-tension clamps on steel. Threaded studs driven by a powder charge and provided with lock washers and nuts may be used instead of expansion bolts and machine or wood screws, where authorized by the Owner and structural engineer. Do not weld conduit, pipe straps, or items other than threaded studs to steel structures. In partitions of light steel construction, use sheet metal screws. 2. Holes cut to depth of more than 1-1/2 inches in reinforced concrete beams or to depth of more than 3/4 inch in concrete shall not cut the main reinforcing bars. Fill holes that are not used. 3. Ensure that the load applied to any fastener does not exceed 25 percent of the proof test load. Use vibration- and shock-resistant fasteners for attachments to concrete slabs. K. Communication and Telephone Cable Supports: Use No. 9 ceiling wire to support individual or small bundles of cables run above accessible ceilings. 3.2 PERSONNEL PROTECTION: A. Where U-channel systems, angles, brackets or other standard structural metal shapes are readily accessible and exposed to personnel, provide plastic or rubber end caps. B. Where threaded rod supports are readily accessible and exposed to personnel, provide plastic or rubber end caps. 3.3 FIRESTOPPING LOCATIONS: A. Preparation: 1. Coordination: Coordinate the work with other trades. Firestopping materials at penetrations of insulated pipes and ducts can be applied after insulation is in place. If insulation is composed of combustible material, the thickness of firestopping materials must be equivalent to that of the insulation. If the insulation is composed of non-combustible material, it may be considered as part of the penetrating item. 2. Surface Preparation: Surface Preparation to be in contact with firestopping materials shall be free of dirt, grease, oil, loose material or other substances that may affect proper fitting or the required fire resistance. B. Installation: Install firestopping materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. C. Cleaning: After completion of firestopping work in any area, equipment shall be reviewed and walls, ceilings and all other surfaces not to receive firestopping shall be cleaned of deposits of firestop materials. D. Inspection: The architect may select and the Owner will pay an independent testing laboratory to examine firestopped areas to ensure proper installation prior to concealing or enclosing the firestopped areas. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0529 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 END OF SECTION 26 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0529 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 26 0533 - RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1.1 SUMMARY: A. Extent of raceway work is indicated by drawings and schedules. Provide complete conduit systems for all conductors unless otherwise specified. B. Types of raceways specified in this section include the following: 1. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT). 2. Flexible metal conduit. 3. Intermediate metal conduit (IMC). 4. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit. 5. Non-metallic Conduit and Ducts. 6. Rigid metal conduit (RGC). 7. Surface metal raceways. 8. Wireways. 9. Rigid Aluminum Conduit. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of raceway systems of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects with electrical raceway work similar to that required for this project. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including specifications and installation instructions, for each type of raceway system required. Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Submit dimensioned drawings of surface metal raceway systems showing layout of raceways and fittings, spatial relationships to associated equipment, and adjoining raceways, if any. Show connections to electrical power panels and feeders. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Rigid Metal Conduit: a. Allied b. Wheatland c. Triangle d. Western Tube & Conduit 2. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 a. Allied b. Triangle c. Western Tube & Conduit 3. PVC Coated: a. Rob Roy b. Perma Cote c. OCAL 4. EMT Conduit: a. Allied b. Republic c. Triangle d. LTV e. Western Tube & Conduit 5. Non-Metallic Conduit: a. Carlon b. MPF c. Can-Tex d. PW 6. Steel Fittings: a. O/Z Gedney b. Raco c. Appleton d. EPT e. Midwest f. Picoma g. Steel City 7. Conduit Bodies: a. O/Z Gedney b. Killark c. Regal d. Appleton e. Crouse Hinds 8. Surface Metal Raceways: a. Wiremold Co. b. Airey Thompson Co. c. B-Line Systems, Inc. d. Isoduct Energy Systems e. Square D. Co. f. Mono-Systems, Inc. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 9. Wireway: a. Square D. Co. b. Circle AW Products c. Erickson Electric Equipment Co. d. G.S. Metals Corp. e. Hoffman Engineering Co. f. Wadsworth Electric Mfg. Co., Inc. 2.2 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING: A. Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (RGC): 1. Conduit: Rigid steel, zinc-coated inside and outside, threaded ends. 2. Fittings: Threaded galvanized steel, bushings shall have nylon insulated throat. B. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): 1. Conduit: Rigid intermediate grade galvanized inside and outside, threaded ends. 2. Fittings: Threaded galvanized steel, bushings shall have nylon insulated throat. C. PVC Externally Coated Rigid Steel Conduit: 1. Conduit: Rigid steel zinc-coated with external coating of PVC. 2. Fittings: Threaded galvanized steel with external PVC coating, bushings shall have nylon insulated throat. D. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): 1. Conduit: Galvanized steel tubing. 2. Fittings: Steel compression fittings for rain-tight and concrete-tight applications. Steel set-screw for all other connections. Set-screw quick fit type for 2-1/2 inches and larger may be used. Bushings shall be threaded and have nylon insulated throat or nylon bushing. E. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: 1. Not allowed unless otherwise noted. F. Flexible Metal Conduit: 1. Conduit: Continuous spiral wound, interlocked, zinc-coated steel, approved for grounding. 2. Fittings: Zinc coated, malleable iron. Straight connector shall be one-piece body, female end with clamp and deep slotted machine screw for securing conduit, and threaded male end provided with a locknut. Angle connectors shall be two piece body with removable upper section, female end with clamp and deep slotted machine screw for securing conduit, and threaded male end provided with a locknut. All fittings shall be terminated with threaded bushings having nylon insulated throats. G. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit: RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Conduit: Continuous spiral wound, interlocked zinc-coated steel with polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacket, approved for grounding. 2. Fittings: Zinc coated malleable iron. Straight and angle connectors shall be the same as used with flexible metal conduit but shall be provided with a compression type steel ferrule and neoprene gasket sealing rings. 2.3 NON-METALLIC CONDUIT AND DUCTS: A. Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit (RNC): 1. Conduit: Schedule 40 or 80 polyvinyl chloride (PVC), 90°C for direct burial or concrete encasement. 2. Fittings: Mate and match conduit type and material. Cement as recommended by manufacturer. B. PVC and ABS Plastic Utilities Duct: 1. Conduit: Type 2 (EB) for encased burial in concrete; Type II (DB) for direct burial. 2. Fittings: Mate and match conduit type and material. Cement as recommended by manufacturer. 2.4 CONDUIT BODIES: A. General: Types, shapes and sizes, as required to suit individual applications and NEC requirements. Provide matching gasketed covers secured with corrosion-resistant screws. B. Metallic Conduit and Tubing: Use malleable iron conduit bodies. Use bodies with threaded hubs for threaded raceways and in hazardous locations. C. Nonmetallic Conduit: Use nonmetallic conduit bodies. 2.5 WIREWAYS: A. General: Provide electrical wireways of types, grades, sizes, and number of channels for each type of service as indicated. Provide complete assembly of raceway including, but not limited to, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other components and accessories as required for complete system. B. Lay-In Wireways: Construct lay-in wireways with hinged covers in accordance with UL 870 with components UL listed. Construct units to be capable of sealing cover in closed position with sealing wire. 1. Connectors: Provide wireway connectors suitable for "lay-in" conductors, with connector covers permanently attached so that removal is not necessary to utilize the lay-in feature. 2. Finish: Protect sheet metal parts with rust inhibiting coating and baked enamel finish. Plate finish hardware to prevent corrosion. Protect screws installed toward inside of wireway with spring nuts to prevent wire insulation damage. C. Rain-tight Troughs: Construct in accordance with UL 870, with components UL listed. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Construction: 16-gauge galvanized sheet metal parts for 4" x 4" to 6" x 6" sections, and 14 gauge parts for 8" x 8" and larger sections. Provide knockouts only in bottom of troughs, with suitable adapters to facilitate attaching to other NEMA 3R enclosures. Do not use gasketing that can rip or tear during installation, or would compromise rain-tight capability of the trough. Do not use cover screws that will protrude into the trough area and damage wire insulation. 2. Finish: Provide 14-gauge and 16-gauge galvanized sheet metal parts with corrosion-resistant phosphate primer and baked enamel finish. Plate hardware to prevent corrosion. 2.6 SURFACE METAL RACEWAYS: A. General: Sizes and channels as indicated. Provide fittings that match and mate with raceway. All circuits either factory or field installed shall have a separate neutral conductor. B. Boxes for Surface Raceways: Designed, manufactured and supplied by raceway manufacturer for use with specified raceway. 2.7 CONDUIT SIZES: A. Conduit sizes shall be as shown on the drawings. If the conduit size is not given on the drawings, the conduit shall be sized in accordance with NEC based on the number of conductors enclosed plus a parity sized equipment ground conductor and be subject to the following minimum sizes: 1. Rigid, Intermediate, and EMT Conduit: 3/4 inch for all runs except lighting switch legs, 277 volt lighting branch circuits, temperature control and fire alarm which may be 1/2inch. 2. Flexible and Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit: 1/2inch for all runs. 3. MC Cable: 3/8 inch to undercounter luminaires, 1/2inch for all other runs. 4. Underground or Concrete Encased Nonmetallic Conduit: 3/4inch for all runs. 5. Conduits used for home runs shall contain only the conductors for the circuits indicated on the drawings. Combining multiple home runs into a single conduit will not be permitted. 2.8 RACEWAY SEALING COMPOUND: A. Nonhardening, safe for human skin contact, not deleterious to cable insulation, workable at temperatures as low as 35 deg F (1 deg C), withstands temperature of 300 deg F (149 deg C) without slump, and adheres to clean surfaces of plastic ducts, metallic conduits, conduit coatings, concrete, masonry, lead, cable sheaths, cable jackets, insulation materials and the common metals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which raceways are to be installed, and substrate which will support raceways. Notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.2 CONDUIT SCHEDULE: A. Buried Raceways: PVC Coated rigid steel galvanized conduit or Schedule 40 OR 80, rigid PVC plastic conduit. B. Raceways embedded in concrete slabs or walls in contact with earth: Schedule 40, PVC plastic conduit. PVC coated rigid steel galvanized conduit, OR PVC coated intermediate metal conduit. C. Raceways embedded in concrete slabs above grade level: Rigid steel galvanized conduit or Schedule 40 OR 80 rigid PVC plastic conduit in slab. D. Raceways Through Foundation Walls Below Grade: One 10 foot section of PVC coated rigid steel galvanized, extending from 1 foot inside the foundation wall. E. Hazardous areas: Rigid steel galvanized conduit. F. Raceways in locations subject to mechanical injury: Rigid steel galvanized conduit OR intermediate metal conduit. Locations subject to mechanical injury include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Exposed conduits outdoors up to 8’ A.F.G. 2. Exposed conduits in dock areas and high/medium bay locations up to 25 feet above finished floor. 3. Exposed conduits in parking garages. 4. Exposed conduits in a Fire Pump Room. 5. Exposed service entrance feeders. G. Motor and equipment connections: Flexible metal conduit OR PVC jacketed liquid-tight flexible metallic conduit with liquid tight connectors. H. Raceways in all other areas shall be electrical metallic tubing unless otherwise noted. I. Use flexible metal conduit inside movable partition wireways, from junction boxes to devices and between devices in casework, from outlet boxes to recessed luminaires, and for "fishing" of existing walls. J. Under raised computer floor: Jacketed liquid-tight flexible metallic conduit with liquid tight connectors. Jacket shall be rated for plenum application. K. Emergency Circuits: All emergency circuits shall be run totally in metal conduit and shall be in a completely separate raceway system from non-emergency circuits. L. UPS Circuits: All UPS circuits shall be run in metal conduit and shall be a completely separate raceway system from all other circuits. M. Rework or extensions of existing conduit shall include the use of similar materials to the existing conduit type unless otherwise noted. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS: A. General: Install electrical raceways in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instruction, applicable requirements of NEC, and as follows: RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Conceal all conduit unless indicated otherwise, within finished walls, ceilings, and floors. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot water pipes. Install raceways level and square and at proper elevations. 2. Elevation of Raceway: a. Where horizontal raceway is installed near water and steam piping, route raceway above piping and as close to structure as possible and practical. b. Route raceway as close to structure as possible. 3. Complete installation of electrical raceways before starting installation of conductors within raceways. 4. Provide supports for raceways as specified elsewhere in Division 26. 5. Prevent foreign matter from entering raceways by using temporary closure protection. 6. Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise from floor slabs. Arrange so curved portion of bend is not visible above the finished slab. 7. Make bends and offsets so the inside diameter is not effectively reduced. Unless otherwise indicated, keep the legs of a bend in the same plane and the straight legs of offsets parallel. 8. Use raceway fittings that are types compatible with the associated raceway and suitable for the use and location. Install expansion fittings across all structural construction joints and expansion/deflection couplings across all structural expansion joints. 9. Run raceways parallel and perpendicular to building elements and other equipment with a minimum of bends in the shortest practical distance considering the type of building construction and obstructions except as otherwise indicated. 10. Raceways embedded in slabs: (Allowed only by written authorization of Structural Engineer/Architect): Install with a minimum of bends, in the shortest practical distance, in middle third of the slab thickness where practical, and leave at least 1 inch concrete cover. Tie raceways to reinforcing rods or otherwise secure them to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placement. Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in the concrete. Run conduit larger than 1inch trade size, parallel with or at right angles to the main reinforcement; where at right angles to the reinforcement, the conduit shall be close to one of the supports of the slab. Where nonmetallic conduit is used, raceways must be converted to PVC coated rigid steel conduit before rising above floor. 11. Install exposed raceways parallel and perpendicular to nearby surfaces or structural members and follow the surface contours as much as practical. 12. Install vertical feeder conduits in exterior walls, core walls, or chase spaces. Do not install in interior wall partition areas. 13. Run exposed and parallel raceways together. Make bends in parallel runs from the same center line so that the bends are parallel. Factory elbows may be used only where they can be installed parallel. In other cases provide field bends for parallel raceways. 14. Make raceway joints tight. Where joints cannot be made tight, use bonding jumpers to provide electrical continuity of the raceway system. Make raceway terminations tight. Where terminations are subject to vibration, use bonding bushings or wedges to assure electrical continuity. Where subject to vibration or dampness, use insulating bushings to protect conductors. Joints in non-metallic conduits shall be made with solvent cement in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 15. Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tool. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 16. Terminations: Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align the raceway to enter squarely and install the locknuts with dished part against the box. RGC and IMC shall be secured with double locknuts and an insulated metallic bushing. EMT shall be secured with one locknut and shall have nylon insulated throats or threaded nylon bushings from 1/2" to 1". 1-1/4" and above shall be metal with nylon insulated throats. Use grounding type bushings for feeder conduits at switchboards, panelboards, pull boxes, transformers, motor control centers, VFD's, etc. 17. Where terminating in threaded hubs, screw the raceway or fitting tight into the hub so the end bears against the wire protection shoulder. Where chase nipples are used, align the raceway so the coupling is square to the box, and tighten the chase nipple so no threads are exposed. 18. Provide nylon pull string with printed footage indicators having not less than 200 pounds tensile strength. Leave not less than 12 inches of slack at each end of the pull string. Identify with tags at each end the origin and destination of each empty conduit and indicate same on all empty or spare conduits on the as-built drawings. 19. Telephone and Signal System Raceways: Install raceways with maximum lengths at 100 feet and with a maximum of two, 90 degrees radiused bends or equivalent. Install 2' x 2' pull boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements. Install long sweep bends for all data and voice raceways. 20. Install raceway sealing fittings in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. Locate fittings at suitable, approved, accessible locations and fill them with UL-listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points and elsewhere as indicated: a. Where conduits enter or leave hazardous locations. b. Where conduits pass from warm locations to cold locations, such as the boundaries of refrigerated spaces and air-conditioned spaces. c. Where conduits enter through a foundation wall or stub-up through a slab on grade floor. d. Where required by the NEC. 21. Stub-up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to freestanding equipment with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs and set flush with the finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; flexible metal conduit may be used 6 inches above the floor. Where equipment connections are not made under this contract, install screwdriver-operated threaded plugs flush with floor. 22. Flexible Connections: Use short length (maximum of 6 feet) of flexible conduit for recessed and semi-recessed luminaires, for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for all motors. Use liquid-tight flexible conduit in wet locations. Install separate ground conductor across flexible connections. 23. PVC externally coated rigid steel conduit: Patch all nicks and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduit. 24. Where conduits are to be installed through structural framing members, the Contractor shall provide sleeves. The Architect/Engineer's written approval must be obtained prior to cutting, notching or drilling of structural framing members. 25. Ream the ends of all cut and/or threaded conduit. Ends shall be cut square. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 26. Use of running threads for rigid or intermediate metallic conduit are not permitted. When threaded couplings cannot be used, provide 3 piece union or solid coupling. 27. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork where possible; otherwise, rout through jack with pitch pocket. 28. Conduit stub-ups from below grade or thru the slab shall be PVC coated rigid steel galvanized conduit, or rigid steel galvanized conduit with PVC tape, and shall extend 6 inches above grade. 29. Wherever conduits enter a structure through a foundation or basement wall below grade, grout around the conduit with water-proof grout or install entrance seals. Seals shall be OZ Type WS or approved equivalent for new construction and OZ type CSM Series for existing structures. 30. Conduits shall not cross pipe shafts or ventilation duct openings. Where conduits must penetrate air-tight spaces or plenums, seal around the conduit with a mastic acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. 31. Install an insulated ground conductor in all conduits. 32. Where individual conduits penetrate existing fire-rated walls and floors, pack void around conduit with fire rated insulation and seal opening around conduit with UL listed forma silicone elastomer compound. Where conduits penetrate exterior walls, new floors, or roof, provide pipe sleeve one size larger than conduit, pack void around conduit with fire rated insulation, and seal opening around conduit with UL listed foam silicone elastomer compound. 33. Where conduit sleeves penetrate fire rated floors or walls for installation of system cables, AC or MC cables, or modular wiring cables pack void around cables or empty sleeve with fire rated insulation and fill ends with fire-resistive compound. Seal opening around sleeve with UL listed foam silicone elastomer compound. 34. Use PVC-coated rigid steel or fiberglass elbows for bends in plastic conduit runs longer than 100 feet, or in plastic conduit runs which have more than two bends regardless of length. Use long sweep bends for low voltage raceways. 35. Wipe plastic conduit clean and dry before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area that will be inserted into fitting. Let joint cure for 20 minutes minimum. 36. No PVC conduit shall be run exposed or inside stud or masonry walls unless specifically called for on the drawings. Transition from PVC to metal conduit shall be made below grade. 37. Provide separate raceway systems for each of the following: a. Lighting b. Power Distribution c. Communications and Data d. Emergency (Essential) 1) Lighting 2) Power Distribution a) Equipment branch b) Critical branch c) Life Safety branch e. UPS f. Fire Alarm g. Temperature Control RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 h. Paint new exposed conduits to match existing exposed conduits where installed in areas with existing painted conduits or where otherwise indicated. 38. Provide rebar and tie downs for all conduits and conduit racks to be installed with concrete or slurry to prevent conduit “float”. B. Install buried electrical line warnings per Division 26 section - “Electrical identification”. C. Install labeling as required in Division 26 section - “Electrical Identification”. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF SURFACE RACEWAYS AND WIREWAYS: A. Surface Raceways and Wireways: Mechanically assemble metal enclosures and raceways to form continuous electrical conductor and connect to electrical boxes, fittings and cabinets as to provide effective electrical continuity and rigid mechanical assembly. 1. Where practicable, avoid use of dissimilar metals throughout system to eliminate possibility of electrolysis. Where dissimilar metals are in contact, coat all surfaces with corrosion inhibiting compound before assembling. 2. Install expansion fittings in all raceways wherever structural expansion joints are crossed. 3. Make changes in direction of raceway run with proper fittings, supplied by raceway manufacturer. Field bends of raceway sections are not permitted. 4. Properly support and anchor raceways for their entire length by structural materials. Raceways are not to span any space unsupported. 5. Use boxes as supplied by raceway manufacturer wherever junction, pull or device boxes are required. Standard electrical "handy" boxes, etc., are not permitted for use with surface raceway installations. 6. Install an insulated grounding conductor in all wireways and surface raceways. Bond grounding conductor to all wireways and surface raceways. 7. Paint new exposed surface metal raceway to match adjacent surfaces where raceway is installed in finished areas such as lobbies, corridors, and normally occupied spaces. 8. Surface raceways and wireways are acceptable only where specifically indicated on the drawings. The proposed use of surface raceways and wireways shall be submitted for review by the Engineer prior to installation. 9. Common wireways are not acceptable for convergence of multiple circuits unless specifically indicated on the drawings. The proposed use of a common wireway shall be submitted for review by the Engineer prior to installation. 10. The proposed use of wireways above or below panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers, and other electrical equipment shall be submitted along with a layout drawing for review by the Engineer prior to installation. 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Upon completion of installation of raceways, inspect interiors of raceways; clear all blockages and remove burrs, dirt and construction debris. END OF SECTION 26 0533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 26 0534 - CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. This section includes cabinets, boxes, and fittings for electrical installations and certain types of electrical fittings not covered in other sections. Types of products specified in this section include: Outlet and device boxes 1. Pull and junction boxes 2. Floor boxes and service fittings 3. Cabinets 4. Hinged door enclosures 5. Boxes and fittings for hazardous locations 6. B. Conduit-body-type electrical enclosures and wiring fittings are specified in the Division 26 Section on Raceways. 1.2 DEFINITIONS: A. Cabinets: An enclosure designed either for surface or for flush mounting and having a frame, or trim in which a door or doors may be mounted. B. Device Box: An outlet box designed to house a receptacle device or a wiring box designed to house a switch. C. Enclosure: A box, case, cabinet, or housing for electrical wiring or components. D. Hinged Door Enclosure: An enclosure designed for surface mounting and having swinging doors or covers secured directly to and telescoping with the walls of the box. E. Outlet Box: A wiring enclosure where current is taken from a wiring system to supply utilization equipment. F. Wiring Box: An enclosure designed to provide access to wiring systems or for the mounting of indicating devices or of switches for controlling electrical circuits. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit product data for cabinets and enclosures with classification higher than NEMA 1. B. Shop drawings for floor boxes and boxes, enclosures and cabinets that are to be shop fabricated, (non-stock items). For shop fabricated junction and pull boxes, show accurately scaled views and spatial relationships to adjacent equipment. Show box types, dimensions, and finishes. CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: Floor Boxes: 1. a. American Electric. b. Butler Mfg. Co. c. Cooper Industries, Inc. d. Raco, Inc. e. Thomas & Betts Corp. Cabinets: 2. a. Hoffman Engineering Co. b. Erickson Electrical Equipment Co. c. Electric Panelboard, Inc. d. Parker Electrical Mfg. Co. e. Spring City Electrical Mfg. Co. f. Square D Co. g. Circle AW Boxes and Fittings for Hazardous Locations: 3. a. OZ/Gedney. b. Cooper Industries, Inc. c. Killark Electric Mfg. Co. d. Adalet-PLM. e. Robroy Industries, Inc. f. Spring City Electrical Mfg. Co. g. Appleton 2.2 CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS, GENERAL: A. Electrical Cabinets, Boxes, and Fittings: Of indicated types, sizes, and NEMA enclosure classes. Where not indicated, provide units of types, sizes, and classes appropriate for the use and location. Provide all items complete with covers and accessories required for the intended use. Provide gaskets for units in damp or wet locations. 2.3 MATERIALS AND FINISHES: A. Sheet Steel: Flat-rolled, code-gage, galvanized steel. B. Fasteners for General Use: Corrosion resistant screws and hardware including cadmium and zinc plated items. C. Fasteners for Damp or Wet Locations: Stainless steel screws and hardware. D. Cast Metal for Boxes, Enclosures, and Covers; Copper-free aluminum except as otherwise specified. CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 E. Exterior Finish: Gray baked enamel for items exposed in finished locations except as otherwise indicated. F. Painted Interior Finish: Where indicated, white baked enamel. Emergency system cabinets and boxes shall be red. G. Fittings for Boxes, Cabinets, and Enclosures: Conform to UL 514B. Malleable iron or zinc plated steel for conduit hubs, bushings and box connecters. 2.4 METAL OUTLET, DEVICE, AND SMALL WIRING BOXES: A. General: Conform to UL 514A, "Metallic Outlet Boxes, Electrical," and UL 514B, "Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes." Boxes shall be of type, shape, size, and depth to suit each location and application. B. Steel Boxes: Conform to NEMA OS 1, "Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports." Boxes shall be sheet steel with stamped knockouts, threaded screw holes and accessories suitable for each location including mounting brackets and straps, cable clamps, exterior rings and fixture studs. C. Cast-Aluminum Boxes: Copper free aluminum threaded raceway entries, and features and accessories suitable for each location including mounting ears, threaded screw holes for devices and closure plugs. D. Malleable or Cast-Iron Boxes: Iron alloy, waterproof, with threaded raceway entries and features and accessories suitable for each location, including mounting ears, threaded screw holes for devices and closure plugs. E. Malleable or Cast-Iron Floor Boxes: Fully adjustable, waterproof, with threaded raceway entrances, adjusting rings, gaskets, and brass floor plates. Where indicated, provide multi-section boxes with individual hinged section covers. Provide for power, data, and communication outlets as indicated on the drawings. F. Steel Floor Boxes: Sheet steel, concrete tight, fully adjustable, with stamped knockouts, adjusting rings, and brass floor plates. Where indicated, provide multi-section boxes with concealed individual section covers under a common flush floor plate. Provide for power, data, and communication outlets as indicated on the drawings. G. Service Fittings for Floor Outlet Boxes: Surface mounted horizontal, cast aluminum type 3-inches high, suitable for finished spaces and finished in satin aluminum, except as otherwise indicated. Provide duplex receptacle or 1-inch bushed opening for telephone or other communications service as indicated. Equip fitting for attaching flat to floor box cover. H. Concealed Service Floor Box: Malleable, cast iron, or steel floor boxes as specified above designed to deliver power, data, and communications services from outlets concealed within the box and accessible through a single hinged cover. The cover shall fit into the top of the floor box and include a carpet or tile floor flange, a hinged steel reinforced floor plate with provision for mounting a piece of carpet or tile, and a small retractable cable exit. Provide for power, communications, and data outlets as indicated on the drawings. CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.5 NONMETALLIC OUTLET, DEVICE, AND SMALL WIRING BOXES: A. General: Conform to NEMA OS 2, "Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports" and UL 514C, "Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Flush Device Boxes and Covers." Boxes shall be molded PVC units of type, shape, size, and depth to suit location and application. B. Boxes for Concealed Work: Mounting provisions and wiring entrances to suit installation conditions and wiring method used. C. Boxes for Exposed Work: Ultra-violet stabilized, nonconductive, high impact-resistant boxes with integrally molded raceway entrance hubs and removable mounting flanges. Boxes shall be equipped with threaded screw holes for device and cover plate mounting. Each box shall have a molded cover of matching PVC material suitable for the application. 2.6 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES: A. General: Comply with UL 50, "Electrical Cabinets and Boxes", for boxes over 100 cubic inches volume. Boxes shall have screwed or bolted on covers of material same as box and shall be of size and shape to suit application. B. Steel Boxes: Sheet steel with welded seams. Where necessary to provide a rigid assembly, construct with internal structural steel bracing. C. Hot-Dipped Galvanized Steel Boxes: Sheet steel with welded seams. Where necessary to provide a rigid assembly, construct with internal structural steel bracing. Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Cover shall be gasketed. D. Stainless-Steel Boxes: Fabricate of stainless steel conforming to Type 302 of ASTM A 167, "Specification for Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip." Where necessary to provide a rigid assembly, construct with internal structural stainless steel bracing. Cover shall be gasketed. E. Cast-Aluminum Boxes: Molded of copper free aluminum, with gasketed cover and integral threaded conduit entrances. F. Malleable or Cast-Iron Boxes: Molded of iron alloy with gasketed cover and integral threaded conduit entrances. G. Boxes Approved for Classified Locations: Cast metal boxes conforming to UL 886, "Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations," listed and labeled for use in the specific location classification, and with the specific hazardous material encountered. Conduit entrances shall be integral threaded type. 2.7 CABINETS: A. Comply with UL 50, "Electrical Cabinets and Boxes." B. Construction: Sheet steel, NEMA 1 class except as otherwise indicated. Cabinet shall consist of a box and a front consisting of a one piece frame and a hinged door. Arrange door to close against a rabbet placed all around the inside edge of the frame, with a uniformly close fit between door and frame. Provide concealed fasteners, not over 24 inches apart, to hold fronts to cabinet boxes and provide for adjustment. Provide flush CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 or concealed door hinges not over 24 inches apart and not over 6 inches from top and bottom of door. For flush cabinets, make the front approximately ¾” larger than the box all around. For surface mounted cabinets make front same height and width as box. C. Doors: Double doors for cabinets wider than 24 inches. Telephone cabinets wider than 48 inches may have sliding or removable doors. D. Locks: Combination spring catch and key lock, with all locks for cabinets of the same system keyed alike. Locks may be omitted on signal, power, and lighting cabinets located within wire closets and mechanical-electrical rooms. Locks shall be of a type to permit doors to latch closed without locking. 2.8 STEEL ENCLOSURES WITH HINGED DOORS: A. Comply with UL 50, "Cabinets and Enclosures" and NEMA ICS 6, "Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems." B. Construction: Sheet steel, 16 gage, minimum, with continuous welded seams. NEMA class as indicated; arranged for surface mounting. C. Doors: Hinged directly to cabinet and removable, with approximately ¾ inch flange around all edges, shaped to cover edge of box. Provide handle operated, key locking latch. Individual door width shall be no greater than 24 inches. Provide multiple doors where required. D. Mounting Panel: Provide painted removable internal mounting panel for component installation. E. Enclosure: NEMA 1 except as indicated. Where door gasketing is required, provide neoprene gasket attached with oil-resistant adhesive, and held in place with steel retaining strips. For all enclosures of class higher than NEMA 1, use hubbed raceway entrances. 2.9 CAST METAL ENCLOSURES WITH HINGED DOORS: A. Copper free aluminum with bolted, hinged doors. Where used at hazardous (classified) locations, enclosures shall conform to UL and shall be listed and labeled for the classification of hazard involved. 2.10 MOLDED NONMETALLIC ENCLOSURES WITH HINGED DOOR: A. General: Molded, glass fiber reinforced high impact strength polyester with bolt or screw secured doors and solid neoprene gaskets. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL: A. Locations: Install items where indicated and where required to suit code requirements and installation conditions. B. Cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed and plug unused conduit hubs. CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. Support and fasten items securely in accordance with Division 26 Section on Supporting Devices. D. Sizes shall be adequate to meet NEC volume requirements, but in no case smaller than sizes indicated. E. Remove sharp edges where they may come in contact with wiring or personnel. 3.2 APPLICATIONS: A. Cabinets: Flush mounted, NEMA enclosure type 1 except as otherwise indicated. B. Hinged Door Enclosures Indoor: NEMA type 1 enclosure except as indicated. C. Hinged Door Enclosures Outdoors: NEMA Type 4. Install drip hood, factory tailored to individual units. D. Hinged Door Enclosures in Corrosive Locations: NEMA type 4X nonmetallic enclosure. E. Outlet Boxes and Fittings: Install outlet and device boxes and associated covers and fittings of materials and NEMA types suitable for each location and in conformance with the following requirements: Interior Dry Locations: Nonmetallic, NEMA Type 1. 1. Locations Exposed to Weather or Dampness: Cast metal, NEMA type 3R. 2. Wet Locations: NEMA Type 4 enclosures. 3. Corrosive Locations: NEMA Type 4X enclosures. 4. Hazardous (Classified) Locations: NEMA type listed and labeled for the location 5.and class of hazard indicated. F. Pull and Junction Boxes: Install pull and junction boxes of materials and NEMA types suitable for each location except as otherwise indicated. G. Floor Boxes: In slabs on grade and wet locations use NEMA type 4 boxes. At other locations in slabs, use concrete-tight NEMA 1 boxes. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF OUTLET BOXES: A. Outlets at Windows and Doors: Locate close to window trim. For outlets indicated above doors center outlets above the door opening except as otherwise indicated. B. Column and Pilaster Locations: Locate outlet boxes for switches and receptacles on columns or pilasters so the centers of the columns are clear for future installation of partitions. C. Locations in Special Finish Materials: For outlet boxes for receptacles and switches mounted in desks or furniture cabinets or in glazed tile, concrete block, marble, brick, stone or wood walls, use rectangular shaped boxes with square corners and straight sides. Install such boxes without plaster rings. Saw cut all recesses for outlet boxes in exposed masonry walls. D. Gasketed Boxes: At the following locations use malleable or cast metal, threaded hub type boxes with gasketed weatherproof covers: CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 Exterior locations. 1. Where surface mounted on unfinished walls, columns or pilasters. (Cover 2. gaskets may be omitted in dry locations). Where exposed to moisture laden atmosphere. 3. At food preparation equipment within four ft. of steam connections. 4. Where indicated. 5. E. Mounting: Mount outlet boxes for switches with the long axis vertical or as indicated. Mount boxes for receptacles vertically, except above counter receptacles to be mounted horizontally. Three or more gang boxes shall be mounted with the long axis horizontal. Locate box covers or device plates so they will not span different types of building finishes either vertically or horizontally. Locate boxes for switches near doors on the side opposite the hinges and close to door trim, even though electrical floor plans may show them on hinge side. Provide far side box supports, for electrical switch boxes installed on metal studs and provide stud to stud support for electrical receptacle boxes installed on metal studs. F. Ceiling Outlets: For fixtures, where wiring is concealed, use outlet boxes 4 inches square by 1-1/2 inches deep, minimum. G. Cover Plates for Surface Boxes: Use plates sized to box front without overlap. H. Protect outlet boxes to prevent entrance of plaster, and debris. Thoroughly clean foreign material from boxes before conductors are installed. I. Concrete Boxes: Use extra deep boxes to permit side conduit entrance without interfering with reinforcing, but do not use such boxes with over 6 inch depth. J. Floor Boxes: Install in concrete floor slabs so they are completely enveloped in concrete except for the top. Where normal slab thickness will not envelop box as specified above, provide increased thickness of the slab. Provide each compartment of each floor box with grounding terminal consisting of a washer-in-head machine screw, not smaller than no. 10-32, screwed into a tapped hole in the box. Adjust covers of floor boxes flush with finished floor. K. Existing Outlet Boxes: Where extension rings are required to be installed, drill new mounting holes in the rings to align with the mounting holes on the existing boxes where existing holes are not aligned. L. Back to back outlet boxes are not permitted. Separate boxes a minimum of 6 inches in standard walls and 24 inches in acoustical walls. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES: A. Box Selection: For boxes in main feeder conduit runs, use sizes not smaller than 8 inches square by 4 inches deep. Do not exceed 6 entering and 6 leaving raceways in a single box. Quantities of conductors (including equipment grounding conductors) in pull or junction box shall not exceed the following: Size of Maximum no. of Largest Conductors Conductors in in Box Box No. 4/0 AWG 30 CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 250 MCM 20 500 MCM 15 Over 500 MCM 10 B. Cable Supports: Install clamps, grids, or devices to which cables may be secured. Arrange cables so they may be readily identified. Support cable at least every 30 inches inside boxes. C. Mount pull boxes in inaccessible ceilings with the covers flush with the finished ceiling. D. Size: Provide pull and junction boxes for telephone, signal, and other systems at least 50 percent larger than would be required by Article 370 of NEC, or as indicated. Locate boxes strategically and provide shapes to permit easy pulling of future wires or cables of types normal for such systems. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF CABINETS AND HINGED DOOR ENCLOSURES: A. Mount with fronts straight and plumb. B. Install with tops 78 inches above floor. C. Set cabinets in finished spaces flush with walls. 3.6 GROUNDING: A. Electrically ground metallic cabinets, boxes, and enclosures. Where wiring to item includes a grounding conductor, provide a grounding terminal in the interior of the cabinet, box or enclosure. 3.7 CLEANING AND FINISH REPAIR: A. Upon completion of installation, inspect components. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish including chips, scratches, abrasions and weld marks. B. Galvanized Finish: Repair damage using a zinc-rich paint recommended by the tray manufacturer. C. Painted Finish: Repair damage using matching corrosion inhibiting touch-up coating. END OF SECTION 26 0534 CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 26 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL SUMMARY: A. This Section includes identification of electrical materials, equipment, and installations. It includes requirements for electrical identification components including but not limited to the following: Buried electrical line warnings. 1. Identification labeling for raceways, cables, and conductors. 2. Operational instruction signs. 3. Warning and caution signs. 4. Equipment labels and signs. 5. SUBMITTALS: B. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product Data for each type of product specified. 1. Schedule of identification nomenclature to be used for identification signs and 2. labels for each piece of equipment shall include, but not be limited to, the following equipment types as specified in Division 26. a. Cabinets and enclosures b. Switchboards c. Transformers d. Panelboards e. Disconnect switches f. Circuit breakers and switches g. Starters h. Variable frequency drives i. Transfer switches j. Engine generators and all ancillary cabinets and equipment k. Fire alarm system panels and all ancillary cabinets and equipment l. Nurse call system panels and all ancillary cabinets and equipment m. Paging, intercom and background music system cabinets. n. Lighting control cabinets including dimmer cabinets. Samples of each color, lettering style and other graphic representation required 3.for identification materials; samples of labels and signs. Identification required in this section shall apply to equipment furnished in 4.Division 26 and any other applicable Divisions including Division 23. QUALITY ASSURANCE: C. ANSI Compliance: Comply with requirements of ANSI Standard A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems," with regard to type and size of lettering for raceway and cable labels. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0553 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: Ideal Industries, Inc. 1. LEM Products, Inc. 2. Markal Corp. 3. Panduit Corp. 4. W.H.Brady, Co. 5. 3M Company 6. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS: B. Identify System Raceways with Painted Couplings & Connectors: Provide painted couplings & connectors for all concealed raceways. Install painted couplings at all conduit connecting couplings including end couplings at stub outs. Apply the following colors: Normal Power: Black 1. Life Safety Power: Yellow 2. Critical: Blue 3. Equipment Branch: Galvanized 4. UPS: Brown 5. Fire Alarm: OSHA Red 6. BMS/Temperature Control: Dark Blue 7. Medium Voltage: Orange Labels 8. Ground: Safety Green 9. Data and Telephone System: Light Blue 10. Security: White 11. Paging and Sound: Grey 12. Nurse Call System: Pink 13. C. Adhesive Marking Labels for Medium Voltage and Exposed Raceway and Busway: Pre-printed, flexible, self-adhesive labels with legend indicating voltage and service (Emergency, Lighting, Power, Power d.c., HVAC, Communications, Control, Fire). Label Size for Raceways and Busway: Kroy or Brother labels 1 inch high by 12 1.inches long (minimum) with 5/8 inch minimum height letters. Above 600 Volts: Black letters on orange background indicating source 2. equipment designation, circuit number (if applicable), and voltage. Alternate identification labels with "SAFETY FOR LAYMAN" warning signs of the same color. 600 Volt and Below Normal: White letters on black background indicating source 3.equipment designation, circuit number(s), and voltage. 600 Volt and Below Emergency: Indicate source equipment designation, circuit 4. number(s), and voltage for each branch as follows. a. Life safety: Black letters on yellow b. Critical: Black letters on OSHA purple c. Equipment and Standby: Black letters on white IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0553 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 UPS: White letters on brown background indicating source equipment 5.designation, circuit number(s), and voltage Fire Alarm: White letters on red background indicating "FIRE ALARM". 6. Temperature Control: White or black letters on blue background indicating 7. "TEMP. CONTROL." Ground: White or black letters on green background indicating "GROUND" and 8. equipment and designation. Building Alarms: Orange letters on white background indicating "BUILDING 9. ALARMS." Network Fiber: Black letters on white background indicating "NETWORK 10. FIBER." Where conduits enter or exit a panelboard, pull or junction box, switchboard, or 11. other distribution equipment, conduit labels shall include circuit number in addition to feeder identification and voltage. D. Provide colored Adhesive Marking Tape for banding Wires and Cables: Self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 inch to 2 inches in width. Make each color band completely encircling cables, at penetrations of walls and floors, at each junction box and at 20-foot maximum intervals in straight runs. E. Underground Line Marking Tape: Metal-detector detectable, permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed, plastic tape compounded for direct-burial service not less than 6 inches wide by 4 mils thick. Printed legend indicative of general type of underground line below. F. Wire/Cable Designation Tape Markers: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound, cable/conductor markers with preprinted numbers and letter. G. Engraved, Plastic-Laminated Labels, Signs and Instruction Plates: Engraving stock melamine plastic laminate, 1/16 inch minimum thick for signs up to 20 square inches, or 8 inches in length; 1/8 inch thick for larger sizes. Engraved legend in white letters on black face for normal and white letters on red face for emergency, black letters on yellow face for UPS and punched for mechanical fasteners. Where required for ground connections, provide engraved legend in white letters on green face. H. Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self-extinguishing, one-piece, self-locking nylon cable ties, 0.18-inch minimum width, 50 lb minimum tensile strength, and suitable for a temperature range from minus 50 degrees F to 350 degrees F. Provide ties in specified colors when used for color coding. I. Adhesive Marking Tape for Device Cover Plates: 3/8 inch Kroy tape or Brother labels with 3/16 inch minimum height letters. Tape shall have black letters on clear background for normal and red letters on clear background for emergency. Embossed Dymo-Tape labels are not acceptable. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION: A. Lettering and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used in electrical identification work with corresponding designations specified or indicated. Install numbers, lettering, and colors as approved in submittals and as required by code. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0553 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Install identification devices in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and requirements of NEC. C. Sequence of Work: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, install identification after completion of finish work. D. Conduit Identification: Label conduits with painted couplings & connectors concealed or with labels at 10 foot intervals (medium voltage or exposed) to identify all conduits run exposed or located above accessible ceilings. Conduits located above non-accessible ceiling or in floors and walls shall be labeled within 3 feet of becoming accessible. Labels for multiple conduits shall be aligned and read the same direction. Use the colors as identified above: E. Identify Junction, Pull and Connection Boxes: Identification of systems and circuits shall indicate system voltage and identity of contained circuits on outside of box cover. Color code shall be same as conduits for pressure sensitive labels. Use self-adhesive marking tape labels at exposed locations and indelible black marker at concealed boxes. All fire alarm boxes shall have covers painted red. All temperature control boxes shall have covers painted blue by controls contractor per VVMC. F. Underground Electrical Line Identification: During trench backfilling, for exterior underground power, signal and communications lines, install continuous underground plastic line marker, located directly above line at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. Where multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope, do not exceed an overall width of 16 inches; install a single line marker. Tape shall be 6 inches wide, 0.004 inches thick and 1750 psi minimum strength, trace wire run continuous length manhole to manhole and to equipment. Provide 3 feet slack rolled at each end. Install line marker for underground wiring, both direct-buried and in raceway. 1. Red for electrical, orange for phone and cable. G. Circuit Identification: Tag or label conductors as follows: Future Connections: Conductors indicated to be for future connection or 1.connection under another contract with identification indicating source and circuit numbers. Multiple Circuits: Where multiple branch circuits, control wiring or 2. communications/signal conductors are terminated or spliced in a box or enclosure, label each conductor or cable with circuit number. For control and communications/signal wiring, use wire/cable marking tape at terminations in wiring boxes, troughs and control cabinets. Use consistent letter/number conductor designations throughout on wire/cable marking tapes. Match identification markings with designations used in panelboards shop 3. drawings, Contract Documents, and similar previously established identification schemes for the facility's electrical installations. H. Apply warning, caution and instruction signs and stencils as follows: Install warning, caution or instruction signs where required by NEC, where 1. indicated, or where reasonably required to assure safe operation and maintenance of electrical systems and of the items to which they connect. Install engraved plastic-laminated instruction signs with approved legend where instructions or explanations are needed for system or equipment operation. Install butyrate signs with metal backing for outdoor items. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0553 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 Emergency Operating Signs: Install, where required by NEC, where indicated, or 2.where reasonably required to assure safe operation and maintenance of electrical systems and of the items to which they connect, engraved laminate signs with white legend on red background with minimum 3/8 inch high lettering for emergency instructions on power transfer, load shedding, or other emergency operations. a. Provide sign at main service entrance switch, indicating type and location of on-site stand-by generator as required by NEC. Sign shall read “Secondary Source Provided by Engine Generator Located In Room #_____”. I. Install equipment/system circuit/device identification as follows: Apply equipment identification labels of engraved plastic-laminate on each major 1. unit of electrical equipment in building, including central or master unit of each electrical system. This includes communication/signal/alarm systems, unless unit is specified with its own self-explanatory identification. Text shall match terminology and numbering of the Contract Documents and shop drawings. Apply labels for each unit of the following categories of electrical equipment. a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets and enclosures. b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. c. Electrical switchgear and switchboards. d. Electrical substations. e. Motor starters. f. Pushbutton stations. g. Power transfer equipment. h. Contactors. i. Remote-controlled switches. j. Dimmers. k. Control devices. l. Transformers. m. Battery racks. n. Power generating units. o. Telephone switching equipment. p. Clock/program master equipment. q. Call system master station. r. TV/audio monitoring master station. s. Fire alarm master station or control panel. t. Security monitoring master station or control panel. u. Nurse call control panel. J. Apply circuit/control/item designation labels of engraved plastic laminate for disconnect switches, breakers, pushbuttons, pilot lights, motor control centers, and similar items for power distribution and control components above, except panelboards and alarm/signal components, where labeling is specified elsewhere. K. For panelboards, provide framed, typed circuit schedules (label all spares and spaces in pencil) with explicit description and identification of items controlled by each individual breaker. L. Tag all grounding electrode conductors, associated bonding conductors, and grounding conductors at their point of attachment to any ground bus and grounding electrode IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0553 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 (where possible) with a 2 inch diameter round green phenolic nameplate. Lettering shall be 1/4 inch high with 1/5 inch between lines centered on the tag stating "DO NOT DISCONNECT," "MAIN GROUND." Nameplate shall attach to conductor with a short length of small chain. M. Install labels at locations as required and at locations for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. N. Provide tape labels for identification of individual receptacles including receptacles in furniture systems and light switch wallplates. Locate tape on front of plate and identify panel/branch circuit serving the receptacle. Provide tape labels for identification of individual switches or thermal overload switches which serve as equipment disconnects. Locate the tape on the front of the coverplate and identify panel/branch circuit serving the equipment. END OF SECTION 26 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0553 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 26 0583 - WIRING CONNECTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. Extent of electrical connections for equipment is indicated by drawings and schedules. Electrical connections are hereby defined to include connections used for providing electrical power to equipment. B. Applications of electrical power connections specified in this section include the following: 1. To resistive heaters. 2. From electrical source to motor starters. 3. From motor starters to motors. 4. To lighting equipment. 5. To converters, rectifiers, transformers, inverters, rheostats, and similar current adjustment features of equipment. 6. To grounds including earthing connections. 7. To master units of communication, signal, alarm, clock, public address, sound, and video systems. 8. From push buttons 9. To equipment requiring electrical connection. 10. Other connections as shown. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical connectors and terminals, of types and ratings required, and ancillary connection materials, including electrical insulating tape, soldering fluxes, and cable ties, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Installer's Qualifications: Firms with at least 2 years of successful installation experience with projects utilizing electrical connections for equipment similar to that required for this project. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical connections for equipment products and materials. 1.4 DEFINITIONS: A. Load voltage wiring shall be defined as: 1. Conduit and wiring required to carry power to motors and other equipment or devices. Wiring from control devices to equipment that carry power to drive that equipment such as line voltage thermostats, etc., shall be included as load voltage wiring. Wiring that provides power to control panels, control transformers, control relays, time clocks, etc., shall also be included as load voltage wiring. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver electrical connection products wrapped in proper factory fabricated type containers. WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 0583 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Store electrical connection products in original cartons and protect from weather, construction traffic and debris. C. Handle electrical connection products carefully to prevent breakage, denting, and scoring finish. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide circuit and motor disconnects by one of the following: 1. General Electric Co. 2. Eaton 3. Square D Company 4. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 5. Westinghouse Electric Corp. 2.2 GENERAL: A. Overcurrent Protective Devices (OCPDs): Provide type, rating, and features as indicated. Comply with Division 16 Section on Overcurrent Protective Devices, with OCPDs adapted to equipment connection installation. Tandem circuit breakers shall not be used. Multiple breakers shall have common trip. B. Provide motor controllers that are horsepower rated to suit the motor controlled. C. Contacts shall open each ungrounded connection to the motor. Contacts shall be NEMA rated, 75 degrees C. D. Overload relays shall be ambient-compensated type with inverse-time-current characteristic. Provide with heaters or sensors in each phase matched to nameplate full load current of the specific motor to which connected with appropriate adjustment for duty cycle and power factor correction supplied with the motor. 2.3 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS: A. General: For each electrical connection indicated, provide complete assembly of materials, including but not necessarily limited to, pressure connectors, terminals (lugs), electrical insulating tape, electrical solder, electrical soldering flux, heat-shrinkable insulating tubing, cable ties, solderless wire-nuts, disconnect, starter, contactor, relays, etc., and other items and accessories as needed to complete splices and terminations of types indicated. B. Metal Conduit, Tubing and Fittings: 1. General: Provide metal conduit, tubing and fittings of types, grades, sizes and weights (wall thicknesses) indicated for each type service. Provide products complying with Division-26 section on Raceways. C. Wires, Cables, and Connectors: 1. General: Provide wires, cables, and connectors complying with Division-26 section on Wires and Cables. WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 0583 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2. Wires/Cables: Unless otherwise indicated, provide wires/cables (conductors) for electrical connections which match, including sizes, ratings, and material of wires/cables which are supplying electrical power. 3. Connectors and Terminals: Provide electrical connectors and terminals which mate and match, including sizes and ratings, with equipment terminals and are recommended by equipment manufacturer for intended applications. 4. Electrical Connection Accessories: Provide electrical insulating tape, heat-shrinkable insulating tubing and boots, electrical solder, electrical soldering flux, wirenuts and cable ties as recommended for use by accessories manufacturers for type services indicated. 5. Cord and Plug Connected Equipment: Where indicated, contractors shall provide a length of SO cord complete with a straight blade or twist-lock receptacle for connection of equipment. Cord and plug rating shall be suitable for the connected equipment load and rating of the branch circuit overcurrent protective device. Plug shall match receptacle configuration included on the plans and cord length shall be as required. Contractor shall connect cord to equipment. 2.4 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS: A. Manual starters shall be flush-mounting type except where conduits are run exposed or as otherwise noted. Manual starters shall be complete with properly sized overload protection and neon pilot light. Manual starters shall be Square D Class 2510 or Allen-Bradley Bulletin 600 with stainless steel plates. B. Heater units in all manual motor starters shall be sized for approximately 115 percent of full load motor current. Check and coordinate all thermal protective devices with the equipment they protect. 2.5 CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES: A. General: Provide circuit and motor disconnect switches in types, sizes, duties, features, ratings, and enclosures as indicated. All equipment with maximum fuse size listed in nameplate shall have fusible disconnect switch provided. Provide NEMA 1 enclosure. For outdoor switches and switches indicated as weatherproof, provide NEMA 3R enclosures with raintight hubs. For motor and motor starter disconnects, provide units with horsepower ratings suitable to the loads. B. Fusible Switches: Provide UL type "HD" 100 percent duty rated switches, with fuses of classes and current ratings indicated. Comply with Division 16 section on Overcurrent Protective Devices. Where current limiting fuses are indicated, provide switches with non-interchangeable feature suitable only for current limiting type fuses. All disconnect switches shall be fusible unless otherwise noted. C. Non-fusible Disconnects: Provide UL type "HD" 100 percent duty rated switches of classes and current ratings as indicated. D. Double-Throw Switches: Provide heavy duty switches of classes and current ratings as indicated. E. Switches for Classified (Hazardous) Locations: Provide heavy duty switches, with UL labels and listings for hazardous location classifications in which installed. F. Accessories: WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 0583 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Electrical Interlocks: Provide number and arrangement of interlock contacts in switches as indicated or required. 2. Special Enclosure Material: Provide special enclosure material as follows for switches indicated: a. Stainless Steel Type 304: For NEMA Type 4. b. Molded Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic: For NEMA Type 4x. c. Heavy Cast Aluminum: For hazardous locations. NEMA Types 7 through 9. 3. Handles shall be lockable in open and closed position without modification. 2.6 AUXILIARY CONTROL DEVICES: A. General: Provide the following factory installed in controller enclosure except as otherwise indicated. Where separately mounted, provide NEMA 1 enclosure except as otherwise indicated. 1. Pushbutton Stations, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches: Heavy-duty type. HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC (H-O-A) switches shall be provided on all magnetic starters. Provide magnetic two-speed starters with a HIGH-LOW selector with H-O-A switch wired to allow manual speed selection in HAND position and remote speed selection in AUTO. 2. Stop and Lockout Pushbutton Station in Motor Control Centers: Momentary-break pushbutton station with a factory-applied hasp arranged so a padlock can be used to lock the pushbutton in the depressed position with the control circuit open. 3. Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable time-delay relays as required to coordinate with the Mechanical section. 4. Elapsed Time Meters: Heavy duty with digital readout in hours. Provide on all magnetic starters for motors. 5. Ammeters, Voltmeters, and Frequency Meters: Panel type, 2-1/2 inch minimum size with 90 degree or 120 degree scale and plus or minus 2 percent accuracy. Where indicated, provide transfer device with an off position. 6. Current Sensors: Rated to suit application. 7. Phase-Failure Relay: Provide relay for each motor 2 HP and larger. Relay shall have solid-state sensing circuit with isolated contacts for hard-wired connection to socket. Provide matching pin type relay and hold down clamps. Relay shall be arranged to operate on phase failure, phase reversal, current unbalance of from 30 to 40 percent, or loss of supply voltage. Provide adjustable response delay, and adjustable undervoltage setting. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Inspect area and conditions under which electrical connections for equipment are to be installed and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: A. Furnish, set in place, and wire (except as may be otherwise indicated) all heating, ventilating, air conditioning, plumbing and fire protection, elevator, etc., motors and controls in accordance with the following schedule and in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices, and complying with applicable requirements of UL, NEC WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 0583 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 and NECA's "Standard of Installation" to ensure that products fulfill requirements. Carefully coordinate with work performed under the Mechanical Division of these Specifications. B. Coordinate with other work, including wires/cables, raceway and equipment installation, as necessary to properly interface installation of electrical connections for equipment with other work. C. Connect electrical power supply conductors to equipment conductors in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions and wiring diagrams. Mate and match conductors of electrical connections for proper interface between electrical power supplies and installed equipment. D. Maintain existing electrical service and feeders to equipment serving occupied areas and operational facilities, unless otherwise indicated, or when authorized otherwise in writing by Owner, or Architect/Engineer. Provide temporary service during interruptions to existing facilities. When necessary, schedule momentary outages for replacing existing wiring systems with new wiring systems. When that "cutting over" has been successfully accomplished, remove, relocate, or abandon existing wiring as indicated. E. Cover splices with electrical insulating material equivalent to, or of greater insulation resistivity rating, than electrical insulation rating of those conductors being spliced. F. Prepare cables and wires, by cutting and stripping covering armor, jacket, and insulation properly to ensure uniform and neat appearance where cables and wires are terminated. Exercise care to avoid cutting through tapes which will remain on conductors. Also avoid "ringing" copper conductors while skinning wire. G. Trim cables and wires as short as practicable and arrange routing to facilitate inspection, testing and maintenance. H. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturers published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Accomplish tightening by utilizing proper torquing tools, including torque screwdriver, beam-type torque wrench, and ratchet wrench with adjustable torque settings. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not available, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with torquing values contained in UL's 486A. I. Install pre-finished cord set where connection with attachment plug is indicated or specified, or use attachment plug with suitable strain-relief clamps. J. Provide suitable strain relief clamps for cord connection to outlet boxes and equipment connection boxes. K. Make wiring connections in control panel or in wiring compartment of pre-wired equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide interconnecting wiring where indicated. L. Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices such as limit switches and temperature switches as indicated or per manufacturer's instructions. M. Provide each motor with a horsepower rated disconnect switch. N. Provide circuit and motor disconnect switches as indicated and where required by Code. Comply with switch manufacturers printed installation instructions. Install within sight of motors. WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 0583 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 O. All splices in control panels, terminal junction boxes, low voltage control circuits and fire alarm conductors shall be on numbered terminal strip. P. Each branch circuit serving dedicated, isolated or emergency receptacles, multi-outlet assemblies or equipment connections shall be furnished with a dedicated neutral conductor. Neutrals common to more than one circuit shall only be permitted where specifically noted. Q. Where conduit is not required, plenum rated cable shall be provided in ceiling, floor or other air plenum spaces. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Upon completion of installation of electrical connections, and after circuitry has been energized with rated power source, test connections to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Ensure that direction of rotation of each motor fulfills requirement. Correct malfunctioning units at site, then retest to demonstrate compliance. 3.4 EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULES: A. Mechanical Equipment: 1. Refer to Mechanical Equipment Schedule on the drawings. 2. All load voltage wiring shall be provided under Division 26. 3. Unless otherwise indicated, it is suggested that all equipment motors and control shall be furnished, set in place, and wired in accordance with the schedule contained herein. The exact furnishing and installation of the equipment is left to the Contractors involved. Contractor should note that the intent of this schedule is to have the Contractor responsible for coordinating all wiring as outlined, whether or not specifically called for by the Division 23 or Division 26 drawings and specifications. Comply with the applicable requirements of Division 26 for all electrical work which is not otherwise specified. No extras will be allowed for contractor's failure to provide for these required items. Contractor shall refer to the Division 26 and Division 23 specifications and plans for all power and control wiring and shall advise the Architect/Engineer of any discrepancies prior to bidding. ITEM FURNISHED BY SET BY CONTROL WIRING (non-load voltage) 1. Mechanical Equipment Motors M M -- 2. Special Equipment (i.e., elevators, etc.) a. Motors b. Magnetic Motor Starters c. Disconnect Switches Thermal OL Switches Manual Operating Switches G G E G E* E -- -- -- WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 0583 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3. Motor Starters, combination motor starter/disconnect and Variable Frequency Drives a. Automatically controlled, with or without HOA switches. b. Manually controlled. c. Starters integral with motor control centers including control relays and transformers. d. Combination Starter/Disconnects M M E M E* E* E E* M -- -- M 4. Pushbutton stations, pilot lights M E* M 5. Disconnect switches, thermal overload switches, manual operating switches. E E* M 6. Multi-speed switches M E* M 7. Control relays, transformers. M M M 8. Load voltage control items such as line voltage thermostats not connected to control panel systems. M M E 9. Non-load voltage control items. M M M 10. Electric thermostats, remote bulb thermostats, motor valves, float controls, etc., which are an integral part of mechanical equipment or directly attached to ducts, pipes, etc. M M M 11. Motor valves, damper motor, solenoid valves, EP and PE switches, VAV box controls, actuators, etc. M M M** 12. Control circuit outlets E E -- 13. Fire protection controls (Including flow switches) M M M** 14. Duct smoke detectors, including relays for fan shutdown. E M M** 15. Temperature Control Panel M M M 16. Interlocks M M M G = General, Division 13 or 14 M = Mechanical, Division 23 E = Electrical, Division 26 * For factory pre-wired equipment specified under other Divisions, all wiring within the equipment shall be by the manufacturer. Connection to the equipment shall be by Division 26, as shown on electrical drawings. Manufacturer's equipment provided under other divisions which varies from what is shown on Division 26 drawings shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to complete and pay for any costs for those variations. ** Fire alarm system control modules and wiring from fire alarm contacts to fire alarm system under Division 26. See details. *** Integral control wiring under Electrical Division as manufacturer supplied equipment. Control wiring for automatic control portion under Mechanical Division. WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 0583 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 4. Owner Furnished Equipment: a. Refer to Owner Equipment Schedule on drawings. b. Refer to System Coordination Schedule on drawings. c. X-Ray. 5. Laboratory Equipment: a. Refer to laboratory plan and elevation drawings and equipment Schedules. b. Prior to beginning rough-in, review manufacturer or installer shop drawings for exact locations of all electrical items and to verify mounting requirements. 6. Kitchen Equipment: END OF SECTION 26 0583 WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 0583 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 26 0923 - LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. Extent of lighting control equipment work is indicated by drawings and schedules, and is hereby defined to include, but not by way of limitation, programmable controllers, data equipment, relays, switches, and control wiring, and ancillary equipment. B. Types of lighting control equipment specified in this section include the following: 1. Digital Programmable Lighting Controls 2. Occupancy Sensors 3. Manual Modular Dimming Systems 4. Integrated Multipresset Manual Modular Dimming Systems 5. Emergency Shunt Relays 6. Photoelectric Relays C. Refer to other Division-26 sections for wires/cables, electrical boxes and fittings and wiring devices which are required in conjunction with lighting control equipment work; not work of this section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on lighting control equipment and components. B. Shop Drawings: Submit layout drawings of lighting control equipment and components including, but not necessarily limited to, programmable controllers, transceivers, printers, relays and switches. In addition, show spatial relationship of lighting control equipment to other electrical equipment in proximity. C. Submit lists of ballast and lamp combinations compatible with dimmer systems, by manufacturer and catalog number. D. Wiring Diagrams: Submit wiring diagrams for lighting control equipment and components showing control and interconnection wiring, including connections to equipment components and electrical power feeders. Differentiate between portions of wiring that are manufacturer-installed and portions that are field-installed. Provide a voltage drop calculation for network cabling to verify EOL voltage compliance. E. Coordination Drawings: Submit evidence that lighting controls are compatible with connected monitoring and control devices. Show interconnecting signal and control wiring and interfacing devices that prove compatibility of inputs and outputs. For networked controls, list network protocols and provide statements from manufacturers that input and output devices meet interoperability requirements of the network protocol. F. Agreement to Maintain: Prior to time of final acceptance, the Installer shall submit 4 copies of an agreement for continued service and maintenance of lighting control equipment, for Owner's possible acceptance. Offer terms and conditions for furnishing parts and providing continued testing and servicing, including replacement of materials and equipment, for one year period with option for renewal of Agreement by Owner. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 0923 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 G. Maintenance Manuals: Furnish maintenance manuals which contain equipment cuts, operating instructions, troubleshooting procedures, and spare parts list for equipment. Ensure manual includes operating instructions in addition to instructions for maintenance of the system's software package. H. Software licenses and upgrades required by and installed for operation and programming of digital and analog devices. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of lighting control equipment and ancillary equipment, of types, ratings and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years of successful installation experience on projects with lighting control equipment work similar to that required for this project. C. Agreement to Maintain: Engage Installer who is willing to execute with the Owner, required agreement for continued maintenance of lighting control equipment. D. FCC Compliance: Comply with Part 68 of Federal Communications Commission Rules pertaining to telephone equipment registration by manufacturer. 1. Provide telephone equipment with FCC labels indicating applicable FCC registration and numbering of equipment. E. Codes and Standards: 1. Electrical Code Compliance: Comply with applicable local electrical code requirements of the authority having jurisdiction and NEC as applicable to construction, installation of lighting control and communications equipment. 2. Control wiring shall be in accordance with the NEC requirements for Class 2 remote control systems, Article 725 and manufacturer specification. 3. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Std 486A, "Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors." Provide lighting control equipment and components which are UL-listed and labeled. Lighting control panels shall be UL 916 and UL 924 Listed. 4. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA's Stds Pub No. 250, "Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000-Volts Maximum)." 5. EIA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of Electronic Industries Association standards pertaining to telephone and electronic systems. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver lighting control equipment and components in factory-fabricated type containers or wrappings, which properly protect equipment from damage. B. Store lighting control equipment in original packaging and protect from weather and construction traffic. Wherever possible, store indoors; where necessary to store outdoors, store above grade and enclose with watertight wrapping. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 0923 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. Handle lighting control equipment carefully to prevent physical damage to equipment and components. Do not install damaged equipment; remove from site and replace damaged equipment with new. 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Electrically Held Relays: Equal to 5% of amount installed. 2. Occupancy Sensors: Equal to 5% of the amount installed for each type. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide lighting control equipment of one of the following (for each type and rating of equipment): 1. Digital programmable lighting controls: a. Lighting Control & Design, Inc. b. Wattstopper (The) c. Sensor Switch d. Encelium e. Douglas f. Leviton 2. Occupancy Sensors: a. Sensor Switch b. Leviton c. Lutron d. Hubbell e. WattStopper (The) 3. Manual Modular Dimming Systems: a. Lutron b. Crestron c. Leviton 4. Emergency Shunt Relays: a. WattStopper (The) b. LVS 2.2 DIGITAL PROGRAMMABLE LIGHTING CONTROLS: A. General: Provide factory-fabricated lighting control equipment and ancillary components of sizes, types, ratings and electrical characteristics indicated; consisting of programmable controllers, data equipment, relays, switches, control wiring, interfaces to LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 0923 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 dimming systems, and interfaces to building management systems which comply with manufacturer's standard design, materials and components; and construct in accordance with published product information for duty indicated, and as required for a complete installation. B. Expandability: System shall be capable of increasing the number of control functions in the future by 25 percent of current capacity; to include equipment ratings, housing capacities, spare relays, terminals, number of conductors in control cables, and control software. C. Performance Requirements: Manual switches, an internal timing and control unit, and external sensors or other control signal sources send a signal to a programmable- system control module that processes the signal according to its programming and routes an open or close command to one or more relays in the power-supply circuits, or routes variable commands to one or more dimmers, for groups of lighting fixtures or other loads. D. Programmable Lighting Controller Description: Programmable, unit with graphic display and programming of system status and to override relay status; and to display status of local override controls and diagnostic information. 1. Interoperability: Controller shall be configured to connect to a BACnet-compliant network, resulting in extending control to any network-compliant devices such as occupancy switches. 2. System Memory: Nonvolatile. System shall reboot program and reset time automatically without errors after power outages up to 90 days' duration. 3. Software: Lighting control software shall be capable of linking switch inputs to relay outputs, retrieving links, viewing relay output status, controlling relay outputs, simulating switch inputs, setting device addresses, and assigning switch input and relay output modes. 4. Automatic Time Adjustment: System shall automatically adjust for leap year and daylight saving time and shall provide weekly routine and annual holiday scheduling. 5. Astronomic Control: Automatic adjustment of dawn and dusk switching. 6. Automatic battery backup shall provide power to maintain program and system clock operation for 3 days' minimum duration when power is off. 7. Flick Warning: Programmable momentary turnoff of lights shall warn that programmed shutoff will occur after a preset interval. Warning shall be repeated after a second preset interval before end of programmed override period. 8. Diagnostics: When system operates improperly, software shall initiate factory-programmed diagnosis of failure and display messages identifying problem and possible causes. 9. Automatic Control: System capable of activating building areas into user dictated pattern of ON-OFF array of relays, according to either weekly schedule divided into one-minute increments, or two one-day schedules. 10. Automatic Control of Local Override: Automatic control shall switch lighting off if lighting has been switched on by local override. 11. Manual Controls: System capable of activating single groups of relays ON-OFF with a momentary switch; Provide prioritization of manual controls. 12. Manual Lockout: System capable of selecting, activating and locking-in any lighting pattern from central controller, and locking-out manual and automatic commands. E. Manual Switches and Plates LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 0923 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Switches: Provide momentary toggle type ON-OFF switches with spring return to center position; and as recommended by lighting systems manufacturer for services indicated. An integral pilot light shall indicate the status of circuit. 2. Legend: Engraved or permanently silk-screened on wall plate where indicated. Use designations indicated on Drawings. F. Relays: Provide relays for control of inductive loads of 20 amperes at 120-volts, 50 to 60 Hz, as recommended by lighting systems manufacturer for services indicated. 2.3 OCCUPANCY SENSORS: A. Wall or ceiling-mounting, solid-state units with a separate relay unit. 1. Passive Infrared, Ultrasonic, Microphonic, or Dual Technology. Spacing and coverage per the manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when covered area is occupied and off when unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 30 minutes. 3. Sensor Output: Contacts rated to operate the connected relay, complying with UL 773A. Sensor shall be powered from the relay unit. 4. Relay Unit: Dry contacts rated for 20-A ballast load at 120- and 277-V ac. 5. Indicator: LED, to show when motion is being detected during testing and normal operation of the sensor. 6. Bypass Switch: Override the on function in case of sensor failure. 2.4 MANUAL MODULAR DIMMING SYSTEMS: 1. Factory-fabricated equipment providing 1 to 4 channels of manual dimming control as indicated. Common on-off switching and components into a 2- or 3-gang wall box under a single flush wall plate. 2. System to be listed for control of the type of lighting unit used. 3. Fluorescent dimmers to control lights smoothly over a range of 100 percent to 10 percent of full brightness. 4. Unit to be rated at 1900 watts, minimum with each dimming channel rated 600 watts, minimum. 2.5 INTEGRATED MULTIPRESSET MANUAL MODULAR DIMMING SYSTEMS: 1. System to be microprocessor-based, solid-state, and will automatically change variable dimmer settings of different groups of lights (channels) from one setting to another when a pushbutton is operated. Each system includes a control panel and 1 to 4 dimmer/control modules that are integrally flush mounted in a single multigang wall box. Types and number of light groups controlled, and the number of preset scenes are indicated. Control panel shall adjust dimmer channel settings, and command changes from one preset scene to another. Control positions or displays at the control panel will indicate dimmer settings for each channel for each scene. Timed cross-fading action occurs when one preset scene is switched to another. 2.6 EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY UNITS: A. Self-contained units complying with UL 924. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 0923 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Operation: Normally-closed electrically-held relay to be wired in parallel with control switch/relay. Relay automatically turns lamp on when power supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. 2. Test Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and demonstrates unit operability. 3. LED Indicator Light: Indicates status of normal and emergency power. 2.7 PHOTOELECTRIC SENSORS: A. Ceiling-Mounted Photoelectric Switch: Solid-state, light-level sensor unit, with separate relay unit, to detect changes in lighting levels that are perceived by the eye. Cadmium sulfide photoresistors are not acceptable. 1. Sensor Output: Contacts rated to operate the associated relay, complying with UL 773A. Sensor shall be powered from the relay unit. 2. Light-Level Monitoring Range: 10 to 1000 fc with an adjustment for turn-on and turn-off levels within that range. 3. Time Delay: Adjustable from 5 to 300 seconds to prevent cycling, with deadband adjustment. B. Outdoor Photoelectric Switch: Solid-state, light-level sensor unit to detect changes in lighting levels that are perceived by the eye. 1. Light-Level Monitoring Range: 1.5 to 10 fc with an adjustment for turn-on and turn-off levels within that range. 2. Time Delay: 30 second minimum to prevent cycling, with deadband adjustment. 3. Surge Protection: Metal-oxide varistor, complying with IEEE requirements for Category A1 locations. 4. Mounting: Twist lock complying with IEEE C136.10, with base-and-stem mounting or stem-and-swivel mounting accessories as required to direct sensor to the north sky exposure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which lighting control equipment is to be installed and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIPMENT: A. Install lighting control system components and ancillary equipment as indicated, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions, and with recognized industry practices, to ensure that lighting control equipment complies with requirements. Comply with requirements of NEC, and applicable portions of NECA's "Standard of Installation" pertaining to general electrical installation practices. B. Coordinate with other electrical work, including raceways, and electrical boxes and fittings, as necessary to interface installation of lighting control equipment work with other work. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 0923 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. Interconnect lighting control equipment with building management system, after lighting equipment installation work has been completed and is operating properly. Define groups in the lighting control system to interface with the building management system as indicated on the temperature control matrix. D. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Stds 486A and B. 3.3 GROUNDING: A. Provide equipment grounding connections for lighting control equipment as indicated. Tighten connectors to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Std 486A to assure permanent and effective grounding. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Upon completion of installation and after circuitry has been energized, demonstrate capability and compliance of system with requirements. Where possible, correct malfunctioning units at site, then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and proceed with retesting. Testing and retesting at no cost to Owner. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and assist in field testing. Report results in writing. C. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Test for circuit continuity. 2. Verify that the control module features are operational. 3. Check operation of local override controls. 4. Test system diagnostics by simulating improper operation of several components selected by facilities. D. Install and program software with initial settings of adjustable values. Make backup copies of software and user-supplied values. Provide current licenses for software. 3.5 PERSONNEL TRAINING: A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain lighting controls and software. END OF SECTION 26 0923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 0923 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 26 2416 – PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes lighting and power panelboards and associated auxiliary equipment rated 600 V or less. 1.2 DEFINITIONS: A. Overcurrent Protective Device (OCPD): A device operative on excessive current that causes and maintains the interruption of power in the circuit it protects. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product data for each type panelboard, accessory item, and component specified. B. Shop drawings from manufacturers of panelboards including dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations. Show tabulations of installed devices, major features, and voltage rating. Include the following: 1. Enclosure type with details for types other than NEMA Type 1. 2. Bus configuration and current ratings. 3. Short-circuit current rating of panelboard. 4. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual protective devices and auxiliary components. C. Wiring diagrams detailing schematic diagram including control wiring, and differentiating between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. D. Report of field tests and observations. E. Panel schedules for installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load balancing. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be defined as they are in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. B. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of panelboards and enclosures, of types, sizes and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. C. Installer's Qualifications: A firm with at least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects utilizing panelboards similar to those required for this project. 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS: PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 A. Keys: Furnish six spares of each type for panelboard cabinet locks. B. Touch-up Paint for panelboards: One half-pint container. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. General Electric Co. 2. Square D Co. 3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 4. Eaton 2.2 PANELBOARDS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Overcurrent Protective Devices (OCPDs): Provide type, rating, and features as indicated. Comply with Division 26 Section on Overcurrent Protective Devices, with OCPDs adapted to panelboard installation. Tandem circuit breakers shall not be used. Multiple breakers shall have common trip. B. Enclosures: Cabinets, flush or surface mounted as indicated. NEMA Type 1 enclosure, except where the following enclosure requirements are indicated. Provide galvanized sheet steel cabinet type enclosures, in sizes and NEMA types as indicated, code-gauge, minimum 16-gauge thickness. Construct with multiple knockouts and wiring gutters. Provide baked gray enamel finish over a rust inhibitor coating. Design enclosures for recessed mounting. Provide enclosures which are fabricated by same manufacturer as panelboards, which mate and match properly with panelboards to be enclosed. 1. NEMA 3R: Raintight 2. NEMA 3S: Raintight and dust tight. 3. NEMA 4X: Corrosion-resistant fiberglass enclosure, watertight, dust tight and resistant to oil and coolant seepage. 4. NEMA 12: Dust tight, dripproof, and resistant to oil and coolant seepage. C. Front: Hinged trim type, secured to box with 1/4-20-large head slotted captive screws except as indicated. Front for surface-mounted panels shall be same dimensions as box. Fronts for flush panels shall overlap box except as otherwise specified. Provide fronts with hinged trim construction and door with flush locks and keys, all panelboard enclosures keyed alike, with concealed door hinges on inner door, hinge on outer trim door, and door swings as indicated. D. Directory Frame: Metal, mounted inside each panel door with card and clear plastic cover. Directory shall match panelboard configuration, i.e. top to bottom, left to right. Provide permanent panelboard labels for each circuit number. E. Bus Material: Provide tin-plated, high-strength, electrical grade aluminum. F. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground conductors. Bonded to box. PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 G. Provide lugs compatible with incoming feeders and grounds. H. Service Equipment Approval: Listed for use as service equipment for panelboards having main service disconnect. I. Provide minimum short circuit current ratings as indicated. J. Provision for Future Devices: Equip with mounting brackets, bus connections, and necessary appurtenances, for the OCPD ampere ratings indicated for future installation of devices. K. Special Features: Provide the following features for panelboards as indicated. 1. Isolated Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for branch-circuit equipment ground conductors; insulated from box to be supplied where indicated. 2. Split Bus: Vertical bus of indicated panels divided into two vertical sections with connections as indicated. 3. Extra Gutter Space: Dimensions and arrangement as indicated or required. 4. Gutter Barrier: Arranged to isolate section of gutter as indicated. 5. Provide 150 percent sized neutral bus and ground bus and double termination lugs for all 120/208 volt panelboards. 6. Auxiliary Gutter: Conform to UL 870, "Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters and Associated Fittings". 7. Subfeed: OCPD or lug provision as indicated. 8. Feed-Through Lugs: Sized to accommodate feeders indicated. 9. Surge Arresters: IEEE C62.11, "Standards for Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits," or IEEE C62.1, "Surge Arresters for Alternating Current Power Circuits." a. Description: Coordinate impulse sparkover voltage with system circuit voltage and provide factory mounting with UL-recognized mounting device. 2.3 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS: A. Branch OCPDs: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. B. Double-Width Panels: Where more than 42 poles are indicated, provide two panelboards of equal dimensions and with individual fronts on each panelboard. 2.4 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS: A. Branch-Circuit Breakers: Where OCPDs are indicated to be circuit breakers, use bolt-on breakers except circuit breakers 225-ampere frame size and greater may be PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 plug-in type where individual positive locking device requires mechanical release for removal. 2.5 IDENTIFICATION: A. General: Refer to Division 26 Section on electrical identification for labeling materials. B. UL nameplates shall be provided for all panelboards. Information shall include, but not be limited to, manufacturer, model number, serial number, plant or manufacturing location, ampere rating, voltage rating, wire and phase identification and bus short circuit bracing rating. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. General: Install panelboards and accessory items in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1, "General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less" and manufacturers' written installation instructions. B. Ground Fault Protection: Install panelboard ground fault circuit interrupter devices in accordance with installation guidelines of NEMA 289, "Application Guide for Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters." C. Mounting: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount flush panels uniformly flush with wall finish. D. Circuit Directory: Typed and reflective of final circuit changes required to balance panel loads. Obtain approval before installing. E. Install filler plates in unused spaces. F. Provision for Future Circuits at Flush Panelboards: Stub one 1 inch empty conduit from panel for each set of 3 spares or spaces into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in future. Stub one 1 inch empty conduits for each set of 3 spares or spaces into raised floor space or below slab other than slabs on grade. G. Auxiliary Gutter: Install where two panels are vertically mounted. Use gutter for branch circuit wiring to lower panel. H. Wiring in Panel Gutters: Train conductors neatly in groups, bundle, and wrap with wire ties after completion of load balancing. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION: A. Identify field-installed wiring and components and provide warning signs in accordance with Division 26 Section on electrical identification. 3.3 GROUNDING: A. Connections: Make equipment grounding connections for panelboards as indicated. PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Provide ground continuity to main electrical ground bus indicated. 3.4 CONNECTIONS: A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Upon completing installation of the system, perform the following tests: 1. Make insulation resistance tests of panelboard buses, components, and connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits. 2. Make continuity tests of circuits. B. Procedures: Make field tests and inspections and prepare panelboard for satisfactory operation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. C. Schedule tests with at least one week in advance notification. D. Reports: Provide report written reports of tests and observations. Report defective materials and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Include records of repairs and adjustments made. E. Labeling: Upon satisfactory completion of tests and related effort, apply a label to tested components indicating results of tests and inspections, responsible organization and person, and date. F. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Include the following inspections and related work: 1. Inspect for defects and physical damage, labeling, and nameplate compliance with requirements of up-to-date drawings and panelboard schedules. 2. Exercise and perform of operational tests of all mechanical components and other operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction manual. 3. Check panelboard mounting, area clearances, and alignment and fit of components. 4. Check tightness of bolted electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper torque values. 5. Verify that proper grounding bushings/bonding/ and panel enclosure bonding is complete. 6. Verify isolated neutral bar and neutral connections. G. Electrical tests: Include the following items performed in accordance with manufacturer's instruction: PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Insulation resistance test of buses. Insulation resistance less than 100 megohms is not acceptable. 2. Ground resistance test on system and equipment ground connections. 3. Test main and subfeed overcurrent protective devices in accordance with Section "Overcurrent Protective Devices." H. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and provide retesting of panelboards by testing organization. Verify by the system tests that the total assembly meets specified requirements. 3.6 CLEANING: A. Upon completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and marks of finish to match original finish. END OF SECTION 26 2416 PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 26 2726 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. The extent of wiring device work is indicated by drawings and schedules. Wiring devices are defined as single discrete units of electrical distribution systems which are intended to carry but not utilize electric energy. B. Types of electrical wiring devices in this section include the following: 1. Receptacles. 2. Ground-fault circuit interrupters. 3. Switches. 4. Wallplates. 5. Dimmers. 6. Plugs and connectors. 7. Concrete floor boxes 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical wiring devices, of types, sizes, and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years. B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 2 years of successful installation experience on projects utilizing wiring devices similar to those required for this project. C. Listing and Labeling: Provide products that are listed and labeled for their applications and installation conditions and for the environments in which installed. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the "National Electrical Code", Article 100. 2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical wiring devices. B. Samples of device plates for color selection and evaluation of technical features shall be submitted. C. Operation and maintenance data for materials and products specified in this Section to include in the "Operating and Maintenance Manual" specified in Division 1. 1.4 COORDINATION: A. Wiring Devices for Owner Furnished Equipment: Match devices to plug connectors for Owner-furnished equipment. B. Cord and Plug sets: Match cord and plug sets to equipment requirements. WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS: A. Furnish the following extra materials, packaged with protective covering for storage, and identified with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to the Owner. 1. Telephone/Power Service Poles: 1 for each 10, but not less than 1. 2. Floor Service Outlet Assemblies: 1 for each 10, but not less than 1. 3. Poke-through Fire-Rated Closure Plugs: 1 for each 5 floor service outlets installed, but not less than 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide wiring devices of one of the following: 1. Devices: a. Harvey Hubbell Inc. b. Leviton Mfg Co. c. Pass and Seymour Inc. d. Cooper Crouse-Hinds Co. e. Bryant Electric Co. f. General Electric Co. 2. Concrete Floor Boxes: a. Walker b. Hubbell 2.2 WIRING DEVICES: A. Receptacles: 1. All duplex, single, and special receptacles shall be minimum, hospital grade, listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, UL 498 and Federal Specification FS W-C-596, 20 amp, nylon face and have a metal mounting strap with self-grounding and have a hex-head green grounding screw and be side and back wired or plug-tail type. Each device shall bear the UL/FS Label. 2. Convenience Receptacle Configuration: NEMA WD-1 and WD-6; Type 5-20R, with almond color nylon face. All receptacles connected to circuits served from a generator system shall have a red face. Color selection shall be verified with Architect/Engineer prior to ordering. 3. Specific-use Receptacle Configuration: NEMA WD-1 and WD 5 locking; as indicated on drawings, black face. 4. Isolated Ground Receptacles: Duplex receptacle with metal strap for self-grounding and green hex-head source with dedicated isolated ground and neutral, Hubbel prefix IG. Receptacle shall have an orange triangle located on the face. 5. Tamper Resistant Receptacles: Duplex receptacle with integral switch and contacts to prevent energization unless a plug is inserted. Almond color for normal, red for emergency. WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 6. Ground-Fault Interrupter Receptacles: Provide "local reset" ground-fault circuit interrupters. Provide unit capable of being installed in a 2-3/4" deep outlet box without adapter, grounding type, Class A, Group 1 per UL Standard 943. 7. Clock Outlet: Single NEMA 5-15P side wired, mounted in a recessed faceplate with metal hook which permits clock to be flush mounted on wall. 8. Receptacles, Industrial Heavy-Duty: Conform to NEMA Standard PK 4 "Plugs, Receptacles, and cable Connectors of the Pin and Sleeve Type for Industrial Use." 9. Receptacles in Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with NEMA Standard FB 11 "Plugs, Receptacles and Connectors on the Pin and Sleeve Type for Hazardous Locations" and Ul Standard 1010 "Receptacle-Plug Combinations for Use in Hazardous (Classified locations." 10. Pendant Cord/Connector Devices: Matching, locking type, plug and plug receptacle body connector, NEMA l5-20P and L5-20R, heavy-duty grade. a. Bodies: Nylon with screw-open cable-gripping jaws and provision for attaching external cable grip. b. External Cable Grip: Woven wire mesh type made of high strength galvanized-steel wire strand and matched to cable diameter and with attached provision designed for the corresponding connector. 11. Cord and Plug Sets: Match voltage and current ratings and number of conductors to requirements of the equipment being connected. a. Cord: Rubber-insulated, stranded copper conductors, with type-SOW-A jacket. Grounding conductor has green insulation. Ampacity is equipment rating plus 30% minimum. b. Plug: Male configuration with nylon body and integral cable-clamping jaws. Match to cord and to receptacle type intended for connection. B. Switches: 1. Wall Switches for Lighting Circuits: NEMA WD1 and WD-6; FS W-S-896E; AC quiet type specification grade commercial series listed by Underwriter's Laboratories with toggle handle, rated 20 amperes at 120-277 volts AC, unless noted otherwise. Mounting straps shall be metal and be equipped with a green hex-head ground screw. Each switch shall bear the UL/FS Label. 2. Handle: almond color for normal power circuits, red for emergency power circuits. Verify color with Architect/Engineer prior to ordering. 3. Pilot Light Type: Lighted handle lit when switch is "on." 4. Locator Type: Continuously lighted handle. 5. Switches in Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL Standard 894, "Switches for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations." 2.3 WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES: A. Wallplates: Provide wallplates for single and combination wiring devices, of types, sizes, and with ganging and cutouts as indicated. Select plates which mate and match wiring devices to which attached. Construct with metal screws for securing plates to devices; screw heads colored to match finish of plates. Identify all wall plates used for receptacles with branch circuit number per requirements of section on Electrical Identification. Provide blank wall plates for all cable, data, telephone and junction and outlet boxes. Where cables are routed through the wallplate, provide grommets in WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 wallplate openings to protect cables. Provide plates possessing the following additional construction features: 1. Material and Finish: 0.04" thick, type 302 satin finished stainless steel. 2. Material and Finish: Steel plate, galvanized for use in unfinished areas, mechanical, and electrical rooms. 3. Material and Finish: Nylon, smooth for plates. B. Concrete Floor Box: Provide modular floor service outlets and fittings of types and ratings indicated. Construct of die cast aluminum, satin finish. Use design compatible with floor type and outlet wiring methods indicated. Provide 20-amperes, 125-volts, back-to-back duplex receptacles, NEMA configuration 5-20R. Provide with 1" NPT, 1" long, locking nipple for installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES: A. Install wiring devices as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and in accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements. B. Coordinate with other work, including painting, electrical boxes and wiring work, as necessary to interface installation of wiring devices with other work. C. Install wiring devices only in electrical boxes which are clean; free from excess building materials, dirt, and debris. D. Install wiring devices after wiring work is completed. E. Install wallplates after painting work is completed. F. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for wiring devices. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Stds 486A. G. Install telephone/power service poles in accordance with final furnishing arrangement. Poles shall be plumb, true, and secure. H. Provide hospital grade devices in all patient care areas and corridors. I. Provide GFCI type outlets for each above counter duplex receptacle shown within 6 feet-0 inches of sinks/lavatories. For above counter multi-outlet assemblies which do not contain duplex receptacles that can be replaced with GFCI devices, provide GFI circuit breakers on the branch circuit(s) feeding the assembly. J. Provide safety type receptacles in all pediatric patient rooms and associated waiting areas and play rooms. K. Isolated Ground Receptacles: Connect isolated ground terminal to isolated grounding conductor and route to associated branch panelboard isolated ground bar. Provide ground pad in transformer for connection of isolated ground conductor to isolated ground bar in the associated branch panelboard as required. Provide isolated ground WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 terminal bar in the associated branch panelboard. Connect the other circuit shared ground conductors to the common equipment ground bus in panelboard; keep separate from isolated ground. L. Provide GFCI receptacles throughout in kitchens and at vending machine, with remote test switches if required by site conditions. 3.2 PROTECTION OF WALLPLATES AND RECEPTACLES: A. Upon installation of wallplates and receptacles, advise Contractor regarding proper and cautious use of convenience outlets. At time of Substantial Completion, replace those items which have been damaged, including those burned and scored by faulty plugs. 3.3 GROUNDING: A. Provide equipment grounding connections for wiring devices, unless otherwise indicated. Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Std 486A to assure permanent and effective grounds. 3.4 CLEANING: A. Internally clean devices, device outlet boxes and enclosures. Replace stained, cracked, damaged or improperly painted wall plates or devices. Remove temporary markings of labels. 3.5 TESTING: A. Prior to energizing circuitry, test wiring for electrical continuity, and for short-circuits. Ensure proper polarity of connections is maintained and prepare test reports. Subsequent to energization, test wiring devices to demonstrate compliance with requirements. 1. The tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices or similar problems. 2. Tests for Convenience Receptacles: a. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 130 V. b. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is not acceptable. c. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. d. Polarity: Test for correct neutral conduct to neutral terminal connection. e. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. f. GFCI Receptacles: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. Test with both local and remote fault simulations in accordance with manufacturing recommendations. 3. Tests for patient-care areas in Healthcare Facilities: In addition to the test listed above, perform additional field tests and inspections for receptacles in patient care areas. Perform the following tests: WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 a. The physical integrity of each receptacle shall be confirmed by visual inspection. b. Test straight blade convenience outlets in patient-care areas for the retention force of the grounding blade according to NFPA 99. Retention force shall be not less than 4 oz. (115 g). c. Test and record the impedance between the ground point of each receptacle and the reference point according to NFPA 99. Impedance level shall be less than 0.1 Ohm. 1) The impedance measurement shall be made with an accuracy of ±20 percent. 2) For New Construction: The impedance measurement shall be made between the reference point according to NFPA 99 and the grounding contact of 10 percent of all receptacles in each patient care vicinity. The impedance measurement shall be the ratio of voltage developed (either 60 current applied between these two points). 4. Prepare certified test reports in compliance with NFPA 99 and submit reports in conjunction with field quality control reports required in Division 16 “Grounding and Bonding”. 5. Test Instruments: a. Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. b. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated LED indicators of measurement. B. Correct Deficiencies and Report: 1. Correct unsatisfactory conditions and retest to demonstrate compliance; replace devices as required to bring system into compliance. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3. Prepare a report that identifies enclosure, units, conductors and devices checked and describe results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations and test results after remedial action. END OF SECTION 26 2726 WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 26 2800 - LOW-VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. This section includes overcurrent protective devices (OCPD’s) rated 600 V and below and switching devices commonly used with them. B. Panelboards, Switchboards, and Motor Control Centers: Application, installation, and other related requirements for overcurrent protective device installations in distribution equipment are specified in other Division 26 sections. 1.2 DEFINITIONS: A. Overcurrent Protective Device (OCPD): A device operative on excessive current that causes and maintains the interruption of power in the circuit it protects. B. Ampere-Squared-Seconds: An expression of available thermal energy resulting from current flow. With regard to current-limiting fuses and circuit breakers, the ampere-squared-seconds during fault current interruption represents the energy allowed to flow before the fuse or breaker interrupts the fault current within its current limiting range. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product data for fuses, fusible switches, circuit breakers, and OCPD accessories specified in this Section, including descriptive data and time-current curves for all protective devices and let-through current curves for those with current limiting characteristics. Include coordination charts and tables and related data. B. Provide coordination study performed by a registered professional engineer in accordance with ANSI/IEEE Standard 242-1986, "Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems," where OCPD manufacturers other than those designated first in schedules or product listings of overcurrent protective devices are proposed for use. Submit a full coordination study showing graphically that the substitute OCPD’s coordinate selectively with both upstream and downstream components. Include single line diagram, coordinated time-current characteristics, device performance curves, and fault current calculations adequate to demonstrate satisfactory component protection and selective coordination of protective devices. Study shall be commissioned and paid for by the Contractor. Submit study with switchgear, switchboard and panelboard submittals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of overcurrent protective devices of types, sizes, and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Each type of OCPD shall be the product of a single manufacturer. LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 26 2800 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS: A. Spare Fuses: Furnish spares of each type and rating of fuse for fusible devices amounting to one set of 3 fuses for each 9 fuses installed but not less than 3 fuses of each type. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Cartridge Fuses: a. Bussmann Div., Cooper Industries, Inc. b. Littelfuse Inc. 2. Fusible Switches: a. General Electric Co. b. Square D Co. c. Allen-Bradley Co. d. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. e. Eaton 3. Molded-Case Circuit Breakers: a. Square D Co. b. General Electric Co. c. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. d. Eaton 4. Combination Circuit Breaker and Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters: a. General Electric Co. b. Square D Co. c. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. d. Eaton 5. When mounting overcurrent protective devices in switchboards, switchgear, panelboards, MCC's, etc., provide equipment of same manufacturer as equipment into which they are being mounted. 2.2 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES (OCPDS), GENERAL: A. General: Provide OCPDs in indicated types, as integral components of panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers, and other related equipment; and also as individually enclosed and mounted single units. B. Enclosures: NEMA 250 "Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum)." LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 26 2800 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. Where OCPD's are to be installed in existing panelboards, switchboards, and motor control centers, they shall be of the same manufacture and type as those existing in the equipment. If this is not possible, provide devices which are compatible with the existing equipment and when installed will not void the U.L. label or reduce the short circuit rating of the equipment. D. All overcurrent devices shall be individually rated for the available fault current unless otherwise noted. Series ratings of equipment will only be allowed where specifically called out. 2.3 CARTRIDGE FUSES: A. General: NEMA Standard FU1, "Low-Voltage Cartridge Fuses." Unless indicated otherwise, provide nonrenewable cartridge fuses of indicated types, classes, and current ratings that have voltage ratings consistent with the circuits on which used. B. All fuses used for main, feeder, or branch-circuit protection shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed, current-limiting fuses with 200,000 ampere interrupting rating and shall be so labeled. Fuses used for supplementary protection (other than branch circuit protection) shall be as specified above or shall be U.L. approved or component recognized for such purposes. All fuses provided shall be furnished by the same manufacturer. Should equipment provided require a different U.L. Class or size of fuse, the engineer shall be furnished sufficient data to ascertain that system function will not be adversely affected. C. In order to simplify fuse replacement, reduce spare fuse inventory and insure adequate thermal protection, all fuses 600 amperes and below shall be true dual-element time- delay fuses with separate spring-loaded thermal overload elements in all ampere ratings. All ampere ratings shall be designed to open at 400 degrees F or less when subjected to a non-load oven test. D. To eliminate induction heating, all fuse ferrules and end caps shall be non-ferrous and shall be bronze or other alloy not subject to stress cracking. E. Class L Fuses: UL 198C, "High-Interrupting Capacity Fuses, Current-Limiting Type." F. Class RK1 Dual Element Time-Delay Fuses: UL 198E, "Class R Fuses." G. Class J Low-Peak dual Element Fuse: UL 198C 2.4 NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES: A. General: UL 98 "Enclosed and Dead Front Switches" and NEMA KS 1 "Enclosed Switches," quick-make, quick-break heavy-duty units. B. Rating: Load-breaking capacity in excess of the normal horsepower rating for the switch. C. Withstand Capability: In excess of the available. D. Operation: By means of external handle. E. Interlock: Prevents access to switch interior except when in "off" position. LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 26 2800 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 F. Enclosure for Independent Mounting: NEMA Type 1 enclosure except as otherwise indicated or required to suit environment where located. G. Contacts shall be NEMA rated 75 degrees C. H. Provide auxiliary contacts for disconnects supplied from variable frequency drives. 2.5 FUSIBLE SWITCHES: A. General: UL 98 "Enclosed and Dead Front Switches" and NEMA KS 1 "Enclosed Switches," quick-make, quick-break heavy-duty units. B. Rating: Load-breaking capacity in excess of the normal horsepower rating for the switch. C. Withstand Capability: In excess of the let-through current permitted by its fuse when subject to faults up to 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes. D. Operation: By means of external handle. E. Interlock: Prevents access to switch interior except when in "off" position. F. Fuse Clips: Rejection type. G. Enclosure for Switchboard or Panel board Mounting: Suitable for panel mounting where indicated. H. Enclosure for Independent Mounting: Provide NEMA Type 1 enclosure except as otherwise indicated or required to suit environment where located. I. Contacts shall be NEMA rated 75 degrees C. J. Provide fuses for safety switches and other equipment of classes, types, and rating needed to fulfill electrical requirements for services indicated. K. Provide auxiliary contacts for disconnects supplied from variable frequency drives. 2.6 MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS: A. General: UL 489, "Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures," and NEMA AB 1, "Molded Case Circuit Breakers." B. Construction: Provide bolt-in type, except breakers 225-ampere frame size and larger which may be plug-in type if held in place by positive locking device requiring mechanical release for removal. C. Characteristics: Indicated frame size, trip rating, number of poles, and a short-circuit interrupting capacity rating as indicated or required to match existing devices or equipment. D. Tripping Device: Quick-make, quick-break toggle mechanism with inverse-time delay and instantaneous overcurrent trip protection for each pole. Trip unit to be interchangeable within frame sizes for breakers 200 amperes or larger. Breakers 150 LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 26 2800 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 amperes and above shall have adjustable trip selection for trip units. All 120/208 volt rated breakers shall be rated and labeled "High Magnetic". E. Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Devices: Factory adjusted to low-trip-setting current values. Provide adjustable instantaneous trip devices for each circuit breaker supplying individual motor loads and where indicated. F. Enclosure for Switchboard or Panelboard Mounting: Suitable for panel mounting in switchboard or panelboards where indicated. G. Enclosure for Switchboard or Motor Control Center Mounting: Provide individual mounting where indicated. H. Enclosure for Independent Mounting: NEMA Type 1 enclosure, except as otherwise indicated or required to suit environment where located. 2.7 COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS: A. General: UL 943 "Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters," arranged for sensing and tripping for ground fault current in addition to overcurrent and short-circuit current. Provide features as follows: B. Match features and module size of panelboard breakers and provide clear identification of ground fault trip function. C. Trip Setting for Ground Fault: 4 to 6 milliamperes, listed and labeled as a class A, type 1 device. 2.8 CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH SOLID-STATE TRIP DEVICES: A. General: Where indicated on drawings or required for coordination, provide 250 amp frame size and larger circuit breakers with solid-state trip devices having the following features: 1. Ambient Compensation: Trip device insensitive to temperature changes between minus 20 degrees C and plus 55 degrees C. 2. Adjustability: Breaker ratings and trip settings shall be changeable by operation of controls on front panel of breaker and by change of plug-in element without removing the breaker. a. The trip device sensor shall have the same rating as the frame amperage of the circuit breaker unless noted otherwise. 3. Ground-Fault Tripping: Provide adjustable pick-up and time-delay on circuit breakers indicated with GFI. 2.9 OCPD ACCESSORIES: A. Key Interlocks: Arrange interlocking so keys are held captive at devices indicated. Where future key interlocking provisions are indicated, provide necessary mountings and hardware as required for the future installation. LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 26 2800 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Provide adjustable-time-delay under-voltage trip devices where indicated. C. Provide shunt-trip devices for circuit breakers where indicated on drawings. Arrange to trip breaker from an external source of power through a control switch or relay contact. D. Provide hand held battery powered trip unit power supply with labeled storage compartment for each switchboard. 2.10 SPARE FUSE CABINET: A. Cabinet: Wall-mounted, 18-gauge minimum steel unit with full-length, recessed piano-hinged door with key-coded cam lock and pull. Size to be adequate for orderly storage of spare fuses specified with 15 percent spare capacity minimum. Cabinet finish to be gray baked enamel. Stencil legend "SPARE PARTS" in 1-1/2 inches (40-mm) letters on door. PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Independently Mounted OCPDs: Locate as indicated and install in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install OCPDs level and plumb. B. OCPDs in new distribution and branch circuit equipment shall be factory installed. OCPD's in existing distribution and branch circuit equipment shall match existing for type and be provided with features as listed herein. C. Install fuses in fusible devices as indicated. Arrange fuses so that fuse ratings are readable without removing fuse. D. All fuses for new disconnect switches or MCC’s feeding motors or motor starters shall be provided with Class J fuses. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION: A. Identify components in accordance with Division 26 Section on electrical identification. 3.3 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION: A. Install wiring between OCPDs and control/indication devices. 3.4 CONNECTIONS: A. Check connectors, terminals, bus joints, and mountings for tightness. Tighten field-connected connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 26 2800 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.5 GROUNDING: A. Provide equipment grounding connections for individually mounted OCPD units as indicated and as required by NEC. Tighten connectors to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A to assure permanent and effective grounding. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Reports: Prepare written reports on tests and observations. Report defective materials and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Include complete records of repairs and adjustments made. Tests shall be made on all new and existing OCPD's provided and/or connected under this project in accordance with this section. B. Labeling: Upon satisfactory completion of tests and related effort, apply a label to tested components indicating test results, date, and responsible organization and person. C. Schedule visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests with at least one week's advance notification. D. Upon completing installation of the system, perform the following tests: 1. Visual and mechanical inspection: Include the following inspections and related work. a. Overcurrent-Protective-Device Ratings and Settings: Verify indicated ratings and settings to be appropriate for final system arrangement and parameters. b. Inspect for defects and physical damage, NRTL labeling, and nameplate compliance with current single line diagram. c. Exercise and perform operational tests of all mechanical components and other operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction manual. d. Check tightness of electrical connections of OCPD’s with calibrated torque wrench. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper torque values. e. Clean OCPD’s using manufacturer's approved methods and materials. f. Verify installation of proper fuse types and ratings in fusible OCPD’s. 2. Electrical Tests: Perform the following tests in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for all new circuit breakers: a. Insulation resistance test of fused power circuit devices, insulated-case, and molded-case circuit breakers, 600-ampere frame size and over at 1000 degree V d.c. for one minute from pole to pole and from each pole to ground with breaker closed and across open contacts of each phase. Insulation resistance less than 100 megohms is not acceptable. b. Make insulation resistance tests of OCPD buses, components, and connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits. c. Make continuity tests of circuits. d. Provide full rated primary current tests conforming to IETA testing standards of all new and existing breakers 800 amperes and greater, connected under this project. Inspect breakers and provide test report. Set breakers to previous or new settings as directed prior to test. LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 26 2800 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 e. Verify relay operation by introduction of accurately metered currents into overcurrent/ground fault/ and other circuitry at values which will enable accurate determination of the tripping or activation values. E. Make adjustments for final settings of adjustable-trip devices. F. Activate auxiliary protective devices such as ground fault or under-voltage relays, to verify operation of shunt-trip devices. G. Check stored-energy charging motors for proper operation of motor, mechanism, and limit switches. H. Check operation of electrically operated OCPDs in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. I. Check key and other interlock and safety devices for operation and sequence. Make closing attempts on locked-open and opening attempts on locked-closed devices including moveable barriers and shutters. J. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and provide retesting of OCPDs by testing organization. Verify by the system tests that specified requirements are met. 3.7 CLEANING: A. Upon completion of installation, inspect OCPD’s. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. END OF SECTION 26 2800 LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 26 2800 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 26 5000 - LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. Extent, location, and details of lighting work are indicated on drawings and in schedules. B. Types of lighting in this section include the following: 1. Fluorescent. 2. Light Emitting Diode (LED) 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions on each type of luminaire and component. B. Shop Drawings: Submit layout drawings of lighting and their spatial relationship to each other. In addition, submit luminaire cut sheets from the manufacturer. For standard products submit shop drawings; for non-standard products submit in booklet form with separate sheet for each luminaire, assembled by "luminaire type" with proposed luminaire and accessories clearly indicated on each sheet. Submit details indicating compatibility with ceiling grid system. Shop drawings shall detail luminaire dimensions, weights, methods of field assembly, mounting components, features and accessories. All features and accessories shall be clearly defined. C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit wiring diagrams for lighting showing connections to electrical power panels, switches, dimmers, controllers, and feeders. Differentiate between portions of wiring which are manufacturer-installed and portions which are field- installed. D. Samples: Submit one complete operating unit for each type of custom luminaire specified. E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each luminaire and accessory; including "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide. Include that data, product data, and shop drawings in a maintenance manual; in accordance with general requirements of Division 1. F. Illumination Data: Submit lighting calculations identified below for all projects not listed first in the luminaire schedule and where otherwise noted. 1. Interior: Provide isofootcandle(isolux) plot diagram of footcandles on horizontal workplane surface which shows composite values of illuminance projected from the arrangement of light sources from indicated luminaire locations and heights. Show on the graphic plots the locations, spacings and heights of luminaires. Indicate values of maximum, average, minimum, max:min ratios, and Lumen Maintenance factor utilized. 2. Exterior: Provide isofootcandle (isolux) plot diagram of footcandles on horizontal pavement surface which shows composit values of illuminance projected from the arrangement of light sources from indicated luminaire locations and heights. LIGHTING 26 5000 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 Show on the graphic plots the locations, spacings, heights of luminaires, and the Lumen Maintenance factor used. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of lighting of sizes, types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Installer's Qualifications: Firms with at least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects with lighting work similar to that required for this project. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Deliver lighting in factory-fabricated containers or wrappings, which properly protect luminaires from damage. B. Store lighting in original packaging. Store inside well-ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling, extreme temperatures, humidity, laid flat and blocked off ground. C. Handle lighting carefully to prevent damage, breaking, and scoring of finishes. Do not install damaged units or components; replace with new. 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING: A. Coordinate with other work including wires/cables, electrical boxes and fittings, and raceways, to properly interface installation of lighting with other work. B. Sequence lighting installation with other work to minimize possibility of damage and soiling during remainder of construction. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS: A. Lamps: Furnish stock or replacement lamps amounting to 15%, but not less than 4 lamps in each case, of each type and size lamp used in each type luminaire. B. Ballasts: Furnish stock or replacement ballasts amounting to 5%, but not less than 2 of each type used in each type luminaire. C. Lenses: Furnish stock or replacement lenses amounting to 3%, but not less than one, of each type and size used in each type luminaire. D. LED Modules: Furnish replacement modules mounting to 3% of each type. E. Deliver replacement stock as directed to Owner's storage space. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Luminaire Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide luminaires as listed in the luminaire schedule or elsewhere on the drawings or specification. LIGHTING 26 5000 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Lamp Manufacturers: 1. G E Lighting 2. Osram Sylvania 3. Philips Lighting Company C. LED Manufactures: 1. Philips Lighting Co. 2. Lumiled 3. CREE 4. Nichia 5. Osram Sylvania D. Fluorescent Ballast Manufacturers: 1. Osram Sylvania 2. Advance E. All other manufacturers shall request prior approval and supply test data from an independent testing laboratory and comparison report to substantiate compliance with specifications and specified equipment. 2.2 EQUIPMENT: A. General: Provide lighting of sizes, types and ratings indicated; complete with, but not limited to, housings, energy-efficient lamps, lamp holders, reflectors, energy efficient ballasts, starters and wiring. Ship luminaires factory-assembled, with those components required for a complete installation. Design luminaire with concealed hinges and catches, with metal parts grounded as common unit, and so constructed as to dampen ballast generated noise and as to disconnect ballast when door is opened for HQI lamps. B. Lamps: 1. Fluorescent: Provide fluorescent lamp types as specified in the luminaire schedule and types compatible with luminaires. Lamps shall be low mercury type. Provide 3500°K color temperature lamps unless otherwise noted in schedules or on drawings. 2. Provide LED’s that retain 70% of lamp life after 50,000 hours. LED’s shall be binned to NEMA standard SSL 3-2010. *Indoor luminaires shall have remote phosphors. The LED light assembly shall be replaceable separate from the luminaire housing. The LED driver shall be dimming where indicated on the drawings. The dimmer switch shall be compatible with the driver, unless otherwise noted.* a. *Indoor luminaires shall have remote phosphor technology for “white” LED’s. b. *All LED products to be in accordance with IES Standards LM79 & LM80. C. Exterior Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts: Provide high power factor, rapid start, Type 1 Class P, sound rated A or B for minus 20 degrees C, with 80 percent light output within 5 minutes of starting and listed for use in outdoor luminaires. LIGHTING 26 5000 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 D. Interior Fluorescent Ballasts: 1. Provide high frequency programmed rapid start electronic ballasts for all fluorescent lamps with voltage as indicated on the plans and luminaire schedule. The ballast shall deliver normal lamp life and must be interchangeable with electromagnetic ballasts. The light output shall not vary in response to an input voltage variance of less than 10% rated voltage. Drive output shall be greater than 42 KHz with lamp flicker less than 2%. Provide a minimum 0.88 ballast factor. 2. Super T-8 Applications: Provide ballast similar to above with ballast factor of 0.78. 3. The ballast total harmonic distortion shall be less than 10% with the number of lamps as identified per luminaire type or as indicated in the luminaire schedule. 4. The ballast shall have a crest factor 1.7 maximum shall have transient protection which meets IEEE 587, Category A (ANSI C62.41) requirements. 5. The ballast shall have a power factor of 0.98 or higher, and shall have a ballast efficiency of 90% or higher. 6. The ballast shall be UL listed Class P and shall have a sound rating better than A. 7. The ballast electromagnetic interference and radio frequency interference shall comply with FCC CFR 47, Part 18 requirements for both conducted and radiated EMI/RFI. 8. The ballast shall contain no PCB's. 9. Minimum lamp starting temperature of 0 degrees F. 10. Provide ballast with color coded integral leads per ANSI C82.11. 11. Provide ballast disconnect switch per NEC. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which lighting is to be installed, and substrate for supporting lighting. Notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Install lighting at locations and heights as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC, NECA's "Standard of Installation", NEMA standards, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that lighting fulfills requirements. B. Provide luminaires and/or outlet boxes with hangers to properly support luminaire weight. Submit design of hangers, method of fastening, other than indicated or specified herein, for review by Architect. 1. Luminaires shall be positively attached to the suspended ceiling system. The attachment device shall have a capacity of 100% of the luminaire weight acting in any direction. 2. When intermediate systems are used, No. 12 gauge hangers shall be attached to the grid members within 3" of each corner of each luminaire. 3. When heavy-duty systems are used, supplemental hangers are not required if a 48" modular hanger pattern is followed. When cross runners are used without LIGHTING 26 5000 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 supplemental hangers to support luminaires, these cross runners shall provide the same carrying capacity as the main runner. 4. Luminaires weighing less than 56 pounds shall have, in addition to the requirements above, two No. 12 gauge hangers connected from the luminaire housing to the structure above. These wires may be slack. 5. Luminaires weighing 56 pounds or more shall be supported directly from the structure above by four No. 12 gauge hangers connected from the luminaire housing to the structure above. These wires may be slack. C. Install flush mounted luminaires properly to eliminate light leakage between frame and finished surface. D. Provide plaster frames for recessed luminaires installed in other than suspended grid type acoustical ceiling systems. Brace frames temporarily to prevent distortion during handling. E. For air supply type troffers, retain side slot closures in place for adjustment by Balancing Contractor. F. Fasten luminaires securely to structural supports; and ensure that pendant luminaires are plumb and level. Provide individually mounted pendant luminaires longer than 2 feet with twin stem hangers. Provide stem hanger with ball aligners and provisions for minimum one inch vertical adjustment. Mount continuous rows of luminaires with an additional stem hanger greater than number of luminaires in the row. 1. Pendant hung luminaires shall be supported directly from the structure above with No. 9 gauge wire or approved alternate support without using the ceiling suspension system for direct support. 2. Luminaires mounted in areas of high seismic activity shall be mounted from a rigid stem to restrain sway. If mounted from a non-rigid stem, luminaires to be mounted such that their sway under seismic conditions does not impact another luminaire within 45˚ swing from nadir. G. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Stds 486A and B, and the National Electrical Code. H. Support surface mounted luminaires greater than 2 feet in length at a point in addition to the outlet box stud. I. Set units plumb, square, level and secure according to manufacturer’s written instructions and shop drawings. Refer to specification section 265613, “Poles and Standards” for other requirements. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Replace defective and burned out lamps for a period of one year following the Date of Substantial Completion. LIGHTING 26 5000 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: A. Clean lighting of dirt and construction debris upon completion of installation. Clean fingerprints and smudges from lenses and reflectors. B. Protect installed luminaires from damage during remainder of construction period. C. Adjust aimable luminaires to provide required light intensities and in compliance with design intent. 3.5 GROUNDING: A. Provide equipment grounding connections for lighting as indicated. Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Std 486A to assure permanent and effective grounds. B. Ground luminaires according to Section 260526, "Grounding," and Section 265613, "Poles and Standards." 3.6 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall guarantee all equipment including ballasts, lamps, luminaires, wiring, etc. free from inherent mechanical and electrical defects. Warranty period shall be from date of acceptance as set forth in the general conditions with periods as follows: 1. Lamps - Per Paragraph 3.3 2. Luminaires, wiring, etc. - 1 year 3. Ballasts - The manufacturer shall provide a full five year warranty beginning at time of substantial completion. The manufacturer shall replace any and all failed ballasts within 48 hours of notification. The manufacturer shall provide the labor for warranty replacements. 4. LED and Driver – Five year manufacturer’s warranty. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION: A. Upon completion of installation of lighting and after building circuitry has been energized, apply electrical energy to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Where possible, correct malfunctioning units at site, then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and proceed with retesting. END OF SECTION 26 5000 LIGHTING 26 5000 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 28 3111 - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM – REMODEL OF ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. Extent of fire alarm systems work is indicated by drawings, schedules, and riser diagrams. The control panel is existing. Any references to the existing control operation equipment, etc., are for information on system operation. All existing devices such as call boxes, connections, shall remain as existing U.O.N. on drawings or as required for operating on the new system. B. Provide system component devices compatible with the upgraded 4100ES voice evacuation system. C. Provide additions and modifications to existing system suitable for type occupancy as defined by local Building Code and as approved by local Fire Marshall and as approved by the Director of Facilities Management / and local authority having jurisdiction. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of fire alarm systems of types, sizes, and electrical characteristics required, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years of successful installation experience on projects with fire alarm systems work similar to that required for this project. 1. Firm with manufacturer's factory trained personnel. 2. Firm with factory authorized service organization and spare parts stock within 50 miles of the project and with a 24 hour response time. C. Codes and Standards: 1. The complete installation shall conform to the applicable sections of NFPA-72, Local Code Requirements and the National Electrical Code with particular attention to article 760. All control equipment must have transient protection to comply with UL 864 requirements or Standard #497B as applicable. 2. UL Compliance and Labeling: Comply with provisions of UL safety standards pertaining to fire alarm systems; and provide products and components which are UL-listed and labeled. 3. FM Compliance: Provide fire alarm components and accessories which are FM-approved. 4. The fire alarm system and devices shall comply with ADA 1990 and UL 1971 requirements. 5. International Building Code and other applicable local codes and standards. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM – EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS 28 3111 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including specifications, data sheets, wiring diagrams, equipment ratings, dimensions, finishes and descriptions of system operation. B. Shop Drawings: Provide shop drawings showing complete list of system components, locations and partial schematic of system wiring. This information shall be submitted on 1/8" = 1'-0" scale building floor plans. No other systems shall be included on these plans. Reproduction of contract drawing will not be acceptable. The following information shall be included in the shop drawings: 1. Occupancy group and use. 2. Number of stories. 3. Indicate extent of building sprinkler system. 4. Indicate addition to/modifications of existing system. 5. One-line diagram showing/indicating number of devices and appliances per zone/circuit. 6. Wire sizes, color coding, type(s) and voltage drop calculations. 7. Indicate annunciation method and include graphic zone map. 8. Addition to or modification of the system shall be distinguishable from the existing and be identified on the floor plans as well as the one-line diagram(s). 9. Include wiring diagrams for all fire alarm junction boxes (new and existing) impacted by this project. Include wiring numbers on all connections. 10. Proposed conduit routing, specifically if exposed conduit or wiremold is being proposed. All exposed conduit or wiremold routing must be submitted to, and accepted by, the Architect/Engineer. 11. Connection details for new and existing devices/equipment. 12. Provide updated room names and numbers that match the names and numbers as labeled at the building. Room names and numbers shown on the contract documents are not necessarily those that are currently being used in the building. The fire alarm manufacturer shall coordinate with the contractor and owner on existing and new work and survey the site on existing work to identify the proper names and numbers. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions, including outlet or back box requirements for each piece of equipment. D. Submit manufacturer's certificate that system meets or exceeds specified requirements. E. Submit sequence of operation and verification of system operation by manufacturer or his authorized representative. F. Submit back-up battery calculations. G. All shop drawings, battery and voltage drop calculations shall be submitted to the authority having jurisdiction for review after review by the Architect/Engineer. H. Submit three copies of test results and data to Architect/Engineer no later than seven days after conclusion of tests described in this section. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM – EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS 28 3111 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 I. Submit graphic annunciator and/or map layouts for review by the Architect/Engineer prior to fabrication. J. List all variances and attach as required. K. Include brief description of scope of work. L. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for each type of fire alarm equipment installed, including furnished specialties and accessories. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 1. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Handle fire alarm equipment carefully to prevent damage, breaking, and scoring. Do not install damaged equipment or components; replace with new. B. Store fire alarm equipment in clean, dry place. Protect from weather, dirt, fumes, water, construction debris, and physical damage. 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS: A. General: Provide extra materials as listed below in addition to that required to complete the work. The additional stock shall not be used unless specifically authorized by the owner’s representative. B. Lamps: Furnish spare/replacement lamps and LED’s amounting to not less than three (3) lamps of each type and of each color. C. Devices: 1. Furnish spare/replacement detection bases amounting to 5 percent of the quantity installed by this work, but not less than two (2) of each type, including duct detector housings. 2. Furnish spare/replacement detectors amounting to 10 percent of the quantity installed by this work, but not less than two (2) of each type. 3. Furnish spare/replacement adaptor modules and relays amounting to 5 percent of the quantity installed by this work, but not less than one (1) of each type. 4. Furnish spare/replacement speakers, combination speaker//strobe units, and strobe units amounting to 5 percent of the quantity installed by this work but not less than one (1) of each type. D. Provide an additional spare/replacement addressable device communication card in the FACP which can be programmed for connection to future initiating devices. 1.6 OPERATION: A. The system alarm operation subsequent to the alarm activation of any manual station, automatic detection device, or sprinkler flow switch shall be in accordance with the revised evacuation plan as prepared by the hospital. B. Provide additions and alterations to the existing systems that provide the following: FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM – EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS 28 3111 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. All audible alarm indicating appliances shall sound a distinctive and continuous fire alarm signal until silenced by the alarm silence switch at the control panel or at the remote annunciator. 2. All visible alarm indicating appliances shall flash continuously until the system is reset. Visual alarm devices shall continue to operate when audible devices are silenced. Any subsequent zone alarm shall reactivate the alarm indicating appliances. 3. All doors normally held open by door control devices shall release. 4. A supervised signal to notify the monitoring center shall be activated. 5. Activation of a sprinkler flow device shall cause the exterior horn/light to operate continuously until the flow has ceased. 6. Activation of a duct detector shall alarm the system and shut down the associated air handling unit. 7. A pulsing alarm tone shall occur within the control panel until the event has been acknowledged. 8. The alarm activation of any elevator lobby, top of shaft, bottom of shaft, or elevator equipment room smoke detector shall, in addition to the operations listed above, cause the elevator cabs to be recalled according to the following sequence: a. If the alarmed detector is on any floor other than the main level of egress, the elevator cabs shall be recalled to the main level of egress. b. If the alarmed detector is on the main egress level, the elevator cabs shall be recalled to the predetermined alternate recall level as determined by the local authority having jurisdiction. 9. The activation of any thermal detector located in the elevator equipment room, top of shaft, or bottom of shaft shall cause the power to the elevator equipment and power to all lighting and receptacles in the equipment room to be disconnected from their source. 10. The control panel shall have a dedicated supervisory LED and a dedicated supervisory acknowledge switch. a. The activation of any standpipe or sprinkler valve supervisory (tamper) switch shall activate the system supervisory audible signal and alarm at the control panel and the remote annunciator. Differentiation between valve tamper activation and opens and/or ground on the initiation circuit wiring shall be provided. b. Pressing the Supervisory Acknowledge Key will silence the supervisory audible signal while maintaining the Supervisory LED "ON" indicating the off-normal condition. c. Restoring the valve to the normal position shall cause the Supervisory LED to extinguish, indicating restoration to normal. 11. A manual evacuation (drill) switch shall operate the alarm indicating appliances without causing other control circuits to be activated. However, should a true alarm occur, all alarm functions would occur as described previously. 12. All doors normally held open by door control devices shall release upon AC power failure. 13. The actuation of the "enable walk test" program at the control panel shall activate the "Walk Test" mode of the system which shall cause the following to occur: a. The city circuit connection shall be bypassed. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM – EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS 28 3111 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 b. Control relay functions shall be bypassed. c. The control panel shall show a trouble condition. d. The alarm activation of any initiation device shall cause the audible signals to code a number pulses to match the zone number. e. The panel shall automatically reset itself after signaling is complete. f. Any momentary opening of an initiating or indicating appliance circuit wiring shall cause the audible signals to sound for 4 seconds indicating a trouble condition. g. The system shall have the capacity of 8 distinctive walk test groups. Such that only a portion of the system need be disabled during testing. 14. Preaction system control panels shall be monitored by the FACP as a system trouble alarm identified by “preaction system” and room name or location to match other detector nomenclature on system. Monitor module shall be connected to preaction system, system control panel, panel auxiliary alarm contacts. The FACP shall provide control module connection to preaction system control panel after alarm verification is received from any detector in the preaction system area. FACP shall be UL listed for release. 1.7 SUPERVISION: A. Supervision shall be unchanged from the existing system. Supervision of additional devices shall be as follows: 1. Provide supervisory service initiation device circuits for connection of all sprinkler valve supervisory (tamper). Device activation shall cause a supervisory alarm at the control panel. 2. Provide independently supervised and independently fused indicating appliance circuits for alarm speakers and flashing alarm lamps. Disarrangement conditions of any circuit shall not affect the operation of other circuits. 3. Auxiliary manual control shall be supervised so that an "off normal" position of any switch shall cause an "off normal" system trouble. 4. Each independently supervised circuit shall include a discrete LCD readout to indicate disarrangement conditions per circuit. 5. The incoming power to the system shall be supervised so that any power failure must be audibly and visually indicated at the control panel and the remote annunciator. A green "power on" LED shall be displayed continuously while incoming power is present. 6. The system batteries shall be supervised so that a low battery condition or disconnection of the battery shall be audibly and visually indicated at the control panel. 7. The System Modules shall be electrically supervised for module placement. Should a module become disconnected the system trouble indicator shall illuminate and the audible trouble signal shall sound. 8. The system shall have provisions for disabling and enabling all circuits individually for maintenance or testing purposes. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM – EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS 28 3111 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturers: Provide materials that mate and match with existing system components. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire alarm system components manufactured by the same manufacturer of the existing system. B. Fire Alarm Cable 1. West Penn 2. Belden 3. Annixter 2.2 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS: A. General: Provide complete fire alarm products of types, sizes and capacities indicated, which comply with manufacturer's standard design, materials, components; construct in accordance with published product information, and as required for complete installation. Provide fire alarm and detection systems for applications indicated. B. Wiring System Materials: Provide basic wiring materials which comply with Division-26 sections; "Raceways", “Wires and Cables” and "Electrical Boxes and Fittings". 1. Provide wire and cable in accordance with requirements of manufacturer. Wire insulation shall comply with NEC Article 760. 2. Provide individual solid copper conductor sizes AWG #14, or larger. 3. Provide multiconductor cables for wire sizes smaller than AWG #16. 4. Provide conductors which are UL listed for the installation and location, and approved for fire alarm usage. 5. Initiating circuits shall be color coded red for positive, red with black strip for negative. Indicating circuits shall be color coded red with yellow stripe for positive, red with brown stripe for negative. 6. All conductors shall be numbered and their numbers shall correspond to the terminal block numbering they are connected to. Provide conductor wiring and terminal block numbering. C. Power Supplies: Existing system operates on 120 VAC power supply. Provide additional power supplies and other equipment necessary to accommodate new or modified existing devices. 1. Provide battery back-up and increase battery back-up to system as required. Design battery back-up to take over supply to system within 30 seconds of loss of primary system to 85 percent voltage. Provide battery system capable of operation of system for 4-hours under normal conditions and then for 15 minutes under alarm conditions. D. Provide Control of additional auxiliary services as follows: 1. Fan shut down relays. 2. Magnetic door release. 3. Start-up of smoke exhaust fans, or stair and elevator pressurization fans. 4. Operation of smoke vents. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM – EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS 28 3111 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 5. Exterior flashing lights. 6. Interior flashing strobe lights. 7. Smoke door releases. 8. Fire door releases. 9. Remote annunciators. 10. Alarm initiation from sprinkler flow switches. 11. Trouble indication from sprinkler valve tamper switches. 12. Alarm initiation from smoke detector operated doors and smoke hatches. 13. Interface with elevators (fire fighter's recall, etc.). 2.3 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL: A. Connect additional devices to existing fire alarm control panel. Modify and upgrade panel for compatibility with current codes and current UL requirements and as required for the additional features or equipment. 2.4 ADDRESSABLE COMMUNICATION NETWORK: A. Extend or modify existing communications network as required for the additional equipment. 2.5 ADDRESSABLE DEVICE TYPES: A. General: Devices will be located as shown on the drawings. The location of addressable devices will be selected to optimize the system layout in order to provide the level of protection, zone identification and control as shown on the drawings. B. Environmental Compensation Analog Sensors: 1. Smoke sensors shall be a smoke density measuring device having no self- contained alarm set point. The alarm decision for each sensor shall be determined by the control panel. The control panel shall determine the condition of each sensor by comparing the sensor value to stored values. The control panel shall maintain a moving average of the sensors smoke chamber value. Systems that do not automatically maintain a constant smoke obscuration sensitivity for each sensor by compensating for environmental factors are deemed unacceptable. 2. The detector shall automatically indicate when an individual sensors needs cleaning. When a sensor's average value reaches a predetermined value, a "Dirty Sensor" trouble condition shall be audibly and visually indicated at the control panel. Additionally, the LED on the sensor base shall glow steady giving a visible indication at the sensor location. If a "Dirty Sensor" is left unattended, and its average value increases to a second predetermined value, an "Excessively Dirty Sensor" trouble condition shall be indicated at the control panel for the individual sensor. 3. The control panel shall automatically perform a daily self-test on each sensor. Checking the electronics in the sensor's base ensures the accuracy of the values being transmitted to the control panel. A sensor that fails the self-test will cause a "Self-Test Abnormal" trouble condition at the control panel. A sensor self-test which must be manually initiated by the operator shall not be acceptable. C. Addressable Detector Bases: All addressable smoke and heat detector heads will plug into their bases. The base will contain electronics that communicate the detector status FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM – EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS 28 3111 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 (normal, alarm, trouble) to the control panel over two wires. The same two wires shall also provide power to the base and detector. Detector heads (smoke or heat) must be interchangeable. Upon removal of the head, a trouble signal will be transmitted to the control panel. D. Photoelectric Detector Head: Photoelectric type detectors shall be of the solid state photoelectric type and shall contain no radioactive material. They will use a pulsed infrared LED light source and be sealed against rear air flow entry. The detector shall fit into an addressable base that is common with both the heat and ionization type detectors. E. Thermal Detector Head: Thermal detector heads must be UL listed. They will be a combination rate-of-rise and fixed temperature (135 degrees F) type, automatically restorable unless fixed temperature (190 degrees F.) type are specifically required. The detector shall fit into an addressable base that is common with both the photoelectric and ionization type detectors. Provide addressable module for automatic restoring detectors that are not addressable. F. Pull Stations: Pull stations shall contain electronics that communicate the station’s status (alarm, normal) to the control panel over two wires which also provide power to the pull station. The address will be set on the station. They will be manufactured from high impact red Lexan. Station will mechanically latch upon operation and remain so until manually reset by opening with a key common to all system locks. Pull stations will be single/double action. The front of the station is to be hinged to a backplate assembly and must be opened with a key to reset the station. The key shall be common with the control panels. The addressable manual station shall be Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. listed for operation with the control panel. G. Duct Smoke Detectors: The detector shall be non-polarized 24VDC type which is compatible with the fire alarm panel and obtains its operating power from the supervisory current of the addressable loop. The detector head shall be the same as the addressable photoelectric detector heads used in the rest of the system. Provide duct detectors compatible with the air velocities within the duct to be installed (i.e. low velocity ducts, provide an in-duct style detector). It shall be possible to test the detector by use of a remote alarm test switch. The duct detector housing shall contain the addressable electronics necessary to communicate with the control panel. For maintenance purposes, it shall be possible to clean the sampling tubes by access through the detector housing. To minimize false alarms, voltage and transient suppression techniques shall be employed as well as automatic alarm verification circuitry and insect screens. 1. Each duct detector shall be provided with a remote alarm LED indicator and a key test switch. Plates shall be labeled with the name of the device/equipment served. 2. Interlock each fan with its associated duct detector. 3. Provide access door(s) for in-duct style duct detectors. 4. Interlock duct detector to associated smoke damper where indicated. H. Adaptor Module: Adapter Modules shall be used for monitoring of water flow, valve tamper, non-addressable detectors, and for control of smoke dampers, door holders, and other output control functions. Adapter Modules will be capable of mounting in a standard electric outlet box. Adapter Modules will include cover plates to allow surface or flush mounting. Adapter Modules will receive their 24VDC power from a separate FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM – EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS 28 3111 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 two wire pair running from an appropriate power supply. There shall be two types of devices: Type 1; Monitor Adapter Modules - for conventional 2-wire thermal detector and/or contact device monitoring with Class B or Class A wiring supervision. Type 2; Control Adapter Modules - for signals, speakers, fire fighter phone jacks and other device control with Class B or Class A wiring supervision. 1. Provide modules as required for monitor of air sampling smoke detection points as follows: a. Fire Alarm b. Alert/Action c. Trouble 2. Provide modules as required for monitor and control of AC units such that the AC unit shall shut down upon detection of smoke at the unit. Provide relays as required. 2.6 ALARM SIGNAL DEVICES: A. Fire Alarm Speaker Speaker/Strobe Combination: Provide high impact resistant red LEXAN speaker speaker/strobe combination devices as shown on the plans. Each assembly shall consist of two independent devices which are manufactured as compatible with each other and with the control equipment. Each assembly shall provide a terminal strip or wire leads for true in-out wiring connections. The strobe unit shall have a candela-second rating in compliance with ADA requirements and be rated at 24 VDC. Strobes shall be clear with red letters "FIRE" on two sides. 1. Provide wall mounting as shown on the plans. Verify manufacturer mounting requirements prior to rough in. B. Individual Strobe Unit: Provide strobe units mounted where shown. Units shall match those used in the combination speaker speaker/strobe specified. C. Where multiple strobe units are visible from a single location and the potential visible flash rate is 5 hz or more, provide synchronizing modules and strobes compatible for synchronizing as required. Provide additional wiring, conduit, and power supplies as necessary. D. Speakers have been located on the drawings. It is the Contractor's responsibility to provide adequate coverage to achieve the required 15 dbA above ambient at all locations throughout the building. If locations shown are inadequate, show additional speakers on shop drawing submittal. Provide a unit price for additional speakers that may be required for compliance including conduit wiring, power supplies, etc. 2.7 AUXILIARY DEVICES/EQUIPMENT: A. Magnetic Door Holder Devices: Provide door holders as shown on the plans. Release of doors occur on a verified alarm or after a general AC power failure in the building. 2.8 ONE-WAY VOICE COMMUNICATION: A. Provide one-way voice communication and tone generating at the control panel location. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM – EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS 28 3111 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. A central audio control module shall be provided for the necessary alarm message/tone generation, main and remote microphone connections, and mixer/pre-amplifier circuits. Continuous supervision shall be provided. C. A hand-held, push-to-talk microphone shall be provided recessed within a protective panel-mounted enclosure. The microphone shall be a dynamic communication type with a frequency range of 200 Hz to 4000 Hz and shall be equipped with a self-winding three foot coiled cable. An LED indicator shall be provided to indicate microphone push-to-talk button has been pressed and speaker circuits are ready for transmission. Microphone shall be supervised from disconnection. D. Audio control switch modules shall be furnished to provide manual control of the audio functions. These switches and associated LED indicators shall be supervised from disarrangement or failure. E. Audio power amplifiers shall be furnished with self-contained filtered 24VDC power supply, transformer and amplifier monitor circuits. Amplifiers shall provide a 25 VRMS output with a frequency response of 120 Hz to 12,000 Hz. Provide a sufficient quantity of amplifiers to operate all system speakers simultaneously plus ten (10) percent space capacity. In addition, provide at least one back-up amplifier capable of automatically replacing any failed amplifier. F. Speaker circuits shall be supplied which are capable of supplying audio signals at 25 VRMS supplied by the system amplifiers. Supervision for open, short or ground fault conditions shall be provided. Individual and distinct trouble indications shall be provided for each fault. Provide one circuit for each zone or area of distinct communication. G. Tones: Digitized tones for alarm or auxiliary requirements shall be available. Tone requirements should match the existing tones in the building at have approval of the AHJ. H. A pre-recorded digitized voice message capability shall be provided for automatic transmission to building occupants during alarm conditions. Three (3) messages shall be provided, one for alarm evacuation, one for testing and one as designated by the Owner for Owner's use. This message player shall not rely on a tape or other mechanical means of transmitting the evacuation message. Those systems that do use tape players must provide a backup player designed to automatically operate should the primary device jam or otherwise fail to operate. A standard evacuation message shall be provided under this contract, however, the message player must be capable of transmitting a customized message of up to 4 minutes long. A self-contained speaker will provide testing of the message(s) without disturbing the occupants of the facility. The Owner must provide the manufacturer with the messages in transcript form. I. Automatic Voice Evacuation Sequence: The audio alarm signal shall consist of an alarm tone for a maximum of 10 seconds followed by automatic pre-selected voice evacuation messages. At the end of each voice evacuation message, the alarm tone shall resume. The alarm tones shall sound until the alarm silence switch at the fire alarm control panel has been operated. All audio alarm operations (speaker circuit selection and alarm tone/voice message timing variations) shall be activated by the system software so that any required future changes to the evacuation sequence can be facilitated by authorized personnel without any component rewiring. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM – EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS 28 3111 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 J. Manual Voice Paging Sequence: The system shall be configured to allow selective voice paging. Upon activation of any speaker manual control switch, two (2) seconds of tone shall sound over the speakers indicating an impending voice message will occur. If any speaker manual control switches are activated, the control panel operator shall be able to make announcements via the push-to-talk paging microphone over the pre-selected speakers. Facility for total building evacuation and paging shall be provided to allow for activation of speakers. This shall be accomplished by the means of an "All Circuit" switch. 2.9 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR: A. Where shown on the plans, provide an LCD annunciator. Annunciator shall include two lines of 40 character LCD display, alarm silence, system reset, programmable control switches, and be supervised from the FACP panel. 1. Annunciator shall indicate each alarm initiating device by address and description. Alarm conditions shall be indicated for each alarm initiating device. 2. The annunciator shall communicate with the control panel over one twisted shielded pair of wires. Operating power shall be 24 VDC and shall be fused at the control panel. B. Provide building zone map showing each floor with room numbers (match room numbers in the building). Remote annunciators shall be located at the main entrance lobby. Provide zone map with device and device address shown within plaque with clear, lockable cover. Provide one building zone map at each remote annunciator. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION: A. Examine areas and conditions under which fire alarm systems are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION: A. Provide electrical identification in accordance with Division-26 "Electrical Identification". 3.3 INSTALLATION OF BASIC WIRING SYSTEM MATERIALS: A. Install wiring in raceways where required by code. B. Install wiring, raceways, and electrical boxes and fittings in accordance with Division-26 sections; "Raceways", "Wires and Cables", and "Electrical Boxes and Fittings". C. Install wiring in exposed surface metal raceway only where specifically noted as allowed on wall or ceilings. D. Install wires and cables without splices. Make connections at terminal strips in cabinets or at equipment terminals. Make soldered splices in electronic circuits in control cabinets. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM – EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS 28 3111 - 11 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 E. Protect all Notification (NAC) circuits necessary for the operation of notification devices by a 2-hour rated cable system or a UL2196 protected method until they enter the signaling zone that they serve. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS: A. Install fire alarm system components as indicated, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions and complying with applicable portions of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation." B. Wiring: Wiring of fire alarm system is work of this section, but is not specifically detailed on drawings. Refer to the manufacturer's shop drawings for detailed wiring and connection information. 1. Complete wiring in accordance with manufacturer's requirements. Color code striped wiring and install per manufacturer's point-to-point wiring diagram. Determine exact number of wires for each fire area zone from number and types of devices installed. Connect each device with sufficient wiring to complete its intended operation. 2. Where there are a number of additional power requiring devices such as smoke detectors, fan relays, door holders and smoke damper operators installed in a circuit, group in numbers so power required does not exceed 80 percent of manufacturer's power supply rating. Provide extra wiring, or extra power supplies required to fulfill that requirement. In addition, provide extra or larger size wiring to alleviate voltage drops which makes device operate beyond voltage limits for which it was designed. Determine above with manufacturer’s representative while equipment is being installed. C. Mount audible and visual devices per Americans with disabilities Act (ADA) 1990 requirements. D. The existing system shall remain in operation while the new devices are being installed, tested, and accepted. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Connection and Supervision: Make connections to panel under manufacturer's supervision. Complete connections from this cabinet to panel utilizing Manufacturer's technicians. B. Prior to starting work, establish that the existing system is in proper working order. If condition exists which prevents normal operation of specified additions and extensions, bring this fact to Architect/Engineer's attention prior to doing work affecting existing system. Where work is done without such notification, it is assumed that connections have been made to a working system, and performance requirements and guarantee will apply to entire system. C. System Test and Approval: Submit shop drawings for function and operation only, pre-approved by authority having local jurisdiction. 1. Prior to final acceptance of system, manufacturer shall, in presence of Contractor and Owner's Representative, test each additional sensing or detection and alarm FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM – EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS 28 3111 - 12 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 device including devices and equipment interlocks such as equipment shutdown and smoke dampers. Schedule test with Owner. 2. The completed fire alarm system shall be fully tested in accordance with NFPA-72 by the contractor in the presence of the Owner's representative and the Local Fire Marshal. The contractor shall coordinate the testing of each fire alarm detector added or relocated under this project with the fire department and forward a completed checklist showing each detector operated properly and that proper indication of detector operation occurred at all control panels, annunciator panels, remote indicators, remote test switches, etc. In addition, proper interlocks, door release, etc. shall be documented with specific equipment affected listed by identifier. Upon completion of a successful test, the contractor shall so certify in writing to the Owner and General Contractor. 3. Submit copy of test results in duplicate after signed by Owner's Representative to Architect/Engineer, Owner, and local Fire Protection Authority. Mount copy of inspection record in lexan enclosed frame assembly on control panel. 3.6 MAINTENANCE CONTRACT: A. Where a maintenance contract exists, the maintenance contractor shall make available to the owner a maintenance contract proposal to increase the scope of the maintenance agreement to provide a minimum of two (2) inspections and tests per year in compliance with NFPA-72 guidelines. 3.7 WARRANTY: A. The Contractor shall guarantee all equipment and wiring provided under this contract free from inherent mechanical and electrical defects for a period of one year from the date of acceptance of the phase by the owner and AHJ as set forth in the general conditions. 3.8 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS: A. Provide three (3) copies of Operating and Maintenance Instructions in hardback, three-ring binders covering all equipment furnished. Manuals shall include the following information: 1. Name, address and telephone number of authorized service organization to be contacted for each equipment item. The local fire alarm supplier shall have a 24 hour telephone response service. An answering machine shall not be considered acceptable. 2. Parts list and wiring diagram, operating and maintenance instructions for each piece of equipment. 3. Shop drawings corrected to show as-built conditions. 4. Record of voltage sensitivity for each ionization detector head as recorded during final calibration. 5. All wiring diagrams shall show color coding of all connections and mounting dimensions of equipment. 3.9 DEMOLITION: A. Upon completion of new fire alarm system, after final connections have been made, this contractor shall carefully remove all existing fire alarm apparatus where indicated, FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM – EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS 28 3111 - 13 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 including fire alarm control panel, manual stations, audible signals, etc., and turn all such equipment over to Owner. 3.10 PAINTING AND PATCHING: A. Contractor shall paint all exposed conduit to match adjacent surfaces. All surfaces or finishes damaged as a result of this work shall be properly patched, painted and/or repaired by trained craftsmen of the trade involved. B. Contractor shall patch and paint where old devices are removed unless the old devices are in block walls or in concrete, where the Contractor shall provide blank plates on boxes. Blank plates shall be painted to match adjacent surfaces. END OF SECTION 28 3111 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM – EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS 28 3111 - 14 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 27 0528.36 - CABLE TRAY FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Carbon steel wire mesh cable management system. B. Cable tray systems are defined to include, but are not limited to, straight sections, supports and accessories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Include data indicating dimensions and finishes for each type of cable tray indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For each type of cable tray: 1. Show fabrication and installation details of cable tray, including plans, elevations, and sections of components and attachments to other construction elements. Designate components and accessories, including clamps, brackets, hanger rods, splice-plate connectors, expansion-joint assemblies, straight lengths, and fittings. 2. Coordination Drawings: Coordinate layout and installation of cable tray with other installations. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated as required to suit field conditions, only as approved by the Architect and Engineer. Include scaled cable tray layout and relationships between components and adjacent structural, electrical, and mechanical elements. Show the following: a. Vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions. b. Clearances for access above and to side of cable trays. c. Vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For cable trays to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. D. The equipment specified is based upon the acceptable manufacturers listed. Where “approved equal” is stated, equipment shall be equivalent in every way to that of the equipment specified and subject to approval prior to submission of bid. CABLE TRAY FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 0528.36 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Source Limitations: Obtain cable tray components through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Classified and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Ensure manufacturers comply with ISO 9001 quality standards. D. Comply with NFPA 70, National Electric Code, Article 392: Cable Trays; provide UL Classification and labels. E. Comply with IEC 61537, Cable Tray Systems and Cable Ladder Systems for Cable Management. F. Comply with NEMA VE 1, Metal Cable Tray Systems, for materials, sizes, and configurations. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Store indoors to prevent water or other foreign materials from staining or adhering to cable tray. Unpack and dry wet materials before storage. B. All cable trays shall be stored in a well-ventilated, dry location. Unpack and dry wet materials before storage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cablofil 2. B-Line 3. Or approved equal 2.2 MATERIALS AND FINISHES: A. Cable Trays, Fittings, and Accessories: Steel, complying with NEMA VE 1. 1. Electrodeposited Zinc Plating before fabrication, complying with ASTM B 633 Type III, SC-1; with hardware galvanized according to ASTM B 633. CABLE TRAY FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 0528.36 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Cable Trays, Fittings, and Accessories: ASTM B 633 for fabricated parts; with chromium-zinc, ASTM F 1136, splice-plate fasteners, bolts, and screws. C. Cable tray will consist of continuous, rigid, welded steel wire mesh cable management system, to allow continuous ventilation of cables and maximum dissipation of heat, with UL Classified splices where tray acts as Equipment Grounding Conductor (EGC). Wire mesh cable tray will have continuous Safe-T-Edge, T-welded, top side wire to protect cable insulation and installers. 2.3 CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES: A. Fittings: Tees, crosses, risers, elbows, and other fittings as indicated, of same materials and finishes as cable tray. B. Barrier Strips: Same materials and finishes as cable tray. C. Fittings/Supports: Wire mesh cable tray fittings are field-fabricated from straight sections, in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Supports will include the FAS (Fast Assembly System), where possible. Place supports so that spans do not exceed seven (7) foot maximum spans. 2.4 SIZES AND CONFIGURATIONS A. Refer to drawings for exact cable tray sizes. B. Cable tray shall be supported with a “Trapeze” style hanger unless otherwise noted. C. Center-hanger supports may not be used. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL: A. Perform design and production tests according to NEMA VE 1. 2.6 WATERFALLS A. Provide a waterfall off of the side of the cable tray at each zone box location. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION: A. Cable trays and hangers should use established routes as shown on the plans. B. Cable trays dedicated for communications cables shall be used to support and protect low voltage Divisions 27 cabling only. Under no circumstances shall line voltage electrical cabling be located within any tray, used to route Divisions 27 cabling. Cable trays must not be placed to allow hangers or supports for ceiling grid, plumbing, electrical, or any other mechanical systems to pass through the trays. C. Cable trays, cable basket, and hangers must be installed in such a manner that all installed cable can be routed to maintain EIA/TIA and BICSI standards for keeping the proper distances away from Electro Magnetic Interference (EMI) or Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) producing fixtures AC power cables, motors, transformers, CABLE TRAY FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 0528.36 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 fluorescent lighting ballasts, and other EMI/RFI generating equipment. High voltage, high emissions equipment may require greater distances. D. Cable trays shall be installed with a minimum clearance of 18 inches between the frame of the tray or basket on one side and any items in the immediate ceiling area and a minimum of 12” above. E. Comply with recommendations in NEMA VE 2. Install as a complete system, including all necessary fasteners, hold-down clips, splice-plate support systems, barrier strips, hinged horizontal and vertical splice plates, elbows, reducers, tees, and crosses. F. Remove burrs and sharp edges from cable trays. G. Fasten cable tray supports to building structure. 1. Place supports so that spans do not exceed seven (7) foot maximum spans. 2. Construct supports from channel members, threaded rods, and other appurtenances furnished by cable tray manufacturer. Arrange supports in trapeze or wall-bracket form as required by application. 3. Support cable tray assembly to prevent twisting from eccentric cable loading. 4. Locate and install supports according to NEMA VE 1. H. Make connections to equipment with flanged fittings fastened to cable tray and to equipment. Support cable tray independent of fittings. Do not carry weight of cable tray on equipment enclosure. I. Install expansion connectors where cable tray crosses building expansion joint and in cable tray runs that exceed dimensions recommended in NEMA VE 2. Space connectors and set gaps according to applicable standard. J. Make changes in direction and elevation using standard transitions listed below. 1. Sweeping 90, Sweeping Tee K. Make cable tray connections using standard fittings. 3.2 WARNING SIGNS: A. Lettering: 1-1/2-inch- (40-mm-) high, black letters on yellow background with legend "WARNING! NOT TO BE USED AS WALKWAY, LADDER, OR SUPPORT FOR LADDERS OR PERSONNEL." B. See manufacturer’s instructions for mounting requirements. 3.3 CONNECTIONS: A. Ground cable trays according to manufacturer's written instructions and in compliance with NEC Article 250. CABLE TRAY FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 0528.36 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. After installing cable trays survey for compliance with requirements. Perform the following field quality-control survey: 1. Correct sharp corners, protuberances in cable tray, vibration, and thermal expansion and contraction conditions, which may cause or have caused damage. 2. Verify that there is no intrusion of such items as pipe, hangers, or other equipment that could damage cables. 3. Remove deposits of dust, industrial process materials, trash of any description, and any blockage of tray ventilation. 4. Visually inspect each cable tray joint and each ground connection for mechanical continuity. Check bolted connections between sections for corrosion. Clean and re-torque in suspect areas. 5. Check for missing or damaged bolts, bolt heads, or nuts. When found, replace with specified hardware. B. Report results in writing. 3.5 PROTECTION: A. Protect installed cable trays. 1. Repair damage to electro-galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by cable tray manufacturer. END OF SECTION 27 0528.36 CABLE TRAY FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 0528.36 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 27 1000 - STRUCTURED CABLING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 – General Requirements apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY OF WORK A. Furnish and install all materials and equipment and provide all labor and supplies necessary for the installation of the complete voice and data communications cable system and other low voltage cable systems as shown on the drawings and or the described herein and all other work and miscellaneous items not specifically mentioned but reasonably inferred for a complete installation including all accessories required for testing the systems. It is the intent of these documents that the entire communications cabling system be complete and operational in every respect and that any minor item omitted but obviously necessary to accomplish this intent shall be furnished and installed. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. I.E. Section 260533 – Raceways B. I.E. Section 270528.36 – Cable Trays C. I.E. Section 260526 - Grounding System 1.4 REFERENCES A. TIA/EIA568-C.1 - Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard – Part 1: General requirements, 2010 B. TIA/EIA568-C.1-2 - Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard - Part 1: General Requirements - Addendum 2, 2011 C. TIA/EIA568-C.2 - Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard - Part 2: Balanced Twisted Pair Cabling Components, April 2010 D. TIA/EIA568-C.3 - Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard, 2010 E. TIA/EIA569-C - Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. 2012 F. TIA/EIA606-A.1 – Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications Infrastructures, Addendum 1 2008 G. ANSI-J-STD – 607-B Joint Standard for Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications, 2011 STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 H. International Standards Organization/International Electrotechnical Commission (ISO/IEC) IS 11801, 2000. I. BICSI – Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual, 12th Edition, 2011 J. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Cable Certification and Follow Up Program. K. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). L. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM). M. NFPA 70 – National Electric Code, 2008 N. NEMA – VE-1 – Metal Cable Tray Systems, 2002 O. NEMA – VE-2 – Metal Cable Tray Installation Guidelines, 2001 P. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). Q. UL Testing Bulletin. R. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) X3T9.5 Requirements for UTP at 100 Mbps. 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. Structured Cabling System (SCS): A SCS is defined as all required cabling including hardware, termination blocks, cross connect wire or cordage, patch panels, patch cords, telecommunication outlets, work area cords, UTP and fiber optic cable installed and configured to provide computer data and voice connectivity from each data or voice device to the network file server or voice network/switch designated as the service point of the local area network. B. Work Area Subsystem: The connection between the telecommunications outlet and the station equipment in the work area is provided by the Work Area Subsystem. It consists of cords, adapters, and other transmission electronics. C. Horizontal Subsystem: The Horizontal subsystem Provides connections from the horizontal cross connect to the Telecommunication Outlets (TOs) in the work areas. It consists of the horizontal transmission media, the associated connecting hardware terminating this media and TOs in the work area. Each floor of a building is served by its own Horizontal Subsystem. D. Equipment Subsystem: The Equipment Subsystem consists of shared (common) electronic communications equipment in the equipment room, main cross connect or telecommunications room and the transmission media required to terminate this equipment on the distribution hardware. E. Telecommunications Room (TR): A Telecommunications Room is a space dedicated specifically for the housing and management of telecommunications equipment as well as a cross connect point between the horizontal subsystem and backbone cabling. Additional Nurse call, security, and CATV head end equipment may be housed in this space and any equipment not specifically dedicated to serving this space cannot be located in this space. STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 F. The Administration Subsystem: The Administration Subsystem links all of the subsystems together. It consists of labeling hardware for providing circuit identification and patch cords or jumper wire used for creating circuit connections at the cross connects. 1.6 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS: A. The burden of proof that proposed equipment is equal in size, capacity, performance, and other pertinent criteria for this specific installation, or superior to that specified is up to the Contractor. Substituted equipment will only be allowed where specifically listed in a written addendum. If substitutions are not granted, the specified materials and equipment must be installed. Where substituted equipment is allowed, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify all related trades of the accepted substitution and to assume full responsibility for all costs caused as a result of the substitution. 1.7 ROUGH-IN: A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected. B. Refer to equipment specifications in Division 26 for rough-in requirements. 1.8 PERMITS AND FEES: A. Contractor shall arrange for and pay for all inspections, licenses and certificates required in connection with the work. 1.9 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Provide manufacturer’s catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and configurations. 2. Submittals shall include all items called for in PART 2 – PRODUCTS of this document and the manufacturers cut sheets for the following: a. All fiber optic and balanced twisted pair cable: to include patch cords, cross connect wire and cross connect cordage. b. All connectors and required tooling. c. All termination system components for each cable type. d. All TR equipment frame types, hardware (and LAN equipment if applicable). e. All grounding and surge suppression system components. f. All test equipment to be used for fiber and balanced twisted pair channels. 3. A Performance Specification showing manufacturer’s Guaranteed Channel Performance over the full swept frequency range. 4. Technical data sheets shall include the physical specifications as well as the following electrical and transmission characteristics for balanced twisted pair channels: STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 a. Mutual Capacitance b. Characteristic Impedance c. DC Resistance d. Insertion Loss (IL) e. Pair-to-Pair Near End Crosstalk (NEXT) f. Power Sum Near End Crosstalk (PSNEXT) g. ELFEXT (ELFEXT) h. Power Sum ELFEXT (PSELFEXT) i. Return Loss (RL) j. Propagation delay k. Delay Skew B. Manufacturer’s Instructions 1. Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under regulatory requirements. 2. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, operation and installation of product. C. Pre-Qualification Certificate 1. Contractor shall submit the following documents with project proposal: a. A letter of approval from the manufacturer indicating completion of pre- qualification requirements. b. Training certificates for design, engineering and installation of the proposed products, for the relevant staff involved in the design and installation of this project. D. Bid 1. Vendor shall submit complete detailed bids. Lump sum bids will not be accepted. E. Material Guarantee 1. The wiring vendor (installer) shall guarantee at the time of the bid that all Category 6 and fiber optic cabling and components meet or exceed specifications (including installation) of TIA/EIA-568-C.1, 568-C.2, 568-C.3 and 569. F. Material Provided 1. The successful wiring vendor (installer) shall be certain that all correct parts are ordered per Products Section of this document and installed in accordance with manufacturers design and installation guidelines. Vendor shall submit complete parts and part numbers to OWNER prior to installation of equipment. G. Warranty Documentation 1. The entire data system including fiber optic cable shall have a manufacturer's warranty which guarantees that the cable and termination equipment shall be STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 free from defects in material, workmanship and fabrication for a period of twenty years following the date of delivery of such products to the customer. 2. Complete documentation regarding the manufacturer’s warranty shall be submitted as part of the proposal. This shall include, but is not limited to: a sample of the warranty that would be provided to the customer when the installation is complete and documentation of the support procedure for warranty issues. 3. A systems application assurance manual documenting the vendor supported applications and application guidelines shall be provided as part of the submittals. 1.10 QUALIFICATIONS A. Contractor 1. The contractor selected to provide the installation of this system shall be certified by the manufacturing company in all aspects of design, installation and testing of the products described herein. 2. The contractor shall utilize the authorized manufacturer components and distribution channels in provisioning this Project. 3. Contractor shall have a minimum of five (5) years of recent experience on structured cabling systems of similar type and size. 4. Contractor shall be in compliance with all federal, state and local statutes regarding qualifications of firm. 5. The contractor shall be experienced in all aspects of this work and shall be required to demonstrate direct experience on recent systems of similar type and size. 6. The contractor shall own and maintain the tools and equipment approved by the cabling system manufacturer for successful installation and testing of optical and Category 6A balanced twisted pair distribution systems. 7. The contractor shall have personnel who are adequately trained in the usage of such tools and equipment. 1.11 CABLING BASIC REQUIREMENTS A. Cable Pathway 1. Extension of all data and voice cables shall be within raceway, conduit, cable tray or other designated cable delivery system provided and installed by the electrical contractor where concealed in walls and exposed above ceilings in plenum spaces. B. Hardware STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Required hardware includes, but is not limited to, termination blocks, fastening devices, data outlets, voice outlets, connectors and all required accessories to comply with this specification. 1.12 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. All grounding and bonding shall meet the National Electrical Code (NEC) as well as local codes, which specify additional grounding and/or bonding requirements. B. Bonding and Grounding 1. Communication bonding and grounding shall be in accordance with the NEC and NFPA. Horizontal cables shall be grounded in compliance with ANSI/NFPA 70 and local requirements and practices. Horizontal equipment includes cross connect frames, patch panels and racks, active telecommunication equipment and test apparatus and equipment. When required by local code, provide a Telecommunications Bonding Backbone utilizing a #6-AWG or larger bonding conductor that provides direct bonding between equipment rooms and telecommunications rooms (See J-STD-607-A). This is part of the grounding and bonding infrastructure (part of the telecommunications pathways and spaces in the building structure), and is independent of equipment or cabling. 1.13 PRODUCT WARRANTY AND APPLICATION ASSURANCE A. The Structured Connectivity Solutions Extended Product Warranty and Application Assurance 1. Extended Product Warranty a. The Extended Product Warranty covers all passive Commscope components (i.e., cable and connectivity components that make up the passive data and telecommunications signal transmission infrastructure). “Passive Components” are defined as Commscope components that exhibit no gain or contribute no energy. Commscope warrants, from the original installation completion date, provided a registration certificate is issued by Commscope to the customer, the following: 1) That the Passive Components of Registered Commscope will be free from manufacturing defects in material and workmanship under normal and proper use; 2) That all Commscope Passive Components in the Commscope meet or exceed the relevant component specification of the TIA 568-C series and ISO/IEC 11801: 2002 standards; b. Under the Extended Product Warranty, Commscope will (or will authorize a Commscope Business Partner to) either repair or replace the defective Registered Commscope product at Commscope cost. Commscope will pay a Commscope Business Partner for the cost of labor to repair or replace any such defective product on behalf of Commscope, provided, that such repair or replacement and associated labor costs receive the prior written approval of Commscope. If Commscope chooses to repair products, Commscope may use new or reconditioned replacement parts. STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 If Commscope chooses to replace products, Commscope may replace such products with new or reconditioned products of the same or similar design. Any such repair or replacement will be warranted for either 1) 90 days or 2) The remainder of the original twenty-year warranty period, whichever is longer. 2. Application Assurance a. The Application Assurance covers the Registered Commscope compliant to support operations of the application(s) that the system was designed to support, as well as additional application(s) defined below. Commscope warrants that the Registered Commscope products will be free from defects that prevent operation of the specific application(s) for which the Registered product was initially designed as long as the design is in compliance with the Commscope Performance Specifications for said applications and is in compliance with all other terms and conditions of this warranty. b. The Application Assurance also covers the following additional applications: 1) Those as specified in the current (at the time of installation) Commscope Performance Specifications and Addendums; and 2) in accordance with application standards specifications, any application introduced in the future by recognized standards or user forums that use the relevant TIA/EIA 568-C series or ISO/IEC 11801 2nd edition (September 2002) components and link/channel specifications for cabling, to the extent that such applications are defined to operate over the guaranteed channel performance and/or the installed channel topologies. B. Term of Warranty 1. Twenty years from the date of issuance of the registration certificate or installation, whichever is earlier. 2. Moves, additions, or changes are covered by the original registration certificate if performed by a Commscope Business Partner in compliance with the Commscope design, installation and registration requirements. 3. Administration of Commscope cords by the end user is covered by the original registration certificate if performed in compliance with Commscope guidelines. C. Person / Entity Covered 1. This warranty is for the sole benefit of the person or entity to whom the Commscope registration certificate is issued and any successor in interest to the site in which such Registered Commscope was originally installed. 1.14 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CABLE ROUTING AND INSTALLATION STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 A. Cabling 1. All communications cabling used throughout this project shall comply with the requirements as outlined in the National Electric Code (NEC) Articles 725, 760, 770, and 800 and the appropriate local codes. 2. All balanced twisted pair cabling shall bear CMP (Plenum Rated), CM/CMR (Riser Rated) and/or appropriate markings for the environment in which they are installed. 3. All fiber optic cabling shall bear OFNP (Plenum Rated), OFNR (Riser Rated) and/or appropriate markings for the environment in which they are installed. B. Cable Pathway 1. Plenum rated cable ties shall be used in all appropriate areas. 2. Conduits running from outlet locations shall be stubbed to the nearest cable tray, cable slings, or home run to the nearest Telecom Room. 3. The contractor shall adhere to the manufacturers’ requirements for bending radius and pulling tension of all data and voice cables. 4. Conduits runs shall not exceed 180 degrees of bend without an appropriate sized pullbox. a. See ANSI/TIA/EIA 569-C for pullbox size requirements. 5. L-Bends or Condulets shall not be used under any circumstance without prior approval from the owner or Telecom engineer. 6. Cables shall not be attached to lift out ceiling grid supports or laid directly on the ceiling grid. 7. Cables shall not be attached to or supported by fire sprinkler heads or delivery systems or any environmental sensor located in the ceiling air space. C. Fire Stopping 1. Sealing of openings between floors, through rated fire and smoke walls, existing or created by the contractor for cable pass through shall be the responsibility of the contractor. 2. Sealing material and application of this material shall be accomplished in such a manner, which is acceptable to the local fire and building authorities having jurisdiction over this work. 3. Creation of such openings as are necessary for cable passage between locations as shown on the drawings shall be the responsibility of the contractor's work. 4. Any openings created by or for the contractor and left unused shall also be sealed as part of this work. STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 D. Contractor Responsibility 1. The contractor shall be responsible for damage to any surfaces or work disrupted as a result of his work. Repair of surfaces, including painting, shall be included as necessary. 1.15 WORK EXTERNAL TO THE BUILDING A. Any work external to the confines of this building as shown on the drawings shall be governed by the provisions of this specification and the applicable drawings. B. Only cabling products approved by the manufacturer for outside use shall be installed in locations external to the confines of the building. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. OWNER has standardized on Commscope Uniprise products. These shall be used unless otherwise noted. 1. No other product alternates will be accepted. 2.2 OUTLETS A. Outlet Locations 1. Unless otherwise noted on the floor plans or within this document, all voice and data wall outlets for 23/24 AWG balanced twisted pair cable shall be: 2. a. 8-position/ 8-conductor modular outlets b. Insulation displacement c. Support Universal applications in a multi-vendor environment, accepting modular RJ-45 plugs. d. Provided with blank module inserts for all unused module locations. Jack module arrangement is shown on the drawings. Provide color coded inserts at each outlet, termination block and at patch panels as shown on the drawings. e. Mounted in two gang utility outlet boxes. f. Equipped with EIA/TIA-T568A and EIA/TIA-T568B universal wiring labels. B. Category 6A Outlets 1. All Category 6A outlets shall conform to TIA/EIA568-C Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, Horizontal Cable Section 2. Shall comply with FCC Part 68 STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3. ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer 4. General specifications: a. Meets or exceeds the mechanical, electrical, and clearance specifications in FCC Rules and Regulations, Part 68, Subpart F b. Meet or exceed the Category 6A requirements in ISO/IEC 11801, CENELEC EN 50173, and TIA/EIA568C c. Certifications: UL Listed, CSA Certified and AUSTEL approved. 2.3 FACEPLATES A. Flush-mounted modular faceplate 1. Faceplates shall be available in a quadplex arrangement in a single gang configuration. 2. Faceplate outlet openings shall be numbered on both sides for installation and maintenance identification. 3. Wall phones shall have a stainless steel faceplate with wall phone mounting studs. 4. Faceplates shall be High-impact, flame retardant, UL-rated 94V-0 thermoplastic or stainless steel where required. Refer to electrical specifications to match color. 5. Manufacturer a. Commscope – 4 port faceplate M14L-262 b. No substitutions 2.4 BALANCED TWISTED PAIR PATCH CORDS A. Category 6A Patch Cords 1. All patch cords shall exceed TIA/EIA and ISO/IEC Category 6A/Classs E specifications. 2. The patch cords shall incorporate an anti-snag feature that provides maximum protection from snagging during moves and re-arrangements. 3. Patch cords shall be UL listed, UL-C certified and AUSTEL approved. 4. Patch cords shall support network line speeds in excess of 10 gigabit per second. B. Manufacturer 1. Commscope 2. No substitutions STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.5 CATEGORY 6A UTP A. All plenum and Non-plenum Category 6A cables shall be composed of 23 AWG bare solid copper conductors insulated with a suitable plastic dielectric material. B. Shall conform to TIA/EIA568-C Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, and be part of the UL LAN Certification and Follow-up Program. C. The Category 6A cabling channel solution shall be an end-to-end UTP cabling solution guaranteed to support 10GBASE-T to 100 m. D. The cable shall have bandwidth performance to 500MHz. E. UL Verified for Category 6A Electrical Performance F. UL and c (UL) Listed for Fire Safety G. ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer H. Manufacturer 1. Commscope – 10G4 2. No substitutions 2.6 MODULAR JACKS: A. Jacks shall be Category 6A RJ45 jacks B. Jacks must comply with TIA/EIA 568C C. Confirm jack colors with OWNER Communications prior to ordering. D. Manufacturer 1. Commscope – UNJ10G 2. No substitutions 2.7 HORIZONTAL CABLING PATCH PANELS A. All Category 6A patch panels shall conform to TIA/EIA568-C Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, Horizontal Cable Section 1. All Category 6A outlets shall conform to TIA/EIA568-C Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, Horizontal Cable Section 2. Shall comply with FCC Part 68 3. ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer 4. General specifications: STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 11 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 a. Meets or exceeds the mechanical, electrical, and clearance specifications in FCC Rules and Regulations, Part 68, Subpart F b. Meet or exceed the Category 6A requirements in ISO/IEC 11801, CENELEC EN 50173, and TIA/EIA568C c. Certifications: UL Listed, CSA Certified and AUSTEL approved. 5. Patch panels shall be angled B. Manufacturer 1. Commscope a. UNPA-U-10G-2U-48 2. No substitutions 2.8 COPPER BACKBONE RISER PATCH PANELS a. Patch Panels shall be rack mounted and have RJ-45 style ports b. Category 5e 50-Port Patch Panel 2. Shall comply with FCC Part 68 3. ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer 4. General specifications: a. Meets or exceeds the mechanical, electrical, and clearance specifications in FCC Rules and Regulations, Part 68, Subpart F b. Meet or exceed the Category 5e requirements in ISO/IEC 11801, CENELEC EN 50173, and TIA/EIA568B c. Certifications: UL Listed, CSA Certified and AUSTEL approved. B. Manufacturer 1. Commscope 2. Superior-Essex 3. No substitutions 2.9 FIBER CABLE A. Backbone Cabling 1. See fiber optic distribution one-line diagram on the plans for locations of fiber backbone cabling. 2. All fiber cable shall be armored except for the temporary fiber. a. 24-strand 50 micron OM3 multi-mode fiber optic cable b. 12-strand OS2 singlemode fiber optic cable c. 12-strand OM3/12-strand OS2 hybrid fiber optic cable 3. Manufacturer: a. Commscope STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 12 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 b. Corning c. No substitutions 2.10 FIBER OPTIC TERMINATION A. Fiber terminations between Telecom Rooms shall use 19-inch rack mountable enclosure with slots for adapter style panels. 1. Enclosures shall come in 2U sizes 2. Manufacturer a. Systimax b. Corning c. No substitutions 2.11 COPPER RISER CABLE: A. Voice riser 1. Category 3 UTP, CMP Plenum Riser cable, 24-gauge (AWG), Solid conductor 2. 25-pair configuration 3. Manufacturer a. Commscope b. Superior Essex c. No Substitutions 2.12 FIREPROOFING A. STI EZPath Series 44 B. Hiliti Fire Caulk C. Hilit Fire Brick D. Or approved equal 2.13 GROUNDING SYSTEM AND CONDUCTORS A. Grounding Conductor 1. The SCS Contractor shall provide a minimum of a #6 AWG stranded copper wire cable between ground bars located at each TR and the building main service ground point. This ground conductor shall be utilized for equipment, termination, equipment rack and computer equipment grounding. B. Bonding and Grounding 1. Communication bonding and grounding shall be in accordance with the NEC and NFPA. 2. Horizontal cables and equipment shall be grounded in compliance with ANSI/NFPA 70 and local requirements and practices. STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 13 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 a. Horizontal equipment includes cross connect frames, patch panels and racks, active telecommunication equipment and test apparatus and equipment. C. Telecommunications Bonding Backbone 1. When required by local code, provide a Telecommunications Bonding Backbone utilizing a minimum of a #6-AWG or larger bonding conductor that provides direct bonding between equipment rooms and telecommunications rooms. This is part of the grounding and bonding infrastructure (part of the telecommunications pathways and spaces in the building structure), and is independent of equipment or cable. 2. Always provide Telecommunications Bonding Backbone when using non-shielded backbone balanced twisted pair cable. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 WORKMANSHIP A. Components of the SCS system shall be installed in a neat, workmanlike manner. B. Wiring color codes shall be strictly observed and terminations shall be uniform throughout the system. C. Identification markings and systems shall be uniform. D. TIA/EIA568-B wiring codes shall standardize all SCS wiring. 3.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. The wiring system components of OWNER shall comply with all product specifications contained in Section two. B. The structured cabling system shall consist of the Work Area, Horizontal, Riser Backbone, Telecommunications Room (TR), Equipment Room (ER), Lab Area and Administration elements. 3.3 WORK AREA A. Wiring and cords 1. Contractor shall supply the wiring or cords that connect terminal devices to telecommunications outlets. This includes mounting cords and connectors, as well as extension cords. B. Wall boxes: 1. All wall boxes shall be standard 4-11/16” by 4-11/16” deep metal utility boxes with a minimum 1-inch conduit to accessible ceiling space installed vertically with a single gang mud ring, installed per standard practice. C. Furniture systems: STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 14 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Most furniture systems will accept the information outlet faceplates, specified herein, sized to fit a standard National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) box. Other systems may require faceplates or bezels specific to the furniture system. Verify with the furniture manufacturer. Any exposed cables from the wall to the furniture must be enclosed in flexible conduit or spiral wrap and routed safely and appropriately. Follow the furniture manufacturer's guidelines. 3.4 HORIZONTAL A. Horizontal Cabling 1. Unless otherwise noted on the floor plans or within this document, the type of horizontal cables used for each work location shall be 4-pair unshielded twisted pair (UTP). 2. The 4-pair UTP cables shall be run using a star topology format from the administration subsystem (Telecommunications Room) to every individual Telecommunication Outlet. a. Some horizontal cabling shall be terminated on patch panels in the consolidation columns as indicated on the drawings. 3. All cable routes to be approved by OWNER prior to installation of the cabling. 4. The length of each individual run of horizontal cable from the administration subsystem (Telecommunications Room) to the Telecommunication Outlet shall not exceed 295 ft (90 m). 5. Contractor shall observe the bending radius and pulling strength requirements of the 4-pair UTP cable during handling and installation. 6. Each run of cable between the termination block and the telecommunications outlet shall be continuous without any joints or splices. 7. Plenum cable will be used in all appropriate areas. 8. Every effort will be made to schedule the requirements under this Contract in such a manner so as to complete all above ceiling work prior to ceiling tile installation. In the event Contractor is required to remove ceiling tiles, such Work shall not break or disturb grid and must be coordinated with the General Contractor. 9. The 4 pair UTP cable shall be Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) listed type MPR, MPP, CMR, or CMP as stated later in this section. 10. Conduit runs installed by the contractor should not exceed 100 feet or contain more than 180 degrees of total bends without utilizing appropriately sized pull boxes. L-Bends shall not be used. 11. Station cables and tie cables installed within ceiling spaces shall be routed through these spaces at right angles to electrical power circuits. B. Work location telecommunications outlets STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 15 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Supply and install outlets as shown on drawings. 3.5 RISER BACKBONE A. Contractor shall supply and install the transmission media and terminating hardware to provide interconnection between the both the main TR and the incoming services room and each TR in a star topology. B. All cable routes to be approved by Owner prior to installation. C. All fiber optic cable will be terminated as described in part two of this document. D. Contractor shall run the riser cables in a star topology, terminated in the equipment room at one end and in the administration subsystem at the other end. E. Riser and tie cables shall be extended between TRs utilizing cable tray and conduit pathways. F. The cable shall support voice and data applications. G. Contractor shall observe the bending radius and pulling strength requirements of all backbone cables during handling and installation. 3.6 EQUIPMENT ROOM / TELECOMUNICATIONS ROOM A. Terminations: 1. Cable will be Category 6A. Termination practices shall comply with EIA/TIA Technical Systems Bulletin TSB-40 and TSB-95 and the Category 6A standards. 2. All station cables will be terminated on 19-inch, rack-mounted, 8-position, modular Cat 6A style patch panels. 3. All cables must be routed and installed using accepted industry practices. Use of cable ties is discouraged. Ties must not deform cable jackets. Velcro ties are preferred. In order to avoid the effects of the interaction of random cable emissions Category 6A cables should be loosely bundled in cable trays. Dressing of cables at the relay racks into tight parallel bundles must not exceed manufacturer recommendations. 4. Voice riser cable will terminate on 110-style rack-mounted patch panels located on the equipment racks in the TRs. Patch panel labeling will be continuous at the both ends. B. Cable/wire Management: 1. Horizontal Wire managers: a. Horizontal wire management shall include two (2) 2U wire management panels for each 48-port patch panel and not less than two panels per rack. STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 16 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2. Vertical Wire Managers: a. Vertical wire management shall be metal channel installed on both sides of all racks. In a single rack application, two sided vertical wire management trays are required. 1) Electrical Protection a) Contractor shall supply lightning protectors and wires used to ground the equipment. b) The electrical protection devices supplied by the contractor shall be in multi-pair form. 3.7 ADMINISTRATION A. The administration subsystem shall consist of wiring blocks and patch panels for termination of balanced twisted pair cables or lightguide interconnection units (LIU) and shelves for the termination of optical fibers. 1. All wallfield layouts to be approved by OWNER prior to installation. B. Patch cords 1. Contractor shall supply balanced twisted pair patch cables. Provide a quantity of patch cables as described in part two of this document. 3.8 INSTALLATION A. All installation shall be done in conformance with TIA/EIA568-C standards, federal and local standards. 1. The Contractor shall ensure that the maximum pulling tensions of the specified distribution cables are not exceeded and cable bends maintain the proper radius during the placement of the facilities. Failure to follow the appropriate guidelines will require the Contractor to provide in a timely fashion the additional material and labor necessary to properly rectify the situation. This shall also apply to any and all damages sustained to the cables by the Contractor during the implementation. B. Cable Installation a) Cable to the workstation: (i) Cable to the workstation location will be in conduit running from the information outlet and stubbed to or main cable pathways. A pull string will be installed in all conduits. The conduit will be terminated with a plastic bushing. The minimum size of the conduit is 1-inch. The standard for each workstation location is (2), 4-pair cables (excluding locations for wall mounted voice devices). Other factors may determine the number of jacks per outlet. b) Cable to wireless access points: STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 17 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 Wireless Access Points (WAPs) voice and data 802.11 networks need to be cabled to a separate patch panel in the TR in the same zone. Terminate the cable at the device location on a surface outlet box. Provide reflective tape on the box to aid in locating in un-lit ceiling spaces. c) A minimum 8-foot service loop is required at the station end of any run. WAP (wireless access point) cable runs shall maintain a 25 ft service loop. The service loop shall be coiled neatly and secured while observing the minimum bend radius per the manufacturer's specifications. d) Work location telecommunications outlets: (i) The standard information outlet shall be equipped with a minimum of 3, 8-position/pin-fixed jacks and one blank opening, closed with the appropriate cover (except for wall mounted telephony devices). All information outlets will be of a modular design that will allow for the easy transition to other connector types if needed in the future. At a minimum, provide three, 4-pair Category 6A cables to each information outlets (except for wall mounted telephony devices). These twisted-pairs will terminate on a modular, single gang, and 4-plex information outlet. For some office applications, additional cables may be used. All jacks will conform to Category 6A specifications as required. (ii) The information outlets shall be equipped with EIA/TIA Category6A jacks as specified. All eight conductors of each cable will be terminated in accordance with the EIA/TIA standard using the 568B pinning sequence. e) Cable shall not be taut and shall be laid in the cable tray carefully and in a neat manner. Cable shall be bundled and dressed through the wire management devices at the equipment racks. f) Install cable without damaging conductors or jacket. Do not bend cable to a smaller radius than minimum recommended by manufacturer. Bends in cable shall never exceed 90°. Do not exceed manufacturer’s recommended pulling tensions. Pull cables simultaneously where more than one is being installed in the same raceway or at the same location. Use pulling compound or lubricant where necessary. Compound used must not damage conductor or insulation. Use pulling methods that will not damage cable or raceway, including fish tape, cable, rope, and wire-cable grips. g) Install conductors parallel to and at right angles to walls. Bundle, lace, and train the conductors to terminal points with no excess. Use wire distribution spools at points where cables are fanned or conductors turned. Cables shall be continuous runs. 2) Firestop System Installation: a) Install through penetration, firestop systems to comply with the system manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. b) Install forming/damming/backing materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths required to achieve STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 18 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 fire ratings indicated. After installing fill materials, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestop systems. c) Install fill materials for firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the following results: (i) Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items as required to achieve indicated fire-resistance ratings. (ii) To assure adherence to substrates through proper application, apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. (iii) For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. C. Bonding and Grounding 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing an approved ground at all newly installed distribution frames, and/or insuring proper bonding to any existing facilities. 2. The Contractor shall also be responsible for ensuring ground continuity by properly bonding all appropriate cabling, closures, cabinets, service boxes, and framework. 3. All grounds shall consist of a minimum of a #6 AWG copper wire and shall be supplied from an approved building ground and bonded to the main electrical ground. 4. Grounding must be in accordance with the NEC, NFPA and all local codes and practices. D. Power Separation 1. The Contractor shall not place any distribution cabling alongside power lines, or share the same conduit, channel or sleeve with electrical apparatus. 2. Voice and data cables must route in the designated cableways within the furniture systems. These must be separated from the electrical feeds. 3. EMI/RFI Protection: a. Cable trays must be installed in such a manner that all installed copper communications cable can be routed to maintain EIA/TIA and BICSI standards for keeping the proper distances away from EMI/RFI-producing fixtures AC power cables, motors, transformers, fluorescent lighting ballasts, and other EMI/RFI generating equipment. High voltage, high emissions equipment may require greater distances. E. Miscellaneous Equipment STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 19 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. The Contractor shall provide any necessary screws, anchors, clamps, tie wraps, distribution rings, and wire molding in the TRs including miscellaneous grounding and support hardware, etc., necessary to facilitate the installation of the System. F. Special Equipment and Tools 1. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish any special installation equipment or tools necessary to properly complete the System. a. Tools shall include, but are not limited to: 1) Tools for terminating cables, 2) Testing and splicing equipment for balanced twisted pair/fiber cables, 3) Communication devices, 4) Jack stands for cable reels, 5) Cable wenches. G. Labeling 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for printed labels for all cables and cords, distribution frames, and outlet locations, according to OWNER specifications. Labeling shall be in accordance with the recommendations found in TIA/EIA 606A, the manufacture’s recommendations/installation guides, and industry best practices. 2. All switches, connectors, outlets, etc., shall be clearly logically, and permanently labeled during installation. 3. Label all cables both at the receptacle and equipment rack with vinyl wire markers. Cables shall be labeled in a manner similar to system described above. 4. Labeling scheme shall be approved reviewed and approved by OWNER prior to any labeling. H. Cable Storage 1. The Contractor shall not roll or store cable reels without an appropriate underlay and the prior approval of OWNER, or its General Contractor. I. Cable Records 1. The Contractor shall maintain conductor polarity (tip and ring) identification at the main equipment room (switch room), risers, and station connecting blocks in accordance with industry practices, but only in locations authorized by Company's General Contractor, Consultant Company, and Architect. 3.9 ENGINEERING A. Planning meetings and schedule 1. An initial planning meeting will be held with the successful bidder to: STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 20 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 a. Clarify all requirements (systems, services, distribution methods, etc.), b. Identify responsibilities, c. Schedule the events that will transpire during the implementation of the project. 2. Within two (2) weeks of the initial meeting, the contractor shall provide a written report and project schedule to clearly document the events and responsibilities associated with the project. B. Drawings and review 1. In order to start the initial engineering phase, OWNER shall provide the Contractor with one (1) clearly readable, up-to-date scale copy of all architectural, electrical, and mechanical drawings, two (2) weeks prior to the commencement of any engineering design activities. This will allow for a one (1) week review of the diagrams by the Contractor, and allow one (1) week for OWNER to answer any queries pertaining to the Contractor's review. In reviewing such drawings Contractor shall be obligated to make an on-site inspection with OWNER and its General Contractor for on-site verification of access routes for cabling and other matters. C. Proposed wiring solution 1. Upon completion of the initial engineering stage, the Contractor shall provide two (2) draft copies of engineering documentation for approval by OWNER. OWNER will review the engineering documentation within a two (2) week period. 2. This documentation will include, but is not limited to the following: a. A detailed drawing of each TR. 3. If no revisions are required, the documentation shall be formally accepted in writing by OWNER. 4. Any revisions shall be completed by the contractor within a two (2) week time period and resubmitted for review. D. Drawings and diagrams 1. Upon completion of final engineering and incorporation of OWNER review comments, Contractor shall provide to OWNER for its records the following: a. TR Diagrams which shall include: 1) Cable routing 2) Position of all components and 3) Detailed layout of the wallfield 4) Labeling plan. b. Work Area Floor Plans which shall include: 1) Detailed cable routes STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 21 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2) Approved labeling plan for all work areas. c. Cross Connect Documentation which shall include: 1) Cross connect records for all voice, and data devices. d. Cable Tray, Conduit, and Raceway Plans 2. Documentation shall be in the following format: a. See Division 1 for documentation requirements E. As Built Documentation 1. Upon completion of the project, Contractor is to prepare "As Built" documentation showing actual site conditions and installation as constructed. 2. Provide copies of such documentation to St John’s Medical Center IT as mentioned above. F. Additional Records 1. In addition to the engineering diagrams, the following items shall be provided by the contractor: a. Cable Records and Assignments 3.10 DAMAGES A. The Contractor shall be liable for any and all damages to portions of the building caused by it, its employees or subcontractors; including but not limited to: 1. Damage to any portion of the building caused by the movement of tools, materials or equipment. 2. Damage to any component of the construction of spaces "turned over" to the Contractor. 3. Damage to the electrical distribution system and/or other space "turned over" to the Contractor. 4. Damage to the electrical, mechanical and/or life safety or other systems caused by inappropriate operation or connections made by the Contractor or other actions of Contractor. 5. Other damage to the materials, tools and/or equipment of OWNER, its consultants, General Contractor, subcontractors, Architect, other contractors, agents and lessees. 3.11 PENETRATIONS OF WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS A. Prior consent STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 22 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. The Contractor shall make no penetration of floors, walls or ceiling without the prior consent of the Architect and General Contractor. B. Sealing penetrations 1. Where penetrations through acoustical walls or other walls for cableways have been provided for the Contractor or made by the Contractor, such penetrations shall be sealed by the Contractor in compliance with applicable code requirements and as directed by Owner's Architect or General Contractor. 2. Where penetrations through fire-rated walls for cableways have been provided for the Contractor or made by the Contractor, such penetrations shall be sealed by the Contractor as required by code and as directed by Owner's Architect or General Contractor. 3. Contractor shall, prior to the commencement of on-site activities, submit to OWNER for review by its Architect, details of any special systems to be used. 3.12 ON SITE MOVE DAY SUPPORT A. Technical Support 1. Contractor will provide technical support on a per/hour basis at such levels and at such times as OWNER deems necessary during the physical move. 2. The personnel providing technical support will a. Have intimate knowledge of the System and Materials that were used. b. Be skilled in all use of equipment and materials used under the Contract. c. Be competent to troubleshoot and fix problems associated with Contractor provided materials. 3.13 PROJECT DIRECTION A. Single Point of Contact 1. Contractor will provide a single point of contact, i.e., Project Manager, to speak for the Contractor and to provide the following functions: a. Initiate and coordinate tasks with OWNER, its General Contractor, Architect, and others as specified by OWNER. b. Provide day-to-day direction and on-site supervision of Contractor personnel: c. Ensure conformance with all Contract provisions. 3.14 TESTING / WARRANTY A. Balanced twisted pair Cable testing STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 23 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Testing of all balanced twisted pair wiring shall be performed prior to system cutover. 2. All copper cable will be tested and all test results must comply with the specifications of ANSI/EIA/TIA 568-C.1and C.2, including TSB-155, Additional Guidelines for 4-pair Category 6A Cabling for 10GBase-T Applications. Category 6A cables must be tested for 550 MHz operation for the ANSI/EIA/TIA Category 6A standard. Testing will include the end-to-end link. The following testing standards shall apply: a. Test equipment shall be suitable for certifying all ANSI/EIA/TIA 568C.2 specifications or Category 6A as applicable. Performance requirements for testers will meet the level II-E accuracy. The contractor shall provide proof of current factory calibration of all test equipment. b. Tests shall be in accordance with TSB-67 Level II-E accuracy. c. Test and certify all station cable for all ANSI/EIA/TIA 568C.2 Additional Transmission Performance Guidelines. d. Provide test reports in electronic flat ASCII file format. (Microsoft Excel compatible copy) to the Owner and Technology Consultant. e. Installations by outside contractor shall be certified and warranted by the manufacturer for operation at current ANSI/EIA/TIA 568C.l 550 MHz for a period of not less than 20 years. B. Fiber Optic Cable Testing: 1. Optical test equipment shall be suitable for measuring the attenuation and optical characteristics of the installed fiber optic plant. Provide records of recent factory calibration of all test equipment. The following fiber optic testing standards shall apply: a. TIA 526-7 (OFSTP-7) Measurement of Optical Loss of Singlemode Fiber Optic Cable Plant. b. TIA 526-14-A (OFSTP-14) Measurement of Optical Loss of Multimode Fiber Optic Cable Plant. 2. Pre-Installation Testing: a. Both factory and onsite on-reel certification shall be performed on the cable prior to installation. 3. Post-Installation Testing: a. Two optical tests shall be performed: Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) test and attenuation (power meter) test per the following standards: 1) TIA 526-7 (OFSTP-7) Measurement of Optical Loss of Singlemode Fiber Optic Cable Plant. 2) TIA 526-14-A (OFSTP-14) Measurement of Optical Loss of Multimode Fiber Optic Cable Plant. STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 24 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 4. The OTDR test shall be used to determine the adequacy of the cable installations. The OTDR test shall be measured in both directions. A reference length of fiber, 328 feet minimum, used as the delay, line shall be placed before the new connector and after the far end patch panel connectors for inspection of connector signature. 5. End-to-end attenuation measurements shall be made on all fiber optic cables, in both directions, using the appropriate light source for the window in test. 6. The Contractor shall provide test reports, in electronic flat ASCII file format (Microsoft Excel compatible) to the Owner and Technology Consultant. Additionally, the Contractor shall provide one licensed copy of test equipment software that provides a means for viewing both copper and fiber test results in the format matching that of the original test equipment. C. Manufacturer Warranty 1. Contractor shall provide a Twenty (20) year Product Warranty. D. Additional Warranty 1. Contractor shall state any additional Contractor supplied warranty. 3.15 COMPLETION OF WORK A. At the completion of the System, the Contractor shall restore to its former condition, all aspects of the project site and on a daily basis, shall remove all waste and excess materials, rubbish debris, tools and equipment resulting from or used in the services provided under this Contract. B. All clean up, restoration, and removal noted above will be by the Contractor and at no cost to OWNER. C. If the Contractor fails in its duties under this paragraph, OWNER may upon notice to the Contractor perform the necessary clean up and deduct the costs thereof from any amounts due or to become due to the Contractor. D. OWNER, through the General Contractor will provide a dumpster for the use of the Contractor. E. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to remove trash from the areas it is working in and bring trash and debris to the dumpster. F. The Contractor shall not use the General Contractor's dumpsters or trash disposal without prior approval of the General Contractor. 3.16 TRAINING A. The SCS Contractor shall provide any required training within a week of the scheduled move-in date. B. This technician will also assist the owner in cross connecting the voice and data services throughout the building during the move-in period. It is at this time that all STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 25 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 Owner provided connectivity schedules for voice and data services will be provided to the Contractor. C. Patching (cross connection) of the station assignments between the Owners service demarc shall also be considered part of this Contractors work. 3.17 INSPECTION A. On-going inspections shall be performed during construction by the Project Manager and/or the SCS System Manager. All work shall be performed in a high quality manner and the overall appearance shall be clean, neat and orderly. END OF SECTION 27 1000 STRUCTURED CABLING 27 1000 - 26 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 27 1116 - COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES AND ENCLOSURES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment for the complete installation of work called for in the Contract Documents. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section includes the minimum requirements for the equipment and cable installations in communications equipment rooms (Telecommunications Closets). B. Included in this section are the minimum composition and room requirements and installation methods for the following: 1. Racks 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All cable and equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. All methods of construction that are not specifically described or indicated in the contract documents shall be subject to the control and approval of the Owner or Owner Representative. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and manufacture indicated. The equipment specified is based upon the acceptable manufacturers listed. Where “approved equal” is stated, equipment shall be equivalent in every way to that of the equipment specified and subject to approval prior to submission of bid. B. Strictly adhere to all Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI), Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) and Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) recommended installation practices when installing communications/data cabling. C. Material and work specified herein shall comply with the applicable requirements of: 1. ANSI/TIA/EIA – 568-C Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, 2010-2012 2. TIA – 569-C Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces, 2012 3. ANSI/TIA/EIA – 606-A Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings, 2008 4. ANSI-J-STD – 607-B Joint Standard for Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications, 2011 5. NFPA 70 – National Electric Code, 2008 6. BICSI – Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual, 12th Edition, 2011 1.4 SUBMITTALS COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES & ENCLOSURES 27 1116 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 A. Provide product data for the following: 1. Manufacturers cut sheets, specifications and installation instructions for all products. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT RACKS A. Free Standing Relay Racks (Standard Rack) 1. Racks shall be manufactured from aluminum and/or steel extrusion. 2. Each rack will have two L-shaped top angles, two L-shaped base angles and two C-shaped equipment-mounting channels. The rack will assemble with nut and bolt hardware. The base angles will be pre-punched for attachment to the floor. 3. Equipment mounting channels will be 3” deep and punched on the front and rear flange with the EIA-310-D Universal hole pattern to provide 45 rack-mount spaces for equipment. Each mounting space will be marked and numbered on the mounting channel. 4. When assembled with top and bottom angles, equipment-mounting channels will be spaced to allow attachment of 19” EIA rack-mount equipment. Attachment points will be threaded with 12-24 roll-formed threads. The rack will include assembly and equipment-mounting hardware. Racks will include 50 each combination pan head, pilot point mounting screws. a. 23” wide equipment racks are required in the building entrance room in quantities as shown on the plans. 5. The assembled rack will measure 7’ (84”) high, 20.3” wide and 15” deep. The sides (webs) of the equipment-mounting channels will be punched to allow attachment of vertical cable managers along the sides of the rack or for rack-to-rack baying. 6. The rack will be rated for 1,000 lb. of equipment. 7. The rack will be UL Listed. 8. Finish shall be either clear grained aluminum or epoxy-polyester hybrid powder coat in the color as specified below. 9. Design Make: a. Chatsworth 1) 19” wide – 46353-703 2) 23” wide – 46383-703 b. Or approved equal COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES & ENCLOSURES 27 1116 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Rack Accessories 1. Hardware: Equipment Mounting Screws, #12-24, 50 pack, Black PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Relay Racks and cabinets 1. Assemble relay racks and equipment cabinets according to manufacturer’s instructions. Verify that equipment mounting rails are sized properly for rack-mount equipment before attaching the rack to the floor. 2. All racks and cabinets must be attached to the floor in four places using appropriate floor mounting anchors. When placed over a raised floor, threaded rods should pass through the raised floor tile and be secured in the structural floor below. Racks shall be grounded directly to the TGB using appropriate hardware provided by the contractor. The ground will meet local code requirements and will be approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 3. In seismic areas, the rack or cabinet should have additional bracing as required by building codes and the recommendations of a licensed structural engineer. 4. Ladder rack may be attached to the top of the rack or cabinet to deliver cables to the rack. The rack or cabinet should not be drilled to attach ladder rack. Use appropriate hardware from the ladder rack manufacturer. 5. The equipment load should be evenly distributed and uniform on the rack or in cabinet. Place large and heavy equipment towards the bottom. Secure all equipment to the racks and cabinets with equipment mounting screws. END OF SECTION 27 1116 COMMUNICATIONS CABINETS, RACKS, FRAMES & ENCLOSURES 27 1116 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 27 1123 - COMMUNICATIONS, CABLE MANAGEMENT AND LADDER RACK PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment for the complete installation of work called for in the contract documents. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section includes the minimum requirements for the equipment and cable installations in telecommunications rooms. B. Included in this section are the minimum composition requirements and installation methods for the following: 1. Ladder Rack. 2. Horizontal Cable Management 3. Vertical Cable Management 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All cable and equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. All methods of construction that are not specifically described or indicated in the contract documents shall be subject to the control and approval of the owner or owner representative. B. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and manufacture indicated. The equipment specified is based upon the acceptable manufacturers listed. Where “approved equal” is stated or a substitution is requested, equipment shall be equivalent in every way to that of the equipment specified. All substitutions are subject to the control and approval of the owner or the owner representative. C. Strictly adhere to all Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI), Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) and Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) recommended installation practices when installing communications/data cabling. D. Material and work specified herein shall comply with the applicable requirements of: 1. ANSI/TIA/EIA – 568-C Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard, 2010-2012 2. TIA – 569-C Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces, 2012 3. ANSI/TIA/EIA – 606-A Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Buildings, 2008 4. ANSI-J-STD – 607-B Joint Standard for Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications, 2011 COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND LADDER RACK 27 1123 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 5. NFPA 70 – National Electric Code, 2008 6. BICSI – Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual, 12th Edition, 2011 7. NEMA – VE-1 – Metal Cable Tray Systems, 2002 8. NEMA – VE-2 – Metal Cable Tray Installation Guidelines, 2001 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide product data for the following: 1. Manufacturer’s data/cut sheets, product drawing/specifications and installation instructions for all products. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 LADDER RACK, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORIES A. Ladder Rack (Universal Cable Runway) 1. Ladder rack shall be manufactured from 3/8” wide by 1-1/2” high tubular steel with .065” wall thickness. 2. Ladder rack (side stringers) will be 9’-11½“ long. Cross members will be welded in between stringers on 12” centers beginning 5-3/4” from one end so that there are 10 cross members per ladder rack. There will be 10-1/2” of open space in between each cross member. 3. Ladder rack will be delivered individually boxed, and available in the width(s) specified below. 4. Finish shall be epoxy-polyester hybrid powder coat (paint) in the color(s) specified below. 5. Design Make: a. Chatsworth 1) Part Number 10250-712, 12” Wide b. Or approved equal B. Ladder Rack Splices 1. Splice kits will provide a method of mechanically connecting ladder rack sections and turns together end-to-end or side-to-end to form a continuous pathway for cables. 2. Grounding kits will provide a method of bonding ladder rack sections and turns together that is independent of the pathway splices. The grounding kit should be constructed of UL Listed components. The preferred solution is a #6 AWG green insulated stranded copper conductor connected on both ends to ladder rack using two-hole compression lugs and stainless steel hardware. COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND LADDER RACK 27 1123 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3. An insulator bar kit will provide a means of electrically isolating individual ladder rack sections through an end-to-end splice separated with a non-conductive material. The preferred solution is a 3/8” wide by 1-1/2” high by 5-1/2” long insulator bar 4. Splices (splice plates) will be manufactured from steel. Splice, grounding and insulator bar kits will include installation hardware. 5. Finish (of splice plates and hardware) shall be zinc plate in the color(s) specified below. Colors are applied as a chem. film over the zinc plate. Design Make: a. Chatsworth Cable Runway Splices: Part Number 11301-001, Butt-Splice Kit, Black. b. Or approved equal C. Ladder Rack Supports 1. Supports will be sized to match the width of the ladder rack that is supported. Some supports will work with all widths of ladder rack. 2. Each support will include a means of securing ladder rack to the support. 3. Supports will be manufactured from steel or aluminum. 4. Finish shall be epoxy-polyester hybrid powder coat (paint) in the color(s) specified below or zinc plate with a gold chem. finish specified gold. Included hardware shall be zinc plated with a gold chem. finish. 5. Design Make: a. Chatsworth Cable Runway Supports: Part Number 11312.712, Triangular Support Bracket, 12” Wide, 100 lb Capacity, Aluminum, Black. Part Number 12121-712, Rack-To-Runway Mounting Plate, 18” Wide, Steel, Black. b. Or approved equal D. Ladder Rack Accessories 1. Cable straps used for attaching cable bundles to the ladder rack cross members must be reusable with a hook and loop-style closure, at least ¾” wide, and sized for cable bundles that are 2”, 3” or 4” in diameter. 2. End caps used to cover the ends of ladder rack will be manufactured from a black fire-retardant rubberized material. End caps will be sized for 3/8” wide by 1-1/2” high side stingers and will be sold in pairs. COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND LADDER RACK 27 1123 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3. Radius drops used to create a radius to form cables over as the cables exit or enter the ladder rack will be manufactured from aluminum extrusion. The extrusion will be formed in a 90° arc with a minimum bend radius of 3”. Radius drops will attach to either the side stringer or the cross member of the ladder rack using a clevis pin. Radius drops will include 1-1/2” high cable spools that attach to the top of the radius drop to guide cables. 4. Unless otherwise noted, finish on all metal components shall be epoxy- polyester hybrid powder coat (paint) in the color(s) specified below. Hardware will be zinc plated with a gold chem. finish. 5. Design Make: a. Chatsworth b. Or approved equal 2.2 HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGEMENT FOR RACKS, FRAMES OR CABINETS (UNIVERSAL HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGER) A. Place horizontal cable managers above and below each patch panel on/in each rack/frame/cabinet. The horizontal cable manager will guide patch/equipment cords between the vertical cable manager and individual network port connections. B. The cable manager will be sized to match cabling requirements. Provide 1 RMU of horizontal cable management for every 2 RMU of connectivity. Cables must be able to access the cable manager so that no ports are blocked by the cables. C. A single horizontal cable manager may be used to support multiple patch panels as long as it is sized to match cable fill requirements. Cables must be able to access the cable manager so that no ports are blocked by the cables. D. The manufacturer will state estimated cable fills for the cable manager in the product data sheet. E. The horizontal cable manager will match the rack-mount width of the rack(s)/frame(s)/cabinet(s). F. The horizontal cable manager will attach to the front or rear of the rack/frame/cabinet with screws and will be sized to fit within standard EIA-310-D (1-3/4” high RMU) rack- mount spacing. The manufacturer of the horizontal cable manager will sell compatible racks/frames/cabinets. G. The horizontal cable manager will be a single-sided C-shaped trough with a cover. The single-sided trough will have a slot or holes at the rear to facilitate front-to-rear cabling through the horizontal manager. The front of the cable manager will have T-shaped cable guides along the top and bottom surfaces of the cable manager. Evenly spaced cable openings in between the T-shaped cable guides will allow cables to enter/exit the cable manager into the rack-mount space. The openings will have rounded edges to protect cables. The cover will be removable, hinged to open up or down and will snap on to secure the cover in the closed position. H. The horizontal cable manager will be delivered individually boxed, and available in several widths and heights as specified below and in the contract documents. COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND LADDER RACK 27 1123 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 I. The horizontal cable manager shall be manufactured from sheet aluminum and composite materials. J. Finish shall be epoxy-polyester hybrid powder coat paint in the color as specified below and in the contract documents. Edge-protectors, T-shaped cable guides and latch hardware is black. K. Design Make: a. Chatsworth 1) Horizontal Cable Manager: b. Or approved equal 2.2 VERTICAL CABLE MANAGEMENT FOR RACKS/FRAMES (CCS COMBINATION CABLING SECTION) A. The vertical cable manager manufacturer shall match the equipment rack manufacturer. B. The vertical cable manager will create a space for storing and organizing cables along the side of the rack/frame. The cable manager will maintain separation between patch/equipment/jumper cords and premise cables. C. The vertical cable manager will match the height of the rack(s)/frame(s). D. The vertical cable manager will bolt to the side of racks/frames with included hardware. The manufacturer of the vertical cable manager will sell compatible racks/frames. E. The vertical cable manager will be a double-sided H-shaped trough with a front cover and evenly spaced spin-open latches on the rear side. The double-sided trough will provide independent front and rear cable pathways and will have multiple evenly-spaced edge-protected front-to-rear cable pass-through holes for cables in the center divider. F. The front cover will be removable, hinged to open from the right or left side and will include a latch that will secure the cover in the closed position. The rear will be mostly open with multiple evenly spaced spin-open latches. G. The front of the vertical cable manager will have cable openings along both sides of the trough. The openings will be formed by evenly-spaced T-shaped cable guides. The T-shaped cable guides will be made from a composite plastic material (not metal) and will have rounded edges to protect cables. When the cable manager is attached to a rack/frame, each cable opening will align with a rack-mount space (RMU) on the rack/frame. Each opening will pass a minimum of 24 each .25” OD patch cords. H. The cable manager will be delivered individually boxed, and available in several widths as specified below and in the contract documents. I. The vertical cable manager shall be manufactured from sheet aluminum and composite materials. COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND LADDER RACK 27 1123 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 J. Finish shall be epoxy-polyester hybrid powder coat paint in the color as specified below and in the contract documents. Edge-protectors, T-shaped cable guides and latch hardware is black. K. Design Make: a. Chatsworth 3” Deep Rack Channels, Double-Sided, 6” Wide x 84” High x 12.2” Deep, Black. 3” Deep Rack Channels, Double-Sided, 10” Wide x 84” High x 12.2” Deep, Black. a. Or approved equal PART 3 – INSTALLATION 3.1 LADDER RACK: A. Provide all components of the ladder rack system (ladder rack, turns, splices, supports, and accessories) from a single manufacturer. B. Ladder rack shall be installed with side stringers facing down so that the ladder forms an inverted U-shape and so that welds between the stringers (sides) and cross members (middle) face away from cables. C. Ladder rack shall be secured to the structural ceiling, building truss system, wall, floor or the tops of equipment racks and/or cabinets using the manufacturer’s recommended supports and appropriate installation hardware and methods as defined by local code or the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ). D. Ladder rack splices will be made in mid-span, not over a support, with the manufacturer’s recommended splice hardware. E. Ladder rack shall be supported every 5’ or less in accordance with TIA-569-C. Ladder rack shall be supported within 2’ of every splice and within 2’ on both/all sides of every intersection. Support ladder rack within 2’ on both sides of every change in elevation. Support ladder rack every 2’ when attached vertically to a wall. F. Heavy-duty splices are recommended for ladder rack in excess of 18” width (18” wide ladder rack). Heavy-duty splices are required for any splice formed in the vertical orientation including changes in elevation formed using vertical-to-horizontal 90° turns or horizontal-to-vertical 90° turns. Use heavy-duty splices to secure all overhead turns to the overhead horizontal pathway(s). G. When the pathway is overhead, ladder rack shall be installed with a minimum clearance of 12” above the ladder rack. Leave a minimum of 12” in between ladder rack and ceiling/building truss structure. Leave a minimum of 3” in between ladder rack and the tops of equipment racks and/or cabinets. Multiple tiers of ladder rack shall be installed with a minimum clearance of 12” in between each tier of ladder rack. When located above an acoustical drop ceiling, leave a minimum of 3” clearance between the top of the drop ceiling tiles and the bottom of the ladder rack. H. When installed under a raised floor, ladder rack shall be installed with a minimum 3” clearance between the top of the ladder rack and the bottom of the floor tiles or floor COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND LADDER RACK 27 1123 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 system stringers, whichever is lower in elevation. Maintain a 3” clearance between ladder racks wherever ladder racks cross. I. Within each telecommunications room, ladder rack should be bonded together, electrically continuous, and bonded to the TGB, unless otherwise noted in the specifications and contract documents. Ladder rack and turns shall be bonded across each splice with a bonding kit. Ladder rack shall be bonded to the Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) using an approved ground lug on the ladder rack and a minimum #6 grounding wire or as recommended by the AHJ. J. Remove paint from the ladder rack where bonding/ground lugs contact the ladder rack so that the lug will contact bare metal. Use antioxidant joint compound in between the bare metal on the ladder rack and ground lug. Use antioxidant joint compound in between the bus bar and the ground lug. Verify continuity through the bonds at splices and intersections between individual ladder rack sections and turns and through the bond to the TGB. K. The quantity of cables within the ladder rack will not exceed a whole number value equal to 50% of the interior area of the ladder rack divided by the cross-sectional area of the cable. The interior area of ladder rack will be considered to be the width of the ladder rack multiplied by a height of 2”, unless cable retaining posts are added to the ladder rack. The interior area of ladder rack equipped with cable retaining posts will be considered to be the width of the ladder rack multiplied by a height of 6”. Actual cable fill for ladder rack that is not equipped with cable retaining posts will not exceed 2” in height. Actual cable fill for ladder rack equipped with cable retaining posts will not exceed 6” in height. L. The combined weight of cables within the ladder rack will not exceed the stated load capacity of the ladder rack as stated in the manufacturer’s product specifications or load/design tables. M. Cables (cable bundles) will be secured to the cross members of ladder rack with ¾” wide reusable straps. Straps are not required when ladder rack is equipped with cable retaining posts. N. Add 8” high cable retaining posts to the open sides of ladder rack when cable fill exceeds 2” in height or when cable bundles cannot be secured directly to the ladder rack cross members with a strap. Cable fill within any ladder rack should not exceed 6” in height. O. When a single ladder rack supports different types of cable media, the cable media will be separated within the pathway by cable spools that attach to the cross members on the ladder rack. Treat each type of cable media and divided area of the ladder rack separately when determining cable fill limits. P. Use a radius drop to guide cables wherever cable exits overhead ladder rack to access a rack, frame, cabinet or wall-mounted rack, cabinet or termination field. If necessary, provide a moveable cross member also to attach and align the radius drop in between the welded cross members of a ladder rack. Q. Cover the exposed ends of cable runway that do not terminate against a wall, the floor or the ceiling with end caps or an end closing kit. COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND LADDER RACK 27 1123 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 R. Use auxiliary support brackets that attach to the side stringer of the ladder rack to support interconnect cabling (patch cords, equipment cords, jumper cords) that is routed between racks using the ladder rack. Auxiliary support brackets can be used to support other conductors that should be physically separated from cables within the ladder rack as defined by local code or the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ). S. Whenever possible, maintain a 2’ separation between ladder rack used for communications cables and pathways for other utilities or building services. T. The installer will provide touch-up paint color-matched to the finish on the ladder rack and will correct any minor cosmetic damage (chips, small scratches, etc.) resulting from normal handling during the installation process prior to delivery to the owner. If a component is cosmetically damaged to the extent that correction in the field is obvious against the factory finish, the component will be replaced with a new component finished from the factory. If a component is physically damaged due to mishandling or modification during the installation process, it shall not be used as part of the ladder rack system. 3.2 HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGERS: A. When more than one horizontal cable manager is used on a rack/frame/cabinet or group of racks/frames/cabinets, use the same make, and style of cable manager on the rack/frame/cabinet or racks/frames/cabinets. B. The color of the rack(s)/frame(s)/cabinet(s) and cable manager(s) must match. C. Attach horizontal cable managers to the rack/frame/cabinet with four screws according to the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Each cable manager should be centered within the allocated rack-mount space (RMU). D. Horizontal managers will be located so that the number of ports (cables) they support will not exceed the cable fill capacity of the cable manager. E. Covers should be attached to the cable manager and in the closed position after cabling is complete. 3.3 VERTICAL CABLE MANAGERS: A. Attach vertical cable managers to the side of the rack/frame using the manufacturer’s installation instructions and included hardware. B. When a single vertical cable manager is used in between two racks/frames, attach the vertical cable manager to both racks/frames. C. When more than one cable manager is used on a rack/frame or group of racks/frames, use the same make, style and size of vertical cable manager on the rack/frame or in between racks/frames. D. The color of the rack(s)/frame(s) and cable manager(s) must match. E. Doors should be attached to the cable manager and in the closed position after cabling is complete. COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND LADDER RACK 27 1123 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 END OF SECTION 27 1123 COMMUNICATIONS CABLE MANAGEMENT AND LADDER RACK 27 1123 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 27 5116 – PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for the Public Address System. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following: 1. Shop Drawings: a. One-line diagrams detailing the interconnections of the Public Address system components. Identify all devices, cabling, terminations, and termination techniques as required to provide a fully functional system. b. Detail drawings, including dimensional identification and intended installation methods. Drawings shall include, but are not limited to: 1) Wall/ceiling mounted devices 2) Added Equipment to Equipment racks 3) Speaker assemblies 4) Non-standard manufactured equipment 5) Panels and plates, including details relating to engraving, finish and color 6) Custom designed consoles, tables, carts, support bases, shelves, etc. 7) Schematics drawings for custom circuitry, components, wall and floor plates, etc. 8) Unusual equipment modifications 9) Identification of cable routing within equipment racks and housings 1.3 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Provide the following: 1. System component labels and identifiers for all major components, including engraved, silk screen, and paper labels. 2. Applicable software block diagrams representing the internal operation of programmable devices integral to the operation of the Public Address System. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The Public Address System shall broadcast messages throughout the facility utilizing any standard telephone connected to the facility telephone system. The Public Address System shall provide one-way communication (paging) to areas as per drawings within the facility. PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS 27 5116 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 PART 2 – MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL A. Manufacturer: Unless otherwise indicated, equipment in this Section shall be the standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products. All components used in the system shall be commercial designs that comply with the Specifications. Each major component of equipment shall identify the manufacturer’s name, model and serial number. Items of the same classification shall be identical. This includes equipment, modules, parts, and components. The Engineer retains the right to reject products which reflect, in the Engineer’s opinion, sub-standard design practices, manufacturing procedures, support services, or warranty policies. B. Part Numbers: Part numbers listed define the performance specifications for the parts and shall be per the most recent manufacturer’s cut/data specification sheets available at the time of bid. If no part number is provided, then any part meeting the requirements specified is acceptable. C. Provide materials in quantities as required to provide a fully functional and operational Public Address System. D. The system shall be a 70V system or other comparable system by Valcom. 2.2 EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS A. This equipment shall as a minimum conform to the following specifications: 1. Ceiling Loudspeaker a. The loudspeakers shall be passive transducers with 70 volt transformers with variable tap selections. b. The loudspeaker shall be ceiling mounted type loudspeaker with appropriate tile bridge, back box and grille. 1) Valcom 2) Or approved equal\ c. Provide power supplies as required based on load 2. Wring a. 18/2 – for 70V systems 1) Belden 2) Tapan 3) Leviton 4) Approved equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Cabling: PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS 27 5116 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Circuits shall be physically separated by metal raceway or by a minimum distance of six inches when metal raceway is not applicable. Circuit separation shall be based upon signal level: a. Audio circuits -20dBm or less – Microphone signal b. Audio circuits -20dBm thru +20dBm - Line Level Audio c. Audio circuits +20 or above – Speaker signal d. Computer data circuits: 1 volt e. Direct current power circuits: 1 – 24 volts 2. Cable pulls shall be conducted within the following requirements: a. Manufacturer’s guidelines for pulling tension and bend radii. b. Circuit separation. c. NEC conduit fill standards. The Contractor shall notify Engineer prior to cable installation when the conduits are found to be undersized. d. Any cable found to be faulty do to poor cable pull practices shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to Owner. 3. Cable splicing shall not be considered common installation practice. If necessary, splice cables only in junction boxes or racks. Shielded cables shall not be spliced; instead each end shall be terminated with an appropriate connector to maintain shield continuity. Any cable found to be faulty due to splicing shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to Owner. 4. The Contractor shall dress all cables at both ends with: a. Black heat shrink where jacketing has been stripped away to expose the individual conductors b. Clear heat shrink around the exposed shield conductor (Coax excluded) c. Printed, adhesive labels with clear heat shrink over each label 5. Contractor shall make all terminations with rosin-core solder, crimp/compression type connectors or captive screw type mechanical connections. For captive screw type mechanical connection, use spade type or ferrule type crimp connections. No bare wire terminations shall be deemed acceptable. B. Equipment: 1. Equipment shall be installed as indicated and specified, and in accordance with the manufacture’s recommendations, except where local codes or regulations take precedence. 2. Place equipment labels or other identification where the label or identification can be easily seen and read without difficulty. 3. Equipment shall be installed level, plumb, parallel, and perpendicular to building structures and to other building systems and components, except where otherwise indicated. 4. Equipment shall be securely fastened. Select fasteners and supports so that the load applied to any one fastener maintains a minimum load factor of 5. 5. Equipment locations: Prior to installation of Public Address equipment, Contractor shall coordinate with other trades and subsequently verify all equipment locations that mount on walls or within ceilings. This shall include but not be limited to: a. Structural elements such as lighting devices, HVAC equipment, fire protection devices, and cable tray b. Structural support elements for ceiling mounted devices PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS 27 5116 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 c. Backing Board for wall mounted devices 6. Prior to head-end equipment installation, Contractor shall verify equipment rooms are free of airborne contaminants. 7. After head-end equipment installation, Contractor shall protect equipment from any future construction work that could cause damage to equipment, i.e. masonry, wood, paint, plumbing, etc. 8. Prior to furniture work, Contractor shall coordinate with other trades and subsequently verify all equipment locations that mount within furniture, 9. Contractor shall coordinate with architect as to any equipment color and finish requirements. 3.2 TESTING A. Performance Standards 1. Sound pressure levels shall evenly cover the audience area without audible distortions, hums, noise, rattles or buzzes 2. Loudspeaker Sound Pressure Levels (at listening position) a. Nominal sound pressure level material: 75 Db at ±2.0 Db b. Maximum sound pressure level: 90 Db at ±2.0 Db c. Contractor shall make final loudspeaker sound pressure level adjustments according to owner’s recommendations determined during acceptance testing. B. Operational Testing 1. Prior to system training and acceptance testing, the Contractor shall perform and document operational testing. 2. Contractor shall assemble the following test equipment: a. Ground fault indicator b. Load resistors: 1) Microphone load: 150 ohm, shielded, terminating resistors 2) Line load: 600 ohm, shielded, terminating resistors 3) Speaker load: varies, match impedance measurements within 10 percent c. Sine Wave Generator: 1) Continuously variable from 20Hz – 20kHz with level accuracy of.5dBu 2) Level Range: -35 dBu to 26 dBu. 3) Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.01 percent d. Pink noise generator 1) Noise frequency: 20Hz – 20kHz, 1/3 octave band filtered 2) Level Range: -35 dBu to 26 dBu. 3) Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.01 percent e. Sound level meter meeting ANSI S1.4 specifications f. Polarity tester g. Impedance meter: Accuracy, 1 ohm – 8000 ohms, ±10 percent, 20Hz – 20kHz h. Oscilloscope: minimum of 20 MHZ bandwidth PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS 27 5116 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3. Nominal Test Signals: a. Level 1) Microphone level: -50dBu at 1000Hz sine wave 2) Unbalanced line level: -10Dbv at 1000Hz sine wave 3) Balanced line level: +4dBu at 1000Hz sine wave 4. Field Measurements: a. Prior to any connections being made to building power, Contractor shall use a ground fault indicator to verify the circuits provided have proper ground wiring. Notify Division 16 upon discovery of any faulty wiring. In no way is Contractor to perform any work on any faulty electrical wiring discovered. b. Contractor shall produce a checklist for the testing and documentation of all Public Address equipment. Each device shall be verified for proper operation. c. Contractor shall correct any defects upon discovery. Contractor shall notify and coordinate with other trades to ensure defects (including those by other trades that affect the Public Address system) are corrected and put into working order. d. Impedance testing: Measure and document impedance level of each loudspeaker cable entering equipment rack. Measure impedance at 1000Hz. 5. Public Address System Measurements a. The following procedures are the minimum requirements for this testing section. These procedures are guidelines only; refer to Manufacturer’s recommendations for system testing. Manufacturer’s recommendations for operation and connectivity of specific test equipment shall be observed for all testing procedures. b. Hum and noise testing: verify system is free of any hums, noises, buzzes, oscillations, or any other anomalies contributing to poor system operation. Correct any defects upon discovery. Contractor shall notify and coordinate with other trades to suppress any structural vibrations and noises cause by Public Address System. c. System Gain Structure 1) The system gain structure shall be configured in such a way as to pass a uniform signal without distortion across the entire Public Address system. 2) Contractor shall incorporate signal attenuation and gain devices as necessary to achieve proper system gain structure. 3) Procedure: a) Connect a signal generator and establish a nominal signal level into signal path under test. b) Connect an oscilloscope to the final output of the signal path under test. Terminate the output with a load resistor appropriate for the signal path under test. c) Set all gain stages in the signal path to ensure a uniform signal level as measured on the oscilloscope. d) Perform this procedure for all signal paths in the Public Address system. 4) Documentation: a) Document the final level of the signal path under test as measured on the oscilloscope for the signal path’s final settings. PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS 27 5116 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 d. Amplifier Gain Structure 1) The amplifier gain structure shall be configured in such a way as to provide full amplifier gain at a maximum input signal level just before clipping. a) Set the amplifier input attenuator of signal path under test to maximum attenuation. b) Connect a signal generator and establish an input signal level into signal path under test that is just below clipping. c) Terminate the loudspeaker network to the amplifier output of the signal path under test. d) Position a sound pressure level meter measurement microphone on-axis with the loudspeaker under test. e) Adjust the amplifier input attenuation of the loudspeaker network under test until one of the following conditions is reached: i. Amplifier maximum output level: the point at which the amplifier output signal begins to clip. Increase the amplifier input attenuation to achieve an output level just below signal clipping. ii. Loudspeaker maximum sound pressure level: the point at which further decrease of input attenuation has negligible effect upon the loudspeaker’s sound pressure levels. Increase the amplifier input attenuation to achieve the loudspeaker’s maximum sound pressure level. iii. Acoustic maximum sound pressure level: the point at which the loudspeaker sound pressure level measures the specified maximum sound pressure level as defined in the performance standards. 2) Documentation: a) Document the amplifier input attenuation settings for the signal path under test. e. Polarity 1) Polarity testing shall be conducted to determine the phase discrepancies within the Public Address System cabling. 2) Procedure: a) Set all volume attenuators to minimum attenuation. b) Connect the polarity test equipment to the signal path input under test. c) Measure polarity on-axis to the loudspeaker under test. d) Correct any deficiencies upon discovery. e) Perform this procedure for all loudspeaker networks in Public Address system. C. Acceptance Testing 1. System acceptance testing shall not be conducted until all final “as-built” drawings, manuals and operational testing has been completed and documentation submitted for Engineer’s review. 2. Acceptance testing shall be conducted with Contractor, Engineer, and Owner in attendance. 3. Contractor shall demonstrate that all components of Public Address are in proper working order and are in accordance with Specifications. PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS 27 5116 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 4. At time of acceptance testing, all items found to be outside of Specification requirements, Owner requirements, code requirements or general installation practices shall be identified and made known to Contractor. Contractor shall put all deficiencies into working order in a timely manner. 5. An inventory of installed equipment shall be complied at time of acceptance testing and compared to equipment listed in contractual documents. 6. Acceptance testing may be suspended by Engineer if Public Address System is not complete and operable, equipment failure occurs, or installation is not in accordance with Specifications. Contractor shall be responsible for any cost incurred by Engineer for additional site visits required to complete acceptance testing. END OF SECTION 27 5116 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS 27 5116 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 27 5223 - NURSE CALL – CODE BLUE SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 OVERVIEW A. Provide a complete working Nurse/Patient Communications Network based upon the specification outlined here to include all necessary devices that provide the functions listed in this specification for Vail Valley Medical Center (VVMC). This facility will be referenced as the OWNER in this specification. B. If an operational function is specified that requires hardware or software to complete that specific function, then consider that software or hardware part of this specification. The cost of any omissions of software or hardware necessary to complete all operational functions outlined in this specification shall be borne by the contractor providing this system. 1.2 SCOPE A. Provide complete and fully functional nurse call / code blue system using materials and equipment of types, sizes, ratings, and performances as indicated. Use materials and equipment that comply with referenced standards and manufacturers' standard design and construction in accordance with published product information. Coordinate the features of materials and equipment so they form an integrated system with components and interconnections matched for optimum performance of specified functions. B. Provide devices as shown on drawings. Device configuration per room type is as follows: 1. PACU/Patient Room with toilet room and Pre-Op • Single patient station, pillow speaker connection, and call button • Dome light • Code blue station with staff assist button • Pillow speaker • TV control jumper cable • Toilet and shower emergency pull cord call stations • Bed interface • One level light control 2. Toilet Rooms • Emergency pull cord call stations • Dome light 3. Meds Room, Clean Utility, Soiled Utility, Staff Lounge • Duty station 4. Procedure Room • Code blue station with staff assist button • Dome light 5. OR • Duty station • Code blue station with staff assist button • Dome light 6. Nurse Station, Provider Room • Master station/annunciator panel 7. Nursery • Dome light • Code blue station with staff assist button NURSE CALL SYSTEM 27 5223 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 8. LDR • Single patient station, pillow speaker connection, and call button • Dome light • Code blue station with staff assist button • Pillow speaker • TV control jumper cable • Toilet and shower emergency pull cord call stations • Bed interface • One level light control 9. Exam Rooms • Staff assist button • Dome light 1.3 REFERENCES A. Underwriter’s Laboratories UL-1069 current release B. Canadian Standards Association C. National Electrical Code D. NFPA 70 and 99 E. U.S. Dept. of Labor / Occupational Safety and Health Administration F. State Hospital Code / Joint Commission of Hospitals – Nurse Call Requirements G. NEMA installation standards H. European Union's DIRECTIVE 2002/95/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 27 January 2003, commonly known as the RoHS Directive 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Authorized Distributor for product supplied. Authorized Distributor Letter from manufacturer required upon request of specifying authority. B. Applicable state licenses. Copy available upon request. C. Certificate of successful completion of manufacturer’s installation/training school for installing technicians of the equipment being proposed. Letter from manufacturer stating technician qualifications on request. D. Certificate of completion of network certifications (i.e. Cisco or Microsoft). Copy available upon request. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Provide manufacturer’s catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and configurations. 2. Submittals shall include all items called for in PART 2 – PRODUCTS of this document and the manufacturers cut sheets for the following: a. Head end equipment b. All devices c. Wiring NURSE CALL SYSTEM 27 5223 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Manufacturer’s Instructions 1. Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency specified under regulatory requirements. 2. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, operation and installation of product. C. Pre-Qualification Certificate 1. Contractor shall submit the following documents with project proposal: a. A letter of approval from the manufacturer indicating completion of pre-qualification requirements. b. Training certificates for design, engineering and installation of the proposed products, for the relevant staff involved in the design and installation of this project. D. Bid 1. Vendor shall submit complete detailed bids. Lump sum bids will not be accepted. E. Material Provided 1. The successful wiring vendor (installer) shall be certain that all correct parts are ordered per Products Section of this document and installed in accordance with manufacturers design and installation guidelines. Vendor shall submit complete parts and part numbers to OWNER prior to installation of equipment. F. Warranty Documentation 1. The entire system shall have a manufacturer's warranty which guarantees that the equipment shall be free from defects in material, workmanship and fabrication for a period of one year following the date of delivery of such products to the customer. 1.6 PROJECT SITE VISIT A. It is the responsibility of all prospective contractors to make an adequate inspection of the project site. 1.7 DEMONSTRATIONS A. It may be necessary to utilize demonstration equipment to test the functional operation of the contractor’s submitted equipment. Contractor will be notified of any demonstration dates and times. If such demonstrations are utilized, it will be the sole judgment of the OWNER and specifying authority to decide whether a contractor/manufacturer meets or exceeds the specification. NURSE CALL SYSTEM 27 5223 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. All demonstrated equipment must be of a standard single manufacturer and meet the same required testing and conditions that are applicable to the manufactured equipment. Custom or modified equipment that is not of standard, current manufacture can not be demonstrated. C. If integrations are specified as part of this project, then these integrations must be demonstrated. As an example, the integration to the selected wireless vendor must be fully functional, with voice capability and call display. D. If necessary, OWNER and/or specifying authority may visit manufacturer’s facility to view functioning equipment or demonstrations and witness equipment manufacturing techniques and/or testing procedures. 1.8 SAMPLES The OWNER/specifying authority reserves the right to request one each, samples of terminal (station) equipment for the purpose of coordinating colors, aesthetics, trimplate sizing, etc. These samples would be supplied at no-cost to the OWNER. 1.9 SCHEDULING It is the responsibility of the contractor to coordinate all work with the other trades for scheduling, rough-in, and finishing all work specified. The OWNER will not be liable for any additional costs due to missed dates or poor coordination of the supplying contractor with other trades. 1.10 WARRANTY A. The supplying contractor shall provide a warranty on the system which shall include all necessary labor and equipment to maintain the system(s) in full operation for a period of one year from the date of acceptance. B. In addition, the equipment (parts) warranty for all core system components including control / switching equipment, power supplies, patient stations, sub-stations, and nurse consoles shall extend to a total of at least five (5) years. Warranty for ancillary devices such as pillow speakers and call cords shall extend to a total of at least two (2) years. C. Manufacturer shall provide, free of charge, product firmware upgrades throughout the 1 year warranty period for any product feature fixes. D. After the acceptance of the system(s) service shall be provided on the following basis: Emergency Service - Provided 24 hours a day. When a total or catastrophic failure of equipment is reported to contractor, within 2 hours of notification, a service person will be on site. (An example of a catastrophic failure would be a hub failure or a nurse console failure.) Routine Service Provided within 4 business hours (9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding holidays) of notification. When a minor failure of equipment is reported to contractor, a service person will be on site within 24 hours of notification. (An example of a minor failure includes peripheral equipment such as control stations, entertainment speakers, corridor lights, pull-cord stations, etc. which normally affect only one patient or patient room.) 1.11 MAINTENANCE NURSE CALL SYSTEM 27 5223 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 A. Provide necessary spare parts, noted on Page 8 of submittal (see 1.05A), after commissioning of system(s) and prior to final payment. B. Provide the cost of tuition for one person designated by the OWNER to attend a service school held by the equipment manufacturer. Transportation to this school will be borne by the OWNER. Lodging, breakfast and lunch to be borne by manufacturer or supplying contractor. C. The OWNER may choose to have the supplying contractor maintain the system(s). The level of service provided during the maintenance contract period would be the same as the warranty period for routine and emergency service. All labor and equipment costs would be covered under this contract. Supplying contractor must state exact billing amounts, billing periods and all costs associated with this maintenance agreement and list any items that would not be covered under the service/maintenance agreement. 1.12 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The nurse / patient communications system shall be listed by Underwriter’s Laboratories under UL Standard 1069 - 6th Edition (published March, 2001). Underwriter’s Laboratories shall be the only acceptable NRTL for system listing. B. The nurse / patient communications system shall be compliant with European Union Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC (MDD). C. The nurse / patient communications system shall be compliant with CE Marking for Conformity of Medical Devices, in compliance with Article 17 of Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC (MDD), and EU Council Directive 93/68/EEC. D. The nurse / patient communications system shall be supplied by an FDA-registered medical device manufacturer, and shall list their device in accordance with the provisions set forth in 21CFR Part 890.3710 or 890.3725, Class II Medical Device. E. The nurse / patient communications system shall be in compliance with European Union's DIRECTIVE 2002/95/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 27 January 2003, commonly known as the RoHS Directive. F. Approved Contractors IDeACOM dti Sam Vickery Denver, CO 303-909-9974 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS / PRODUCT SET A. The products specified shall be new and of the standard manufacture of a single reputable manufacturer. B. Approved manufacturers for this project are Ascom. C. Approved product set shall be Telligence. 2.2 REMOVAL OF EXISTING PRODUCT NURSE CALL SYSTEM 27 5223 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 A. Remove all existing product and deliver to the OWNER, or at the direction of the OWNER, properly dispose of same. B. Per National Electrical Code, remove all unused or “dark” wiring utilized by the removed nurse call system. C. The OWNER will vacate one nursing unit at a time, making it available on a time table for the installation of the new equipment. -OR- D. The OWNER will continue to occupy the nursing units where equipment will be replaced. Supplying contractor will need to coordinate work with nursing administration for each nursing unit to obtain a group of four rooms per day for replacement of equipment. The existing nurse call equipment must be maintained and operational during this replacement period except for the four rooms being renovated. 2.3 NURSE CALL CABLE: A. UTP 2. All plenum and Non-plenum Category 5e cables shall be composed of 24 AWG bare solid copper conductors insulated with a suitable plastic dielectric material. 3. The Category 5e cabling channel solution shall be an end-to-end UTP cabling solution guaranteed to support 100 BASE-T to 100 m. 4. The cable shall have bandwidth performance to 200MHz. 5. The cable, cordage, and connecting hardware shall be UTP components that do not include internal or external shields, or drain wires. 6. UL Verified for Category 5e Electrical Performance 7. UL and c (UL) Listed for Fire Safety 8. ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturer 9. Manufacturer a. Commscope Uniprise b. No substitutions B. Power Cable 9.1. Paige 800040 12/2 2. Or approved equal 2.1 SYSTEM FIRMWARE / SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE A. The System Manufacturer shall provide, free of charge, product firmware / software upgrades for a period of five years from date of installation for any product feature enhancements. Installation of system upgrade software shall be by the System Supplier and shall be per the labor warranty specified elsewhere. NURSE CALL SYSTEM 27 5223 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. System firmware / software upgrades shall be downloaded to the system by data connection. Upgrades shall be accomplished system-wide from a single point of connection. C. Systems requiring local programming of individual network components / sub- systems at multiple physical locations or which do not allow for remote download of component firmware or which require the exchange of components, will not be accepted. 2.2 HEAD-END CONTROL EQUIPMENT A. Power Supplies – Provide ample power for control equipment, consoles, patient stations, sub-stations, and corridor lamps. All system power supplies must be UL1069 listed as an integral part of the core system. Power supplies which carry only component listings or are otherwise not part of the core system UL listing are not acceptable. B. Battery Back-up – Provide battery back-up with ample reserve power to operate the entire system for a minimum of 10 minutes without operational limitations or loss of system function. C. Furnish as needed in each area a nurse/patient communications network hub controller. The system as a whole shall be capable of supporting at least 25 hub controllers. Each hub controller shall provide the following: 1. Support for at least 10 console clusters consisting of standard LCD consoles or annunciate panels. 2. Support for at least 150 rooms. D. It shall be possible for network hub to act as stand alone controller should loss of network communication occur. E. System Audio – The system shall be designed to provide audio meeting the minimum standards detailed by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association standard for nurse call system audio. 1. The system shall utilize 25 Volt balanced signal distribution between head end equipment and room stations. 2. Audio transmission between hub controllers shall be digital. NURSE CALL SYSTEM 27 5223 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.3 CALL ROUTING / PROCESSING A. Call Routing – The system shall support the routing of patient calls to any console, pager, phone or other annunciating device anywhere in the facility or to any combination of the above regardless of the location of the calling station. Calls may be routed and processed based on location, priority or combination. 1. The system shall support the ability to swing any individual room or any group of rooms by touching one labeled touch point. Room(s) and consoles may be located anywhere within hospital nurse/patient communications network. 2. The system shall allow a console to capture an individual nursing unit, selected units, or all units in hospital by touching single custom labeled touch point. B. Call Priorities – The system shall support a minimum of 200 unique, user-definable call priorities. 1. Each call priority shall be reported via a user-defined mnemonic of up to 14 alphanumeric characters. 2. Selectable call-in tone type, level, and corridor light behavior for each type of call priority. 2.4 CONSOLES / ANNUNCIATOR PANELS A. System consoles shall be provided as indicated on the plans and drawings. All system consoles shall be UL1069 listed as an integral part of the core system. Telephones, personal computers or other devices which carry only component listings or are otherwise not part of the core system UL listing are not acceptable. B. LCD consoles: 1. The LCD console shall be a small self-contained unit, which shall not occupy more than 87 square inches of desk space. The console shall include an easy-to-read 4-line / 80-character backlit LCD display. 2. The console shall provide function selector buttons and a telephone-style 12-button dial pad. Selector buttons may be used to access user-configured 24- function menu. 3. The console may display up to three incoming calls each with an individual elapsed timer indicating how long the call has been pending. Ability to scroll to see additional pending calls. 4. While idle, the console shall display the time of day. Time may be displayed in 12 or 24-hour format. Time display shall be consistent system wide. 5. Console shall include capabilities for both open voice (speaker / microphone) and telephone style handset. Audio direction (talk / listen) for speaker / microphone and handset may be accomplished via automatic voice switching (VOX) or manually via a Push-to-Talk button. 6. The highest priority (or longest pending) call may be answered automatically by lifting the handset or by pressing the Push-to-Talk button. Calls may be answered out of sequence using line selector buttons or by dialing the desired room number. 7. Console shall provide independent volume controls for day/night call-in tones. A Mute button shall be provided to temporarily suppress tones for pending calls. 8. The console may be desk or wall mounted. 9. The console shall employ a modular quick-disconnect connector. It shall be possible to remove and / or replace the console without removing power from the system. C. Annunciator Panels 1. Annunciator Panels shall be small self-contained units. NURSE CALL SYSTEM 27 5223 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2. Each Panel will include 36 room indicator points. Each point will include two LED indicators and space for labeling the point. a. The LED’s will provide visual annunciation of room status. Indications will include calls pending, service requirements pending and staff presence. b. Variable colors and flash rates will provide differentiation of annunciation. A Minimum of six distinct tone types shall be available for different types of calls. 3. Up to eleven expanders may be added to the panel each adding the ability to process 36 additional room points per expander. 4. Panel shall provide independent volume controls for day/night call-in tones. A Mute button shall be provided to temporarily suppress tones for pending calls. 5. The panel may be desk or wall mounted. 6. The panel shall employ a modular quick-disconnect connector. It shall be possible to remove and / or replace the panel without removing power from the system. D. Marquee Panels 1. Marquee Panels shall allow for remote annunciation of call-ins. a. Indication shall be by alphanumeric display of room number, bed number, and call priority shall display for each call. Each call priority will have the option of displaying in a distinctive color. b. Calls will scroll in order of highest priority (or longest pending) call. There shall be a configurable pause between scrolling calls. c. The time of day shall display when the Marquee Panel is idle. d. An optional speaker may be installed to allow for tone indications of call-ins. 2.5 CORRIDOR LAMPS / ROOM CONTROLLERS / ZONE LAMPS A. Corridor Lamps (2-lamp or 4-lamp style) shall be provided as indicated on the plans and drawings. B. Corridor Lamps shall utilize LED’s for high visibility, long life and low maintenance. Corridor Lamps utilizing incandescent lamps shall not be acceptable. 1. The corridor lamp shall make use of multiple colors and programmable flash rates and patterns to indicate pending calls, service requirements and staff presence. C. Corridor Lamps shall serve as the hub for all room wiring. All field wire connections shall be accomplished using modular connectors. D. Any Corridor Lamp shall be able to function as a Zone Lamp that shall visually annunciate calls from assigned rooms / stations without the use of a Zone Lamp controller such as a duty station. E. The Corridor Lamp shall be equipped with a heart-beat LED (visible to service personnel) to indicate that the unit is functioning properly. F. The Corridor Lamp shall accommodate a paper label to indicate the room number. The manufacturer shall provide, at no cost, laser-printing template software to create custom room labels. 2.6 ROOM STATIONS A. Room Stations (single or dual) shall be provided as indicated on the plans and drawings. B. Room Stations shall be equipped with: 1. DIN style receptacle(s) for call cord or pillow speaker. NURSE CALL SYSTEM 27 5223 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2. Stations in areas requiring two-way communication shall be equipped with a speaker microphone with level matching transformer. a. Minimum speaker size shall be 3.0” / 7.6 cm 3. Reset Button to cancel pending calls. Reset button shall be able to cancel calls from other stations in the room if desired. 4. Green LED to indicate that audio to the station is active. 5. Red LED(s) to indicate call placement from one or both of the call points. C. Room Station functions shall include: 1. Calls from dual stations shall be annunciated independently. 2. Removing a call cord shall place a Cord Out call. a. Cord Out calls may be cancelled locally using the Cancel Button. No Dummy Plugs shall be required. 3. Room Stations shall support an optional module for interface to feature beds (Stryker, Hill-Rom) side rail control including bed exit alarming and entertainment muting. D. Room Stations shall employ modular connectors. It shall be possible to service Room Stations without removing power from the system. E. Room Stations shall support inputs from local equipment alarm contacts (e.g. ventilator, IV drip, fire detector, etc.) to notify console of local alarm condition in patient room. There shall be at least four auxiliary call in identifications available. 2.7 DUTY STATIONS A. Duty Stations shall be provided as indicated on the plans and drawings. Duty Stations shall provide remote annunciation of calls from assigned room stations. B. Duty Stations shall be equipped with: 1. Pushbutton for call placement. 2. Reset Button to cancel pending calls. Reset button shall be able to cancel calls from other stations in the room if desired 3. Speaker microphone with level matching transformer. a. Minimum speaker size shall be 3.0” / 7.6 cm 4. Green LED to indicate that audio to the station is active. 5. LED’s to mimic corridor lamps of assigned room stations. C. Duty Station functions shall include: 1. Remote annunciation of calls from assigned bedside stations and sub-stations via 4 LED’s call tones. Call tones generated at duty station must be in synch with tones produced at closest nurse console. D. Duty Stations shall employ modular connectors. It shall be possible to service Duty Stations without removing power from the system. 2.8 SUB-STATIONS A. Provide Sub-stations as indicated on the plans and drawings. Sub-station types shall include: 1. Pull Cord Stations - Pull cord sub-stations shall be water resistant with a PVC (poly-vinyl chloride) pull-cord, membrane reset button and covered call assurance LED. Unit may utilize remote cancel button for ease of nurse cancel when pull cord station is mounted in inaccessible location (e.g. ceiling). 2. Single Call Pushbutton Stations - Single Call Pushbutton stations shall be equipped with call button, reset button and call assurance LED. a. Call Button shall be red in color and shall be large (minimum 2.0” / 5.0cm) for easy use. NURSE CALL SYSTEM 27 5223 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 b. Call Button shall be backlit for easy location / identification in reduced light settings and shall be labeled to clearly define its function. c. Reset button shall be able to cancel calls from other stations in the room if desired 3. Dual Call Pushbutton Stations - Dual Call Pushbutton stations shall be equipped with two call buttons, reset button and call assurance LED’s. a. Call Button shall be labeled to clearly define its function. b. Call Buttons shall annunciate independently of one another. c. Call Buttons shall be backlit for easy location / identification in reduced light settings and shall be labeled to clearly define its function. d. Reset button shall be able to cancel calls from other stations in the room if desired. e. Bottom Call Button can start a digital clock/timer is shown on plan, sub- station shall interface (10 mA, opto-isolated output) for count up timer feature. 4. Code Call Stations - Code Call Stations shall be equipped with call button, reset button and call assurance LED. a. Call Button shall be blue in color and shall be large (minimum 2.0” / 5.0cm) for easy use. b. Call Button shall be backlit for easy location / identification in reduced light settings and shall be labeled to clearly define its function. c. Reset button shall be able to cancel calls from other stations in the room if desired. d. Call Button can start a digital clock/timer is shown on plan, sub-station shall interface (10 mA, opto-isolated output) for count up timer feature. 2.9 PATIENT ENTERTAINMENT SPEAKER/CALL CORDS A. Patient Entertainment Speakers / Call Cords shall be provided as indicated on the plans and drawings. All Patient Entertainment Speakers / Call Cords shall be UL1069 listed as an integral part of the core system. Devices which carry only component listings or are otherwise not part of the core system UL listing are not acceptable. B. Standard Call Cords – Standard Call Cords shall be pendant type with a single easy to activate call button, DIN style male plug and sheet clip. Cable shall be a minimum of 10’ / 300cm. One (1) standard call cord shall be provided for each bed with an additional 10% provided as spares. C. Specialty Call Cords – Specialty Call Cords of the types listed below shall be provided. Provide one of each type for every ten beds. 1. Oxygen / Geriatric Pressure Ball Cord utilizing a pneumatically controlled switch for use in oxygen enriched environment. Supply with 6’ cord, DIN male plug and sheet clip. 2. Geriatric Pressure Pad with 6’ cord, DIN male plug, and sheet clip. D. Patient Entertainment Speakers – Patient Entertainment Speakers shall be provided for patient call-in and entertainment system control / audio. 1. All control buttons including call button shall be raised and textured membrane style. Buttons shall be labeled graphically for easy identification of functions. Control buttons shall be Braille embossed. 2. Control buttons shall include: a. Single easy to activate call button b. Television / Radio controls as required. 3. The TV control mechanism shall be analog or digital as required by the facility televisions. NURSE CALL SYSTEM 27 5223 - 11 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 4. Cord shall be 10’ / 300cm and shall be modular for replacement by maintenance personnel. A sheet clip shall be attached to the cord. 5. Speaker (minimum size 2.25” / 5.7cm) shall be liquid resistant. Thumb-wheel volume control shall be provided. 6. Call Assurance LED shall be integral to the unit. 7. Cord Saver - All Patient Entertainment Speakers shall be provided with a 15” / 38cm DIN style Cord Saver. 8. Patient Entertainment Speaker Hanger - All Patient Entertainment Speakers shall be provided with a wall hanging bracket. 2.10 REPORTING SOFTWARE A. Reporting Software shall be provided with the system to allow for recording and reporting of system activity. B. The Reporting Software shall be installed on a Personal Computer which shall in turn be connected to the Nurse / Patient Communications System. C. Reporting Software shall support real time system activity display. 1. Real time call waiting display with the ability to filter by call types and nursing units. Call information shall be displayed and call-in tones shall be sounded. 2. Real time Nurse Communications Network service reminder display and staff locations. 3. Should the connection between the nurse / patient communications system and the Reporting Software PC be lost, a warning signal shall be generated by the Reporting Software. D. Reporting Software shall allow users to generate / print reports on system activity. Access to reports shall be controlled based on user name and password. Reports shall be capable of indicating call priority, room number and patient information, call placed time, service reminder set, staff registration. 1. Reporting Detailed Analysis of Call Data by Area 2. Analysis of Call Data by Area 3. Analysis of Call Data by Room/Bed 4. Analysis of Call Data by Resident 5. Resident Check-In Exception E. Reporting Software shall support a networked operation in which the Management Software PC is connected to the hospital LAN. Users with access to the LAN can then generate reports from local work stations. 2.11 CHASSIS FAULT, POWER MONITOR, AND SUPERVISED CODE A. Provide a separate chassis short / power fault monitor to monitor integrity of network wiring for short(s) to earth ground and to notify staff of loss of power. An audible alert tone shall sound if short or loss of power is detected. Provide test button to test operation. 2.12 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS A. The system shall provide continuous self-diagnostics. The system shall also support advanced computer diagnostics by local or remote technical personnel. B. All components in the system shall be continuously supervised for both power and signal to ensure proper operation and in the case of system faults to aid in troubleshooting. NURSE CALL SYSTEM 27 5223 - 12 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. The system shall have the ability to diagnose all network active components, controllers, control stations, and sub-station operation from any designated network data interface location, on or off site. Network administrator shall be able to: 1. Review system faults reported (i.e. station failure) D. The system shall provide the ability to automatically notify maintenance personnel via pocket page in the event of a system trouble or failure. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SUPERVISION A. Only factory certified installers shall install, service and maintain the specified network system. B. Manufacturer shall have the equipment manufacturer’s engineer or their designated agent inspects the installation and operation of this network to determine that the network complies with all standards listed in Part 1.03. 3.2 TRAINING A. Contractor shall provide thorough training of all nursing staff assigned to those nursing units receiving new networked nurse/patient communications equipment. This training shall be developed and implemented to address two different types of staff. Floor nurses/staff shall receive training from their perspective, and likewise, unit secretaries (or any person whose specific responsibilities include answering patient calls and dispatching staff) shall receive operational training from their perspective. A separate training room will be set up that allows this type of individualized training utilizing in-service training unit, prior to cut over of the new system. 3.3 IN-SERVICE TRAINING A. Contractor shall provide thorough training of all nursing staff assigned to those nursing units receiving needs assessment of new networked nurse/patient communications equipment. This training shall be developed and implemented to address all types of staff determined at the needs assessment. Floor nurses/staff shall receive training appropriate to their needs, and likewise, unit secretaries (or any person whose specific responsibilities include answering patient calls and dispatching staff) shall receive operational training appropriate to their needs and charge nurses (or any person whose specific responsibilities include scheduling staff to patient assignments) shall receive operational training appropriate to their needs. A separate training room will be set up that allows this type of individualized training utilizing in-service training unit. 3.4 WIRING A. Contractor shall terminate all wiring with manufacturer approved connectors. The use of wire nuts is prohibited. B. All wiring shall be free from shorts and faults. Wiring shall be UL listed, NEC and NFPA 70, Article 25 approved. C. Nurse patient communications network wiring shall not be run in the same conduit with other systems (i.e. Class 1 AC power distribution, fire alarm, entertainment systems, lighting controls, etc.). 3.5 ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTIONS NURSE CALL SYSTEM 27 5223 - 13 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 A. It shall be the responsibility of the hospital to provide a dedicated 120 VAC, 60 HZ conduit feed into the equipment cabinet. This power feed shall not have any other devices connected directly to it. A 20 AMP circuit breaker located in the electrical sub-panel labeled “nurse call” will control this circuit. This electrical circuit will be connected to the hospitals emergency power system for automatic power switch over during loss of utility power. 1. Large hospital systems may require multiple equipment cabinets that are separated between floors and buildings. 2. Care should be taken to connect power supply common mode lines when DC current can flow. 3. Large separation between controllers and power supplies should be connected by fiber optic cable to reduce common mode power supply issues. B. Connect all network system power supplies and equipment cabinets to a common earth ground utilizing a 14 AWG, or larger, solid conductor which is at minimum the same conductor size as the AC feed wires. 3.6 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION A. Make certain that all network control equipment is accessible for service. Contractor shall notify specifying authority if designated equipment closet does not meet manufacturer’s requirements for heat, radiation or static electricity. 3.7 PROTECTION OF NETWORK DEVICES A. Contractor shall protect network devices during unpacking and installation by wearing manufacturer approved ESD wrist straps tied to chassis ground. The wrist strap shall meet OSHA requirements for prevention of electrical shock, should technician come in contact with high voltage. 3.8 CLEANING AND PATCHING A. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to keep their work area clear of debris and clean area daily at completion of work. B. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to patch and paint any wall or surface that has been disturbed by the execution of this work. 3.9 DRAWINGS A. Provide as built drawings of all installed network components and associated wiring on building plans. Final payment for work will not be authorized unless these drawings are supplied. END OF SECTION 27 5223 NURSE CALL SYSTEM 27 5223 - 14 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 27 6000 - TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for installation of the RF distribution and system for Television (TV) signal distribution. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittal information for the following: 1. Product Data 2. Equipment list, based upon specified equipment list and other additional equipment or materials needed for a complete system. 3. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing the ratings of items and systems and how the components of an item or system are to be assembled, interconnected, function together and how they will be installed on the project. System layout drawings shall show floor plans with complete device layout and point-to-point wiring and connection diagrams between all components of the system. 1.3 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Provide the following: 1. System component labels and identifiers for all major components, including engraved, silk screen, and paper labels. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The TV service provider shall be responsible for providing and installing all source equipment to provide signal to the building. B. The system shall consist of a UTP Cat 6 cabling to provide the video signal over an IP signal and will require signal conversation at both ends of the system. C. The Television Distribution system shall be a new system and provide television distribution signal from the active components to each of the locations identified on the Technology drawings. Include all other equipment and incidental materials necessary for a complete and fully functional TV distribution. D. Meet all FCC requirements regarding low radiation of RF signal. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL A. Manufacturer: Unless otherwise indicated, equipment in this Section shall be the standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products. All components used in the system shall be commercial designs that comply with the Specifications. Each major component of equipment shall identify the manufacturer’s name, model and serial number. Items of the same classification shall be identical. This includes equipment, modules, parts, and components. The Engineer retains the right to TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 27 6000- 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 reject products which reflect, in the Engineer’s opinion, sub-standard design practices, manufacturing procedures, support services, or warranty policies. B. Part Numbers: Part numbers listed define the performance specifications for the parts and shall be per the most recent manufacturer’s cut/data specification sheets available at the time of bid. If no part number is provided, then any part meeting the requirements specified is acceptable. C. Provide materials in quantities as required to provide a fully functional and operational TV System. 2.2 EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS A. Cabling 1. All cabling shall consist of RG-6 and RG-11 coaxial type cabling. 2. Install RG-6 cabling for runs 150’ or less and RG-11 cabling for cable runs exceeding 150’. 3. All coax cabling shall be terminated on barrel style F-connectors at the faceplates and F-Connector inserts on the head end side. 4. Manufacturer: Commscope a. RG-6 – 5730 b. RG-11 – 5916 B. Splitters 1. Manufacturer: a. Blonder-Tounge b. Or approved equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Governing Requirements of particular relevance to this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. NFPA 70: National Electrical Code as adopted and amended by the Local Jurisdiction 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Cabling: 1. The cabling shall meet all standards and manufacturer’s requirements. 2. The cabling shall not exceed manufacturer’s bend radius and be installed in conduits, cable-slings, or cable tray. B. Equipment: TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 27 6000- 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Equipment shall be installed as indicated and specified, and in accordance with the manufacture’s recommendations, except where local codes or regulations take precedence. 2. Place equipment labels or other identification where the label or identification can be easily seen and read without difficulty. 3. Equipment shall be installed level, plumb, parallel, and perpendicular to building structures and to other building systems and components, except where otherwise indicated. 4. Equipment shall be securely fastened. Select fasteners and supports so that the load applied to any one fastener maintains a minimum load factor of 5. 5. Equipment locations: Prior to installation of TV System equipment, Contractor shall coordinate with other trades and subsequently verify all equipment locations that mount on walls or within ceilings. This shall include but not be limited to: a. Structural elements such as lighting devices, HVAC equipment, fire protection devices, and cable tray b. Structural support elements for ceiling mounted devices c. Backing Board for wall mounted devices 6. Prior to head-end equipment installation, Contractor shall verify equipment rooms are free of airborne contaminants. 7. After head-end equipment installation, Contractor shall protect equipment from any future construction work that could cause damage to equipment, i.e. masonry, wood, paint, plumbing, etc. 8. Prior to furniture work, Contractor shall coordinate with other trades and subsequently verify all equipment locations that mount within furniture, 9. Contractor shall coordinate with architect as to any equipment color and finish requirements. 3.3 TESTING A. Testing of system shall include continuity and labeling only. All other testing shall be completed by the service provider. END OF SECTION 27 6000 TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 27 6000- 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 28 1300 - ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This document includes a general description, functional requirements, operational characteristics, and criteria for the Access Control System. 1.2 REFERENCES A. The Codes and Regulations listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Work shall be performed in accordance with the applicable international, federal, state, and local codes or standards current at the commencement of installation. The following list summarizes applicable standards: 1. UL 294, UL 1076, ULC 2. CE 3. FCC – Part 15, Part 68 4. NFPA 70, NEC 5. IEEE, RS 170 variable standard 6. IEEE, NTSC (color camera broadcast) 7. PAL (color camera broadcast, Europe) 8. CCIR (monochrome standard, Europe) 9. Microsoft® Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) interface) 10. ISO Software Coding Standards for C++ and C## 11. RoHS B. Where more than one code or regulation is applicable, the more stringent shall apply. C. Cable installation, identification and termination shall be performed in addition to the applicable codes above. 1.3 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The access control system outlined in this section and detailed in Part 2 of this document is the key central component for managing physical security and the bridge between physical and logical security for this project. The system shall provide a variety of integral functions including the ability to regulate access and egress; provide identification credentials; monitor, track and interface alarms; and view. 1.4 BASIC REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all equipment and software required for a complete and functioning access control system. B. Install card readers and related equipment and cabling as shown on drawings. C. Provide all equipment required for door monitoring. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 D. Provide any required software licensing. E. The access control system shall have tie in to the duress alarms buttons and have the ability to dial out to a third party to support these duress alarm buttons. 1. The access control system shall have the ability to lock down all electronic doors when the duress alarm buttons are activated. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Provide complete shop drawings which include the following: 1. Indicate all system device locations on architectural floor plans. No other system(s) shall be included on these plans. 2. Include full schematic wiring information on these drawings for all devices. Wiring information shall include cable type, conductor routings, quantities and connection details at device 3. Include a complete access control system one-line, block diagram. 4. Include a statement of the system sequence of operation. B. Product Data: Provide complete product data that includes the following: 1. Manufacturer’s technical data for all material and equipment at the system and sub system level to be provided as part of the access control system. 2. A system description including analysis and calculations used in sizing equipment required by the access control system. The description shall show how the equipment will operate as a system to meet the performance requirements of the access control system. The following information shall be supplied as a minimum: a. Server(s) processor(s), disk space and memory size b. Description of site equipment and its configuration c. Network bandwidth, latency and reliability requirements d. Backup/archive system size and configuration e. Start up operations f. System expansion capability and method of implementation g. System power requirements h. Device / component environmental requirements (cooling and or heating parameters) i. A description of the operating system and application software. C. Contract Close-Out Submittals: Provide 1 set of hard copy manuals and 1 3 sets electronic format manuals including operating instructions, maintenance recommendations and parts list including wiring and connection diagrams modified to reflect as-built conditions. D. Manuals: Final copies of the manuals shall be delivered within 7 days after completing the installation test. Each manual’s contents shall be identified on the cover. The manual ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 shall include names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the contractor responsible for the installation and maintenance of the system and the factory representatives for each item of equipment for each system. The manuals shall have a table of contents and labeled sections. The final copies delivered after completion of the installation test shall include all modifications made during installation, checkout, and acceptance testing. The manuals shall consist of the following: 1. Functional Design Manual: The functional design manual shall identify the operational requirements for the system and explain the theory of operation, design philosophy, and specific functions. A description of hardware and software functions, interfaces, and requirements shall be included. 2. Hardware Manual: The manual shall describe all equipment furnished including: a. General description and specifications b. Installation and check out procedures c. Equipment layout and electrical schematics to the component level d. System layout drawings and schematics e. Alignment and calibration procedures f. Manufacturers repair parts list indicating sources of supply 3. Software Manual: The software manual shall describe the functions of all software and shall include all other information necessary to enable proper loading, testing, and operation. The manual shall include: a. Definition of terms and functions b. System use and application software c. Initialization, start up, and shut down d. Reports generation 4. Details on forms customization and field parameters a. Operators Manual: The operators manual shall fully explain all procedures and instructions for the operation of the system including: b. Computers and peripherals c. System start up and shut down procedures d. Use of system, command, and applications software e. Recovery and restart procedures f. Graphic alarm presentation g. Use of report generator and generation of reports h. Data entry i. Operator commands j. Alarm messages and reprinting formats k. System permissions functions and requirements 5. Maintenance Manual: The maintenance manual shall include descriptions of maintenance for all equipment including inspection, periodic preventive maintenance, fault diagnosis, and repair or replacement of defective components. E. As-Built Drawings: During system installation, the Contractor shall maintain a separate hard copy set of drawings, elementary diagrams, and wiring diagrams of the access control system to be used for record drawings. This set shall be accurately kept up to ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 date by the Contractor with all changes and additions to the access control system. Copies of the final as-built drawings shall be provided to the end user in DXF format. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE F. Manufacturer Qualifications 1. Manufacturer of the access control system shall be an established organization with referenced and documented experience delivering and maintaining Access Control Systems of equal or higher sophistication and complexity as compared to the system detailed in this specification. 2. Access control system Manufacturer’s manufacturing facilities shall be certified ISO-9000:2000 operations, utilize ISO-9000:2000 manufacturing procedures and maintain their ISO certifications. 3. Access control system Manufacturer shall employ at a minimum the following methods for QA of component and assembly devices. a. Visual inspection of devices shall be performed to verify assembly according to defined procedures. End of line operational tests shall be performed to ensure product functionality has been correctly configured. A system burn-in period shall be utilized to screen for early life failures of electronic components. 4. Individual functionality and system level regression testing shall be performed to ensure compliance with product specifications. Single and multiple unit system tests shall be performed to mimic end-user installation configurations. Automated hardware and software testing shall be utilized to evaluate system performance under published operational loads and shall be compared to published system capabilities. G. Bidder Qualifications 1. At the time of the bid, the bidder shall have satisfactorily completed projects similar size, scope, and complexity as the system detailed in this specification. The bidder shall furnish written proof of experience from three (3) references and proof of current accreditation/certification by the manufacturer for required training for sales/installation/service of the access control system and associated devices. 2. The bidder shall also be a factory authorized local service organization that shall carry a complete stock of parts and provide maintenance for the access control system and related systems under this contract. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING: A. Refer to the Division 1, Sections on Transportation and Handling and Storage and Protection. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 B. Deliver products to project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and similar information needed for distinct identifications; adequately packaged and protected to prevent damage during shipment, storage, and handling. C. Store equipment and materials at the site, unless off-site storage is authorized in writing. Protect stored equipment and materials from damage and weather. D. Coordinate deliveries of electrical materials and equipment to minimize construction site congestion. Limit each shipment of materials and equipment to the items and quantities needed for the smooth and efficient flow of installations. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. The burden of proof that proposed equipment is equal in size, capacity, performance, and other pertinent criteria for this specific installation, or superior to that specified is up to the Contractor. Substituted equipment will only be allowed where specifically listed in a written addendum. If substitutions are not granted, the specified materials and equipment must be installed. Where substituted equipment is allowed, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify all related trades of the accepted substitution and to assume full responsibility for all costs caused as a result of the substitution. B. Unless otherwise specified, all materials and equipment shall be of domestic (USA) manufacture. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Access Control System Software and Field Hardware Warranty 1. Access Control System Software shall be warranted for a period of one (1) year from the date of shipment from the manufacturer to be free of defects and will function in substantial accordance to the published specification. 2. Access Control System Field Hardware shall be warranted for a period of two (2) years from the date of shipment from the manufacturer will be free from defects and will function in general accordance with the product specifications. 3. Access Control System Third Party Device warranties are transferred from the manufacturer to the contractor, which may then transfer third party warranties to the owner. Specific third party warranty details, terms and conditions, remedies and procedures, are either expressly stated on, or packaged with, or accompany such products. The warranty period may vary from product to product. These products include but are not limited to devices that are directly interconnected to the access control system field hardware or computers and are purchased directly from the access control system manufacturer. Examples may include but not be limited to Credential Printers, Reader Heads, Biometric Devices, Computers etc. B. Contractor Installation Warranty 1. Contractor shall warrant all equipment, not covered under Part 1 Section 1.11.A of this specification and associated installation labor for a period of one (1) year from date of beneficial use. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1.10 DEFINITIONS A. Access Card: A coded employee card, usually the size of a credit card, recognizable to the access control system and read by a reader to allow access. It can be used for photo identification of the cardholder and for other data collection purposes. Card technologies include magnetic strips, wiegand-effect, proximity (active/passive), barium ferrite, smart/intelligent cards, and NFC enable applications on mobile devices. B. Access Control System: An interconnected set of controllers, managing the entrance and exit of people through secure areas. C. Access Level: The door or combination of doors and/or barriers an individual is authorized to pass through. D. Anti-Pass back (Anti-Tailgating): This feature protects against more than one person using the same card or number. It defines each system card reader and card ID number as IN, OUT or other. Once a card is granted access to an IN reader, it must be presented to an OUT reader before another IN reader access is granted. Cards will continue to have access to all authorized OTHER readers. E. Alarm: A signal that indicates a problem. F. Alarm input: A device that is monitored by the access control panel. An alarm signal will be generated if the device is activated. G. Badge: Badge is a template or a design for creating a card. WIN-PAK includes a full- featured badge layout utility for designing, creating, and printing badges. Badge design includes magnetic stripe encoding, bar coding, signatures, and so on. H. Bar Code: A method of encoding information using lines and blank spaces of varying size and thickness to represent alphanumeric characters. I. Biometrics: A general term for the verification of individuals using unique biological characteristics (i.e. fingerprints, hand geometry, voice analysis, the retinal pattern in the eye). J. Card and Card Holder: A card is an identity proof of a person and a card holder is a person who holds the card. Multiple cards can be assigned to a single card holder to provide different access. K. Controller: A microprocessor based circuit board that manages access to a secure area. The controller receives information that it uses to determine through which doors and at what times cardholders are granted access to secure areas. Based on that information, the controller can lock/unlock doors, sound alarms, and communicate status to a host computer. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 L. Card Reader: A device that retrieves information stored on an access card and transmits that information to a controller. M. Digital Video Recorder (DVR): A security system device that records the video from the surveillance cameras (IP and Analog) on a hard disk. N. Door: A generic term for a securable entry way. In many access control applications a "door" may actually be a gate, turnstile, elevator door, or similar device. O. Duress: Forcing a person to provide access to a secure area against that person's wishes. P. Input: An electronic sensor on a controller that detects a change of state in a device outside the controller. Q. Keypad: An alphanumeric grid which allows a user to enter an identification code. A flat device which has buttons that may be pressed in a sequence to send data to a controller, and which differs from a typewriter-like computer board. R. Output Relay: A device that changes its state upon receiving a signal from a controller. Typically the state change prompts an action outside of the controller such as activating or inactivating a device. The auxiliary relays found in access control panels or NODES that control external devices. S. Shunt Time: The length of time a door open alarm is suppressed (shunted) after a valid card access or free egress request. This time should be just enough to allow a card user to open a door or gate, pass through, and then close it. T. Time Schedules: Schedules that allow cards to function or not function depending on the time of day. This is used to limit access to the facility. The schedule may include not only time but which days of the week a card is valid. U. Video Management System (VMS): An enterprise-class video management and storage solution. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. DNA Fusion Access Control and Security Management System (ACSMS) by Open Options, L.P. 16650 Westgrove, Suite 150, Addison, TX 75001 2.2 ACCESS CONTROL AND SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM COMPONENTS The ACSMS shall consist of three components: Database Server, Application Server, and User Interface. These components shall run on a single computer, virtual or physical, or on multiple computers allowing scalability in the configured architecture. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Database Server 2. Application Server 3. User Interface In addition to the above three components, the ACSMS offers the following components that can be added to the system in order to provide enhanced functionality. 1. Open DX – Personnel data exchange tool used for provisioning personnel/cardholder information and access level assignment within the DNA Fusion ACSMS there by creating a logical link to the authoritative data source. The authoritative data source shall be one or more ActiveX Data Objects (ADO) compliant connections. Some examples of ADO compliant connections are Microsoft Active Directory, PeopleSoft, SQL Server database, CSV file, etc. 2. Flex API – A robust Application Programmer’s Interface to be used for the integration of 3rd party systems in order to expand the overall ACSMS. These system can include, but are not limited to, visitor management systems, video managements systems, identity management systems, intrusion detection systems, and physical security integration modules (PSIM). 2.3 ACCESS CONTROL AND SECURITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. The ACSMS shall be a highly scalable, robust access control and security management system developed using the latest in development technology. The ACSMS shall provide a singular interface capable of controlling multiple, geographically independent sites and provide alarm monitoring, video management integration, ID badging, personnel and cardholder management, and situational control of all connected devices. B. The ACSMS must fully support the Authentic Mercury Security Corporation controllers and sub-controllers. C. The ACSMS must support credential readers that communicate via weigand, RS-485, or clock and data communications formats. D. The ACSMS must support the Open Supervised Device Protocol (OSDP). E. A sufficient number of controllers and sub-controllers will be provided to monitor all credential reader, monitor point, and relay point locations shown on plan. 1. Capacities a. Maximum intelligent controllers per application server: 256 i. Intelligent controllers can be geographically independent ii. Must support IP and/or RS-485 communication methods. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 b. Maximum sub-controllers per controller: 32 i. This number varies per model of controller. ii. Some controller models may have a smaller number for maximum sub-controllers. c. Maximum doors per controller: 64 i. This number varies per model of controller. ii. Some controller models may have a smaller number for maximum doors d. Maximum pin digits: 15 e. Maximum card formats: Unlimited f. Maximum Time Schedules per intelligent controller: 255 g. Maximum holidays per intelligent controller: 255 h. Maximum number of personnel records: Unlimited i. Maximum number of operators: Unlimited j. Maximum number of client connections: Unlimited The ACSMS shall be capable of the following features: 1. Multi-User/Network Capabilities: The ACSMS shall support multiple operator workstations via local area network/wide area network (LAN/WAN). The communications between the workstations and the server computer shall utilize the TCP/IP standard over industry standard IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet). The communications between the server and workstations shall be supervised, and shall provide the ability to generate alarm messages when the server is unable to communicate with a workstation. 2. Operating Environment: The ACSMS shall be a 3-tier client/server, ODBC compliant application based on Microsoft tools and standards. The ACSMS application shall operate in the following environments: Microsoft Windows® Server 2008 R2 SP1, Microsoft Windows® 7 SP1 (64-bit), Windows Server 2012 R2, and Windows 8.1. 3. Multi-level Password Protection: The ACSMS application shall provide multi-level password protection, with user-defined operator name/password combinations. Name/password log-on shall restrict operators to selected areas of the program. The application shall allow the assignment of operator levels to define the system components that each operator has access to view, operate, change, or delete. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 4. Strong Password Enforcement: The ACSMS application shall have an option to enforce strong passwords and by setting minimum character lengths and complexity requirements. 5. Graphical User Interface: The ACSMS shall be fully compliant with Microsoft Graphical User Interface (GUI) standards, with the look and feel of the software being that of a standard Windows application, including hardware tree-based system configuration. 6. Concurrent Licensing: The ACSMS shall support concurrent client workstation licensing. The ACSMS application shall be installed on any number of client workstations, and shall provide the ability for any of the client workstations to connect to the application server as long as the maximum number of concurrent connections purchased has not been exceeded. 7. Access Control Software Suite: The ACSMS shall be a scalable application such that there is no requirement for separate tiers or editions of software. The same code set used for smaller, more localized installations, shall be the same code set used for enterprise system deployments. 8. Relational Database Management System: The ACSMS shall support industry standard relational database management systems (RDMS). This shall include the following: Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Express/Enterprise Edition, Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Express/Enterprise Edition, and Microsoft SQL Server 2014 Express/Enterprise Edition. 9. System Partitioning/Filtering: The ACSMS shall provide the option to restrict access to data based on login and profile. 10. Encryption: The ACSMS shall provide multiple levels of data encryption. a. True 128-bit AES data encryption between the host and intelligent controllers. The encryption shall ensure data integrity that is compliant with the requirements of FIPS-197 and SCIF environments. Master keys shall be downloaded to the intelligent controller, which shall then be authenticated through the Access Control and Security Management System based on a successful match. b. Transparent database encryption, including log files and backups. c. SQL secure connections via SSL. 11. Industry Standard Panel Communication: The ACSMS shall communicate with the access control intelligent controllers via LAN/WAN connections utilizing industry standard communication protocols. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 12. Supervised Alarm Points: The ACSMS shall provide both supervised and non- supervised alarm point monitoring with the ability to specify custom values of resistance. On recognition of an alarm, the ACSMS shall be capable of switching and displaying the video from the camera connected to the video management system that is associated with the alarm point. 13. Multiple Account Support: The ACSMS shall allow support for multiple accounts allowing separate access to the personnel database, badge layout, operator access, and reporting. Physical hardware may be filtered by profile level into “sites”. “Sites” may be assigned to one or more operator profiles. The system shall allow control of common areas between operator profiles. Access levels and time schedules shall be global to allow for easy administration and filtering. The global access levels and time schedules shall be capable of being used by one or more operator profiles. 14. Video Management System Support: The ACSMS shall integrate with the major brands of video management systems (VMS). 15. Camera Support: The ACSMS shall support, via integrated VMS platforms, pan, tilt, zoom, and touring features. 16. Display Live Video: The ACSMS shall support an option to view live video from a camera connected to an integrated VMS. The cameras from the integrated VMS shall be able to be associated with any hardware device programmed in the ACSMS and opened automatically on any system event or operator initiated command sequence. 17. Global/Anti-Passback: The ACSMS shall support multiple modes of anti-passback, by which cardholders must follow a specified sequence of card reads in the configured areas. 18. Alarm Events: The ACSMS shall include a feature where alarm events with defined priorities shall be able to pop-up automatically in an Alarm event window for operator attention. The pop-up shall display the name of the event (reader, alarm point, cardholder, or system alarm), time, date, point description, if a card event the card number, type of event and cardholder name. An event counter shall also display the number of times the event was reported to the Alarm event monitor prior to Acknowledgement or Clearing the event. Event instructions shall be made available by double clicking on the event. The Alarm shall also display an icon to indicate that a camera is associated to the device. The Alarm event window shall allow the operator to initiate a physical response to the event as well as a written response. Responses shall include but not be limited to: acknowledge, clear, open a pre-programmed floor plan, activate, de-activate, pulse, time pulse, add comment, retrieve archived video, and bring up live video, disarm, or arm. 19. Global Device Control: The ACSMS shall allow manual control of one or more selected inputs, outputs, and doors. Global device control shall include pulse, timed pulse, and energize/de-energize or return to normal options for output points and arm/disarm or return to normal options for input points. For global control of doors the ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 11 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 ACSMS shall include Disabled, Unlocked, Locked, Facility Code Only, Card Only, PIN Only, Card and PIN, Override Mode, and Cancel Override Mode. 20. Global Edit: The ACSMS shall support, by way of a multi-select function, a method to globally edit input points, outpoint points, doors, readers, personnel and cards. 21. Levels of System Operation: The ACSMS shall include a feature to define the levels of system operation for each individual operator using passwords and profiles. System operation for individual operators shall include, but not be limited to, restricted time periods for login, inactivity notifications, and lockout for failed logon attempts. Operator actions range from no view or control rights to basic monitoring including the ability to block the viewing of card and or personal identification numbers, to full control of the system including programming. 22. Distributed Processing: All the control components of the ACSMS shall utilize “Distributed-Processing” design. The distributed processing shall include the ability to download operating parameters to any field panel, thus allowing the field panel to provide full operating functions independent of the ACSMS application server. The ACSMS shall have the major functional capabilities (considered essential for the system described in this specification) categorized as follows: 1. General Application Requirements a. All transactions and audits shall be logged by date and time to the database. b. The end-user shall have the ability to make any system configuration changes such as, but not limited to door open time, door contact shunt time, point and door names, when and where a cardholder is authorized, and the ability to add or modify personnel records at any time and without assistance from the manufacturer or system installer. c. Shall support Global Anti-pass back, feature allowing cardholders to enter/exit any such defined card reader area on any intelligent control panel provided they follow the required in/out flow. d. Anti-pass back modes shall include: hard (no forgiveness), soft (allows access but generates an alarm event) and timed for all readers on the intelligent controller, on specified reader or card for a definable period of time up to 1092 minutes. e. Shall support a Duress PIN feature that is configurable in operation by which the cardholder either adds a specified digit to their unique PIN or appends a specified digit to their unique PIN. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 12 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 f. Shall support Two Card Control on any door, by which two different credentials with the proper access must be presented at the same door within a 5 second window of time. g. Shall support a Photo Recall option with four separate, configurable windows that displays the photo(s) associated with the personnel records as the credentials are used. The Photo Recall windows shall be configurable to show the credential reads from all doors, or only specific doors. In addition, the Photo Recall window shall be configurable as to what system data will be displayed for each transaction. h. Shall support the scheduling of any system or custom system reports. i. Shall support Auto-Email function, by which any event or point in the system can be configured to send an email using replacement parameters. The replacement parameters shall be used to query data from the database for insertion into the body, subject line, or address field of the email. j. All updates and changes to the programming in the intelligent controllers shall take place real-time and will not require manual downloads to propagate system changes. k. Shall have an available Application Program Interface (API) built on current development technologies that allows the integration of third party programs or systems. l. Shall be an intuitive Graphical User Interface (GUI) that implements a multi-document layout. An operator will not be required to close or switch views to another part of the application in order to edit or view any aspect of the system. The GUI must be fully customizable allowing for an infinite number of operator views to be created and assigned. The GUI must support drag and drop functions within the multi-document interface. m. Shall support global I/O functions, by which any point in programmed in the system can be configured to control any other point on the system regardless of which intelligent controllers they reside on. n. All necessary system drivers shall run as Windows services and as such do not require the Operating System to be logged in on the application server. o. Shall have support for thick client, web client and mobile client applications that provide system management functions. p. Shall support a Situation Level Manager that provides five different states that can be initiated by clicking on a single, color coded button. The Situation Levels shall by configurable on the following objects: ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 13 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 Doors, Time Schedules, Input Points, Output/Relay Points, and Credentials. q. Shall provide intuitive Info-Ready™ reporting by which an operator must only right click on an object to run a Trace History Report, Has Access To, Who Has Access, Who Does Not Have Access, Last Used, and Non- Use. r. The GUI shall be developed in such a manner that any place that a personnel record or hardware device is shown that an operator can right click on it and open the properties or execute control functions. s. Shall support a method of controlling any device connected to the system in order to effectively change the state of a single point or group of points where supported by the hardware. t. Shall support Direct Commands, which allow the creation of a single button to control a single or all devices simultaneously by clicking one button, based on operator privileges. u. Shall support the ability to password protect the Direct Commands to require additional authentication when executing them. 2. Personnel and Cardholder Management a. Shall provide a personnel browser method of managing personnel data in a hierarchical tree. The personnel browser shall be sortable by in field of data stored in the personnel record. b. Shall have the ability to create custom personnel groups that personnel records can be assigned to where by personnel records can be assigned to one or more personnel groups. c. Shall have the ability to assign default access levels to custom personnel groups that cardholders will inherit or disinherit as they are added or removed to or from custom personnel groups. d. Shall have the ability to assign one or more credentials to a single personnel record. e. Shall support a maximum of 128 access levels per credential per intelligent controller. f. Shall support Precision Access Levels, by which an operator need not create an access level to assign access to a single door, but only click and drag said door into the access level assignment window of the credential and associate a time schedule with it. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 14 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 g. Shall support a Vacation Start function on credentials to allow the temporary disabling of cards for a specified number of days. h. Shall support a Temporary Upgrade of Access Levels by which an operator can temporarily assign an access level with start and stop dates. i. Shall support an activation and deactivation date and time of a credential down to the minute within a day. j. Shall support the capture of personnel photos and signatures to be used for ID badge printing. k. Shall support the ability for any personnel or credential field to be retrieved and printed on an ID badge. l. Shall support the ability for any or all credentials activate or deactivate based on a system controlled Situation Level. m. Shall support Info-Ready™ reports on personnel groups providing the following information: Last Used and Non-Use. n. Shall support the ability to assign/re-assign credentials to personnel records by way of a drag and drop convention. 3. Time Schedules and Holidays a. Shall support up to 255 individual time schedules per time schedule set. b. Shall support up to 255 individual time schedule sets that are then assignable to intelligent controllers. c. Shall support up to 12 different start and stop intervals for each day, including holidays. d. Shall support time schedule templates to quickly build common time schedules. e. Shall support a copy feature to copy time schedules between time schedule sets. f. Time schedules shall be assignable to any or all access levels or precision access levels. g. Shall support the ability to manually control any or all time schedules programmed in the system by providing the following commands: Temporary Off, Temporary On, Override Off, Override On, and Resume Normal State. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 15 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 h. Shall support the ability for any or all time schedules to be manually controlled by the changing of the Situation Level Manager. i. Shall support up to 255 holiday sets that are then assignable to intelligent controllers. j. Shall support creating a holiday to span up to 365 days. k. Shall support up to eight different holiday types. 4. Access Levels a. Shall support an unlimited number of access levels. b. Access levels shall be capable of being global or intelligent controller based. c. Shall support the option to assign activation and deactivation dates/times to access levels. d. Shall support three types of escort requirements for access levels: Not an Escort, Is an Escort, and Requires an Escort. e. Shall support a default time schedule to be assigned to the access level or separate time schedules to individual doors within the access level. f. Shall support eight different access level categories that can then be assigned to operator profiles granting rights to assign the category of access level or not. g. Shall support an Info-Ready™ report named Assigned To that provides a list of all credentials the access level is assigned to with the ability to remove the access level from cardholders directly from the result set window. h. Shall support a click and drag method of assigning access levels to a single credential, personnel record, or group of personnel records. 5. Hardware a. Shall support a browser based, hierarchical tree structure that displays the programmed hardware with current states and provides command and control capabilities based on operator privileges. b. The tree structure shall be developed in such a way that it is intuitive for the operator to navigate. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 16 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 c. The tree structure shall provide, based on operator privileges, the ability to group edit and control similar devices. d. The tree structure shall have an option to display a tooltip upon hovering over a specific device to obtain detailed status information. 6. Integrated ID Badging a. Shall have an integrated photo capture and ID badging module. b. The integrated ID badging module shall support an unlimited number of badge templates. c. The badging station shall include a badge designer to create badge templates. d. The badge designer shall allow any data field associated with a personnel record to be printed or otherwise used on the credential. e. The integrated ID badging module shall support a dedicated, high end photo badging camera from Valcam (Model# 9000-628). f. The integrated ID badging module shall support, through the use of a third party TWAIN Driver, the ability to use any TWAIN compliant USB camera. g. The badge designer shall provide scripting capabilities to create a robust and streamlined template process by which the layout of a single template can be edited based on data retrieved from the personnel record. h. The integrated ID badging module shall support a cropping mechanism in order to resize photos and select the printable area of the picture. i. The integrated ID badging module shall support any credential printer that has a Windows print driver j. The integrated ID badging module shall offer, depending upon the printer selected, the ability to create a template that will read the encoded card number from the credential as it passes through the printer during the printing process and then associate it with the personnel record automatically, thereby removing the need for the operator to manually enter the credential number. This feature will require a reader/encoder be installed inside the printer prior to setup. k. The integrated ID badging module shall provide a print preview function that allows the operator to verify the credential format prior to actually printing it. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 17 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 l. The integrated ID badging module shall support the capturing of signatures during the credentialing process. 7. Integrated Graphics Maps a. Shall provide, with no additional licensing fees required, an integrated and robust graphical map module allowing for the importation of floor plans and other .JPG or .BMP files for use in plotting hardware and other connected devices programmed in the system onto the graphic layouts. b. Shall support the ability to assign a graphic map as a homepage of any point in the system, thereby linking that device to that map and allowing the system to automatically load the graphic upon an alarm condition from any point that is plotted on it. c. Shall support any command and control or reporting functions available in the Hardware Browser for any point that is plotted on a graphic map. d. Shall support the hyperlinking of graphic maps to one another, thereby creating a “drill down” effect. e. Shall support the ability to plot any camera that is integrated to the core application onto a graphics map and display the live video in a tooltip window upon the operator hovering over the icon, or displaying of live video in a video container window upon left clicking the camera icon. f. Shall support the real-time status updating of points that are plotted on a graphics map by configurable colors, shapes, or icons. g. Shall support the ability to plot the same device on a single graphic map multiple times to get varying states of status reported simultaneously. h. Shall support the ability to create buttons on the graphic maps which can then be linked to Direct Commands. 8. Mobile Applications a. Must have auxiliary mobile application supported on Android and iOS devices b. Mobile applications will be native applications and not remote/mobile browser solutions. c. Mobile applications will be available for download from the respective application markets, and will not require side loading of any kind. d. Mobile applications will utilize profiles established in the DNA Fusion system to control what the operator has the ability to do via the mobile application. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 18 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 e. Mobile application will support the following features: i. Secure login using SSL ii. Alarm viewing/acknowledgement iii. Door status and control iv. Personnel control, to include adding access levels and taking photos using the devices camera v. Direct Command execution allowing for site or system lockdowns. vi. Trace History reporting vii. Live camera viewing from supported/integrated Video Management Systems. 9. Integrated Video Management Systems a. Shall support the integration of Digital Video Recorders (DVR) and Network Video Recorders (NVR) from the following manufacturers: i. Milestone 1. Corporate 2. Enterprise 3. Professional ii. ONSSI 1. Occularis iii. ExacQ Vision iv. Aimetis v. Pelco DS vi. Video Insight vii. Bosch viii. Salient Systems ix. Panasonic x. 3XLogic xi. Avigilon b. Shall support the ability to associate cameras from DVR/NVR to devices in DNA Fusion. c. Shall support, at minimum, the ability to launch live and recorded video based on a right click command in the DNA Fusion software, or automatically based on a pre-programmed event based action. d. Shall support the ability to initiate presets or PTZ controls 10. Integrated Biometrics a. Shall support an integration with the following biometric solutions i. Morpho ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 19 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Morpho 3D Face Reader 2. MorphoAccess SIGMA Series 3. Outdoor MorphoAccess 500 Series 4. MorphoAccess J Series 5. MorphoAccess 500+ Series 6. MorphoAccess VP Series 7. MorphoSmart 300 Series (Enrollment Only) ii. Suprema 1. BioEntry Plus 2. BioEntry W 3. BioLite Net 4. BioStation 5. BioStation T2 6. FaceStation iii. Allegion 1. HK 2. HKII b. The integration shall be direct, by which the biometric templates are captured via DNA Fusion and will not require manual entry via 3rd party application. 11. Integrated Wireless/Intelligent Locks a. Shall support the following wireless/intelligent lock sets from Allegion/Schlage: i. AD300/400 ii. AD301/401 1. Must support Wake On Radio (WOR) function for AD400/401 locks to remotely control the lock states via wireless communication. 2. Must support the following modes on the Allegion/Schlage locksets: a. Classroom b. Privacy c. Office d. Apartment e. Toggle Credentials f. Deadbolt b. Shall support the following PoE/WiFi locksets from ASSA Abloy using the Door Service Router (DSR). i. Sargent VS1 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 20 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 ii. Sargent VS2 iii. IN120 c. Shall support the following locksets from Salto. i. Sallis d. Shall support ASSA Aperio locksets by way of the 1 to 8 Aperio hub 12. Integrated Intrusion Detection Systems a. Shall support an integration with the following Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS) by providing real-time event reporting and control capabilities. i. Bosch 1. 7412GV2 2. 9412GV2 ii. DMP 1. XR500N b. Shall show in the Hardware Browser real-time states of the areas and zones from the IDS panels. c. Shall support right click functionality for controlling the arm/disarm states of the areas/zones. d. Shall allow for the areas/zones from the IDS panels to be plotted on graphic maps in DNA Fusion. e. The following IDS receivers shall be supported by the ACSMS to provide monitoring only capabilities of connected IDS panels. i. Bosch D6600 ii. DMP SCS1R 13. Integrated Visitor Management Systems a. Shall provide a mechanism, Flex API, which allows for the integration of the following 3rd party Visitor Management Systems. i. HID EasyLobby ii. iVisitor b. The integrated Visitor Management Systems shall be certified as an approved integrated solution by Open Options. 2.4 ACSMS COMPUTER REQUIREMENTS ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 21 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. DNA Fusion Application Server Requirements a. DNA Fusion Application Server controlling 50 doors or less and 10 clients or less i. Processor (Intel Core i7 or equivalent) or greater ii. 4 GB RAM or greater iii. 500GB HDD or greater iv. 10/100 NIC or greater v. Windows 7 Enterprise, Windows 8/8.1 Enterprise, Windows 10 Enterprise, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2012 (*Operating systems must be Professional/Enterprise versions and not Home/Personal editions.) b. DNA Fusion Application Server controlling 50 doors or more and 10 clients or more i. Processor (Intel Core i7 or equivalent) or greater ii. 8 GB RAM or greater iii. 500GB HDD or greater iv. 10/100 NIC or greater v. Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2012 c. Open Options fully supports virtualized environments provided the specifications meet the minimums listed above. 2. DNA Fusion Client Workstation Requirements a. DNA Fusion Standard and Photo ID Workstations i. Processor (Intel Core i7 or equivalent) or greater ii. 4 GB RAM or greater iii. 500GB HDD or greater iv. 10/100 NIC or greater v. Windows 7 Enterprise, Windows 8/8.1 Enterprise, Windows 10 Enterprise (*Operating systems must be Professional/Enterprise versions and not Home/Personal editions.) 2.5 ACCESS CONTROL HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS 1. The access control hardware will be a distributed intelligence, open architecture platform capable of scalability. 2. The access control hardware shall be offered in two form factors: as board only product or as enclosed product. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 22 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3. The enclosed product shall be offered as a factory, pre-wired unit and must be a UL recognized assembly. 4. The enclosed products must be offered as a 1U rack mountable intelligent controller or as a plenum rated poly carbonate enclosure. 5. The access control hardware will be in use and deployed by a minimum of 10 access control manufacturers. 6. The access control hardware shall work in a hierarchical structure, by which an intelligent controller is deployed and control downstream Reader Interface Modules (RIM) or Input/Output Modules (I/OM). 7. The access control hardware shall support the following communication protocols: a. TCP/IP b. RS485 8. The access control hardware shall be manufactured by Mercury Security Products in Long Beach, CA 9. The access control hardware shall consist of the following part numbers: a. Intelligent Controllers i. SSP-D2 ii. SSP-EP iii. DController iv. NController v. M5-IC b. Reader Interface Modules i. RSC-1 ii. RSC-2 iii. NSC-100 iv. RSC-DT v. M5-2RP vi. M5-2SRP vii. M5-8RP c. Input/Output Modules i. ISC-16 ii. OSC-16 iii. M5-20IN iv. M5-16DO v. M5-16DOR d. RS485 Multiplexers ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 23 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 i. CI-8 ii. OptoHub iii. M5-COM PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Tests: 1. Upon completion and inspection by the access control system Installer, authorized Owner's representative has prerogative to physically inspect installed equipment and workmanship, and witness Installer performed acceptance tests that demonstrate compliance to specifications. Installer to furnish equipment and personnel as required for acceptance testing. Where the access control system equipment, supplied and installed, fails to fulfill specified requirements, correct system deficiencies and make necessary adjustments at no cost to Owner, and then perform another acceptance test. 2. At least once a month during initial six months of operation, at no expense to Owner, observe system in operation and conduct tests to assure systems are performing in compliance with requirements. Coordinate with designated Owner's representative, with results reported in writing to Owner and to service department of manufacturer. 3.2 EXAMINATION: A. Installer must examine areas and conditions under which the access control systems are to be installed, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer. 3.3 WIRING A. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways or as otherwise indicated. Install cables concealed in accessible ceilings, walls, and floors where possible. B. Wiring Method: Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Provide and use lacing bars and distribution spools. C. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: For power and control wiring, use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. D. Grounding: Provide independent-signal circuit grounding recommended in writing by manufacturer. 3.4 GROUNDING: ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 24 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 A. Provide equipment-grounding connections for access control system systems as indicated. Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standards to assure permanent and effective grounds. 3.5 ADJUSTING: A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions and to optimize performance of the installed equipment. Tasks shall include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Check cable connections. 2. Adjust all preset settings; consult Owner's personnel. 3. Recommend changes to equipment to improve Owner' utilization of access control system. 4. Provide a written report of adjustments and recommendations. 3.6 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS: A. Provide 3 2 complete sets (two one hard copies and one soft copy) of operating instructions to Owner 30 days prior to final inspection and testing of system. 3.7 TRAINING: A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain access control equipment. 1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment. 2. Demonstrate adjustment of components and settings for system controls. 3. Review equipment list and data in maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" 4. Conduct a minimum of eight hours of training as specified in instructions to Owner's employees in Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" a. The training shall take place once a week during the first four weeks of occupancy. 3.8 OPTIONAL maintenance PLAN: A. Contractor shall provide an alternate for a one year maintenance plan for the access control system. 1. The maintenance plan shall provide details on expected services and schedule. a. A lump sum without detailed services shall not be acceptable. ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 25 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 END OF SECTION 28 1300 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 28 1300 - 26 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 SECTION 28 2300 - VIDEO SURVEILLANCE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY: A. This Section includes video surveillance system consisting of cameras, data transmission wiring, and a control station with its associated equipment. 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The camera shall be of manufacturer’s official product line, designed for commercial/industrial 24/7/365 use. B. The camera shall be based upon standard components and proven technology using open and published protocols. C. The video surveillance system shall be integrated with the access control system. 1.4 DEFINITIONS: A. AGC: Automatic gain control. B. MPEG: Moving picture experts group. C. UPS: Uninterruptible power supply. 1.5 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS: A. Video Surveillance system shall operate on an independent data network with all components required as described within this specification. B. The system shall record 100% of the time based off of motion. C. The system shall have the capacity for archiving video for a minimum of 30 days at 7 frames per second. D. Provide camera licenses as required. E. Provide UPS with 2 hour back-up at NVR location. F. Mounting type (ceiling, wall, corner, etc,) shall be appropriate to location. G. Position camera and provide optimal lens for intended field of view based on drawings. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 28 2300 - 1 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 H. Provide client video management software as required by owner. I. Provide integration of video management software to the access control software. J. Category 6 cabling for cameras shall be provided for, installed, and tested by the Division 27 structured cabling systems contractor. Coordinate specific termination requirements with this contractor. K. Provide required data switches to create a dedicated video surveillance network. 1.6 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Provide complete product data that includes the following 1. Manufacturer’s technical data for all material and equipment at the system and sub system level to be provided as part of the video surveillance system. 2. A system description including analysis and calculations used in sizing equipment required by the video surveillance system. The description shall show how the equipment will operate as a system to meet the performance requirements of the video surveillance system. The following information shall be supplied as a minimum: a. Server(s) processor(s), disk space and memory size b. Description of site equipment and its configuration c. Network bandwidth, latency and reliability requirements d. Backup/archive system size and configuration e. Start up operations f. System expansion capability and method of implementation g. System power requirements and UPS sizing h. Device / component environmental requirements (cooling and or heating parameters) i. A description of the operating system and application software. B. Shop Drawings: Provide complete shop drawings which include the following: 1. Indicate all system device locations on architectural floor plans. No other system(s) shall be included on these plans. a. Dimensioned plan and elevations of equipment racks, control panels, and consoles. Show access and workspace requirements. 2. Include full schematic wiring information on these drawings for all devices. Wiring information shall include cable type, conductor routings, quantities, power, signal, grounding. and connection details at device 3. Include a complete video surveillance system one-line, block diagram. 4. Storage Calculations. 5. UPS: Sizing calculations. 6. Wiring Diagrams: VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 28 2300 - 2 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 C. Contract Close Out Submittals 1. Equipment List: Include every piece of equipment by model number, manufacturer, serial number, location, and date of original installation. Add pretesting record of each piece of equipment, listing name of person testing, date of test, set points of adjustments, name and description of the view of preset positions, description of alarms, and description of unit output responses to an alarm. 2. Provide 3 sets of hard copy manuals and 3 sets electronic format manuals including operating instructions, maintenance recommendations and parts list including wiring and connection diagrams modified to reflect as-built conditions. 3. Operation and Maintenance Data a. Manuals: Final copies of the manuals shall be delivered within 7 days after completing the installation test. Each manual’s contents shall be identified on the cover. The manual shall include names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the contractor responsible for the installation and maintenance of the system and the factory representatives for each item of equipment for each system. The manuals shall have a table of contents and labeled sections. The final copies delivered after completion of the installation test shall include all modifications made during installation, checkout, and acceptance testing. The manuals shall consist of the following: 1) Functional Design Manual: The functional design manual shall identify the operational requirements for the system and explain the theory of operation, design philosophy, and specific functions. A description of hardware and software functions, interfaces, and requirements shall be included. 2) Hardware Manual: The manual shall describe all equipment furnished including: a) General description and specifications b) Installation and check out procedures c) Equipment layout and electrical schematics to the component level d) System layout drawings and schematics e) Alignment and calibration procedures f) Manufacturers repair parts list indicating sources of supply 3) Software Manual: The software manual shall describe the functions of all software and shall include all other information necessary to enable proper loading, testing, and operation. The manual shall include: a) Definition of terms and functions b) System use and application software c) Initialization, start up, and shut down d) Reports generation VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 28 2300 - 3 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 4) Maintenance Manual: The maintenance manual shall include descriptions of maintenance for all equipment including inspection, periodic preventive maintenance, fault diagnosis, and repair or replacement of defective components. D. As-Built Drawings: During system installation, the Contractor shall maintain a separate hard copy set of drawings, elementary diagrams, and wiring diagrams of the access control system to be used for record drawings. This set shall be accurately kept up to date by the Contractor with all changes and additions to the access control system. Copies of the final as-built drawings shall be provided to the end user in DWG & PDF format. E. Field quality-control test reports. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NECA 1. C. Comply with NFPA 70. D. Electronic data exchange between video surveillance system with an access control system shall comply with SIA TVAC. E. Bidder Qualifications 1. At the time of the bid, the bidder shall have satisfactorily completed projects similar size, scope, and complexity as the system detailed in this specification. The bidder shall furnish written proof of experience from three (3) references and proof of current accreditation/certification by the manufacturers for required training for sales/installation/service of the video surveillance system and associated devices. 2. The bidder shall also be a factory authorized local service organization that shall carry a complete stock of parts and provide maintenance for the video surveillance system and related systems under this contract. 1.8 CERTIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS A. The camera shall carry the following EMC approvals: 1. EN55022, EN55024 2. FCC Part 15 - Subpart B 3. VCCI 4. C-tick AS/NZS CISPR22 5. ICES-003 B. The camera shall meet the following standards 1. MPEG-4: VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 28 2300 - 4 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2. ISO/IEC 14496-2 (Profiles ASP and SP) or ISO/IEC 14496-10 AVC C. Networking: 1. IEEE 802.3af (Power over Ethernet) 2. IEEE 802.1X (Authentication) 3. IPv4 (RFC 791) 4. IPv6 (RFC 2460) 5. QoS – DiffServ (RFC 2475) 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Environmental Conditions: Capable of withstanding the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of operating capability: 1. Interior, Controlled Environment: System components, except central-station control unit, installed in temperature-controlled interior environments shall be rated for continuous operation in ambient temperatures of 36 to 122 deg F dry bulb and 20 to 90 percent relative humidity, non-condensing. NEMA 250, Type 1 enclosures. 2. Security Environment: Camera housing for use in high-risk areas where surveillance equipment may be subject to physical violence. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Contractor warrants that all Work furnished (material and labor) under this Contract will be of good quality, free from faults and defects, and in conformance with the Project Drawings and Specifications. B. Contractor shall provide a parts and labor guarantee on all Work. Unless otherwise specified herein, Contractor’s guarantee shall be for a period of two (2) years from date of Acceptance, except where any specific guarantees from a supplier or equipment manufacturer extends for a longer time. C. Contractor's guarantee shall cover all costs associated with troubleshooting, repair, and replacement of defective Work, including costs of labor, transportation, lodging, materials, and equipment. D. Guarantee shall not cover any damage to material or equipment caused by accident, misuse, unauthorized modification or repair by owner, or acts of god. E. Contractor shall promptly respond to owner’s requests for service during the guarantee period. Contractor shall provide repair service as soon as reasonably possible upon request. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. All product equivalents must be approved by the engineer prior to final bid is submitted. Any product equivalent requests made after the final bids have been submitted will not be accepted. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 28 2300 - 5 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 2.2 FIXED DOME MAGAPIXEL CAMERA A. General 1. The camera shall: a. Be designed to provide video streams in HDTV 720p (1280x720) resolution at 30 frames per second using H.264 or Motion JPEG. b. Be equipped with Day/Night functionality and remote zoom and focus capabilities. c. Operate on an open source; Linux-based platform, and including a built-in web server. d. Be equipped with a slot for SD/SDHC memory card expansion. e. Be manufactured with a tamper resistant body. B. Hardware 1. The camera shall: a. Use a high quality IR-sensitive 1/4” progressive scan megapixel sensor. b. Be equipped with a removable IR-cut filter, providing so-called day/night functionality. c. Be equipped with a high quality varifocal DC-iris lens providing remote zoom and focus functionality. d. Provide pictures down to 0.4 lux while in day mode (with IR-filter in use) and down to 0.06 lux while in night mode (with IR-filter removed). e. Support memory expansion by providing an available SD/SDHC card slot. f. The mount type shall match the environment which the camera is expected to be located. C. Video 1. Resolution a. The camera shall be able to deliver at least two individually configurable full resolution full frame rate video streams over IP networks. b. Supported video resolutions shall include: 1) 320x240 2) 640x480 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 28 2300 - 6 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3) 800x600 4) 1024x768 5) 1280x720 (HDTV 720p) 6) 1280x800 D. Encoding 1. The camera shall: a. Support Motion JPEG encoding in a selectable range from 1 up to 30 frames per second in all resolutions. b. Support H.264 encoding in a selectable range from 1 up to 30 frames per second in all resolutions. c. Be able to provide independently configured simultaneous H.264 and Motion JPEG streams. d. Support both Constant Bit Rate (CBR) and Variable Bit Rate (VBR) in H.264. e. Provide configurable compression levels. f. Support motion estimation in H.264. E. Transmission 1. The camera shall allow for video to be transported over: a. HTTP (Unicast) b. HTTPS (Unicast) c. RTP (Unicast & Multicast) d. RTP over RTSP (Unicast) e. RTP over RTSP over HTTP (Unicast) 2. The camera shall support Quality of Service (QoS) to be able to prioritize traffic. F. Image control 1. The camera shall incorporate Automatic and Manual White Balance and an electronic shutter operating in the range 1/6 and 1/25.000 second. 2. The camera shall provide Wide Dynamic Range and backlight compensation with automatic and definable exposure zones. G. Encoding 1. The camera shall support: a. AAC LC at 8/16 kHz b. G.711 PCM at 8 kHz c. G.726 ADPCM at 8 kHz VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 28 2300 - 7 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 H. Functionality 1. Web server a. The camera shall contain a built-in web server making video and configuration available to multiple clients in a standard browser environment using HTTP, without the need for additional software. b. The camera shall not require any additional software to operate, and shall support full functionality when operating in the following environment: 1) MS Internet Explorer 6.x on latest version of Windows 2000 2) MS Internet Explorer 7.x on latest version of MS Windows XP, MS Windows Vista or MS Windows Server 2003. 3) Components such as Active X downloaded from the camera shall be signed by an organization providing digital trust services, such as Verisign, Inc. I. IP addresses 1. The camera shall support both fixed IP addresses and dynamically assigned IP addresses provided by a Dynamic Host Control Protocol (DHCP) server. 2. The camera shall allow for automatic detection of the Camera based on UPnP and Bonjour when using a PC with an operating system supporting this feature. 3. The camera shall provide support for both IPv4 and IPv6. J. Event functionality 1. The camera shall be equipped with an integrated event functionality, which can be trigged by: a. External input b. Video Motion Detection c. Audio Detection d. Schedule e. Camera tampering f. Local storage full K. Response to triggers shall include: 1. Notification, using TCP, SMTP or HTTP 2. Image upload, using FTP, SMTP or HTTP 3. Activating external output 4. Recording to local storage 5. The camera shall provide at least 48 MB memory for pre & post alarm recordings. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 28 2300 - 8 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 6. Event functions shall be configurable via the web interface. L. Protocol support 1. The camera shall incorporate support for at least IP, HTTP, HTTPS, SSL/TLS, TCP, ICMP, SNMPv1/v2c/v3 (MIB-II), RTSP, RTP, UDP, IGMP, RTCP, SMTP, FTP, DHCP, UPnP, ARP, DNS, DynDNS, SOCKS, NTP and Bonjour. 2. The SMTP implementation shall include support for SMTP authentication. M. Text overlay 1. The Camera shall: a. Provide embedded on-screen text with support for date & time, and a customer-specific text, camera name, of at least 45 ASCII characters. b. To ensure accuracy, the camera shall accept external time synchronization from an NTP (Network Time Protocol) server. c. Provide the ability to apply a privacy mask to the image. d. Allow for the overlay of a graphical image, such as a logotype, into the image. N. Security 1. The camera shall: a. Support the use of HTTPS and SSL/TLS, providing the ability to upload signed certificates to encrypt and secure authentication and communication of both administration data and video streams. b. Support IEEE 802.1X authentication. c. Provide support for restricting access to pre-defined IP addresses only, so-called IP address filtering. d. Restrict access to the built-in web server by usernames and passwords at three different levels. O. API support 1. The camera shall be fully supported by an open and published API (Application Programmers Interface), which shall provide necessary information for integration of functionality into third party applications. P. Maintenance 1. The camera shall: a. Be supplied with Windows-based management software which allows the assignment of IP addresses, upgrade of firmware and backup of the Cameras’ configuration. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 28 2300 - 9 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 b. Support the use of SNMP-based management tools according to SNMP v1, 2c & 3 / MIB-II. c. Allow updates of the software (firmware) over the network, using FTP or HTTP. 2. All customer-specific settings shall be stored in a non-volatile memory and shall not be lost during power cuts or soft reset. Q. User logs 1. The camera shall: a. Provide a log file, containing information about the 250 latest connections and access attempts since the unit’s latest restart. The file shall include information about the connecting IP addresses and the time of connecting. b. Provide a connection list of all currently connected viewers. The file shall include information about connecting IP address, time of connecting and the type of stream accessed. R. Camera diagnostics 1. The camera shall: a. Be equipped with LEDs, capable of providing visible status information. LEDs shall indicate the camera’s operational status and provide information about power, communication with receiver, the network status and the camera status. b. Be monitored by a Watchdog functionality, which shall automatically re-initiate processes or restart the unit if a malfunction is detected. S. Interfaces 1. Inputs/Outputs a. The camera shall be equipped with one digital (alarm) input and one digital output, accessible via a removable terminal block. This input shall be configurable to respond to normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) dry contacts. 2. Audio a. The camera shall be equipped with one 3.5 mm jack for line/mic input and one 3.5 mm jack for line output. 3. Network interface a. The camera shall be equipped with one 100BASE-TX Fast Ethernet-port, using a standard RJ-45 socket and shall support VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 28 2300 - 10 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 auto negotiation of network speed (100 MBit/s and 10 MBit/s) and transfer mode (full and half duplex). T. Enclosure 1. The camera enclosure shall include the following: a. Manufactured with a tamper resistant body providing encapsulated electronics b. Clear and smoked transparent cover 2. The camera enclosure shall provide the ability to adjust the camera modules angle with at least ±180° horizontal, ±85° vertical and ±170° rotation while maintaining an image that is not interfered with by the camera housing. U. Power requirements 1. Power over Ethernet according to IEEE 802.3af - Class 2. V. Environmental 1. The camera shall: a. Operate in a temperature range of 0°C to +50°C (32°F to +122°F). b. Operate in a humidity range of 20–80% RH (non-condensing). W. Manufactured units 1. The camera shall be: a. Axis P3364 b. Or equivalent by Sony PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WIRING: A. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways or as otherwise indicated. Install cables concealed in accessible ceilings, walls, and floors where possible. B. Wiring Method: Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Provide and use lacing bars and distribution spools. C. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: For power and control wiring, use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. D. Grounding: Provide independent-signal circuit grounding recommended in writing by manufacturer. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 28 2300 - 11 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 3.2 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM INSTALLATION: A. Install cameras level and plumb. B. Install cameras with 84-inch minimum clear space below cameras and their mountings. Change type of mounting to achieve required clearance. C. Set pan unit and pan-and-tilt unit stops to suit final camera position and to obtain the field of view required for camera. Connect all controls and alarms, and adjust. D. Install power supplies and other auxiliary components at control stations, unless otherwise indicated. E. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals according to Division 26 Section "Identification of Electrical Systems." F. Provide a complete set of as-builts and programming documentation. G. Provide licensing for all cameras for the existing ONSSI video management software. H. Provide additional storage capacity matching the existing system for the video surveillance system headed end for all new cameras. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Inspection: Verify that units and controls are properly installed, connected, and labeled, and that interconnecting wires and terminals are identified. B. Pretesting: Align and adjust system and pretest components, wiring, and functions to verify that they comply with specified requirements. Conduct tests at varying lighting levels, including day and night scenes as applicable. Prepare video surveillance equipment for acceptance and operational testing as follows: 1. Prepare equipment list described in Part 1 "Submittals" Article. 2. Verify operation of auto-iris lenses. 3. Set back-focus of fixed focal length lenses. At focus set to infinity, simulate nighttime lighting conditions by using a dark glass filter of a density that produces a clear image. Adjust until image is in focus with and without the filter. 4. Set back-focus of zoom lenses. At focus set to infinity, simulate nighttime lighting conditions by using a dark glass filter of a density that produces a clear image. Additionally, set zoom to full wide angle and aim camera at an object 50 to 75 feet away. Adjust until image is in focus from full wide angle to full telephoto, with the filter in place. 5. Set and name all preset positions; consult Owner's personnel. 6. Set sensitivity of motion detection. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 28 2300 - 12 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 7. Connect and verify responses to alarms. 8. Verify operation of control-station equipment. C. Test Schedule: Schedule tests after pretesting has been successfully completed and system has been in normal functional operation for at least 14 days. Provide a minimum of 10 days' notice of test schedule. D. Operational Tests: Perform operational system tests to verify that system complies with Specifications. Include all modes of system operation. Test equipment for proper operation in all functional modes. E. Remove and replace malfunctioning items and retest as specified above. F. Record test results for each piece of equipment. G. Re-test: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified requirements are met. 3.4 ADJUSTING: A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions and to optimize performance of the installed equipment. Tasks shall include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Check cable connections. 2. Check proper operation of cameras and lenses. Verify operation of auto- iris lenses and adjust back-focus as needed. 3. Adjust all preset positions; consult Owner's personnel. 4. Recommend changes to cameras, lenses, and associated equipment to improve Owner' utilization of video surveillance system. 5. Provide a written report of adjustments and recommendations. 3.5 CLEANING: A. Clean installed items using methods and materials recommended in writing by manufacturer. B. Clean video surveillance system components, including camera-housing windows, lenses, and monitor screens. 3.6 TRAINING: A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain video surveillance equipment. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 28 2300 - 13 VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER CENTRAL WING RENOVATION VAIL, Colorado Project #: DPA 15924.00 PERMIT SET 03/10/17 1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment. 2. Demonstrate methods of determining optimum alignment and adjustment of components and settings for system controls. 3. Review equipment list and data in maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" 4. Conduct a minimum of eight hours of training as specified in instructions to Owner's employees in Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" END OF SECTION 28 2300 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 28 2300 - 14